The Progress of Maritime Discovery (part 2) (2024)

From The Art and Popular Culture Encyclopedia

Jump to: navigation, search

{{Template}}The Progress of Maritime Discovery (1803) by James Stanier Clarke.

  • The Progress of Maritime Discovery (part 1) (1803) by James Stanier Clarke.
  • The Progress of Maritime Discovery (part 2) (1803) by James Stanier Clarke.

Remarks.given by Varenius are interefting, though he fets out with an error. Ch. II. § 2.(1.) The Ocean being repulfed by the American fhore moves flowly Hydrogratbicalto the eastward, but this motion is not felt in the Main, becauſe theother deſtroys it, and renders it lefs fenfible; only near the fhore itruns ſwiftly towards Fernando Poo, which being ftretched a confiderable way into the land is fitteft to receive it; and the reaſonwhy it is not felt in other places upon the fhore of Africa, (as atCongo) is becauſe the rapidity of the rivers breaks and obſtructs it.(2.) There may be ſome fubterraneous receptacle in the Bay of Fernando Poo, into which the fea perhaps may fall and draw the reſt ofthe Ocean. -According to Major " Rennell, who has confidered theftreams of Current in the Atlantic with attention, Modern_navigators find a conſtant motion of the ſea to the ſouthward along theweſtern coaſts of Europe, and Africa, from the parallel of Ireland, atleaſt, to the borders of the fouth- eaſt trade wind; and on the otherhand, a motion of the ſea to the north, from the ſouthern extremityof Africa, to the equator, or rather beyond it: with the exceptionof thofe particular veins of theſe ſtreams which are produced by inlets or projections of the coaft. The current mentioned by Varenius,feems to be deſcribed as, the narrow vein ofEafterly Current, whichcame originally from the North, and paſſes within the accumulation ofwater that eſcapes Weftward in a direction nearlyparallel to the coaftof Guinea. The lateſt writer who has written on the currents ofthe Atlantic is Colonel Capper, in a valuable work already noticed." During ten months of the year, from the beginning of Februaryptothe profeffional reader is referred on this fubject to an excellent hydrographical chart of theNorth Atlantic Ocean conftructed by Gerard de Brahm in 1771.• Geography of Herodotus, (p. 700. )• Ibid. p. 701 .▸ Obfervations on the winds and monſoons, 1801. P. 201: ( See preceding page 243. and Introduction, p. 210. )360 PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.BOOK to the beginning of December, this gulf, (of Guinea) which is 1.a central point between the North of the European Coaft, and theSouth of Africa, is from very obvious cauſes, the hotteſt part of thisline. Here then, during theſe ten months, the greateſt degree ofevaporation muſt neceffarily take place; and confequently, as waterwill always reaffume its level, the waters of the adjacent parts ofthe Atlantic Ocean will flow from that part which is colder, towardsthis point in different directions, to reſtore the equilibrium: thismuft neceffarily produce Currents from the North of Europe, thefouthern extremity of Africa, and alfo from the weſtern part of theAtlantic Ocean, parallel to the Coaſt, particularly during the twoEquinoxes. But as a further confirmation of this Hypothefis, inthe months of December and January, whilft the Harmattan prevails,and the fun is at its greateſt diſtance from the Coast ofGuinea, theSouthern Ocean is warmer than this gulf; both the Wind and Currents at that time, which have before come from the North, South,and Weft, during the ten preceding months, fuddenly change, andduring the Winter Solſtice both take the oppofite direction to theend of January. This regular Change, which is perfectly periodical, feems to prove, almoſt to a mathematical certainty, that theWinds and Currents in this part of the Atlantic are both regulatedby the effects of heat and cold. With reſpect to the drain alongthe Weſtern Coafts of Europe and Africa during the fpring, fummer, and autumn, we may reaſonably impute it to the fame Cauſe;for Evaporation, being greater near the Coaſt than out at fea, willlikewiſe at theſe ſeaſons, particularly in fummer, occafion a fall fromthe Ocean towards the Coaft; and of courſe, according to this hypothefis, this Current will be ſtrong or weak in proportion to thetemperatureIfWater reaffumes its level, which is furely fact if properly and fairly examined, thisſeems to aſcertain that one Sea cannot be higher than another, unleſs it is an Inland Sea.ATLANTIC CURRENTS.361temperature of the different latitudes, and vary very much at diffe- Ch. II . § 2 .rent feaſons of the year," Doctor Halley has fuggefted, that the expanſe of water byevaporation is fufficient to account for the conftant Current whichruns from the Ocean into the Mediterranean, without looking forany other caufe; to which, however, it has been objected, that thiscould not be an adequate reaſon, as probably there is an equal Evaporation both from the Sea, and the Ocean. But this latter Objection does not appear to me to be well founded; for in the fummer the Land is always much hotter than Water, and the furrounding air on land is much more dry; confequently the evaporationof all Mediterranean, or Inland Seas muſt be infinitely greater, thanthat of the Ocean in the fame parallels, where the air is already faturated, and continues in the fame temperature many days fucceffively. Befides, it muſt be remembered, that the water evaporatedfrom what is generally called the Mediterranean Seas, is immediately in fummer conveyed towards the land, where great part of it remains; being either precipitated there in Rain for the benefit of theearth, or retained on the fummit of the mountains, in the form ofIce and Snow; and even the remainder is but flowly returned intothe different feas and lakes through the channels of the adjacentrivers. The quantity of water thus raiſed in Vapour, and retainedthere for theſe beneficial purpoſes, can only be fupplied by a conftant Current from that part of the North Atlantic, with which itimmediately communicates. Should this Hypothefis, on furtherexamination, be confidered as well founded, it will ferve alfo to account for the Equatorial Currents; for during the Equinoxes, andfor fome weeks preceding and following them, the evaporation nearthe Equator must be very confiderable; the Water adjacent, therefore, will flow in to fupply the deficiency, and confequently in allparts of the Ocean, where it is not obftructed by land, will proVOL. I. 3 Aduce• Hydrographical Remarks.362PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.BOOK duce at this feafon oppofite Currents from the two Poles towards1. the Equator. But an exact account of the Currents in the Atlantickept for one year, would verify or refute this ſyſtem; and theftrength of the Current at different ſeaſons from the Ocean to theMediterranean through the Straits of Gibraltar, would afford veryuſeful information on this fubject."TradeWinds.The following obfervations on the Navigation from Europe toIndia, are chiefly ſelected from the Neptune Oriental of D'Apres deMannevillette.From the twenty-eighth degree of north latitude almoſt to theequinoctial Line, navigators find thofe regular Winds, called by theItalians venti regolati, by the French vents alizees, and by us TradeWinds; they blow from north north-caft to caft during the wholeyear. But this rule although general throughout the Atlantic, isnevertheleſs ſubject to certain exceptions, eſpecially near the Coaftsof the continent, in the neighbourhood of iſlands, and in otherplaces from particular caufes.If we examine with attention the Journals of our moft experiencednavigators, we ſhall perceive that the Coafts of thoſe great continents,which lie between the Tropics, are ftruck obliquely by winds.whofe direction is relative to thoſe that prevail in the furroundingfeas. In confequence ofthis, on the African coaſt from Cabo Blancoto Sierra Leona, with the exception of land-breezes and heavygales, Winds blow more from north to north-weft than fromnorth to eaſt . From Sierra Leona, to Cape Palmas, the ufualdirection of the wind is from weft north-west, and beyondSee alfo APPENDIX, Article III. (P. 258. )theFrom the Obſervations which Mr. Arrowsmith has collected, the following remarkis taken: " As there is no general rule which admits not of fome exception, fo there is inthe Atlantic a tract offea, wherein the foutherly, and ſouth-westerly winds are perpetual, viz. allalong the Coaſt of Guinea for five hundred leagues together, from Sierra Leona to the iſland ofSt. ThomasTRADE WINDS.363Hydrographical Remarks.the latter cape from weft fouth-weſt to ſouth-west. Although the Ch. II. § 2.Canaries are fituated in the region of the Trade Winds, we nevertheleſs find that weſterly and fouth-westerly winds fometimes continue to blow there for eight days without intermiffion. Southerlyand fouth- weſterly alſo blow between the Cape de Verde Iſlands, andthe adjacent feas, during the months of July, Auguft, September,and October; at which time the roadsteads of thoſe Iſlands arenot fafe.error.uThe greater part of our philofophical writers who have onlyconfidered Trade Winds in their libraries, affign them limits towards the equinoctial totally different from what they really are ineach feaſon; and, as " D'Apres proceeds to remark, inferencesdrawn from ſuch affertions muſt naturally lead navigators into" I have thought it preferable, adds he, to prefer experienceto received opinions. After a careful examination of above twohundred and fifty Journals, to aſcertain in what degree of latitudeſhips that fail for the Eaſt Indies leave the current of the TradeWinds, and on what parallel of latitude they have fallen in with iton their return; it appeared to me, that throughout the month ofJanuary the true limits of theſe winds are found between the fixthandSt. Thomas. The fouth- eaft Trade Wind having paffed the line, and approaching the Coaſtof Guinea within eighty or an hundred leagues, inclines towards the ſhore and becomes fouthfouth east by degrees; as you come nearer it veres about to fouth fouth-west, and in with theland fouth-west, and fometimes weft fouth-weft. Such are the winds that have been obferved on this Coat when it blows true. To the northward of the Line between 4° and10°, and between the meridians of Cape Verde, and of the eaſternmoſt Iſlands of that name,there is a tract of ſea wherein it were improper to fay there is any Trade Wind, or evenvariable ones, fince almoſt a perpetual calm prevails attended with thunder and lightning, andfrequent rains. Some fudden uncertain gufts form the little wind that exifts, of very shortduration and lefs extent. Every hour will fometimes bring a different guft, which dies awayinto a calm before another fucceeds; ſo that ſhips in fight of cach other, will cach have adifferent wind. ”Inflructions fur la Navigation de France aux Indes.3 A 2364 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.1.BOOK and fourth degree of north latitude; throughout February betweenthe fifth and third degree; throughout March, and April, betweenthe fifth and ſecond; and throughout May between the fixth andfourth degree of latitude. "During the months of June, July, Augufl; and September, theaction of the Sun upon the land and ſea in the northern parts of ourglobe, changes the temperature and ſtate of the atmoſphere, andthus renders the winds lefs regular. So that in the month of Junethe Trade Winds ceaſe to blow at the tenth degree of latitude; inJuly, Auguft, and September, between the fourteenth and thirteenth; nor do they reſume their mean limits until December andJanuary.XWhen navigators leave the track of the Trade Winds they generally meet with thoſe that are Variable, and alſo with calms andheavy gales, produced by the conflux of the Trade Winds withthe General Winds; and by various other caufes which will notallow us exactly to fix their duration , or extent, in each reſpectivefeaſon. It is only neceffary to remark that the nearer you approachto the ordinary tract of the Trade Winds, the more this ſhifting isaffected by it; and that on the contrary, when you are near theEquator, the winds vary oftener from eaft to fouth, than from eaſtto north; this however does not prevent you from finding windsfometimes blowing in the fame tract from weſt to ſouth, and chieflyin

  • In the new edition of Laurie and Whittle's Oriental Navigator ( 1801. ) it is remarked,

that the Calms experienced by fhips, particularly in going to India, appear to depend on thevicinity of the Coaft , which they approach much nearer when bound to the Cape of GoodHope, than in the route from that Cape to Europe; accordingly the paffa*ges from the Capeto Europe are much ſhorter than thofe from Europe to the Cape. The Calms that are metwith to the northward of the Equinoctial Line are owing to the configuration of the Coaſtof Africa; which to the north, a few degrees from the line, projects about five hundredleagues toward the weft; while the great diſtance at which a ſhip is from this land, when theis to the fouthward of the Equator, prevents the General Wind of thefe Seas from thence undergoing any change.GENERAL WINDS. 3651Hydrografbical Remarks.in the months of July, Auguft, and September; but they are gene- Ch. II . § 2.rally occafioned by ſtorms, and fhould only be regarded as foreignwinds, neceffary to restore the equilibrium of the atmoſpherewhen the air is too much rarified in the eaſtern quarter.From the equinoctial Line to the tropic of Capricorn a regularTrade Wind prevails, which blows generally and conftantly between fouth and eaſt; and as the fame is met with not only in thefea between Africa and America, but alfo throughout the fouthernocean, the appellation of General Winds has been given to diſtinguish them from the north-easterly trades, which in ſome particularfeas are fubject to periodic changes. During an whole year's refidence at the iſland of St. Helena, Dr. Halley obſerved, that theſe General Winds reigned there conftantly from the ſouth-eaſt or thereabouts; that is, the wind which blew most frequently veered ratherfrom fouth- east to eaſt, than from fouth-eaft to fouth: when itblew from the eaft the weather was dark and gloomy, and itnever cleared up nor was ferene until the wind veered back againto fouth-eaft. Dr. Halley adds, that he never obferved the windto blow from fouth to weft, nor from north to north-weft. Theextent of the General Winds is not limited to the Line; they aremet with as far as five or fix degrees northward of it, and even tofeven degrees, according to the time of year. Sometimes the northeaft and fouth- eaft Trades extend very near each other, and atother ſeaſons there will be feveral degrees between them ſubjectto calms, fqualls, thunder, lightning, and heavy rains.General Winds, as well as Trade Winds, always take a different direction near the Coaft from what they have further outat fea. Along the Coaft of Africa from twenty- eight degreesof fouth latitude down to Cabo Lopo Gonzalvez, near the Line, thedirection of the wind is generally from fouth, to fouth fouth-west,and even in fome parts fouth- weft, according to the trending ofthe366 .PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.BOOK the Coaſt. On the examination of a great number of JournalsI. it appeared to D'Apres, that this fame tendency of the wind's blowing from fouth to fouth-west has been obferved at a great diſtancefrom the African continent; and that in general its influence feemsto be bounded to the weftward by the tracts compriſed between thatCoaft, and an imaginary line drawn from the Cape of Good Hope, toCape Palmas on the coaft of Guinea.In the Courſe which fhips generally keep on croffing the equinoctial line for the Cape of Good Hope, it is remarked, that beyondthe parallel of fixteen degrees the General Winds veer towards thenorth; and are found to blow rather from east to north-eaſt thanfrom eaſt to ſouth- eaft. Refpecting the limits of the fame winds being commonly confined to the twenty-eighth degree of latitude; eventhat is a general rule which ſtill has exceptions: fince different windsare often met with before ſhips have reached that latitude , and fometimes even on this fide the tropic of Capricorn. From the parallelof twenty-eight to forty degrees of fouth latitude, the winds havefometimes been found as variable as in European feas; thofe,which are the most frequent, blow from North to N. W. and fromSeas adjacent N. W. to W. S. W. Near the Cape of Good Hope, Winds fometo The Cape. times blow from S. E. to E. S. E. for many days without intermiffion, but in general you have eaſterly or wefterly winds accordingto the ſeaſon of the year: prevailing winds at The Cape are theS. E. and N. W; the eaft, and north-eaft are lefs frequent thanany. Their Summer continues from October to April. Wheneverthe Table Land begins to be covered with a cloud, it indicates aftrong Eaft, or E. S. E. wind: after the mountain is completelycovered the Gale comes on, and often continues for two or threedays.Winds from N. W. to W. S. W. are thoſe which occafionthe higheſt Seas to the eastward, as well as to the westward of13 theNAVIGATION ROUND THE CAPE. 367the Cape; and though they blow with their greateſt force during Ch. II . § 2 .Hydrographical the months of June, July, and Auguft, yet it fometimes happens Remarks.that in April, or May, you meet with very violent fqualls from thatquarter. Theſe are generally foreſeen by black clouds which darken the horizon from N. W. to weft; they come on very rapidly,and are ſometimes accompanied by whirlwinds: they first blowviolently from W. N. W. to weft; then fhifting with fury tothe S. W. they get to fouth, when the wind abates and it fuddenlyfalls calm. But the Sea agitated and fwelled into Mountains bytheſe boisterous winds is not fo foon compofed, and is frequentlymore dangerous than the Gale itſelf. About 150 leagues to theeastward of the Cape theſe Storms are very frequent; the atmoſphere is almoſt always on fire with lightning and thunder followedby deluges of rain, ſo that navigators can ſcarcely ever enjoy twofair days together. The weather remains thus tempeftuous whileyou are failing above 300 leagues farther, and feveral have remarked that it continues to that meridian which paffes throughthe eaſtern part of Madagaſcar.The CAPE OF GOOD HOPE whether a navigator approachesit from the weftward, or eastward, has the appearance of a largeIſland when he is at fuch a diftance as not to be able to difcern theconnection between the neck of its mountains, and the other mountains. The new moon produces high water at the Cape at halfpaſt two P. M. and the Tide ſeldom rifes more than three feet, except after an hurricane, or from fome extraordinary caufe. CABOL'AGULHAS lies to the E. S. E. of the extreme point ofthe Cape ofGood Hope; it was named by the Portugueſe Cabo das Agulhas, orNeedle Cape, becauſe they imagined the magnetic needle had novariation there at that time. This fouthernmost point of AfricaisIn this refpe& Diaz muſt have been deceived. The line of no Variation was placed byHalley to the weftward of the Cape. Refer to Dr. Halley's Theory of the Variation of theMagnetical Compafs (Mifcellanea Curiofa, vol. 1. p. 27. and 43. ) According to a table thereinferted,368 PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.I. BOOK is in latitude 34° 52 ' fouth. The Cape itſelf, as well as the land formany miles to the weftward of it, is of a moderate height, and cannot be ſeen at more than fix leagues from an Indiaman's poop. Allthat part of Africa, of which Cabo das agulhas forms the extremepoint, is furrounded by a bank of foundings, which after the Cape'sname is called bank of l'agulhas; this Bank begins at thirty-threedegrees and an half of fouth latitude near the Coaſt, and increaſes itsbreadth fouth-weſt and by weft until about the latitude of 37°; thenextending to the north west, it draws progreffively nearer to theCape of Good Hope, where it may be faid to terminate.ZThe following directions for failing round The Cape are givenby Major Rennell. " During the winter months, when the weſterly winds are fo common, the paffa*ge round the Cape will be themoſt ſpeedily effected by keeping the Ship in the ſtream of the Current, and letting her drive round the bank. I am aware that moſtCommanders prefer keeping on the bank for the purpoſe of gettingfoundings, and in expectation of fmoother water, and a ſtrongerCurrent than is to be met with farther out. With reſpect to thelatter, which is undoubtedly the prime object, they are diſappointed,as they find a help of about four or five miles per day only, between Cape Talhado and Cape Lagullas. All the Journals that Ihave examined, tend to eſtabliſh this fact, of which I had ocularproof during five days that I was on the bank. I am indebted toCaptain Waghorn, late of the Aſhburnam, for the firſt hint I receivedconcerning the courfe of the Current round the bank. He wentroundinferted, the variation at Cape Agulhas in 1622 , was 2 ° o' weft. Dr. Halley adds, In allEurope the Variation at this time is Weft, and more in the Eaflern parts thereof than the Weftern: aslikewiſe, that itſeems throughout to be upon the increaſe that way. -At the eastward of Brafile,properly fo called, this Easterly Variation decreaſes, fo as to be very little at St. Helena andAfcenfion; and to be quite gone, and the Compaſs point true about eighteen degrees of longitude Weſt from the CAPE OF GOOD HOPE -BYRON feems to have made a fimilar miſtakewith Diaz; declaring that he met with no variation in 128° and an half weft longitude, and16° 30' fouth latitude. ( See Arrowsmith's Chart ofthe Pacific in ninefbeets. )z Obfervations on the Currents round the Cape of Good Hope, publiſhed on half a fheetwith a Chart.CAPE DE VERDE ISLANDS. 369Hydrografbical Remarks.round it in the Liverpool frigate, in 1764, and in five days had an Ch. II. § 2 .help of about 160 miles between the meridians of Cape Talhado andFalfe Bay. The alteration of the Current from S. W. to N. W. inlatitude 37° was fo fudden, that it marked the exact time when theShip doubled the point of the Bank. "bAs a conclufion to theſe remarks on the Atlantic and thenavigation to India, a defcription of the principal of the Capede Verde Iſlands communicated by a friend, is fubjoined from thenotes of an officer, formerly in the India fervice.-SAN JAGO,the largeſt and beſt inhabited of the Cape de Verde Islands,lies in latitude 15° north, and 23° 30' weft longitude. The face ofthe country is mountainous, its climate exceffively hot and unfriendly to the conftitution of Europeans. The inhabitants arechiefly flaves from Africa, or fuch Europeans as the king of Portugal has either baniſhed or encouraged to fettle in that iſland. Itcontains all the different forts of cattle proper for a fupply of provifions; alfo fowls, game, great plenty of India Corn, plantains,pine apples, tamarinds, cocoa nuts, guavas, and a variety of ſuperior oranges both as to fize and flavour, great quantities of whichare annually fent as prefents to Europe; they have alſo ſugarCanes, and Cotton in great abundance, with which the natives manufacture a curious narrow cloth of different colours for the Africantrade. Yet the appearance of SAN JAGO is by no means invitingto ſtrangers, fince there is not a fingle houſe that can be called acomfortable dwelling: the governor's palace is conſtructed with lowthatched walls; its doors and windows are clumſy and unfiniſhed, andthe furniture merely confifts of a few odd broken chairs left thereby different captains. The Company's warehouſe, conſiſting of onelowerD. Burges, Efq. fent by Captain Burges, to whofe talents and excellent obfervations indefign, I have been greatly indebted.Compare this with the account already inferted p. 274.VOL. I. 3 B370 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.BOOK lower room, is tolerably well built with brick and lime brought for ,I. that purpoſe from Portugal. SAN JAGO is 150 miles in circumference. The total number of the Cape de Verdes is abouttwenty, but moft of them being barren uninhabited rocks are feldom included.Colonel Bolts, who was at thefe ISLANDS in 1781 , communicated the following particulars to Mr. Wadftrom ( effay on Colonization, page 139 ) " In September and October, Ships haveoften been driven on fhore in Porto Praya road. In the dangerous feaſon, therefore, it is beft to anchor out in eighteen fathoms water; fo that, in cafe of a gale, the Ship may be fure ofclearing the eaſtern point, called Mulher Branca, or the weſterncalled Tumrofa. San Vincent, one of the Ilhas Defertas, has the beſtharbour in all theſe iſlands; and it is capable of containing the moſtnumerous fleet of large fhips, fafe all the year round. San Vincenthas the advantage of excellent air and plenty of good water, but itis uninhabited. The Iſland of S. Antam, improperly called S.Antonio, formerly belonged to the Duque Infeliz (d' Aveiro) . Itwas rented by that family to an English gentleman, whofe agentone Stephen Spencer, picked up fome ftones waſhed down from thePeak ofthe Iſland, and fent them to England. The lapidaries gaveit as their opinion that the mountain whence they came certainlycontained curious, if not precious ftones. All the Iflands containIron ore, often on the furface. The Duque d' Aveiro had partlypeopled S. Antam with his own flaves: and in time, he acquired,or ufurped a kind of property in the perfons of the other inhabiOn the fall of the Aveiro family, however, S. Antam revertedto the crown. During the adminiſtration ofthe Marquis de Pombal,about ten thouſand of the inhabitants of the Cape Verde iſlandswere fent to build the prefent fortifications at Biffao, where moſt ofthem died. There are at Santiago fourteen Emgenhos, or fugartants.7mills,CAPE DE VERDE ISLANDS. 3711§ 2.Remarks.mills, worked by oxen; but only two of them are reckoned good. Ch. II.The late governor, Joaquim Salene Saldanha Lobo, had a ſcheme for Hydrographicalfitting out veffels at the Cape Verde Islands for the whale fiſhery onthe Southern Coaft of Africa; and another for extracting from thesem*nte da purga (ricinus pignon d' Inde, believed to be the fameplant from which the Caftor Oil is extracted in the Weft Indies)an Oil which is excellent for burning, and is free from any badfmell . The gathering of Orzella, or Orchella, on the Coaft of thefeIſlands , cofts not eight hundred reas per quintal. The mediumprice of that quantity, at Porto Praya, is three thouſand reas, andat Liſbon nineteen thouſand two hundred reas. In theſe Iſlandsthey might raife great quantities of very good Cotton, and alfo ofIndigo, which grows wild every where. But the inhabitants do notcultivate more of either, than what is neceffary for the cloaths theymanufacture for their trade to the continent of Africa.C" The Portugueſe had the advantage of trading to, and eſtabliſhing themſelves in Africa, earlier than any other modern Europeannation; and that too at a time when they were actuated by a ſpiritof enterprize which perhaps has never been exceeded in any people.Their power has indeed undergone a great, but gradual declenſion,eſpecially on the Continent of the eaſt of Africa. Yet fuch remainsof it are ſtill viſible that a reſpectable modern writer fcruples notto ſay, that they ftill poffefs more valuable territory in Africa, andhave brought more of the natives to live in the European manner,than all Christendom befides. Hence he concludes that other nations, and the Britiſh in particular, who can furniſh Africa withmanufactures of their own, might make at leaſt as great advancesin the inland trade of that Continent, as the Portugueſe, under thedifadvan-• Four thouſand eight hundred Reas are equivalent to a Moidore, or about twenty- fevenfhillings fterling.3 B 2372 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.BOOK diſadvantage of purchaſing moſt of the goods they carry to it from I. other nations. But this, he obferves, depends on quite other meaſuresthan what have ever yet been taken.”Monf. l'Abbe Demanet publiſhed ſome remarks on the Weflern Coast of Africa, in hisNouvelle Hiftoire de l'Afrique Françoife. ( Two volumes 12mo, Paris 1787 . )-The Portu.gueſe have it in contemplation to eſtabliſh Naval Arſenals in the Cape de Verde Iſlands, particularly at St. Jago, Bonavista, and St. Nicholas.From the evidence of A. P. How, Efq. who was in Africa during 1785, and 1786, in theGrampus fhip of war, and was employed as a Botanift by the British Government, it appearedthat the Witneſs had ſeen Cinnamon Trees at St. Thomas, at the fea fide, about twenty feethigh; and, from what he heard, they grew inland to an higher fize. From the bark broughtdown he concludes there muſt be a great quantity inland. The witneſs was not pofitive thatit was the fame fort of Cinnamon which grows in India; but the bark, leaves, and wholeſtructure of the tree were the fame as thoſe brought from thence to Kew Gardens. TheAfrican Caffia is not unlike that which has been ſeen in the East Indies. (Minutes ofevidencebefore the Houfe of Commons, 1790, p. 226. )பெர்Published Jania.1303 by Cate Se Davies , Strand.CHAPTER III.I. Retrofpect of Indian History from the Macedonian Difcoveries to the clofeof the fifteenth Century. II. The Portuguefe reach India under the conducof da Gama.SECTION I.Menander.-Tagara, Barygaza, Pluthana, and Baroach.-Partition of the Empire ofDemetrius.-Pachorus. BICKERMAJIT. Pandion. Bafdeo. Annindeo.. MaldesIychund. MOHAMMEDAN INVASIONS. Antient Cities of India. TURKESTAN INVASIONS. Gazna.-Gaur.-Charazm. Southern India invaded by the MohammedanKings of Delhi.-Cuttub. MOGUL DYNASTY. View of the Maritime Parts ofSouthern Hindoftan at a very early period. Conjectures refpecting the Fleur de lis anthe Mariner's Compass..Retrospect ofBEFORE we enter on the more immediate fubject of this Chapter Ch. III. § 1.the Voyage of da Gama, it has been thought expedient to take a con- Indian Historynecting retroſpect ofthe hiftory of INDIA, a country on which theattentionPrincipally from Mr. Maurice's Modern Hiftory of Hindoftan. -Ragnall gave the bareandunconnected outline in his fecond volume ( p. 339. )374 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.1.BOOK attention of the Portugueſe had been long fixed, and to whoſeCoafts they had now opened by the fkill of Diaz a paffa*ge hithertounexplored by fea.From the cloſe of the Macedonian Diſcoveries by the death ofALEXANDER to the commencement of the Mohammedan era inbthe fixth century, the page of Indian hiſtory is particularly involvedin doubt and obfcurity. The afhes of Porus were avenged by thefucceffes of Sandracottus and his fon Allitrochades, and the laurelswhich Nearchus had gained, withered amidst the contention ofthirty-fix generals who furvived Alexander. Confiderable remainshowever of the Macedonian invafion exifted for feveral ages in thefouthern provinces towards the mouth of the Indus, and along theweſtern Coaſt of Hindoftan. About the year 195 before Chriſtthe renowned Menander fourth fovereign in the Grecian dynaftyof Bactria, was eſtabliſhed on that throne; who is faid by Straboto have fubdued more Indian nations than even Alexander, tohave extended his empire on one fide to Pattala and Zizeruson the Malabar coaft, and on the other quite to Bactra and Drapfa.Mr. Wilford obferves in his differtation on the City of Tagara(Deoghir) that the Greeks in conſequence of Alexander's expedition , foon diſcovered the way by ſea to India; for during the reign.of Ptolemy Philadelphus, 2056 years ago, Tagara began to beknown to them. All kinds of mercantile goods throughout theDeccan were brought to Tagara, and thence conveyed to BaryWe learn alfo from Arrian in his Periplus Maris Erythrai,gaza.that Tagara was about ten days journey to the eastward of anotherdfamousCorrupted, fays Mr. Wilford, from Chandra- Gupta.—( Chronology of the Hindus, AfiaticRefearches, vol. 5. p . 241. )C Maurice, p. 28.• Now called Doulet- abad.d Maurice's Modern Hindoftan, p. 95 .ANCIENT MARTS ON THE COAST.375famous mart called Pluthana; that Pluthana was twenty days journey to the fouthward of Baroach; and alſo that the road lay throughthe Balla-gaut mountains. This paffa*ge in Arrian, adds Mr. Wilford, is the more interefting, as it fixes the time when the Ballagaut mountains were first heard of in Europe. Tagara at that earlyperiod was the metropolis of a large diftrict called Ariaca, whichcomprehended the greateſt part of fubah Aurangabad, and thefouthern part of Concan; for the northern part of that diſtrict in--cluding Damaun Callian , the Iſland of Salfet, Bombay, & c. belongedto the Rajah of Larikeh or Lar. Thus the lateſt remains of Macedonian or Grecian diſcovery have been traced to the weſtern Coaſtof that peninfula, on which the Portugueſe navigators firſt landedunder the command of da Gama.fBut to continue our retroſpect of Indian Hiftory. The partition of the empire of Demetrius ftyled by Juftin king of India,between Mithridates king of Parthia and Eucratides the Bactrianmonarch, took place about 175 years before the Chriftian era.To Mithridates were affigned the provinces between the Hydafpes,and the Indus, whilft Eucratides poffeffed all the remainder adjoining the eaſtern and fouthern quarter of his Indian poffeffions. Buton the fall of the Bactrian empire at the death of the patricide Eucratides the fecond, 126 before Chrift, after it had flourished duringnearly a century and an half, the whole of thefe extenfive Indiandomains of Eucratides on this fide and even beyond the Ganges,centred in the mighty Mithridates.Pacorus the firft, king of Parthia, unable to refift the ravages ofthe Scythian hive whofe affiftance his predeceffor Prabates had incautiously requeſted, diſpatched an embaffy to Sylla then in Afia(A. C. So.) and thus haftened the ruin of his country by opening apaffa*geCh. III. § 1 .Indian History.Retrospect off: Afiatic Refearches, vol. 1. p. 369. Maurice, p. 101.1376PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.BOOK paffa*ge for the Romans into the fertile regions of the Eaft, which I. directed their attention to the rich territory of India.Bickermajit,or Vicramá.ditya.Pandion.The celebrated BICKERMAJIT is faid to have obtained the fupreme ſovereignty of Hindoftan fifty-fix years before the Chriftianperiod " . According to Mr. Wilford in the differtation already cited,Bickermajit ruled for ſome time over the northern parts of the Deccan; but its Rajahs headed by Salbahan having revolted they gaveBickermajit battle, and he was flain about the commencement of theChriftian era. He had previouſly ſubdued the kingdom of Malvaand Guzzerat, and in order to acquire a knowledge of the ftate ofthe arts, and of government, among foreign nations , is faid to havetravelled over great part of the Eaſt in the habit of a mendicant. Sofuccefsful were the arms of this monarch in afterwards reducing thefeudatories around him, that he was believed to act under divine authority. But Bickermajit was alſo the patron of literature, and ofthe fifteen Brahmins who were patronifed at court, the poet andphilofopher Calidas took the lead.iThe powerful Indian kingdom of PANDION, who flouriſhedabout fifteen years before Chriſt and is recorded to have ſent an embaffy to Auguftus, extended to the fouthern point of Comaria, orComerin; his refidence was at the extenfive city of Madura. Atthe commencement of our era, India as we learn from Strabowas divided into one hundred and eighteen confiderable nations,each governed by a particular Chief dependant on one monarchwho in cafes of neceffity fummoned his inferior Rajahs to the field.According to Ferifhta, as cited by Mr. Maurice, the Empireof India was reduced after the death of its monarchs Bickermajit and Salbahan to a ftate of anarchy. The great vaffals ofkh Maurice, ibid. vol. 1. p. 68.Maurice, ibid. vol. 1. p. 139.

  • Ferifhta, vol. 1. p. 13.

Ferifhtah, vol . 1. p. 13.Strabo, Lib . xv. p . 719.theANNINDEO, MALDEO, JYCHUND. 377greatthe crown embracing this opportunity to affume independence, thevery name of emperor became in meaſure obliterated. In thisftate India appears to have continued until the year of Chrift 230,when BASDEO having reduced Bengal and Babar eſtabliſhed a newkingdom, and affumed imperial honours at Canouge: it feems probable that the fplendid Indian embaſſy to Trajan came from thismonarch. The title of Maharajah or fupreme, did not howeverlong continue in his family, and the dependant princes again rendered themfelves abfolute.1A chief of the tribe of Bice ANNINDEO, raiſed himſelf to regalpower after the death of the murderer Partab, who had feized onthe throne of the deceaſed emperor Ramdeo in the year 500. Forthe fpace of fixteen years Annindeo reigned over his conquefts;which confifted of the kingdom of Malva, the peninfula of Guzxerat, the country of the Mahrattas, and the whole province ofBerar. His fuccefsful example was followed by the daring MALDEO, who riſing from an obfcure origin to empire, was enabledto retain the city of Delhi and its territory, as well as the city ofCanouge, for the ſpace of forty years. Theſe. ufurpations calledforth the ambition of various petty chiefs in Hindoftan; deſtroyedthe unity of the empire; and by ſubdividing its ftrength laid itopen to the ſubſequent invaſion of the Mohammedans. Some fhadow of obedience however to the maharajah or fupreme fovereign.long remained, even after that ſubjection: for at the great feſtivalcalled Raiſto held at Canouge in 1192, all the Rajahs of Hindoftan,except Pithowra Rajah of Delhi the laft of its native princes,affembled at Canouge as the imperial city to pay homage to their fovereign " JYCHUND, who himſelf probably was tributary to Perfia:mVOL. I.1 Maurice, vol. 1. p. 149.Maurice, vol. 1. p. 164, and Ayeen Akberry, vol. 2. p. 107.3 CatCh . III . § 1 .Retrospect of Indian Hiftory.378PROGRESSOFDISCOVERY.BOOK at this feſtival even the labours of the fcullery were performed by I.Mohammedan invafions.Rajahs.During the first year of " ABUBEKER, fucceffor ofthe prophet Mohammed who died in 632 , the relentleſs Arabs, or Saracens, made theirfirſt advance towards INDIA by invading the fertile and wealthy empire of Perfia. In vain did the experience of its general Ferokhzadcauſe the needy wanderers to retreat: the intimidated multitude reftedon the frontiers of Syria, and meeting with powerful reinforcementsreturned with eagerness to their prey. Alharzaman a Perſian nobleman oppoſing a formidable army to the refluent numbers ofthe Moflems, was entirely defeated and cut to pieces with the greaterpart of his troops. The conduct of the war became then entruſted(A. D. 636.) to a general of the name of Roftam, whofe approachwas expected by the dauntleſs Saad on the vaſt plains of Cadefia: forthree days the dreadful conflict continued, at the end of which thetriumph of the Arabs was complete. A fettlement of eight hundred Moſlems was foon made, and the ſpeedy foundation of Baſſoraopened a convenient port for their future commerce.The Arabs during the enfuing year having plundered the hundred vaults of Ctesiphon or Al Madayn, the Perfian capital, advanced to the interior provinces, and their progrefs was marked byblood and devaſtation. Yezdegerd the young monarch of Perfiabravely exerted himſelf at the battle of Julula to retrieve the gloryof Perfia, but was obliged to feek his fafety by flight. The laſtcontext was made near Nebavend a city of Farfiftan, by one hundredand fifty thouſand Perfians; but the facred trumpets of their Magifounded in vain, and the Arabs emphatically ſtyled that battle theVictory of Victories.•Not to dwell on their intermediate conquefts it is fufficient toobferve that the Arabian army like a fwarm of locufts, proceededtowardsIbid. p. 187. See alfo Gibbon, vol. ix. p. 354.• Maurice, p. 190.FIRST MOHAMMEDAN INVASION.379an.qгtowards India with fatal rapidity. Their firft invafion of it feemsto have been under the conduct of Mohammed Ebn Cafim, who wasappointed by the caliph Valid at the commencement of the eighthcentury, in the year 707. Mr. Maurice is of opinion that although the interior provinces were not probably attacked in thisexpedition, yet that by this invafion a way was opened for the twoMohammedan merchants, who travelled thither during the ninthcentury. The fuperior or northern provinces of Hindoftan at thetime of its invaſion by the Mohammedans, were divided among theRajahs of Lahore, Delhi, Ajmere, Canouge, and Callinger, whofeforces are faid to have been united to repel the common enemy:the ſtate of the other provinces is thus defcribed by their hiftori-" The more fouthern provinces of Hindoftan Proper, full ofimpregnable hills and caſtles, that as yet diſdained a foreign lord,were tenanted by the daring race of Rajapouts, whoſe profeffion,from their earlieſt youth, was War; and who if they had not beenengaged and debilitated in perpetual feuds among themſelves, wouldhave been invincible by the armies of any foreign invader. Themultitude of theſe Forts wherefoever thoſe lofty and almoſt perpendicular eminences of rock, or mountain, which are fo common inIndia, allowed an opportunity for erecting them, affords fufficientevidence of the diſtractions, which, in ancient periods, prevailed inthis Country, amidſt the endleſs conteſts reſulting from the ambitionand avarice of the more turbulent Chieftains, among whom, in themoſt ancient annals of India, the illuftrious family of the RANNA,noticed by the very fame name in Ptolemy, is recorded to have beenthe principal. The celebrated Caſtles and Cities of Chitore, Mandu,Guallior, Rotas, Rantampoor, and others in that central region, wereplacesMaurice, p. 165.SP Ibid. p. 223. ↑ See APPENDIX D. (P. 217. )• Many of theſe have been correctly delineated by Mr. Daniel, who has enabled his countrymen to enjoy the rich ſcenery of India at a comparatively ſmall expence.Ch. III. § 1 .Indian Hiftors.Ret ofpect of3 C 2380PROGRESSOFDISCOVERY.1.BOOK places of incredible ftrength, and in the unimproved ſtate of themilitary Science at that period, bade defiance to all the forces theaffailants could bring against them. -The mighty range of the Balagant mountains, of height almoft inacceflible, and in moft places covered with impervious Forefts, perhaps coæval with the creation,ever afforded to its hardy bands of untamed warriors, an equallyelevated and, from their remotenefs, a ftill more fecure retreat fromthe invading enemy."SRefpecting the cities of India during the early periods of its hiftory, in the Mahabbarat tranflated by the fecretary of Akber thefirft imperial city of Hindofian is ftated to have been OUDE capitalof that province; and Sir William Jones informs us that the prefent city of Lucknow was only a lodge for one of its gates. Oudecontinued the imperial City for 1500 years, when CANOUGE became with BENARES, joint metropolis of the vaſt kingdom on theGanges. CANOUGE and PATNA feem alfo to have been confidered ascapitals, in the fame manner as Delhi and Agra were in latter times.According to the Mahabbarat Delhi rofe to opulence on the fite ofthe ancient City of Inderput, which in ages juftly reputed fabuloushad been the metropolis of the country. The learned editor ofHarris' collection of voyages remarks, that Delhi made a partthe kingdom of Porus, and in its neighbourhood the great battlewas fought which gave that kingdom to Alexander. It is faid aColumn ftill remains at Delhi, erected in memory of this battle,with an inſcription almoft worn out in a language now unknown.t ofDuring the reign of Caliph Motaffem (A. D. 800. ) eighth ofthe Abbaffides, we obferve the ARABS yielding to the fuperiorintrepidity of thofe TURKESTAN mountaineers, whom the timidcaliphs called in to protect their city of Bagdad; and from thiscaliphate their power gradually declined until the death of Al Rhadi. Maurice's Modern Hindoftan , vol. 1. p. 270. 279. 359. 281. 263.Vol. 1. p. 632. NoteinDYNASTY OF GAZNA. 381Retrospect ofIndian Hiftory.in 940, when the caliphs became entirely fubfervient to their Turk- Ch. III. § 1 .iſh generals. On the ſubſequent diffolution of the unity of the Arabian Empire, its independent fragments, as Gibbon expreffes himſelf,were equal to populous andpowerful " kingdoms.the Sultans INDIA was next invaded, and fubdued, by the fultans of the dy- Invaded bynafties of Gazna, Gaur, and Charafm, as they fucceffively arofe on of Gazna,theſe ruins of the power of the Caliphs. ABISTAGI governor for 977-1184.the Samanides of Chorafan, having caufed himſelf to be crowned Xat Gazna the capital of Zabuliſtan, during the minority of the youngprince Manfur, was fucceeded after a reign of fifteen years by hisfon Abu Ifaac; and at his death the brave and loyal general SUBUCTAGI was raiſed to the throne during the year 977. In the firſtyears of his reign he led the warlike Afghans to ravage the frontiers of India, and returned laden with ſpoils. Feipal who thenreigned in Lahore or the Panjab, fituated on the direct road to theinterior of Hindostan, eager to chaſtiſe this and other previous actsof fimilar aggreffion , carried the war into the territories of his enemy. But the bravery of this Indian chief was baffled by a tremendous ftorm, amidst the violence of which whole fquadrons of hiscavalry periſhed, and Jeipal was compelled to fue for peace. Hisſpeech on that occafion, at the conference which he folicited withSubuctagi, diſplays the bold and deſperate character of the Indianwarriors: Beware how you drive to defpair the irritated but refoluteIndians, who now fuppofe themselves fuffering under the momentarywrath oftheirgods. Theyhave a dreadful custom when reduced to thelaft extremity. In the phrenzy of defperation, they first maſſacre theirwives and children to fave them from violation and captivity: they thenfet fire to thofe terreftrial habitations, for whichthey have no longer occafion, and with difbevelled hair and horrible outcries, they rush upon thefoe,a Vol. 10. p. 146.

  • Maurice, p. 222. y Maurice, p. 235.

382PROGRESSOFDISCOVERY.BOOK1foe, nor leave the bloody field, till either they are cut off themselves, or .have exterminated their adverfaries.Jeipal however neglecting to obſerve the terms on which his faferetreat had afterwards been permitted, and refuſing to pay the promiſed tribute to thoſe whom he probably confidered as unprincipledmarauders, preparations were inſtantly made on both ſides for renewing the war. Accordingly in the year 978 the Indian chief took thefield with one hundred thouſand horſe, and two hundred thoufandfoot, led on by the ſovereigns of Delhi, Ajmere, Callinger, and Canouge. Subuctagi ſupplied his deficiency in point of numbers byſkill and diſcipline; with an army confifting chiefly of cavalry, butwhich did not amount to above a fourth part of the combined forcesof Hindoftan, he entirely routed the allies , gained an immenſe plunder in their camp, and acquired a confiderable addition of territory.ZMAHMUD, the bloody fucceffor and fon of Subuctagi, fucceededto the throne of Gazna in the year 997. During his twelve IndianExpeditions, the firſt of which took place in the year 1000, his impetuous and unrelenting bigotry deſolated a country, which, as itshiſtorian obſerves, " might at that period be juftly called the grandtreaſure-houſe of the world. It fell to the lot of Mahmud and hisdeſcendants, to unlock the doors of that treaſury fo long cloſed; toburſt open its ſecret vaults; and bid the golden inundation roll back'upon the impoverished regions of the exhauſted globe. " Mahmud died at his palace in Gazna, 1030, after a reign of thirty-fiveyears.The ſufferings of INDIA were in fome meaſure avenged by thefate of the fons of its invader, Mohammed and Maud; the verytreaſure which their father MAHMUD had amaffed from all quarters, eventually cauſed his offspring to be deferted by his troops,and to be abandoned in the moſt critical emergency. Ob cruel reverſe

  • Maurice, p. 240.

DYNASTY OF GAZNA. 383Retrospect of verfe offate! exclaimed Maffud; yesterday I was a mighty prince; Ch. III. § 1 .three thouſand Camels bending under my Treafure. To day I amforced Indian Hiftory .to beg, and receive but the mere mockery ofmy wants.aDuring the reign of MODUD, grandſon of Mahmud, and fourthking of Gazna and India, the confederated rajahs of Northern Hindoftan made a refolute attempt to retrieve the independence of theirfuffering country, and for a time fuccefs attended their patriotiſm:but the military fpirit of Modud rofe fuperior to the adverſe fortune which for a ſeaſon threatened the kingdom of Gazna; factionhowever after his death ( 1049) poured forth the accumulatedplunder of India. Like a fecret poiſon it was ordained to fermentthroughout every department of the ſtate, and to weaken a ſtrengthwhich had been ſo rapaciouſly exerted; until in 1058 the devoutIBRAHIM, fon of Maffud the fecond, ninth king of Gazna and India, was enabled by a peace with the Seljukian Turks to fecure andextend the Moflem conquefts in Hindoftan during a reign of forty-two years. So numerous were his victories in that country thathe was ftyled the conqueror and the triumphant, Al Modhafferand Al Manfur. The fon of Ibrahim, MASSUD THE THIRD,with the virtues and judgment of his father, inherited his ambitionfor Indian conquefts. His generals imbibed the fpirit of their fovereign; and proceeding eastward even beyond the country whichthe great Mahmud had reached, they croffed the facred river of theGanges.bBYRAM, twelfth king of Gazna and India, after penetrating twiceinto Hindoftan fought an aſylum on the borders of that countryduring the year 1151, being driven from Gazna by Alla brother toSeiful Dien, Prince of Gaur. Byram returned unexpectedly witha powerful army; but treachery lurked amidſt its ranks, and theDynafty1041 .a Ibid. p. 318.Ibid. p. 333-384 PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.I. BOOK Dynaſty of Gazna haftened to its clofe. In the reign of his grandfon, CHOSRO THE SECOND, Lahore was taken by the treacheryof Mohammed ( 1184) and the Houſe of Gazna was obliged to yieldto the fuperior villainy ofthe House of GAUR.Invaded by the Sultansof Gaur.1184-1212.CMOHAMMED endeavoured to fecure by blood what he hadobtained by cunning. Chofro the fecond with his whole family wereput to death; the ſuperb palace of Lahore and the governmentwere affigned to Ali , viceroy of Multan; whilft Mohammed withthe fame of a renowned general, and the authority of a monarch,returned to his brother who fate on the Gaznavide throne. During 1191 Mohammed again marched towards Hindoftan, and proceeding to Ajmere took the capital of Tiberhind. On his return heheard that Pittu Rai, prince of Ajmere, and Candi Rai, king ofDelhi, were advancing towards Tiberhind: a dreadful battle wasin confequence fought on the banks of the Sirfutti, fourteen milesfrom Tannafar and eighty from Delhi; when the invader of Indiawas repulfed, and owed his life to the fidelity of a fervant.•Mohammed retreated, and returning to Gaur vented his indignation on the Omrahs who had deferted him in battle; he then refigned himself to indolence and diffipation. After a fhort intervalhis ambition returned, and an army confifting of one hundredthouſand chofen horſe, many of whom had their helmets and armourrichly ornamented, prepared a new ſcourge for the natives of India.The Hindoos were foon in arms; their allied forces confifting ofthree hundred thouſand horſe, three thouſand elephants, and a greatbody of infantry, encamped oppofite to their enemies on the riverSirfutti One hundred and fifty Indian Princes affembled under thebanners ofthe King of Ajmere; and after the performance of religiousrites they all folemnly vowed by the facred water of the GANGESthat they would conquer or die. The treachery of Mohammed• Ibid. p. 354.II wasCUTTUB KING OF DELHI. 385Retrospect ofIndian Hißory.was again exerted, and again fucceſsful. Fatally lulled into a delu- Ch. III . § 1.five fecurity, the Hindoo Camp became a fcene of revelry, and thedifcipline of war was neglected: the morning beheld their numbers ftruggling with defperate refolution to retrieve paft negligence; but at length a violent and unexpected charge of twelvethouſand Moflem horfe, whofe riders were clad in complete armour, decided the fate of India. The city of Delhi was for atime preſerved by means of coftly prefents. -Mohammed during hisnine expeditions into Hindoftan is recorded to have amaffed fivehundred maunds of diamonds, but his career was then terminated; and the murderer of the family of Chofro perishedby the hands of midnight affaffins:-though furrounded by hisfaithful guards there was ftill an Arm to whom the tent of thisdreaded General was open; twenty mountaineers were chofen asthe inftruments of its vengeance, who at once ruſhed upon theirvictim , and buried their daggers into his body.сAfter the victory which Mohammed had obtained over the alliedarmy of India under Pittu Rai, the Empire of Delhi had beenfounded by CUTTUB or Cothbeddin lbek, a faithful flave and friend ofthe conqueror left by him at Koram: for, having taken poſſeſſion ofDelhi, Cuttub who was the Mohammedan Viceroy of the conqueredpoffeffions in India made that city the feat of his government in theyear 1193, and obliged the districts around him to embrace thedoctrines of the Koran. —MAHMUD, the pufillanimous nephew andfucceffor of Mohammed, loft the crowns both of Gaur, and Gazna,and in 1212 yielded to the prowefs of the Houfe of CHARASM.MAHMUD like his uncle was murdered in his bed.MOHAMMED THE GREAT King of Charazm, and weſtern India Charazmiandependant on the empire of Gazna, foon beheld a new and powerful -Dynafty.Ibid. P. 364.VOL. I.e Ibid. P. 359. -3 D386 PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.I.1218.BOOK ful enemy in the renowned Gengis Khan, who in 1218 moved onhis countleſs multitudes of well difciplined Moguls, and Tartars,towards the rich provinces of Southern Afia. Having reduced thecelebrated city of Bokhara to an heap of aſhes, plundered Samarchand, and given Charazm to the flames, GENGIS ordered theflying Mohammed to be inceffantly purſued by thirty thouſandpicked foldiers, conducted by three of the moft experienced Mogulgenerals. Death at length came to the relief of this miferable Sultan in 1220; and he expired under the cover of a wretched tent inthe ſmall uninhabited iſland of Abiſcon, fituated on the ſouth-weſterncorner ofthe Cafpian Sea.Southern India invadedhammedanThe brave fon of Mohammed, GELALEDDIN, prepared toavenge the cauſe of his father, and to chaſtiſe the cruel invadersof his Charafmian empire. But in the mean time Gengis urgeda deſtructive courſe through the cities of Balkh, Termed, Meru, andNishapour; their walls were levelled, and their inhabitants murdered. At the fack of Bamian this wild beaft of Tartary wasgorged with blood; men, women, and children were indiſcriminately maffacred. In vain did Gelaleddin ftrive with dubious fuccefs to retrieve the fortunes of his houfe, and even at length regain a part of his hereditary dominions; for during the year 1231 ,four years after the death of Gengis who only reached the frontiersof India " , GELALEDDIN was betrayed and murdered in the province of Curdiftan.When CUTTUв the Viceroy of India was eſtabliſhed as firſtby the Mo- Mohammedan King of Delki, he cauſed himſelf to be inveſtedwith the imperial regalia both of India and Gazna, and thusfounded the Afghan or Patan Dynaſty which held the fceptre untilKings ofDelhi.thef Ibid. P. 371.Le Croix Hift. Gengis, p. 377-Ibid. P. 386,INVASION OF SOUTHERN INDIA.387the invaſion of Timur Bec in 1398. Cuttub afcended the throneof Lahore in 1205, and before his death in 1210 defeated thePrince of Benares; he alfo marched againſt the Rajahpouts to prevent their junction, and overcame with difficulty an alliance ofthe independent Indian chiefs with the prince of Narwalla. Hisfon ARAM fucceeded, who with difficulty held the reins of government for one year; and to pafs over the intermediate fovereignsof Delhi, in the year 1265 the Vizier BALIN on default of iffuefrom Mahmud, afcended the vacant throne. The moft celebrated men of ſcience that Afia could produce were affembled andencouraged in his court, among whom the noble Chofro, andHaffen, bore the first rank. Though the difpofition of Balin wascruel, and fanguinary, he condeſcended to viſit learned men at theirown houſes, and is faid to have made them coftly prefents. Heappointed his fon Kera king of Bengal in 1279, and died in 1286after a reign of twenty-two years.kDuring the government of FEROSE THE SECOND, a defcendantfrom the ferocious tribe of Chilligi, the first Mohammedan Invafionof Southern India took place in 1293; conducted by the murdererand nephew of Ferofe, Alla ul-dien, who was afterwards emperor.Having reached Elichpoor, and inveſted Deogur the capital of rajahRamdeo, the retreat of Alla was nearly cut off: but having defeatedRamdeo and inflicted a cruel vengeance on the Hindoos, this Mohammedan was enabled to drain the country of fix hundred maundsof pure gold, ſeven maunds ofpearl, two maunds of diamonds, rubies,emerald, andſapphires; befide one thouſand maunds of ſilver, fourthousand pieces offilk, and other precious commodities.Maurice's Modern Hindoftan, vol . 1. p. 400.Ibid. P. 436.MOnk Ibid. P. 415.m The Maund of the DECCAN, according to Mr. Maurice, is twenty-five pound avoirdupoife.Ch. II . § 2 .Indian Retrospect Hiftory of .1289.3D 2388PROGRESSOFDISCOVERY.I.1295.BOOK On the acceffion of this execrable ALLA, whofe object was toimpoverish all ranks of men, his kingdom was repeatedly threatenedby the Moguls; but the daring ſpirit of the emperor aſſiſted by thebrave Ziffer, who from envy was fuffered to perish in the arms ofvictory, baffled every attempt of the enemy. In 1306 the deſolating ambition of Alla was again directed towards Southern India.Ramdeo king of Deogur had omitted to fend the promiſed tribute,and the Mohammedan troops eagerly preffed forward to enrichthemſelves by a fecond Invafion. Cafoor, general of Alla, havingdivided the country of the Mabrattas among his omrahs, advancedto the fiege of Deogur, or Dowlat- abad; but Ramdeo prudently appeaſed the ambition of the Mohammedans by preſents, and ſcruplednot to do homage himſelf at Delhi.0DA third Invafion of Southern India was conducted by twoMohammedan generals Cafoor, and Chaja, in the year 1310: thisexpedition was particularly directed againſt the rich Temples ofDhoor, Summund, and Maber. Bellal Deo, fovereign of the Carnaticwas taken prifoner, and his country laid waſte. Satiated withcruelty and plunder the marauders had reſolved to return; whena fudden diſcovery of immenfe treaſure buried by ſome Brahminscompleted the triumph of avarice. Cafoor, on his arrival at Delhi,prefented ALLA with three hundred and twelve elephants, twentythouſand borfes, ninety-fix thouſand maunds of gold, beſide ſeveralchefts of jewels, pearls, and other treaſure. Such an influx ofwealth eventually proved favourable to the polite arts; and Allacould boaft of having forty-five profeffors in his empire, who werecelebrated for their fkill in fcience. Prior to the death of thismonarch, in 1316, his general Cafoor conducted a fourth Invafionof Southern India during the year 1312; and after ravaging with hisPufualIbid. p. 462. • Ibid. p. 465.Ibid. p. 468.HINDOSTAN THREATENED BY MOGULS. 389ufual barbarity the countries of Mahrat, Connir, Dabul, Giwil,Raijore, and Mudkil, had taken up his refidence at Deogur. -Themonfter MUBARICK, third fon of Alla, afcending the throne in1317, invaded Southern India during the fecond year of his reign.His favourite general, the traitor Chrofro, remained a year in Malabar, and plundered the country of a diamond that weighed one hundred and fixty-eight ruttys, with other jewels and gold to a confiderable amount.4On the death of the great and virtuous Tuglick thefirst, in 1325,his eldeft fon MOHAMMED THE THIRD fucceeded. Hindoflan wasfoon threatened by a Mogul army conducted by the renowned Sirichief of the tribe of Zagatay, who confented to retire on receivingnearly the price of the empire. Mohammed having thus fecuredthe tranquillity of his own country, prepared to invade the peace ofother diftricts; and his generals fubdued many provinces that had notyet yielded to the throne of Delhi: the Carnatic was reduced tothe extremities of the Deccan, and from fea to fea; but theſe conqueſts were afterwards loft amidſt convulfions occafioned by theweakneſs and tyranny of the emperor. With an unaccountableficklenefs of difpofition he abandoned his city of Delhi, then theenvy of the world, and obliged its wretched inhabitants to migrateto Deogur, as being more centrical. Thouſands were afterwardspermitted to return to Delhi, but the greater part periſhed by famine before they could regain the abode of their forefathers. Mohammed died in 1351; 66 having laboured," fays Mr. Maurice,"with no contemptible abilities to be detefted by God, and feared andabhorred by all ' men.' His diftinguiſhed fucceffor, FEROSE THETHIRD, greatly improved the empire: he not only founded the city ofFerofeabad in 1354, but ordered many Canals to be cut which proved99ofCh . III . § 1 .Retrospect ofIndian Hiftory.1 Ibid. p. 479.. Ibid. p. 492 .390 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.BOOK of the utmoſt advantage to the adjacent country.I.MogulDynasty.1405.8The conqueſtsof Ferofe were not tinged with the cruelty of his predeceffors: hemarched to the mountains of Naugracut, reduced the Rajah of thoſeparts, and again confirmed him in his dominions. In the templeof Naugracut, called out of compliment to his predeceffor the cityof Mohammed, Ferofe found in 1360 a Brahmin library confiftingof one thouſand, three hundred volumes. During this reign, whichwas fucceeded by nine years of civil war, Bengal and SouthernIndia were in a manner feparated from the government of Delhi.When TIMUR BEC the renowned defcendant of Gengis, firſtpropoſed the invafion of Hindoftan in 1398, ten years after thedeath of Ferofe, he was anfwered according to ' Gibbon, by a murmur of diſcontent: The Rivers! and the Mountains and Deferts!and the Soldiers clad in armour! and the Elephants, deftroyers ofmen! An infant fon of Mohammed the fourth had been placed onon the throne of Delhi in 1392 by the name of MAHMUD SHAH,and this event was particularly favourable to the ambition of the Mogul Chieftain. TIMUR foon made his triumphant entry into the capital of Hindoftan; advancing one hundred miles to the north-east ofDelhi he paffed the Ganges, and completed his conqueft at thefamous rock of Coupcle. On the death of Timur in 1405 beganthe famous Mogul Dynafty in Hindoftan, which fucceeded that ofthe Afghan, or Patan, founded by CUTTUв. The dominions ofTimur were divided according to his will among his children.MIRACHA a third fon received the eaſtern part of Perfia, theCabuliftan, a frontier province between Perfia and the Indies, andHindoftan; and with this prince the Mogul empire commenced. Miracha• Ibid. P. 495.+ Vol. 12. P.13." Catrou's Hiſtory. See alfo in Harris's Collection of Voyages ( vol. 1. p. 629. ) Afuccinaaccount of the Empire ofthe great Mogulfrom its foundation to the prefent times, taken chiefly from the oriental writers .MOGUL DYNASTY. BABAR. 391Retrospect of Indian Hiftory.racha made choice of the city of Herat as his capital, fituated Ch. II. § 2 .almoſt in the centre of his dominions in the province of Choraffan.This courageous, but ungrateful emperor, was fucceeded by hisfon ABOUCHAID, in 1451 , whofe ingratitude was proverbial throughout the Eaſt; after a diſgraceful reign of twenty- eight years his fifthfon SHEIK OMAR was placed upon the throne; and during a long interval of peace he amuſed himſelf in teaching pigeons, which hekept, to live in a continual ſtate of enmity. Subfequent to his deathin 1493 the Mogul empire was more fully eſtabliſhed in Hindoftanby his fon BABAR; who previous to any military expeditions for theextenfion of his empire, a confiderable part of which had beenwreſted from him by Schaibec Khan prince of the Ufbeck Tartars ,refolved with Ranguildas governor of Cabuliftan, to make a tourof obfervation throughout Hindoftan under the diſguiſe of Indianfaquirs.XHaving travelled from one extremity of India to the other, theydrew up an account of that country fome few years previous tothe first Voyage of da Gama. They found HINDOSTAN inhabitedby four nations. (1) Native Indians, who notwithſtanding therepeated invaſions and conqueſts of the Afghan kings of Delhi,ftill preſerved fome faint reſemblance of their antient conftitution.Their monarchs however were immerfed in the feraglio; theaffairs ofgovernment abandoned to miniſters or their deputies; whilſtthe Brahmins, forgetful of the opinions of their anceſtors, abuſedthe eafy confidence of the vulgar. The army conſiſted of anundif-

  • Other writers, differing from Catrou, are of opinion that all Hindoftan was divided into

feparate States about the year 1450 under a prince called Belloli, who afcended the Mogulthrone on the abdication of Alla the ſecond; and that a fon of this prince, having eſtabliſhedhis refidence at Agra in 1501 , regained a confiderable part of the empire. The firft expedition of Babar is placed by them in 1518. Mr. Paton in his Principles of Afiatic Monarchies( 1801.) gives a ſketch ofthe Hiſtory of Hindoftan from the firſt Mohammedan invafion tothe reign of Akber (p. 67.) According to him Babar advanced to Delhy in 1525, anddied in 1530.392 PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.BOOK undifciplined rabble, and the general mafs of people were loft inindolence and vice. (2 ) The fecond clafs confifted of Patans,I.Death ofBabar.1530.Malabar.a Mohammedan race, who had paſſed over from the oppoſite coaſtof Arabia, and having firſt ſettled on the fouthern fide of theIndus where they founded the town of Mufilipatan, thence extended themſelves until they became mafters of the kingdom ofDelhi; which they poffeffed when Timur invaded India. ( 3 ) Thethird clafs confifted of Perfees, who on the conqueft of Perſiaby the Mohammedans had been obliged to emigrate in greatmultitudes. (4) Mogul foldiers who had been placed in different gariſons, and officers appointed to collect the tribute of conquered Rajahs, formed the fourth clafs.On the return of BABAR, and his faithful companion, the attention of this emperor was first directed towards the Patans, eſtabliſhed at Delhi under Amwixa the moſt powerful Rajah in Hindoftan the forces of Amwixa were defeated, and the victoriousBaber re- eſtabliſhed the Mogul throne at Delhi. After reigning fiveyears at Samarcand, three in Cabuliftan, and thirty in Hindoftan, thisrenowned emperor died in 1530, and was fucceeded by his fonHomayum or Homaion. Babar like Cæfar compoſed commentariesof his own life and actions entitled Vakeat Babari, in which anample account is given of his battles both in Tartary and India.The Maritime parts of Southern Hindoftan were always independent of the Court of Delhi; and it is extremely difficult toprocure any hiftorical information refpecting them prior to thearrival of da Gama on the Coaft of Malabar. The Arabian writers,as Dr. Robertfon obferves, mention a great Empire eſtabliſhed onthe Malabar Coaft, governed by monarchs whoſe authority was paramount to that of every power in India. Theſe monarchs were diſtinguiſhed by the appellation of Balchara, a name yet known inIndia▾ Ancient India, p. 121 .IICOAST OF MALABAR. 393Retrofpect ofIndia; and it is probable that the Samorin or emperor of Calicut, Ch. III. §1.fo frequently mentioned in the accounts of the firft Voyages ofthe Indian Hiftory.Portugueſe to India, poffeffed fome portion of their dominions." Butthe beft information on this fubject which perhaps can be at prefent obtained appears in a differtation publiſhed in the AfiaticReſearches, entitled Hiftorical Remarks on the coaft of Malabar, ofwhich the following is the fubftance.aIn a curious work called Kerul Oodputte, or the emerging of thecountry of Kerul, the origin of the Malabar Coaft is afcribed to thepiety or penitence of Purefram Rama; who, ftung with remorfe forthe blood he had ſhed, applied to Varuna god of the Ocean, to fupplyhim with a tract of ground to beſtow on the Brahmens. Varunaliftening to his prayer, withdrew the fea from the Gowkern a hillin the vicinity of Mangalore, to Cape Comorin; and in confequence that part of the Coaſt which extends along the baſe of theSukhien, or Ghaut mountains, has acquired the name of Mulyalum,which rendered literally is ſkirting at the bottom of the hills: a termthat may eaſily have been ſhortened into Maleyam, or Maleam,whence probably came Mulievar and Malabar.CThe Country thus obtained from the Sea, long continued in amarshy and ſcarcely habitable ſtate, infomuch that the firſt fettlers,whomz Herbelot Article Hend, and Belhar.a By Jonathan Duncan, Efq. (vol. 5. 8vo. p. 1. )Tranflated into English by Mr. Duncan, during his ftay at Calicut in 1793, from thePerGan verfion, made under his own inſpection after the Malabaric copy in poffeflion of one ofthe Rajahs of the Zamorin's family.с In a MS. account of MALABAR, which Mr. Duncan has ſeen , and which is afcribed toa biſhop of Virapoli, the feat of a famous Roman Catholic feminary near Cochin; accordingto the accounts of the learned natives of that coaft, it is little more than two thouſand threehundred years fince the Sea came up to the foot of the Sukien, or Ghaut mountains; and thatit once did fo he thinks extremely probable from the nature of the foil. See page 375-VOL. I. 3 E394 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.1.BOOK whom Purefram is faid to have brought from the eaſtern, andeven northern parts of India, were obliged to abandon it on account of innumerable ferpents with which its mud and flimeabounded. Theſe ſettlers however afterwards returned, being inftructed by Purefram to propitiate and worship the ferpents .This maritime diftrict, according to the Kerul Oodputte, was afterwards feparated into four Tookrees, or divifions; and theſe wereagain parcelled out into a greater number of Naadhs, or diſtricts,and of Khunds or fubdivifions. From the fame fource we learn,that the Brahmens appear to have firſt eſtabliſhed a ſort of republican or aristocratical government, under two or three principal chiefs,which continued for fome time: until jealoufies arifing amongthemſelves, the great body of Brahmen landholders applied forforeign affiftance; and accordingly received a Permal, or chiefgovernor, from the prince ofthe neighbouring country of Chaldeſh,a part of the ſouthern Carnatic. Theſe viceroys were regularlychanged and relieved every twelve years; until one of them namedSheo Ram, or, according to the Malabar book, Shermanoo Permaloo,by others alſo called Cheruma Perumal, rendered himſelf ſo extremely popular that he was enabled to confirm his authority,and fet his fovereign the prince of Chaldefh at defiance; who isknown in their books by the name of Rajah Kiben Rao. An armywas immediately fent into Malabar to re-eſtabliſh the Rajah's authority, but the caufe of Shermanoo was fuccefsful: this event isfuppofed to have taken place one thousand years anterior to theprefent period . From this epocha all the Rajahs, and chief Nayrs,as well as other titled and principal lords and landholders ofMalabar, date their anceſtors' fovereignty in that country. Afterthe defeat of Kishen Rao's army, Shermanoo Permaloo being eitherweary of his fituation, or wishing to become a convert to theKoran, refolved to vifit Arabia; and accordingly made a generaldivifionORIGIN OF THE ZAMORIN.395divifion of Malabar among his dependents, from whom its prefent Ch. III. § 1 .chieftains are defcended.It is a received opinion among the Malabars, that when Shermanoo Permaloo had completed this divifion of his kingdom, he wasapplied to by an Erary, or perfon of the Cow-herd caft for fomefupport; which Erary, with his brother, had left their native townof Poondra on the banks of the Cavery near Errode, and had beenthe principal cauſe of the Malabars' fucceſs againſt the army of theRajah Kiſhen Rao. Shermanoo having little left, made the Erary agrant of his own place of abode at Calicut; he alfo gave himhis fword, and ancle chainlet, with other infignia, and moreoverpreſented him with water and flowers, the ancient fymbol of atransfer of property in that part of India. Befide thefe marks ofroyal favour, Shermanoo authoriſed and inftructed him to extendhis dominion by arms; which this adventurer, the anceſtor of thepreſent Zamorin, immediately attempted. In the true fpirit oftheir original grant his family have ever ſince either meditated newconqueſts, or endeavoured to ſecure, what had been gained by thefword of Shermanoo Permaloo; which they affert to have ſtill preſerved as a precious relic.Even anterior to the above partition of Malabar, the Neftorianshad fettled and planted Chriſtianity on that coaft; and with thoſe eofThe Abbe de Guyon in his Hifloire des Indes, ( 3 vols. 12mo. ) obferves, that the King ofCalicut took the title of Zamorin, according to an ancient regulation of Ceram Peroumal, orPereymal, who retired to Mecca to paſs the reft of his days. This prince, fovereign of allMalabar, divided his empire amongst his friends and relations, and thus gave rife to that mutitude of petty Kings with which the Coafts are filled: but he ordained, that the King of Calicut fhould have the title of ZAMORIN.Pennant in his Western Hindooflan, ( p. 164. ) obſerves, "What weighs greatly with meconcerning the truth of the existence of the Indian Chriflians, or Chriftians ofSt. Thomas, is,that the knowledge of them had reached England as early as the ninth century; for we arecertain that our great Alfred, in confequence of a Vow, fent Sighelm the fecond, in the year3 E 2 823Retrospect of Indian Hiftory.396PROGRESSOFDISCOVERY.I.BOOK of the Roman Catholic communion who arrived feveral centuriesafter in confequence of Vafco da Gama's diſcovery, they conſtituteto this day a confiderable body of the lower orders in Travancore,and Cochin, in which laſt diſtrict the moſt confiderable, or rather,perhaps the only colony of Jews in India is fettled.From the period of Shermanoo's abdication to the arrival of thePortugueſe at Calicut, the Mahommedan religion made great progrefs in Malabar. The Arabian traders, who annually brought confiderable fums of money to the Malabar Coaft for its pepper, andother ſpices, received every encouragement from the fucceffive Samoories, or Zamorins; whence that part of the coaft became thecentre of Arabian traffic, and the refidence of its merchants. TheRajahs of Cochin, and of other petty ſtates, jealous of the ambition and fuperior power of theſe Samoories, were eager to afford thePortugueſe a kind reception in their ports; and from this collifion ofintereſts proceeded that warfare by ſea and land which ſhook theempire of Hindoflan to its centre. Mr. Duncan adds, that the onlyAfiatic account of thefe memorable contefts he ever met with, iscontained in an Arabic manufcript compofed by ZEIRREDDIENMUKHDOM; who is thought to have been ſent to affift the Mahommedan princes of India, and the Zamorin, against the Portuguese.His interefting hiftory clofes with the year 1579-80, and containsamong other valuable information an account of the then exiftingmanners of the Malabars. The country of Malabar is deſcribedas being at that time divided into a number of independencies moreor lefs extenfive; in which were Chieftains commanding from one,to two, and three hundred, up to a thouſand; and thence to five,ten,883 (Bishop of Sherbourn) firſt to Rome, and afterwards to India, with alms to the Chriftians of the town of Saint Thomas, now Meliapour, who returned with various rich Gems, fomeof which were to be feen in the church of Sherbourn, according to William of Malmſbury(lib. 11. 248. ) even in his days." 68MARINER'S COMPASS. 397Retrospect of Indian Hiftory.ten, thirty thouſand, and upwards. In fome of theſe indepen- Ch. III. § 1.dencies, two, three, and fometimes even more Hakims, or rulers,had at the fame time diftinct bodies of men attached to them reſpectively. The three greateſt powers were the Colaftrian Rajah tothe north, the Zamorin in the centre, and farther fouth a Princewho ruled from the town of Kolum, or Coulim, to Cape Comorin,comprehending the States now held by the Rajah of Travancore. InZeirreddien's enumeration of what he confidered as the chief peculiarities in the manners of the Malabars, he remarked, that therulers were of two claffes, or parties; one of which acted in fupport of the Zamorin, while the other party acted in concert withthe Hakim of Cochin. He then proceeds to mention, that thetowns built along the Coaſt of Malabar owed their origin tothe Mahommedan traders, and were principally conftructed bythem. He alſo relates the arrival of the Portugueſe fleets, underDa Gama in 1498, and that under Cabral a few years afterwards;with the negociations, jealoufies, and wars that enfued, in a mannerreconcileable to the accounts of the fame tranſactions already publiſhed.The multiplicity of ſubjects confidered in this volume have notat preſent allowed me to pay that attention to the diſcovery ofthemariner's compafs which I could have wifhed. There is littledoubt that it was uſed in India, long before any knowledge of ithad reached Europe; and it is fingular that the Loadftone feems tohave been deſignated under the term of The heavy, or rare Stone,in the Hebrew 77 ' 128, by the navigators ofSolomon'sfleet. —Certainlyf1 Our Tranflation ( 1 Kings 10. ch. 11. v. ) ftyles it, Precious Stones, but the original termis Stone, in the fingular. See Michaelis Supplementa ad Lexica Hebraica, No. 1049; whocontends from the Syriac and Arabic, that the ſenſe of precious annexed to the epithet, is notproper but derivative, the primary fignification being heavy. The feventy however, andSymmachus, have rendered it cravos rare, (Note by the Reverend S. Henley. )398PROGRESSOFDISCOVERY.I. BOOK tainly we now poffefs fufficient evidence to believe, that the earlieſtornament employed to mark the North, and which has generallybeen called a Fleur de lis, was no other than the Indian Lotus; finceMr. Daniel obferved the fame to be frequently introduced on ſome ofthe most ancient of the Hindoo temples. The following fpecimens,which he was fo obliging as to communicate, are therefore offeredto the attention of nautical antiquarians.AdeltsLandseerInfFblished Jan 1803 , by Cadell &Davies,Strand. BIJ </TASSO's ELOGY OF GAMA, AND CAMOENS. 399Ch. III. § 2.Emmanuel.SECTION II.Reflections.Acceffion ofEmmanuel.-Conduct of Almeida.—Singular requeſt of John thefecond.-Murmurs againſt thefurther progress ofDiſcovery.-Fernan Lourenço receivesorders to build theſhips which John the ſecond had deſtinedfor the discovery ofIndia.-Da Gama appointed to command theſquadron.-Narrative of his Voyagefrom Caftanbeda, Oforius, and Camoens.VASCO! le cui felici, ardite antenneIn contro al fol, che ne riporta il giornoSpiegar' le vele, è fer' colà ritorno,Dove egli par che di cadere accene:Non più di te per afpro mar foftenneQuel, che fece al Ciclope oltraggio, è ſcorno:Ne chi turbo l'Arpie nel fuo foggiornoNe diè più bel feggetto à colte penne.Et hor quella del colto, è buon' LuigeTant' oltré ftende il gloriofo voloChe i tuoi fpalmati legni andar' men' lungè.Und' a quelli, à cui s'alza il noſtro polo,Et à chi ferma in contra i ſuoi veſtigiPer lui del corfo tuo la fama aggiunge.TASSO.As, we approach the completion of Portugueſe Diſcovery on theCoaſts of Africa, and confider the aftoniſhing revolution which daGama's Voyage produced throughout the greater part both of Europe,and Afia; we are naturally led to exclaim with Sir William Monſon:" It is ftrange and furpriſing, that out of fo many flouriſhing Nations as God hath created and civilized, He ſhould elect and chuſea Naval Tracts, Churchill's Collection (vol. 3. p. 352. )athe400 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.BOOK the kingdom of Portugal to perform this great work of his; and1. affign them ſuch a time when they enjoyed a happy peace withtheir neighbours, and had no enemy to oppoſe or hinder theirdefigns. "$495. EMMANUEL was only in his twenty-fixth year, when he received the news of his coufin's death, John the ſecond. Broughtup without any immediate expectations of the Crown, and beinghimſelf a younger fon, it was only at the conclufion of the latemonarch's reign that Emmanuel had been taught to confider himſelfas Infante of Portugal. He received the exprefs at Salatia, in whichtown he was immediately proclaimed king with the ufual ceremonies after which an affembly of his nobility, clergy, and deputies from the cities, was called at Monte Mayor about twelve milesfrom Evora. In this affembly the king gave early and ſtrikingproofs of great abilities by the noble plans which he ſuggeſted;and before he left Monte Mayor for his metropolis, an event occurred characteriſtic of the peculiar goodneſs of his difpofition.Among the number of loyal ſubjects who preffed forward to paytheir earlieſt homage, the attention of the Court was particularlyfixed on two perfons. The ſcene that enfued is feelingly defcribedby Oforius. -Diego Almeida mafter of the order of knights hoſpitalers, a cavalier famed for his bravery and accompliſhments, hadbeenEmmanuel was the grandfon of king Edward, the nephew of Alfonfo the fifth, and couſinto John the fecond his predeceffor. (Elogios dos reis de Portugal. ) He was the third ſon ofthe Infant Don Ferdinand, Duke of Vifeo, by Donna Beatrix, the daughter of the infant DonJuan. (De Faria y Soufa Epitome. ) He was born at the caftle of Alchochetti, May 3 , 1469,which fell that year upon a Thurſday, and the feaft of Corpus Chrifti, at the very inftantthe facrament paffed by the door; and for this reafon he took the name of Emmanuel. Hereceived the principal part of his education in Caflile, during the time he remained there as anhoſtage, and returned to Portugal about the time the Duke of Bragança loft his life.• Page 7. ( Gibbs' Tranſlation, vol. 1. p . 8.)SPEECH OF ALMEIDA. 401Emmanuel.been appointed tutor to George a favourite natural fon of the late Ch. III . § 2 .king. They both appeared in deep mourning: the contraft betweenthe youth of George who was only in his fourteenth year, and theage of his protector, gave additional intereft. Almeida advancing,prefented his pupil for the first time, and thus addreffed EMMANUEL:Illuftrious SENHOR, the deceafed king who by nature was your coufin,but by the love he bore you might well be accounted your brother; whenon his death-bed aſſured me, that he ſhould quit this life withthegreatestrefignation, if he were relieved from one anxiety which depreſſed hismind, the apprehenfion be experienced ofleaving this deftitute and forlorn Orphan. Yet at the fame time he acknowledged that this uneafineſswas greatly alleviated, when he called to remembrance the benevolence ofyour difpofition, thegratitude ofyour heart, and your inclination for everything noble andgenerous . And then he enjoined me in his name, to defire, nay even to entreat; as he had ever lovedyou as afon, as he hadever diftinguished you by the greatest marks ofhonour, and conferred onyou every kindneſs in his power, that you wouldſhew a proper ſenſe offuch exalted favour, by a grateful return of the fame to this his onlychild.-Moreover bestrictly charged me, that Ishouldfrequently admonishthis fon to attach himſelfentirely to yourfervice, and to make it his foleambition tofurpafs every one in love and fidelityfor your royal perfon,and in zeal for your interefts. -Theſe were his Commands; and in order to execute the duties ofmystation, I here, Senhor, preſent this youth,who at thefe tender years has been deprived offuch aparent. By difpofition as well as birth he is related to you. He comes as afuppliant; theSeverity ofhis fate entitles him to your protection. In the name of hisFather Iprefent him.-EMMANUEL was fo greatly affected by thisfpeech, that he at firſt was unable to reply; but afterwards affuredAlmeida,dd Hac Almeida Oratione adeò fuit Emmanuelis moeror excitatus, ut cum dare refponfumvellet, lacrymis et fingultu fpiritus illius impediretur. (Oforius. P. 8. )VOL. I. 3 F402 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.I. BOOK Almeida, in few words, that, he should always confider George as hisownfon; and would beſtow on himfuch marks offavour as might beftdemonftrate an inclination to preferve and extend the name and memory of JOHN THE SECOND. This circumftance, adds Oforius,we have thought worthy of a place in our hiftory; fince itequally proves how much the probity of John was regarded, andwith what reafon the excellency of Emmanuel's character was admired.Venice.eVENICE was among the first to congratulate Emmanuel on hisacceffion to the throne. This watchful and jealous ftate muſt havebeen anxious to afcertain the ftrength of that oppoſition which con-' tinued in Portugal; againſt all attempts to diſcover a paffa*ge to Indiaby doubling the Cape of Good Hope; and probably wiſhed to increafe the murmurs then prevailing againſt any further encouragement of fo defperate an undertaking. It was therefore politic forthe Venetian fenate to affure Emmanuel of its friendship and eſteem;and accordingly the nation, which became the greateſt ſufferer by thepreſent reign, was the first to compliment the future deſtroyer ofits commercial fupremacy.John the fecond, a fhort time previous to his death, made everyeffort to induce his fucceffor to continue the progrefs of difcoverybeyond the point which Bartholomew Diaz had reached. Theprofperous voyage of Columbus imparted to John additional impulfe; and in order that EMMANUEL might poffefs an equal ſtimulus to complete a developement of the Indian Ocean from itsunion with the Atlantic, he had been defired by John to add a Sphereto the regalia of Portugal. After his deceaſe, the party which hadlong been formed, recommenced a powerful oppoſition againſt thecommercial interefts of their country; deprecating the poffibility ofever arriving in India, by a paffa*ge round the newly diſcoveredCape.• Oforius. f See page 181,STATE OF THE PUBLIC MIND. 403Emmanuel.Cape. The arguments that were urged on this occafion had their Ch. III. § 2 .effect on the public mind, and tended confiderably to heighten thedangers of a voyage, which Emmanuel was determined to attempt.Camoens beautifully perfonifies the ſtate of mind which his countrymen then poffeffed, and under the following figure has recordedwith hiftoric correctneſs the fentiments of Emmanuel's council.g" A reverend Figure fixt each wondering eye,And beckoning thrice he wav'd his hand on high;And thrice his hoary curls he fternly ſhook,While grief and anger mingled in his look;Then to its height his faultering voice he rear'd,And thro' the Fleet thefe awful words were heard:" O frantic thirft of Honour and of Fame,The crowds' blind tribute, a fallacious name;...What ftings, what plagues, what ſecret ſcourges curſt,Torment thoſe bofoms where thy pride is nurſt!What dangers threaten , and what deaths deſtroyThe hapless youth, whom thy vain gleams decoy!Thou dazzling Meteor, vain as fleeting air,What new dread horror doft thou now prepare!High founds thy voice of INDIA's pearly fhore,Of endleſs Triumphs and of countleſs Store . ...And fay, does Zeal for holy Faith inſpireTo ſpread its mandates, thy avow'd defire?

Behold

  • The Lufitanian Homer, as already obſerved ( p. 73. ) , is entitled to the authority of an

hiftorian his means of information were ample, and extended from Portugal to India.But the following fuffrage of Montefquieu is alone fufficient to juſtify an infertion of fuchpaffa*ges from the Lufiadas, as illuftrate Gama's Voyage. " Les Portugais naviguant furl'occan Atlantique, decouvrirent la pointe la plus meriodinale de l'Afrique; ils virent uncvafte Mer; elle les porta aux Indes Orientales: leurs périls fur cette Mer, et la découverte deMozambique, de Melinde, et de Calecut, ont été chanté par le CAMOENS, dont le poëme faitfentir quelque chofes des charmes de l'Odyffée, et de la magnificence de l'Encide. " ( L'Espritdes Loix, 1. xxi. c. 21.)3 F 2404 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.BOOK1.Behold the HAGARENE in armour ftands,Treads on thy borders, and the foe demands:A thouſand cities own his lordly ſway,Athouſand various fhores his nod obey.Through all theſe regions all theſe Cities, fcorn'dIs thy Religion, and thine Altars ſpurn'd.A Foe renown'd in arms the brave require;That high-plum'd Foe, renown'd for martial fire,Before thy gates his fhining ſpear diſplays;Whilft thou wouldst fondly dare the watʼry maze,Enfeebled leave thy Native Land behind,On Shores unknown a foe unknown to find.Oh! madneſs of ambition! thus to dareDangers fo fruitlefs, fo remote a war!That Fame's vain flattery may thy name adorn,And thy proud titles on her flag be borne:Thee, lord of Perfia, thee of India lord,hO'er Ethiopia's vaſt, and Araby " ador'd. ”Thus did the counfellors of Emmanuel ftrive to withdraw theirfovereign from meaſures that were planned by confummate wifdom. Never was any expedition moreh Mickle's Lufiad, book iv. vol. 2. p. 38 .unpopular than this ofdai The fame prejudices that prevailed againſt this Voyage, were afterwards urged to diſcountenance all trade to the Eaft Indies. Purchas in his firſt volume ( p . 732 lib. 5. ) gives a longDiffertation on the fubject by T. Mun, in order to remove fuch objections. " Bythe prouidence of Almightie God, the difcouerie of that Navigation to the East Indies by the Capeof Good Hope ( now ſo much frequented by the Engliſh, Portugals, and Dutch, and alſoattempted by other Chriftian kingdomes ) hath not onely much decayed the great Commercebetweene the Indians and the Turkes in the Red Sea, and in the Perfian Gulfe, to their infinite hurt, and to the great increaſe of Chriftian trade; but it hath alfo brought a furtherhappineffe vnto Chriftendome in generall, and to the realme of England in particular, fortheventing of more English commodities; and for exporting of a leffe quantitie of filuer out ofEurope vnto the infidels , by many thouſand pounds yearely, than hath beene accuſtomed informer times; as I fhall prooue moft plainely by that which followeth .... So that bythefubftance, and fummes of thefe Accounts it doth plainely appeare, that the buying ofthe faidquantitie of raw filkes, Indico, and fpices, may be performed in the Indies for neere one- thirdPREPARATIONS FOR GAMA'S VOYAGE. 405kEmmanuel.da Gama. Theſe murmurs of the Cabinet were re-echoed by the Ch. III. § 2.affrighted populace, who already beheld the Sultan of Egypt in theTagus, and all the princes of chriſtendom in confederacy to ſubvert the kingdom of Portugal. They were afraid, fays Bruce,left after having difcovered a paffa*ge to India, the depriving theMoorish States of their revenues from the Spice trade, fhould unitetheſe powers to their deftruction. Now, to deſtroy their revenueseffectually, and thereby ruin their power, was the very motivewhich ſet Prince Henry upon the diſcovery, as worthy the GrandMafter of the Order of Chrift; an order founded in the blood ofunbelievers, and devoted particularly to the extirpation of the Mahometan religion.'-But the cool judgment of Emmanuel was not tobe fhaken by fuch vague chimeras: his fuperior mind difcernedprofpects of national advantage, and he therefore refolved to purfue that path which his predeceffor had fo ftrongly recommended.To uſe the words of ' Oforius, Emmanuel regarded Diffidence as themark of a low and groveling mind, whereas he confidered Hope tobe the quality of a noble and afpiring foul.On the arrival of Diaz, John the fecond had ordered fome timeber to be purchaſed in order to conſtruct ™ ſhips which in point offtrength and tonnage might be enabled to furmount the ragingTormentas of the grão Cabo de boa Eſperāça. —This important commiffion was now intrufted to Fernan Lourenço, treaſurer of thehoufe of the Myna; and after much deliberation Emmanuel fixedon Vafco da Gama, Fidalgo de fua Cafa, as Capitas mor of theintendedthird part of the readie moneys, which were accuſtomed to be fent into Turkey to prouidethe fame fo that there will be faued euery yeere the value of 953,543 pounds, foure fhillings,foure pence Sterling, of readie moneys, that heretofore hath beene exported out of Christendome into Turkey. " ( Ibid. P. 734• )

  • Vol. 2. p. 109.

m1 Page 23.Caftanheda's expreffion is dous nauios da Madeira qel Rey di João mandara cortar. (Tom. 1 .p. 4. cap. 2. ) See allo de Barros ( Decada 1. liv. 4. cap. 1.)4406PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.I.B O_O K intended voyage; who in a war with the French had alreadygiven proofs of enterpriſe and naval ſkill. Vafco was a nativeof Sinis, a fea port in the province of Alentejo, and was the fonof Eftevão da Gama, a perfon of rank, who had been already appointed to this expedition by John, on the return of Diaz; butdied before the fquadron was fitted out. On receiving this important charge, Vafco told Emmanuel that his mind had long aſpiredto the honour of ſuch an enterpriſe:To" Let Skies on fire,Let frozen Seas, let horrid war confpire,I dare them all, I cried, and but repineThat one poor n life is all I can refign."great enthuſiaſm this Navigator united perfeverance, prudence,and a conſtant poffeffion of his judgment. Oforius ° ſtyles him anobleman endowed with a fingular ſtrength of mind. Gama,' faysDr. Vincent , was formed for the fervice to which he was called;violent indeed in his temper, terrible in anger, and fudden in theexecution of juftice; but at the fame time intrepid, perſevering,patient in difficulties, fertile in expedients, and fuperior to all oppofition. He feems to have devoted himſelf to death if he fhouldnot fucceed, from a ſenſe of religion and loyalty. His fuccefs wasowing to this fentiment.'When Gama received theſe commands of his fovereign, the firſtnobility of Portugal were preſent. Emmanuel, after an eloquentfpeech, gave him with his own hand as the flag he was to bear,a facred Banner, on which was emblazoned the Crofs of the military order of CHRIST: it confifted of a white crofs incloſed inn Mickle's Lúfiad, book iv. vol. 2. p. 33 .one⚫Hominem nobilem, etfingulari animi robore præditum.Periplus, p. 221. and p. 209. n. 355.(P. 24. ).. a Oforius, p. 17. See alfo Barros Eu Vafco da Gama juro em ofinal defta Cruz, em queponho as mãos, queporfervico de Deos, e voffo. (Decada 1. l. 4. cap. 1. )NAMES OF OFFICERS IN THE SQUADRON. 407Emmanuel.one of a red colour; and on this ftandard the admiral took his oath Ch. II. § 2 .of fidelity. The king alfo delivered into his hands the Journal ofPedro de Covilham, with a chart, and letters to fuch of the principal princes of India, as were known to the court of Portúgal;among whom the renowned Prefte João des Indias was not omitted.rThe Squadron fitted out for this memorable voyage, confifted ofthree ſhips and a caravella: the Sam Gabriel of one hundred andtwenty tons, and the Sam Rafael of one hundred tons, both built byLourenco; the other fhip of two hundred tons which ferved as avictualler, was purchaſed by the king of one Ayres Correa, and thecaravella of fifty tons had been the property of Berrio a pilot atLagos, whofe name it received. The principal officers are thusgiven by Caftanheda.VASCO DA GAMA hoifted his flag on board the Sam Gabriel, having with him as pilot Pero Dalaquer, who had beenpilot to Bartholomew Diaz.PAULO DA GAMA, brother of the Captain- General, commandedthe Sam Rafael.BARTHOLOMEW DIAZ accompanied them in a feparate caravella as far as the Myna, by the King's order.SGONÇALO NUNEZ, whom Caſtanheda ftyles criad de Vafcoda Gama, was appointed to the Store Ship.NICULAO COELHO, commanded the caravella: he is mentionedin the ſubſequent Narrative as Brother to the Admiral.The• Previous to their Diſcoveries in the Atlantic, the Portugueſe had conftructed Ships withTimber taken from their noble pine tree foreft at Marinha, planted by King Denis the magnificent. ( Murphy's Travels in Portugal, p. 77. 84. )S• Caflanheda (tom. 1. cap. 2. p. 5. ) writes Gonçalo Nunez, which Lichefield has changedinto Gomez. BARROS gives a more detailed Lift. Diago Diaz brother of Bartholomew wasEferiva to da Gama. " Do fegundo per nome S. Rafael era Piloto João de Coimbra, e Efcrivão João de Sá. Do terceiro, a que chamavam Berrio, era Piloto Pero Efcolar, e EfcrivãoAlvaro de Braga. Eda Não era capitão hum Gonçalo Nunes criado delle Vafco da Gama.(Ibid. Liv. 4. cap. 2. )408 PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.BOOKI.tThe total number of each crew confifted according to Caftanhedaof one hundred and forty- eight men, whilft others increaſe thatnumber to one hundred and fixty. Perhaps, as Mickle obſerves,Gama and his brother, and the ten malefactors who were on board,are not included in Caftankeda's account. " The Voyage ofColumbus,"adds the fame author, " has been called the most daring andgrand everattempted by man. Columbus himself, however, feems to have had avery different idea of it; for certain it is, he expected to reachIndia by the weftward Paffa*ge in the ſpace of not many weeks.The fquadron with which he attempted this diſcovery confifted ofonly three veffels . Dr. Robertfon calls the largeſt which Columbuscommanded, of no confiderable burden; and the two others, hardlyfuperior in burden or force to large boats. The crew confifted ofninety men, and a few adventurers: and the expence of fitting outthis equipment did not exceed four thousand pounds fterling, forwhich Queen Iſabella pawned her jewels." When Gama failed from Liſbon, it was unknown that a greatand potent commonwealth of Mohammedan merchants deeplyfkilled in all the arts and views of Commerce, were ſcattered overthe Eaftern World. Gama, therefore, did not fail to India with awarlike fleet, like that which firſt followed him under Cabral, butwith a fquadron every way proper for diſcovery. The Portugueſehiftorians afcribe the fhipwreck of many Portugueſe veffels on thevoyage between Europe and India, to the avarice of their ownersin building them of an enormous bulk, of four, five, and fixhundred tons. The Fleet of Gama was therefore not only of themoft perfect fize which the art of fhip-building could then produce;but was alfo fuperior in number, and nearly of the draught ofwater with the veffels which at this day are fent on " Voyages ofDiſcovery.t Vol. 1. Appendix, p. 348.The following is a lift of the Tonnage of fuch Ships, as were either fitted out for thepurpoſe of difcovery, or ferved in a fecondary manner to promote it, during the last century.( See alfo preceding page 188, note t. ) InEQUIPMENT OF THE SQUADRON. 409Diſcovery. The difpofition of Gama's Voyage is alſo worthy of Ch. III. § 2.notice: the Captain who had already paſt the great ſouthern promontory ofAfrica to accompany him to a certain latitude; the PilotEmmanuel.who1. In the Voyage undertaken by Dampier and Funnell ( 1703 ) the tonnage of the principalſhips is not mentioned in the printed journal. Dampier's firft Voyage was in 1679.2. Captain Edward Cooke gained confiderable fame as a circumnavigator during the years1708-1711; and in 1712 publifhed an account of his Voyages in two volumes, 8vo . At theinftigation of Captain Dampier two Ships had been fitted out for this Voyage by fome ableperfons at Briflol; the Duke of 350 tons, Captain Woodes Rogers commander, Captain ThomasDover fecond captain, and Captain William Dampier pilot; and next THE DUTCHESS frigateof about 300 tons, Captain Stephen Courtney commander, Captain Cooke his fecond captain .Though this Voyage was not immediately undertaken for the purpoſes of difcovery, it yetmerits a place in this lift.3. Monf. Frezier failed 1711-1714. during his voyage in the South Sea in the S. JOSEPH,of 350 tons, commanded by the Sieur Duchêne Battas.4. The tonnage of the principal Ships under the command of Lord Anfon, as well as thatof the ſhips of other eminent navigators, is not mentioned in the printed Journals. Anfon'sſquadron, 1740, confifted of five men of war, a floop, and two victuallers; the Centurion was afixty-gun ſhip; the victuallers were pinks, one of 400 tons, the other of 200 tons .5. The Ships that were fitted out for the diſcovery of a paffa*ge to the weſtern and fouthernocean of America, through Hudſon's Straits, 1746, and 1747, confiſted of the DOBB'S GALLEY, 180 tons, commanded by Captain William Moor; and the CALIFORNIA, 140 tons, commanded by Captain Francis Smith.6. In the Voyages of Byron, Wallis, and Carteret, the tonnage of their ſhips is not mentionedin the printed Journals. The Dolphin was a fixth rate, 24 guns; the Tamar a Sloop of 16,guns; and the Swallow a Sloop of 14 guns.7. In Lieut. Cook's firſt Voyage, 1768—1771 , he failed in the Endeavour, built for the coaltrade, of 370 tons.8. In Captain Cook's fecond voyage ( 1772-1775) his two ſhips confifted of the RESOLUTION, 462 tons; and the ADVENTURE of 336 tons. Both built at Whitby by the fame perfonwho had built the Endeavour. In a general Introduction to that Voyage, we have the following opinion of Captain Cook, relative to the fort of Ship which is beft adapted for Difcovery.- ( Page 23. ) " The nature of this Voyage required Ships of a particular conſtruction, and the Endeavour being gone to Falkland Iſles as a ftore Ship, the Navy Board wasdirected to purchaſe two ſuch ſhips as were moſt fuitable for this ſervice. At this time variousopinions were eſpouſed by different people, touching the fize and kind of veffels moft properfor fuch a Voyage. Some were for having large Ships; and propoſed thofe of forty guns,or East India Company Ships. Others preferred large good failing Frigates, or three-deckedſhips, employed in the Jamaica trade, fitted with round-houſes. But of all that was faid andoffered to the Admiralty's confideration on this fubject, as far as has come to my knowledge,what in my opinion was moft to the purpoſe was fuggefted by the Navy Board . . . .VOL. I. 3 G" As410 PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.I. BOOK who had failed with that captain, to go the whole Voyage; the fizeof Coello's Caravel, proper to enter Creeks, and Rivers; and the appointment of the Store Ship; are circumftances which diſplay aknowledgeAs the greatest danger to be apprehended and provided againſt, on a Voyage of Diſcovery, eſpecially to the moſt diſtant parts of the Globe, is that of the Ship's being liable to berun aground on an unknown, defert, or perhaps favage Coaft; fo no confideration ſhould befet in competition with that of her being of a conftruction of the ſafeſt kind, in which theofficers may, with the leaft hazard, venture upon a ſtrange Coaſt. A Ship of this kind muſtnot be of a great draught of water, yet of a ſufficient burden and capacity to carry a properquantity of provifions and neceffaries for her complement of men, and for the time requifiteto perform the Voyage. She muſt alſo be of a conftruction that will bear to take the ground:and of a fize, which, in cafe of neceffity, may be ſafely and conveniently laid on fhore, to repair any accidental damage or defects. Theſe properties are not to be found in Ships ofWar offorty guns, nor in Frigates, nor in Eaft India Company's Ships, nor in large threedecked West India Ships, nor indeed in any other but North- country-built Ships, or fuch asare built for the coal trade, which are peculiarly adapted to this purpoſe. . ." Hence, it may be concluded, fo little Progrefs had been hitherto made in Diſcoveries inthe Southern Hemisphere. For all Ships which attempted it before the Endeavour, were unfitfor it; although the officers employed in them had done the utmoft in their power. It wasupon theſe Confiderations, that the Endeavour was chofen for that Voyage. It was to theſeproperties in her, that thoſe on board owed their preſervation; and hence we were enabled toproſecute Diſcoveries in thoſe Seas fo much longer than any other Ship ever did, or could'do. And although Diſcovery was not the first object of that Voyage, I could venture totraverſe a far greater fpace of Sea, till then unnavigated; to diſcover greater tracks of Countryin high and low South Latitudes; and to perfevere longer in exploring and furveying morecorrectly the extenfive Coafts of thoſe new-difcovered countries, than any former Navigator,.perhaps, had done during one Voyage." It was firit propofed to fheath them with Copper , but on confidering that Copper corrodes the Iron work, eſpecially about the Rudder, this intention was laid afide, and the oldmethod of fheathing and fitting purſued, The frame of a ſmall veffel, twenty tons burthen,.was properly prepared, and put on board each of the Ships to be ſet up ( if found neceſſary )to ferve as Tenders upon any emergency, or to tranſport the crew, in cafe the ſhip was loft. ”.9. Captain Cook in his Third Voyage ( 1776-1780) , failed again with the Refolution; theDifcovery of 300 tons accompanied him.10. Captain T. Foreft in his Voyage to New Guinea and the Moluccas from Balambangan,( 1774-1776) failed in the TARTAR GALLEY, a Soolo boat, or prow, about 10 tons burthen.—The following are his remarks ( Page 6. ). " Senfible of the jealoufy and watchfulneſs of theDutch in the Molucca Islands, near which it was neceffary for me to paſs on my way to NewGuinea, no leſs than of the danger of navigating in narrow Seas, in a Veſſel that drew muchwater, I preferred a ſmall one of ten tons burthen." In a large veffel we muſt have been cautious of coming near land. The Crew I had(Malays chiefly) make bad Sailors in fquare rigged veffels; and, having never been accustomedtoEQUIPMENT OF THE SQUADRON. 411knowledge of and an attention to maritime affairs, far beyond any Ch. III. § 2.thing diſcovered by the court of Spain in the equipments of Columbusto lie in an open road, or be in a harbour, without the indulgence of going on fhore, theywould not have had patience to remain on board, which even in a Sloop of 30 tons, wouldhave been neceffary: and, in a veffel no larger than 30 tons, with ſuch a crew, I muſt havefrequently run the risk of being wrecked, had I made free with the ſhore. This I was enabledto do boldly, in a boat of ſmall burthen, that rowed, and drew little water; and, when ſhetouched the ground, which often happened, part of the crew, byjumping overboard, couldpush her off again; and, when in harbour, every body had free acceſs to the fhore. - - - HerKéel was twenty- five foot long, and ſhe had a kind of Gallery built on each fide, from ſtem toftern, projecting about thirty inches over each gunnel. Here fat the rowers, fometimes twentyin number. She overhung fo much forward and abaft, that ſhe was forty foot long. Herdraft of water was generally three foot and a half. She had for a Maſt an Artillery triangle(gin or tripod) made of three ftout bamboos, which could be ftruck with the greateſt eaſe bythree men. On this was hoifted a large four cornered fail, called by the Malays, Lyre Tanjong(pointed fail ) becauſe the upper corner appears fharp or pointed. I fixed to her a Foremaſtcloſe forward, and a Bowſprit; and gave her a lateen, or three cornered Forefail. I alſo gaveher a lateen mizen; but, when it blew freſh, I took down the Lyre Tanjong from the TripodMaft, as it was a very large fail, and put in its place a Lateen Sail. The Sails then refem.bled thofe of the Galleys in the Mediterranean.A great Improvement might be made inNavigation by means of the Tripod Maft. Lafh two London wherries together, and givethis double Veffel the Tripod Maft, and Lyre Tanjong, it will beat the faft failing boats, atleaſt three to two." The Galley fteered with two Commoodies, (rudders, ) a fort of broad paddle, but onegenerally ferved. She was covered almoſt entirely with the leaves of a certain Palm tree,called Nipa, fuch as thofe with which the natives cover houſes on the ſouth weſt coaft ofSumatra; and in almoſt all Malay countries; it being a light kind of thatch, which keeps offfunſhine and rain. One ſmall part abaft was covered with boards. At Tomoguy, one of theMolucca Ilands, I hauled her aſhore to clean her bottom; and there I raiſed her one ſtreak, orplank, about fifteen inches high, as I found her rather too low to proceed down the coast ofNew Guinea, fhe being apt to ſhip water in bad weather. I alſo new roofed or thatched herthere. At Magindano, as I had leiſure, I decked her, and turned her into a ſchooner. "11. Captain Vancouver failed ( 1790-1795) in the DISCOVERY loop of 340 tons burthen,built in the yard of Meffrs Randall and Brent; and was accompanied by the Chatham armedtender of 135 tons burthen, built at Dover. The Diſcovery was copper faſtened, ſheathedwith plank, and coppered over; the Chatham only fheathed with copper. Number of menon board the firſt, 100; and in the Chatham, 45.12. Captain Marchand failed ( 1790-1792 ) in the SOLIDE , of 300 tons burthen, conſtructedat the expence of the mercantile houfe of Baux. The crew, including the captain, confiftedof fifty individuals.13. Captain Colnett failed ( 1793, 1794 ) in the RATTLER floop of 374 tons burthen, whichhad been previously repaired and fitted up at Perry's Dock.Emmanuel.3 G 2412 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.1.BOOK bus and Magalhaens. The warlike ftrength of GAMA's Fleet wasgreatly fuperior to that of the firft Voyage of Columbus, and littleinferior to that of Magalhaens; though Magalhaens, who had beenin India, well knew the hoftile difpofition of the natives. In theart of war the Indians were greatly inferior to the Moors, and theMoors were as inferior to the Portugueſe. And the Squadron ofGAMA not only defeated the whole naval force of the firſt MaritimeState of India, but in every attack was victorious over the ſuperiornumbers of the Moors. This comparative Difcuffion will not onlygive an accurate idea of the progreſs which the Portugueſe had madein Navigation, but it is alſo, perhaps, neceffary in ſupport of the reputation of this work. Had an Author of ordinary rank repreſented the Squadron of GAMA as extremely feeble, confifting only ofthreeveſſels, ofneither burthen nor force adequate to the fervice, fuch condemnation of our Narrative had been here unnoticed. But when acelebrated and juftly admired Hiftorian, in a work publiſhed aboutone year and an half after the first appearance ofthe Lufiad, has givenfuch repreſentation of the equipment of GAMA, directly contrary tothe light in which it is there placed, the foregoing detail will notappear, it is hoped, an unneceffary or rude vindication."XThe conduct of Gama previous to his voyage, clearly evinces theopinion which that great navigator entertained of its dangers, andhis determination to furmount them with the permiffion and fupport of Divine Providence. His mind was highly wrought; thenatural piety of a Mariner was increaſed by the fituation in whichhe was about to be placed; he was tofee the works ofthe Lord, andbis wonders in the deep, to traverſe an ocean hitherto confidered asimpaffable. Ignorance might magnify its terrors, but even experienceRobertfon's America, vol. 1. p. 145.DEVOUT CONDUCT OF GAMA. 413aEmmanuel.rience trembled when fent to encounter dangers which the received Ch. III. § 2.and general opinion of that age had declared to be infurmountable.But Gama poffeffed a firm reliance on his God; and thereforeconducted the companions of this perilous voyage to the chapel ofnoffa Senhora de Belem, or Bethlehem, which PRINCE HENRY hadbuilt y on the fea fhore, about four miles from Lisbon: theanxious hours of the night were ſpent in prayer, and in the performance of devout rites. In the morning of Saturday, Julythe eighth 1497, the awful proceffion of the facred minifters of Religion, preceded one of the moſt ſolemn and affecting ſcenes whichhiſtory can diſplay. The King, attended by his Court, was prefentto honour the embarkation. GAMA, and his brave mariners appeared their refolution could not ftand the general dejection , andtheir tears increaſed the diſtreſs of all who beheld them; they thenhaftened to perform their duty, and followed their commander.Thouſands remained immoveable on the fhore until the most diftant trace of the receding fleet had diſappeared.bInSee preceding page 184. -Oforius muſt have been guilty of a miſtake when he fays thischapel was built by Emmanuel.Sermons on the character and profeffional duties of Mariners. ( P. 111. ed. 1801. )• Some writers have made it the fourteenth, Raynall fixes on the eighteenth, and Brucemakes it the fourth of July. CASTANHEDA's expreffion is, bū Sabado oyto dias de Julho do anno 1497. (Tom. I. p. 5. ) OSORIUS fays, Gama tamen quanuis lacrymas fuorum defiderio funderet, rei tamen bene gerenda fiducia confirmatus, alacriter in nauemfauftis ominibus confcendit vit.id. Julii, anno a Chrifto nato, 1497. ( Page 25. ) - SEBASTIAN CABOT failed in the fpring of the fame year.Le PIERRE JARRIC gives the following dates, in a very ſcarce work entitled Hiftoire deschoſes plus memorables advenves tant ex Indes Orientales, que autres pais, de la defcouuerte des Portu--gais, a l'an 1600; le tout recueilly des lettres, &c. ( 3. tom. 4to. Bovrdeavs 1608. 1610. 1614. )This writer ſays that Gama failed on the 9th ofJuly 1497, ( tom. I. page 20. ) that they madethe Cape of Good Hope on the 20th of November following, and doubled it on the 25th; and.that they called the Coaft to the eastward, Le Terre de Noel, or Natal, from having anchored.off it on Christmas day.414 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.BOOK1.In my fubfequent narrative of this interefting Voyage the quaintlanguage of Nicholas Lichefield, who tranflated a part of Caftanbedafo early as 1582 and dedicated it to Sir Francis Drake, has beenpreferred to a more modern diction after a careful compariſon ofthe above tranflation with the original Portuguefe. This narrative will be occafionally enlarged by fuch paffa*ges from Oforius,CasCASTANHEDA's history is extremely fcarce; it is entitled, Fernando Lopez de CaſtanhedaHiftoria do Defcobrimento a Conquista da India pelos Portugueſes, eight volumes in folio, blackletter, Coimbra, 1551-1561 . Some further account of its earlieft tranflations may be acceptable. ( 1. ) A French tranſlation of the firſt book was made by the learned Nicolas de Grouchy,or Gruchius, 1554, Anvers 12mo. ( 2. ) An Italian one in 2 vols. quarto was publiſhed byAlfonfa Ulloa in 1578, and printed at Venice. That by Lichefield is in black letter, printed infmall quarto. In the dedication to Sir Frances Drake, he adds; " andfor that IknowyourWorship, with great perill and daunger haue paft those monftrous and bottomeleſſeſeas, am therforethe more encouraged to defire and pray your worship's patronage and defence therof; requeſting youwith all to pardon thoſe imperfections, which I acknowledge to be very many, and ſo much the moreby reason of my long and many yeares continuaunce in Foreine Countries. Howbeit I hope to hauetruly obferued the literall fence and full effect of the hiftory, as the Author fetteth it forth, which if itmay pleaſe you to peruſe and accept in good part, Iſhall be greatly emboldened to proceede and publiſhalfo thefecond and third booke." In CASTANHEDA's dedication to Emmanuel's fon, king John thethird, we meet with the following information: " Yea, thofe matters ofthe INDYAS, the whichwas done but yesterdaye, there is no man that hath the ſame in memorye more thanfoure perſonnes;fo that ifthey had dyed, all the fame hadde ended with them, the which woulde haue beene imputed totheyr greatefhame and rebuke." And I hauing a regarde, and partlye a remorfe to fee this loffe, did therefore determine myfelfeto note ofthofe notable actes, the which your fubjects hath done in the Difcouerie and Conqueft oftheINDIAS, of whoſe valiauntneſſe there is none oftheyr progenitours ofany age or antiquitie that euer didexceede them... This of the INDIAS was done by Sea, and that by your Captaines, beeing upon thefame a whole yeare, and eight monethes, and at the leaft fix monethes not along or neere any Coaf,but by the bottomleſſe and great Occean Sea; and departing from the lymites of the Occident, andbearing fayle alwayes towarde the Cape De las Playas, or fuch lyke, without diſcouering orfeeingany other thing, but onelye the heauens and water, going round about all the Spheare, a matter neuerbefore attempted by anye mortall man, nor yet almoſt imagined by anye to put theſame in practiſe; andthey hauing past greate hunger, thrift and other infirmityes, befides that euerye day with thofefuriousformes and raines, in daunger a thouſand times of their liues; and as I fay, they hauing past thosefeares and daungerous troubles by Sea, yet after theyr arriuall into the INDIAS founde themſelues in great and cruell battells.... The which hath benefited me very much, my being in the INDIAS, where I travayled with myFather, who by your highnes commaundement was fent thether to ferue as a Judge. Andfor that ISpentDEPARTURE FOR THE TAGUS.415Emmanuel.as tend more fully to elucidate the fubject of our attention. A Ch. III. § 2 .felection alſo of the moſt beautiful paffa*ges in the Lufiad of Mickle,founded on the hiftory of the voyage, may poffibly impart fomeportion of that enthuſiaſm to the reader, which equally glowed bothin the minds of da Gama, and of Camoens." Asd from our dear lov'd Native Shore we flyOur votive ſhouts, redoubled, rend the ſky;Succefs! Succefs! far echoes o'er the tide,While our broad hulks the foaming waves divide.When flowly gliding from our wiſhful eyesThe Lufian Mountains mingled with the fkies;Tago's lov'd ftream, and Cyntra's mountains cold,Dim fading now, we now no more behold;And ſtill with yearning hearts our eyes exploreTill one dim fpeck of Land appears no more."ThusSpent all my youth in learning, and gaue myfelfe greatly in reading of auncient Hiftories, and havingfeene andread agreat part thereof, did then immediately procure to know, and with all diligence didmy best indeavour to underſtand what had bene done in the Diſcouerie of the INDIAS, and in theConqueft ofthe fame, by the Portingales; by meanes whereof, and through the inftructions offundry Gentlemen and Captaines, many things came to my knowledge, byfuchperfons as were then andthereprefent; and otherwife by many Letters and Pamphlets, the which were written by men ofgreatcredite. Moreover, I did not only uſe this dilygence in the INDIAS, but after my comming to Portingaledidde the lyke. For as thofe matters the which I meant to write of, were many and offundryeorders, fo it was neceſſarye to enforme my felfe of the fame by manye: and befide that thofe that.gaue me this inftructions were fworn, yet I was licensed to preſent them as witneſſes ... And in thisI have spent the moſt part of my lyfes forfomuch as this was my onely recreation, hauing joynedtogether all thefe informations, fince my being in the Uniuerfitie of Coimbro. "The Voyage of da Gama is narrated by de Barros: an edition of his DA ASIA, withthe continuation by Diogo de Conto, was printed at Lisbon, 1778, in fifteen duodecimovolumes, Na regia Officina Typografica: the paper and type of this edition are equallybeautiful. Gama's Voyage is confidered by Oforius, Ramufio, Maffi, and Faria y Soufa. Purchas gives a brief account ( volume 1. book 2. page 26. ) It is alſo noticed in Bruce'sTranſlation of the Annals of Abyffinia ( vol. 2. p. 110. ) , and in an able manner by Dr..Vincent PERIPLUS (p. 207. ) An abridged hiftory of the Diſcovery and Conqueft of theIndies was printed by M. d' Uffieux, a Bouillon, one volume 12mo. 1770. -The followingwork may alſo be recommended to the reader's notice. Jovio's Hiftory ofNavigation andCommercefrom theearlieſt times, four vols. 4to.MICKLE, vol. 2. book v. p. 44.416 PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.BOOKI.July,1497.e" Thus being ſet forward and under faile, the Captaine generallcommaunded, that if by any happe whatſoeuer they ſhould beefeuered and looſe each other, they ſhould euery one make, andkeepe, their roote or courſe to Cabo Verde, where they would ioynethemfelues together againe. And fo following their Voiage theycame within eight daies after to the fight of the Ilandes of theCanaries, from whence going ouer againſt the river called Ryo deOro, the night did growe fo darke, and ſuch great tempeft andftorme aroſe, as they loft each other, and therefore they retournedtheir courſe towardes Cabo Verde; and Paulo da Gama, NiculaoCoelho, Bertolame Diaz, and Gonçalo Nunez, having met, and aftereight daies failing together, they came to fight of their Captainegenerall upon the Wedneſdaye in the evening; and faluting himwith many ſhot of ordinaunce, and with found of trumpets,they ſpake unto him, each of them heartely reioyfing and thanking God for their ſafe meeting, and good fortune, in this their firſtbrunt of daunger and perill." The next day, beeing the twenty-eighth day of July, the Captaine generall with all his fleete, attained unto the Ilandes of Santiago; when coming to ankor in the bay de Santa Maria, they remained there feuen dayes, taking in ſuch water as they had need of,and repairing the yards of their Shippes and other harmes they hadreceiued in the Storme paft. Twfdaye, being the third daie of Auguſt,the Captaine generall departed thence, following his Courſe to theEaft; but firſt, before his departure, he tooke his leaue of BertolameDiaz who returned into Portingale." Ande Lichefield's Tranflation, chap. 2. folia 6.f C, muytos tiros dartelharia. ( Caftanheda, cap. 2. )Here Lichefield is guilty of an error, and calls it the twentieth of July.3ANGRA DE SANTA ELENA. 417ChEmmanuel." And going towarde the Cabo de boa Efperaça, with all the Ch. III. § 2 .Ships of his Companie, he entered the goulfe into the Sea, andfrom thence failed all Auguft, September, and October. In whichtime they fufteined many and great Tempefts, or rather " tormentsof windes and raine; fo that they expected nothing but prefentdeath, which ſtill was reprefented before them by view of the manifolde daungers and perills, they prefently then fawe, and whereofthey were forced to abide the euenture. Beeing thus perplexed, Godof his diuine goodneffe recomforted them; for upon the Saturdaye,being the fourth daie of Nouember, at nine of the clocke in the forenoone, they fawe Land whereat they greatly rejoyfed: and the captaines beeing together, they then faluted the generall, all of themapparelled in their beft araie; and hauing decked and garnishedtheir Shippes with flagges accordingly, they drew neere the land asthe Generall had commaunded, who was defirous to haue landed.Howbeit, for that they did not know the land, he commaunded themto caſt about a fea-boord, and fo they paffed along by the fame vntill Tewfdaye following, at what time they came to perfect vieweand fight of the land, perceiuing the fame to lye lowe, and that therewas a great bay; which as it was a conuenient place for the Shippes,fo he commaunded them to fall to an ankor there, of purpoſe to takein water and afterward they named it ' Angra defanta Elena. Thepeople of the Countrie within the faid Bay, as our men afterwardfound, bee lyttle men ill favoured in the face, and of colour blacke;h Muytas tormētas de vēlos. ( Caflanheda, ibid. )andi It being their cuftomes, fays Purchas, " to name lands at their firft Diſcouerie, of thatSaint on whofe day they difcouered the fame.". LICHEFIELD is guilty of a ſtrange mistake,by tranflating this paffa*ge the Ifland ofSanta Helena. ULLOA's tranflation ( 1578) is morecorrect: uidero- ch'era una terra baſſa, et che hauea una grande Baia, o fpiaggia, et trouatofi, chehauea bon fondo per nauigli, comando ui fi furgeffe per far acqua, et gli mife nome Angra di SantaHelena. ( Vol. 1. p. 4. ) This bay has alſo fince been named St. Martin's Bay. It is however fingular that Van Keulen, in his Chart of the South Atlantic, places an Iſland called St.Helena de nova in the fame parallel of latitude as the old St. Helena.VOL. I. 3 H418PROGRESSOFDISCOVERY.1. kBOOK and when they did ſpeake, it was in fuch manner as though theydid alwayes figh. "-Purchas tranflates it uttering their Speech outoftheir throat, as it werefobbing.November,1498.The Narrative of Caftanheda, as Dr. Vincent remarks, is briefand dry, but feems to be a copy of the Journal: it often glides fromthe third into the firſt perſon , without appearing conſcious of thechange. -Camoens, in his voyage to the Eaft Indies, followed thetrack of Gama fo early as the year 1553, and was enabled to givean intereft to his Lufiadas by defcriptions of the naval fcenery hehad beheld. The foregoing journal of Caftanheda is thus illuftrated:" Now paft the limit, which his courfe divides,When to the north the Sun's bright chariot rides,We leave the winding Bays, and fwarthy fhores,Where Senegal's black wave impetuous roars.And now from far the Lybian Cape is feenSince by my mandate called the ' Cape ofGreen.Where ' midft the billows of the Ocean fimilesA flowery fifter-train, the Happy Ifles,Our onward Prows the murmuring furges lave;And now our Veffels plough the gentle waveWhere the Blue Iflands, named of Hefper old,Their fruitful bofoms to the deep unfold.The fickly cheriſh, and our Stores renew.Here our bold Fleet their ponderous anchors threw,+From him the warlike guardian power of Spain,Whofe fpear's dread lightning o'er th' embattled plainHas

  • In the bay of St. Helena they found the natives which we now call Hottentots, as we difcover by the mention of a peculiarity in their utterance, which the Journal calls fighing; and

which Vaillant defcribes by the term Clappement, a guttural cluck, the characteriſtick of theirlanguage. (Periplus, page 210. ) Gama had on board feveral Portugueſe who were killed.in the Ethiopic, Arabic, and Oriental languages; but as Oforius adds, not one underflood thefenatives. The inhabitants that were brought to da Gama are deſcribed as being Homines co--lorati, breui et crifpo capillo. ( Oforius, p. 31. )A vignette of Cabo Verde is given at the end of this chapter.1ST. JAGO, GAMBEA, CABO DAS PALMAS. 419Has oft o'erwhelm'd the Moors in dire diſmay,And fixt the fortune of the doubtful day;From him we name our Station of repair,And JAGO's name that Ifle fhall ever bear.The northern Winds now curl'd the blackening Main,Our Sails unfurl'd we plough the Tide again:mRound Afric's Coaſt our winding courſe we ſteerWhere bending to the Eaft the ſhores appear.Here JALOFO its wide extent difplays,And vaft MANDINGA fhews its numerous Bays;Whofe mountains' fides, though parch'd and barren, holdIn copious ſtore the feeds of beamy Gold.The GAMBEA here his ferpent journey takes,And through the lawns a thouſand windings makes;Athouſand ſwarthy Tribes his current laves,Ere mixt his waters with th' Atlantic waves.The GORGADES we paft, that hated ſhoreFamed for its terrors by the bards of yore.Still to the South our pointed Keels we guide,And through the Auſtral Gulph ſtill onward ride.Her palmy Forefts mingling with the fkies,LEONA's rugged Steep behind us flies:The CAPE OF PALMS that jutting land we name,Already conſcious of our Nation's fame.Where the vext waves againſt our bulwarks roar,And Lufian Towers o'erlook the bending ſhore;OurIn the Difcourfe of the Navigation which the Portugueſe do make to the Realms and Provincesofthe Eaftern parts ofthe world, written in Spaniſh by BARNARDINE of Eſcalanta, ( Churchill'sCollect . vol. 8. from the Scarce Tracts in Lord Oxford's library , ) the following remark oc.curs on da Gama's Voyage. " He was five months at fea before he could get as far as theCape of Buena Efperança, by reafon in thofe days the Portugueſe failed not by the Bowling inthe high feas, in fuch fort as they do now, but always went near to the Coast of Guiney. "Ch. III. § 2.Emmanuel.3 H 2420 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.BOOKI. Our Sails wide fwelling to the conftant blaſt,Now by the Iſle from THOMAS named we paſt;And CONGO's fpacious Realm before us roſe,Where copious Zayra's limpid billow flows..." While thus our Keels ftill onward boldly ftrayed,Now tofs'd by tempefts, now by calms delay'd;To tell the Terrors of the Deep untry'd,What Toils we fuffer'd, and what ſtorms defy'd;What rattling deluges the black Clouds pour'd,What dreary weeks of folid darkneſs lour'd;What mountain Surges, mountain Surges lafh'd,What fudden Hurricanes the canvafs daſh'd;What burfting lightnings with inceſſant flare,Kindled in one wide flame the burning air;What roaring thunders bellow'd o'er our head,And feem'd to ſhake the reeling Ocean's bed;To tell each Horror in the Deep reveal'd,Would aſk an iron throat with tenfold vigour ſteel'd.Thofe dreadful Wonders of the Deep I fawWhich fill the Sailor's breaft with facred awe,And which the Sages of their learning vain,nEfteem the phantoms of the dreamful brain:That LIVING FIRE by Seamen held " divine,Of Heaven's own care in Storms the holy Sign;Whichn The Ancients thus accounted for this appearance: the fulphureous Vapours of the Air,after being violently agitated by a Tempeſt, unite; and when the Humidity begins to fubfide,as is the cafe when the Storm is almoſt exhauſted, by the agitation of their atoms they takefire, and are attracted by the mafts and cordage of the Ship. Being thus naturally thepledges ofthe approaching Calm, it is no wonder that Sailors fhould in all ages have efteemedthem Divine. By the French, and Spaniards, they are called St. Helme's Fires, and bythe Italians, the Fires of St. Peter and St. Nicholas. Modern diſcoveries have provedthat thefe Appearances are the Electric Fluid attracted by the Spindle of the Maft.{ Mickle. )ILLUSTRATION OF THE JOURNAL BY CAMOENS.Which ' midst the horrors of the Tempeſt plays,And on the Blaft's dark wings will gaily blaze;Thefe eyes diſtinct have ſeen that Living FireGlide through the Storm, and round my Sails afpire.And oft, while wonder thrill'd my breaft, mine eyesTo heaven have feen the WATERY COLUMNS rife.Slender at firft the fubtle Fume appears,0And writhing round and round its volume rears:Thick as a maft the Vapour fwells its fize,A curling whirlwind lifts it to the fkies:The Tube now ftraitens, now in width extends,And in a hovering cloud its fummit ends:Still gulp on gulp in f*cks the rifing Tide,And now the Cloud with cumbrous weight ſupply'd,Full-gorged, and blackening, fpreads and moves more flow,And waving trembles to the waves below" And now fince wandering o'er the foamy ſpray,Our brave Armada held her venturous way,Five times the changeful Emprefs of the nightHad fill'd her fhining horns with filver light;When fudden from the Main-top's airy round,LAND! LAND! is echoed -At the joyful foundSwift to the crowded Decks the bounding CrewOn wings of hope and fluttering tranſport flew;And each ſtrain'd eye with aching fight exploresThe wide horizon of the Eaſtern Shores.421Ch. III. § 2.Emmanuel.AsCalled by the Latins Typho and Sipho, by the French Trompe, from its refembling afpeaking trumpet in fhape. Signor Beccaria, who died in 1781 , publifhed an Effai fur laCaufe des Orages des Tempêtes , and endeavours to prove that Water Spouts have an Electrical origin. They generally appear in calm weather, and have been diſperſed by preſenting tothem fharp pointed knives or fwords. An account of one is given by Mr. Forfer, as feen in:Cook's fecond Voyage, ( vol. 1. p . 190. ) ·5422 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.BOOKI.November,1498.As thin blue clouds the mountain Summits rife,And now the I.awns falute our joyful eyes;Loud through the Fleet the echoing fhouts prevail,We drop the Anchor and reftrain the Sail:And now defcending in a fpacious BayWide o'er the Coaft the venturous foldiers ftray,To fpy the wonders of the favage ShoreWhere Stranger's foot had never trod before.I and my Pilots on the yellow fandExplore beneath what Sky the fhores expand:That fa*ge Device, whofe wondrous ufe proclaimsTh' immortal honour of its author's " names,The fun's height meaſured; and my Compafs fcann'dThe painted Globe of Ocean and of Land.Here we perceiv'd our venturous Keels had paft,Unharm'd, the Southern Tropic's howling blaft,And now approach'd dread Neptune's fecret reign;Where the ftern power, as o'er the Auſtral MainHe rides, wide fcatters from the Polar StarHail, Ice, and Snow, and all the wintery war.འ" The Generall thus lyeing at ankor commaunded to goe roundeabout the Bay, to fee if there were anie Riuer of ſweete water; andfinding none, he then fent Niculao Coelho in his boate along theCoaſt to ſeek out water, which he found fowre leagues off fromthence, the which he named Sant Jago, from whence the wholeFleete prouided of fresh water. The next day the Generall andother Captaines, and fome of the companie, went a ſhore; intending to fee and view what manner of people they were, that inhabitedThe Aftrolabium. See Note (s. )Mickle's Lufiad, vol. 2. book v. (P. 46-56. )rLichefield's Tranflation of Caftanheda (folio 7. )PROCEEDINGS IN ST. HELENA BAY.423Emmanuel.habited that countrie; and whether they coulde informe him how Ch. III . § 2.farre from thence the Cabo de Boa Esperaça was: which he knewnot, neither was the head or chiefe Pilot of that Voiage of anycerteintie which it was; for that in the Voiage wherein hewent before with Bertolame Diaz, he departed in the morningfrom the Cape into the Sea, and paſt the ſame in the night with aforewinde-and at his firft going, came not neare the Shore: byreafon whereof he did not know the Lande, notwithſtanding heeconiectured and deemed it not above thirtie leagues diftaunt fromthence at the vttermoft. "The proceedings of our Navigators in the bay of St. Helena,and their paffa*ge round the Cape of Good Hope, is detailed withgreater minutenefs by Oforius and Faria.A commerce having commenced between Gama and the natives,by means of figns and geftures, they received cloathes, bells, glaffes,and other trifles; and in return fupplied the fleet with plenty ofwholeſome and nouriſhing proviſions. This friendly intercourſewas however foon interrupted by the imprudence of a Portugueſeyouth. Fernão Velofo, delighted with the novelty of the ſcene andthe manners of the negroes, obtained permiffion to return with themto their huts; what they efteemed an elegant repaft was immediately prepared, and a fea- calf dreffed , after the manner of the Hottentots was ſerved up to the aftoniſhed Velofo. Curiofity immediately yielded to diſguſt, and, rifing from , the circle in an abruptmanner, he became impatient to return . Nor did the Negroes oppofe this fickle difpofition of their gueft, but accompanied himwith the greateſt good humour. Velofe however became apprehenfive; and the fame raſhneſs which firft induced him to leave hiscompanions, now occafioned à fudden vociferation for help as heapproached the fhore. Coelho's boat immediately left the fquadron; ,the natives fled to the woods; and the needleſs apprehenfions ofboth424 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.

I.Nov. 16.1498.BOOK both parties, increafed by their ignorance of each others language, brought on the fubfequent attack. Accordingly, whilft daGama with fome of his officers were taking the altitude of the funwith an Aftrolabe , fome negroes fprang from an adjoining ambuſh;and hurling with great dexterity their fpears, headed with ſharppieces of horn, many of the Portuguese with the admiral werewounded, yet judged it moft prudent to retreat to their fhips.Having taken in a fupply of freſh proviſions, and water, theSquadron left the Bay of St. Helena on Thursday the fixteenth ofNovember in the forenoon, with the wind at fouth fouth-weft, andfteered for the Cape of Good Hope. They who affert with Bruce,that Gama failed for India in a moft unfavourable feafon of the year,have been led into an error. The fummer in the fouthern extremityof Africa, as already mentioned, continues from October to April;during which navigators have generally regular fea breezes in themornings from fouth-weft and weft, which laft until noon, and fometimes longer they are followed by a fouth-eaſt, and eaſt fouth- eaftwind coming off the land; this ufually blows freſh the remaining partof the day, and all night until morning, when the ſea breeze, comes offa*gain. Gama, therefore, in the fubfequent part of his voyage wasunfortunate; for on the fame day in which he left his laft ftationhe91· Barros gives the following account of this Inftrument. Principalmente com hum Aſtrolabiodepão de tres palmos de diametro, o qual armavam em tres púos á maneira de cabrea por melhorfegurar a linha Solar, e mais verificada, e diftin&tamente poderemfaber a verdadeira altura daquellelugar; pofto que levaffem outros de latão mais pequenos, tão rufticamente começou efta arte, quetanto fructo tem dado ao navegar. (Decada. 1. Liv. 4. cap. 2. )The difficulties which Vafco da Gama met with in doubling the Cape of Good Hope musthave been many confidering the people he had to deal with . But if he coafted along ſhore tothe Cape, he had reafon to expect eafterly winds in November, which would enable him to ſtandto the Southward, until he obtained a wefterly wind; and he would then have proceededround the Cape with great eaſe at that time of year. (Note communicated by MR. WHIDBEY. )" Page 366.PASSAGE ROUND THE CAPE. 425XupEmmanuel.he met with a fudden change of weather. -In this part of his Voy- Ch. III. § 2 .age the greatest proofs of his refolution were called forth. Thewaves roſe like mountains in height; his Ships ſeemed now heavedto the clouds, and now appeared as precipitated by circling Whirlpools to the bed ofthe Ocean. The winds were piercing cold, andfo boisterous that the Pilot's voice could feldom be heard; whilſt adifmal, and almoſt continual darkneſs, which at that tempeftuous feafon, ſays Oforius, involves theſe Seas, added greatly to the danger.Sometimes the Gale drove them to the fouthward, at other times zthey

  • Oforius, p. 32. ( Gibbs' Tranſlation, vol. 1. p. 48. See alfo Mickle, vol . 1. ) Fluctus erant

immaniffimi: Tempeftates perfrigida et aduerfa: Tenebræ vero affiduèque procelle... Naues enim itajačabantur, vt modò nubes contingere, rurfus in imas profundi voragines detrudi viderentur.The reader is referred to the frontifpiece of the prefent volume, where a delineation isgiven ofthe Sea that rages round the Cape of Good Hope.This part of Gama's Voyage may induce the reader to compare the exertions of ourown countrymen in the fame Seas. I. DAMPIER gives an account of the navigation roundthe Cape of Good Hope, vol. 1. p. 531. II. Captain Cook in his fecond voyage made theland of this Cape on the 29th of October, 1772, and after ſtanding off and on during thenight, anchored ſafely in Table Bay on the 30th, in five fathom water (vol. 1. 4to. ed.p. 14. ) III. STAVORINUS an officer in the ſervice of the Dutch East India Company, in hisVoyage to Batavia, 1768, made the Cape of Good Hope on the 17th of November; andleft Table Bay on the 12th of the next month, with a fouth-easterly wind, which veeredto the ſouth-weft as foon as he was out at ſea. They were in confequence, three days tacking about in vain, before they could double the Cape. (Vol. 1. p. 28—4ī. ) —IV. Captain Cook in his third Voyage, 1776, being on the 6th of October in fouth lat. 35° 15' , andweft long. 7° 45′ met with light airs and calms by turns, for three days fucceffively. Thiscalm weather was fucceeded by a freſh Gale from the north-west, which lafted two days.They had then variable light airs for about twenty-four hours; when the north-weft windreturned, and blew with fuch ftrength, that on the 17th they had fight of The Cape of GoodHope, and the next day anchored in Table Bay in four fathoms water. (Vol. 1. p. 35—37. )In the fame Chapter are inferted Nautical Remarks on the paſſage from England to the Cape, withregardto the Currents and the Variation. (P. 46. )-V. VANCOUVER arrived at the Cape ofGood Hope in July 1791 , and had nearly the fame boisterous weather to ftruggle againſt asDa Gama. The wind had been light and variable until thefirft of July, in fouth lat. 33° 54′and weft long. 58° 40″, when it blew a fine Gale from the N. N. E. attended with pleaſantweather. But as they approached the African fore the weather became very unfettled, withfudden tranfitions from Calms to heavy Gales, attended with much Thunder, Lightning, anda heavy Swell from the weftward, and fouth- weft. One of theſe Gales, on the 5th, reducedthem for a few hours to their Courfes. The wind became fouthwardly with pleaſant weather onVOL. I. 3 Ithe426 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.1.November,1497.BOOK they were obliged to ſtand on the tack and yield to its fury, preſerving what they had gained with the greateſt difficulty. During anygloomy interval of the Storm, the failors, wearied out with fatigueand abandoned to deſpair, furrounded Gama, begging he would notdevote himself and Crew to fo dreadful a death. They exclaimed,that the Gale could no longer be weathered; that every one mustbe buried in the Waves if they continued to proceed. The firmneſsof the Admiral could not be fhaken; and a formidable Confpiracywas immediately formed againſt him: but ofthis deſperate proceedinghe was informed by his brother Paulo. The Confpirators and allthe Pilots were immediately put in Irons; whilft GAMA, affifted byhis brother, and the few who remained ſtedfaft in their duty, toodnight and day to the helm. Providence rewarded his heroiſm, andat length on Wedneſday the twentieth ofNovember, all the ſquadrondoubled this tremendous promontory.<< aGoing along the coaſt,” adds ª Caſtanheda, " with a fore-winde,Gama paffed with great pleaſure of fundry paftimes, and in foundingof the Trumpets in all their Shippes; chiefly hauing their whole confidence in God, by whoſe diuine furtherance they hoped to findeout, and attaine to that which they fought for. So paffing in thisfortthe feventh... The Wind blew a ſtrong Gale from W. S. W. in the afternoon of the 8th,when judging the Cape of Good Hope to bear from them N. 66 E, true, diſtant eighteenleagues, they experienced, for the ſpace of ſeven miles, a moft extraordinary agitation in theSea, comparable only to a large Cauldron of boiling water; this was fuppofed to be the effectof two contending Currents, and for this reaſon they did not try foundings. At day lighton the 9th the Cape was in fight, and they directed their Courſe to Falfe Bay, Vancouverthen gives a retroſpect of his Voyage from the Cape de Verde Iſlands. (Vol. 1. p. 13 , 14.)The PORTUGUESE never formed any ſettlement at the Cape: the firſt was made by our ownCountrymen during the reign of king JAMES, 1620, thirty years antecedent to the eſtabliſhment of a Colony by the Dutch. Particulars of this tranſaction are entered on the records ofour Eaft India Company. ( Barrow's Travels in ſouthern Africa, page 2. ) THUNBERG inhis Voyage, 1772, fays, that the floating of a plant called Trumpet Graſs (fucus buccinalis ) is a.fure fign of the vicinity of The Cape.2Lichefield's Tranflation (folio 8. cap. 3. ).COAST, EASTWARD OF THE CAPE. 4278Emmanuel.fort along that Coaſt, they fawe upon the lande great ſtore of Cattell, Ch. III. § 2 .whereof ſome were large, fome ſmall, but all of them were growenand fat: howbeit ther appeared to them no Townes within thisLande, by reaſon that along thofe Coafts ther are none fcituated;but further within the fame, ther be Townes and Villages inhabited,the houſes whereof are all of earth couered with ftrawe. Thepeople are of colour fomewhat blacke, and be apparailed as thoſeof Sancta Elena, ſpeaking the felfe fame language. This countreyis very pleaſaunt with trees and waters; and joyning to this Capeon the fouth fide, there is a great Harbour which reacheth intothe lande fixe leagues, at the entering it containeth well as much.more.C" The Cape of boa Efperaça being thus doubled, the captainegenerall foorthwith upon the Sundaye after, which was St. Katherin's daie, came to the Angra de Sam Blaze, which is three- dſcoreFalfe Bay. The opening of this Bay between the Cape of Good Hope, and Falfe Cape,is about five leagues, and an half: its extent to the northward is full fix leagues. Mr. Dalrymple has publiſhed the angles which he took in Auguſt, and September, 1775, for determining the reciprocal Pofitions of the LANDS around FALSE Bay; which were eſpecially intendedto affist in completing a SURVEY of SIMON'S BAY. Welearn from this Memoir ( page 19)" That the moſt important matter in entering FALSE BAY, is to know the exact fituation ofthe ANVILL rock. -Doubts ſtill fubfift concerning the exact fituation of this Rock."• BARROS thus deſcribes the doubling of this Cape. Seguindo Vafco da Gamafeu caminho navolta do Mar, porfe defabrigar da terra, quando veio ao terceiro dia , que eram vinte de Novembro,paffou aquelle grão Cabo de Boa Efperança commenos Tormenta. ( Decada 1. Liv. 4. Cap. 3.)4 The Angra de Sam Blaze, or Aguada de S. Braz, as Barros ftyles it, is now called FlefbBay; for its latitude and longitude fee chart 5. This coaft is thus defcribed in one of Mr.Dalrymple's Memoirs. " From C. das Aguilhas ( cape Lagullas ) to the weft point of Struysbay, the coaſt extends north eaſterly 16 or 18'. This Point is low and covered with SandDowns, as well as the land to the eaſtward of it in Struys-bay: this Bay is nothing more thana large deep bite... The Eaſtern Point of Struys- bay is low and fandy; from whence the landforms a bite to Flesh Bay. This is no more than an open Bay, where there is no ſhelter butfor northerly winds; there is in it a ſmall Iſland, and a round white Sand, by which it is eafilyknown. The weſtern point of the Bay is a pretty high Sandy Point, from whence a Reefftretches out, juft as from the Points above mentioned. From Flesh Bay the Coaft lies Eafterly to Fish Bay, which is likewiſe a foul open Bay... From Fish Bay the Coaſt lies eaſt by312 north428PROGRESSOFDISCOVERY.I.1497.BOOK ſcore leagues beyonde the Cape; beeing a verie great baye, andpaffing good for all windes except onelye the north winde. TheNovember, people heere are ſomewhat blacke of coulour, they couer themfelueswith ſkinnes. In this Lande bee manye elephauntes and great, alfooxen manye, both large of ftature, and very fat, whereof fome haueno hornes; and upon the fatteft and faireſt of the fame, the peopledo uſe to ride, fadling them with pannells ftuffed with the ftraweof rye, as the manner is in Spayne." In this Harbour, three croffe bow shot from the ſhore, withinthe fea, lieth a Rocke in the which be many fea woulfes, which areasnorth to Moffell ( Muſcle) Bay, which is a bay like the others, but it runs in 6' to the weſtward of the Weſt Point; where one lies fheltered from the north eaſterly to foutherly windsbut expofed from the fouth to eaft. In this Bay is a ſmall Iſland, or Rock, and fome brackishSprings and Rivers: it is the best of all the Bays or Roads hereabout, but not to be madeufe of, except in cafes of the greatest neceffity; becauſe the fouth- eaſt and eaſt winds make agreat Sea, and the water for drinking muſt be taken from brackish pits. The weftern Pointof this Bay is a middling high flat green Point, appearing at fea like a Table Hill; off thisPoint is good anchor ground every where, but from the outermoft point runs out a reefofrocks, a mile to the east. (In the chart, adds Mr. Dalrymple, it is much more. ) This Pointlies in 33° 55′ fouth latitude. The Eaflern Point, or the land to the eastward of the bay, ishigh double mountains running down to the Sea, with little Straud, whereby the Bay is eaſilyknown in coming from the eastward, as this is the laft high land near the Sea; the Coaſt tothe weftward of this Bay being lower, and the hills farther in land. Bay Algoa, according toVan Keulen, is a deep Bay, where may be got fresh water and fire wood, the Soundings goingin from twenty-four to ten fathom. "—Mr. Barrow in his travels through ſouthern Africa( 1797, 1798, page 346, ) informs us, that the weſtern point of Mufcle Bay is called Cape SaintBlaize. Variation of the compaſs was 27° 54' weft; time of high water, at full and change,about three o'clock. The fame writer gives an account of the next Bay on this coaft to theeastward, called Plettenberg's Bay. Plettenberg's, as well as Zwart Kop's bay, is entirelyopento the fouth-east winds. The weft point called Robenberg, or Seal Mountain, lies in latitude 34° 6' fouth, longitude 23° 48' eaft; diftance from Cape Point three hundred and twentymiles. The eaſtern fhore of the Bay rounds off into the general trending ofthe coaft, which,feen from the landing place, terminates in a very high and regular cone-shaped mountain, calledin the old Portuguefe Charts Pie Formofa, but by the more modern Dutch navigators, the Grenadier's Cap. The beft landing place is about three miles and a half to the northward of theRobenberg, on a fandy beach. A heavy ſwell generally fets into this Bay, except in northerlyand north-westerly winds. The fouth-weft winds occafion the greatest heave of the Sea."(Page 343.)AGUADA DE SAM BRAZ. 429•CEmmanuel.as large in bignes as great Beares; they be terrible, hauing great Ch. III . § 2.and long teeth, alſo fo wilde and fierce that they do forcible fetupon men: they are like unto lions; there be fo manye ofthem inthe Rocke, that when our men went thether of pleaſure one daie,they faw ofthem at that inſtant the number of three thouſand, littleand great. In this Rocke alfo be many Stares, which are as greatas duckes.-The Captaine generall being come to this Port or bayė,and lieng at ankor there, caufed the Shippes which carried theirvictualls to be difcharged thereof, and beftowed the fame in theothers; commaunding thofe veffells to be then burned, as it wasordained and commaunded by the king in that behalfe. In doingwhereof, and other things alfo which were neceffarye and needfullto be looked unto, and foreſeene, for their more ſafetie in the reſt oftheir voyage, they remained ' ten daies in that place. Where, uponthe Fridaye next, after the Captaine generall and the reft had arrived,ther appeared unto them about the number of fourefcore and tenmen of that countrey; fome along upon the fandes, and fome uponthe top of their mountaines. Which when the Generall ſawe, heand other the captaines went to the ſhore ward, and all the companyofthe fhippes went armed in their Boates, carrieng ordinaunce withthem; as fearing the lyke chaunce that happened to them in theangra de Santa Elena."The Boates then drawing neere to the fhore, the Generall threwon lande little Belles, which the Nigroes tooke up; and fome of themcame fo neere vnto him, that he gaue them the Belles into theirowne handes. Whereat he wonderfully meruailed; for that Bertolame Diaz had informed before, that when he was there, they didrun away, and wold not be allured to come fo neere view. TheGeneralle Oforius adds-quas incolæ appellant SOTILICARIOS, pares anferibus magnitudine. (P. 33. )↑ Barros fays, “ E em tres dias que Vaſco da Gama ſe deteve aqui. ” (Ibid. liv. 4. cap. 3. )430 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.1.BOOK Generall therefore perceiuing contrary to his expectation, the gentleneffe of thoſe blacke people, hee then leapt out on lande with hisDecember, men, making exchaunge of certaine red night caps with the Nigroesfor braceleets of iuory which they had, and ſo for that time departed.1497." The Saterdaye next after, came to the number of two hundrethblacke men, and more, fome little fome great, bringing with themtwelue oxen and foure fheepe; and, as our men went on fhore, theybegan to play upon foure Flutes, accordingly with foure fundryvoyces, the Muſicke whereof founded very well. Which the Generall hearing, commaunded the Trumpets to found, and fo theydaunced with our men. In this Paſtime and feaſting, and in buying their oxen and ſheepe, that daie paffed ouer; and in the felfefame fort upon the Sundaye following, fundry of the fame, andmany more with them as well men as women, came againe,bringing many kine. Hauing folde one oxe, our men ſawe certaynelittle nigroes, which were hidden in certayne buſhes, who had withthem the Weapons of the greater fort of men, wherein our menconiectured that fome treaſon was meant to them; and therforethe Generall commaunded our people to retire to another placewhich was of more fecuritie, and thoſe blacke men went all alongthe Shore directlye againſt our Boates, untill they came to theplace where ours difimbarked themſelues and went upon the landein armour. The Nigroes then ioyned themfelues as though theyintended to fight: which the Generall perceiuing, and not willyngto doe them anye harme, did then retyre, imbarking himſelfe; andfor to feare them, commaunded two braffe pieces of Ordinaunce tobe ſhot off. Whereat they were amazed, and ranne away withoutanye order, leauing their weapons behinde them. After this, theCaptaine Generall cauſed to be carried on the ſhore a certaine Mark,or Piller, with the King of Portingale's armes, and a Croffe; which3 beingST. CROIX ISLE S. 431being there fet and erected, the nigroes pulled downe the fame, our . Ch. III. § 2.men yet being there." Thefe Daies thus paffed ouer, the Captaine generall, with thereft of the Fleete, departed thence towards the River called il Rio deIffante, upon the Fridaye being the eight day of December; and infailing forward on their Voiage, ther aroſe ſo great a Storme with aforewinde, upon the vefpera de Sancta Luzia, that our whole Fleetedid runne with their ſmall fayles, and that alſo verye low. In thisCourſe they loft fight of Niculao Coelho; howbeit the next nightafter they all met together againe. Now hauing paſt and failedthrough this great Storme, or rather Tormenta of winde, which thenwas ceaſed, the Captaine- generall upon the fixteenth of Decemberdid diſcouer Lande; which confifted of certaine ſmall rockes, beingdiftaunt from the harbour of Sam Blaze threefcore leagues, and fiueleagues alfo from the other part of the Rocke called do da Cruz,where Bertolame Diaz did erect his laſt Pillar; from which place tothe Rio do Iffante are fifteene leagues." This Countrey is very pleaſant and fightly in viewe, and inthe fame is great ſtore of Cattell; and the further our Fleete fayledon that Coaſt, the better and higher the Trees were all whichthings our men might well perceiue and difcerne, by reaſon theywent fo neere the Shore with their Shippes. And upon the Saterdaye they paſt hard by, and within fight, of the Rocke do da Cruz;and for that they were then come fo far forward as the Rio doIffante,Probably the St. Croix Ifles in Algoa Bay; and the Rock do da Cruz, the Doddington.Rock in fouth latitude 33° 44′ caft longitude 26° 55'. The place where Diaz fixed his lastPillar feems to have been on Cabo Padron, fouth latitude 33° 35' eaft longitude 27° 10′.BARROS calls theſe ſmall rocks, Ilheos chãos; he alfo mentions the ftrong Currents which GAMAhad to ftruggle againft on this part of the Coaft, Nal qual paragempor caufa das Grandes Correntes andáram ora ganhando, ora perdendo caminho. ( Ibid. )Emmanuel.432 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.1497.BOOK Iffante , they were loath to paffe the fame, and thereof taking1. counſell all the next night, they went fomewhat wide from theDecember, Coaft with a forewinde untill Euenfong time, and then the windecame to the eaſt which was right againſt them. Wherefore theCaptaine generall made to feawarde; going in fuch fort as fometime he kept the Sea, and fometime droue towards the lande, untill the Terfdaye, being the twentith of December, at the ſetting oftheSunne, the winde then comming to the weft which was a forewinde and whether to attayne to have knowledge of the Lande,they confulted all that night which were beft to doe.daie at tenne of the clocke, in the fore noone, they came to theRocke aforefayde, which is three ſcore leagues a ftearne the placewherevnto they minded to goe.The next" This Rocke is the cauſe of the great Currents that are there;and the felfe fame daie the Fleete through paffed the fame Courſewith a great forewinde, which had alſo indured them three orfour daies; and wherewith they ranne through thofe Currentswhich greatlye they feared, and were in doubt to haue done.Theſe daungerous Currents thus fafelye and happelye paffed without loffe or damage, they all were very glad and joyfull that theyrgood Fortune was to have paffed the fame in manner as BertolameDiaz, before that time, had accordinglye done. -Wherefore the Captaine generall beeing animated and encouraged with this his greatgood lucke and Fortune, and after thanks giuen to God for thefame, did then faye, that hee verelye beleeved that it was God'sgoodwill and pleaſure that the INDIAS ſhould be founde. "The narrative of Camoens is in fome parts more circumftantialthan Caftanheda's; and the peculiar hardships to which GAMA wasexpoſedThe Rio do Iffante, or Infante, has fince been called by the Dutch the Great Fish River.Its mouth is placed by D'Apres in 33° 5'; it is defcribed by him as being deep, but not fufficiently fo for large Veffels. The direction of its courfe is South- Eaft and North-Weft.ILLUSTRATION BY CAMOENS. 433Emmanuel.expoſed, are tranflated by Mickle with all the fympathy of a i mind Ch. III. § 2 .accuſtomed to fimilar ſcenes of peril:k" Now from the wave the chariot of the DayWhirl'd by his fiery courfers fprings away,When full in view the GIANT CAPE appears,Wide ſpreads its limbs, and high its ſhoulders rears;Behind us now it curves the bending fide,And our bold Veffels plow the Eaſtern tide.Nor long excurfive off at Sea we ſtand,A cultured Shore invites us to the Land.Here their ſweet Scenes the rural joys bestow,And give our wearied minds a lively glow ...Fair blow the Winds: again with Sails unfurl'dWe dare the Main and feek the Eaſtern world.Now round black Afric's Coaft our Navy veer'd,And to the World's mid circle northward fteer'd:The Southern Pole low to the wave declined,Weleave the Iſle of Holy Crofs behind;That Ifle where erft a LUSIAN, when he paftThe tempeft-beaten Cape, his anchors caft,And own'd his proud ambition to exploreThe kingdoms of the morn, could dare no more.From thence, ftill on, our daring Courſe we holdThrough trackleſs gulphs, whoſe billows never roll'dAround the Veſſel's pitchy fides before ...For many a dreary Night, and cheerlefs day,In Calms now fetter'd , now the Whirlwind's play,By ardent hope ftill fired, we forced our dreadful way.}NowI WILLIAM JULIUS MICKLE failed in 1779 to Lisbon, as Secretary to Commodore Johnftone in the Romney.Mickle's Lufiad, vol. 2. book 5. page 74.VOL. I. 3 K434 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.BOOK1.1497 .Now ſmooth as glaſs the ſhining waters lie,No Cloud flow moving fails the azure ſky;Slack from their height the Sails unmoved decline,The airy Streamers form the downward line;No gentle quiver owns the gentle Gale,Nor gentleft fwell diftends the ready Sail;Fixt as in Ice the flumbering Prows remain,And filence wide extends her folemn reign.Nowto the Waves the burfting Clouds defcend,And Heaven and Sea in meeting tempeſts blend;The black-wing'd Whirlwinds o'er the Ocean fweep,And from his bottom roars the ſtaggering Deep.Driven by the yelling Blaft's impetuous fwayStaggering we bound, yet onward bound away.And now eſcaped the fury of the StormNew Danger threatens in a various form;Though freſh the Breeze th' expanding canvaſs ſwell'd,A Current's headlong ſweep our Prows withheld:The rapid force impreſt on every keel,Backward, o'erpower'd, our rolling Veffels reel:When from their fouthern caves the Winds, enragedIn horrid conflict with the Waves engaged;Beneath the Tempeft groans each loaded Maft,And o'er the ruſhing Tide our bounding Navy paſt."Caftanbeda begins his FOURTH CHAPTER with the followingenumeration of its contents: How the Captaine generall came to theLande, called Terra da boa gete, and after went to the Riuer called HoRio dos bos finaes: how hee brought theyrſhippes on grounde, and ofthe greatfickneffe our people had after they arriued there." Thus following their Voiage, they perceiued that vpon Chriftmas Daie they had diſcouered along the ' Coaſt three ſcore and tenneleaguesAn account of this part of the Coaft of Africa little known to Europeans, was givento Dampier by his friend captain Rogers, who had often vifited it. (Dampier's Voyages,vol.TERRA DE NATAL 435Emmanuel. leagues to the Eaſtward, which was the waye he carryed with him Ch. III. § 2.in his Regiſter, or inſtructions, and was the latitude in which theIndias were marked in his Charts. And heere the Fleete wentalongvol. 2. page 108. ) " The COUNTRY OF NATAL takes about three degrees and half of latitudefrom North to South, lying between the latitude of 31 ° 30′ fouth and 28° north. It is bounded on the fouth by a Country inhabited by a ſmall nation of favage people, called by ourEngliſh, wild-buſh men, that live in caves and in holes of rocks, and have no other houſes,but ſuch as are formed by nature: they are of a low ftature, tany- coloured, with crifpedhair; they are accounted very cruel to their enemies. Their Weapons are bows and poiſonedarrows. Theſe people have for their neighbours on the ſouth the Hottantots. Dellagoa is anavigable River in latitude 28° ſouth, that bounds Natal on the north. The inhabitants ofthisRiver have a commerce with the Portugueſe of Mozambique, who often vifit them in ſmall barks,and trade there for elephants teeth, which they have in great plenty. Some English too havelately been there to purchaſe Teeth, particularly Captain Freak; who after he had been in theRiver of Dellagoa, and purchaſed eight or ten tun of Teeth, loft his Ship on a Rock near Madagafcar. The Country of Natal lies open to the Indian fea on the Eaft, but how far backit runs to the Weftward is not yet known." That part of the Country which refpects the Sea is plain champion and woody; butwithin land it appears more uneven, by reafon of many Hills which rife in unequal heightsabove each other. Yet is it interlaced with pleaſant valleys and large plains, and ' tis checkered with natural groves and favannahs. Neither is there anywant of Water; for every hillaffords little brooks, which glide down feveral ways; fome of which, after ſeveral turningsand windings, meet by degrees and make up the River ofNatal, which diſchargeth itſelf intothe Eaft Indian Ocean in the latitude of 30° South. There it opens pretty wide, and is deepenough for ſmall veffels. But at the mouth of the River is a Ear which has not above ten ofeleven foot water on it in a Spring- Tide; though within there is water enough. This Riveris the principal of the Country of Natal, and has been lately frequented by fome ofour EngliſhShips, particularly by a fmall veffel that Captain Rogers commanded." There are alfo other Streams and Rivers, which bend their Courſe Northerly, efpeciallyone ofa confiderable bignefs, about 100 mile within land, and which runs due North. TheWoods are compofed of divers ſorts of trees; many of which are very good timber, and fit forany ufes, they being tall and large. The Savannahs alfo are cloathed with kindly thick graſs." Here are Fowls of divers forts; fome fuch as we have in England, viz. duck and teal,both tame and wild: and plenty of co*cks and bens. Befides abundance of wild birds, wholly unknown to us." The Sea and Rivers alſo do abound in Fiſh of divers forts; yet the Natives do but feldomendeavour to take any, except Tortoifes; and that is chiefly when they come afhore in the nightto lay their eggs. Their chief employment is huſbandry. They have a great many Bulls andCows, which they carefully look after; for every man knows his own, though they run allpromifcuously together in their Savannahs; yet they have Pens near their own houſes, where3 K 2 they436PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.I.mBOOK along upon the Sea without taking " Lande fo farre, that they beganto want, and haue lacke of Water for to drinke, and were inforcedto dreffe their meate with falt water; fo that no man had then allowaunce of water to drinke more then one pinte a daie.January,1498." Howbeit upon Fridaye the eleventh daie of Januarie, 1498, drawing neere the lande, they went out in their Boates along the Coaſtto take view thereof; and fo paffing by the fame, they fawe manyNigroes with a great company of women, all of them of great ftature, which went along the Sea Side. When the Captaine generallperceiued1they make them gentle and bring them to the pail. They alfo plant Corn, and fence in theirfields to keep out all cattle, as well tame as wild. They have Guinea Corn, which is theirBread; and a fmall fort of grain no bigger than Muftard feed, with which they make theirdrink. They have Caps made with beef Tallow of about nine or ten inches high. They area great while of making theſe Caps: for the tallow muſt be made very pure, before it is fit forthis ufe. Befides they lay on but a little at a time, and mix it finely among the hair; and foit never afterwards comes off their heads. When they go a hunting, which is but feldom,they pare off three or four inches from the top of it, that ſo it may fit the fnugger; but thenext day they begin to build it up again, and fo they do every day till it is of a decent andfashionable height.1" The common fubfiftence of theſe people is Bread made of Guinea corn, Beef, Fiſh, Milk,Ducks, Hens, Eggs, &c.; they alſo drink milk often to quench their thirst; and this fometimes when it is fweet, but commonly they let it be fower firſt. They are very juſt and extra..ordinary civil to Strangers: This was remarkably experienced by two English Seamen that livedamong them five years; their Ship was caft away on the Coaft, and the rest of their confortsmarched to the River of Dellagoa; but they ſtayed here till Captain Rogers accidentally camehither and took them away with him. They had gained the language of the Country; andthe natives freely gave them wives and cows. They were beloved by all the people; and fomuch reverenced that their words were taken as Laws. And when they came away many ofthe boys cried becauſe they would not take them. " An account of the Terre Natalis given by D'Apres, who places its firſt headland in 32 °, whence its coaft trends to the north- eaft and north- eaft by north, about forty- five leagues. It is known by a largerocky point: Quand cette Pointe refle au Nord Oueft, on voit par deffus trois petites montagnesrondes, et à une lieue de- la au Nord- Eft il y a un Bois qui defcendjufqu' a la Mer; fonfommet eftonde, et on y remarque un intervalle fans bois, et trois autres Montagnes plus grandes que celles quiles précedent.Though they did not land, according to de Barros, they diſcovered a River during thiscourfe, on the 6th of January, and as that day was the Feast of Epiphany, they called the river Rio de los Reyes.TERRA DA BOA GETE. 437nEmmanuel.perceived that they showed themfelues to bee a people flexible to Ch. III. § 2.ciuilitie, and of a quiet difpofition; hee commaunded one of ourmen called Martim Afonfo, who coulde fpeake manye languages ofthe Nigroes, and one other with him, to leape out on Lande and togoe to them; which immediatelye thoſe two perfons did: Commingto the fame blacke people they were well receyued, and eſpeciallyeof the chiefe perfon or Gouernor; to whome our Generall viewinghis and theyr manner of courtefie, forthwith fent a Jacket, a payreof Hofe, and a Cappe, beeing all redde, and a braceleet of copper; ofwhich things he was very glad, and rendered great thankes to theGenerall for the fame, facing, That with a verye good will, beefhouldehaue ofgifte anye thing he would defire or bad neede off, that was tobe had in his Countrey. All which Martim Afonfo, vnderſtandingtheyr language, tolde to the Generall; who was verye joyfull thatby his interpretation , thoſe people and ours might of each otherhaue vnderſtanding; giuing alfo at that inftant licenſe to the fameAfonfo and one more of our men to goe with thofe people for one.night to their towne, at the requeſt of the fame Gouernor, whoverie earneſtly required the fame. The Gouernour then apparelledhimſelfe with thoſe garments which the Generall gaue him, andwith great pleaſure gaue commaundement to many of his chiefemen, to goe before and receiue him when he came to their towne.The people, as they went, beheld with greate pleaſure and admiration thoſe Veſtures which our Generall had giuen him, clapping.theyrThefe Natives, as Dr. Vincent obferves, " were no longer Hottentots, but Caffres, whoeven in that age bore the fame marks of fuperior civilization, which they preferve to the prefent hour. A circumftance more fortunate and more extraordinary was, that Martin Alonzounderſtood their language. This is a moſt remarkable occurrence, as Alonzo could ſcarcely havebeen lower than Mina on the Western Coaft, which is forty degrees from the Cape, and thebreadth of the Continent from weft to eaft cannot, in the latitude of 20° fouth, be leſs thaneighteen or nineteen degrees more. What Negro Nation or Language do we know of fuchan extent? and yet wonderful as it is, there is no reafon to doubt the fact. ” (Periplus,page 212.)438PROGRESSOFDISCOVERY.January,1498.BOOK theyr hands for joy thereof; which manner of gladſome rejoyfing I. they uſed three or foure times before they came to their towne.After their entraunce therein, they went round about the fame; tothe end all the people and inhabitants thereof, might fee and beholdthoſe giuen garments, and ftraunge arraie. Which beeing done,the Gouernour entered into his houfe, where he commaundedAfonfo, and his companion, to be well lodged, and gaue to them forSupper a Hen, euen fuch as ours bee, and Pap made of Mylylo, akinde of graine of a yeolow coulour, whereof alſo they make Bread:This Night repaired many Nigroes to theyr lodgings to ſee them."The next Daie after, the Gouvernour fent them to theyr Shippeswith certaine Nigroes of his, loden with Hens for the Captaine generall, who rendered thanks for the ſame; and required by his Interpretour thofe Nigroes to faie unto theyr Governour, that he nowfawe and perceived him to be a noble man, or King of that Countrie;andforafmuch as the Generall, and the rest ofour men, in thoſe fiuedaies wherein they had bouered upon and viewed that Coast, had nomanner ofdamage done, or offered them, andfaw both many quiet andgentle people there, and alſo many noble Men; be gaue to this Land anapt name, calling it TERRA DA BOA GETE." In the towne where Martim Afonfo was, theyr houſes bee madeall of ſtrawe, and verie well furniſhed within. The women be morein number then the men. They carrie with them long Bowes witharrowes and darts of Yron, and upon their armes and legges theyweare many braceleets of Copper, and fome peeces of them in theirhaires. Alſo they carrie daggars, the hafts or handles of Pewter,and the sheathes of Iuorie; fo that it is manifeft they haue in thatCountrie plentie of Copper and Tinne. Moreouer they haue greatflore of Salt which they make of Salt Water, carrieng the fameOr according to de Barros, Aguada da boa Paz.fromRIO DO COBRE. 4394Emmanuel.from the Sea fide in Gourds, and putting it into certaine Caues Ch. III. § 2.where they make the Salt. Theſe kinde of people were fo gladdeofthe linnen our men carried with them, and brought thether, thatthey gaue for one Shirt much Copper. They alſo were ſo quietamongeft our men, that they brought them Water to their Boatesfrom a Riuer which was two Croffe Bowe fhotte from the placewhere our men tooke in the fame, which Riuer they call Rio doCobre, or the copper river."Oforius places the arrival of the Portugueſe on this part ofthe Coaſta day earlier than Caftanheda, and furniſhes additional information." On the " tenth of Januarythey difcovered ſome ſmall Iſlands, abouttwo hundred and thirty miles from their laſt watering place: theſeIſlands had a very beautiful appearance, being covered with loftyTrees and enriched with meadows of a ſtriking verdure. Theycould fee the Inhabitants walking on the fhore in great numbers.Here Gama anchored, and diſpatched one of his men, whom heknew to be well verſed in languages, to wait upon the King. Thismeffenger was received with civility, and difmiffed with preſents ofthe produce of the country. Gama, on ſetting fail, left two Exiles,that they might inform themfelves of the character and cuſtoms ofthe Natives. There were in his Fleet ten Malefactors, who hadbeen condemned to die, but were pardoned on condition of goingthis voyage: wherever Gama fhould leave them, they were to examine the Country, and, on his return, be enabled to give intelligenceof the inhabitants. " -Caftanbeda thus proceeds:འ" From this place our Fleete departed the fiftenth daie ofJanuarie, and going under faile, did diſcouer land of another CountriewhichP Oforius, page 33. ( Gibb's Tranflation, vol. 1. p. 50.)He ſeems to have paffed cape Corrientes, at the opening of the Moſambique channel, in thenight; and, on account of the ftrong current driving towards the fhore, to have kept ſo farfrom the land as not to have noticed Sofala. See de Barros, —E daqui por diante começou de feaffaftar440 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.January,1498.BOOK which lyeth verie lowe, ( Sofala) wherein were trees high and thicke;I. and fo proceeding forward, they difcouered a Riuer verie open atthe entering and for that the Generall thought it neceffarie to hauenotice of that Countrie, and there to learne whether they mightheare anye newes or intelligence of the Indias, hee commaunded tocome to an ankor; which was upon the Thurſdaye, being feauendaies before the end of Januarie. The fame night he with hisbrother Niculao Coelho entered the Riuer, and at the dawning ofdaie, did well perceiue the lande to be lowe and couered with water,hauing Trees of great height, and thicke loaden with fundrie fortesof fruites.Г" Our men then beholding the Lande, which was verie pleafaunt, they fawe alfo certaine Boates comming towardes them, withmen in the ſame, whereof the Generall was very glad; fuppofingvpon fight of thoſe people, and view of their Countrie in that manner which argued they had ſome knowledge and experience of the Sea,that therefore they were not farre off from the Indias , or at leaſtwifecould not then goe farre but they ſhould heare newes of the fame.When the people with theyr Boates came neere to our Fleete, ourmen perceiued they were all blacke people, of good ftature; howbeitaffaftar algum tanto da terra, com que de Noite paffou o Cabo, a que ora chamamos das Correntes;porque começa a cofla encurvarfe tanto pera dentro paſſado elle, que fentindo Vafco da Gama que asaguas o apanhavam pera dentro, temeo fer alguma enfeada penetrante, donde não pudeſſe fahir. Oqual temor lhefez dar tanto refguardo por fugir a Terra, que paſſou ſem haver vifta da povoação degofala. (Ibid. liv. 4. cap. 3 . ) —CAPE CORRIENTAs, was thus named from the violent Currents formed by the preffure of the waters through the narrow channel between Madagaſcarand the main. Marmol defcribes ( vol. 3. p. 106. ) not only the Currents, but Iſlands, Shoals,and the violent winds. ( Dr. Vincent, ibid. )TOforius makes this date to be the 15th of January. ( Page 34. Gibbs' Tranſ. vol. 1. p. 50. )He fays, that it was in the dusk of Evening when the Portugueſe arrived off this river; thatGama was honoured with the company of four of the principal Chiefs at an entertainment hegave on board, and on taking leave prefented each with a robe of Silk. Oforius alfo adds,that one of the natives fpoke Arabic very imperfectly; and that Gama left two of his Convictsto refide in that part of Africa, to which he gave the name of S. RAFAEL.RIO DOS BOS SINAE S. 441Emmanuel.beit all naked they came neere and entered into our Shippes without Ch. III. § 2 .feare, in fuch forte as though they had ben of long acquaintance.They were very well receiued of our people: the Captaine generall commaunded the fame, and alſo that there ſhould be giuen'unto them certeine little Bels, and other things; and he talked withthem by Signes, for they did not vnderſtand any of Martim Afonfohis languages, nor any other Interpretour. After this their goodinterteinment they departed; and, as it ſeemed, well liking of thefame they and many others afterward returned in their Boates toour Shippes, bringing ſuch victuals as their countrie yeeldeth: theyhaue in their lips three holes, and in euery hole a peece of tinne,which they eſteeme as a thing very gallant and gaye. They tookewith them certeine of our men to make merrie at a countrie Townethere neere hand, and where they fet Water for our Shippes." After the three daies ſpace that our Generall was in thatRiuer, there came of curtefie two noble men of that Countrie toviſit him in their boates; whoſe apparell was none other then of thereſt, ſauing that their lynnen aprons were farre greater then thoſethe common forte uſed, and one of them wore upon his head a tuckeor kerchiefe wrought with filke, and the other had a night cap ofgreene s fatten. The Captaine generall feeing thoſe men fomewhat addicted to cleanlineffe, was verie glad thereof; receiued themin curteous manner, and commaunded to giue them meate; andmoreover he gave them apparell and certeine other things: but itappeared by their countinaunces they ſmallye or nothing at allefteemedDeFaria y Soufa in his Narrative differs in fome refpects from Caflanbeda, and fays," That the people of this River were not fo black as the other Africans, and underſtoodArabic; that the Portugueſe judged them to be more civilized from the habit they wore, confifting of divers forts of Stuffs both Cotton and Silk, of feveral Colours. According to theinformation of the Natives, to the eastward lived White People who failed in Ships refembling the Portugueſe."VOL. I. 3 L442 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.January,February,1498.BOOK efteemed thereof. Howbeit while they remained in our Shippes,1. the Generall perceiued by tokens and figns, which a young manthat came with them then fhewed, that their Countrie was farre ofthence, and that they had feene as great Shippes as ours were;wherof he greatly rejoyfed and all our people in like manner, asthen verely hoping, and thereby coniecturing, that the Indias wereneere to that place. Which their hope and coniecture was alfofarre the more augmented and confirmed; for that after thoſe noblemen were gone to Shore, they fent to the Fleete cloth to fell whichwas made of cotten, upon which alſo were certeine marks of Okar:in reſpect of which good newes and intelligence heere found, andlikely to enfue, the Captaine generall gave to this Riuer the nameof Ho Rio dos bōs finaes, the Riuer of Good Signs, and cauſedthere a Pillar to be erected, calling the fame according to the Shippewherein he went that Voiage." Foraſmuch as he perceiued by the fignes of the young man,that thoſe noble men inhabited a countrie farre thence, and thatthey had feene Shippes as greate as ours; he thereby and uponother coniectures gathered, that their Countrie was neere to theIndias: and fo confequently that the Indias was farre off from thatRiuer where our Shippes then lay. Wherefore confulting hereof,it was by him and the other Captaines then determined upon, thatall the Shippes ſhould be brought on ground; which determination was executed accordinglye, and the fame Shippes repaired,dreſſed , and trimmed, in all points needfull and neceffarie. In doingwhereof they ſpent two and thirtie daies. In which time our menfufteinedIt is a Circumſtance particularly noticed by the Hiſtorians, that from St. Helena to this placeno veftige of Navigation, no fort of Embarkation had been feen. But here, upon the morning after their arrival, they were vifited by the Natives, in Boats, which had Sails made ofthePalm. The expreffion is not clear, but intimates Cloth made of fibres of the Coco Palm. Itis worthy of notice that Caftaneda mentions Boats here, but nothing of Sails until they approached Mofambique. (Dr. Vincent's Periplus, page 213. )1RIO DOS BOS SINAES.443manyEmmanuel.fufteined great troubles, and torments of minde, by occafion of a Ch. III. § 2.Sickneffe which was thought to growe by meanes of the aire; forthe hands and feete of many of them, and alfo their gums, in fuchforte did fwell that they could not eate. With this peftilent Infection, and Sickneffe, our men were greatly diſcomfited, andof them dyed thereof; which alſo put the refte of the companie ingreate " feare and perplexitie of minde. -Yea, and further wouldhaue increaſed and aggrauated their griefes of bodye, and forrowes, were it not, that one DA GAMA, a Man ofgood natureand condition, had takenfpeciall care and vfedgreate dilligence, for therecouerye oftheir healths, and putting them in comfort: Who continually vifited the ficke, and liberally departed vnto them fuch wholefomeand medicinable things, as for his owne bodye hee had prouided andcarried with him. Through whofe good counfell giuen, great painestaken, andfranke diftribution of that he had, many of our men recoueredwhich would otherwiſe haue died, and all the reft thereby weregreatlyrecomforted."When it is remembered that Camoens compofed his Lufiadaspartly on the Atlantic, and partly on the Indian Ocean, the followingpaffa*ges impart additional intereſt:12X" Now dawn'd the facred Morn, when from the EaſtThree Kings the Holy cradled Babe addreft,And hail'd him KING OF HEAVEN: That feftive dayWe drop our anchors in an opening Bay;The River from the Sacred day we name,And Stores, the wandering Seaman's right, we claim.

"

NowThey afterwards found, fays De Barros, that it proceeded from eating Salt Provifions, anddamaged Biſcuit-queprocedía das carnes, pefcado falgado, et Biſcouto corrompido de tanto tempo.(Ibid. cap. 3. )

  • Mickle's Lufiad, vol. 2. book 5. (P. 78-83. )

3 L.2444 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.BOOK1.January,February,1498." Nowthe fweet waters of the Stream we leave,And the falt waves our gliding Prows receive.Here to the left , between the bending Shores,Torn by the Winds the whirling billow roars,And boiling raves againſt the founding CoaſtWhofe Mines of Gold Sofula's merchants boaſt:Full to the Gulph the fhowery South-Winds howl,Aflant againſt the Wind our Veſſels rowl.Far from the land, wide o'er the ocean driven,Our helms refigning to the care of Heaven,By Hope and Fear's keen paffions toft, we roam;When our glad eyes beheld the furges foamAgainſt the beacon's of a cultured Bay,Where Sloops and Barges cut the watery way.The River's opening breaft fome upward ply'd,And fome came gliding down the ſweepy Tide.Quick throbs of tranfport heaved in every heartTo view the knowledge of the Seaman's Art;For here we hoped our ardent wiſh to gain,To hear of India's ſtrand, nor hoped in vain.Though Ethiopia's fable hue they boreNo look of wild furpriſe the Natives wore:Wide o'er their heads the cotton turban fwell'd,And cloth of blue the decent loins conceal'd.Their Speech, though rude and diffonant of found,Their Speech a mixture of Arabian own'd.FERNANDO, ſkill'd in all the copious ſtoreOf fair Arabia's fpeech and flowery lore,In joyful converſe heard the pleaſing Tale;" That o'er theſe Seas full oft the frequent Sail,And lordly Veffels tall as ours appear'd,Which to the Regions of the Morning ſteer'd;WhofeILLUSTRATION OF THE JOURNAL BY CAMOENS.Whoſe cheerful Crews, refembling ours, diſplayThe kindred face and colour of the day. "Elate with joy we raife the glad acclaim,And RIVER OF GOOD SIGNS the Port we name." Our Keels, that now had ſteer'd through many a Clime,By ſhell-fish roughen'd, and incafed with flime,Joyful we clean; while bleating from the fieldThe fleecy dams the fmiling Natives yield.But while each face an honeft welcome fhews,And big with ſprightly Hope each bofom glows;Alas! how vain the bloom of human joy!How foon the blaſts of woe that bloom deſtroy!A dread Diſeaſe its rankling horrors fhed,And Death's dire ravage through mine army ſpread.Never mine eyes fuch dreary fight beheld,Ghaftly the mouth and gums enormous fwell'd;And inftant, putrid like a dead man's wound,Poifon'd with fœtid fteams the air around.Noy This River is the ZAMBEZE, which is navigable for two hundred leagues up to Sucumba(Reffende, p. 80. ), and penetrates into the interior of Benomotopa. It falls into the Sea througha variety of Mouths, between latitude 19° and 18° ſouth, which are known in our modernCharts as the Rivers of Cuamo and Quilimanè, from a Fort of that name upon the northernBranch. - I cannot aſcertain which mouth of the ZAMBEZÈ Gama anchored in. I fuppofe itto be the largeft which is that moſt to the north, as Reffende places the River of Good Signs inlatitude 17° 50' 0". P. Lobo calls Quilimanè the River of Good Signs. I find nothing inCaftaneda, or Faria, to mark the extent of Gama's knowledge at this place, but as he had thecorrected Chart of Covilham on board, in which Sofala was marked as the limit ofhis Progrefs;if that Chart was furniſhed with the latitude, Gama muſt have known that he had now paffedthe Barrier, and that the Diſcovery was aſcertained . The moft Southern branch of the ZAMBEZÈ is two degrees to the North of Sofala. He muft likewife know that the Directionsgiven by Covilham were to enquire for Sofala and the Iſland ofthe moon; which is an Arabicname, and occurs in Al Edriffi. ( Dr. Vincent's Periplus, p. 214. ) The Country which Dr.Vincent ftyles Bonomotapa, is perhaps more properly Mocaranga. The largeſt of the Mouthsof the ZAMBEZÈ is that to the South: Dr. Vincent was misled by Refende. The Zambezèfrom the Cataracts, to its mouth, makes a Courſe of not more than 130 leagues. The oldNavigators always reckoned the diſtance too great when aſcending Rivers, and made it asmuch too ſhort when they followed the river's Courſe.445Ch. III. § 2.Emmanuel.1446 . PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.BOOKI.February,1498.No fa*ge Phyſician's ever watchful zeal,No ſkilful Surgeon's gentle hand to heal,Were found: each dreary mournful hour we gaveSome brave Companion to a foreign grave:A Grave, the awful gift of every Shore!Alaſs! what weary Toils with us they bore!Long, long endear'd by fellowſhip in woe,O'er their cold duft we give the tears to flow;And in their hapleſs lot forbode our own,A foreign burial, and a Grave unknown. "ZBut befide the diſtreſs our Navigators thus experienced from theſeravages of the fcurvy, two events occurred, which had nearlyfruftrated all their hopes. De Barros informs us, that Gamabeing alongſide of his brother Paulo's veſſel in a boat, and havinghold of the chains in order to ſpeak to Paulo, the force of thecurrent was fo great, as to carry the boat from under him and hismen: but immediate affiftance being given, they were all providentially faved. After this, as the fquadron paffed the Bar at themouth of the Rio de bons finaes, Paulo's fhip grounded on a fandbank, and for a time was given up as loft; the returning flood however relieved them from fo perilous a fituation, and the ſhip totheir inexpreffible joy was again afloat.The fifth Chapter of Caſtanheda gives an account, how the Captaine generall with all his Fleete came to the ILHA MOÇABIQUE:" The Fleete beeing furniſhed and prouided of all things neceffarie,the Captaine generall then mindfull of his Voiage, departed thenceupon Saturdaye, the twenty-fourth daie of Februarie; and the famedaie and all the night following, for that he was incalmed, and toauoide the Shore, made way into the Sea. Upon Sundaye, byeuenſong time, our men difcried three Iſlands a ſeaboord, all of thembeeingz Ibid. Liv. 4. cap. 3.COAST OF MOÇAMBIQUE. 447Emmanuel.beeing but finall; they were diftant one from another foure leagues. Ch. III. § 2.Two of them were repleniſhed with great woods, and the thirdwas plaine. To arriue to theſe Ilands the Generall was not willing,for that he fawe no caufe to occafion the fame; and therefore heftill kept the Sea, ftaieng and comming to an ankor alwaies as thenight approched; which manner of courſe he continued the ſpaceof fixe daies. And upon the Thurſdaye being the first daie ofMarch, towards euening, our men came within fight of a foureIlands; whereof two were neere the Shore, and the other two afeaa De Barros ( Ibid. ) mentions a Pillar being placed by Gama on theſe Iſlands, and dedicated to St. George, who gave a name to them. Neftes Ilheos os quaes ora fe chamam de S.Forge por caufa de hum Padr o defte nome, que Vafco da Gama nelles poz. Of this Coaſt, asalready obferved, Geographers know but little. It was at one time the intention of Government that Sir Home, then Captain Popham, fhould be fent to furvey it, but the defign wasgiven up. The late Commodore Blanket remained on this ftation, during the laſt war, for aconfiderable time, and from his Journal much may be expected. Some drawings of the Coafthave in confequence been made for the Charts which are preparing at the Admiralty. Probably alſo information may be gleaned from that maſs of geographical information, which upwards of twenty years ago was procured on the Continent, and lodged in the Britiſh Muſeum;where it will now be foon arranged for the inſpection of the curious. D'Apres informs us, thatall the Coaſt of Africa, from Pate to the Equinoctial Line, is lined by a Cluſter of Iflets, whencefhoals extend themſelves to the diſtance of a league. Thefe Iflets form a double Shore; andare taken for the Coaſt itſelf, when their feparation is not diſcerned: in ſome places they lie ata league's diſtance from the Continent; the boats of the country are continually plying toand fro in the intermediate channel. Oppofite to the Iſland of Moçambique, and about aquarter of a league at Sea, D'Apres deſcribes two fmall low Iflands, with fome clumps oftrees. They are furrounded with Reefs, and lie north north-eaſt and fouth ſouth-weft fromeach other. The northernmoft is ftill called St. George, the other has the name of St. Jago.A plan of Fort Moçambique is given in Faria, and a view of its Coaft by Herbert, both ofwhich are inferted in Aftley. Another defcription occurs in a map of the eaſtern coaſt ofAfrica, with all the principal harbours, drawn on a large fcale and publiſhed by John Texeirathe Queen's Cofmographer at Liſbon, in the year 1649. This curious Map is inferted inthe first volume of M. Thevenot's Collection of Voyages. The lateſt, and moſt accurate delineation of Moçambique Bay, is in a MS. chart, which Mr. Arrowſmith has communicatedfor the fubfequent volume of this work.In Linfchoten's Voyage the nautical antiquarian will alſo find two repreſentations of the Bayof Moçambique, but without any foundings marked, as in the above Map. See chap . 4where an excellent deſcription is given both of the Iſland and adjacent Coaft. Linschotenmentions Moçambique as a town in the Iſland of Prafio.448PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.March,1498.bBOOK feaboord; and for that they would not that Night fall in with I. them, they ſtill kept the fea, minding to paffe between, as indeede they did. Wherevpon the Captaine generall commaundedNiculao Coelho, by reaſon his Shippe was leffe than the others,ſhould go first; and fo going upon the Fridaye within a certeinHarbour which was betweene the maine Land, and one of theIlands, the faid Niculao miffed the channell and ranne on ground.Which daunger when our other Shippes fawe, they did caft thenabout, and went backe; and as they were returned, they perceiuedcomming out of that Ilande ſeven or eight little boates under faile,being diſtant from Niculao Coelho a good league. At fight of thoſeBoates comming towards them, Niculao Coelho and thoſe with himtooke great pleaſure, and for Joy gaue a great crye: at their repaireto them, Coelho and they went to the Generall, and faluted him; towhom the fame Coelho fayd, How fay you, Sir? beere is an otherkinde of People! Wherevnto the Generall anfwered, that hee wasvery glad of that good fortune, and therewith commaunded to letthem go afeaboord with their Boates; for that his meaning was tobeare with them to that Ilande from whence they came, and there tocome to an ankor: ofpurpoſe to understand what Lande that was,and whether amongeft thofe people he might heare or haue anyenewes or certeine intelligence of the Indias. Yet notwithſtandingthe General's commandement, they in their boates followed ourShippes; alwaies making fignes, and calling to our men therein, toſtay and tarrie for them. Wherefore the Captaine generall, withthe other Captaines, came to an ankor, and ſo they in their Boatesapproached neere, and came to our Fleete.66 By view of their perfons it appeared they were men of a goodftature, and fomewhat blacke. They were apparelled in cloth ofCotten,It is upon the approach to the Port of Mofambique that Caftaneda first mentions Boatsfurnished with SAILS. ( Dr. Vincent, Periplus, p. 217. )MOÇAMBIQUE. 449Emmanuel.Cotten, welted with fundry colours, fome girdeled unto their Ch. III. § 2 .knees, and others carried the fame upon their fhoulders as cloaks;and upon their heads they weare a certeine kinde of tucks or kerchiefe fomewhat wrought with Silke and gold thrid: they haveSwoords and Daggers as the Moores doe uſe them; in their Boatesthey brought with them their inſtruments called Sagbuts. Theſemen being thus come to our Shippes, they forthwith came a boordthe fame with great opinion of affuraunce, even as though they hadknowne our men a long time, and immediatlye began to be conuerfant, and very familiar with them; vfing their ſpeaches whichthey vttered in the language of Algarauia (Arabic) and would notbe knowne they were Moores. The General commaunded to giuethem meat; and being afked by one d Fernão Alvares, who could -fpeake the language, what Land that was, they anſwered, that it upperteined to a great king. The Iland was called Moçãbique; and thetown therefull of Merchantes, which haue trafficke with the Mooresof the Indias, who bring thether Siluer, Linnen Cloth, Pepper, Ginger,Siluer ringes, many Pearles, and Rubie Stones; and, that out of another Countrie, which remained behinde, they doe bring them Golde.Declaring further that ifour men would enter into the Harbour, theywould bring them thether, and they ſhould perceive and fee the truth,сandBARROS fays, Chegados eftes barcos ao navio de Vafco da Gama, levantou-fe, hum daquelleshomens bem veftidos, e começou per Aravigo perguntar que gente era, e o que buscavam? (Ibid. )d Or according to BARROS Fernão Martins.JUAN DOS SANTOS, in his Voyage publiſhed by Le Grande, and quoted by Bruce (vol. 1.p. 435. ) fays, that, " he landed at Sofala in the year 1586; that he failed up the great River Cuama as far as Tetè; where, always defirous to be in the neighbourhood of Gold, hisOrder had placed their Convent. Thence he penetrated for above two hundred leagues intothe Country, and ſaw the Gold Mines then working, at a mountain called Afura. At a confiderable diſtance from theſe are the Silver Mines of Chicoua; at both places there is greatappearance of ancient excavations, and at both places the houſes of the Kings are built withmud and ftraw, whilft there are large remains of maffy buildings of Stone and Lime."VOL. I. 3 M450 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.BOOK and more at large, touching those thinges they then gaue informa1. tion of.March,1498 .1" The Generall hearing this, entered into counſell with the otherCaptaines debating the matter thereof; and argued whether it weregood to enter the Harbour, and ſee if thoſe things were of truth,which thoſe Moores had imparted to them; and alſo there to takefome Pilottes to carrye them further, fince they were nowe deſtituteof fuch. Upon which Confultation it was there determined, that Niculao Coelho fhuld firſt make an aſſay for enterance and founding ofthe Barre, by reafon his Shippe was the leaft of the fleete; whichaccordingly he forthwith did. And fo going to enter, he went andtouched the Point of the Iland, and therewith brake his Helme:howbeit through God his goodneffe, he perifhed not there, althoughhe was in great daunger; for as he went upon the Point unwares,ſo with quicke ſpeede and good fortune he gote offthe fame. Neuertheleffe he found that the Barre was good to enter, and thereforehe came to an ankor two crofs bow fhot from the Towne fcituatedin that Iland, which is in fifteen degrees towards the ſouth. It hatha very good Harbour, and alfo great plentie of the victuals of thatCountrie. The houſes of that Towne be made of ftrawe, and thedwellers therein are Moores, which trade to Sofala in great ShippesthatAgood account of the Town or City of Moçambique, is inferted in the Journal of theDutch Pilot Verheoven.Thefe Moors fo often mentioned by the Portugueſe Navigators, were, as Bruce informsus, (vol. 2. p. 10. ) Merchants who had been expelled from Spain by Ferdinand and Iſabella:they accordingly fixed their refidence firft on the Weflern Coaſt of Africa, where being joinedby either freſh exiles from Spain, or mingling with the inhabitants ofMorrocco, they extendedthemſelves Eastward, and formed fettlements in Arabia; until the great oppreffions that followed the conqueft of that country, and Egypt, under Selim and Soliman, interrupted theirtrade, and ſcattered them along the Coaft of Abyffinia. Thefe are the Moors which Gama ſooften met with both during his Voyage, and on his arrival in India. They had no profeffionbut Trade, in every fpecies of which they greatly excelled.- Dr. Watfon quotes a paffa*ge fromAnderfon, to prove, that about the year 1150, the Moors of Spain first introduced the Art ofDiſtillery into the weft of Europe, they having learned it from the African Moors, who had itfrom the Egyptians.SKILL OF THEIR NAVIGATORS.451hEmmanuel.that haue no deckes nor nailes, but are " fowed with cayro (cocoa Ch. III. § 2.fibres) and their Sailes are of mats made of the leafe of a Palme tree.Some ofthem do carrie with them Compaffes ofGeane, by which theydoeThis curious paffa*ge in the original, is as follows: Pousada de Mouros que tratavan dalipera Çofala em grandes Naos, e fem cuberta në pregadura, cofidas con Çayro: e as Velas erão defleiras'd palma: e alguas trazião Agulhas genuifcas porque fe região por quadrītes, e Cartas de marear.( Caftanheda, tom. 1. cap . 5. p. 12. )1 Probably in confequence of this paTage, M. Robert de Vaugondy in his Eaifur l'hiftoirede la Geographie, 1755, when giving a rapid fketch of the Portuguese Difcoveries (p. 74. ) obſerves. Les habitants de la Riviere des bons Signes avoient l'ufa*ge de L'Aimant, avant qu'il futconnu chez les Européens. The Italians have a fingular term for l'aimant, or the loadflone, viz.CALAMITA. BARROS does not notice the Nautical Inftruments in uſe among the Moors, untilthe arrival of the ſhips at Melinda. Oforius ( page 35. ) gives a very particular account of theMoorish Compafs, and alfo mentions Quadrants, not Afrolobe. The whole ofthis curious paffa*ge is well worthy of the reader's attention; and as its value confiſts in the exprefs terms uſedby Oforius, it is given in the original ." Utebantur in navigando Normis Naviculariis, quas nautæ Acus appellant. Quarumformampropter eos, qui à maritimis regionibus femoti funt, haud alienum arbitror explicare."Vafculum eft à ligno factum, planum atque rotundum, altitudine duorum aut trium digitoIn medio habet ftylum prefixum in fummo præacutum, aliquanto breviorem, quàm fitvafculi ipfius altitudo . Regula deinde è ferro folertiffime facta, tenuis et angufta ad vafculimodum dimenfa, ita tamen ut diametri ipfius vafculi longitudinem non exæquet, inducitur.Styli vero cufpis per medium hujus regulæ, quod eft inferius excavatum, et faftigiatum fuperius, immiffa, ita eam fufpenfam, paribufque momentis libratam continet, ut utrinque angulospares efficiat. Operculo deinde vitreo ænea virgula circundata firmato, ne poffit regula excuti,et aliqua ex parte labare, contegitur. Cùm verò Magnetis ea natura fit, ut non modo ferrumad fe trahat, verùm etiam una illius pars ad Septentriones afpiret, altera in Auftrum propendeat, naturámque fuam cum ferro communicet, efficitur, ut cùm regulæ hujus caput ad eammagnetis partem, quæ fpectat ad Septentriones, applicatum, attritúque illius exterfum fuerit ,eandem in ſe vim concipiat: et cum ita fufpenfa extiterit, ut mobiliter in varias partes impellipoffit, femper in Septentriones infita propenfione referatur. Sic autem fiebat, ut Nautæ hocinftrumento moniti, quanvis in profundo pelago verfarentur, et cœlum effet nubilum et caliginoſum, poſſent tamen ad Septentrionis rationem curfum dirigere. Hanc autem regulam, quiaad acus fimilitudinem proxime accedebat, Acum Naviculariam appellabant. Deinde cum facillimum fit humanis ingeniis, addere femper aliquid ad ea, quæ funt folerter inventa, aliamnormæ rationem excogitarunt, qua poffent exactius, quem curfum in navigando tenerent, ratione perfpicere. E virgulis enim ferreis figuram efficiunt lateribus paribus, angulis imparibus,in rhombi fpeciem deformatam. Huic unam ex parte fuperiore, alteram ex inferiore chartamorbiculatam adglutinant. Magnetis autem adjuncta vi, fic figuram hanc temperant, ut unus extacutis angulis Septentrionem, alter ad Occafum fpeétet. Diametri autem orbis hujus longitudofiguræ longitudinem non excedit . Habet autem orbis hic in medio æneum umbilicum affixum,ad eam formam factum, qua diximus regule medium fabricatum fuiffe .3 M 2"Per452 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.1.BOOK doe gouerne, and they be ſquare, they haue alfo Seacards. With theſeMoores, the Moores of Indias haue traficke, and with thofe from theRed Sea, by reafon ofthe Golde they haue there.March,1498." When they fawe our men, they ſuppoſed them to bee Turks;by reafon ofthe knowledge they had of the Turks Countrie, throughintelligence of the Moores which dwel in the Red Sea. They whichwere first in our Shippes went and tolde their XEQUE; for fo theycall him alwaies that is gouernour of the towne, which was therefor the king of Quiloa, vnder whoſe obeiſance this Iland was. '""The Narrative of GAMA's Voyage in Camoens being detached,and only occafionally introduced according to the rules of theepopee; it may be defireable to many readers to confider theſepaffa*ges"Per umbilicum illud igitur ftyli cufpis immiffa, orbem hunc fufpenfum continet, qui nonmodò regula illius, de qua diximus, vice fungitur, fed omnes ventorum regiones, quorum flatibus navis impellitur, in confpectu proponit. In charta námque fuperiore Septentrio, etAufter, et Oriens, et Occidens, et interjectæ inter hos terminos regiones exactiffime defcribuntur. Norma ad hunc modum conftituta, hoc reftabat incommodi, quòd opus erat, quotiesNavis fluctibus agitata, ut fieri neceffe eft, in puppim, aut proram, aut in alterutrum latus inclinaret, ut illa in profundo fubfidens adhærefceret, neque motu libero in Septentriones dirigipoffet. Ne autem hoc eveniret, fuit folertiffime excogitatum. Nam vas ipſum paulo infralabrum circulo æneo arctè conftrigitur. Utrinque autem ab eo circulo virgula calybea ducta,in foramen alterius circuli majoris et exterioris, modico intervallo ab interiore diftantis, immittitur."Virgulæ vero binæ ita funt æquales et oppofitæ, ut fi ex utraque una et perpetua fieret, circularis illius fpatii diametrum contineret . Exterior autem circulus circa duas illas virgulasquafi circum axem verfatur. Rurfus ab exteriore circulo aliæ binæ virgulæ pari intervalload ambitum alveoli cujufdam orbiculati, intra quem hæc machinatio continetur, fimili rationeperduc*ntur.“ Ita funt autem hæ virgula exteriores interioribus ex adverfo conftitutæ, ut fi duæ tantùmex illis quatuor directæ fierent , fe fe ad angulos rectos interfecarent. Cùm vero machinatio exinferiore parte ænea et ponderofa fit, neque fundum attingat ullum, ita undique pellitur, utmedium locum teneat. Et cum penfilis et mobilis exiftat, pondere fuo nixa ca ratione confiftit,ut quanvis maximi fluctus navem jactent, ipfa femper ad libellam directa permaneat. Sic autemfit , ut nihil interveniat, quod normam ab co motu, quo in Septentriones fertur, impedire queat.His Normis folebant uti jam illo tempore Arabes illi , et Chartis præterea, quibus maritimarumregionum fitus, fecundum defcriptas in illis lineas, exploratè cognofcerent. Quadrantibusetiam , folis varias converfiones, et quantum quæque regio ab æquinoctiali circulo diftaret,obfervabant. Tam multis denique erant ad navigandum artibus inſtructi, ut non multum Lufitanis nautis de rerum maritimarum fcientia et ufu concederent."ILLUSTRATION BY CAMOENS. 453Emmanuel.paffa*ges as connected in the prefent fection: the following con- Ch. III. § 2.tains the ſubſtance of the fixth chapter of Caftanheda.of . How theCaptaine generall entered into the Harbour ofMoçãbique, and how thegouernour there came to visit him at his Shippes, making peace withhim, andgaue him two Pilottes to carry him to Calicut, verelyfuppofingourpeople to be Turkes."6Right on they ſteer by Ethiopia's ftrand kAnd paftoral Madagafcar's verdant Land.Before the balmy gales of cheerful Spring,With Heav'n their friend, they ſpread the canvas wing.Behind them now the Cape of¹ Prafo bends,Another Ocean to their view extends,Where

  • Called by the Portugueſe the Iſland of St. Lawrence, on whofe feftival they difcovered it.

(Mickle. ) Gama ſeems not to have noticed it.1 Ptolemy, with whom probably all the Portugueſe Pilots of Gama's Age were acquainted,places Prafum in fouth latitude 15° 30′ 0″ , and it is from this Latitude of 15° fouth that the earlyPortugueſe univerfally affume Moſambique for Prafum. -Where Prafum is to be placed is an object worthy of inquiry, if there were Data fufficient to determine it, as it is the final Limit ofAncient Discovery to the South. I can point out no fitter pofition for it than Moſambique.-One farther Obſervation is all that remains in this part of my difcuffion, which is, the pecu.liarity that Prafum fignifying green, fhould point out a Green Cape for the termination of Ancient Knowledge on the Eastern fide of the vaſt Continent of Africa; while another GreenCape, Cape Verde, fhould have been for many years the boundary of Modern Navigation onthe Weſtern fide. If I am not miſtaken, Cape Verde has its name from its verdant appearancewhen firſt ſeen by the Portuguefe; otherwiſe it might have been thought, that thoſe who firſtreached it had annihilated the Great Triangle like Juba, and Pliny, and thought they hadarrived at the Green Cape of the Ancients. (Igarov, fignifies a Leek, but it is alſo uſed for aSea Weed of the fame colour, and may poffibly allude to fuch Weeds found in this Sea. ) —This will not appear an idle obſervation to thoſe who are converfant with the Ancient Geographers; and who know that they found a Weflern Horn and Cernè on both fides the Continent, and a Thulè from the Orkneys to the Pole. But there is another view in mentioningit, which is, that ſome future Navigator, with this clue to direct him, may, when he is goingup the Mofambique Paffa*ge, ftill find ſome characteriſtic greennefs, either in the colour of theSea, or on the Continent which may enable him to point out the Prafum of the Ancients.This is a point I cannot aſcertain to my own fatisfaction, but it cannot be farther South thanCorrientes, nor farther North than Quiloa, or the Zanguebar Iſlands. Engliſh ſhips generallyleave the Coaſt before they are ſo far North, but accident may carry ſome curious obferver tothe ſpot, which he may recognize, by knowing previouſly where he is to fearch, and what heis to fearch for. (DR. VINCENT's Periplus, p. 164-189. )454 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.•BOOKI.1498.Where black-topp'd Iſlands to their longing eyesLav'd by the gentle waves in profpect riſe.But GAMA, Captain of the vent'rous band,Of bold emprize, and born for high command,Bears off thoſe Shores which waſte and wild appear'd,And Eaſtward ſtill for happier Climates ſteer'd:When gathering round and blackening o'er the Tide,A fleet of war Canoes the Pilot fpied;Hoifting their Sails of palm- tree leaves, inwoveWith curious art, a fwarming crowd they move:Long were their Boats, and ſharp to paſs alongThrough the dafh'd waters, broad their Oars and ſtrong.Their Garb, difcover'd as approaching nigh,Was cotton ftrip'd with many a gaudy dye:'Twas one whole piece; beneath one arm, confin'd,The reft hung looſe and flutter'd on the wind;All, but one breaſt, above the loins was bare,And ſwelling turbans bound their jetty hair:Their Arms were bearded darts, and faulchions broad,And warlike Muſic founded as they row'd.With joy the Sailors faw the Boats draw near,With joy beheld the human face appear .....And now with hands, and kerchiefs wav'd in air,The barb'rous Race their friendly mind declare.Glad were the Crew, and ween'd that happy dayShould end their dangers and their toils repay.The lofty Mafts the nimble youths afcend,The Ropes they haul, and o'er the Yard-Arms bendAnd now their Bowfprits pointing to the ſhore,(Afafe moon'd " Bay, ) with flacken'd Sails they bore:

WithCaerden fays that the Bay of Moçambique has feldom lefs than eight or ten fathom water,which is fo clear that every Bank, Rock, and Shallow may eafily be difcovered.ILLUSTRATION BY CAMOENS.455With cheerful ſhouts they furl the gather'd SailThat lefs and leſs flaps quivering on the gale;The Prows, their ſpeed ſtopp'd, o'er the furges nod,The falling Anchors daſh the foaming flood.." From fartheft Weft, the Lufian race reply,To reach the golden Eaſtern ſhores we try;Through that unbounded Sea, whoſe billows rollFrom the cold Northern to the Southern pole;And by the wide extent, the dreary vaſtOf Afric's Bays already have we paft;And many a Sky have ſeen, and many a Shore,Where but Sea-Monſters cut the waves before.To ſpread the glories of our Monarch's reign,For India's Shore we brave the tracklefs Main,Our glorious toil; and at his nod would braveThe diſmal gulphs of Acheron's black wave.And now, in turn, your Race, your Country tell,If on your lips fair Truth delights to dwell;To us, unconſcious of the falfehood, fhewWhat of thefe Seas, and Indias ſite, you know." Rude are the Natives here, the Moor reply'd,Dark are their minds, and brute-defire their guide:But we, of alien blood and Strangers here,Nor hold their cuſtoms nor their laws revere.From Abram's Race our holy Prophet ſprung,An Angel taught, and heaven inſpir'd his tongue;;His facred Rites and mandates we obey,And diftant Empires own his holy ſway.From Ifle, to Ifle, our trading Veffels roam;MOZAMBIC's Harbour our commodious home..If then your Sails for Indias fhores expand,For fultry Ganges, or Hydafpes' Strand;Here fhall you find a Pilot ſkill'd to guideThrough all the dangers of the per❜lous Tide,ThoughCh. III. § 2.Emmanuel.456PROGRESSOFDISCOVERY.BOOK1498.1.Though wide ſpread Shelves and cruel Rocks unfeen,Lurk in the way, and Whirlpools rage between.Accept, mean while, what Fruits theſe Iſlands hold,And to the Regent let your wish be told.Then may your Mates the needful Stores provide,And all your various wants be here ſupplied." So fpake the Moor, and bearing fmiles untrue,And ſigns of Friendſhip, with his bands withdrew.O'erpower'd with joy unhoped the Sailors ftood,To find fuch kindneſs on a Shore ſo rude." Now cafting o'er the Flood his fervid blaze,The red-brow'd Sun withdraws his beamy Rays;Safe in the Bay the Crew forget their cares,And peaceful reft their wearied ſtrength repairs.Calm Twilight now his drowſy mantle ſpreads,And ſhade on ſhade, the gloom ftill deepening fheds.The Moon, full orb'd, forfakes her watery cave,And lifts her lovely head above the wave.The fnowy fplendors of her modeſt RayStream o'er the glistening Waves, and quivering play .The Canvas whitens in the filvery Beam,And with a mild pale red the Pendants gleam:The Mafts' tall fhadows tremble o'er the Deep;The peaceful Winds an holy filence keep;The Watchman's carol echoed from the prows,Alone, at times, awakes the ſtill repofe." The Sun comes forth! and foon the joyful CrewEach aiding each, their joyful taſks purſue:Wide o'er the Decks the ſpreading Sails they throw,From each tall maft the waving Steamers flow;All ſeems a feſtive Holiday on boardTo welcome to the Fleet the Iſland's Lord.With equal joy the Regent fails to meet,And brings freſh Cates, his offerings, to the Fleet:2 ForILLUSTRATION BY CAMOENS. 457nFor of his kindred Race their line he deems. ...Brave Vafco hails the Chief with honeſt ſmiles,And " gift for gift with liberal hand he piles.His Gifts, the boaſt of Europe's Arts difclofe,And ſparkling red the Wine of Tagus flows.High on the ſhrouds the wondering Sailors hung,To note the Moorish garb, and barbarous tongue:Nor leſs the fubtle Moor, with wonder fired,Their mien, their drefs, and lordly Ships admired:Much he enquires, their King's, their Country's name,And, if from Turkey's fertile fhores they came?What God they worſhipp'd, what their facred Lore,What arms they wielded, and what armour wore?To whom brave GAMA; Nor of Hagar's bloodAm I, nor plow from Izmael's fhores the flood;From Europe's ftrand I trace the foamy way,To find the Regions of the infant day.The God we worſhipſtretch'd yon heaven's high bow,Andgave thefefwelling Waves to roll below;The hemifpheres ofNight and Day heſpread,Hefcoop'd eachVale, and rear'd each Mountain's head:His Wordproduced the Nations ofthe earth,Andgave thefpirits of the Sky their birth.On earth, by Him, his Holy Lore was given,On earth He came to raise mankind to Heaven.-And now behold what most your eyes defire,Ourfhining Armour, and our Arms ofFire." Straight as he ſpoke the Warlike Stores diſplay'dTheir glorious fhew; where, tire on tire inlaid,Appear'dCaftanheda fays, that Gama's preſents confifted of Red Hats, fort Gowns, Coral, brafenBafons, and fmall Hawk Bells; all of these were flighted by the governor, who begged to haveScarlet Cloth. Oforius adds, that the Xeque's name was Zacoëia, ( page 37. ) de Barros Cacoeja;that his Cloaths were richly embroidered, and his fword ornamented with diamonds .VOL. I. 3 NCh. III. § 2.Emmanuel.1458PROGRESSOFDISCOVERY.BOOK1.1498.Appear'd of glittering fteel the Carabines,There the plumed Helms, and ponderous Brigandines;O'er the broad Bucklers fculptur'd Orbs emboſt,The crooked Faulchions dreadful blades were croft:Here claſping Greaves, and plated Mail- Quilts ſtrong,The Long-Bows here, and rattling Quivers hung;And like a grove the burnifh'd Spears were ſeen,With Darts, and Halberts double- edged between;And far around of brown, and dufky red,The pointed piles of iron Balls were ſpread.The Bombadeers, now to the Regent's viewThe thundering Mortars and the Cannon drew ..." His joy and wonder oft the Moor expreſt,But rankling hate lay brooding in his breaſt;With Smiles obedient to his will's controul,He veils the purpoſe of his treacherous foul.For Pilots confcious of the Indian Strand,Brave VASCO fues; and bids the Moor commandWhat bounteous gifts fhall recompenfe their Toils;The Moor prevents him with affenting fmiles,Refolved that deeds of death, not words of air,Shall firft the Hatred of his foul declare."PоThe Iſland of MOÇAMBIQUE, which is not above a league in circumference, is deſcribed by Barros, as confifting of a low andfwampy country: the original Settlers were Moors, who had arrivedin the Ships that paffed from Quiloa and Sofala. It was afterwards much reforted to by the Portugueſe Indiamen as a winterftation, and became the key of the Eaft Indies to their merchants.The Dutch made many attempts to obtain this Iſland, particularly in1606, when Paul Van Caerden befieged it with a fleet confifting offorty• Mickle's Lufiad, vol. I. p. 20-28. P Ibid. cap. 4.Hiftory of the kingdom of MOSAMBICO. (Mod. Univerfal Hift. vol. 12. p. 361. Seealfo Paul Caerden's two Indian Voyages. )CHANNEL OF MOÇAMBIQUE. 459Emmanuel.forty fhips. The African coaft, ftretching out on both fides of Ch. III. § 2.Moçambique, forms two Points; that to the north-caſt is called pointPannoni, off which extends a Shoal with three Iflots upon it; thefouthern point is named Mangale. A fortrefs ftands on the northeaftern point of the Ifland, and to the fouth-west of this fortreſs isthe Monaftery of St. Anthony, which is the mark to enter the harbour. On the main land appears a mountain called the Loaf, andeastward of this another called the Table.The Channel which Gama had now nearly explored, has fincebeen called the Inner Paffa*ge, or the channel of Moçambique; andits fouthern part, the Gulf of Madagascar. Though the ſhorteſtcourſe to India, its navigation even at this day is confidered as ' perilous and intricate. During the north-eaft monfoon, which beginsto be felt in the beginning of November to the north of Madagaſcar,violent hurricanes ariſe. At this feafon the Currents ſet towardsthe South all along the Coaft of Africa; and their common velocity, even in the offing, is feven or eight leagues in twenty-fourhours. This was a tremendous obftacle to Gama, both before hearrived at Moçambique, and when he attempted to leave it. Amongother dangers in this Channel, may alſo be mentioned the Shoalscalled Baxos da Judia by the Portugueſe, in length about ten ortwelve miles, and from five to fix in breadth; alſo the Ledge ofRocks above two miles in breadth, which lies off the low land ofSandy Iſland; and the Star Bank, ten leagues in length, fituatedabove twenty-four leagues from cape St. Mary's. Theſe were fortunately avoided by keeping cloſe to the African shore.breadth of this Channel at its two extremities, is about 150leagues, and the narroweft part from ninety to an hundred. It isformedThe

  • De Bry, in his firſt volume, gives an engraving of the Shipwreck of a Portugueſe fhip,

S. Jago, in this channel, 1595.3 N 2460 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.I.BOOK formed by the iſland of Madagaſcar which extends three hundredleagues in length, from fouth fouth- weft to north north-eaft, betweenthe parallels of 12° and 25° 36' fouth latitude.March,1498.-The conclufion of this intricate navigation is now to be attemptedby the undaunted Gama; his crew ftruggling with the effects offcurvy, which they knew not how to counteract; furrounded by atreacherous enemy, whofe information , and Pilots, he had fufficient.reaſon to diftruft. He however had gained intelligence from theXeque, that the diſtance to Calicut was nine hundred leagues, andthat in their courfe were many fhoals. The Coaſt was deſcribed asbeing enriched by various cities; and Çacoeja added, that the kingdom of PRESTE JOAO ' was in the interior, at a confiderable diſtancefrom Moçambique. When the crafty Xeque came on board to takehis leave, he brought both the Pilots he had promiſed, with the hopeof decoying Gama into danger: each of them received thirtycrowns and a coat; and promiſed, that whilft they remained inharbour, one at leaſt ſhould always continue in the Ship. Butnotwithſtanding this fpecious conduct of Çacoeja, the Moors, fromthe inftant they perceived that the ftrangers were chriftians, hadbeen concerting a variety of plans to deftroy Gama and his followers; and thus hoped to gain poffeffion of their fhips. Providentially the whole deſign was diſcovered to the admiral by one ofthepilots, who thought his own life in danger. After a ſtay of ſevendays they got under weigh; and failing out of harbour on Saturdaythe tenth of March, anchored off one of the islands near Moçambique. This was done in order to give an opportunity for the Crewsto hear mafs, and receive the facrament, on the enfuing Sunday;which,▾ Barros adds, that three Abexijs from the territory of Prefte João, coming on board with theMoors who brought Provifions; em vendo a Imagem do Anjo Gabriel pintada em o navio do feunome, como coufa nota a elles por emfua patria haver muitas igrejas, que tem eftas Imagens dos Anjos,e algumasdoproprio nome, affentárem -fe em giolhos, e fizeramfua adoração. ( Ibid. Liv. 4. cap. 4 )3CHANNEL OF MOÇAMBIQUE. 461which, adds Caftanbeda, they had not done fince their departure Ch. III . § 2 .from Lisbon. He then proceeds with the narrative:s" After our Shippes were thus at an ankor, the Captaine generallperceiuing the fame to be in a place of affurance, fo as the Mooresfhould not burne them, he then determined to retourne to Moçãbique in his Boate, to demaund the other Pilot that remayned onlande at their comming thence; and fo, leauing his Brother withthe Fleete, to come and fuccour him if in daunger, he departed,carrieing with him Niculao Coelho, and the other Pilot Moore. Going in this fort, they fawe bearing right with his Boate, ſixe Boateswith many armed Moores, hauing Long-bowes and Arrowes, andalfo Shieldes and Speares; who, when they fawe our men, beganneto call vnto them, willing them to come to the Harbour of theirtowne. The Pilot tolde the Generall what they meant by theirSignes, and gaue him counſell to retourne thether; for that otherwife the Gouernour woulde not delyuer the other Pilot which remained on the Shore. At which his fpeach the Generall was veryangry; fuppofing he gaue that counfell, to the ende at theyr commingneere the ſhore, hee might eſcape and runne away; and thereforecommaunded him to prifon, and cauſed foorthwith to fhoote attheyr boates with ordinaunce. Which Shot when Paulo da Gamaheard, he immediately came forwarde with the Shippe called Berrio;when the Nigroes fled fo faft that the Captaine generall could notouertake them, and therefore he returned with his Brother to theother Shippes at ankor." The next Daie the Generall with all his men went on lande,heard Maffe, and receiued the facrament very " deuoutlye: whichS• Cap. 7.Barros calls themfete Zambucos.beeing• It is a fource of fatisfaction to feel affured, that the fame ſpirit of religion ftill exiſts inthe British Navy. The devout conduct of Gama may be compared with that of Lord Duncanboth before, and after his action off Camperdown. It alfo reminds me of the character ofLord Gardner, Admiral Gambier, and Admiral Holloway.Emmanuel.462 PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.1.March,1498.BOOK beeing done, they went aboord their Shippes, and made fayle thefame daie. The Generall, perceiuing no hope to remaine for recouerie of the other Pilot, gaue then commaundement to releaſehim that was in the fhippe committed to prifon. This Pilot minded to be reuenged upon the Generall, determined to carrie them to.the Iland Quiloa, which was peopled with Moores: therefore fubtillie to fhaddowe his wicked intent, he willed the Captaine generall,not to trouble himselfe with the want of the other Pilot, for that hewould carrie him to a great Iland, which wasfrom thence one hundrethleagues; inhabited the one halfe by Moores, the other by Chriftians,which alwaies were at wars the one with the other; from whence alſobe might furniſh himselfe with Pilots to Calicut. But as the Captainegenerall had good liking of thoſe Speaches, fo yet gaue he no greatcredite to the man; neuertheleffe he did promife him great giftes,if he did carrie him to that Countrey: and fo went forward on hisVoyage with a ſmall winde.X" The Tewſdaye after, being within fight of Lande from whencehe departed, hee was incalmed, which did indure Tewſdaye andWenfdaye. The next Night after, with an Eafterly Wind beeingbut ſmal, he made way and went into the ſea; and upon Thursdaye,in the morning, founde himſelfe and all the Fleete, foure leaguesbacke behinde Moçambique: and fo going vntill the euening of thefame daie, came then to an ankor hard to that Ilande, where theSundaye next following he heard Maffe. The winde thus beeingcontrary to his purpoſe, he therefore remained in that place eightdaies, to wait for fuch Gale as would ferue to put him forward. Inwhich time repaired to our Shippes a white Moore, which was aminifter

  • Barros differs in fome refpects: " The first four days they found the current fo extremely

rapid, as to carry the fhips back within five leagues of Moçambique;" and fince, bythe information of the Pilot, they were not to expect a favourable wind until the New Moon, they returned to the Ilha de São Jorge, but would have no communication with the inhabitants ofMoçambique. (Ibid. cap. 4. )CHANNEL OF MOÇAMBIQUE. 463Emmanuel.minifter of the Moores of Moçambique; who comming on boord the Ch. III . § 2.Shippe of the Generall, declared, that the Gouernour greatlye did repent him ofthe breach offriendſhip he had made. To whom the Generall returned aunfwere, that he would make no peace with the Gouernour, neither would be be his Friend, vntillfuch time as he didfendbis Pilot, whom he had hired and payed. With this aunſwere theminifter departed, and neuer came againe.y" The Captaine generall thus ftaieng ftill there, and expectingthe Winde, there came to him a certaine Moore, who brought hisfonne with him, being a boye; and aſked the Generall, whether hewoulde carrie them in his Shippes to the Citie of Melinde, whichhe fhould finde in the Courfe towards Calicut? Declaring that hewould gladly goe with him, and returne to his countrey which wasneere to Meca, from whence he came as a pilot to Moçambique; andtherewith aduertiſed the Generall not to tarry upon any aunfwerefrom the gouernour, who he was affured would make no peacewith him, for that he was a Chriftian." The Captaine was very gladde of the comming of this Moore;for by him he deemed to gather fufficient matter of informationand intelligence of the Strayghtes of the Redde Sea, and alfo of theTownes that lye along the Coaſt, by the which he muft fayle toMelinde. Therefore he commaunded to receyue the fame Moore,and his fonne, into his Shippe; and by reafon it was then fomewhatlate, and that they had no ftore of Water, the Generall with theother Captaines determined to enter the harbour of Moçambique, totake in there ſo much as they needed: appointing alſo there ſhouldebe great watch for preuention of the Moores, left they ſhould byanye deuice fet on fire the Shippes."TheOforius fays, Illuc accurrit Arabs quidam cum parvo filio, Gamamque obfecravit, ut illos inNavem reciperet, ut poffent in aliquem locum defcendere, unde facilius Mecham, quæ erat illius patria,reverteretur. Quafivit ab illo Gama, quam Artem coleret; Nauticam refpondit. ( Page 38. )464PROGRESSOFDISCOVERY.ΒΟΟΚI.March,1498.March 24.The watering of the Ships was not accomplished without oppofition from fome Moors who had affembled near the place. TheBoats, commanded by Gama and Coelho, made the attempt at midnight, conducted by the Moorish Pilot, who thought by this meansto effect his eſcape. Whether owing to the confuſion or treacheryof this man, the whole night was ſpent in vain; and at day breakGama judged it prudent to return for an additional guard. Onagain reaching the ſhore, a ſkirmiſh with the Moors took place;but the Spring was found, and a ſupply of water being thus procured,they arrived on board a little before fun fet. Paulo da Gama, in theinterim, had been much diftreffed by the lofs of his Pilot, who,though a Chriftian, had efcaped to the Moors. This was a feverediſappointment to the admiral, who continued at his anchorage untilthe Friday following, but no Pilot appeared. A Moor indeed hailedthem from the ſhore, and exclaimed in an infulting tone of voice,that, if they wished for water, now was their time to procure it.GAMA, already irritated by the deſertion of his Pilót, grew, fays Caftanheda, into fome choler. Orders were immediately iſſued to manand arm the boats, which drew up before the town and chaſtiſedthe infolence of the Moors, who to the number of an hundred hadaffembled on the beach. A fecond attempt was afterwards made toſeize ſome of the Moors, with the hope of thus having the Pilot reftored. Gama alfo had heard, that two Indians were detained captivesin the town, and theſe he wished to liberate. Paulo fucceeded in procuring four prifoners; but every attempt either to regain the Pilot, ordeliver the Indians, was ineffectual. Onthe enfuing day they comZpletedz Here Barros differs from Caflanheda. According to him, the inhabitants abandonedtheir town on the attack made by the Portugueſe boats; and the Xeque, apprehenfive of whatftill might happen, fent Gama a Pilot to navigate Coelho's fhip. Barros alfo adds, Gama wasinformed by the Moor, that from Moçambique to Calicut was a month's voyage. (Ibid. Liv. 4.cap. 4.)ILHA DO ACOUTADO. 465Emmanuel.pleted their ftore of water without moleftation: but before they Ch. III. § 2.left, what juftly merited the title of Traitor's Bay, the Admiral refolved to chaſtiſe a combination of villainy; which had nearly fruftrated all that himſelf and followers had undergone: the Shipswere accordingly brought to bear upon the town, and its bafe inhabitants were driven from it in all directions. Caftanbeda thenproceeds with his interefting Journal." Upon the Tewfdaye, being the twenty-seventh date of March,our Fleete wayed ankor, and departed from the towne of Moçambique; and fo in going forwarde came to an ankor hard by twolittle Rocks of Sam Jorge, for ſo they named it after they camethether; where they remained, for that the winde was contrarie.Neuertheleffe having after a ſmall winde they departed; howbeitthe fame was ſo ſmall, and the Currents there fo great, that theywere caft backwarde.2" The Captaine generall following his Voiage, and beeingvery glad that they had found one of the foure Moores, whichPaulo tooke, was a Pilot, and would carrie them to Calicut; uponSundaye the first daie of Aprill came to certeine Ilands very neerethe fhore. To the firſt whereof they gaue a name, calling it Ilha doAcoutado: for that they there did whippe the Pilot Moore of Moçambique by commaundement of the Generall; as well for that hehad told them thoſe Ilands were firme lande, as alfo, before, thathe would not fhewthe Generall the Water at Moçambique, in thenight when they fought for the fame. Therefore now taking himwith the lie, the Generall was very angrie with this Pilot, fuppofing as it was likly, that he did carrie them thether of intent theShippes fhould be caft away amongſt the fame. The Moore beeingcruellye whipped, confeffed that indeed he did carrie them thetherof purpoſe they ſhould there haue periſhed.VOL. I.

  • Cap. 8. See alfo BARROS. Ibid. Liv. 4. cap. 5.

30"Theſe466PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.BOOKI.April,1498." Thefe Ilands were fo manye, and ſo neere together, that theycoulde hardlye bee difcerned one from another. Which whentheGenerall perceiued, he made into the feaward; and upon the Fridaye, which was the fourth daie of Aprill, made his way to thenorthweſt, and before Noone-Tide had fight of a great Lande, andof two Ilands neere it, about which were many Shoels. Beeingcome neere to the Shore, the Pilots Moores did reknowledge thefame: howbeit, they faid that the Iland of the Chriftians is that ofQuiloa, which was afterne us three leagues. Wherewith the Generall was much grieued, beleeuing that certainly they were Chriftians, as the Pilots had informed him; and that they had willinglyloft their Courſe, for that the Shippes fhould not arriue at thatplace. The Pilots fhaddowing their treaſon, made fhew of a reafonable excuſe, faieng that as the Winde was greate, fo were theCurrents fwift; by reafon whereof the Shippes had further madeSaile then they thought for: but the truth was indeede, that theymore forrowed their miffing and paffing by the Iland, then did ourCaptaine generall; for they were verely in hope to have beenreuenged there'upon our men by death of them all. But God, beholding the daunger and perill meant towards them, of his Diuinegoodneffe and mercye deliuered them: for if our men had gonethether, not one of them had eſcaped; fince the Generall, hauingfuch a beliefe that they were Chriftians in that land, as the Pilothad tolde him, would no doubt haue gone preſently on lande at hisarriuall there; and fo thereby runne headlong into a place, where heand his people fhould haue bene put to flaughter." The Generall thus forrowing the miffe of that Ilande, for thathe ſuppoſed there to have found Chriftians, and the Pilots Mooresin chafe with themſelves, for that they had miffed their courſethether; it was then on each part determined, to goe back andaffaie to finde the fame. Neuertheleffe, although they earnestlybentPASSAGE TO MOMBACA. 467Emmanuel.bent themfelues to attaine vnto that defired Iland, and ſpent that Ch. III. § 2.daie in trauell to winne their purpofe, yet coulde they not preuailethereto for ftill the Winde was fo contrarie, and the Currents fogreat, as doe what they could they failed of theyr wills, and wereput off from arriual there; which no doubte was done by God'sProuidence." The Captaine generall, and the other Captaines, thus toffingvp and downe, to and fro, as well with their Shippes, as alfo intheir Mindes, determined to beare towards the Iland of Mombaça;in which, as thofe two Pilots gaue information, were two townes,inhabited, as well with Moores, as Chriftians. Which Inſtructionstheſe Pilots gaue to deceiue our men, for that Iland was whollye inhabited byMoores, as in lyke manner all that Coafte is . Therefore vnderſtanding that from thence to Mombaça are feauentie-feauen leagues,they made way to goe thether; and beeing then towards Euening,they fawe a great Iland fcituated towards the North. In this fortour Shippes going vnder faile certayne daies, the fhippe Sam Rafaelone morning, two houres before daie lyght, came on ground uponcertaine Shoells two leagues from the firme lande; and, as fheftrake, they within made Signes to the other Shippes to beware .whereupon they fhot by the Shoells and came to an ankor, launching out their Boates to giue fuccour to Paulo da Gama.And perceiuing when they came to the fame, that the water did ebbe, theGenerall was meruailous glad thereof; for then he well knew, thatat the next floud the Shippe would be afloate againe. Thus recomforted with the certaintie they ſaw of the fafetie of the Shippe,they foorthwith layed into the fea many ankors. By this time itwas daie lyght; and after that it was a lowe water, ſhe then remained drye upon the shore, beeing a fandie ground, which wasthe cauſe ſhe tooke no harme. Our men placed theyr ankors whichwere layd foorth, right ouer againſt themfelues, and walked upon302 the468PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.I. BOOK the Sandes whileft the Ebbe endured. They gaue for name tothofe Sandes, Os Baixos de Sam Rafael; and to certayne great Ilandsand Hills, which were directly ouer againſt thofe Shoells, they gauethe name ofthe Hills and Ilands of S. Rafael.April,$498." The Shippe thus being drye, our men fawe two Boates, andMoores ofthat country in the fame, comming towards them to feeour Shippes; bringing manie fweete Orenges, farre better than thoſeof Portingale, and gaue the ſame to our men; faieing alſo to theGenerall, that in no wife hee should feare anye damage that couldeenfue to the Shippe on grounde, for that when it were full Sea fhewoulde then be on floate agayne. With which ſpeaches the Generallwas very glad; not onelye for the good comfort they gaue him,but alſo in that they came in fo good feafon, and time opportune;and therefore he gaue them Giftes, which they accepted with manyethankes. Certayne of them, vnderſtanding that our Fleete intended its courſe to Mombaça, they defired the Generall to carriethem with him thether, who graunted their requests; the othersretourning from our Fleete to their countrey. When it was a fullSea the Shippe was afloat; wherevpon the Captaine generall proceeded on his way with all his Fleete.a." The Generall following this Voiage, did upon Saterdaye thefeauenth daie of Aprill, about the going downe of the funne, cometo an ankor without the barre of the Iland of Mombaça; whichba Chap. 9.isThis Bar is laid down, and the Soundings marked at the entrance of the harbour ofMombaça, in Texeira's Map of 1649, already mentioned; giving fixteen, ten, nine, ten, andfifteen fathoms water.Linfchoten fays (p. 10. ) that the land of Mombaça fhews high fandy Downs at a greatdiftance.In the Portuguefe Eaft Indian Navigator, drawn up by Aleixo da Motta, who wasPilot Major to the Caraques of Portugal for thirty- five years, fome valuable remarks occurreſpecting the Eaſtern Coaſt of Africa. This fcarce Tract is tranflated by M. Thevenot, andgiven in his firſt volume; and occafional extracts from the original are inſerted in his margin;engravings of headlands in a coarſe manner are alſo annexed; and to the whole is fubjoinedTexeira's10PORT OF MOMBACA. 469Emmanuel.is harde by the firme lande, and is verye plentie of victualls. More- Ch. III. § 2 .ouer the Iland is verye pleaſaunt, hauing manye forts of fruites. Inthis Iland there is a Citie bearing the ſelfe ſame name, beeing infoure degrees on the fouth fide; it is a verye great Citie fcituatedvpon a rocke, wherevpon the fea doth beat. At the entering intothe Porte there is a Marke; and at the enteraunce upon the Barre,there is planted a lyttle Fort, lowe and neere to the water. Themoft parte of the houſes in this Citie are builded with lyme andftone, with the loftes thereof (ceilings) wrought with fine knottesof Plaister of Paris; the Streetes therein are verye fayre. Theyhaue a King, and the inhabitaunts are Moores, whereof ſome bee white.They goe gallantly arrayed, eſpecially the women, apparelled ingownes of filke, and bedecked with jewells of golde and preciousftones. In this Citie is great trade of all kindes of marchandize;there is alſo a good Harbour where alwayes are manye Shippes." The`Texeira's Map. Da Molta corrects an error of Linfchoten refpecting the Ifles of St. Georgeand St. James, in the bay of Moçambique, and places them more exactly than they had pre- viouſly been laid down. Refpecting the Bar of Mombaça, he obſerves, " The Bar ofMombaça is exactly in 3 ° 50′ fouth latitude, and has a quantity of Sands lying north andfouth of it. They who wish to croſs this Bar with large Ships, like the Caraques of Portugal, ſhould ſtand on along the Coaſt for a league, whether coming from the North or South;and then approach the land, founding continually quite to the fort, until they get intotwelve fathom water, when they ſhould wait for a Pilot." Da Motta then proceeds togive very minute directions in cafe a Pilot cannot be procured, and concludes with obſerving," that the Entrance is fo narrow, and fo filled with Shoals, as in many places to be only thelength of a veffel in breadth. "с• Oforius adds Homines vivunt admodum laute, et domos more noftro ædificant, teoriaque varijscoloribus depicta parietibus induc*nt. ( P. 39. ) The City once ftood on a peninsula, which became infular by a canal that was cut through its ifthmus. ( See Marmol, Davity, Dapper, andLa Croix. ) It was burnt by the Portugueſe in 1507. The entrance of the Port is defendedby a flout bulwark, which the inhabitants raiſed foon after the arrival of da Gama. In adefcription which Captain Edward Hamilton gives of the Eaftern Coaft of Africa, we learn thatthe Portugueſe retained Mombasa for two hundred years, until it was taken by the MuskatArabs in 1698; and in 1729 it was regained by the Portuguefe. ( New Account of the EaIndies, 2 vols. 8vo. 1726. See also Aftley, vol . 3. p. 387. )470 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.BOOK1.April,1498.་" The Captaine generall thus come to the Barre of this Citie,did not then enter, for that it was almoſt night when he came toan ankor. But he commaunded to put foorth the Flagges, and totoll theyr Shippes; rejoycing and making great mirth for their goodfortune, and hope they conceyued, that in that lland there dwelledmanye Chriftians, and that the next daie they should heare maffeon the fhore. Moreouer they were greatly comforted, as hauingconfidence that in this place they might cure fuch as were thenficke, as in truth were almoſt all; in number but fewe, for theothers were dead. Beeing thus at ankor, and the night almoſt approched, our men faw about an hundred in a great Barcke, eueryone of them hauing a fworde and a target; who, at comming toour fhippes, woulde haue entered therein with all theyr weapons.Howbeit the Generall would not confent thereto, neither permittedhe anye more to enter than foure of them; declaring to them intheir language, that they ſhoulde pardon him, fince he was afiraunger,and therefore coulde not tell whom he might truft. Vnto thofe whomhe gave licenfe to enter, he gave good and gentle entertainment,banketting the fame with fuch Conferves as they had, whereofthofe Moores did well eate; willing them not to deeme euill ofhim, for his denyall of their enteraunce in manner aforefayde.Where-vnto they aunfwered, that theyr comming then was tofee him,as a rare and new thing in theyr countrie; and that he shoulde notmeruaile to fee them bring theyr Weapons, fince it was the custome tocarrie them, as well in peace, as in the time of warre.Alſo theydeclared vnto the Generall, that the King of Mombaça did vnderStand of his comming, and for that it was fo neere night, he had notthenThe whole of this is fomewhat different in BARROS, Os da Cidade tanto que houveram viflados Navios; mandárám logo a elles em hum barco quatro homens, que pareciam dos principaes, fegundovinham bem tratados: chegando a bordo, perguntáram, que gente era, e o que buscavam? ( Ibid.Liv. 4. cap. 5.)TREACHERY OF THE MOORES. 471Emmanuel.then fent to visit him; howbeit the next daie he would: and that as Ch. III. ý z.he was glad of his arriual there, fo also would he be more glad tofee him, yea, and to giue him Spices to load his Shippes. Futhermorethey informed him, that there were many Christians, which liued bythemfelues in that lland. Wherevpon the Generall was not onelyjoyfull , but alſo fullye perfwaded that theyr Report was true; finçethe fame was agreeable, and accorded with the information of thetwo Pilots: neuertheleffe he carried fome ſparke of iealoufie inhis head, and for all theyr faire fpeaches and fugured talke, he wiſelyimagined, that thofe Moores came to fee whether they might byanie traine take one of our Shippes. Wherein he, geffed vpon thetruth, for certeinly theyr comming then was onely for that purpoſe;as afterward it was made apparant. For moft true it was, that theKing of Mombaça had perfect intelligence that we were Chriſtians,and alſo what we had done in Moçambique; and therefore he practiſedmeanes to be reuenged of vs. Wherefore profecuting his wickedintent the daie following, which was Palme Sundaie, he fent to ourGenerall certeine white Moores; which declared to him, that theyrKing was very glad ofhis comming thether; and ifhe would come intobis Harbour, he would liberally give him all things he floode in needeof; andfor affurance of thefame, be fent him a Ring, a Sheepe, andmany fweete Orenges, Cidrons, and Sugar Canes. Wherefore theGenerall receiued them very well, and gaue them certeine giftes;fending to the King greate thankes for his gentle and liberall offer,faieing further, that the next daie he woulde come neerer in. Hefent alſo to the King a braunch of Corall verye fine; and for moreafluraunce to confirme the fame, he fent with thofe Moores two ofour men, which were banished perfons, and were carried of purpoſeto ' bee aduentured in fuch like refpect of daunger." When our men, and the two Moores, were come to theShore, there met them a multitude of people; all which went withthem,

•1472 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.BOOK them, and viewed them euen to the King's Pallace. Where our1. men beeing entered, they paffed through three doores before theyApril,1498.ecame where the King was; at each of which there was a Porterattending, hauing euerye one of them a fwoorde in his hand. Theyfound the King but in ſmall eſtate; neuertheleſs he receiued themverye well, and commaunded, that in the felfe fame companie ofMoores with whome they came, they fhould be fhewed the Citie.In going and viewing whereof, they fawe in the Streetes manymen prifoners, and in Yrons; but becauſe our men vnderſtoodenot theyr language, nor they had any vnderſtanding of ours, therewas no queſtion demaunded what Priſoners thoſe were: howbeitthey beleeued the fame to bee Chriftians." Moreouer they carryed our men to the Merchauntes Houſeof the Indias, who both imbraced and banketted them; fhewingthem painted in a paper the figure of the Holy Ghoſt, which theydid worſhippe, and that with ſuch a fhew of greate deuotion, asthough they were fuch men inwardlye, as in appearance outwardlyéthey then pretented. Furthermore, the Moores then tolde our menby fignes, that manye other Chriftians as thoſe were, did dwell inanother place farre from thence, and therefore they woulde not carriethem thether: howbeit they fayde, that after our Captaine generallwere come into the Harbour, they fhoulde goe and fee them. Alltheſe thinges thoſe wilie people fhewed to our men, of purpoſe toallure them within that Porte, where they were determined todeſtroy them." After they had feene the Citie, they were then brought to theprefence of the King, who commaunded to fhew them Pepper,Ginger, Cloaues, and Wheate, giuing them of euerye forte thereoffome portion to be carryed and fhewed the Generall; and ſent himworde

  • De Barros fays, the Moors were anxious that the Portugueſe ſhould fee as little as poffible.

(Ibid. )MOMBAÇA.473Emmanuel.worde by his meflenger, that of all thofe Commodités be hadde greate Ch. III. § 2.Store, and woulde giue him his loading if that he woulde. Alsothat he had Golde, and Siluer, Amber, Waxe, Iuorye, and other riches,in fo great plentie, that hee fhoulde haue when bee woulde, for leffevalour and prifes than in anie other place. This meffa*ge wasbrought to our Captaine generall upon Mundaye; who hauingfeene the Spices, and hearing of the Kinge his promife, was meruailous gladde of that offer: wherefore he and his Captaines immediatly aduifed themſelves thereof; and fo entering into Counſel, itwas by them thought good to come within the Porte. Thus hauing concluded, they determined to enter into Harbour the nextdaie." In this meane while came certeine Moores to our Shippes, withfo great quietnefle and humilitie, and with fuch ſhew and appearance of friendlineffe and loue, as though they had ben of longacquaintance with our men. The next daie in the morning, thefloud being come, the Generall commaunded to take vp theyr ankors, minding to enter the harbour: but God, not willing that heand the reſt ſhould enter into that prefent miſchiefe, nor to endetheyr liues in that place ( as the Moores had determined they ſhouldhaue done) did therefore prouide the meane that preuented thatperill, and wrought theyr fafetie . For whenthe Generalls's Shippehad wayed her ankor, and was going to enter the Porte, ſhe ſtrakeupon a Shoel that was afterne the fame; which hap when he perceiued, and fearing he ſhould caft himſelfe away, he then forthwith commaunded to let fall his ankor, and in like fort did theother Captaines alfo. Which chance when the Moores that werein the Shippes fawe, and that the Generall was come to an ankor,they then imagined, that during that daie they ſhould not gette theFleete into the Harbour; and therefore they ran to their Boate,VOL. I. 3 Pwhich1474 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.I.April,1498.fBOOK which they had on the Shippe's fide, to goe to the Citie. At whichinftant alſo the pilots of Moçambique, falling a ſtearne the Admirall,tooke the Water, and thoſe of the Boates carried them away; although the Generall called vnto them, requiring them to bring backe,and deliuer them to him againe. But when he fawe they wouldnot ſo doe, then he apparantlye perceiued that ther was an euill meaning in theyr King, and them, towards him and his. Thus hauingdeclared to all his company the opinion he conceiued, he then commaunded, the night beeing come, to giue Torture to two of theMoores, which he brought Captiues from Moçambique; thereby tofee whether they had practiſed any trefon. Which commaundement being obferued, by heating and dropping of bacon upon theyrfleſh, they immediately confeffed they had confpired treaſon; andthat the Pilots tooke the Sea, as fearing the ſame had ben diſcloſed.Wherevpon the Generall altogether altered his purpoſe of goinginto that harbour. Neuertheleffe being vnquiet, and greatly greeuedat their falfhood, he was defirous to vfe lyke torture to anotherMoore Captiue; but this Moore, perceiuing preperation made forthat purpoſe, did caft himſelfe, his hands being bound, into theSea; as in lyke manner another of them did before it was daielight." The fecrecie of the Miſchiefe prepared, beeing thus come toapparaunt view, the Generall gaue great thankes to God, by whoſeonly goodneffe, he and his company were delyuered from imminent.death amongſt thofe Infidels; and therefore, in thankefgiuing forthe fame, he and his company fayd the Salue Regina. After this,beeingBarros fays Os que eftavam em o navio de Vafco da Gama, vendo o que eftes faziam, fizeramoutro tanto até o Piloto de Moçambique, quefe lançou dos Caftellos de Popa ao mar, tamanho foi otemor em todos. ( Ibid. Liv . 4. cap. 5. )D'APRES obferves in a note to his Preface of the Neptune Orientale, that a fimilar act oftreachery at Mombaça, was planned againſt a French Frigate, called Le Gloire, in 1756.TREACHERY OF THE MOORS. 475.Emmanuel.beeing mindfull of theyr fafetie, and fearing leaſt the Moores would Ch. III. § 2..attempt fome matter against thein in the Night time, they thereforeordained ſtrong and diligent watch, commaunding euerye man towatch armed. And heere by the way is to bee noted one thing, andthat to bee meruayled at, which is this; that when our men camefirst before the towne of Mombaça, all fuch as were ficke, whichindeede were many, began then preſently to be whole: ſo that inthis time of theyr great neceffitie, they found themſelves found andftrong. Which, as it was farre aboue the common Courſe of nature, fo the more it appeared to be the fupernaturall worke of God,miraculouſly done for the preferuation of that poore diſtreſſed number, which then had theyr onely affiaunce in him." The Watch thus prepared, and ſet for that night, it fortunedthat thoſe which watched in the Shippe Berrio, felt the Gabell(cable) of the fame wagging, whereat an ankor lay into the Sea;and at the firſt they adjudged that the Gabell had bene wagged, orſhaken, by a kinde of fiſh called a Tunnie, whereof manye werethere, about which bee very great and good meate. But giuing moreattentiue eare thereto, they then perceiued that their enimies wereat the fame; who in truth did ſwimme about the Gabell, and werecutting of it with theyr woodkniues, or fawchings; hoping, orrather verely knowing, that perfourming theyr enterpriſe thereof,the Shippe woulde runne afhore, and fo both fhe and our menbee caft away and taken. Howbeit, our men hauing difcryedwhereabout they were, preuented them, by crieng out to the otherShippes; wherevpon they of the Shippe Rafael came preſentlye totheyr fuccour, finding ſome of theyr enimies amongeſt the cheinesof the tacklings of theyr Formaſt. Who, perceiuing how they werediſcouered, fodainly caft themfelues vnder water, and with theothers, that were cutting the Gabell of the ſhippe Berrio, fleddeaway, fwimming to certaine Boates which they had lyeng fome3 P 2 what476PROGRESSOFDISCOVERY.I.April,1498.BOOK what farre off; wherein ( as our men afterward vnderſtoode) weremany Moores, who taking them in rowed faft awaye, and fo retourned to the Citie. The Wenfdaye, and Thurſdaye following, ourfleete ftill remained there; about which in the night time came theenimies in Boates, which alwayes lay harde by the ſhore, fromwhich fome of them did fwimme of purpofe to efpie, if by anyemeane they could cut a funder the Gabells of the Ankors: but ourmen kept fuch diligent and warie watch, that they could not preuaile; neuertheleſs our men were greatlye troubled, and put in feareof burning theyr Shippes. For truly it was to be meruayled at, thatthe Moores came not about the fame in fuch Shippes as they had;which if they had done, it had bene then lykely by all coniecture ofman, that they ſhould haue deſtroyed and killed us all. It was coniectured, that they beeing in feare of the ordinaunce in our Shippes,durft not giue attempt to fet vpon the fame by force; but, whatfouer cauſe appeared in our fightes to bee a lette in that reſpect tothem, it was moſt certayne, that it was God his good will and fauour, to put theyr hearts in feare to deale with vs in anye forceablemanner.h" The Captaine generall did remaine before Mombaça the twodaies, as before is declared, to fee if he could haue from thence Pilotsto carrie him to Calicut; for that without them it was verye hard togoe thether, fince our Pilots had no knowledge of that Countrey.But when he fawe he coulde not haue anye there, he departedthence upon Fridaye in the morning with a ſmall Winde. Atthe comming ouer the Barre he lefte behinde him one of hisAnkors, for his men were fo wearied with hailing vp the reft,that they coulde not waye vp the fame which afterward beingCASTANHEDA 1 . , cap. 10. Oforius, page 40. Gibbs' Tranf. vol. I. page 58. Barros,Decada 1. Liv. 4. cap. 5, and 6.PASSAGE TO MELINDE, 477•Emmanuel.ing found ther by the Moores, was carried to the Citie, and placed Ch. III. § 2.harde by the King's Pallaice; and remained there at what time DonFrancifco d'Almeida was the firft Vifo Rey of the Indias, who whenhe tooke the fame towne from the Moores found this Ankor there.66Beeing thus departed from Mombaça, and paffing on theyr Voiage eight leagues beyonde the fame, the Generall and his Fleete,through lacke of Winde, came to an Ankor hard by the lande inthe Night; and in the dawning of the daie they diſcouered twoZambuços which are little Pinnacies, under the lye three leaguesfrom the Fleete a Sea boord. Which when the Generall fawe, andbeeing defirous to haue fome Pilots to carrie him to Calicut, he fuppofed he might be fped of fuch to ferue his turne, if he coulde takethoſe ſmall boates; and therfore, waying his ankors, he and theother Captaines went towards them, and purſued the fame vntileuenfong time at which inftant the Generall tooke one, but theother ranne alande, from whence before it came. In this Zambucowere ſeauenteene Moores, amongſt which was one olde Moore whoſeemed to be mafter of the reft, hauing with him a young woman.that was his wife. In the fame alfo was found great ftore of Siluer,.and Golde, and fome Victualles." The Captaine, not ftayeng vpon this occafion, foorthwithwent forwarde, and in the felfe fame daie with his whole Fleetecame harde by Melinde; which is eighteene leagues from Mombaça,i OSORIUS relates this fomewhat different. In via nauem Saracenorum capiunt, ex quibus GAMAquatuordecim tantùm vindos habere voluit , reliquos autem miffos fecit. Cum vero intellexit, vnum exillis effe illorum patronum, qui præ ſe hominis authoritate grauis fpeciem ferebat, multo de illo quafiuit:adque omnia, vt vir prudens, vere et confiderate refpondit, et de inflituta nauigationis ratione fapienteradmonuit. ( P. 40. Tranflation, vol. 1. p. 58. ) BARROs fays, Partido Vafco da Gama daquellelugar de perigo, ao feguinte dia achou dous Zambucos, que vinham pera aquella Cidade, de que tomáram hum com treze Mouros, porque os mais fe lançáram ao mar, e delles foube como adiante eftavahuma Villa chamade Melinde, cujo rey era homem humano, per meio do qual podia haver Pilots pera aIndia. Vendo elle que perguntado cada hum deftes á parte, todos concorriam na bondade del Rey deMelinde, e que nofeu Porto ficavam tres, ou quatro Navios de Mercadores da India. ( Ibid. cap, 5-)ทา478PROGRESSOFDISCOVERY.I.April,1498.kBOOK baça, and in three degrees to the fouthwarde. It hath no goodHarbour, for that it is almoft an open Roade; but there is a certain Piere whereon the Sea doth beat, which is the caufe why theShippes doe ride far from the ſhore. This Citie ftandeth in a broadfield along the fea fide; and round about the fame are many Palmetrees, with many other forts of trees which all the yeare growgreene; alfo many gardens, and orchards, replenished with all kindof hearbes and fruits, and very faire fountaines of good waters inthe fame but principally theyr Orenges excel, which are not onelyvery great, but very ſweet and pleafaunt in taft. They haue alfogreat ſtore and plentie of Victuals, as Mylyo and Ryfe; Cattell bothgreate and ſmall; alſo ſtore of Hennes, which bee very fat and goodcheape. The Citie is great, hauing in the fame faire ſtreets, andmany faire houſes of lime and ſtone, builded with many lofts, withtheir windowes and tarrifis made of lime and earth. The naturallpeople of that Countrie are blacke, and of good proportion of bodie,with

  • Such fays Dr. Vincent ( P. 220. ) as are the Ormoi of the Periplus. See alfo Introduction

p. 216. -The Coaſt, particularly near Melinde, is extremely dangerous and difficult of acceſs,being full of rocks and fhelves. Statio Naualis non eft vrbi propinqua. eft enim Ora rupibus cincta,et procellis atque tempeftalibus frequenter obnoxia. Id coegit Gamam in anchoris paulo longius ab vrbeconfiftere. ( OSORIUS, page 40. ) The City of Melinda is ſituated in a plain; and the countryis fo thickly covered with Citron trees, as to perfume the air. A fpecimen of the languageof Melinda is given in the Lord's prayer by Grammaye, —Aban ladifiſſan avari, et cades eft moctati mala cutoca tacuna mafcitoca choma fiffa, &c. ( Univ. Hift. Modern, vol. 12. p . 331. ) TheVoyage of Captain Alexander Sharpey, 1608, being the fourth that was ſent out by the EngliſhEast India Company, may be compared with Gama's. ( Purchas, vol. 1. p. 228. `Aſtley , vol . 1 .P. 336, and 344. ) Sharpey's fhip was aground on the coaft of Melinde, and in the night;but by throwing all the fails aback fhe got off. Le Grand has a Differtation on the Eaflerncoaft ofAfrica, from Melinde, to the Strait ofBabelmandib, which is among thoſe tranſlated byDr. Johnſon, and added to his Works by Mr. Gleig. (P. 220. ) He defcribes the Coaft ofMelinde as beginning at Cape del Gado, and extending to Cape Guardafui: beyond the City ofMelinde is the Ile ofLamo, and near Lamo is the fle of Pate. Father Jerome Lobo tells us,that after he left Pate, he travelled along the Coaſt, part by ſea and part by land; but as hefollowed the courſe of the Shore, without daring to go far from the Sea Side, he could nottell us any thing of thofe Nations which inhabit the country a little higher: the most confiderable of theſe are the Moſſegueios, who are in alliance with the Portugueſe.6MELINDE. 479Emmanuel.with curled haire. . . . In this Citie alfo dwel many Gentiles of the Ch. III. § 2.kingdome of Cambaya, which is in the Indias, and thoſe are greateMerchants, vfing trafficke for Golde, whereof there is fome in thatCountrie. The King of this Citie is a Moore, and is ferued withfarre greater eftate then the other kings which remaine behinde.The Generall being come ouer against this Citie, did rejoyce in hisheart very much, and fo likewife did all the reft of the Fleete; forthat they now fawe a Citie lyke vnto thoſe of Portingale; and therefore they rendered moft heartie and humble thankes to God, fortheyr good and ſafe arriual. Being defirous to haue fome Pilots tocarrie them to Calicut, the Generall commaunded to come to anankor; minding to affay, if he coulde by anye meanes obteine fuchthere as might ferue for that purpoſe: for vntill this time he couldnot know ofthe Moores he had taken, whether amongeft them wereanye Pilots; who, albeit they were offered Torments, ftill anfwered,there were none of them ſkilfull in that reſpect. "-They however,according to de Barros, informed Gama, that the diftance to Indiawas about feven hundred leagues.Caftanheda ' proceeds to relate, that on the next day, being EafterEve, the old Moor who had been taken in the Zambuco, informedGama, that if he would grant him permiffion to go on fhore, hewould, as his ranſom, procure ſome Pilots, with ſuch ſupplies as theShips wanted; and alſo added, that four Ships from India were in theport of Melinde commanded by Chriſtians, who in all probabilitywould foon fail " for India: theſe Merchants, as de Barros informsus, came from Cambaia. In confequence of this, the Portugueſe moved.nearer the town, and came to anchor within half a league ofit. Theircapture of the Zambuco at firſt deterred any Boats from coming off,' Cap. xi. m OSORIUS, page 41. Tranflation, vol. I. P. 59, -which .3• Ibid. Liv. 4. cap. 6.480 PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.1.. April,1498.BOOK which induced Gama, who ftill was apprehenfive, to land the oldMoor on Eafter Monday upon a Sand oppofite the City. This hadthe defired effect; the Arabian proved to be a perfon worthy of confidence, and a mutual good underſtanding immediately enfued, byhis means, between the Subjects of the King of Melinde, and the Portugueſe. Upon which da Gama came the next day within the Port,and anchored cloſe by the four ſhips from India, whofe Owners immediately viſited the Portuguefe. The whole of what follows, in theeleventh and twelfth chapters of Caftanheda, is faithfully, and withmore intereft, given by Camoens:D" Right to the Port their courſe the Fleet purfued;And the glad dawn that Sacred Day renewed,When, with the fpoils of vanquished death adorned,To heaven the VICTOR OF THE TOMB returned.And foon Melinda's fhore the failors fpy;From every maft the purple ftreamers fly:Rich figured tap'ftry now fupplies the fail,The gold and fcarlet tremble in the gale.The Standard broad its brilliant hues bewrays,And floating on the wind wide billowing plays.Shrill through the air the quivering Trumpet founds,And the rough Drum the roufing march rebounds.Unawed by fear,With warlike pomp adorned, himſelf fincere,Now in the Port ,the generous GAMA rides.His ſtately Veſſels range their pitchy fidesAround their Chief; the bowfprits nod the head,And the barb'd anchors gripe the Harbour's bed.StraitMickle's Lufiad. ( Book 2. vol. 1. p . 70-76. ) The reader may perhaps be gratified bycomparing this part of the Lufiadas with Barros. (Liv. 4. cap. 6. ) Seguindo Vafco da Gamafeu caminho com efla preza de Mouros, ao outro dia, que era de Paſcoa da Refurreição, indo comtodolos navios embandeirados, e acompanha delles com grandes folias porfolemnidade da fefta, chegou aMelinde....RECEPTION AT MELINDE. 48£Strait to the King, as friends to generous friends,A captive Moor the valiant GAMA fends.The Lufian fame the King already knew;What gulphs unknown the fleet had labour'd through,What ſhelves, what tempefts dared; his liberal mindExults the Captain's manly truft to find .With that ennobling worth, whoſe fond employBefriends the brave, the Monarch owns his joy;Entreats the Leader, and his weary band,To tafte the dews of fweet repofe on land,And all the riches of his cultured fieldsObedient to the nod of Gama yields...What from the bluftering winds and lengthening tideYour Ships havefuffered, ſhall be hereſupply'd.Arms andprovifions I myſelf willfend,Andgreat ofſkill, a Pilotſhall attend.So fpoke the King: and now, with purpled ray,Beneath the ſhining wave the god of dayRetiring, left the evening fhades to ſpread,When to the fleet, the joyful herald fped:To find fuch friends each breaſt with rapture glows,The feaſt is kindled, and the goblet flows.The trembling Comet's imitated raysBound to the ſkies, and trail a ſparkling blaze.The vaulting Bombs awake their ſleeping fire,And like the Cyclops' bolts, to heaven aſpire.The trump and fife's fhrill clarion far around,The glorious mufic ofthe fight refound.Nor leſs the joy Melinda's fons difplay;The Sulphur burfts in many an ardent ray,And to the heaven aſcends in whizzing gyres,Whilft Ocean flames with artificial fires.In feftive war the fea and land engage,And echoing ſhouts confefs the joyful rage ...VOL. I. 3 &WhenCh. III. § 2.Emmanuel.482PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.BOOK1.April,1498.When to the Fleet with many a founding oarThe Monarch fails; the natives crowd the ſhore:Their various robes in one bright ſplendour join,The purple blazes, and the gold- ftripes fhine.Nor as ftern warriors with the quivering lance,Or moon-arch'd bow, Melinda's fons advance;Green boughs of Palm with joyful hands they wave,An omen of the meed that crowns the brave.Fair was the fhow the Royal Barge difplay'd,With many a flag of gliſtening ſilk array'd;Whoſe various hues, as waving through the bay,Return'd the luftre ofthe riſing day:And onward as they came, in fovereign ſtateThe mighty King amid his princes fate.His robes the pomp of eaſtern ſplendour ſhow,Aproud tiara decks his lordly brow:The various tiffue fhines in every fold,The filken luftre and the rays of gold.His purple mantle boaſts the dye of Tyre,And in the fun beam glows with living fire.A golden chain, the ſkilful artift's pride,Hung from his neck; and glittering by his fideThe dagger's hilt of ſtar-bright diamond ſhone,The girding baldric burns with precious ſtone;And precious ſtone in ftuds of gold enchaſed,The fhaggy velvet of his buſkins graced.Wide o'er his head, of various filks inlaid ,Afair umbrella caſt a grateful ſhade;A bandThe reigning monarch of Melinde at this time feems to have governed for his father,who is reprefented as old and feeble. Rex erat grandis admodum natu, et miti clementique naturapræditus ... Rex cùm valde cuperet Naues noftras afpicere, id morbo atque fenio præpeditus affequinon potuit. Filius, qui iam vice illius imperium adminiftrabat, ad naues magna hominum nobiliumcateruaflipatus adcefcit. (OSORIUS. P. 41. Gibb's Tranf. vol. 1. p. 59.)INTERVIEW WITH THE REIGNING PRINCE. 483A band of menials, bending o'er the prow,Of horn wreath'd round the crooked trumpets blow;And each attendant Barge aloud rebounds

A barbarous difcord of rejoicing founds.With equal pomp the Captain leaves the FleetMelinda's Monarch on the tide to greet:His barge nods on amidſt a ſplendid train ,Himſelf adorn'd in all the pride of Spain.With fair embroidery ' fhone his armed breaſt,For poliſh'd ſteel ſupply'd the warrior's veftHis fleeves, beneath, were filk of paly blue,Above, more loofe, the purple's brighteſt hueHung as a ſcarf, in equal gatherings roll'd ,With golden buttons and with loops of gold;Bright in the fun the poliſh'd radiance burns,And the dimm'd eye-ball from the luftre turns.Of crimſon fatin, dazzling to behold,His caffoc fwell'd in many a curring fold;The make was Gallic, but the lively bloomConfeft the labour of Venetia's loom.Gold was his fword, and warlike trowfers lacedWith thongs of gold his manly legs embraced.With graceful mein his cap aflant was turn'd;The velvet cap a nodding plume adorn'd.His noble afpect, and the purple's ray,Amidft his train the gallant Chief bewray.The various veſtments of the warrior train,Like flowers of various colours on the plain,Ch. III. § z.Emmanuel.Attract• Camoëns ſeems to have had in view the picture of Gama, which is thus deſcribed by Fariay Soufa: " He is painted with a black cap, cloak and breeches edged with velvet, all flaſhed,through which appears the crimfon lining, the doublet of crimfon fatin, and over it his armour.inlaid with gold. "3 Q2484 PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.BOOKI.April,1498.Attract the pleaſed beholder's wondering eye,And with the fplendor of the rainbow vie.Now GAMA's bands the quivering trumpet blow;Thick o'er the wave the crowding barges row,The Moorish flags the curling waters ſweep,The Lufian mortars thunder o'er the deep.Again the fiery roar heaven's concave tears,The Moors aftoniſhed ſtop their wounded ears:Again loud thunders rattle o'er the Bay,And clouds of fmoke wide-rolling dim the day;The Captain's Barge the generous King afcends,His arms the Chief enfold; the Captain bendsA reverence to the ſcepter'd grandeur due.In filent awe the Monarch's wondering viewIs fixt on VASco's noble mien, the whileHis thoughts with wonder weigh the Hero's toil."JCaftanheda thus proceeds: " Now hauing ended theyr talke, andconfirmed the friendſhip betweene them, the King, then rowingamongeſt our Shippes, behelde the ſame with pleaſure and admiration; out of which great ftore of Ordinaunce paffed, wherewiththey were greatlye delyghted: all which time our Generall wentwith him, to whom he declared, that he neuer fawe anye men ofwhom he tooke ſo great pleaſure, as thoſe of Portingall, whereofhe woulde gladlye haue ſome with him, to helpe him in his Warres,which he hath ſometime with his enimies. To which his fpeachesthe Generall aunfwered, that ifhe had experience of theyr doings, bewoulde then a great deale better lyke ofthem; and further that theywould helpe him, if the King his mafter would fende his Shippes ofWarre to Calicut: as he doubted not but he would, if it wer God hisgoodpleasure to permit thefame to be diſcouered." After the King had in this fort folaced himſelfe, he then defired the Generall, that fince he would not go with him to his Citie,$ Cap. 12.heGAMA REFUSES TO LAND. 485Em-nanuel.he ſhould then let him haue two of his men, to go and fee his Pal- Ch. III. § z.laice; and for pledge of the fame, he would giue him his fonne,and one of his chiefe Chaplaines, the which they call Cacis.Wherevnto the Generall yeelded, and appointed two of our men togo with the King; who, at his departure, requeſted the Generall,that the next daie he would go along in his Boate hard by theShore, where he ſhould ſee his Horfmen running; and fo theyparted for that time. The next daie, being Thurſdaye, the Captainegenerall, and Niculao Coelho, went in theyr Boates armed along theShore, the one fomewhat diftant from the other; betweene whom,vpon the Shore, were many men on horfebacke fkirmiſhing. Asour Boates approched, there came certeine footemen downe certeine ftayres of ftone from the king's houfe, which was in fight,where they tooke the King vp in a Chaire, and carried him veryeneere to the Boate of the Generall; to whom he ſpake verye louingWordes, and once more requeſted him to enter vpon land, and goto his citie, for that his father, beeing a lame man, was defirous tofeehim; and that whileft he ſhould remaine on fhoare, both he and hischildren would enter and abide in his Shippes. But our Generallfearing, leaft under fuch fugred ſpeach fome bitter baite might liecouered, did therefore ftill excufe himſelf for going on land, alleadging, he must obey his Prince, who gaue him nolicenfe fo to do atanie time. So taking his leaue of the King, he went a while hardby the Shippes of the Indias, ſhooting off much Ordinaunce. Whowhen they fawe vs paffe by lifted up theyr hands, faieng, Chrifte!Chrifte! and that night, with the King's licenfe, our men madethem a great Feaft, with much paftime alfo of Squibs, Gunne Shot,and great and lowde cryes." The Fleete thus lyeing in the Harbour, there came vpon theSundaye, being the twenty-first daie of Aprill, from the King, a man• Kádhi, or Kâzi, as the Turks and Perfians pronounce it.that486PROGRESSOFDISCOVERY.1.April,1498.BOOK that was in great credit with him to vifite the Captaine generall.Who at that inftant was very fad and heauie, for that it was thentwo daies fince any man came to the fleet from the Citie: by reaſonwhereof he feared, leaſt that the King were offended with him, astaking occaſion of offence, for that he refuſed to go on Shoare; fuppofing alfo, that he would therevpon breake the peace and leaguemade between them, for which he was forrowfull, efpecially finceas yet he had no Pilots; and when he fawe, that he which was fogreat with the king did bring him no Pilots, he then began to hauefome iealoufie and fufpition of the King. Who beeing informedthereof, and knowing the Generall remained there for that Cauſe,did therefore forthwith fend him a Pilot, a Gentile, called in theyrlanguage Guzarate, whofe name was Canaca; making excuſe thatheS

  • De Barros, and Faria, call this Pilot MALEMO CANA: the former adds, that he belonged

to one of the Indian Ships which had arrived at Melinde from Cambaia, and fhewed to Gama aChart of the Indian coaft, laid down with meridians and parallels very ſmall, without havingthe Rhumbs of wind marked. This Pilot did not exprefs any furpriſe on ſeeing the largewooden Aftrolabe, and thoſe of metal, which Gama ufed; fince the Pilots in the Red Sea hadbeen accustomed to Aftronomical Inftruments made of brafs in a triangular form, and alſo toQuadrants. He added, that himfelf, and others who failed from Cambaia, and the portsof India, failed by the north and fouth Stars , and the Conftellations in the eaftern and weftern Hemiſphere; that they did not employ the above Inftruments in Navigation, but uſed oneformed ofthree boards, after the ſame manner as the Portugueſe made obfervations with the Balheftilla, or Crofs -ftuff. This curious Paffa*ge may probably render fome ofmy readers anxious toconfultthe original; which being fearce, has occafionally been cited: (Decada 1. Liv. 4. cap. 6.)Entre os quaes vinha hum Mouro GuZARATE de nação chamado Malemo Cana, o qual affi pelo contentamento que leve da converfação dos noffos , como por comprazer a El-Rey, que buscava piloto peralhe dar, acceptou querer ir com elles . Do faber do qual Vafco da Gama, depois que praticou comelle, ficou muito contente, principalmente quando lhe mostrou huma CARTA de toda a Cofta da Indiaarrumada ao modo dos Mouros , que era em MERIDIANOS , PARALLELOS mui miudos fem outreRumo dos Ventos; porque como o quadrado daquelles Meridianos, e Parallelos era mui pequeno,ficava a Cofta per aquelles dous Rumos de Norte Sul, e Lefte Ocfte mui certa, fem ter aquella multiplicação de Ventos, d'águlha commum da noſſa Carta, que ferve de raiz das outras. E amoftrandoThe Vafco da Gama o Grande Aftrolabio de páo que levava, e outros de metal, com que tomava aaltura do Sol, não fe efpantou o Mouro diffe , dizendo, que alguns Pilotos do Mar Roxo usavam deInftrumentos de Latão defigura triangular, e Quadrantes, com que tomavam a altura do Sol, e principalmenteSAILS FROM MELINDE. 487Emmanuel.he had not fent him fooner; and fo the King and Generall remain- Ch. III. § 2 .ed friends, and continued the peace before concluded upon betweenethem. " Oforius adds, the King made Gama promiſe to ſtop at Melinde on his return , that an ambaffador might be fent to Liſbon,and an alliance formed between the Kings of Melinde and Portugal.tWith the thirteenth chapter of Caftanheda, which relates the arrival of Gama at Calicut, the firſt book, or great diviſion of the progrefs of Maritime Difcovery is completed. -Barros informs us, thatbefore the Portugueſe left Melinde, Gama, as was cuſtomary, placedin that city with the King's permiffion a Stone Pillar, or Padrão,to which he gave the name of Sancto Efpirito." The Captaine generall beeing thus prouided of all things neceffarie for his Voiage, departed from Melinde on " Fridaye the twentyfourth daie of Aprili, and from thence he began to cut ouer a Goulfe,which is of 750 leagues; for the Lande there doth make a certeine Xgreatcipalmente da Estrella, de que fe mais ferviam em a navegação. Mas que elle, e os Mareantes deCambaia, e de toda a India, peró que a fua navegação era per certas Eftrellas, affi do Norte, comodo Sul, e outras notaveis, que curfaram per meio do Ceo de Oriente a Ponente, não tomavam afuadiftancia per inftrumentos femelhantes aquelles, mas per outro de que fe elle fervia, o qual InftrumentoThe trouxe logo a mostrar, que era de tres taboas.

  • In the year 1790, Father John de Souza publiſhed a curious Collection of Papers entitled

Documentos Arabicos, which he tranflated into Portugueſe by permiffion of her majeſty, fromthe Original Arabic MSS. depofited in the Royal Archives of Liſbon. They chiefly conſiſtof copies of Letters, that paſſed between the Kings of Portugal, and the tributary Princes ofIndia in the fixteenth century. Amongthefe is a letter from a king of Melinde to Emmanuel,the contents of which are given by Mr. Murphy, ( Travels in Portugal, page 235. ) TheXeque Wagerage was lord of Melinde when Gama afterwards concluded an alliance with him,and carried his ambaſſador to Portugal." Oforius, ( page 42. Tranſlation, vol. 1. p. 60. ) Lichefield has inadvertently faid Tewſdayethe 22d of Aprile; in which he is neither juftified by Caftanheda, nor de Barros, who bothmake it the twenty-fourth of April.

  • Barros fays, E atravesando aquelle grande golfo de fetecentas leguas que ha de huma á outra

sofla,per espaço de vinte dous dias. ( Ibid. cap. 6.)488 PROGRESSOF DISCOVERY.May,1.1498.ZBOOK great valley, which doth runne along the Coaſt from the north to theſouth, and our Voiage, in demaunding of Calicut, lay to the Eaſtward.In following whereof, the next Sundaye our men fawe the North,which a long time before they had not feene, and alſo they ſawethe South; of which good fortune they thanked God, in that itreprefented, as then to them, Winter of the Indias; and where alwaies in that Goulfe are great Stormes, they now found none butrather faire weather. The Fridaye, being the feuenteenth daie ofMay, and twenty- two daies next after theyr departing from Melinde, in which time they had feene no lande, they then diſcoueredand came to fight of lande; and the Fleete beeing eight leagues offeaboord from the Shoare, the lande feemed high; theyr Pilot didas then let fall the Plommet, and found fortie-five fathom. Wherevpon to auoide and apart himſelfe from that Coaſt, he made his wayto the South-Eaft, and vpon Saterdaye he made to landward; howbeitaOforius thus defcribes their paffa*ge through the Indian Ocean: Soluit inde Gama»Kalen. Maij. Quanquam autem noftri Orientem verfus nauigarent, curfum tamen ad Septentrioneminfledebant. Intra paucos autem dies, regionem circulo aquinoctiali fubie&tam, peragrant, atquerurfus Sydera, que tam multos menfes latuerant, cum voluptate confpiciunt. Urfa maiorem et minorem, et Oriona, et reliqua que circa polum Araicum exiguum orbem conficiunt, oculis ufurpant.Pelagus deinde maximum, cuius intimo receffu Septentrionem verfus multa Ethiopia, et Arabia, etCaramaniæ partes aluuntur, tempeflate admodumfecunda tranfmittunt. ( P. 42. Tranſl. p. 60. )A circumftance in the Letters of AMERICO VESPUCCI deferves remark. Afterhaving paft the Line, he fays, " E come defiderofo d'effere Autore che fegnaffi la Stella,defirous to be the namer and diſcoverer of the Pole Star of the other hemiſphere, I loftmy fleep many nights in contemplating the Stars of the other Pole. " He then laments,that as his Inftruments could not diſcover any Star of leſs motion than ten degrees, he hadnot the fatisfaction to give a Name to any one. But as he obferved four Stars in form ofan Almond ( The Crofs of Cada Moto) which had but little motion, he hoped in his nextVoyage he fhould be able to mark them out. All this is truly curious, and affords a goodcomment on the temper of the man who had the art to defraud Columbus, by giving hisown name to America, of which he challenged the diſcovery. Near fifty Years before theVoyage of Americo Vespucci the Portugueſe had croffed the Line;Gama near three years before, had doubled the Cape of Good Hope.and Diaz fourteen, and(Mickle. )aLichefield fays twenty-three.6COAST OF MALABAR. 489Emmanuel.beit he ranne not ſo neere the fame as he might certeinly knowe it , Ch. III. § 2 .but he perceived by fmall fhowres of raine, which fell as theymade towards lande, that they were on the Coaſt of the Indias;for at that preſent time of the Yere the Winter is euer in thoſeIndias.сbSundaye, beeing the twentieth daie of May, the Pilot fawe certeine high hills which were ouer the Citie of Calicut, and came foneere to Lande that he did reknowledge the fame; and with greatjoy demaunded his reward of the Generall, faieng, that this wasthe Lande, which he and his companie fo greatly defired to fee, andcome to. The Generall repleniſhed with ioy of that good fortune,gaue Canaca his demaund, and forthwith went to Praier, faieng theSalue, wherein they gaue God greate thanks, for this theyr happieand ſafe arriuall upon that Coaſt, and in fight of the place whichthey fo earneſtly longed for to fee. When Praier was done theymade great joy, and feaſted on ſhipboord; and the ſelf ſame daie,in the euening, the Generall came to an ankor two leagues fromCalicut. Immediatly came certeine people of that lande in fowreBoates called Almaydyas to our Fleete, to vnderſtand what Shippestheſe were, hauing neuer before feene anye of that making cometo that Coaſt. Theſe people are browne. At theyr comming to vsfome of them entered into the Generall's Shippe, and albeit thePilot Guzarate tolde him that they were Fiſhermen, a poore kindeof people, for ſo they call all ſuch as bee poore men in the Indias;yet he receyued them all well, and commaunded his men to buyeofb In the original, E no Domingo, vinte d' Mayo, vio ho Piloto huas ferras muyto altas q estãJobre a Cidade d' Calicut ... e com muyto Prazer pedio aluifaras a Vafco da Gama. (Caftansheda, tom. I. cap. 13. p. 27. )• Oforius adds, that Gama on this occafion releaſed all his prifoners whowere in fetters thatevery one might partake of his happineſs.VOL. I. 3 R490 FIRST DIVISION OF THE PROGRESS OFI.May,1498.BOOK of theyr fiſh. Hauing fome talke with them he did vnderſtandthat towne was not Calicut, for it was they faid further off, andoffered to carrie our fleete thether. Wherevpon the Generall required them ſo to doe; and therewith departed thence, and wasbrought by thoſe fiſhermen to Calicut, which is a Citie fcituated onthe Coaſt of Malabar, a prouince of the fecond Indias, that hathhis beginning in the Mount Dely, and endeth at Cabo de Comorim."" Now Morn, ferene in dappled grey, arofeO'er the fair Lawns where murmuring Ganges flows;Pale fhone the Wave beneath the golden beam;Blue o'er the filver flood MALABRIA's mountains gleam.The Sailors on the Main-top's airy round,LAND! LAND! aloud, with waving hands, refound.Aloud the Pilot of Melinda cries,Behold O Chiefthe shores ofIndia riſe!Elate the joyful Crew on tip-toe trod,And every breaſt with ſwelling raptures glow'd.GAMA'S great foul confeft the rushing fwell,Prone on his manly knees the Hero fell:Oh bounteous Heaven! he cries, and ſpreads his handsTo bounteous Heaven, while boundleſs joy commandsNo farther word to flow. In wonder loft,As one in horrid Dreams through whirlpools toſt,Now fnatch'd by demons rides the flaming air,And howls, and hears the howlings of deſpair;Awaked, amazed, confufed with tranſport glows,And, trembling ſtill, with troubled joy o'erflowsSo, yet affected with the fickly weightLeft by the horrors of the dreary Night;The Hero wakes in raptures, to beholdThe Indian Shores before his Prows unfold.

13 BoundingMARITIME DISCOVERY COMPLETED. 491O GLORIOUS CHIEF! WHILE STORMS AND OCEANSRAVED,WHAT HOPELESS TOILS THY DAUNTLESS VALOURBRAVED!BY TOILS LIKE THINE THE BRAVE ASCEND TOHEAVEN;BY TOILS LIKE THINE IMMORTAL FAME IS *GIVEN!"Ch. III. § 2.Emmanuel.Mickle's Lufiad, vol. 2. book 6. p. 125.END OF THE FIRST BOOK.PublishedJan.1,1803. byate& Davies, Strind.!APPENDIX:SCARCE AND DETACHED TREATISES WHICH HAVE A Reference to THE SUBJECTOF THE PRECEDING PAGES. -ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS.MEMOIR OF THEDIFFERENT METHODS THAT HAVE BEEN SUGGESTED FOR THE PRESERVATIONOF THE HEALTH OF SEAMEN. ESSAYS ON PHILOSOPHICAL AND ASTRONOMICALINSTRUMENTS AS EMPLOYED FOR THE PURPOSES OF NAVIGATION. - NEW INVENTIONS.-EXPLANATORY CATALOGUE OF VOYAGES, AND OTHER WORKS CONNECTED WITH THE PROGRESS OF MARITIME discoverY.VOL. I. aANTONIO GALVANO, the celebrated author of the following Treatife, was a natural!fon of Edward Galvano, born in the East Indies. Having obtained the government of theMolucca Iflands, he foon diftinguished himſelf by a fignal victory over 20,000 men, with thevery inferior force of * 350. His attention was next directed towards the depredations ofthe Corfairs; and, with fo much fuccefs, that the adjoining parts of the Indian Ocean wererendered entirely fecure for the Commerce of the Portugueſe. His humanity towards thenatives, and his continued anxiety to inftruct them refpecting the confolatory doctrines ofChriſtianity, are recorded to the honour of Galvano, and Portugal. Nor was he at the fametime inattentive to its political interefts: 500,000 crufades were added by his induftry totheroyal revenue of John the Third. Such diftinguiſhed merit was not however rewarded in thisworld the humane difpofition of Galvano involved him in pecuniary diftrefs; and though thefums he had expended in the fervice of religion , amounting to 70,000 crufades, gained him thetitle of the Apofile ofthe Moluccas, he endured, without procuring relief, an embarraſſment andpoverty, which his compaffion towards others had occafioned . Poor and neglected, he atlength fought for confolation in the bofom of his country, where he arrived in 1540: buttheonly afylum, which this diftinguiſhed governor of the Moluccas could fecure, was the Hopitalde Lisbon, where he died during the year 1557.-The fame epitaph may be infcribed on thetomb-ftones of Antonio Galvano and Camoens: and though the ſtateſman might bluſh at itsperufal, the injudicious expectation of an ambitious mind would thus be humbled and repreſſed.-Galvano wrote an Hiftory ofthe Molucca Iſlands, which is loft. In 1555, his Account ofthedifferent routes, by which the merchandiſe of India has been conveyed to Europe, was printed at Lisbon.

  • Hiftorians differ as to the exact number; fee page 8 of this Appendix.

THEDISCOVERIESOFTHE WORLDFROMTHEIR FIRST ORIGINAL,UNTOTHE YEAR OF OUR LORD 1555-WRITTEN IN PORTUGUESE,By ANTONIO GALVANO.Published by the Rev. RICHARD HAKLUYT, Student of Chrift- Church in Oxford;and afterwards inferted in Churchill's Collection of Voyages.a 2THIS ancient piece comes well recommended, and deferves both our preſervation and attention; as well on account of the author, who was no less than the famous Antonio Galvano,whofe praife to this day is defervingly commemorated among his thankful countrymen, andfuccinctly collected from ancient authors, by Mr. Hakluyt, in the following epifle dedicatory; asagain, on account of the tranflator, who was defcendedfrom an ancient family at Yetton inHerefordshire, and educated at Westminster-ſchool: from whence, being elected a student ofChrist- Church in Oxford, he took his batchelor and maſter ofarts degrees; and at last, entering into holy orders, he first was made prebendary of Bristol, and afterwards ofWeftminster,and rector of Wetheringfet in Suffolk, in the room of Dr. Richard Webfter. Befides thistranflation, which gives us a proof of his capacity in the Portugueſe tongue, he illuſtratedPeter Martyr Anglericus's eight decads de Novo Orbe, with curious notes; tranſlated alſofromthe Portugueſe, Virginia, richly valued by the defcription of the main land ofFlorida, her nextneighbour; and wrote notes of certain commodities in good requeft in the East- Indies, the Moluccas, and China. But what has most perpetuated his name, is his great pains andjudgment in collecting English Voyages, Navigations, Traffics, and Diſcoveries.Ourfamous Camden played the poet on this occafion, and adorned that collection with thefollowing commendation in Latin verfe:In eximium opus R. Hakluyti de Anglorum ad disjunctiffimas regionesnavigationibus G. Camdeni hexafticon.Anglia, quæ penitus toto difcluditur orbe,Angulus orbis erat, parvus et orbis erat.Nunc cum fepofitos alios detexerit orbes,Maximus orbis honos, orbis et orbis erat.At quid, Haklute, tibi monftranti hæc debeat orbis?Laus tua, crede mihi, non erit orbe minor.ΤΟTHE RIGHT HONOURABLESIR ROBERT CECILL KNIGHT,PRINCIPAL SECRETARY TO HER MAJESTY, MASTER OF THE COURT OF WARDS ANDLIVERIES, THE WORTHY CHANCELLOR OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE,AND ONE OF HER MAJESTY'S MOST HONOURABLE PRIVY- COUNCIL .RIGHT HONOURABLE, -While I went about to publiſh our Engliſh voyages and diſcoveries, I was adviſed by Mr. Walter Cope, a gentleman of rare and excellent parts,.to draw them into a ſhort fum; adding, that in his opinion that courfe would provemoft acceptable to the world, eſpecially to men of great action and employment.Although, in that work then under the prefs, I could not conveniently alter my courfe;.yet holding his advice, as in many things elfe, fo in this for found and very good, Ihere preſent unto your honour a brief treatiſe, moſt agreeable to the ſame. The author whereof was one Antonio Galvano, a Portugal gentleman; of whoſe piety towards God, equity towards men, fidelity to his prince, love to his country, ſkill in ſeacauſes, experience in hiftories, liberality towards his nation; vigilance, valour, wiſdom,and diligence in restoring and fettling the decayed ſtate of the isles of Moluccas(where he remained fix or ſeven years governor ) , if it pleaſe your honour to read Fernando Lopez de Caſtagneda, or Joannes Maffeius, in their hiſtories of the East-Indies;you ſhall find more written in his fingular commendation, than a large epiftle can wellcomprehend.The work, though ſmall in bulk, containeth ſo much rare and profitable matter, asI know not where to feek the like within fo narrow and ſtrait a compafs. For hereinis orderly declared, who were the firſt diſcoverers of the world, fince the time of theflood; by what ways, from age to age, the fpicery, drugs, and riches of the Eaft wereconveyed into the Weft; what were the caufes of the alterations of thofe courſes, asnamely, the changes of empires and governments; the ceafing of all traffic for manyyears by the Goths' invafion of the Roman Empire; the rifing up of the Mahometanfect, with their overrunning of Africa and Spain; the renewing again, after many.years' diſturbance, of the traffic and intercourfe of the Eaft-Indies; first, by the califsof the aforesaid fect, and eftfoons by the Venetians, Genoeſe, and Florentines. Thenfolloweth the taking of Ceuta in Barbary by John, the firſt king of Portugal of thatname, in the year of our Lord 1415; whofe third fon Don Henry (which he had bythe virtuous lady Philippa, daughter of John of Gaunt, and fifter to Henry the fourth,.kingHAKLUYT'S DEDICATION.king of England) was the first beginner of all the Portugal difcoveries, and continuedthe fame for the ſpace of forty and three years, even to his dying day. By whoſe encouragement the kings of Portugal found out, with much patience and conftancy, thelaft way ofthe bringing the fpicery into Europe by the cape of Buona Sperança; andfor thefe hundred years paft have become the chief lords of the riches of the Orient.By emulation of which their good endeavours, the Antiles and the Weft- Indies beganto be difcovered by the kings of Spain. The infancies of both which moſt importantenterprizes; the progrefs of the fame from time to time; the diſcoveries of iflands,rivers, bays, and harbours; of many rich provinces, kingdoms, and countries; theerecting of castles in fundry convenient iſlands and places, with the drawing of traffic*nto the fame; where, when, by whom, and by whofe authority, is here fuccinctlyand faithfully recorded. So that if it pleaſe your honour, at your convenient leiſure,to take a fea-chart, or a map of the world; and carry your eye upon the coaſt ofAfrica from Cape de Non, lying on the main, in twenty-nine degrees of northerly latitude, and follow the ſhore about the cape of Buona Sperança, till you come to themouth ofthe Red- Sea; and paſſing thence along by the country of Arabia, croſs overto India, and doubling Cape Comory, compaſs the gulph of Bengala; and ſhooting bythe city of Malacca, through the ftreight of Cincapura, coaſt all the ſouth of Afia tothe north-east part of China, and comprehend in this view all the iſlands from theAçores and Madera in the west, to the Moluccas, the Philippinas, and Japan in theeaft; you fhall here find, by order, who were the firſt diſcoverers, conquerors, andplanters in every place; as alfo the natures and commodities of the foils, together withthe forces, qualities, and conditions of the inhabitants; and that which I mention ofthe Orient, is likewife to be underſtood of the Occident.Now, touching the tranflation, it may pleaſe you, Sir, to be advertiſed, that it wasfirſt done into our language by fome honeſt and well-affected merchant of our nation,whoſe name by no means I could attain unto, and that as it ſeemeth many yearsago; for it hath lien by me above theſe twelve years. In all which ſpace, though Ihave made much enquiry, and fent to Liſbon, where it feemeth it was printed, yet tothis day I could never obtain the original copy, whereby I might reform the manifolderrors of the tranflator: For, whereas a good tranflator ought to be well acquaintedwith the propriety of the tongue out of which, and of that into which he tranflateth,and thirdly, with the ſubject or matter itſelf; I found this tranflator very defective inall three, especially in the laft. For the fupplying of whofe defects I had none otherremedy, but to have recourfe unto the original hiſtories ( which, as it appeareth, arevery many, and many of them exceeding rare and hard to come by), out of which theauthor himſelf drew the greatest part of this diſcourſe. And, in very deed, it coût memore travail to find out the grounds thereof, and to annex the marginal quotations untothe work, than the tranflation of many fuch books would have put me unto. Ofwhich quotations there is yet a farther uſe; to wit, that ſuch as have leiſure ſufficient,and are defirous to read thefe things more at large ( for brevity oftentimes breedeth obScurity), may fully fatisfy their defires, by having recourfe by the help thereof to thepureHAKLUYT'S DEDICATION.pure fountains, out of which thoſe waters which are drawn are for the moſt part moſtfweet and wholfome. Now, if any man ſhall marvel that in theſe diſcoveries of theworld, for the ſpace almoſt of four thousand years here fet down, our nation is ſcarcefour times mentioned, he is to underſtand, that when this author ended this diſcourſe,(which was about the year of grace * 1555 , ) there was little extant of our men's travels. And for aught I can fee, there had no great matter yet come to light, if myſelfhad not undertaken that heavy burden; being never therein entertained to any purpoſe,until I had recourſe unto yourſelf, by whofe ſpecial favour, and bountiful patronage, Ihave been often much encouraged, and as it were revived. Which travels of ourmen, becauſe as yet they be not come to ripenefs, and have been made, for the moſt.part, to places firſt diſcovered by others; when they fhall come to more perfection,and become more profitable to the adventurers, will then be more fit to be reducedinto brief epitomes by myſelf, or fome other endued with an honeſt zeal of the honourof our country.. In the mean ſeaſon, nothing doubting of your favourable acceptationof this my labour, I humbly befeech the author of all goodneſs to repleniſh and enrichyou with his beſt bleffings, long to protect and preſerve your honour to the profitablefervice of her majesty, and to the common benefit and good of the realm.Your Honour's chaplain,From London,this 29 Oct. 1601. }In all duty, moſt ready to be commanded,RICHARD HAKLUYT..

  • Second year of Queen Mary's reign.

FRANCIS DE SOUSA TAVARES,UNTO THE HIGH AND MIGHTY PRINCEDON JOHN DUKE OF AVEIRO.ANTONIO GALVANO upon his death-bed left unto me, in his teſtament, among hispapers, this book; and becauſe I am certain he ordained it to be preſented unto yourgrace, I have thought good herein to fulfil his will and teftament, though in otherthings I have done nothing, the fault remaining not in me. And by all reafon thistreaty ought to be fet forth by a Portugal, feeing it treateth of the variable ways fromwhence the pepper and ſpices came, in times paft, into our parts, and alſo of all thenavigations and diſcoveries in the old time; in both of which things the Portugalshave moſt travelled. In this treatiſe, and in nine or ten books of things, touchingMolucca and India (which the cardinal willed me to give to Damian de Goes, fayingthat he ſhould content me, for otherwife I could not deliver them) , this true Portugal occupied himſelf against the unfortunate and forrowful times which he had beenin, which were all ended before all our days and times; for when he received thecaptainfhip and fortreffes of Molucca, all the kings and governors of all the iſlands.about, being agreed to make war againſt the Portugals, until ſuch time as they mightdrive them all out of the country; he fought againſt them all with only an hundredand thirty Portugals, when they were all together, and ſtrong in Tidore; and he gavethem the overthrow, and killed their king, and one Ternate, the principal author ofthat war; and he took their fortrefs: fo upon this victory they ſubmitted themſelves,and came under the obeifance and fervice of our king of Portugal. Herein twothingshappened of great admiration; the firſt, that all the kings and governors of Moluccaagreed together against us, a thing that never fell out, nor yet credible to be like tohappen; for they are ever at variance among themſelves: the fecond, that the captain of Molucca, with only his ordinary foldiers, fhould have the victory againſt ſomany being all together. For fometimes it happeneth, that ſome of the captains ofMolucca, with many extraordinary foldiers, befides their ordinary, yea, and with theaid of all the kings and lords of Molucca in their favour and aid, went againſt oneking only of them, and came back again with lofs. So there may oe reckoned threenotable things done in India, I fay of quality ( but of more quantity and importancethere have been others); which were, the taking of Muar by Emanuel Falcon, and8 theTAVARES' INTRODUCTION.the winning of Bitam by Peter Mafcarenas, and this , whereof we prefently treat. Forall theſe thrée deeds feemed to be impoffible to be atchieved; confidering, the fmallquantity of foldiers which the captains had in gaining the enterprize againſt fo many;with the order and manner by them ordained, how and which ways to obtain theirpurpofe, as well by their enemies as by themfelves. And they could not be atchieved otherwife, but by using a mean, and order , not thought of at the first by the Portugals, nor yet ever fufpected by their enemies . And, befides this, his father andfour of his brethren were all flain in the king's fervice; and he now, being the laſt ofhis lineage, carried with him into Molucca about ten thoufand crufadoes: which heſpent not in idleness, nor yet in play, but only in bringing of many kings, and innumerable towns, unto our holy faith; and in the preferving of Molucca, employing allhis power and ftrength, that all the cloves might come unto the hands of the king'shighneſs which, with Molucca, yielded unto him every year five hundred thouſandcrufadoes; being all to his great prejudice , let, and hindrance. For if he had gatheredcloves for himſelf, as the captains of Molucca have done, then he had come home veryrich. But when he came home into Portugal, in great hope (fuch is the fimplicity ofthe best natures) to be rewarded for his good ſervice; and to be more favoured andhonoured, than if he had brought home with him an hundred thoufand crufadoes; hewas greatly deceived. For he found neither favour, nor yet honour; but only amongthe poor and miferable, to wit, in an hoſpital, where he was kept feventeen years,until the hour of his death: and there he had allowed unto him his winding-fheet tobury him in and the brotherhood of the convent prepared for his burial as for a poorcourtier, caft off by all men, leaving himſelf indebted in two thoufand crufadoes,whereof part came out of India, and part thereof many of his friends had lent him tomaintain him in the hoſpital: for in all theſe ſeventeen years he had not of his highnefs to help himſelf with, fo much as one rial of plate; nor yet of the books whichI delivered, received any thing to diſcharge his will with. Yet for all this, even asupon the profperity of his victories, he never made any boaft, fo likewife, in his adverſities, his great ftomach did nothing abate his heart. As there are good proofs,that with fo many, and fo continual difgraces as he ſuffered , he never, unto the hourof his death, left off to raiſe and augment the yearly rent unto a Counto; which fomemade ſtrange, and would not give ear unto: fo that even as he was extreme painful inthe performance of his fervice, fo he was the like in the things founding unto theperfecting of the fame; which was the cauſe, that he was brought unto the ſtate thathe died in. For he could not fee the quality of the time, but only thofe of his greatſervice, by reafon of the great charges that it ftood him in. And his faying was, thathe was born, not to fay that his conftellation was in the wars victorious; but in theovercoming of kings by the art of warfare; readinefs in refolving; prudence in conferving; and great loyalty and patience; with many fervices unto his king and maſter.In which of all theſe he had moft contentation, it cannot eafily be determined. Wherefore your Noble Grace may fee, that this treaty and the others were made with ſignsand afflictions; which his inferior will might have raiſed up in him, againſt his fupeVOL. I.

briorTAVARES' INTRODUCTION. TOrior reafon . Neither was he willing to take for his remedy that which that greatTurk Zelim, fon to the great Mahomet, did ( for he took Conftantinople, and died inRome), who used to make himſelf drunk, becaufe he would not remember the greateſtate which he loft: nor yet would he give ear unto thofe things which many of hisfriends would tell him, wishing he would fettle his mind out of the kingdom ( for otherwife he ſhould never be able to live ): whereunto he anſwered, that in this point hewould rather be compared unto the great Timocles the Athenian, than to be like theexcellent Roman Coriolanus. Which is a goodly example of a true and faithful Portugal. (Though it were not fo as I do ſay, yet I hear, that the hoſpitals are full ofthe most faithful fubjects to their prince and country. ) Wherefore, by all reafon,this treatiſe ought to be of your grace favoured; fetting apart all overfights, if therein this work of the author, I being not able to attain unto the underſtanding ofthe contrary. God profper your Grace with long life, and increaſe of honour.be any,The translation of the following work by Hakluyt , was firſt printed feparately in one volume quarto:a copy of which is in the valuable library of Alexander Dalrymple, Efq.THEExcellent CreatifeOFAntonio Galvano,Containing the moft Antient and Modern Diſcoveries of the World, efpecially by Navigation,according to the Courſe ofTimes, from the Flood until the Year ofGrace 1555.WHILE I had a defire to gather together fome old and fome new diſcoveries, whichhave been made by fea and by land, with their juſt times and ſituations; they ſeemedto be two things of fo great difficulty, that being confuſed in the authors of them, Idetermined once to defift from any fuch purpoſe. For, touching the courfe of time,the Hebrews declare, that from the beginning of the world to the flood were 1656years. The feventy interpreters make mention of 2242. And St. Auguftine rec- Auguft. dekoneth 2262. In the fituations likewife there be many differences; for there never Civit. Dei,failed together in one fleet at fea, from ten pilots to the number of an hundred, butthat fome ofthem found themfelves, by reckoning, in one longitude, and other fome inanother: but, confidering better with myſelf, that the difficulties are opened, and thedifferences amended, by others of more exact judgment and underſtanding therein, Ipurpoſed notwithſtanding to proceed in this Work of Diſcoveries.Some there are that ſay that the world hath fully been diſcovered; and they allegethis reafon-that as it hath been peopled and inhabited, ſo it might be frequented andnavigable; and the rather, for that the men in that age were of a longer life, and oflaws and languages almoſt one.There be others of a contrary opinion to this; holding that all the earth could not beknown, nor the people converfant one with another: for though it had been fo once,yet the fame would have been loft again by the malice of men, and the want ofjuſticeamongthe inhabitants of the earth. But becauſe the beſt and moſt famous Diſcoverieswere made by Sea, and that principally in our times, I deſire to know who were thefirft difcoverers fince the time of the flood.Some affirm that they were the Greeks; others fay, the Phoenicians; others alfothe Egyptians. The people of India agree, not hereunto, affirming that they were thefirst that failed by fea; namely, the Tabencos, which now we call the Chinois. Andthey allege for the proof of this that they are the lords of the Indies; even unto thecape of Bona Sperança, and the island of St. Laurence, which is inhabited by them,b2 and1. 15. C. 20.12 GALVANO's PROGRESS OFPomponius Mela, 1. 3 .Plinius, 1. 2.c. 67.and all along the fea; as alfo the Javaes, Timores, Celebes, Macafares, Moluccas,Borneos, Mindanaos, Luçones, Lequeos, Japones, and other iſlands, being many innumber; and the firm lands of Cauchin- China, Laos, Bramas, Pegu, Arracones, tillyou come unto Bengala: and befides this, New Spain, Peru, Brafil, the Antiles, withthe reft adjoining unto them; as appeareth by the faſhions and manners of the menand women, and by their proportions, having fmall eyes, flat noſes, with other proportions to be feen. And to this day many of theſe iſlands and countries are calledby the names of Bato-China, Bocho- China; which is as much as to ſay the countriesof China. Further it appeareth by hiftories, that the ark of Noe reſted upon thenorth parts of the mountains of Armenia, which ſtands in forty degrees and upwards;and that immediately thereupon Scythia was firſt peopled, for that it is an high land,and appeared firft after the flood. And feeing the province and country of the Tabencos is one of the chiefeſt of all Tartary, as they report, it is to be thought thatthey were of the moſt ancient inhabitants, and men of the most ancient navigations;the feas being as calm, as the rivers be, in thoſe parts lying between the tropics,where the days and nights do not much differ, as well in the hours as in the temperature; where blow no outrageous winds to cauſe the waters to rife, or to be troubled.. And by late experience it is found, that the ſmall barques wherein they fail, have onlya great high bough in the midſt of the barque, ftanding instead both of maſt and fail:and the maſter holdeth only an oar in his hand to ftear withal; and ſo they failfwiftly along the coaft: and the rest of the paffengers fit only upon certain poles,which are faftened in the barque, which they call Catamarones, and ſo they paſs without rowing.It is further faid, that the people of China were fometime lords of the moſt partof Scythia, and failed ordinarily along that coaft, which feemeth to reach unto ſeventydegrees towards the north. Cornelius Nepos is the author of this; who particularlyaffirmeth-that in the time Metellus the fellow- conful of Afranius was pro-confulin France, the king of Suevia fent unto him certain Indians, which came thither ina ſhip from this country, coming by the north, and by the flats of Germany. And itis probable that they were people of China; for that they from twenty, thirty, andforty degrees upwards have ſtrong fhips and clinchers that can well brook the feas,and endure the cold and intemperature of fuch northerly regions. As for Cambaia,there is ſhipping alſo in it; and the people, by report, have uſed the ſeas many years:but it ſeemeth not that they were any of them which came into France; for that theytraffic only to Cairo, and are men indeed of little traffic and lefs clothing.As for thofe which eſcaped the deſtruction of the flood, they were fo amazed, thatJofeph. An- they durft not defcend into the plains and low countries, but kept the hills. Andtiquit.Judaic. we read of Nimrod, who, an hundred and thirty years after the flood, built theTower of Babel, intending thereby to ſave himſelf, if there ſhould come any morefuch floods.1. I c. 5.Therefore it feemeth, that they which first came to be Sailors, were thoſe whichdwell in the Eaſt, in the province of China; although others, contrarywife, hold themwhichMARITIME DISCOVERY. 13which dwell in the Weft, as in Syria, to have uſed the trade of the fea fooneft afterthe flood. But this contention about the antiquity of Navigation I leave to the Scythians and Egyptians, who were at great variance and difference in this matter; for Juftinus,lib. I. each of them challenged unto themſelves the honour of the first fea travel. Butomitting all jars and differences thereabouts, I will apply myſelf to my purpoſed difcourfe, and ſpeak of that which hiftories have left in record.There are ſome well ſeen in antiquities, which fay, that in the hundred and forty- Berofius.third year after the flood, Tubal came by fea into Spain: whereby it feemeth, that inthoſe times navigations were uſed into our parts out of Ethiopia.And they alfo fay further, that not long after this the queen Semiramis went againſtthe Indians in that river whereof they took their name, and therein gave battle untothe king Stabrobates, wherein he loft a thouſand ſhips: which being credible by Diodorus Siculus,the ancient hiſtory, proveth manifeftly, that in thoſe parts, in thoſe times, were many lib. 2. c. 5.ſhips; and the feas frequented in good numbers.In the fix hundred and fiftieth year after the flood, there was a king in Spain namedHefperus, who in his time, as it is reported, went and diſcovered as far as Cape Berofius.Verde, and the iſland of St. Thomas, whereof he was prince; and Gonfalvo Fernandes Gonfalvo of Oviedo, the chronicler of antiquities, affirmeth-that in his time the islands of the FernandesWeſt Indies were diſcovered, and called fomewhat after his name Hefperides: and he de Oviedo,allegeth many reaſons to prove it; reporting particularly, that in forty days they failed 1. 2. c. 3 .from Cape Verde unto thoſe iſlands.Gen. Hift.Plinius,There are others that fay, that the like was done from this Cape unto the iſlands of 1. 6. c. 31 .St. Thomas, and the ifle de Principe; and that they be the Hefperides, and not theAntiles and they differ not far from reaſon; feeing in thoſe times, and many yearsafter, they did ufe to fail only along the coaft, not paffing through the main oceanfea for they had neither altitude, nor compaſs then in uſe, nor any mariners foexpert.It cannot be denied, but that there were many countries, iflands, capes, ifthmufes,and points, which now are grown out of knowledge; becauſe the names of them arefound in hiſtories: but the age of the world, and force of waters, have waſtedand confumed them; and ſeparated one country from another, both in Europe, Afia,Africa, New Spain, Peru, and other places.Plato faith, in his dialogue of Timæus, that there were in ancient times, in the Atlantic ocean, certain great islands and countries, named Atlantides, greater than Africaand Europe; and that the kings of thoſe parts were lords of a great part of this ourcountry but with certain great tempefts the fea overflowed it, and it remained asmud and ſhingle; fo that in a long time after no fhips could pafs that way.Plato in Timæo.It is alfo recorded in hiſtories, that cloſe by the iſland of Cadiz , towards the ftreights Plin. lib 4.of Gibraltar, there was a certain iſland which was called Aphrodiſias, well inhabited , cap. 22.and planted with many gardens and orchards; and yet at this day we have no knowledge of this Aphrodiſias, but only a bare mention of it in ancient authors. The faidifland14 GALVANO's PROGRESS OFEratofthenesifland of Cadiz is further faid to have been ſo large, that it joined with the continentof Spain.The Açores iflands were fometime a point of the mountains of Eſtrella , which jointo the fea over the town of Syntra: and alſo from Sierra Verde, or the green mountain, which adjoineth to the water hard bythe city of Safin in the land of Cucu (whichis the felf- fame ifland of Mouchin, where Algarbe is ) lie the iſlands of Porto Santo and' Madeira.For it is held as a fure and undoubted verity, that all iſlands have their roots running from the firm land, though they be never fo far from the continent, for otherwiſethey could not ftand firm.There are other hiftories which fay, that from Spain unto Ceuta in Barbary, menapud Strabo- fometimes travelled on foot upon dry land; and that the iſlands of Sardinia and Cor- nem , lib. 1.fica joined the one with the other, as did alfo Sicily with Italy, and Negroponto withGreece.P. 26.We read alfo, that there were found hulls of ſhips, anchors of iron , and othermemorials of fhipping, upon the mountains of Sufa, far within the land; where, as itnow feemeth, no falt water or fea ever came.In India alfo, and in the land of Malabar, although there be now great store ofpeople, yet many writers affirm, that it was once a main fea unto the foot of themountains; and that the cape of Comarim, and the iſland of Zeilan, were all onething as alfo that the iſland of Sumatra joined with the land of Malacca by the flatsof Caypafia; and not far from thence there now ftands a little ifland, which, a fewyears paft , was part of the firm land that is over-againſt it.Furthermore, it is to be feen how Ptolemy, in his tables, fets the land of Malaccato the fouth of the line, in three or four degrees of latitude, whereas now it is at thepoint thereof, being called Jentana, in one degree on the north fide, as appeareth inthe ftreight of Cincapura, where daily they paſs through unto the coaft of Sian andChina, where the iſland of Aynan ſtandeth, which alſo, they fay, joined hard to theland of China and Ptolemy placeth it on the north fide, far from the line, ftanding now above twenty degrees from it towards the north, as Aſia and Europe nowftand.Wel! it may be, that in time paſt the land of Malacca and China ended beyond theline on the fouth fide, as Ptolemy fets them forth: becauſe it might join with thepoint of the land called Jentana, with the iſlands of Bintan, Banca, and Salitres, beingmany that way, and the land might be all flime and ouze; and fo the point of China.might join with the islands of the Luçones, Borneos, Lequeos, Mindanaos, and otherswhich ſtand in this parallel: they alſo as yet having an opinion, that the iſland ofSumatra joined with Java by the chanel of Sunda, and the iſlands of Bali, Aujave,Cambava, Solor, Hogaleao, Maulva, Vintara, Rofalaguin, and others that are in thisparallel and altitude , did all join with Java; and ſo they ſeem outwardly to thoſe thatdefcry them. For at this day the iſlands ſtand ſo near each other, that they seem butcone firm land; and whofoever paffeth between them, may touch with their hand the6 boughsMARITIME DISCOVERY. 15boughs of the trees on the one, and on the other fide alfo. And to come nearer tothe matter, it is not long fince, that in the eaſt the islands of Banda were divers ofthem overflown and drowned by the fea; and fo likewife in China, about ninefcoremiles of firm ground is now become a lake, as it is reported: which is not to bethought marvellous, confidering that which Ptolemy and others have written in fuch cafes, which here I omit to return to my purpoſe.After the flood 800 years, we read, that the city of Troy was built by the Dardans;and that before that time they brought out of the Indies into Europe, by the Red Sea,fpices, drugs, and many other kinds of merchandizes, which were there more abundantthan they now be. Whereunto if credit may be given, we may conceive, that thefea was of old haunted and frequented; ſeeing that then they of the eaſt had ſo muchand fo great traffic with them of the weft, that they brought their merchandize untoan haven which was named Arfinoe, being that which at this day is called Suez;ftanding in thirty degrees on the north part of the Arabian gulph. It is alſo, by au- Plin. 1. 6. -thors, farther written, that from this haven of Arfinoe or Suez, thefe merchan- C. 29.dizes were carried by caravans, or great companies of carriers, upon camels, affes,and mules, unto the Levant fea, to a city called Caffou, ftanding on the coaft inthirty-two degrees of latitude; yielding unto every degree feventeen leagues and anhalf, as the manner is. And there are, by account, from the one fea to the other,thirty-five leagues, or 105 miles. Thefe carriers, by reafon of the heat of the Strabo, 1. 17.country, travelled in the night only; directing themſelves by ftars, and by marks of p. 560.poſts and canes , which they uſed to ſtick in the ground as they went. But afterthat, becauſe this courfe and journey had many inconveniencies, they changed andaltered the fame twice, to find out the most commodious way.Nine hundred years, or thereabouts , after the flood, and before the deftruction of Strabo, 1. 17.Troy, there was a king in Egypt called Sefoftris, who, perceiving that the formercourfes and paffa*ges for carrying of merchandize by men and beasts, were chargeableto the one, and most painful to the other, provided to have a way or fiream cut outof the land, from the Red Sea unto an arm of the river Nilus, which runneth untothe city Heroum; that by the means thereof ſhips might pafs and repafs with theirmerchandizes from India into Europe, and not be difcharged till they came intoItaly; fo that this Sefoftris was the first king that built great caracks to travel this Plin. 1. 6.way. But this enterprife, for all that, took little effect; for if it had, Africa had c. 29.then been made as an island all compaffed with water; being no more ground be--tween fea and fea than the ſpace of twenty leagues, or fixty miles.About this time the Grecians gathered together an army or fleet, which nowis Diod. Sic.called Argonautica, whereof Jafon and Alceus were captains-general. Some fay they 1. 4. c. 4.went from the ifle of Crete, others from Greece; but whencefoever they departed,they failed through the Propontick fea, and Saint George's Sleeve, unto the Euxinefea, where fome perished, and Jafon thereupon returned back into Greece. Alceusreported, that he was driven with a tempeſt to the lake Mæotis, where he was forfakenof all his company; and they which eſcaped with great travel, paffed through by land:unto ..16 GALVANO's PROGRESS OF -Strabo, l. 1.P. 26.1 Kings,c. 9.2 Chron.c. 8.Herod.1. 4.Arift. lib. demirandis innatura auditis.•unto the German ocean, where they took fhipping, paffing the coafts of Saxony, Frifeland , Holland, Flanders, France, Spain, Italy; and fo returned to Peloponnefus andGreece, difcovering the moft part of the coast of Europe.Strabo, alleging Ariftonicus the grammarian, fheweth, that after the deftruction ofTroy, Menelaus the king came out of the ftreights of the Levant feas into the Atlantic fea; and coafted Africa and Guiney, and doubled the cape of Bona Sperança, andfo in time arrived in India: of which voyage of his there may be many more particulars gathered out of the hiftories. This Mediterranean fea was alfo fometimes calledthe Adriatic, the Ægæan, and the Herculean fea, with other names; according to thelands, coafts, and iflands which it paffeth by, running into the great Atlantic fea alongthe coaſt of Africa.In the year 1300 after the flood, Solomon cauſed a navy to be prepared on theRed fea, at an haven called Ezeon- Geber, to fail to the East-Indies, where, by opinion,ftand the islands called Tharfis and Ophir. This navy was three years on this voyage;and then returned, and brought with them gold, filver, cyprefs, &c. wherebyit feemeth,that thofe places and iflands were thofe which now are called the Luçones, Lequeos,and Chinaes. For we know few other parts from whence fome of thoſe things arebrought, or wherein navigation was fo long fince uſed.It is left us alfo in hiftories, that a king of Egypt, called Neco, defiring greatlyto join the Red fea with the river Nile, commanded the Phoenicians to fail fromthe freight of Mecca to the farther end of the Mediterranean ſea; to ſee if it madeany turn back again unto Egypt: which command they obeyed, failing towards thefouth, all along the coaft and country of Melinde, Quiloa, and Sofala, till they cameto the cape of Bona Esperança, finding the fea continually on the left-hand: butwhen they had doubled the cape, and found the coaft continually on the righthand, they marvelled much at it: notwithstanding they continued their courfe forward toward the north, all along the coaft of Guiney and the Mediterranean fea, tillthey came back again into Egypt, whence they firft went out in which diſcoverythey remained two years. And thefe are thought to be the firft that compaffed by feaall the coaft of Africa, and failed round about it.In the year 590, before the incarnation of Chrift, there went out of Spain a fleet ofCarthaginian merchants, upon their own proper cofts and charges, which failed towards the weft through the high feas, to fee if they could find any land and theyfailed fo far, that they found at laſt the iſlands which we now call the Antiles andGonzalo Fer- New Spain; which Gonzalo Fernandes de Oviedo faith were then difcovered; although Criftopher Columbus afterwards, by his travel, got more exact knowledgeof them, and hath left us an evident notice where they be. But all theſe hiftorians which wrote of thefe Antiles before, as of doubtful and uncertain things,and of places undifcovered, do now plainly confeſs the fame to be the country ofNew Spain.nandes deOviedo,1. 2. c. 3.his generalhistory.Diod. Sic.1. 1. c. 3.ofIn the year 520, before the incarnation, and after the fetting out of the aforefaidarmy, Cambyfes, king of Perfia, took Egypt; after whom fucceeded Darius, thefonMARITIME DISCOVERY. 17fon of Hyftafpes, and he determined to make an end of the enterprize which kingSefoftris had begun, if they had not told him that the Red fea was higher than theland of Egypt; and that, by means of the falt fea coming into the river Nile, all theprovince would have been loft and undone with hunger and thirft: for the fresh water of the river Nile overfloweth the whole country, and the inhabitants have no otherwater than that for their drink; whereupon he left his first purpoſe of profecutingthat enterprize.-But nowto return to my matter, and to proceed in the Diſcoveries. -In the year Plin. 1. 2.485 before the incarnation of Chrift, Xerxes the king of Perfia commanded Satafpis c. 67.his nephew to go and fearch, and difcover India: who, according to the precept, undertook the voyage; went through the freights of Gibraltar, and paffed the promontory of Africa, which now we call the cape of Bona Sperança, ftanding fouthwardbetwixt 34 and 35 degrees in latitude; and, being weary of fo great a navagation,turned from thence back again, as Bartholomew Diaz did in our days.Before the coming of Chrift 443 years, Himilco, and Hanno his brother, Carthaginian captains, governing that part of Spain which is now called Andalufia, departedfrom thence, each one with his navy. Hamilco, failing towards the north , diſcoveredthe coafts of Spain, France, England, Flanders, and Germany. And fome writefarther, that he failed unto Gotland, and came to the island of Thule, or Iceland,ſtanding under the arctic circle, in 24 degrees from the north pole; and continued inhis navigation two years, till he came unto this iſland; where the day hath in Junetwenty-two hours, and in December the night alſo hath twenty-two hours, wherebyit is there wonderfully cold.Now the other brother, Hanno, took his courfe towards Africa and Guiney, and Plin. l. 6.he diſcovered the Fortunate Iflands, which we call the Canaries; and befides theſe he c. 31 .diſcovered others, as the Orcades, Hefperides, and the Gorgades, which now arecalled the Cape de Verde iflands. There he, with his company, went along the coaſttill they doubled the cape of Bona Sperança; and, taking their courfe towards theland, they went along by it unto another cape named Aromaticum, which is nowcalled Guardafu, ftanding fouth-eaft from cape Verde in 14 degrees toward the north;and he came to the coaſt of Arabia, flanding in 16 and 17 degrees; and was five years.in this voyage, before he returned back into Spain. There are others who fay, thathe pafled not beyond Sierra Leona, but peopled it, and afterwards difcovered as faras the line but it feemeth he made a full navigation, becauſe he ſpent ſo much timein his travel t.In

  • Though I am very unwilling to abridge or alter any part of this valuable difquifition by Galvano, yet I have ventured to omit his defcription of fome Egyptian animals.

I here again leave out an account of the inchanters and fnakes at the Cape of Good Hope, and otherstrange relations.VOL. I. C18 GALVANO'S PROGRESS OFArift . demirandis innatura auditis. Strabo ,1. 2. p . 68.In the year 355 before Chrift it is faid, that the Spaniards failed throughthe mainfea till they came to the flats of India , Arabia, and thoſe coaſts adjoining, whereuntothey carried divers merchandizes, which trade they uſed in great ſhips; and, failingto the north-west, they came unto certain flats, which were covered with the flowingde Gaditano. of the fea, and with the ebb were difcovered; finding there many tunnies of greatbignefs, where they commonly uſed to fish them to their great profit, becauſe theywere the firft until that time that they had ſeen, and were greatly eſteemed.rum longin- qua naviga tione & ingentibusBavibus..Plin. 1. 6.c. 29.Strabo, 1. 17.p. 560, 561 .The time of Alexander the Great, as appeareth by the ages of the world, was before the coming of Christ 324 years: we all know that he was born in Europe; buthe travelled into Afia and Africa, and paffed through Arminia, Affyria, Perfia, andBactria, ftanding northerly in 44 degrees of latitude, which is the fartheſt country inlongitude wherein he was in all his journeys. From thence he defcended into India,by the mountains of Imaus, and the valleys of Paropamifus, and prepared a navy inthe river Indus, and therewith paffed into the ocean; where he turned by the lands ofGedrofia, Caramania, and Perfia, unto the great city of Babylon, leaving Oneficritusand Nearchus captains of his fleet, which afterwards came unto him by the ftreightsof the Perfian fea, and up the river Euphrates, leaving that country and coaft difco---vered.After this Ptolemy reigned king of Egypt, who by fome is reputed to have beenbaftard fon unto Philip, father of the aforefaid Alexander the Great. This Ptolemy,imitating the forenamed kings Sefoftris and Darius, made a trench or ditch of anhundred feet broad, and thirty feet deep, and ten or twelve leagues in length, till hecame to the bitter wells; pretending to have his work run into the fea, from a mouthof the river Nile, called Pelufium, paffing now bythe city Damiata. But this thingtook no effect; for that the Red fea was thought to be higher by three cubits thanthe land of Egypt, which would have overflowed all the country, to the ruin and loſsthereof.In the year 277 before the incarnation , fucceeded in the government of the kingdom one Philadelphus, who brought to pafs that the merchandizes fhould come outof Europe to the city of Alexandria, upwards by the river Nile unto a city namedCoptus, and from thence to be conveyed by land to an haven ftanding upon the Redfea, called Myos- Hormos; which way was travelled in the night, the pilots directingthemfelves by the ftars , who were expert in that practice. And becauſe water wasfcant that way, they uſed to carry it with them for all the company; till at last, toavoid that trouble, they digged very deep wells, and made large cifterns for the reception of rain-water, by which the way, furniſhed with that commodity which atfirst it wanted, grew in continuance of time to be more frequented..But whereas the freight way was dangerous, by reafon of flats and iflands, theaforefaid king Philadelphus, with his armies, went on the fide of Troglodytica; and inan haven, called Berenice, caufed the fhips to arrive which came out of India, beinga place of more furety, and lefs peril, from whence they might eafily carry the warestoMARITIME DISCOVERY. 19to the city of Coptus, and fo to Alexandria: and by this means Alexandria grew fofamous and rich, that in thofe days there was no city in the world comparable to it.And to fpeak briefly and particularly of the abundance of traffic there uſed; it is leftwritten, for an affured truth, that in the time of king Ptolemy Auletes, father to Strabo, l . 17Cleopatra, it yielded unto him yearly, in cuftoms, feven millions and an half of gold, P. 549.although the traffic was not then quite twenty years old, by way of that city.But after that this province and country became ſubject to the emperors of Rome, Ibid .as they were greater in power, and nearer in covetoufnefs, they fo enhanced the cuftoms, that within a little time the city yielded double the aforefaid fum: for thetraffic grew fo exceeding great, that they fent every year into India 120 fhips ladenwith wares; which began to fet fail from Myos-Hormos about the middle of July, Plin. 1. 6.and returned back again within one year.c. 23.The merchandize which they carried, amounted to one million two hundred thoufand crowns; and there was made, in return of every crown, an hundred; infomuchthat, by reaſon of this increaſe of wealth, the matrons or noble women of that time Plin. l. 12.and place were profuſe in decking themfelves with precious ftones, purple, pearls,muſk, amber, and the like; whereof the writers and hiftorians of that age fpeak verylargely.

18.Cornelius Nepos, quoted by Pliny, reporteth of a king of Egypt that reigned in his Plin. 1.time, called Ptolemæus Lathyrus, from whom one Eudoxus fled upon occafion; and c. 67.the better to avoid and eſcape his hands, he paffed through the gulph of Arabia, andthe ſea, all along the coaſt of Africa, and the coaſt of Bona Sperança, till he came tothe iſland of Cadiz: and this navigation, by that courfe, was as often uſed in thoſedays as it is now, if we may give credit to hiftory: which appeareth the more manifeft by this, that Caius Cæfar, the fon of Auguftus, going into Arabia, found in theRed fea certain pieces of thoſe ſhips which came thither out of Spain. It was uſualalſo, long after thoſe days, to paſs to India by land: for fo did the kings of the Soldans, the princes of Bactria, and other famous captains, who travelling thither, andinto Scythia, by land, had the view of thoſe provinces and countries, till they camethat way to the weft, and to the feas thereof on the north part, whereto many merchants then travelled. Marcus Paulus Venetus writeth much hereof: and thoughat the first his book was efteemed a fabulous piece, yet now there is better creditgiven to it; for, by the late experience of travellers and merchants who have beeninto thofe parts, the names of the countries, cities, and towns, with their fituations,latitudes, and commodities, are now found true, as he, and other hiftoriographers ofthat time, have reported.In the year 200 before the incarnation , it is recorded, that the Romans fent anarmy, by fea, into India, against the great Can of Cathaia; which, pafling through theftreight of Gibraltar, and running to the north-weft, found, oppofite to cape Finifterre,The reader is referred to a preceding Hiſtorical Memoir of Commerce and the Progress ofMaritime Diſcoveryby the Antients, for an examination into the truth of this voyage, and of the Periplus of Hanno and Hamilco,1C 220 GALVANO's PROGRESS OFXiphil. in vita Traj.Ramufius,v. 1. f. 372.P. 2.terre, ten islands, wherein were large quantities of tin, which may be thoſe that werecalled the Caffiterides: and being come to 50 degrees of latitude, they found aftreight, pafling through which towards the weft, they arrived in the empire of India;where they gave battle to the king of Cathaia, and then returned to the city of Rome.Which thing, howfoever it may feem poffible or not, true or falfe, yet ſo I find it leftus in the hiftories of that time.In the year 100 after the incarnation of Chrift, the emperor Trajan prepared anarmy by fea, on the rivers Euphrates and Tigris; but departed from them, and failedto the islands of Zyzara; and, paffing the ftreight of Perfia, entered into the ocean,and failed towards India, along the coaft, till he came to the place where Alexanderhad been there he took certain fhips which came from Bengal, of whom he learnedthe ſtate of that country. But becauſe he was then in years, and weary with histravel, but especially becauſe he found there fmall relief for his army, he returnedback.After the Romans had got moft part of the world, there were, in that age, manynotable difcoveries made. But then came the Goths, Moors, and other barbarousnations, and deftroyed all: for in the year 412 after the incarnation of Chrift, theytook the city of Rome: and the Vandals came out of Spain, and conquered Africa.And in the year 450, king Attila deftroyed many cities in Italy; at which time thecity of Venice began: and in this age the Franks and Vandals entered into France.In the year 474, the empire of Rome was loft, and fell from the Romans to theGoths.After this came the Lombards into Italy, namely, in the year 560.About this time the fect of the Arians prevailed greatly; and Merlin, the Engliſhprophet, flourished.In brief, in the year 611 fprung up the Mahumetan fet, and Morifco regiment,which invaded both Africa and Spain.By this it may appear, that in that age all the world was in a ſtate of war, and allplaces very tumultuous; infomuch that traffic and merchandize ceafed; for no nation.durft trade one with another, either by fea or land: nothing as then remained ſtedfaſt , neither in kingdoms, figniories, religions, laws, arts, fciences, nor navigation,Nor did even the records and writings of fuch things remain; but were all burnt andconfumed by the barbarous cruelties and unbridled power of the Goths, who becamefo covetous and ambitious, that they purpofed of themfelves to begin a new world,and to root out the memory, and blot out the knowledge, of all other nations befides.But they that fucceeded in the government of things, perceiving the great loffesthat the Chriftian world had by the want of traffic, and ftagnation of navigation,whereby thofe commodities and merchandizes could not be ſpent, which before wentordinarily from one nation to another by the uſe of trade; to the end that this decayand lofs might be repaired, and the treafures of the east be imparted with the weft,as it was wont in times of peace, they began to devife a wayto pafs to India; whichwas not as the former, by the Red Sea and the river Nile, but a way of farther failing,MARITIME DISCOVERY.26ing, farther length, and greater coft alfo: for they brought their ware up the river Ib. f. 373-Indus, and there unladed it , carrying it by land through the country of Paropamifus,by caravans, unto the province of Bactria; and then ſhipped it in barks on the riverOxus, which falls into the Cafpian ſea; and ſo failed over that ſea to an haven of theriver Rha, named Citracan, or Aftrican, and fo upwards in the faid river, which isnow called Volga: and, as it appears, they carried it to the city of Novogrod, in theprovince of Refan, which now belongs to the great duke of Mufcovy, ſtanding towards the north, in 54 degrees of latitude: thence they travelled , over land, to theprovince of Sarmatia, to the river Tanais, which is the divifion of Europe from Afia;where they again laded it in barks, and carried it down the river, into the lake Mæotis,and to the city of Caffa, which, in ancient time, was called Theodofia, and then belonged to the Genoefe, who came thither for thoſe wares in their galliaffes, or greatfhips.It is alfo left written, that the trade this way endured till the reign of Commodita, Strabo, 1. 11 .emperor of Armenia, who provided for a better courfe, and commanded this trafficof the fpices to be continued by the Cafpian fea, and fo through the kingdom of Hiberia, which now is called Georgiana; and from thence they entered by the riverPhaſis, now Phaffo, into Pontus Euxinus, and to the city of Trapezunda, ſtanding inupwards of 40 degrees north latitude: and to that place came fhipping for the merchandizes out of Europe and Africa.C. II..It is further recorded concerning this way of traffic, that Nicanor determined, or Ibid .had already begun, to open above 120 miles of land, which lieth between the Cafpian Plin. 1. 6.fea and Pontus Euxinus, that they might come and go by water with their fpices,.drugs, and other commodities there ufed: but in the mean time this mifchief happened, -Ptolemy Ceraunos killed him; and by his death this worthy and famous enterprize ceafed, without effect .But the other way being at laſt alſo loft, by reaſon of the wars of the Turks, itpleafed God to open another way to theſe merchandizes from the iſle of Sumatra, thecity of Malacca, and the iſland of Java, unto Bengal , carrying them up the riverGanges to the city of Agra; from whence they travelled , over land, to another cityftanding near the river Indus, named Boghar; where they difcharged, becauſe the cityof Cabor, or Laor, ftands too far within the land, being the principal city of the Mogores. From thence they went forward to the great city of Samarcand, ſtanding inthe country of Bactria: and there the merchants of India , Perfia, and Turkey, met;bringing thither their feveral commodities, as cloth of gold, velvets, chamolets, fcarletand woollen cloths, which were carried to Cathay, and the great kingdom of China;whence they brought back gold, filver, precious ftones, pearls, filk, muſk, rhubarb,and many other things of great value. After this, thefe merchandizes, drugs, andfpiceries, were carried in fhips upon the Indian fea, to the ftreight of Ormus, and therivers Euphrates and Tigris; and were unladen in the city of Balfara, ſtanding in 31 .degrees towards the north; from thence they were carried, over land, to the citiesof Aleppo, Damafcus, and Barutti, ftanding on the fame fide, in 35 degrees; and7 there22 GALVANO'S PROGRESS OFJoan. Leo African.Ramufius,there the Venetian gallies, or galliaffes, which tranfported pilgrims into the HolyLand, came and received thofe goods.In the year 1153 , in the time of Frederick Barbaroffa, ' tis faid , that there came to.Lubeck, a city in Germany, a canoe, with certain Indians, like a long barge, whichfeemed to have come from the coaft of Baccalaos, ftanding in the fame latitude withGermany. The Germans greatly wondered to fee fuch a barge and fuch people; notknowing from whence they came, nor underſtanding their ſpeech, eſpecially becauſethere was then no knowledge of that country, as now there is.. It may be credible,that though the boat was fmall in refpect of thofe huge feas, yet the wind and watermight bring them thither; as we fee in our days, that the Almadie, which is but aſmall boat, comes, notwithstanding, from Quiloa, Mofambique, and Sofala, to theisland of Saint Helena; a ſmall ſpot of land, ſtanding in the main ocean, off thecoaft of Bona Sperança, ſo far feparated .In the year 1300, after Chrift, the great foldan of Cairo commanded, that the fpiceries, drugs, and merchandizes of India, fhould be carried through the Red Sea, as itwas before; at which time they unladed on the Arabian fide, at the haven of Judea,Y. 1.f. 373 and carried them to the houfe at Mecca; and the carriers of it were the pilgrims: fothat each prince ufed a cuftom to augment the honour and increafe the profit of hiscountry: and thefe foldans had efpecial regard for Cairo, from whence the wareswere carried to the countries of Egypt, Libya, and Africa; the kingdoms of Tunis,Tremeffen, Fez, Morocco, and Suz; and fome of it was carried beyond the mountainsof Atlas, to the city of Tombuto, and the kingdom of the Jalophos; till afterwards,that the Portugueſe brought it about the Cape of Bona Sperança to the city of Lifbon: as, in a convenient place, we purpofe to fhew more at large.. In the year 1344 king Peter, the fourth of that name, reigning in Arragon, thechronicles of his time report, that one Don Lewis, of Cerda, grandfon of Don John,of Cerda, craved aid of him to go and conquer the Canary islands, ftanding in 28degrees of latitude to the north; becauſe they were given to him by pope Clement thefixth, who was a Frenchman: by which means, in thoſe days, there grew a knowledge of thoſe iſlands in all Europe, and particularly in Spain: for fuch great princeswould not begin nor enterpriſe things offuch moment, without great certainty.About this time alfo the iſland of Madeira was diſcovered by an Engliſhman, namedMacham; who, failing out of England into Spain, with a woman of his, was drivenout of his direct courfe by a tempeft, and arrived in that iſland, and caft anchor in thathaven which is now called Machico, after the name of Macham. And becauſe hislover was then fea-fick, he went on land with fome of his company; but in the meantime his fhip weighed, and put to ſea, leaving him behind; which accident occafionedhis lover to die of grief. Macham, who was paffionately fond of her, erected achapel, or hermitage, in the iſland, to depofit her remains, naming it Jefus Chapel;and graved on the ftone of her tomb both their names, with the occafion that broughtthem there. After this he made himſelf a boat out of a tree ( trees being there of agreat circumference) , and went to fea in it, with thoſe men of his company that were leftMARITIME DISCOVERY.. 23Feft with him , and fell in with the coaft of Africa, without fail or oar: the Moors,among whom he came, took it for a miracle, and preſented him to the king of thecountry, who, alfo admiring the accident, fent him and his company to the king ofCaftile.In the year 1395 king Henry III. reigning in Caftile, the information Machamgave of this ifland, and alfo of the fhip wherein he went thither, moved many ofFrance and Caftile to go and difcover it, and the great Canary. They who went,were principally the Andalufians, the Bifcanians, and the Guepufcoes, carrying withthem many people and horfes: but I know not whether the charge of that voyagewas theirs, or the king's. But by whomfoever it was fet out, they ſeem to be thefirſt that diſcovered the Canaries, and landed in them; where alſo they took 150 ofthe iſlanders prifoners: concerning the time of this diſcovery, there is fome differ..ence among writers; for fome affirm this to have been done in the year 1405.24 GALVANO's PROGRESS OFTHE PORTUGUESE DISCOVERIES.John deBarros Afie decad. I.1. 1. c. 2.John deBarros,decad. I.1. 1. c. 2.THE chronicles of Portugal have this record, that after the incarnation of Chrift1415, king John the firſt , of Portugal, departed from the city of Liſbon with the princedon Duart or Edward, and don Peter and don Henry, his fons, with other lords andnobles of his realm, for Africa; where he took the great city of Ceuta, ftanding onthe north fide thereof, betwixt 35 and 36 degrees in latitude: which was one oftheprincipal cauſes of the enlarging the dominions of Portugal.

Whenthey were come from thence, Henry, the king's third fon , defirous to inlargethe kingdom, and to difcover ftrange and unknown countries, being then in Algarve,gave direction for the diſcovery of the coaft of Mauritania: for in thoſe days none ofthe Portugueſe had ever paffed the cape de Non, ftanding in 29 degrees of latitude.And for the better accomplishing of this difcovery, the aforefaid don Henry prepareda fleet, and gave command to the chief captains to proceed in diſcovery from thefaid cape forward; which they did: but when they came to another cape, namedBajador, there was not one of them that durft go beyond it: at which cowardlyfaintnefs the prince was exceedingly diſpleaſed .In the year 1417 king John the fecond reigning in Caftile, and his mother, lady Catharine, then governing, one monſieur Ruben, of Bracamonte, who was then admiral ofFrance, craved the conquest of the Canary islands, with the title of king of them, fora kinfman of his, called monfieur John Betancourt: which being granted him by thequeen, and farther alfo furnished out, he departed from Seville with a good army.But the principal caufe that moved him to enter into this action, was to difcover andperfectly to take a view of the island of Madeira, whereof Macham before had givenfo much information. But, for all that, he went to the Canaries, and carried withhim a friar called Mendo, to be as bifhop thereof, admitted by pope Martin the fifth.When they were landed , they won Lancerota, Forteventura, Gomera, and Ferro;from whence they fent into Spain many flaves, honey, wax, camphire, hides, orchal ,figs, fanguis draconis, and other merchandizes, whereof they made good profit andthis army alfo, as they report, difcovered Porto Santo . The island that they inhabited was Lancerota, where they built a caftle of tone, for their better defence andfecurity.

In the year 1418 , one John Gonzales Zarco, and Triftram Vaz Teixera, gentlemen of the houshold to don Henry, the king's third fon, perceiving the defire theirmafterIt is fingular that a Portugueſe ſhould not have been more correct: Henry was the fifth fon.MARITIME DISCOVERY. 25mafter had to diſcover new countries, and willing in that courſe to do him fome fervice, craved of him a bark, and licence to undertake the action, which they obtained;and then failed to the coaft of Africa, where they were overtaken by a terrible tempeſt, but were fuccoured by falling in with the land, and entered into an haven calledSanto, where they landed, and remained two years.In the year 1420, they difcovered the iſland of Madeira, where they found the John dechapel, ftone, and tomb, whereon the aforefaid Macham had ingraved his name. Barros,decad. 1.There are others who write, that a certain Caftilian, perceiving the defire and favour 1. 1. c. 3 .which don Henry had to navigation, told him, that they had found the iſland of PortoSanto; which being but a fmall thing, they made no account of it:-Don Henryfent Bartholomew Pereftrello, John Gonzales Zarco, Triftran Vaz Teixera; and bythe figns and likelihoods they had received, they went to Porto Santo, and there remained two years. After that, namely in 1420, they failed alfo to the iſland of Madeira, where they found the memorial and monument left by Macham the Englishman.As for monsieur Betancourt, who entered into the conqueft of the Canaries, as is Ib. 1. 1. c. 17.above mentioned, he was flain in the midſt of the action, and left behind him, forhis heir, a kinfman of his, called Menante; who, after that, fold the faid iflands toone Peter Barba, of Seville. But others fay, that monsieur John Betancourt wentinto France to prepare a new army to complete this conqueft, and left there a nephew of his; who, becauſe he heard no more of his uncle, and finding he could nolonger maintain the war, he fold the Canaries to don Henry, the king of Portugal'sthird fon, for a certain thing that he gave him in the iſland of Madeira.In the year 1424, they write, that the faid don Henry prepared a Navy and armyto conquer theſe iſlands, wherein there went, as Captain- general, one don Ferdinandode Caftro; but by the valliantnefs and warlike behaviour of the natives, they wererepulfed whereupon don Ferdinando, confidering the great charge, and little fucceſs,gave over the action, and returned back again. After this, don Henry refigned overtheſe iſlands to the crown of Caftile, in confideration of the aids which Betancourthad received. But the Caftilians agree not to this report: for they fay, that neitherthe kings of Portugal, nor don Henry, would render the iſlands, till they came inqueftion before pope Eugenius the fourth; who, fully underſtanding the matter, gavethe conqueft of the iflands, by order of judgment, to the king of Caftile , in the year1431; whereupon this contention ceafed, touching the title of the Canaries, betweenthe kings of Portugal and Caftile.The Iſlands, being ſeven in number, were called by the name of Fortunatæ, ſtanding in 28 degrees to the north, where the longeſt day is but 13 hours, and the longeſtnight the fame, lying diſtant from Spain 200 leagues, and from the coaft of Africa18 leagues. The people were idolaters, and eat flefh raw for want of fire; they hadno iron, and fowed without any tool: they raifed and tilled the ground with thehorns of oxen and goats. Every iſland fpoke a feparate language: divers paganiſhVOL. I. d customs26 GALVANO's PROGRESS OFBarrosdecad. I.1. 1. c. 4.Ib. c. 5.cuftoms prevailed there; but now the Chriftian faith is planted among them. Thecommodities of theſe iſlands are wheat, barley, fugar, wine, and Canary birds, muchefteemed for their delightful harmony.In the island of Ferro they have no other water but that which proceeds in thenight from a tree, compaffed with a cloud, whence water iffueth, ferving the wholeifland, both men and cattle; a thing notorious, and known to many.In the year 1428 it is written, that don Pedro, the king of Portugal's eldeſt ſon,who was a great traveller, went into England, France, Germany, and from thence tothe Holy Land, and other places; and came home by Italy, taking Rome and Venicein his way; from whence he brought a map of the world, which had all the parts ofthe world and earth defcribed: the ftreight of Magellan was called in it, the Dragon'sTail; the cape of Bona Sperança, the Fore-front of Africa; and fo of other places:by which map , don Henry, the king's third fon, was much helped, and furthered inhis difcoveries.It was told me, by Francis de Sofa Tavares, that in the year 1528 don Ferdinando,the king's eldeft fon, fhewed him a f map, found in the ftudy of Alcobaza, that hadbeen made 120 years before, which map fet forth all the navigation of the Eaft Indies,with the cape of Bona Sperança , as our later maps have deſcribed it: whereby it appeareth, that in antient time there was as much, or more, difcovered, than there isnow. Notwithstanding all the travel, pains, and expences, in this action of donHenry, yet he was never weary of his purpoſed diſcoveries. At length a ſervant ofhis, named Gilianes, was the firft that paffed the cape Bajador, a place before terribleto all men; who brought word, that it was not fo dangerous as was reported: for onthe other fide of it he landed; and, in a manner of taking poffeffion, he fet up a croſsof wood, to remain as a mark or token of his difcovery ſo far."In the year 1433 , in the month of Auguft, don John died; and his fon don Duarte,or Edward, fucceeded him in the kingdom.In the year 1434 don Henry ſet out one Alphonfo Gonfales Baldaja, and Gilianesaforefaid, and they went to another cape, which was beyond the former; and goingon land, perceived the country to be inhabited: and becauſe they were defirous tofatisfy don Henry with as much relation and knowledge as they could get, they continued their voyage , and went forward, till they came to a certain point of land, fromwhence they turned back again.InThis tree is mentioned by Du Perier in his Hiftory of Voyages, and has been deſcribed, by a Mr. LewisJackſon. An engraving of the tree appears in De Bry. See alfo Linfchoten, p. 177. and Aftley's Collection,vol. i. p. 544.Here Galvano is again guilty of an inaccuracy. Edward was the eldeſt, and Pedro the third fon.This circumftance is noticed by Bruce, vol. ii. p. 96. Dr. Vincent confiders this as a copy of Marco Polo'smap, which was exhibited in the church of St. Michael di Murano at Venice. (Periplus Erythrean, p. 205.n. 345.)§ If this is really fact, it ftill , as Dr. Vincent obferves, proves nothing: the Cape of Good Hope was infertedfrom the imagination of the draftímen. (Periplus, p. 200. ) See alfo preceding page, 65.MARITIME DISCOVERY. 27In the year 1438 king Edward, called don Duarte, died; and don Alphonfo, theprince, being young, don Pedro, his uncle, governed the kingdom.decad. 1.1. 1. c. 6.In the year 1441 , don Henry fent out two ſhips; and the captains were, in the one BarrosTriſtan, and Antonio Gonfales in the other. Being put to fea, they took a prize upon the coaſt, and failed on to cape Blanco, that is, the White Cape, ftanding in 20degrees; and informed don Henry of the ſtate of the country, by the Moors whichthey brought from thence. Whereupon he fent one Fernan Lopez de Savado, togive knowledge thereof to pope Martin, trufting to make theſe things commodious tothe Holy Church. Upon which knowledge the pope granted indulgences, and everlaſting pardon, and all other things demanded of him, unto thofe which fhould die inthis enterprize.After this, in the year 1443 , don Henry commanded Antonio Gonfales to carry Ib. c. 7.back the flaves which he had brought, and to ranſom them in their country; whichhe did, and the Moors gave in exchange for them again, black Moors withcurled hair, and fome gold; fo that now that place is called Rio del Oro, that is , theGolden River; whereby the defire of the difcovery might be the more increaſed.Not long after he fent out another named Nunnez Triſtan , who came unto theiſlands of Arguin, where he took more flaves, and brought them to Portugal in theyear 1444.Hereupon alſo one Lanfarote, a groom of don Gilian's chamber, with others affociated with him, armed out certain fhips, which went coafting till they came to theiſlands of Garze, where they took two hundred flaves: which were the first that werebrought from thence to Portugal.In the year 1445, there went as captain of a barque, one Gonfalo de Syntra, an Ib. c. 9.efquire belonging to don Henry, into thofe parts; and he went on land, where hewas taken with fix or feven more of his company, which place was therefore calledafter his name, Angra de Gonfalvo de Syntra. This was the firft lofs, which thePortugueſe received in their diſcoveries .In the year following don Henry fent out three caravels, wherein went as captainsAntonio Gonfales, Diego Aloizio, and Gomes Perez, who had their direction, not toenter into Rio del Oro, nor to bear themſelves diforderly; but to travel in peace, andto convert as many infidels as they could to Chriſtianity: but none of theſe things ,were performed by them; for they returned without doing any memorable act.In the fame year 1446, another efquire belonging to the king of Portugal, called Ib. c. 9. and .Denis Fernandes, of the city of Lisbon, entered into thefe difcoveries, more to win c. 13.fame than to reap commodity by them. And he, being in his voyage, came to theriver Sanaga, ſtanding between fifteen and fixteen degrees of latitude towards thenorth, where he took certain Negroes; and not contented therewith, he went forward, and difcovered Cape Verde, ftanding in fourteen degrees on the fame fide;and there he fet up upon the land a crofs of wood, and then returned with greatcontent.d 2 In28 GALVANO's PROGRESS OFBarros de- In the year 1447 one Nunnez Triſtan went forth to diſcover in a caravel, and hecad. 1. 1. 1. paffed the aforefaid Cape Verde, and Rio Grande, and went paſt it unto another, c. 14.Ib. 1. 2. c. I.Ib. 1. 2. c. 1.Ib. 1. 2. c. I.ſtanding beyond it in twelve degrees, where he was alſo taken, with eighteen Portugals more; but the fhip came home again in fafety, conducted by four or five whichefcaped the hands of the Negroes.In this year alfo, 1447, it happened that there came a Portugal ſhip through theftreight of Gibraltar; and , being taken with a great tempeft, was forced to run weſtward more than willingly the men would, and at laft they fell upon an iſland whichhad feven cities, and the people fpake the Portugal tongue; and they demanded if theMoors did yet trouble Spain, whence they had fled for the lofs which they receivedby the death of the king of Spain, don Roderigo. The boatfwain of the fhip broughthome a little of the fand, and fold it unto a goldfmith of Lifbon , out of which hehad a good quantity of gold. Don Pedro, underſtanding this, being then governorof the realm, caufed all the things thus brought home, and made known, to be recorded in the houſe of justice.There be fome that think, that thoſe iſlands whereunto the Portugals were thusdriven, were the Antiles, or New Spain, alleging good reafons for their opinion;which here I omit, becauſe they ſerve not to my purpoſe. But all their reaſons feemto agree, that they ſhould be that country, which is called Nova Spagna.In the year 1449, the king don Alfonfo gave licence unto his uncle , don Henry toinhabit the iſlands of the Açores, which were long before diſcovered . And in theyear 1458, this king went into Africa, and there he took the town called Alcacer.And in the year 1461 , he commanded Signior Mendez, a gentleman of his houſe,to build the caftle of Arguin, whereof he gave unto him the government, as to hislieutenant.In the year 1462, there came into the realm of Portugal three Genoeſe of goodparentage, the chief of whom was called Antony de Noli, and of the other two, theone was his brother, the other was his nephew; and each of theſe had his ſeveralfhip, craving liberty of don Henry to diſcover the islands of Cape Verde, which wasgranted them. Others fay, that the places which they difcovered, were thofe whichantiquity called the Gorgades, Hefperides, and Dorcades: but they named them Mayo,Saint Jago, and Saint Philip, becauſe they diſcovered them on thoſe faints' days: butthey are alfo called by fome the islands of Antonio.In the year following, 1463, this good nobleman don Henry died; leaving fromCape de Non difcovered unto the mountain called Sierra Leona, ſtanding on this fidethe line, in eight degrees of latitude, where no man had been before that time.In the year 1469, the king of Portugal did let out for yearly rent the trade ofGuiney, unto one called Fernan Gomez, which country was afterwards called TheMine. He let it out for five years, for two hundred thouſand reys by the year;which is of our English money 1381. 175. 9d. ob .; and added unto his leafe thiscondition, that every year he ſhould difcover an hundred leagues.InMARITIME DISCOVERY.In the year following, which was 1470, this king went into Africa with his fonprince John, where they took the town of Arzila; and the people of the city of Tangier fled out for fear, and that he took alfo. It feemeth that good fortune followetha courageous attempt.In the year 1471 , Fernan Gomez gave command, that the coaſt ſhould be difcovered as it lay: which was undertaken by John de S. Aren, and John de Scovar;and they went and found the Mine in five degrees of latitude.And the next year, which was 1472, one Fernando da Poo diſcovered the iſlandnow called after his name. Alfo about this time the iſlands of Saint Thomas anddel Principe were diſcovered, ftanding under the line; with the firm land alfo, wherein is the kingdom of Benin, reaching to the Cape de Santa Catarina, ſtanding on thefouth fide of the line, in three degrees. The man that made this difcovery was a fervant of the king's, and his name was Sequetra.Many ſuppoſe, that then alſo there were thoſe places, countries, and iflands difcovered, which before were never known to us fince the flood .19In the year 1480, the valiant king don Alphonfo died, and left many things wor- Barros dethy of memory behind him; and his fon don John the fecond fucceeded him; who cad. 1. 1. 1.in the year 1481, gave direction for the building of the caftle de Mina to one Diego c. 2 .d'Azambuxa; who did fo, and was made captain of it.In the year 1484, the aforefaid king John fent out one Diego Caon, a knight of Ib. 1. 3. c. 3.his court, to diſcover; and he went to the river of Congo, ftanding on the fouth fidein ſeven or eight degrees of latitude; where he erected a pillar of ſtone, with theroyal arms and letters of Portugal, wherein he wrote the command that he had received from the king, with the time and day of his being there. From thence hewent unto a river near the tropic of Capricorn, fetting ftill up pillars of ſtone wherehe thought it convenient; and fo came back again unto Congo, and to the king ofthat country; who thereupon ſent an ambaſſador and men of credit into Portugal.In the next year, or the fecond following, one John Alonſo d'Aveiro, came fromthe kingdom of Benin, and brought home pepper † with a tail; which was the firſt ofthat kind ſeen in Portugal.In the year 1487, king John fent to diſcover India over land; in which journey Ib. 1. 3. c. 5.went one Pedro de Covillan, a fervant of the king's, and Alfonfo de Payva, becauſethey could fpeak the Arabian tongue. They went out in the month of May, and thefame year they took ſhipping at Naples, and arrived in the iſle of Rhodes, and lodgedin the houſe that was provided for the Portugal knights of that order: from thencethey went to Alexandria, and fo to Cairo, and thence to the haven of Toro, in thecompany of the caravans or carriers, which were Moors. There they took fhipping,and, being on the Red fea, they arrived at the city of Aden, and there they ſeparatedthemſelves: for Alfonfo de Payva went towards Ethiopia, and Pedro de Covillan intoIndia, who came unto the cities of Cananor and Calicut, and came back unto Goa;St. George del Mina, fee PLATE the ſecond. + Long pepper.where30 GALVANO'sPROGRESSOFBarros decad. 1. 1. 3 .c. 9.where he took fhipping unto Sofala, being on the coaft of Africa, in the fouthernlatitude of twenty degrees, to fee the mines that were of fo great name. From Sofala he turned back to Mofambique, and unto the cities of Quiloa, Mombaza, andMelinde, till he came back again unto the city of Aden; where he and Alfonfo dePayva divided themſelves; and thence he failed again through the Red ſea unto thecity of Cairo, where he thought to have met with his companion: but there he heard.that he was dead, by the letters that he received from king John his maſter, in whichletters he was farther commanded to travel, into the country and dominions of Prefbyter John.Upon this command he provided for his farther journey, and from Cairo wentback again to the haven of Toro, and from thence to Aden, where he had been twicebefore; and there hearing of the fame of the city of Ormuz, he determined to gothither; and therefore went along the coaft of Arabia, unto the cape Razalgate,ſtanding under the tropic of Cancer; and from thence he went to Ormuz, ftandingin twenty-feven degrees on that fide. There he learned and underſtood of the ſtreightof Perfia, and of that country: and entered there into the Red fea, and paffed over tothe realm of the Abaffini, which is commonly called Prefbyter John's country, orEthiopia; and there he was detained till the year 1520, when there came thither theambaffador don Roderigo de Lima. This Pedro de Covillan was the firft Portugalthat ever knew and faw the Indies and thoſe feas, and other places adjoining thereunto.In the year 1490, the king ſent unto Congo one Gonzalo de Sofa, a gentlemanwith three fhips; and in them fent home the ambaffador to Congo, which was fentinto Portugal, whom Diego Caon had brought from thence: who, at his being inPortugal, was baptized, both himſelf, and others of his company.The aforefaid Gonzalo de Sofa died in that journey by the way, and in his roomthey choſe his nephew Ruy de Sofa for their captain; and ſo being come unto Congo,the king was very glad of their coming, and yielded himſelf, and the greater part ofhis realm, to be baptized: whereof the Portugueſe had good cauſe to rejoice, ſeeingbythem fo many infidels were converted from gentility, and paganifm, to Chriſtianity.MARITIME DISCOVERY. 31THE DISCOVERIES OF THE SPANIARDS,WITH ACONTINUATION OF THOSE MADE BY THE PORTUGUESE.In the year 1492, in the time of don Ferdinando king of Caftile, he being at thefiege of Granada, diſpatched one Chriſtopher Columbus, a Genoefe, with three ſhips,to go and diſcover Nova Spagna; who first had offered his fervice for a weſtern difcovery unto king John of Portugal, but he would not entertain him.He being fufficiently furniſhed for this enterprize, departed from the town of Palos the third day of Auguft, having with him as captains and pilots Martin AlfonfoPinzon, Francis Martinez Pinzon, Vincent Yannes Pinzon, and Bartholomew Columbus his brother, with an hundred and twenty perfons more in his company: andfome affirm, that they were the firſt that failed by latitudes. They took the Canariesin their way, and there refreſhed themſelves, taking their courſe thence towards

  • Cipango; but finding the ſea by the way full of weeds, they were amazed, and with

great fear arrived at the Antiles the tenth day of October, and the firſt iſland thatthey defcried was called Guanahany, where they went on land, and took poſſeſſion ofit, and named it San Salvador. This iſland ſtandeth in 25 degrees of northerly latitude. And after that they found many iſlands , which they called the Princes, becauſe they were the firſt that they had diſcovered.The favages of thoſe parts call theſe iflands by the name of Lucaios, having indeedfeveral names for them; and they ſtand on the north fide, almoſt under the tropicof Cancer. As for the iſland of St. James, or Jamaica, it ſtandeth between 16 and17 degrees.Thence they went to the iſland which the natives of the country call Cuba, andthe Spaniards call it Ferdinandina, becauſe their king's name was Ferdinando, ſtanding in 22 degrees: from whence the Indians conducted them unto another iſland,which they call Hayti, and the Spaniards called it Ifabella, in the memory of thequeen of Caftile, who was fo called, and they named it alfo Hifpaniola. In thatiſland the admiral fhip of Columbus was caft away; with the timber and planks whereof they made a fort, wherein they left thirty-eight men, and a captain called Roderigode Arana, to learn the language and cuſtoms of the country. They brought fromthence mufters and fhews of gold, pearls , and other things, which that country yielded; and ten Indians alfo, whereof fix died, the reft were brought home and baptized.HereuponSee chap. the fecond, for the difcovery of Porto Santo, and Madeira,32 GALVANO's PROGRESS OFGomarahiftoriægen. l . 1.c. 15.Hereupon there grew fuch a common defire of travel among the Spaniards, thatthey were ready to leap into the fea to ſwim if it had been poffible, into thofe newfound parts. The aforefaid company of Columbus, at their coming home, took intheir way the ifles of the Açores; and the fourth day of March in the year 1493they entered into the bar of Lisbon, which diſcovery pleaſed not the king of Portugal;whereupon rofe a contention between thoſe two kings.Chriftopher Columbus, being arrived, went prefently into Caftile, with the news ofall things, and acquainted king Ferdinando with the difcontentedneſs of the king ofPortugal. Whereupon he, and the queen Ifabella his wife, fent word thereof untopope Alexander VI. whereat he and the Italians were in great admiration , marvellingthat there was any more land befides that which was under the Romans. But theend of this matter was this: Alexander the pope gave theſe countries by his judgmentunto the kingdoms of Leon and Caftile; with this condition, that they ſhould labourto extirpate idolatry, and plant the holy Faith in thofe countries.Fernando the king, having received this anfwer, was glad of it; and ſent ChriſtopherColumbus again on the former voyage, having made him admiral, and given himother honours, with particular arms, and a pofy written about his arms to this effectFor Caftile and for LeonA new world found out Colon.In the year 1493 , the twenty- fifth of the month of October, Chriftopher Columbus went back unto the Antiles; and from Cadiz he took his courſe, having in hiscompany feventeen fhips, and fifteen hundred men in them, with his brethren Bartholomew Columbus, and Diego Columbus, with other knights, gentlemen, men of law,and religious men-with chalices, croffes, rich ornaments, and with great power anddignity from pope Alexander; and the tenth day after their ſetting forth, they arrivedat the Canaries; and from thence, in twenty- five or thirty days, they failed unto theAntiles: the first iſland that they ſaw ſtanding in 14 degrees towards the north,due weft from Cape Verde on the coaſt of Africa. They fay that the diſtance fromthence to the Canaries is 800 leagues. The name they gave it was Defeàda, that is,the Defired or Wifhed Iſland, for the great defire which the company had to come tofight of land. After that they diſcovered many more, which they named the Virgins,which the natives of the country call the Carribees, for that the men of that countryare good warriors, and ſhoot well with bows: they poifon their arrows with anherb, whereof he that is hurt dieth, biting himſelf like as a mad dog doth.From theſe iſlands , and others, they went unto the principal iſland there, whichthey of the country call Boriquen, and the Spaniards call it St. John; and thence toHifpaniola or Ifabella, where they found all the men dead which they had left there.Here the admiral left the moſt part of the people to plant it, and appointed his brethren to be governors there; and fo took two ſhips, and went to diſcover the otherfide of the island of Cuba, and from thence to Jamaica. All theſe iſlands ftand from2 16MARITIME DISCOVERY. 3316 unto 20 degrees of northerly latitude. In the mean time that the admiral failedabout, his brethren, and they that were left with them, were much troubled, becauſethe favages did rise against them. So that Christopher Colon went back again intoSpain, to tell the king and queen of his adventures.In the year 1494, and in the month of January, there was an agreement made ofthe differences which were between the two kings of Spain and Portugal. For thewhich agreement there were fent out of Portugal Ruy de Sofa, and Don John hisfon, and the doctor Ayres de Almada; and for the king of Spain there were DonHenry Henriques, Don John de Cardenas, and the doctor Maldonado. All theſe metin the town of Tordesillas, and they divided the world from the north to the fouth,by a meridian which ftandeth weft from the islands of cape Verde 300 leagues: fothat the one half which lay unto the east fhould belong unto Portugal, and thatwhich lay to the west, to the king of Spain; whereby, notwithſtanding, liberty totravel was left equal unto both.In the year following, 1495, John (the ſecond) king of Portugal died, and Emmanuel his coufin began to reign.In the year 1496, there was a Venetian in England called John Cabota , who having knowledge of fuch a new diſcovery as this was, and perceiving, by the globe,that the islands before ſpoken of ſtood almoſt in the fame latitude with his country,and much nearer to England than to Portugal, or to Caftile, he acquainted king Henry the feventh, then king of England, with the fame; wherewith the faid king wasgreatly pleaſed, and furniſhed him out with two ſhips, and three hundred men whichdeparted and fet fail in the ſpring of the year; and they failed weftward till they camein fight of land, in 45 degrees of latitude toward the north, and then went ftraitnorthward till they came into 60 degrees of latitude , where the day is 18 hours long,and the night is very clear and bright. There they found the air cold, and greatiſlands of ice, but no ground in an hundred fathoms founding; and fo from thence,finding the land to turn eastward, they trended along by it, diſcovering all the bayand river named Defeàdo, to fee if it paffed on the other fide. Then they failed backagain till they came to 38 degrees toward the equinoctial line , and from thence returned into England. There be others which fay, that he went as far as the cape ofFlorida, which standeth in 25 degrees.In the year 1497, the king of Spain, don Fernando, fent out Chriſtopher Colum- Gomarabus with fix fhips, and he himself provided two fhips at his own coft; and, fending hiftoriæ 1. 1.his brother before, he made fail from the bay of Cadiz, carrying with him his fon, c. 21 .don Diego Colon. It was then reported, that he went to take the island of Madeira,becauſe he miſtruſted the Frenchmen, and therefore fent thither three fhips: others fayit was to the Canaries. But however it was, this is true, that he and three more wentunto the iſlands of cape Verde, and ran along by the line, finding great calms and rain;and the firſt land which they came unto of the Antiles was an ifland, ſtanding in * nine

  • Galvano, confidering the time when he wrote, in general fixes the fituation of different places with more

accuracy than might be expected: though he ſeldom, if ever, is entirely free from error. The N. E. point ofLa Trinidada lies in lat. 10 degrees, 45 min. N.VOL. I. degrees34 GALVANO's PROGRESS OFBarros decad. 1. 1. 4.c. 2. and tothe end of the11. chapter.Gomaræ hiftoria general.degrees of latitude, towards the north, joining faft unto the main land, whichthey called La Trinidada; and fo he entered into the gulf of Paria, and came outof the mouth, which they name Bocca de Dragone, or the Dragon's mouth: andthey took their courfe hard by the coaſt, where they found three ſmall iſlands, whichthey named Los Teftigos, that is to fay, The Witneſſes, beyond which ſtandeth theiſland of Cubagua, where is great fishing of muſcle-pearls; where alſo, as they fay,there fpringeth a well of oil: and beyond that iſland they came to the iſles of Frailes,Roques, Aruba, and Curaçao, with other ſmall ones all along the bay; and they cameto the point of Cabo de Vela, and diſcovered along the coaft almoſt 200 leagues:from whence they croffed over to Hiſpaniola, having had alſo ſight of the iſland called Beata.In this fame year 1497 , on * the 20th day of the month of June, one VASQUES DEGAMA failed from Liſbon, by king Emmanuel's command, to India, with three ſhips;wherein there went for captains -Vafques de Gama, Paulus de Gama his brother,and Nicolas Coello, with 120 men; with whom alſo there went one ſhip, laden onlywith provifions; and, in fourteen days, they came unto cape Verde, unto the iſlandof Saint Jago, where they refreſhed themſelves: and from thence they went alongthe coaft, beyond the cape of Bona Sperança, whereupon they erected certain pillarsof ſtone, and fo came unto Mofambique, ftanding in 15 degrees to the ſouth of theline: where they ftaid not long, but went from thence to Mombaza, and unto Melinde; where the king of that place gave them pilots, which conducted them intoIndia; in which difcovery they found out Los Baxos do Padua, that is to ſay, theflats of Padua.In the year 1498 , in the month of May, they came to an anchor before the city ofCalicut, and Panama, where they remained all the winter: and the first day of September they fet fail towards the north, diſcovering the coaft all along till they cameto the island of Angediva, which ſtandeth on that fide in 15 degrees of latitude, wherethey came to an anchor in the beginning of October: and fo they departed fromAngediva in February in the year 1499, and came in fight of the coaſt of Africa,about Melinde, toward the north three or four degrees; and from thence they failedunto the faid city, and fo unto Moſambique again, and to the cape of Bona Sperança,failing along by the coaft; and then they came to the islands of cape Verde, and laſtof all to the city of Lisbon, in the month of September, having been in the voyagetwenty-fix months.In the year 1499, on the 13th of the month of November, there departed fromPalos one Vincent Yannez Pinfon, and his nephew Aries Pinſon, with four fhips,well appointed, at their own coft and charges, to difcover the new world, under thelicence of the king of Caſtile; and with command not to touch there, where the admiral Columbus had been. And ſo they went to the iflands of cape Verde, andpaffed the line to the fouthward, and difcovered the cape of Saint Auguftine, ſtanding on that fide, in eight degrees of latitude; and there they wrote on the rinds ofpine-trees the names of the king and queen, alfo the year and day when they arrived

  • OSORIUS, on the contrary, fays it was on the ninth of July.

there.1MARITIME DISCOVERY.33there. They fought with the people of Brafil, but got nothing; they took theircourſe all along the coaft towards the weft, unto the river Maria Tambal; and atthat time they had taken thirty and odd prifoners. The chief places where theytouched were the cape of Saint Augustine, and the angle or point of Saint Luke, andTierra de los Humos; the rivers of Marannon , and of the Amazones, and Rio dolce,or the ſweet river, and other places along the coaft: and they came to ten degrees oflatitude on the north fide, where they loft two fhips and their company, and remainedin that voyage of diſcovery ten months and fifteen days.C. 2.In the year 150c, and in the month of March, one Pedro Alvarez Cabral failed Baros deout of Liſbon with thirteen fhips, with command not to come near the coaft of Africa cad. 1. 1. 5.to fhorten his way; and he, lofing the fight of one of his fhips, went to feek her;and in feeking her loft his courfe, and failed till he came within fight of the land.The general was ſo long in ſeeking his ſhip, that the company were weary of it, andintreated him to leave his enterprize. The next day they fell in fight of the coaftof Brafil whereupon the general commanded a bark to go to land, and feek anhaven; which they did, and found a good and ſafe haven, and they named it PuertoSeguro, that is to ſay, the ſafe haven, ſtanding on the ſouth fide in 17 degrees of latitude. From thence they failed towards the cape of Bona Sperança, and Melinde,and croffed over to the river of Cochin, which before was not known, where theyladed themſelves with pepper; and, at their return, Sancho de Thovar diſcovered thecity of Sofala upon the coast of Africa.In this fame year 1500, it is reported, that Gafpar Cortereal craved a general licence of the king Emmanuel to diſcover the Newfoundland. He went from the iſlandTercera with two fhips, well appointed, at his own coft; and he failed unto thatclimate which ſtandeth under the north in 50 degrees of latitude, which is a landnow called after his name; and he came home in fafety unto the city of Lisbon:and, making another time this voyage, the ſhip was loft wherein he went, and theother came back to Portugal. Wherefore his brother Michael Cortereal went to feekhim, with three fhips, well appointed, at his own coft; and when they came untothat coaft, and found fo many entrances of rivers and havens, every ſhip went intoher feveral river, with this rule and order, that they all three fhould meet again the20th of Auguft. The two other ſhips did fo; and they, ſeeing that Michael Cortereal was not come at the day appointed, nor yet afterwards in a certain time, returned back to Portugal, and never heard any more news of him, nor yet any othermemory. But that country is called, the land of Cortereal, unto this day.In the year 1501 , in the month of March, John de Nova departed from the city Ib. l . 5. c. 10.of Liſbon with four fhips, and paffed the line on the fouth fide, into eight degrees oflatitude, and he difcovered an island, which he called the Ifle de Afcenfion: and hewent unto Mofambique, and to Melinde, and from thence he croffed over to the otherfide, where they took lading; and fo came back, and doubled the Cape, and found anisland called Saint Helena, being but a fmall thing, but yet of great importance inreſpect ofthe fituation thereof.€ 2 In36GALVANO'sPROGRESSOFIn this fame year 1501 , and in the month of May, there departed out of Lisbonthree fhips, by the order of Emmanuel the king, to difcover the coaft of Brafil: andthey failed in the fight of the Canaries, and from thence to cape Verde, where theyrefreſhed themſelves in the town of Bezequiche; and paffed from thence beyond theline fouthward, and fell in with the land of Brafil, in five degrees of latitude; and fowent forward till they came in 32 degrees, little more or lefs, according as they accounted it; and from thence they came back in the month of April, becauſe it wasthere, at that time, cold and tempeftuous. They were in that voyage fifteen months,and came to Lisbon again in the beginning of September 1502.Gomera hif In the year 1502, one Alfonfo Hoieda went to diſcover Terra firma, and followedtoriæ general. his courfe till he came to the province of Uraba. 1.2.b. 1. 1. c. 24.The next year following alfo one Roderigo Baftidas, of Sevil, went out with twocaravels, at his own coft; and the firſt land of the Antiles that he faw was an iſland,which he named Ifla Verda, that is, the Green Iſland, ſtanding faſt by the iſland ofGuadalupe, towards the land; and from thence they took their courfe towards theweft to Santa Martha, and cape De la Vela, and to Rio Grande or the great river:and they diſcovered the haven of Zamba, the Coradas, Carthagena, and the iſlands ofS. Bernard of Baru, and Iſlas de Arenas; and went forward unto Ifla Fuerta, and tothe point of Caribana, ftanding at the end of the gulf of Uraba, where they had fightof the Farrallones, ſtanding on the other fide, hard by the river of Darien: and fromcape De la Vela unto this place are two hundred leagues; and it ftandeth in ninedegrees and two parts of latitude. From thence they croffed over unto the iſland ofJamaica, where they refreshed themſelves. In Hifpaniola they grounded their fhips,becauſe of the holes which certain worms of the water had eaten in the planks. Inthat country they got four hundred marks of gold, although the people there bemore warlike than in Nova Spania: for they poison their arrows which they fhoot.In this fame year 1502, Chriftopher Columbus entered the fourth time into hisdiſcovery, with four hips, by the command of don Fernando, to feek the ftreight,which, as they fay, did divide the land from the other fide; and he carried with himFerdinando his fon. They went first to the island of Hifpaniola, to Jamaica, to theriver Azua, to the cape of Higueras, to the iflands Gamares, and to the cape of Honduras, that is to say, the Cape of the depths. From thence they failed towards theeaft, unto the cape Gracias a Dios, and diſcovered the province and river of Feragua,and Rio Grande, and others, which the Indians call Hienra: and from thence hewent to the river of Crocodiles, which now is called Rio de Chagres, which hath itsfprings near the South Sea, within four leagues of Panama, and runneth into theNorth Sea and fo he went unto the ifland which he called Ila de Bastimentos,that is, the isle of victuals; and then to Porto Bello, that is, the fair haven; and ſounto Nombre de Dios, and to Rio Francifco, and fo to the haven of Retreat; andthen to the gulph of Cabela Cattiva, and to the iſlands of Caperofa, and, laſtly, tothe cape of Marble, which is two hundred leagues upon the coaft: from whence theybegan to turn again unto the island of Cuba, and from thence to Jamaica, where hegrounded his hips, being much ſpoiled and eaten with worms."II InMARITIME DISCOVERY.. 37In this year alfo, 1502, don Vafques de Gama being now admiral, went again into Barros de- cad. I. 1. 6.India with nineteen or twenty caravels. He departed from Liſbon the 10th day of c. 8.February, and by the last day of that month he came to an anchor at cape Verde; andfrom thence went to Mofambique, and was the firft that croffed from that iſland intoIndia, and he difcovered another in four degrees of latitude, which he called theifland of the admiral; and there he took in his lading of pepper and drugs, and leftthere one Vincent Sodre to keep the coaft of India with five ſhips.Theſe were the firſt Portugueſe that, with an army, ran along the coaſt of Arabia.Felix. It is there fo barren, that their cattle and camels are only maintained withdry fish brought from the fea; whereof there is fuch plenty and abundance, that thecats of the country ufually take them.In the year following, as it is reported, one Antonio de Saldania difcovered theifland which formerly was called Coradis, and now Socotora, and the cape of Guardafu, which adjoineth to that country.In the year 1504, Roderigo de Baftidas obtained licence of king Ferdinando, andby the means of jorn de Ledefma, and others of Seville, armed and furniſhed out twofhips, having for his pilot one John de Cofa, of Saint Mary Port; and he went anddiſcovered that part of terra firma where now standeth Carthagena, being in ten degrees and an half of northerly latitude: and it is faid that they found captain Lewisde la Guerra; and they together took land in the iſland of Codego, where they took600 perfons of the favages: and, going farther along the coaft, they entered into thegulph of Uraba, where they found fand mingled with gold, being the first that wasbrought to king Ferdinando. From thence they returned to Santo Domingo, ladenwith flaves, without victuals, becauſe they of the country would not bargain withthem, which added to their great trouble and grief.In the latter end of this year died lady Ifabella, queen of Caftile; which queen,while fhe lived, would not fuffer any man of Arragon, Catalonia, Valencia, nor anyborn in the country of don Fernando her huſband, to enter into thefe difcoveries, favethoſe which were their fervants, or by fpecial command, but only the Caftilians,.Bifcaians, and thoſe which were of their own figniories, by whom all the lands aforefaid were diſcovered.In the year 1505 , upon our lady-day in March, Francifco de Almeida, viceroy of Ib. 1. 2. c . 3-India, took his courfe, with twenty-two fail, towards India, as now is accuſtomed.He came to the city of Quiloa, where he built a fort, appointing one Peter Fereirato be captain thereof: and beyond Melinde he traverfed to the island of Anguediva,where he placed, as captain, one Emmanuel Paflavia. In Cananor alfo he built an--other fort, giving the captainfhip of it to Laurence de Brito. In Cochin he did thelike, where don Alphonfo de Noronia was made captain. This year one Peter deAnahay built the fortrefs of Sofala, whereof alfo himſelf was made captain.In the latter end of this year the Viceroy commanded his fon, whofe name was donLaurenço, to make fome entry upon the islands of Maldiva; and, with contraryweather, he arrived at the iſlands, which of antient time were called Tragane, butthe38GALVANO'sPROGRESSOFJBarros decad. 2. l. 1.C. I.Ib. 1. 2. c. I.Ib. 1. 4. c. 3.the Moors called them Ytterubenero, and we call them Ceilan; where he went onland, and made peace with the people there, and after went back to Cochin, failingalong the coaft, and fully diſcovering it. In the midft of this ifland there ftands arock of ſtone, very high, having the fign of the foot of a man on the top of it , whichthey ſay to be the footſtep of Adam; and the Indians have it in great reverence.In the year 1506, after the death of the queen of Spain, king Philip and queenJoan his wife came into Spain to take poffeffion thereof, and king don Fernando wentinto Arragon, being his own patrimony. In this fame year the faid king Philip died,and then Fernando came again to govern Spain, and gave licence to all Spaniards togo to the newland, and to the Antiles, but not to the Portuguefe. In this year, andin the month of May, Chriftopher Columbus died, and his fon don Diego Columbusfucceeded in his room.In the year 1506, and entering into the month of March, Triſtan de Acunha, andAlphonfo de Albuquerque, went into India, with fourteen fhips in their company,and failed till they came to an anchor at the town of Bezequiche, where they refreſhedthemſelves; and before they came to the Cape of Bona Sperança, in 37 degrees theyfound certain islands, which now are named the Ifles of Triſtan de Acunha, wherethey had fuch a tempeſt that therewithal the fleet was difperfed. Triſtan de Acunhaand Alphonfo de Albuquerque went to Mofambique; and Alvaro Telez ran fo far,that he came to the island of Sumatra, and fo back again to the cape of Guardafu;having diſcovered many iſlands, feas, and lands, never ſeen before that time by anyPortugueſe. Emmanuel Telez de Meneſes was alſo driven without the great iſland ofSaint Laurence, and he ran along the coaft thereof, and arrived at laft at Mofambique,and there met with Triſtan de Acunha, who was the firft captain that wintered there;and by them it was told, that in this ifland were much ginger, cloves, and filver;whereupon he went and diſcovered much of it within the land; but finding nothing,he came back again unto Mofambique; from whence he failed to Melinde, and ranalong that coast, and entered into Brava; and from thence they croffed over to theifland of Socotora, where they built a fortrefs, and made one don Antonio de Noroniacaptain thereof.In the year 1507, in the month of Auguſt, Triſtan de Acunha took ſhipping forIndia, and Alphonfo de Albuquerque remained there with five or fix fhips to keepthe coaft and entry of the ftreight; but being not therewith fatisfied, he took hiscourſe over unto Arabia, and, running along that coaft, he doubled the cape of Rofalgate, ftanding under the tropic of Cancer.In the year 1509, one Diego Lopez de Sequeira went out of Liſbon with four fail,to the ifland of Saint Laurence, and continued in his voyage almoſt a year; and inthe month of May, the fame year, he arrived in Cochin, where the viceroy gave himanother ſhip; and in the beginning of the month of September he took his courfe toMalacca, paffing betwixt the iflands of Nicubar, and many others. He went alfo tothe land of Sumatra, to the cities of Pedir and Pacem, and all along by all that coaft tothe island of a Poluoreira, and the flats of Capacia: and from thence he went over toMalacca,MARITIME DISCOVERY. 39Malacca, ftanding in two degrees of latitude towards the north; but in that city thepeople killed and took priſoners fome of his men; whereupon he turned back toIndia, having diſcovered in this voyage five hundred leagues. This iſland of Sumatrais the first land wherein we knew men's flesh to be eaten, by certain people which livein the mountains, called Bacas, who uſed to gild their teeth: they hold opinion,that the flesh of the black people is fweeter than the flesh of the white. The oxen,kine, and hens, which are in that country, are in their fleſh as black as any ink.They ſay that there are certain people there, called Daraqui Dara, which have tailslike fheep; and fome of their wells yield oil.The king of Pedir is reported to have a river in his land running with oil; whichis a thing not to be marvelled at, ſeeing it is found written, that in Bactria there isalfo a well of oil: it is farther faid, that there groweth here a tree, the juice whereofis ſtrong poiſon, and if it touch the blood of a man, he dieth immediately; but if aman drinks of it , it is a fovereign remedy againſt poiſon, ſo ſerving both for life anddeath. Here alſo they coin pieces of gold, which they call drachms, brought into theland, as they ſay, by the Romans; which feemeth to have ſome reſemblance of truth,becauſe from that place forward there is no coined gold: but that which is thuscoined, runs current in the buying of merchandiſe, and other things.In the year 1508, one Alfonfo de Hojeda, with the favour of don Fernando, purpofed to go to terra firma, to conquer the province of Darien. He went forth at hisown charges, and diſcovered the firm land, where it is called Uraba, which he namedCaftilia del Oro, that is, Golden Caſtilia, becauſe of the gold which they found amongthe fand along the coaft: and they were the first Spaniards that did this. Alfonfode Hojeda went first from the iſland of Hiſpaniola and the city of San Domingo, withfour ſhips and three hundred foldiers, leaving behind him the bachelor Ancifo, whoafterwards compiled a book of thefe difcoveries. And after him there went alſo aſhip with victuals, ammunition, and 150 Spaniards. He went on land to Carthagena;but there the people of the country took, flew, and eat feventy of his foldiers; whereupon he grew very weak.In the year 1508, one Diego de Niquefa prepared ſeven ſhips in the port of Beata, Gom. hift.to go to Veragua, and carried in them almost 800 men. When he came to Cartha- gen. l . 3. c. 7gena, he found there Alfonfo de Hojeda much weakened by his former lofs; butthen they joined together, and went on land, and avenged themſelves on the people.In this voyage Diego de Niquefa went and difcovered the coaft called Nombre deDios, and went unto the found of Darien, and called it Puerto de Mifas, which isupon the river Pito. When they were come unto Veragua, he went on ſhore with Ib. c. 6.his army, his foldiers being out of hope to return to Hiſpaniola. Alfonfo de Hojedabegan a fortress in Caribana againſt the Caribbees; which was the first town that theSpaniards builded on the firm land: and in Nombre de Dios they built another,and called it Nueftra Seniora de la Antigua. They builded alfo the town of Uraba.And there they left for their captain and lieutenant, one Francis Pifarro, who wasthere40GALVANO'SPROGRESSOFBarros dec. 10. and1. 6. c. 2.Ibid. dethere much troubled. They builded other towns alfo, whofe names I here omit:but thefe captains had not that good fuccefs which they hoped for.In the year 1509, the fecond admiral Don Diego Columbus went into the island ofHifpaniola, with his wife and houfhold; and the being a gentlewoman, carried withher many other women of good families, who were there married, and fo the Spaniards and Caftilians began to people the country: for Don Fernando the king hadgiven them licence to diſcover and people the towns of Hifpaniola, ſo that the fameplace grew to be famous, and much frequented. The forefaid admiral alfo gave order to people the iſland of Cuba, which is very great and large; and placed there ashis lieutenant one Diego Velafques, who went with his father in the fecond voyage.In the year 1511 , in the month of April, Alfonfo de Albuquerque went from thecad 2.1.5 . city of Cochin unto Malacca; in which year and month the Chineans went fromMalacca into their own country, and Alfonfo fent with them, for mafter, a Portugalcalled Duarte Fernandes, with letters alfo, and order unto the king of the Mantias,which now is called Sian, ſtanding in the fouth. They paffed through the freight ofCincapura, and failed towards the north, went along the coaft of Patane, unto thecity of Cuy, and from thence to Odia, which is the chief city of the kingdom, ftanding in 14 degrees of northerly latitude. The king greatly honoured and welcomed.Duarte Fernandes, being the firſt Portugal that he had feen , and with him he fentback ambaffadors to Albuquerque: they paffed over land towards the weft unto thecity of Tanaçerim, ftanding upon the fea on the other fide in 12 degrees, where theyembarked themſelves in two fhips, and failed along the coaft unto the city of Malacca, leaving it all diſcovered. The people of this country of Sian are people thateat of all kind of beafts, or vermin *: this kingdom hath in length 250 leagues, andin breadth 80.cad. 2. 1. 6.c. 5.Ibid. c. 7.After that Duarte Fernandes had been with the Mantales or people of Sian, Alfonfo de Albuquerque fent thither a knight called Ruy Nunnez de Acunha, with letters and embaffa*ge unto the king of the Seguies, which we call Pegu. He went in ajunk of the country, in fight of the cape Rachado; and from thence unto thecity of Pera, which ftandeth faft by the river Salano, and many other villagesftanding all along this river, (where Duarte Fernandes had been before, ) untothe cities of Tanaçerim and of Martavan, ftanding in 15 degrees toward thenorth, and the city of Pegu ftandeth in 17. This was the firft Portugal which travelled in that kingdom; and he gave good information of that country, and of thepeople.In the end of this year 1511 , Alfonfo de Albuquerque fent three fhips to the iſlandsof Banda and Malacca: and there went as general of them one Antonio de Breu,and with him alfo went one Francis Serrano; and in theſe ſhips there were an hundred and twenty perfons. They paffed through the ftreight of Sahan, and along theifland of Sumatra, and others; leaving them on the left hand, towards the eaſt, andthey

  • I have in this, as in fome other inſtances, omitted remarks not immediately connected with the ſubject.

MARITIME DISCOVERY.they called them the Salites. They went alfo to the islands of Palimbam and LuSuparam; from whence they failed by the noble iſland of Java, and they ran theircourfe eaft, failing between it and the island of Madura: the people of this iflandare very warlike and ftrong, and do little regard their lives; the women alfo arethere hired for the wars.Beyond the iſland of Java they failed along by another called Bali; and then camealfo unto others called Avajave, Sambaba, Solor, Galao, Malva, Vitara, Rofalanguin,and Arus, whence are brought delicate birds, which are of great eftimation becauſeof their * feathers; they came alfo to other iflands lying in the fame parallel on thefouth fide in 7 or 8 degrees of latitude: and they are fo near the one to the other,that they ſeem at the firſt to be one intire and main land. The courſe by theſe iſlandsis about 500 leagues. The antient cofmographers call all thefe iflands by the nameof Javos but late experience hath found their names to be very diverfe, as you fee.Beyond theſe there are other iflands toward the north, which are inhabited withwhiter people, going arrayed in ſhirts, doublets, and flops like unto the Portugueſe,having alfo money of filver. The governors among them carry in their hands redftaves, whereby they feem to have fome affinity with the people of China. Thereare other islands, and people about this place which are red; and it is reported, thatthey are of the people of China.Antonio de Breu, and thofe that went with him, took their courfe toward thenorth, where is a fmall ifland called Gumnape or Ternate, from the highest placewhereof there fall continually into the fea flakes or ftreams like unto fire; which is awonderful thing to behold. From thence they went to the islands of Burro and Amboyna, and came to an anchor in an haven called Guliguli, where they went on land,and took a village ftanding by the river; where they found dead men hanging in thehoufes, for the people there are eaters of man's flesh. Here the Portuguefe burntthe ſhip wherein Francis Serrano was, for fhe was old and rotten. They went to aplace on the other fide, ftanding in 8 degrees toward the fouth, where they ladedcloves, nutmegs, and mace, in a junk or barque, which Francis Serrano bought here.They fay that not far from the iflands of Banda, there is an ifland, where therebreedeth nothing elfe but fnakes, and the moft are in one cave in the midst of theland. This is a thing not much to be wondered at; forafmuch as in the Levant fea,hard by the ifles of Majorca and Minorca, there is another iſland, of old named Ophiufa, and now Formentera, wherein is abundance of theſe vermin; and in the reſt ofthe iſlands lying by it there are none.In the year 1512, they departed from Banda toward Malacca, and on the baxos orflats of Lucapinho Francis Serrano perished in his junk or barque, from whenceeſcaped unto the ille of Mindanao, nine or ten Portugueſe, which were with him, andthe kings of Malacca fent for them. Thefe were the firft Portuguese that came toVOL. IProbably, the bird of paradife.fthe142GALVANO'SPROGRESSOFBarros deC. I.the islands of cloves, which ſtand from the equinoctial line towards the north in onedegree, where they lived feven or eight years.The iſland of Gumnape, now called Ternate, is much to be admired; for that itcafteth out fire. There were fome princes of the Moors, and courageous Portugueſe,.which determined to go near to the fiery place to ſee what it was; but they couldnever come near it. But Antonio Galyano, hearing of it, undertook to go up to it,and did fo; and found a river fo extreme cold, that he could not fuffer his hand init, nor yet put any of the water in his mouth and yet this place ftandeth under theline , where the fun continually burneth.In the year 15.12, in the month of January, Alfonfo de Albuquerque went backcad. 2. 1. 7. from Malacca unto Goa, and the fhip wherein he went was loft , and the reft wentfrom his company. Simon de Andrada, and a few Portugueſe, were driven unto theiſlands of Maldiva, being many, and full of palm-trees; and they ſtand low, by thewater who stayed there till they knew what was become of their governor. Theſewere the first Portuguefe that had feen thofe iflands, wherein there grow cocos, whichare very good againſt all kind of poiſon.Pet. Martyr decad. 3.C. 10.C. 10.Gomara hift .gen 1. 2.In this year 1512, there went out of Caftile one John de Solis born in Liſbon, andchief pilot unto Don Fernando; and he having licence went to diſcover the coaſt ofBrafil. He took the like courfe that the Pinfons had done: he went alfo to the capeof St. Auguftine, and went forwards to the fouth, coafting the fhore and land, andhe came unto the port De Lagoa: and in 35 degrees of foutherly latitude he found ariver, which they of Brafil call Paranaguaçu, that is, the great water. He faw therefigns of filver, and therefore called it Rio de Plata, that is the river offilver. And itis faid, that at that time he went farther, becauſe he liked the country well; but hereturned back again into Spain, and made account of all things to Don Fernando,demanding of the king the government thereof, which the king granted him. Whereupon he provided three fhips, and with them, in the year 1515, he went again intothat kingdom; but he was there flain. Thefe SOLISES were great difcoverers in thoſeparts, and ſpent therein their lives and goods.In the fame year 1512, John Ponce of Leon, who had been governor of the iſleIb. decad. 2. of St. John, armed two ſhips, and went to ſeek the iſle. of Boyuca; where the nativesof the country reported to be a well, which maketh old men young. Whereupon helaboured to find it out, and was in ſearching for it the ſpace of fix months, but couldfind no fuch thing. He entered into the iſle of Bimini; and diſcovered a point ofthe firm land ſtanding in 25 degrees towards the north, upon Eafter- day, and therefore he named it Florida.. And becauſe the land feemed to yield gold and filver, andgreat riches, he begged it of the king Don Fernando, but he died in the diſcovery ofit, as many more have done.C. 10.Pet. Martyr decad. 3.C. 10.Ib. c. 1 . In the year 1513 , Vafco Nunnes de Valboa hearing fpeech and news of the SouthSea, determined to go thither, although his company diffuaded him from that action:but being a man of good valour, with thoſe ſoldiers that he had, being two hundredand ninety, he reſolved to put himſelf into that jeopardy. He went therefore fromDarienMARITIME DISCOVERY. 43Darien the first of September, carrying fome Indians of the country with him to behis guides, and he marched across the land, fometimes quietly, fometimes in war:and in a certain place, called Careca, he found Negroes, captives, with curled hair.This Valboa came to the fight of the South Sea on the twenty- fifth day of the faidmonth, and on St. Michael's day came unto it: where he embarked himſelf againftthe will of Chiapes, who was the lord of that coaft; who wifhed him not to do fo,becauſe it was very dangerous for him. But he, defirous to have it known, that hehad been upon thofe feas, went forwards, and came back again to land in ſafety, andwith great content, bringing with him good ſtore of gold, filver, and pearls, whichthere they took: for which good fervice of his Don Ferdinando, the king, greatlyfavoured and honoured him.This year 1513, in the month of February, Alfonfus de Albuquerque went fromthe city of Goa towards the ftreight of Mecha, with twenty fhips: they arrived atthe city of Aden, and battered it, and paffed forward, and entered into the ftreight.They ſay that they faw a croſs in the element, and worshipped it: they wintered inthe island of Camaran. This was the firft Portuguese captain that gave informationof thofe feas, and of that of Perfia, being things in the world of great account.Barros decad. 2. 1. 7.C.c. 7.In the year 1514 , and in the month of May, there went out of St. Lucar one Pe- Pet. Martyrdro Arias de Avila, at the command of Don Ferdinando. He was the fourth go- decad. 3 .vernor of Caftilia del Oro, or golden Caftile: for fo they named the countries of Da- c. 5.rien, Carthagena, and Uraba, and that country which was newly conquered. Hecarried with him his wife, the lady Elizabeth, and fifteen hundred men, in fevenfhips; and the king appointed Vafco Nunnes de Valboa governor of the South Sea,and ofthat coast.In the beginning of the year 1515, the governor Pedro Arias de Avila fent oneGafpar Morales with an hundred and fifty men, unto the gulph of St. Michael, todiſcover the islands of Tararequi, Chiapes, and Tumaccus. There was a Cafique,Valboa's friend, which gave him many canoes or boats made of one tree, to row in,wherein they paffed unto the iſland of Pearls; the lord whereof refifted them at theircoming on land. But Chiapes and Tumaccus did pacify him, in fuch order that the Ib. decad. 3.captain of the ifle had them home unto his houſe, and made much of them, and re- c. 10.ceived baptifm at their hands, naming him Pedro Arias, after the governor's name; Gomar. hift .and he gave unto them, for this, a baſket full of pearls, weighing an hundred andten pounds, whereof fome were as big as hafel nuts, of twenty, twenty- five, twentyfix, or thirty- one carats: and every carat is four grains: there was given for oneof them one thouſand two hundred ducats. This ifland of Tararequi ftandeth in fivedegrees of latitude towards the north.In this year, 1515, in the month of March, the governor fent one Gonfalvo deBadajos, with eighty foldiers, to diſcover new lands, and they went from Darien toNombre de Dios; where came unto them one Lewis de Mercado, with fifty mengen. 1. 6. c. 2 .more, which the governor fent to aid him: they determined to difcover toward the Pet. Martyrfouth, faying that country was the richest . They took with them Indians to be decad. 3 .f 2 their c. 10.44 GALVANO's PROGRESS OFBarros,decad. 2 .1. 10. c. 5.their guides, and, going along the coaft, they found flaves marked with irons as thePortugueſe do ufe; and, having marched a good way through the countries withgreat travel, they gathered together much gold, and forty flaves to do them fervice:but one Cafique named Pariza did fet upon them, and flew and took the moſt partof them .The governor, hearing of this news, the fame year 1515, fent forth his ſon JohnArias de Avila to be revenged, and to diſcover alfo by fea and by land. They wentweftward to cape De Guerra, ftanding in little more than fix degrees towards thenorth, and from thence unto Punta de Borica, and to cape Blanco, or the white cape,flanding in eight degrees and an half: they diſcovered 250 leagues, as they affirm,and peopled the city of Panama.In this very year 1515, in the month of May, Alfonfus de Albuquerque, governorof India, fent from the city of Ormuz one Fernando Gomes de Lemos as ambaffadorCorius 1.10. unto Xec, or Shaugh Ifmael, king of Perfia; and it is declared, that they travelled init 300 leagues, and that it is a pleaſant country like unto France: and this year theworthy viceroy Alfonfus de Albuquerque died .P. 277.Ib. 1. 11.fol.312.In the year 1516, and one hundred years after the taking of Ceuta in Barbary,Lopez Suares being governor of India, there was a diſpatch made by the commandof the king's highnefs unto one Fernando Perez de Andrada to pass to the greatcountry and kingdom of China: he went from the city of Cochin in the month ofApril. They received pepper, being the principal merchandize to be fold in all.China, of any value: and he was farther commanded by the king Don Emmanuel togo alfo to Bengala, with his letter and diſpatch to a knight called John Coelo. Thiswas the firft Portuguefe, as far as I know, who drank of the water of the river Ganges..This year 1516, died Don Ferdinando, king of Spain.In the year 1517, Fernando Perez went unto the city of Malacca; and in themonth of June he departed from thence towards China, with eight fhips, four Portugueſe, and the other Malahans. He arrived in China: and becauſe he could notcome on land without an embaffa*ge, there was one Thomas Perez which had orderfor it and he went from the city of Canton, where they came to an anchor: theywent by land 400 leagues, and came unto the city of Pekin, where the king was: forthis province and country is the biggeſt that is in the world. It beginneth at Sailana,in 20 degrees of latitude towards the north, and it endeth almoft in 50 degrees, whichmuſt be 500 leagues in length; and they fay, that it containeth 300 leagues inbreadth. Fernando Perez was fourteen months in the ifle De Veniaga, learning asmuch as he could of the country, according as the king his maſter had commandedhim. And although one Raphael Pereftrello had been there in a junk, or barque, ofcertain merchants of Malacca, yet unto Fernando Perez there ought to be given thepraife of this difcovery; as well for that he had command from the king, as in difcovering fo much with Thomas Perez by land, and George Mafcarenhas by fea; andfor coafting unto the city of Foquiem ſtanding in 24 degrees of latitude.1InMARITIME DISCOVERY. 45In this fame year 1517, Charles, which afterward was emperor, came into Spain,and took poffeffion thereof. And in the fame year Francis Fernandes de Cordova, Gomar. hiſt.Chriftopher Morantes, and Lopez Ochoa, armed three fhips at their own proper gen. 1. 3. c. 2..charges, from the iſland of Cuba. They had alfo with them a barque of Diego Velafques's, who then was governor: they came on land in Jucatan ftanding in 20 degrees of latitude, at a point which they called Punta de las duennas, that is to fay,the point of ladies; which was the first place wherein they had feen temples, and build--ings of lime and ftone. The people here go better apparelled than in any other place.They have croffes which they worthip, fetting them upon their tombs when they areburied; whereby it feemeth, that in times paft they had in that place the faith ofChrist among them: and fome fay, that thereabouts were the feven cities. Theywent round about it towards the north, which is on the right hand; from whencethey turned back unto the island of Cuba, with fome famples of gold, and men whichthey had taken. And this was the first beginning of the diſcovery of New Spain.In the year 1518, Lopez Suares commanded Don John de Silveira to go to theiſlands of Maldiva; and he made peace with them: and from thence he went to the 1. 4. c. 36 Caftagnedacity of Chatigam, fituate on the mouth of the river Ganges, and tropick of Cancer. & 37.For this river, and the river Indus which ftandeth 100 leagues beyond the city of f. 315. p. 2.Oforius 1. 11.Diu, and that of Canton in China, do all fall into the fea, under one parallel or latitude and although, before that time, Fernando Perez had been commanded to goto Bengala, yet notwithstanding John de Silveira ought to bear away the commendation of this diſcovery; becauſe he went as captain- general, and remained there longeſt,learning the commodities of the country, and manners of the people.In the faid year 1518, the first day of May, Diego Velafques, governor of theifland of Cuba, fent his nephew John de Grifalva, with four ſhips and two hundredfoldiers, to diſcover the land of Jucatan: and they found in their way the island of Pet. MartyrColumel, ſtanding towards the north in 19 degrees, and named it Santa Cruz, becauſe decad. 4. c. 4.they came to it the third of May. They coafted the land lying upon the left hand Gomar. hift..of the gulph, and came to an iſland called Afcenfion , becauſe they came unto it gen. 1. 2 .uponAfcenfion day; they went unto the end of it ſtanding in 16 degrees of latitude: from c. 14. & 17.whence they came back, becauſe they could find no place to go out at; and fromhence they went round about it to another river, which they call the river of Grifalva,ftanding in 17 degrees of latitude: the people thereabout troubled them fore, yet notwithſtanding they brought from thence fome gold, filver, and feathers, being there ingreat eftimation; and fo they turned back again to the island of Cuba.In the fame year 1518, one Francis Garay armed three fhips in the ifle of Jamaica,at his own charges, and went towards the point of Florida, ſtanding in 25 degrees Gomar, hift..towards the north, feeming to them to be an island moft pleafant; thinking it better c. 12. & 61.. gen. lib. 1.to people iſlands than the firm land, becauſe they could beft conquer them and keepthem. They went there on land, but the people of Florida killed many of them, fothat they durft not inhabit it: fo they failed along the coaft, and came unto the riverof Panuco, ftanding 500 leagues from the point of Florida, in failing along the coaft;but15GALVANO'sPROGRESSOFGomar. hift.gen. 1. 2.c. 18, &c.bat the people refifted them in every place. Many of them alfo were killed in Chila,whom the favages flaied and eat, hanging up their ſkins in their temples , in memorialof their valour. Notwithſtanding all this Francis de Garay went thither the nextyear, and begged the government of that country of the emperor, becauſe he ſaw init fome fhew of gold and filver.Pet. Martyr In the year 1519, in the month of February, Fernando Cortes went from the iſlanddecad. 4. c.6. of Cuba, to the land which is called Nova Spagna, with eleven ſhips and five hundredand fifty Spaniards in them. The first place where he went on the land was theiſland of Cofumel; where they immediately deftroyed all the idols , and fet croffes onthe altars, and the images of the virgin Mary. From this ifland they went, and arrived on the firm land of Jucatan, at the point De las duennas, or the point of ladies;and went thence to the river of Tavafco, and fet upon a city hard by, called Potoncion, environed with wood, and the houſes were built with lime and ftone, and covered with tile: they fought there eagerly; and there appeared unto them St. Jameson horfeback, which increaſed their courage. They called that city Victoria: andthey were the first people which were fubdued to the Spaniards' obedience in all NewSpain. From hence they went difcovering the coaft till they came unto a placenamed St. John de Vilhua, diſtant as they ſaid from Mexico, where the king Muteçuma was, 60 or 70 leagues; and there was a fervant of his that governed thatprovince, named Tendilli, which gave them good entertainment, although they understood not one another.22, 23, 24.Becauſe S. John de Vilhua was then no place for a navy to ride in, Cortes fentFrancis de Montejo, and the pilot Antonio Alaminos, in two brigantines, to diſcoverthat coaft; who came to a place where they might ride without danger. They cameIb . 1. 2. c. 21 , to Panuco, ftanding in 23 degrees northward; from whence they came back, uponan agreement to go to Culvacan, being an haven of more fafety. They fet fail , butCortes went by land weftward, with the meft part of his men, on horfeback, andthey came unto a city called Zempoallan, where they were well received. And fromthence he went to another town, called Chiavitztlan with the lord of which town,as with all the country befides, he made league to be against Muteçuma. Andwhen he knew that his fhips were come, he went unto them, and there built a town,and called it Villa Rica de la Vera Cruz: from whence he fent unto Charles theemperor a prefent, and made report of all that he had done, and that he had determined to go to Mexico, and to visit Muteçuma: and befought the emperor to givehim the government of that country. And becauſe his people fhould not rife in mutiny, as they began, he deſtroyed all his ſhips.

Cortes prefently went from Villa Rica de la Vera Cruz, leaving there one hundredand fifty Spanish horsem*n, and as many Indians, to ferve them; and the villages round about became his friends. He went unto the city of Zempoallan: there heheard news that Francis Garay was on the coaft with four fhips, to come to land;and by fubtilty he got nine of his men; of whom he underfood, that Garay had beenMARITIME DISCOVERY. 47been in Florida, and came unto the river Panuco, where he got fome gold, determining to stay there, in a town which is now called Almeria.

1. 2. c. 25.Cortes overthrew the idols in Zempoallan, and the tombs of their kings, whom Gomarathey worshipped as Gods; and told them that they were to worship the true God. hiftoriæFrom thence he went toward Mexico the 16th day of Auguſt 1519, and travelledthree days journey, and came to the city of Zalapan, and to another beyond it namedSicuchimatl, where they were well received, and offered to be conducted to Mexico,becauſe Muteçuma had given fuch command. Beyond this place he paffed, with hiscompany, a certain hill, of three leagues high, wherein there were vines: in another.place they found above a thouſand load of wood ready cut; and beyond they metwith a plain country, and in going through the fame, he named it Nombre de Dios.At the botttom of the mountain he refted, in a town called Teuhixuacan; and fromthence they went through a defolate country, and ſo came to another mountain, thatwas very cold, and full of fnow; and they lay in a town named Zaclotan and fofrom town, to town, they were well received and feafted, till they came into another.realm, named Tlaxcallan, which waged war againſt Muteçuma; and, being valiant,they ſkirmiſhed with Cortes; but in the end they agreed, and entered into leaguewith him against the Mexicans; and fo they went from country to country till theycame within fight of Mexico. The king Muteçuma fearing them, gave them goodentertainment, with lodging and all things neceffary: and they were with this for atime contented; but miſtruſting that he and his fhould be flain, he took Muteçumaprifoner, and brought him to his lodging with good guard. Cortes demanded howfar his realm did extend, and fought to know the mines of gold and filver that werein it, and how many kings, neighbours to Muteçuma, dwelled therein, requiring certain Indians to be informed thereof, whereof he had eight provided: and he joinedto them eight Spaniards, and ſent them, two and two, into four countries, namely,into Zucolla, Malinaltepec, Tenich, and Tututepec. They which went unto Zucollawent So leagues; for fo much it was from Mexico thither: they which went toMalinaltepec went 70 leagues, feeing goodly countries, and brought famples of gold,which the natives of the country took out of great rivers: and all this province belonging to Muteçuma.The country of Tenich, and up the river, were not ſubject to Muteçuma, but had.war with him, and would not ſuffer the Mexicans to enter into their territory. Theyfent ambaffadors unto Cortes with prefents, offering him their eftate and amitywhereof Mutecuma was nothing glad. They which went to Tututepec, flandingnear the South Sea, did alfo bring with them famples of gold, and praiſed the pleafantnefs ofthe country, and the multitude of good harbours upon that coaft; fhewing to Cortes à cloth of cotton wool, all woven with goodly works, wherein all thecoaft, with the havens and creeks, were fet forth. But this thing then could not beprofecuted, by reafon of the coming of Pamphilus de Narvaez into the country, whofet all the kingdom of Mexico in an uproar.Ib. 1. 2. c. 48..In48GALVANO'SPROGRESSOF1. 4. c. 2.Gomara hif- In this year 1519, the roth day of Auguft, one Fernando de Magellanes departedtoriæ general . from Sevil, with five fhips, toward the islands of Malacca: he went along the coaftof Brafil, till he came unto the river of Plate, which the Caftilians had before difcovered. From thence therefore he began his difcovery, and came to an haven,which he called the port of Saint Julian, ftanding in 49 degrees; and there he entered and wintered: they endured much cold by reafon of fnow and ice: the peopleof that country they found to be of great ſtature, and of great ſtrength; taking menby the legs, and rending them in the midft, as eafily as one of us will rend an hen:they live by fruits and hunting. They call them Patagones, but the Brafilians callthem Morcas.In the year 1520, in the beginning of the month of September, growing then fomewhat temperate, they went out of the port and river of Saint Julian, having loft init one of their fhips; and, withthe other four, he came to the ftreights, named after'the name of Magellanes , ftanding in 52 degrees and an half. From thence one of thefhips returned back to Caftile, whereof was captain and pilot one Stephen de Porto,a Portugal; and the other three went forward, entering into a mighty fea, calledPacificum, without feeing any inhabited land till they came in 13 degrees, towardsthe north of the equinoctial; in which latitude they came unto iflands which theycalled Los Jardines; and from thence they failed to the Archipelagus of S. Lazarus;and in one of the iſlands , called Matan, Magellanes was flain, and his ship was burnt;Ib. 1. 4. c. 3. and the other two went to Borneo; and fo from place to place they went back, until Pet. Martyr.decad. 5. c. 7.they came to the iſlands of Maluccas; leaving many others difcovered , which I rehearſe not, becauſe I find not this voyage exactly written.About this time pope Leo the tenth fent one Paulus Centurio, as ambaffador tothe great duke of Mufcovy, to wish him to fend into India an army along the coaftGomara 1. 4. of Tartary: and, by the reafons of this ambaffador, the faid duke was almoſt perfuaded to that action, if other inconveniences had not prevented him.c. 17.RamufiusI vol. fol.374.Ramufius1 vol. fol.190.Gomara hift.In this fame year 1520, in February, Diego Lopes de Sequeira, governor of India,went towards the ftreight of Mecca, and carried with him the ambaſſador of PreſbyterJohn, and Roderigo de Lima, who alfo went as ambaſſador to him. They came untothe ifland of Maçua, ftanding in the Red Sea, on the fide of Africa, in 17 degrees.towards the north; where he fet the ambaffadors on land, with the Portugals thatfhould go with them. Peter de Covillan had been there before, being fent thither byking John the second of Portugal: but yet Francis Alvarez gave principal light andknowledge of that country.In the year 1520, the licentiate Lucas Vafques de Aillon, and other inhabitants ofgen . 1. 2. c. 7. S. Domingo, furnished two fhips, and fent them to the ifles of Lucayos to get flaves;and finding none, they paffed along by the firm land beyond Florida, unto certaincountries called Chicora and Gualdape, unto the river Jordan and the cape of SaintHelena, ftanding in 32 degrees toward the north. They of the country came downto the fea-fide to ſee the ſhips , as having never before feen the like. The Spaniardswent on land, where they received good entertainment, and had given unto them f*ckMARITIME DISCOVERY. 49fuch things as they were in need of; but they brought many of them into their ſhips,and then ſet fail, and brought them away for flaves, but in the way one of their ſhipsfunk, and the other was alfo in great danger. By this news the licentiate Aillon,knowing the wealth of the country, begged the government thereof of the emperor,and it was given him, whither he went to get money to pay his debt.About this time Diego Velafques, governor of Cuba, hearing the good fuccefs of Gomara hiſt.Cortes, and that he had begged the government of New Spain, which he held to be gen. 1. 2.c. 48.his, he furniſhed out thither, againſt Cortes, 18 fhips, with 1000 men and 80 horſes,whereof he fent as general one Pamphilus de Narvaez. He came unto the town,called Villa Rica de la Vera Cruz, where he took land, and commanded thofe of thecountry to receive him as governor thereof; but they took his meffenger prifoner, andſent him to Mexico, where Cortes was. Which thing being known by Cortes, hewrote letters unto Narvaez, not to raiſe any uproar in the country which he had difcovered, offering him obedience, if he had any commiffion from the emperor; but hecorrupted the people of the country with money. Whereupon Cortes went fromMexico, and took Narvaez priſoner in the town of Zempoallan, and put out one ofhis eyes.Narvaez being thus taken prifoner, his army fubmitted themſelves to Cortes, andobeyed him whereupon preſently he diſpatched 200 foldiers unto the river ofGaray, and he fent John Vaſquez de Leon, with other 200, unto Cofaalco; andwithal fent a Spaniard, with the news of his victory, unto Mexico. But the Indians,being in the mean time rifen, hurt the meffenger. Which being known to Cortes,he muſtered his men, and found 1000 footmen, and 200 horſemen, with which hewent towards Mexico; where he found Peter de Alvarado, and the reft which hehad left there, alive and in fafety; wherewith he was greatly pleaſed, and Muteçumamade much of him. But yet the Mexicans ceafed not, but made war againſt him:and the war grew fo hot, that they killed their king Muteçuma with a ſtone. Andthen there roſe up another king, fuch an one as pleaſed them, till fuch time as theymight put the Spaniards out of the city; being no more than 504 footmen, and 40horſemen. The Spaniards, with great lofs, being driven out of Mexico, retiredthemſelves with much ado to the Tlaxcallan; where they were well received; and Ib. 1. 2. c. 50.there they gathered together 900 Spaniards, 80 horſemen, and 200,000 Indians, theirfriends and allies; and they went back again to take Mexico, in the month of Auguſt,in the year 1521.Cortes obtaining ſtill more and more victories, determined to fee farther within thecountry: and for this purpoſe, in the year 1521 , and in October, he ſent out one Ib. 1. 2. c.60.Gonfalo de Sandoval, with 200 footmen, and 35 horſemen, and certain Indians, hisfriends, unto Tochtepec and Coazacoalco, which had rebelled, but at length yielded.And they diſcovered the country, and built a town 120 leagues from Mexico, andnamed it Medelin: and another town they made, naming it Santo Spirito, fourleagues from the ſea, upon a river: and theſe two towns kept the whole country inobedience.VOL. I. g This50 GALVANO's PROGRESS OFOforius 1. 12.f. 366.Gomara hift.gen. 1. 4.c. 8.Ib. 1. 6. c. 4.Caftagnedac. 8. & 12.This year 1521 , in December, Emmanuel king ofPortugal died; and after him hisfon king John the third reigned.In the year 1521 , there went from Malacca one of Magellan's fhips, laden withcloves; they victualled themſelves in the island of Burro, and from thence went toTimor, which ftandeth in 11 degrees of foutherly latitude. Beyond this ifland, 100leagues, they diſcovered certain islands, and one named Eude, finding the places fromthenceforward peopled. Afterward paffing without Sumatra, they met with no land,till they fell in with the cape of Bona Sperança, where they took in freſh water andwood: fo they came by the iſlands of cape Verde, and from thence to Sevil, wherethey were notably received, as well for the cloves that they brought, as that they hadcompaſſed about the world.In the year 1522, in January, one Gilgonzales armed four ſhips in the iſland ofTararequi, ftanding in the South Sea, with intent to diſcover the coaſt of Nicaragua;and eſpecially a ftreight or paffa*ge from the South Sea, into the North Sea: andfailing along the coaſt, he came unto an haven, called S. Vincent, and there landedwith 100 Spaniards and certain horſemen, and went within the land 200 leagues; andhe brought with him 200 pefoes of gold , and ſo came back again to S. Vincent; wherehe found his pilot Andrew Nigno, who was as far as Tecoantepec, in 16 degrees tothe north, and had failed three hundred leagues: from whence they returned toPanama, and ſo over land to Hifpaniola.

In the fame year 1522, in the month of April, the other fhip of Magellan, calledhiftoria della The Trinity, went from the iſland of Tidore, wherein was captain Gonzala Gomez Indie Orien- de Efpinofa, fteering their courſe toward Nova Spania; and becauſe the wind was tali l. 6. c. 41.Gomara hift . fcant, they fteered toward the north-eaft, into 16 degrees, where they found twogen. 1. 4. islands, and named them the ifles of Saint John and in that courfe they came to another ifland, in 20 degrees, which they named La Griega, where the fimple peoplecame into their fhips; of whom they kept fome to fhew them in Nova Spania: theywere in this courſe four months, until they came into 42 degrees of northerly latitude, where they faw fea fifhes, called feals and tunnies. And the climate feemedto them coming newly out of the heat, to be fo cold and intemperate, that they couldnot well bear it; and therefore they turned back again to Tidore, being thereuntoenforced also by contrary winds: thefe were the first Spaniards which had been in forhigh a latitude toward the north. And there they found one Antonio de Britto building a fortreſs; who took from them their goods, and ſent forty- eight of them prifoners to Malacca.Ib. 1. 6. c. 12.In this year 1522, Cortes, defirous to have fome havens on the South Sea, and todiſcover the coaft of Nova Spania on that fide, whereof he had knowledge in Muteçuma's time (becauſe he thought by that way to bring the drugs from Malacca andBanda, and the fpices from Java, with leſs travel and danger) , he ſent four Spaniards,with their guides, to Tecoantepec, Quahutemallan, and other havens; where theywere well received, and brought fome of the people with them to Mexico: andCortes made much of them; and afterwards ſent ten pilots thither to ſearch the feas thereabout.MARITIME DISCOVERY. 51thereabout. They went 70 leagues in the fea, but found no haven. One Cafiqué,or lord called Cuchataquir, ufed them well; and fent with them to Cortes two hundred of his men, with a prefent of gold and filver, and other things of the country:and they of Tecoantepec did the like. And, not long after, this Cafique fent for aidto Cortes againſt his neighbours, which did war againſt him.In the year 1523, Cortes fent unto him for his aid Peter de Alavardo, with two Gomara hift.hundred footmen, and forty horfemen; and the Cafiques of Tecoantepec and Qua- gen. 1. 6.hutemallan afked them for the monsters of thefea, which came thither the year paft, c. 12 .meaning the ſhips of Gil Gonfales de Avila, being greatly amazed at the fight ofthem, and wondering much more when they heard that Cortes had bigger than thoſe:and they painted to them a mighty carake, with fix mafts, and fails and ſhrouds, andmen armed on horſeback. This Alvarado went through the county, and built therethe city of Saint Jago or Saint James, and a town which he called Segura, leavingcertain of his people in it.In the fame year 1523, in the month of May, Antonio de Britto, being captain of Caſtag. hift.the ifles of Malacca, fent his chofen Simon de Bru to learn the way, by the ifle of delle Ind.Borneo, to Malacca: they came in fight of the iſlands of Manada and Panguenfara:they went through the ftreight of Treminao and Taguy, and to the iſlands of SaintMichael, ſtanding in feven degrees; and from thence diſcovered the iſlands of Borneo,and had fight of Pedra Branca, or the White Stone; and paffed through the ftreightof Cincapura, and fo to the city of Malacca.Orient. 1. 6.c. 42.c. 61.In this fame year, 1523 , Cortes went with 300 footmen, 150 horſemen, and Gomara hift .40,000 Mexicans, to Panuco, both to diſcover it better, and alfo to inhabit it; and gen. 1. 2 .withal to be revenged on them that had killed and eaten the foldiers of Francis Garay.They of Panuco refifted him; but Cortes in the end overthrew them, and conqueredthe country and hard by Chila, upon the river, he built a town, and named it SantoStephano del Puerto, leaving in it 100 footmen and 30 horfemen, and one Peter deValleio for lieutenant. This journey coft him 76,000 Caftilians, befides the Spaniards, horſes, and Mexicans which died there.Mex.In the year 1523, Francis de Garay made nine fhips, and two brigantines, to go to Ib. & en laPanuco and Rio de las Palmas, to be there as governor; for that the emperor had Conq. degranted to him from the coast of Florida unto Panuco, in regard of the charges whichhe had been at in that diſcovery. He carried with him 850 foldiers, and 140 horſes,and fome men out of the iſland of Jamaica, where he furniſhed his fleet with ammunition for the war; and he went to Xagua, an haven in the iſland of Cuba, where heunderstood that Cortes had peopled the coaft of Panuco: and that it might not happen to him as did to Pamphilus de Narvaez, he determined to take another companionwith him, and defired the doctor Zuazo to go to Mexico, and procure fome agreement between Cortes and him; and they departed from Xagua, each one about hisbufinefs. Zuaza came in great jeopardy, and Garay went not clear without. Garayarrived in Rio de las Palmas on Saint James's day, and then he fent up the river oneGonfalvo de Ocampo, who at his return declared that it was an evil and deſert coung 2 try:52 GALVANO's PROGRESS OFGomara enla Conq. de Mex. f. 226.Ib. f. 242.Ib. f. 229.& in feq.try: but, notwithſtanding, Garay went there on land with 400 footmen and fomehorfemen; and he commanded one John de Grijalva to ſearch the coaft, and he himfelf marched by land towards Panuco, and paffed a river, which he named Rio Montalto; he entered into a great town, wherein they found many hens, wherewith theyrefreſhed themſelves, and he took fome of the people of Chila, which he uſed formeſſengers to certain places; and, after great travel, coming to Panuco, they foundno victuals there, by reafon of the wars of Cortes, and the fpoil of the foldiers.Garay then fent one Gonçalo de Ocampo to Saint Iftevan del Puerto, to know whether they would receive him or no; and received a good anſwer: but Cortes's menprivately lay in ambuſh, and took 40 of Garay's horſemen, alleging that they cameto ufurp the government of another: and befides this misfortune, he loft four of hisſhips, whereupon he left off to proceed any farther.While Cortes was preparing to fet forward to Panuco, Francis de las Caſas, andRoderigo de la Paz, arrived at Mexico, with letters patents, wherein the emperorgave the government of New Spain, and all the country which Cortes had conquered, to Cortes, and namely Penuco; whereupon he ftaid his journey but he fentDiego de Ocampo with the faid letters patents, and Pedro de Alvarado with ſtore offootmen and horfemen. Garay, knowing this, thought it beft to yield himſelf intoCortes's hands, and go to Mexico; which thing he did, having diſcovered a greattract of land.In the year 1523 , Gil Gonçales de Avila made a diſcovery, and peopled a towncalled San Gil da Buena Viſta, ſtanding in 14 degrees towards the north, and almoſtin the bottom of the bay called the Afcenfion, or the Honduras. He began to conquer it, becauſe he beſt knew the ſecrets thereof, and that it was a very rich country.In this year 1523 , the 6th day of December, Peter de Alvarado went from the cityof Mexico by Cortes's command, to diſcover and conquer Qualiutemallan, Utlatlan,Chiapa, Xochnuxco, and other towns towards the South Sea. He had with him300 foldiers, 170 horſemen, four field-pieces, and ſome noblemen of Mexico, withpeople of the country to aid him, as well in the war, as by the way being long. Hewent by Tecoantepec to Xochnuxco, and other places aboveſaid, with great travel, andlofs of his men; but he diſcovered and ſubdued all the country. There are in thoſeparts certain hills that have alum in them, and out of which diſtilleth a certain liquor,like unto oil; and fulphur or brimstone, whereof the Spaniards made excellent gunIb. f. 230. powder. He travelled 400 leagues in this voyage, and paffed certain rivers whichwere fo hot, that they could not well endure to wade through them. He built a city,calling it Saint Jago de Quahutemallan. Peter de Alvarado begged the governmentof this country; and the report is, that it was given him.Ib. f. 233. In the year 1523, the 8th day of December, Cortes fent Diego de Godoy, with100 footmen and 30 horfemen, two field-pieces, and many of his friends, Indians,unto the town of Spiritu Santo; he joined himſelf with the captain of that town,and they went to Chamolla, the head city of that province, and that being taken, allthe country grew quiet.InMARITIME DISCOVERY. 53In the year 1524, in February, Cortes fent one Roderigo Rangel, with 150 Spa- Gomara enniards, and many of the Tlaxcallans and Mexicans, againſt the Zapotecas and Nix- la Conq. de Mex. f. 234-ticas, and to other provinces and countries not fo well difcovered; they were refiftedat the first, but quickly put the people to the worft, and kept them for ever after infubjection.In the fame year 1524, one Roderigo de Baflidas was ſent to diſcover, people, and Ib. hift. gem⚫ govern the country of Santa Martha; where he loft his life, becauſe he would not 1. 3. c. 21.fuffer the foldiers to take the ſpoil of a certain town. They joined with Peter Villaforte; and he, being fometimes his intire friend, helped to kill him with daggers, lying in his bed. Afterward don Pedro de Lugo, and don Alfonfo his ſon, weregovernors of that place, who behaved themſelves like covetous tyrants, and grew verytroubleſome.In this fame year alſo, 1524, after the licentiate Lucas Vafques de Aillon had ob- lb. 1. 2. c. 7.tained of the emperor the government of Chicora, he armed for that purpoſe certainfhips from the city of Santo Domingo, and went to diſcover the country, and to inhabit it; but he was loft, with all his company, leaving nothing done worthy of memory. And I cannot tell how it comes to paſs, except it be by the juſt judgment ofGod, that of fo much gold and precious ftones as have been gotten in the Antiles byfo many Spaniards, little or none remains, but the moſt part is fpent and confumed,and no good thing done.pre1.2.c.65 .de Mex.f. 243.In this year 1524, Cortes fent one Chriftopher de Olid, with a fleet, to the island. Ib. 1. 2. c .of Cuba, to receive the victuals , and ammunition , which Alonfo de Contreras had & en la Conq. -pared, and to diſcover and people the country about cape De Higueras and the Honduras; and to fend Diego Hurtado de Mendoça by fea, to ſearch the coaft fromthence even to Darien, to find out the freight which was thought to run into theSouth Sea, as the emperor had commanded. He fent alfo two ſhips from Panuco,to fearch along the coaft unto Florida: he commanded alfo certain brigantines tofearch the coaft from Zacatullan to Panama. This Chriftopher de Olid came to theiſland of Cuba, and made a league with Diego Velasquez againſt Cortes, and fo fetfail, and went on land hard by Puerto de Cavallos, ſtanding in 10 degrees to thenorth, and built a town, which he called Triumpho de la Cruz. He took Gil Gonzales de Avila prifoner, and killed his nephew, and the Spaniards that were with him,faving one child; and fhewed himſelf an enemy to Cortes, who had ſpent in that:expedition 30,000 Caftellans of gold, to pleaſure him .de Mex.Cortes understanding hereof the fame year, 1529, in the month of October, Ib. hift. gen.he went out of the city of Mexico to ſeek Chriſtopher de Olid to be revenged of him, 1. 2. c. 66. &and alfo to diſcover, carrying with him 300 Spanish footmen and horfemen, and en la Conq.Quahutimoc, king of Mexico, and other great lords of the fame city; and coming f. 246. &251..to the town called La Villa del Spiritu Santo, he required guides of the lords of Tavafco and Xicalanco; and they ſent him ten of their principal men for guides; whogave him alfo a map of cotton- wool, wherein was painted the fituation of the wholecountry, from Xicalanco to Naco and Nito, and even as far as Nicaragua; with theirmountains,54 GALVANO'S PROGRESS OFGomara hift.gen. 1. 2.c. 66. & enla Conq. deMex. f. 257.mountains, hills, fields, meadows, valleys, rivers, cities, and towns; and Cortes, inthe mean time, fent for three fhips which were at the haven of Medellin, to followhim along the coaſt.In this year, 1524, they came to the city of Izancanac, where he understood thatthe king Quahutimoc, and the Mexicans that were in his company, were conſpiredagainſt him, and the Spaniards; for which he hanged the king, and two others ofthe chiefs; and fo came to the city of Mazatlan, and after that to Piaca, the headcity of a province fo called, ftanding in the midst of a lake: and hereabout they began to find the train of the Spaniards, which they went to feek; and ſo they wentIb. in the to Zuzullin, and at length came to the town of Nito. From Nito, Cortes, with hisConquest ofMexico,own company, and all the Spaniards that he found there, departed to the thore, orf. 268. ftrand, called La Baja de Saint Andres; and, finding there a good haven, he built atown in that place, and called it Natividad de nueftra Sennora.Ib. f. 270& 273.Ib. hift. gen.1. 5. c. 1 , 2.From hence Cortes went to the town of Truxillo, ftanding in the haven of theHonduras, where the Spaniards that inhabited there entertained him well; and whilehe was there, there arrived a fhip which brought news of the ſtir in Mexico inCortes's abfence: whereupon he fent word to Gonfalo de Sandoval, to march withhis company from Naco to Mexico by land, towards the South Sea, unto Quahutemellan, it being the ufual, plain, and ſafeſt way; and he left as captain in Truxillo,Ferdinando de Saavedra his coufin, and he himſelf went by fea along the coaft ofJucatan to Chalchioeca, now called Saint Juan de Ullhua; and fo to Medellin, andfrom thence to Mexico, where he was well received, having been from thenceeighteen months, and gone 500 leagues, travelling often out of his way, and fuffering many hardships.In the year 1525, Francis Pizarro, and Diego de Almagro, went from Panama todifcover Peru, ftanding beyond the line toward the fouth, which they called NuevaCaftillia. The governor Pedro Arias would not intermeddle with this expedition,becauſe of the evil news which his captain Francis Vezerra had brought.Francis Pizarro went first in a fhip, having with him 124 foldiers; and Almagrowent after him in another ſhip with 70 men. He came to Rio de San Juan, ftanding in three degrees, where he got 2000 pefoes of gold; and, not finding Pizarro,he went to ſeek him, repenting his doings, by reaſon of a miſhap that he had. Buthe went first to an island called Ila del Gorgona, and afterwards to another calledIla del Gallo, and to the river called Rio del Peru, ſtanding in two degrees northward, wherefrom fo many famous countries take their name. From thence theywent to Rio de San Francifco, and to Cabo de Paffaos, where they paffed the equinoctial line, and came to Puerto Vejo, ſtanding in one degree to the ſouth of theline: from whence they failed to the rivers of Chinapanpa, Tumbez, and Payta,ſtanding in four or five degrees, where they had knowledge of king Atabalipa, and ofthe exceeding wealth and riches of his palace: which news moved Pizarro ſpeedilyto return home again to Panama, and fo into Spain, and to req .eft the governmentof that country of the emperor, which he alſo obtained. He had ſpent above threeyears before in this diſcovery, not without enduring great labour and perils.InMARITIME DISCOVERY. 55-Gomara hift.In the fame year 1525, there was ſent out of Spain a fleet of ſeven ſhips, whereof Pet. Mart.don Garfia de Loaifa was captain-general, to the islands of Malucca: they went dec. 8. c. 9.from the city of the Groine and paffed by the iſlands of the Canaries, and went to gen. 1. 4.Brafil, where they found an ifland in two degrees, and named it Saint Matthew; and c. 12.it ſeemed to be inhabited, becauſe they found in it orange-trees, hogs, and hens incaves; and upon the rinds of moſt of the trees there were ingraven Portugal letters,fhewing that the Portugueſe had been there ſeventeen years before that time. Apatch, or pinnace, of theirs paffed the ftreight of Magellan, having in her one John de Gomara inRefa*ga, and ran all along the coaſt of Peru and Nova Spagna; they declared all theirfuccefs unto Cortes, and told him, that frier Garfia de Loaifa was paffed to theIflands of Cloves. But, of this fleet, the admiral only came thither, wherein was captain one Martin Mingues de Carchova; for Loaifa and the other captains died by theway: all the Moors of Malucca were found well-affectioned to the Spaniards.the Conqueftof Mexico,-P. 281.In the fame year 1525 , the pilot Stephen Gomez went from the port of the Groin Pet. Mart.decad. 8.toward the north, to difcover the freight to Maluccas by the north, to whom they p. 601.would give no charge in the fleet of frier Garfia de Loaifa: but yet the Earl don Fer- Gomara hift.dinando de Andrada, and the doctor Beltram, and the merchant Chriftopher de Sarro, gen. 1. 1. c. 5.furniſhed a galleon for him; and he went from the Groin in Galicia to the ifland ofCuba, and to the point of Florida, failing by day, becauſe he knew not the land: hepaffed the bay Angra, and the river Enfeada, and fo went over to the other fide. It'is alſo reported, that he came to cape Razo, in 46 degrees to the north; from whencehe came back again to the Groin, laden with flaves. The news hereof ran prefentlythrough Spain, that he was come home laden with cloves (miftaking the word) , andit was carried to the court of Spain: but when the truth was known, it turned to apleafant jeft. In this voyage Gomez was ten months.In this year 1525, don George de Menefes, captain of Malucca, and with him donGarcia Henriques, fent a foift to diſcover land towards the north, wherein went ascaptain one Diego de Rocha, and Gomez de Sequiera for pilot. In nine or ten degrees they found certain iflands ftanding cloſe together, and they called them theislands of Gomez de Sequeira, he being the firft pilot that difcovered them: andthey came back again by the iſland of Batochina.In the year 1526, there went out of Seville one Sebaftian Cabota, a Venetian by Ib. 1. 3.his father, but born at Briſtol in England, being chief pilot to the emperor, with four c. 39.fhips, towards Malucca: they came to Pernambuco, and ftaid there three monthsfor a wind to double the cape of Saint Auguftine. In the bay of Patos, or ofducks,the admiral's fhip perifhed; and, being without hope to get to the ifles of Malucca,they made a pinnace to enter up the river of Plate, and to ſearch it . They ran 60leagues up before they came to the bar, where they left their great fhips; and withtheir ſmall pinnaces paffed up the river Parana, which the inhabitants count to be theprincipal river. Having rowed up 120 leagues, they made a fortreſs, and ſtaid thereabove a year; and then rowed farther till they came to the mouth of another river,called Paragioa; and, perceiving that the country yielded gold and filver, they kept

  • 8 on

56GALVANO'sPROGRESSOFRamufio, v.3.f. 310.on their courſe, and fent a brigantine before, but thoſe of the country took it: andCabota underſtanding of it, thought it beft to turn back unto their fort, and theretook in his men which he had left there, and fo went down the river where his fhipsrode; and from thence he failed home to Seville in the year 1530, leaving difcoveredabove 200 leagues within this river, reporting it to be very navigable, and that itſprings out of a lake named Bombo: it ſtandeth in the firin land of the kingdom ofPeru, running through the valleys of Xauxa, and meets with the rivers Parfo, Bulcafban, Cay, Parima, Hiucax, with others which make it very broad and great. Itis faid alfo, that out of this lake runneth the river called Rio de San Francesco; andby this means the rivers come to be ſo great: for the rivers that come out of lakes,are bigger than thoſe which proceed from a fpring.In the year 1527, one Panfilo de Narvaez * went out of Saint Lucar de Barameda, to be general of the coaſt and land of Florida, as far as Rio de las Palmas;and had with him five fhips, 600 foldiers , 100 horſes, befides a great fum and quantity of victuals, armour, cloathing, and other things. He could not go on land wherehis defire was, but went on land ſomewhat near to Florida, with 300 of his company, fome horſes, and fome victuals, commanding the fhips to go to Rio de las Palmas; in which voyage they were near all loft: and thoſe which eſcaped paffed greatdangers, hunger and thirst, in an ifland called Xamo, and by the Spaniards, Malhada,being very dry and barren, where the Spaniards killed one another, and the peopleof the country did the like. Narvaez, and thoſe which went with him, ſaw ſomegold with certain Indians, and he demanded of them where they gathered it: andthey anſwered, that they had it at Apalachen. They therefore ſearched for this gold;and, in fearching, came to the faid town, where they found neither gold nor filver;but they faw many bay trees, and almoſt all other kind of trees, with beafts, birds,and fuch like . From Apalachen they went to a town called Aute; and from thenceto Xamo, a poor country, with ſmall ſuſtenance. Here the people defired the Spaniards to cure their fick, for they had many: and certain of the Spaniards, being inextreme poverty, attempted it, and uſed prayer; and it pleaſed God that they didindeed recover, as well thoſe that were hurt, as thoſe which were diſeaſed; infomuchthat one that was thought verily to be dead, was by them reftored to life, as theythemſelves report. They affirm, that they paffed through many countries, and manyſtrange people, differing in language, apparel , and cuſtoms: and becauſe they playedthe phyficians, they were, as they paffed, greatly eſteemed, and held as Gods; andthe people offered them no violence, but would give them part of fuch things as theyhad. Therefore they paffed quietly, and travelled fo far till they came to a peoplethat uſe continually to live in herds with their cattle, as the Arabians do. They arepoor, and eat ſnakes, lizards, ſpiders, ants, and all kind of vermin; and herewith theylive fo well contented, that commonly they fing and dance. Theſe Spaniards travelled above 800 leagues; and there eſcaped alive in this journey not above ſeven oreight• Ramufio gives a long, an excellent account of this voyage, intitled, Relatione che fece Alvaro Nunez dettocapo di vacca; di quello che interuenne nell' Indie all'armata, della qual era gouvernatore Pamphilo Narvaez, dell'anne 1527, fino al 1536, che ritorno in Sibillia con trefoli ſuoi compagni.MARITIME DISCOVERY. 57eight of them: they came upon the coaft of the South Sea to a city called SaintMichael of Calvacan, ftanding in upwards of 23 degrees towards the north.C. 72. and inThis year 1527, when Cortes underſtood by the pinnace aforefaid, that don Garcia Gom. hift.de Loaifa was paffed by the ftreight of Magellan toward the islands of Cloves, he gen. 1. 2 .provided three fhips to feek him, and to diſcover by that way of New Spain, as the Conquestfar as the ifles of Malacca. There went as governor in thofe fhips one Alvaro de of Mexico,Saavedra Ceron, coufin to Cortes, a man fit for that purpoſe: he made fail from f. 282 .Civatlanejo, now named St. Chriftopher, ſtanding in twenty degrees toward the north,on All Saints day. They arrived at the iſlands which Magellan named The Pleaſures;and from thence failed to the iſlands which Gomez de Sequeira had diſcovered; and,not knowing thereof, they named them Iflas de los Reyes, that is to fay, The ifles ofthe kings, becauſe they came unto them on twelfth-day in the way Saavedra lofttwo ſhips of his company, of which they never after heard news. But from iflandto iſland he ſtill failed, and came to the iſland of Candiga, where he bought twoSpaniards for ſeventy ducats, which had been of the company of frier Loaifa, whowas loft thereabout.

In the year 1528, in March, Saavedra arrived at the islands of Malacca, and cameto an anchor before the ifle of Gilolo: he found the fea calm, and wind at will,without any tempefts; and he took the diſtance from thence to Nova Spagna to betwo thouſand and fifty leagues. At this time Martin Yniguez de Carquiçano died,and Fernando de la Torre was chofen their general; who then was in the city ofTidore, had there erected a gallows, and had fierce war with Don George deMenefes, captain of the Portugueſe; and in a fight which they had the fourth dayof May, Saavedra took from him a galleot, and flew the captain there, called Fernandode Baldaya; and in June he returned towards New Spain, having with him one Simon de Brito Patalin, and other Portugueſe; and, having been certain months at ſea,he was forced back unto Tidore, where Patalin was beheaded and quartered, and hiscompanions hanged.In this year 1528, Cortes fent two hundred footmen and fixty horfemen, and many Gomar. hift.Mexicans, to diſcover and plant the country of the Chichemecas; for it was reported gen. 1. 2 .to be rich of gold. This being done, he ſhipped himſelf, and came into Caftile with c . 73 .great pomp, and brought with him two hundred and fifty thouſand marks of gold.and filver: and, being come to Toledo, where the emperor then lay, he was entertained according to his deferts; and the emperor made him marquis Del Valle, andmarried him to the lady Jane de Zuniga, daughter to the earl de Aguilar; and thenthe emperor fent him back again to be general of New Spain.In the year 1529, in May, Saavedra returned back again toward New Spain, and Ib . 1. 2. c . 72.he had fight of land toward the fouth in two degrees; he ran eaſt along by itabove five hundred leagues till the end of Auguft. The coaft was clean, and ofgood anchor- ground; the people black, and of curled hair.Saavedra, having failed four or five degrees to the fouth of the line, returned untoit, and paffed the equinoctial towards the north; and difcovered an ifland which heVOL. L h called58GALVANO'SPROGRESSOFGomara hift.gen. 1. 4.c. 14.called Ifla de los Pintados, that is to ſay, the isle ofpainted people; for the people thereof are white, and all of them marked with an iron: and by the figns which theygave, he conceived that they were of China. There came to them from the fhore akind of boat full of theſe men, making tokens of threatenings to the Spaniards; who,feeing that the Spaniards would not obey them, they began to fkirmiſh with flingingof ftones; but Saavedra would fuffer no fhot to be fired at them, becauſe their ſtoneswere of no ftrength, and did no harm.Alittle beyond this ifland, in ten or twelve degrees, they found many ſmall lowiflands, full of palm-trees and grafs, which they called Los Jardines; and they cameto an anchor in the midst of them, where they tarried certain days. The peoplefeemed to defcend from them of China; but, by reaſon of their long continuancethere, they are become fo brutiſh, that they have neither law, nor yet give themſelves toany honeſt labour. They wear white clothing, which they make of grafs; theyftand in great fear of fire, becauſe they never faw any; they eat cocos inſtead ofbread, breaking them before they are ripe, and putting them under the fand, andthen after certain days they take them out, and lay them in the fun, and then theywill open they eat fish, which they take in a kind of boat called a parao, whichthey make of pine-wood, which is driven thither at certain times of the year, theyknow not how, nor from whence; and the tools wherewith they make their boats areof fhells.Saavedra, perceiving that the time and weather was then fomewhat better for hispurpoſe, made fail toward the firm land and city of Panama, where he might unlade the cloves and merchandize which he had; that fo in carts it might be carriedfour leagues to the river of Chagre, which they fay is navigable, running out into thenorth fea, not far from Nombre de Dios, where the fhips ride, which come out ofSpain by which way all kind of goods might be brought unto them in ſhorter time,and with leſs danger, than to fail about the Cape of Bona Sperança. For, from Malacca unto Panama, they fail continually between the tropics and the line; but theynever found wind to ferve that courfe, and therefore they came back again to Malacca very fad, becauſe Saavedra died by the way: who, if he had lived, meant tohave opened the land of Caftilia del Oro and New Spain, from fea to fea. Whichmight have been done in four places namely, from the gulph of St. Michael toUraba, which is 25 leagues; or from Panama to Nombre de Dios, being 17 leaguesdiſtance; or through Xequator, a river of Nicaragua, which ſpringeth out of a lakethree or four leagues from the South Sea, and falleth into the North Sea; whereupon fail great barques and crayers. The other place is from Tecoantepec througha river to Verdadera Cruz, in the bay of Honduras, which alſo might be opened in afreight. Which if it were done, then they might fail from the Canaries unto theMalaccas, under the climate of the Zodiac, in lefs time, and with much less danger,than to fail about the Cape De Bona Sperança, or by the ftreight of Magellan, or bythe northwest and yet, if there might be found a ſtreight there, to fail into the ſeaof China, as it hath been fought, it would do much good.InMARITIME DISCOVERY.59In this year 1529, one Damiano de Goes, a Portugal, being in Flanders, after thathe had travelled over all Spain, was yet defirous to fee more countries, and fafhions,and diverſities of people; and therefore went over into England and Scotland, andwas in the courts of the kings of thoſe parts: and after that came again into Flanders,and then travelled through Zealand, Holland, Brabant, Luxenburg, Switzerland, andfo through the cities of Colen, Spires, Argentine, Bafil, and other parts of Germany,and then came back again into Flanders: and from thence he went into Francethrough Picardy, Normandy, Champagne, Burgundy, the dukedom of Bourbon, Gaſcoign, Languedoc, Dauphiné, the dukedom of Savoy; and paffed into Italy, into thedukedom of Milan, Ferrara, Lombardy, and ſo to Venice; and turned back again tothe territory of Genoa, and the dukedom of Florence, through all Tuſcany: and hewas in the city of Rome, and in the kingdom of Naples, from the one fide to theother.From thence he went into Germany to Ulm, and other places of the empire, tothe dukedom of Suevia and of Bavaria, and the archdukedom of Auſtria; the kingdom of Bohemia, the dukedom of Moravia, and the kingdom of Hungary, and fo tothe confines of Greece. From thence he went to the kingdom of Poland, Pruffia,and the dukedom of Livonia, and came into the great dukedom of Mofcovy: fromwhence he came back into High Germany, and through the countries of the Landfgrave, the dukedom of Saxony, the countries of Denmark, Gotland, and Norway;travelling fo far, that he found himſelf in 70 degrees of latitude towards the north.He did fee, fpeak, and was converfant with all the kings, princes, nobles, and chiefcities of all Chriftendom, in the ſpace of twenty-two years: fo that by reaſon of thegreatneſs of his travel, I thought him a man worthy to be here remembered.In the year 1529 or 1530, one Melchior de Soufa Tavarez went from the city ofOrmuz unto Balfora, and the iſlands of Giffara, with certain ſhips of war; and paffedup as far as the place where the rivers Tigris and Euphrates meet each other. Andalthough other Portugueſe had diſcovered and failed through that ſtreight, yet neverany of them failed ſo far upon the freſh water till that time, when he diſcovered thatriver from the one fide to the other; wherein he faw many things which the Portuguefe knew not.Not long after this one Ferdinando Coutinho, a Portugueſe, came unto Ormuz;and being defirous to fee the world, he determined to go into Portugal from thenceover land, to ſee Afia and Europe; and, to do this the better, he went into Arabia,and up the river Euphrates, the fpace of a month; and faw many kingdoms andcountries, which in our time had not been feen by the Portugueſe: he was taken prifoner in Damafcus, and afterward croffed over the province of Syria, and came untothe city of Aleppo. He had been at the holy fepulchre in Jerufalem, and in the cityof Cairo, and at Conftantinople with the great Turk; and, having feen his court, hepaffed over unto Venice, and from thence into Italy, France, Spain, and fo cameagain to Lisbon. So that he, and Damiano de Goes, were in our time the moſt noblePortuguefe,h 2

  • бо GALVANO'S PROGRESS OF

Gomar. hift .Portugueſe, that had difcovered and feen moft countries and realms for their ownfatisfactions.In the fame year 1530, little more or lefs, one Francis Pizarro, who had been ingen. 1. 5. c. 3. Spain, to obtain the government of Peru, turned back again to the city of Panama,with all things that he defired; he brought with him four brethren, Ferdinand, John,Gonfalvo, and Francis Martines de Alcantara: they were not well received by Diegode Almagro, and his friends; for that Pizarro had not fo much commended him tothe emperor as he looked for, but omitted the difcovery, wherein he had loft one ofhis eyes, and ſpent much: yet in the end they agreed, and Diego de Almagro gavePizarro feven hundred pezoes of gold, victuals, and ammunition, wherewith he prepared himſelf the better for his journey.Ib. 1. 5. c. 4.Ib. c. 5.Not long after this agreement Francis Pizarro, and his brethren, went in two ſhips,with the moſt of their foldiers and horfes; but he could not arrive at Tombez, as hewas minded, and fo they went on land in the river of Peru; and went along the coaſtwith great pains, becauſe there were many bogs and rivers in their way, whereinfome of his men were drowned: they came to the town of Coache, where they refted,and found much gold and emeralds, of which they brake fome, to ſee if they wereperfect. From thence Pizarro fent to Diego de Almagro twenty thouſand pezoes ofgold, to fend him men, horfes, ammunition, and victuals; and fo he went on hisjourney to the haven named Porto Viejo: and thither came unto him one Sebaſtiande Benalcazar, with all fuch things as he had fent for, which pleaſed and gratifiedhim very much.In the year 1531, he, having this aid, paffed over into a rich iſland called Puna,where he was well received of the governor; yet at laſt he conſpired to kill him, andall his men: but Pizarro prevented him, and took many of the Indians, and boundthem with chains of gold and filver. The governor cauſed thoſe that kept hiswives, to have their noses and arms cut off, ſo jealous was he. -Here Pizarrofound above fix hundred men prifoners belonging to the king Attabalipa, whowaged war againſt his eldeſt brother Guafcar to win reputation: theſe he fet atliberty, and fent them to the city of Tombez, who promiſed to be a means that heshould be well received in thoſe parts: but when they ſaw themſelves out of bondage,they forgot their promife, and incited the people againſt the Spaniards . Then Pizarro fent three Spaniards to Tombez, to treat for peace, whom they took, and flew,and facrificed; and their priests wept not for pity, but of cuftom. Pizarro, hearingof this cruel fact, paffed over to the main, and fet upon the city one night fuddenly,and killed many of them; fo that they preſented him with gifts of gold and filver, andother riches, and fo became friends. This done, he builded a town upon the riverCira, and called it St. Michael of Tangarara, which was the firft town inhabited byChriſtians in thoſe parts; whereof Sebaftian de Benalcazar was appointed captain.Then he ſearched out a good and fure haven for his fhips, and found that of Paytato be an excellent harbour.8 InMARITIME DISCOVERY. 61c. 37.In this fame year 1531 , there went one Diego de Ordas to be governor in the river Gomar. hift.1. 3.of Maragnon, with three fhips, fix, hundred foldiers , and thirty- five horfes. He died gen.by the way, fo that the intention came to none effect. After that, in the year 1534.there was fent thither one Hierom Artal, with an hundred and thirty foldiers; yet hecame not to the river, but peopled St. Michael de Neveri, and other places in Paria.Alfo there went unto this river Maragnon, a Portugueſe gentleman, named AriesD'Acugna; and he had with him ten fhips, nine hundred Portugueſe, and an hundredand thirty horfes: he spent much, but he that loft moft was one John de Barros.This river ftandeth in three degrees toward the fouth, having at the entrance of itfifteen leagues in breadth, and many iflands inhabited, wherein trees grow that bearincenfe of a greater bignefs than in Arabia; -gold, rich ftones, and one emerald wasfound there as big as the palm of a man's hand. The people of the country maketheir drink of a kind of oats, which are as big as quinces.In the year 1531 , one Nunnez de Gufman went from the city of Mexico, towardsthe northwest, to diſcover and conquer the countries of Xalifco, Ceintiliquipac, Ciametlan, Tovalla, Cnixco, Ciamolla, Culhuacan, and other places: and, to do this, Ib. l. 6. c. 16.he carried with him two hundred and fifty horſes, and five hundred foldiers. Hewent through the country of Mechuacan, where he had much gold, ten thoufandmarks of filver, and fix thoufand Indians to carry burdens. He conquered manycountries, and called that of Xalifco, Nueva Galicia, becauſe it is a ragged country,and the people ſtrong. He builded a city, which he called Compostella, and anothernamed Guadalajara, becauſe he was born in Guadalajara in Spain: he likewifebuilded the towns de Santo Efpirito, de la Conception, and de San Miguel, ftandingin 24 degrees of north latitude.In the year 1532, Ferdinando Cortes fent one Diego Hurtado de Mendoça unto Ib. 1. 2. c. 74-Acapulco, 70 leagues from Mexico, where he had prepared a ſmall fleet to diſcoverthe coaft of the South Sea, as he had promiſed the emperor: and finding two fhipsready, he went into them, and failed to the haven of Xalifco, where he would havetaken in water and wood; but Nunnez de Guſman cauſed him to be refifted, and fohe went forward: but fome of his men mutinied against him, and he put them allinto one of his fhips, and fent them back into New Spain: they wanted water, andgoing to take fome in the bay of the Vanderas, the Indians killed them. But DiegoHurtado failed two hundred leagues along the coaft, yet did nothing worth thewriting.In the year 1533, Francis Pizarro went from the city of Tombez to Caxamalca, Ib. 1. 5. c. 6,where he took the king Attabalipa, who promiſed for his ranfom much gold and filver: 7, & 8.and to accomplish it there went to Cufco, ftanding in 17 degrees on the fouth fide,Peter de Varco, and Ferdinando de Sotto, who difcovered that journey, being 200leagues, all cauſeways of ſtone, and bridges were made of it; and from one journeyto another, lodgings made for the Yngas; for fo they call their kings. Their armiesare very great and monftrous; for they bring above an hundred thouſand fightingmen to the field. They lodge upon theſe cauſeways, and have there provifion fufficient02 GALVANO's PROGRESS OFGomar. hif- toria general.1. 5. c. 11 .Ibid. 1. 5.c. 18.Ibid. 1. 5.c. 19.Ibid. 1. 5.c. 16.Ib. 1. 2.c. 74. and1. 2. c. 98.cient and neceffary, after the ufe and cuſtom of China, as it is faid . Ferdinando Pizarro, with fome horfemen, went unto Paciacama, 100 leagues from Caxamalca, anddiſcovered that province; and, coming back, he underſtood how Guafcar, brother toAttabalipa, was, by his command, killed; and that his captain Ruminaguy rofe up inarms with the city of Quito. After this Attabalipa was, by the command of Pizarro,ftrangled.In the year 1534, Francis Pizarro, feeing that the two kings were gone, began toinlarge himſelf in his figniories, and to build cities, forts, and towns, to have themmore in ſubjection. Likewiſe he ſent Sebaftian de Benalcazar, the captain of St.Michael of Tangarara, againſt Ruminaguy, unto Quito. He had with him two hundred footmen, and eighty horfemen: he went difcovering and conquering an hundredand twenty leagues, from one city to the other, east, not far from the equinoctialline; where Peter Alvarado found mountains full of ſnow, and fo cold, that ſeventyof his men were frozen to death. When he came unto Quito, he began to inhabitit, and named it St. Francis. In this country there is plenty of wheat, barley, cattle,and plants of Spain, which is very ftrange. Pizarro went ftrait to the city of Cusco,and found by the way the captain Quifquiz rifen in arms, whom ſhortly he defeated.About this time there came unto him a brother of Attabalipa, named Mango, whomhe made Ynga, or king of the country. Thus marching forward on his journey, aftercertain skirmishes he took that exceeding rich and wealthy city of Cufco.In this fame year 1534, a Briton called Jaques Cartier, with three fhips, went tothe land of Corterealis, and the bay of St. Laurence, otherwife called Golfo Quadrato,and fell in 48 degrees and an half towards the north; and fo he failed till he cameunto 51 degrees, hoping to have paffed that way to China, and to bring thence drugs-and other merchandize into France. The next year after he made another voyageinto thoſe parts, and found the country abounding with victuals, and good habitations, with many and great rivers. He failed in one river toward the ſouthweſt, 300leagues, and named the country thereabout Nova Francia: at length finding the water fresh, he perceived he could not pafs through to the South Sea; and having wintered in thofe parts, the next year following he returned into France.In the year 1535, or in the beginning of the year 1536, Don Antony de Mendoçacame unto the city of Mexico, as viceroy of New Spain. In the mean while Corteswas gone for more men, to continue his diſcovery, which immediately he fet in hand,fending forth two fhips from Tecoantepec, which he had made ready. There wentas captains in them, Fernando de Grijalva, and Diego Bezerra de Mendoça; and forpilots there went a Portugueſe named Acofta, and the other Fortunio Ximenez, aBifcaine. The first night they divided themfelves: Fortunio Ximenez killed hiscaptain Bezerra, and hurt many of his confederates; and then he went on land totake water and wood in the bay of Santa Cruz; but the Indians there flew him, andabove twenty of his company. Two mariners which were in the boat efcaped, andwent unto Xalifco, and told Nunnes de Guſman, that they had found tokens of pearls;he went into the fhip, and fo went to feek the pearls: he difcovered along the coaftaboveMARITIME DISCOVERY. 63above 150 leagues. They faid that Ferdinando de Grijalva failed 300 leagues fromTecoantepec without feeing any land, but only one iſland, which he named the islandof St. Thomas, becauſe he came unto it on that faint's day: it ftandeth in 20 degreesof latitude.1.c. 23.In this year 1535, Pizarro built the city de los Reys, upon the river of Lima. Theinhabitants of Xauxa went to dwell there, becauſe it was a better country, ftanding Gomar. hift.in 12 degrees of fouthward latitude. In this fame year of 1535, he caufed the city gen. 4.of Truxillo to be built, on a river fide, upon a fruitful foil, ftanding in eight degreeson that fide. He built alſo the city of Saint Jago in Porto Viejo; befides many others L. 5. c. 22.along the coaſt, and within the land, where there breed many horfes , affes , mules ,kine, hogs, goats, fheep, and other beafts; alfo trees and plants, but principally rofemary, oranges, lemons, citrons, and other four fruits; vines, wheat, barley, and othergrains radiſhes, and other kind of herbage and fruits, are brought out of Spainthither, to be fown and planted.In the fame year 1535, one Diego de Almagro went from the city of Cufco to the L. 5. c. 24-provinces of Arequipa and Chili, reaching beyond Cufco towards the fouth untothirty degrees. This voyage was long, and he diſcovered much land; ſuffering greathunger, cold, and other extremities, by reaſon of the abundance of ice, which ſtoppeththe running of the rivers; fo that men and horfes die in thoſe parts of the cold.About this time Ferdinando Pizarro came out of Spain to the city de los Reyes, andbrought with him the title of marquifate of Atanillos for his brother Francis Pizarro;and to Diego de Almagro he brought the government of 100 leagues, over and beſidesthat which was difcovered; and named it, The new kingdom of Toledo. Ferdinando L. 5. c. 25-Pizarro went ſtrait to the city of Cuſco: and one John de Rada went to Almagrointo Chili, with the emperor's patents.Diego de Almagro, having received the letters patents which the emperor had ſent Ib. c. 27.him, went ftrait from Chili unto Cufco, to have it, feeing it did appertain unto him:which was the cauſe of a civil war. They were mightily oppreffed with want ofvictuals, and other things, in this their return; and were enforced to eat the horfes,which had died four months and an half before, when they paſſed that way.In this fame year 1535 , Nunnez D'Acunha being governor of India, while he wasmaking a fortress at the city of Diu, he fent a fleet to the river of Indus, being fromthence 90 or 100 leagues toward the north, under the tropic of Cancer. The captain's name was Vafquez Perez de San Paio: alfo he ſent another army against Badu,king of Cambaia, the captain whereof was Cofefofar, a renegado. They came to thebar of that mighty river in the month of December, of the water whereof they foundfuch trial as Quintus Curtius writeth of it, when Alexander came thither.In this year 1535, one Simon de Alcazava went from Seville with two fhips, and Ib. 1.4, c. 1 3.-240 Spaniards in them: ſome ſay they went to New Spain; others, that they wentto Malacca; but others alfo fay, to China, where they had been with FerdinandoPerez de Andrada. Howfoever it was, they went first unto the Canaries, and fromthence to the ftreight of Magellan, without touching at the land of Brafil, or anypart64GALVANO'sPROGRESSOFGomar. hift.gen . lib. 3.c. 39.Ib. 1. 2.c. 74, 98.Ib. in thepart of that coaft: they entered into the ftreight in the month of December, withcontrary winds, and cold weather. The foldiers would have had him turn backagain; but he would not: he went into an haven on the fouth fide, in 53 degrees;there the captain Simon, of Alcazava, commanded Roderigo de Ifla, with fixty Spaniards, to go and diſcover land: but they rofe up againſt him, and killed him; andappointed fuch captains and officers as pleafed them, and returned: coming thwartthe Brafil, they loſt one of their ſhips upon the coaft; and the Spaniards that eſcapeddrowning, were eat by the favages. The other fhips went to Saint Jago in Hifpaniola; and from thence to Seville in Spain.In this fame year 1535 , don Pedro de Mendoça went from Cadiz toward the riverof Plata, with twelve fhips, and had with him 2000 men; which was the greateſtnumber of ſhips and men that ever any captain carried into the Indies. He died bythe way returning homewards. The most part of his men remained in that river,and built a great town, containing now two thouſand houfes, wherein great store ofIndians dwell with the Spaniards. They difcovered and conquered the country tillthey came to the mines of Potofi, and to the town La Plata, which is 500 leaguesdiftant from them.In the year 1536, Cortes understanding that his fhip, wherein Fortunio Ximenezwas pilot, was feized on by Nunnez de Guzman, he fent forth three ſhips to theplace where Guzman was; and he himſelf went by land, well accompanied, andfound the fhip which he fought, all ſpoiled and rifled. When his three other ſhipswere come about, he went on board himſelf, with the most part of his men andhorfes, leaving for captain of thofe which remained on land, one Andrew de Tapia.So he fet fail; and, coming to a point the 1ft day of May, he called it Saint Philip;and an island that lieth clofe by it, he called Saint Jago. Within three days after, hecame into the bay where the pilot Fortunio Ximenez was killed , which he called LaPlata de Santa Cruz, where he went on land, and commanded Andrew de Tapia todifcover. Cortes took fhipping again, and came to the river now called Rio de SanPedro y San Paulo, where, by a tempeft, the fhips were feparated; one was drivento the bay de Santa Cruz; another to the river of Guajaval; and the third, was drivenon fhore near Xaliſco, and the men thereof went by land to Mexico.Cortes long expected his two fhips that he wanted; but they not coming, hehoiſted fail, and entered into the gulph now called Mar de Cortes, Mar Vermejo, orthe gulph of California, and ſhot 50 leagues within it; where he efpied a ſhip atanchor; and, failing towards her, he had been loft , if that ſhip had not fuccouredhim. But having graved his fhip , he departed with both the fhips from thence. HeConqueft of bought victuals, at a very dear rate, at Saint Michael of Culvacan; and from thencehe went to the haven of Santa Cruz, where he heard that Don Antonio de Mendoçawas come out of Spain to be viceroy: he therefore left to be captain of his men oneFrancis de Ulloa, to fend him certain fhips to difcover that coaft. While he was atAcapulco, meffengers came to him from don Antonio de Mendoça the viceroy, tocertify him of his arrival; and alſo fent him the copy of a letter, wherein FrancisMexico,f. 290, 291,292.PizarroMARITIME DISCOVERY. 65Pizarro wrote, that Mango Ynga was rifen againſt him, and was come to the city ofCufco, with an hundred thoufand fighting men; and that they had killed his brotherJohn Pizarro, and above 400 Spaniards, and 200 horſes, and he himſelf was in danger; fo that he demanded fuccour and aid . Cortes being informed of the ſtate ofPizarro, and of the arrival of don Antonio de Mendoça, becaufe he would not as yetbe at obedience; first, he determined to fend to Malacca, to difcover that way underthe equinoctial line, becauſe the iſlands of Cloves ftand under that parallel: and forthat purpoſe he prepared two fhips, with provifion and men, befides all other thingsneceffary. He gave the charge of one of thefe fhips to Ferdinando de Grijalva, andof the other to one Alvarado, a gentleman: they went first to Saint Michael deTangarara in Peru , to fuccour Francis Pizarro; and from thence to Malacca, all alongnear the line , as they were commanded: and it is declared, that they failed above athoufand leagues without fight of land either on the one fide , or yet on the other, ofthe equinoctial: and in two degrees towards the north they diſcovered an iſland namedAfea, which feemeth to be one of the islands of Cloves. Five hundred leagues, littlemore or lefs, as they failed, they came to the fight of another, which they named lade los Pefcadores. Going ftill in this courfe, they faw another iſland , called Hayme,towards the fouth, and another, named Apia; and then they came to the fight ofSeri: turning towards the north one degree, they came to anchor at another iſland,named Coroa; from thence they came to another under the line, named Meoufum,and from thence unto Bufu, ftanding in the fame courſe.From thefe iflands they came to others, named the Guelles, ftanding one degreetowards the north, eaft, and weft, from the ifle of Ternate, wherein the Portugueſehave a fortreſs: theſe men are haired , like the people of the Malaccas. Theſe iſlandsftand 124 leagues from the island named Moro, and from Ternate betwixt 40 and50. From thence they went to the ifle of Moro, and the iſlands of Cloves, goingfrom the one to the other: but the people of the country would not ſuffer them tocome on land; faying unto them, Go unto the fortress, where the captain Antonio Galvano is, and we will receive you with a good will: for they would not fuffer them tocome on land without his licence; for he was factor of the country, as they ftiledhim. Athing worthy to be noted; that thofe of the country were ſo affectioned tothe Portugueſe, that they would venture for them their lives, wives, children , andgoods!Chron. delPeru, c. 9, 10.In the year 1537, the licentiate John de Vadillo, governor of Carthagena, went out Pedro dewith a good army from a port of Uraba, called Saint Sebaſtian de Buena Viſta, being Cieça, part.in the gulph of Uraba, and from thence to Rio verde; and from thence by land, with- prim. de laout knowing any way, nor yet having any carriages, they went to the end of thecountry of Peru, and to the town La Plata, by the fpace of 1200 leagues; a thingworthy of memory: for, from this river to the mountains of Abibe, the country isfull of hills, thick forefts of trees, and many rivers; and for want of a beaten way,they had pierced fides. The mountains of Abibe, as it is recorded, have 20 leaguesin breadth: they must be paffed over in January, February, March, and April; forVOL. I. i from66 GALVANO'S PROGRESS OFRamufius3 vol. fol.356.Gomar. hift .gen. 1. 5.C. 34.Ib . 1. 2. c.74.Ramufius3vol. fol.329.Gomar. hift.gen. 1.6.c. 17.from that time forward it raineth much, and the rivers will be fo greatly increaſed,that you cannot pafs for them. Moreover they declared the diverfities of the people,tongues, and apparel that they obferved in the countries, kingdoms, and provincesthrough which they paffed; and the great perils and dangers that they were in tillthey came to the town called Villa de la Plata, and to the fea thereunto adjoining.This was the greatcft difcovery that hath been heard of by land, and in fo fhort atime; and if it had not been done in our days, the credit thereof would have beendoubtful.In the year 1538 , there went out of Mexico certain friars, of the order of SaintFrancis, towards the north, to preach to the Indians the catholic faith. He that wentfartheft was one friar Mark de Nizza, who paffed through Culvacan , and came totheprovince of Sibola, where he found feven cities; and the farther he went, the richerhe found the country with gold, filver, precious ftones, and fheep bearing verywoo!. Upon the fame of this wealth, the viceroy don Antonio de Mendoça, andCortes, determined to fend a power thither: but when they could not agree there.upon, Cortes went over into Spain in the year 1540, where he afterwards died.In this year 1538, began the civil war between Pizarro and Almagro, wherein, atlaft , Almagro was taken, and beheaded.In the fame year 1538, Antonio Galvano being chief captain in the ifles of Malacca, ſent a ſhip towards the north, whereof one Francis de Caftro was captain, having command to convert as many as he could to the faith: he himself chriftenedmany; as the lords of the Celebes, Maccafares, Amboynos, Moros, Moratax, anddivers other places. When Francis de Caftro arrived at the island of Mindanao, fixkings received the water of baptifm, with their wives, children , and ſubjects; andthe most of them Antonio Galvano gave command to be called by the name of John,in remembrance that king John the third reigned then in Portugal.In the year 1539, Cortes fent three fhips with Francis Ulloa, to difcover the conftof Culvacan northward: they went from Acapulco, and touched at Saint Jago debuena Sperança , and entered into the gulph that Cortes had difcovered; and failedtill they came in 32 degrees, which is almoft the fartheft end of that gulph, whichplace they named Ancon de Saint Andres, becaufe they came thither on that faint'sday. Then they came out along the coaft on the other fide, and doubled the point ofCalifornia, and entered in between certain islands and the point, and fo failed alongby it, till they came to 32 degrees; from whence they returned to New Spain, forcedthereto by contrary winds, and want of victuals, having been out about a year.Cortes, according to his account, fpent 200,000 ducats in theſe diſcoveries.From Cabo del Enganno, to another cape called Cabo de Liampo, in China, thereare 1000 or 1200 leagues failing. Cortes and his captains difcovered New Spain,from 12 degrees to 32 , from fouth to the north, being 700 leagues; finding it more warmthan cold, although fuow lay upon certain mountains most part of the year. In NewSpain there are many trees, flowers, and fruits of divers forts, and profitable for manythings. The principal tree is named Metl, growing neither very high nor thick:II theyMARITIME DISCOVERY. 67they plant and drefs it as we do our vines. They fay it hath forty kind of leaves,like woven cloth, which ferve for many ufes; when they are tender, they make conferves of them, paper, and a thing like unto flax: they alfo make cf it mantles, mats,fhoes, girdles, and cordage. Thefe trees have certain prickles, fo ftrong and fharp,that they few with them: the roots make fire and afhes, which afhes make exceeding good ley. They open the earth from the root, and ſcrape it; and the juice whichcometh out is like a fyrup. If you feeth it, it will become honey; if you purify it ,it will become fugar: alfo you may make wine and vinegar of it: it beareth the Coco.The rind roasted, and crushed upon fores and hurts, healeth and cureth. The juiceof the tops and roots, mingled with incenfe, are good againft poifon, and the bitingof a viper. For thefe manifold benefits it is the most profitable tree known to growin thofe parts.c. 35.In the year 1538 and 1539, after that Diego de Almagro was beheaded, the mar- Gomar. hift .quis Francis Pizarro was not idle: for he immediately fent one Peter de Baldivia, gen. 1. 5.with a good company of men, to difcover and conquer the country of Chili. He waswell received of thofe of the country, but afterwards they rofe against him, and wouldhave killed him by treafon. Yet, for all the war that he had with them, he difcovered much land, and the coaft of the fea toward the fouth-eaft, till he came into40 degrees and more in latitude. While he was in theſe diſcoveries, he heard newsof a king called Lucengolma, who commonly brought to the field two hundred thoufand fighting men, againſt another king his neighbour; and that this Leucengolmahad an iſland, and a temple therein, with two thouſand prieſts; and that beyond themwere the Amazons, whofe queen was called Guanomilla, that is to fay, The golden Cieça, c. 103.Heaven: but as yet there are none of theſe things difcovered . About this timeGomez de Alvarado went to conquer the province of Guanuco; and Francis de Chavez went to fubdue the Conchincos, which troubled the town of Truxillo, and thecountries adjoining. Peter de Vergara went to the Bracamores, a people dwelling.toward the north from Quito; John Perez de Vergara went againſt the Ciaciapoians;Alfonfus de Mercadiglio went unto Mulubamba; Ferdinando and Gonfalvo Pizarroswent to fubdue Collao, a country rich in gold; Peter de Candia went to the lowerpart of Collao; Peranzures alfo went to conquer the faid country and thus theSpaniards difperfed themſelves, and conquered above 700 leagues of country in avery ſhort ſpace, though not without great travels and lofs of men.The countries of Brafil and Peru ftand eaft and weft, almoft 800 leagues diftant.The neareſt is from the cape of St. Auguſtine unto the haven of Truxillo; for theyſtand both almoft in one parallel and latitude: and the fartheft is 950 leagues,reckoning from the river of Peru to the ftreights of Magellan, which places lie directly north and fouth, through which country paſs certain mountains called theAndes, which divide Brafil from the empire of the Yngas: after this manner themountains of Taurus and Imaus divide Afia into two parts; which mountains begin.in 36 and 37 degrees of northerly latitude, at the end of the Mediterranean fea, overagainſt the ifles of Rhodes and Cyprus, running ftill towards the eaſt unto the fea ofi 2China:68 GALVANO's PROGRESS OFChina and fo likewife the mountains of Atlas in Africa divide the tawny Moorsfrom the black Moors, which have frizzled hair; beginning at mount Meies aboutthe defert of Barca, and running along under the tropic of Cancer unto the AtlanticOcean.The mountains of the Andes be high, ragged, and in fome places barren, withouttrees or grafs, whereon it raineth and fnoweth most commonly: upon them arewinds, and fudden blafts; there is likewife fuch fcarcity of wood, that they make fireof turfs, as they do in Flanders. In fome places of thefe mountains and countriesthe earth is of divers colours, as black, white, red, green, blue, yellow, and violet,wherewith they dye colours without any other mixture. From the bottoms of theſemountains fpring many fmall and great rivers, principally from the eaſt fide; as appeareth by the rivers of the Amazons, of St. Francis, of Plata, and many otherswhich run through the country of Brafil, being larger than thofe of Peru, or thoſe ofCaftilia del Oro. The country of Peru, adjoining unto the mountains of Andes weftward, toward the fea, and containing 15 or 20 leagues in breadth, is all of very hotfand, yet fresh, bringing forth many good trees and fruits, becauſe it is well watered;where there grow abundance of flags , ruſhes, herbs, and trees, fo flender and looſe,that, laying your hands upon them, the leaves will fall off: and among theſe herbsand fresh flowers the men and women live and abide, without any houfes or bedding,even as the cattle do in the fields, and fome of them have tails. They are grofs,and wear long hair: they have no beards, yet have they divers languages.Thoſe which live on the tops of theſe mountains of Andes, between the cold andthe heat, for the moft part are blind of one eye, and fome altogether bind; and ſcarceyou fhall find two men of them together, but one of them is half blind. Alfo theregroweth in theſe fields, notwithſtanding the great heat of the fand, good maiz, andpotatoes, and an herb which they name cocoa, which they carry continually in theirmouths (as in the East India they uſe another herb named betele), which alfo, theyfay, fatisfieth both hunger and thirſt.Likewife they affirm, that from Tumbez fouthward, it doth neither rain, thunder,nor lighten, for the fpace of five hundred leagues of land: but fometimes there falleth fome little fhower. -There are certain beafts which thofe of the country callxacos, and the Spaniards fheep, becauſe they bear wool like unto a ſheep, but are mademuch like unto a deer, having a fadde-back like unto a camel: they will carry theburden of an hundred weight. The Spaniards ride upon them; and, when they areweary, they will turn their heads backward, and void out of their mouths a wonderful ftinking water.From the river of Plata and Lima fouthward, there breed no crocodiles, nor lizards,no fnakes, nor any kind of venomous vermin, but great ſtore of good fish breed inthofe rivers. On the coaft of St. Michael, in the South Sea, there are many rocks offaltThis idea, ever fince the time of Lord Monboddo, has been renewed, and occupies the attention ofthe explorers of Africa: links may exiſt, in creation, with which we are yet unacquainted.MARITIME DISCOVERY. 69falt covered with eggs . On the point of St. Helena are certain well-fprings, whichcaſt forth a liquor, that ferveth inſtead ofpitch and tar. They fay, that in Chili thereis a fountain, the water whereof will convert wood into ftone. In the haven of Truxillo there is a lake of fresh water, the bottom whereof is good hard falt. In the Andesbeyond Xauxa there is a river of fresh water, in the bottom whereof there lieth whitefalt.In the year 1540, the captain Ferdinando Alorchon went, by the command of the Ramufius,viceroy Don Antonio de Mendoça, with two fhips, to difcover the bottom of the vol . 3. f. 303gulph of California, and divers other countries.In this year 1549, Gonfalvo Pizarro went out of the city of Quito to diſcover thecountry of Canell, or Cinnamon, a thing of great fame in that country. He had withhim two hundred Spaniards, horſemen and footmen, and three hundred Indians tocarry burdens he went forward till he came to Guixos, which is the fartheft place Gomar. hift .governed by the Yugas; where there happened a great earthquake, with rain and gen. 1. 5.lightning, which funk feventy houſes. They paffed over cold and fnowy hills, where c. 36.they found many Indians frozen to death, marvelling much of the great fnow thatthey found under the equinoctial line. From hence they went to a province calledCumaco, where they tarried two months, becaufe it rained continually; and beyondthey faw the cinnamon- trees, which are very great, the leaves thereof reſembling bayleaves; both leaves, branches, roots, and all, tafting of cinnamon; the roots havethe whole tafte of cinnamon: but the beft are certain knobs like unto alcornoques, oracorns, which are good merchandize. It appeareth to be wild cinnamon, and there.is much of it in the Eaft Indies, and in the islands of Java or Java.From hence they went to the province and city of Coca, where they refted fiftydays. From that place forwards they travelled along by a river's fide, being fixtyleagues long, without finding of any bridge, nor yet any ford to pafs over to the otherfide. They found one place of this river, where it had a fall of 200 fathoms deep,where the water made fuch a noife , that it would make a man almt deaf to ſtandby it and not far beneath this fall, they fay they found a chanel of ſtone, veryfmooth, of two hundred foot broad, and the river runneth by; and there they madea bridge to pass over on the other fide, where they went to a country called Guema,which was fo poor, that they could get nothing to eat, but only fruits and herbs .From that place forward they found a people of fome reafon, wearing certain cloathing made of cotton- wool, where they built a brigantine; and there they found alfocertain canoes, wherein they put their fick men, and their treafure, and beft apparel,giving the charge of them to one Francis de Orellana: and Gonfalvo Pizarro wentby land with the rest of the company along by the river's fide, and at night went intothe boats; and they travelled in this order two hundred leagues, as it appeareth.When Pizarro came to the place where he thought to find the brigantine and canoes,and could have no fight of them, nor yet hear of them, he thought himfelf out of allhope; becauſe he was in a frange country, without victuals, cloathing, or any thingelfe: wherefore they were fain to eat their horfes, yea, and dogs alfo, becaufe thecountry70 GALVANO's PROGRESS OFGomar. hift.gen. 1. 6.c. 17.country was poor and barren, and the journey long, to go to Quito. Yet, notwithſtanding, taking a good heart to themſelves, they went on forwards in their journey,travelling continually 18 months; and it is reported, that they went almoſt five hundred leagues, wherein they did neither fee fun, nor any thing elfe whereby theymight be comforted: wherefore, of two hundred men which went forth at the firſt ,there returned not more than ten unto Quito; and thefe fo weak, ragged, and disfigured, that they knew them not . Orellana went five or fix hundred leagues downthe river, feeing divers countries and people on both fides thereof, among whom heaffirmed fome to be Amazons; he came into Caftile, excufing himſelf, that the water and ftreams drove him down by force: this river is named the river of Orellana,and others name it the river of the Amazons, becauſe there are women there wholive like unto them.In the year 1540, Cortes went with his wife into Spain, where he died feven yearsafter.In the year 1541 , it is recorded, that Don Stephen de Gama, governor of India,failed toward the ftreight of Mecca. He came with all his fleet to an anchor in theifland of Maçua, and from thence upwards, in ſmall ſhipping, he went along the coaſtof the Abaffins and Ethiopia, till he came to the island of Suachen, ſtanding in 20degrees towards the north, and from thence to the haven of Coftir, ftanding in 27degrees; and fo he croffed over to the city of Toro, ftanding on the shore of Arabia;and along by it he went unto Stiez, which is the fartheft end of the ftreight; and fohe turned back the fame way, leaving that country and coaft difcovered fo far as never any other Portugueſe captain had done: although Lopez Suarez, governor of India,went to the haven of Juda, and the haven of Mecca, ftanding on the coaſt of Arabia,in 23 degrees of latitude, and 150 leagues from the mouth of the ftreight. DonStephen de Gama, croffing over from Cofir to the city of Toro, as it is reported,found an iſland of brimstone, which was difpeopled by the hand of Mahomet.In the fame year 1541 , Don Diego de Almagro killed the marquis Francis Pifarro,and his brother Francis Martinez of Alcantara, in the city de los Reyes, otherwifecalled Lima; and made himfelf governor of that country.In the year 1540, the viceroy Don Antony de Mendoza fent one Francis Vaſquezdó Coronado by land, unto the province of Sibola, with an army of Spaniards and Indians they went out of Mexico, and came to Culvacan, and from thence to Sibola,which ftandeth in 30 degrees of latitude: they required peace with the people, andfome victuals, being thereof deftitute; but they answered, that they ufed not to giveany thing to thofe that came unto them in warlike manner. So the Spaniards affaulted the town, and took it, and called it Nueva Granada, becauſe the general himfelf was born in Granada. The foldiers found themſelves deceived by the words ofthe friers, which had been in thoſe parts before; and becauſe they would not returnback to Mexico again with empty hands, they went to the town of Acuco, where theyhad knowledge of Axa and Quivira, where there was a king very rich, that did werſhip a croſs of gold, and the picture of the queen of heaven. They endured manyextremitiesMARITIME DISCOVERY. 71extremities in this journey, and the Indians fled away from them, and in one morningthey found thirty of their horfes dead. From Cicuic they went to Quivira, whichwas 200 leagues off, according to their account, paffing all through a plain country,and making by the way certain hillocks of cow- dung, becauſe thereby they might notlofe their way in their return: they had there hai! ftones as big as oranges. Now,when they were come to Quivira, they found the king called Tatarrax, which theyfought for, with a jewel of copper hanging about his neck, which was all his riches .They faw neither any crofs, nor any image of the queen of heaven, nor any othertoken of the Chriſtian religion . It is written of this country, that it is poorly inhabited, Gomar. hift.principally in the plain and champagne places, becauſe the men and women go in gen. 1. 6.herds with their cattle, whereof they have great plenty, even as the Arabians do inBarbary; and they remove from place to place, as the feafon ferveth, and the paſturesto feed their cattle. In thefe parts are certain beafts almost as big as horfes, theyhave very great horns, and they bear wool like unto theep; and fo the Spaniards callthem. I pafs over many things, becauſe the order which I follow will not permit meto be long.In the year of our Lord 1542, one Diego de Frietas being in the realm of Siam ,and in the city of Dodra, as captain of a fhip, there fled from him three Portugueſein a junk (which is a kind of fhip) toward China. Their names were Antonio deMota, Francis Zeimoro, and Antonio Pexoto, directing their courfe to the city ofLiampo, ftanding in thirty and odd degrees of latitude. There fell upon their ſternfuch a ftorm, that it fet them off the land; and in a few days they faw an ifland toward the eaſt, ſtanding in 32 degrees, which they name Japan, which feemeth to bethe ifle of Zipangri, whereof Paulus Venetus maketh mention, and of the riches thereof and this ifland of Japan hath gold, filver, and other riches.c. 18 , & 19 .In this year 1542, Den Antonio de Mendoça, viceroy of Nova Spagna, ſent hiscaptains and pilots to difcover the coaft of cape del Engannon, where a fleet of Cortes'had been before: they failed till they came to a place called Sierras Nevadas, or thefnowy mountains, ſtanding in 40 degrees toward the north, where they faw fhips withmerchandifes, which carfied on their ftems the images of certain birds called alcatrarzi, and had their yards gilded, and their bow laid over with filver. They feemed Ib. 1. 6. c. 18 .to be of the ifles of Japan, or of China; for they faid, that it was not above thirtydays failing unto their country.In the fame year 1542, Don Antonio de Mendeça fent unto the islands of Mindanao Ibid. 1. 4.a fleet of fix fhips, with four hundred foldiers, and as many Indians of the country, C. 12.Ramuf. vol. 1.the general whereof was one Ruy Lopez de Villa Lobos, being his brother- in-law, f. 375. p. 2.and a man in great eftimation . They fet fail from the haven of Natividad, ſtandingin 20 degrees toward the north, upon All Saints eve, and ſhaped their courſe towardthe weft: they had fight of the island of St. Thomas, which Hernando de Grijalvahad diſcovered; and beyond, in 17 degrees, they had fight of another ifland, whichthey named La Nublada, that is, the cloudy ifland: from thence they went to anotherisland named Roca partida, that is, the cloven rock. The third of December they foundcertain72 GALVANO'S PROGRESS OFfirit vol . ofRamuf.f. 376.certain baxos or flats, of fix or ſeven fathoms deep. The fifteenth of the fame monththey had fight of the islands, which Diego de Roca, and Gomez de Sequeira, andAlvaro de Saavedra , had difcovered , and named them Los Reyes, becauſe they cameunto them on Twelfth-day. And beyond them they found other iſlands in 10 degrees, all ſtanding round; and in the midst of them they came to an anchor, wherethey took fresh water and wood.In the fame year 1542, Don Diego de Almagro was flain in Peru, by the hands ofone Don Vaca de Caftro.In the year 1543, in January, they departed from the aforefaid iſlands with all thefleet; and had fight of certain iflands, out of which there came unto them men in acertain kind of boats, and they brought in their hands croffes, and faluted the Spaniards in the Spanish tongue, faying, Buenos dias, matelotes, that is to fay, Good day, companions; whereat the Spaniards much marvelled, being then fo far out of Spain, tofee the men of that country with croffes , and to be faluted by them in the Spanishtongue; and they feemed in their behaviour to incline fomewhat to our catholickfaith. The Spaniards not knowing that many thereabout had been christened byFrancis de Caftro, at the command of Antonio Galvano, fome of them named thefeiflands las de las cruzos, and others named them Illas de los matelotes.In the fame year 1543, the first of February, Ruy Lopez had fight of that nobleifland Mindanao, ftanding in nine degrees: they could not double it, nor yet come toan anchor, as they would, becauſe the christened kings and people refifted them, having given their obedience to Antonio Galvano, whom they had in great eſtimation;and there were five or fix kings that had received baptifm , who by no means wouldincur his diſpleaſure. Ruy Lopez, perceiving this , and having a contrary wind, failedalong the coaft , to find ſome aid; and in four or five degrees he found a ſmall iſland,which they of the country call Sarangam, which they took by force; and in memoryof the viceroy, who had fent them thither, they named it Antonia, where they remained a whole year, in which time there fell out things worthy to be written; butbecauſe there are more hiftories that treat of the fame, I leave them, meaning to meddle with the difcoveries only.In the fame year 1543 , and in the month of Auguft, the general Ruy Lopez fentone Bartholomew de la Torre in a ſmall ſhip into New Spain, to acquaint the viceroyThe relation Don Antonio de Mendoça with all things. They went to the iſlands of Siria, Gaonata,ofJohn Gai- Bifaia, and many others, ftanding in 11 and 12 degrees towards the north, where etan, in the Magellan had been, and Francis de Caftro alfo, who there baptized many; and theSpaniards called them the Philippinas, in memory of the prince of Spain. Here they.took victuals and wood, and hoifted fails: they failed for certain days with a fairwind, till it came upon the ſkanting, and came right under the tropick of Cancer.The twenty-fifth of September they had fight of certain iſlands, which they namedMalabriges, that is to fay, The evil roads. Beyond them they difcovered Las dos Hermanas, that is, The trvofifters: and beyond them alfo they faw four islands more,which they called los Volcanes. The fecond of October they had fight of Farfana, beyondMARITIME DISCOVERY. 73yond which there ſtandeth an high- pointed rock, which cafteth out fire at five places.So failing in 16 degrees of northerly latitude, from whence they had come, as it ſeemeth, wanting wind, they arrived again at the iſlands of the Philippinas: they hadfight of fix or ſeven iſlands more, but they anchored not at them. They found alfoan archipelagus of iflands well inhabited with people, lying in 15 or 16 degrees: thepeople are white, and the women well proportioned, and beautiful, and better arrayed than in any other of thoſe parts, having many jewels of gold, which was a token,that there was fome of that metal in the fame country. Here were alſo barques offorty-three cubits in length, and two fathoms and an half in breadth, and the planksfive inches thick, which barques were rowed with oars. They told the Spaniards,that they uſed to fail in them to China; and that, if they would go thither, theyfhould have pilots to conduct them, the country not being above 5 or 6 days failingfrom thence. There came unto them alfo certain barques or boats, handfomely decked, wherein the mafter and principal men fat on high, and underneath were very blackMoors, with frizzled hair: and, being demanded where they had thefe black Moors,they anſwered, that they had them from certain iſlands , ſtanding hard by Sebut, wherethere were many of them; a thing that the Spaniards much marvelled at, becaufefrom thence it was above 300 leagues to the places where the black people were.Therefore it ſeemed, that they were not naturally born in that climate; but that theyare in certain places fcattered over the whole circuit of the world: for even fo theyare in the islands of Nicobar and Andeman, which ſtand in the gulph of Bengal; andfrom thence by the ſpace of 500 leagues we do not know of any black people. AlſoVafco Nunnez de Valboa declareth, that as he went to diſcover the South Sea, in acertain land named Quareca, he found black people, with frizzled hair; whereas therewere never any other found either in Nova Spagna, or in Caftilia del Oro, or in Peru.In the year 1544, Don Gutierre de Vargas, biſhop of Placenza, fent a fleet from Gomar. hift.the city of Seville to the ftreights of Magellan; which is reported to have been done gen. 1. 4.by the counfel of the viceroy don Antonio de Mendoça his coufin. Some fufpected c. 14.that they went to Malacca; others to China; others, that they went only to difcoverthe land betwixt the ftreight and of Peru, and the other fide of Chili; becauſe it wasreported to be very rich in gold and filver. But this feet, by reafon of contrary winds,could not paſs the ſtreight: yet a ſmall bark paſſed the ſame, and failed along thecoaft, and diſcovered all the land till it came to Chirimai and Arequipa, which isabove 500 leagues; for the reft was already difcovered by Diego D'Almagro , FrancisPizarro, and their captains and people, at divers times. By this it appeareth, thatfrom the ftreight to the equinoctial line, on both ſides, is wholly diſcovered .In the year 1545, and in the month of January, Ruy Lopez de Villa Lobos, andGiraldo, with the Caftilians, came to the iſland of Moro, and the city of Camafo,where they were well received of the kings of Gilolo and Tidore, and of the peopleof the country (becauſe Antonio Galvano was gone); and they put the captain donGeorge de Caftro to great trouble, as appeared by thoſe things which paſſed betweenhim and the Portugueſe, and the great expences whereunto he put the fortrefs.VOL. I. k In74 GALVANO's PROGRESS OF DISCOVERY.In the fame year 1545, Ruy Lopez de Villa Lobos fent from the iſland of Tidoreanother ſhip towards New Spain, by the ſouth fide of the line, wherein was captainone Ignatius Ortez de Rotha, and for pilot one Jaſper Rico. They failed to the coaſtof Os Papuas, and ranged all along the fame; and becauſe they knew not, thatSaavedra had been there before, they challenged the honour and fame of that difcovery; and becauſe the people there were black, and had frizzled hair, they namedit Nueva Guiney: for the memory of Saavedra then was almoſt loft, as all things elfefall into oblivion, which are not recorded and illuftrated by writing.In this year 1545, and in the month of June, there went a junk from the city ofBorneo, wherein went one Pedro Fidalgo, a Portugueſe; but, by contrary winds, hewas driven towards the north, where he found an iſland ſtanding in nine or ten degrees, that ftretched itſelf to 22 degrees of latitude, which is called, the ifle of theLuçones, becauſe the inhabitants thereof were ſo named: it may have ſome othername and harbours, which as yet we know not. It runneth from the north to thefouth-weft, and ftandeth between Mindanao and China. They fay they failed alongby it 250 leagues, where the land was fruitful, and well covered: and there, theyaffirm, that they will give two pefoes of gold for one of filver, and yet it ftandeth notfar from the country of China.In the year 1553, there went out of England certain ſhipping; and, as it appeared,they failed northward along the coast of Norway and Finark, and from thence eaſttill they came between 70 and 80 degrees to Mufcovy, for ſo far one of the ſhipswent; but I know not what became of the reſt: and this was the laſt diſcovery madetill this time. From this land of Muſcovy, eastward, you fail to Tartary, and at thefarther end of it ftands the country and province of China. It is faid, that betweenChina and Tartary, there is a wall above 200 leagues in length, ftanding near to 50degrees of latitude.Now I gather by all the precedent Discoveries, that the whole Earth is in circuit360 degrees, according to the geometry thereof; and to every degree antient writersallow 17 leagues and an half, which amount to 6300 leagues; yet, I take it thatevery degree is juſt 17 leagues: however it be, all is diſcovered, and failed fromthe east to the weft, almoft even as the fun compaffeth it; but from the fouth to thenorth there is great difference: for, towards the north pole, there is found diſcovered nemore than 77 or 78 degrees, which come to 1326 leagues and towards the fouth pole thereis difcoveredfrom the equinoctial to 52 or 53 degrees; that is, to the ftreight which Magellan paffed through, which amounts to about 900 leagues; and putting both theſefaid main fums together, they amount to 2226 leagues. Now, take fo many out of6300 leagues, there remaineth as yet undifcovered, north andfouth, above thespace of 4000leagues.APPENDIX (B.)MR. LOCKE'sHISTORY OF NAVIGATION,FROM ITS ORIGINAL TO THE YEAR 1704, WITH AN EXPLANATORY CATALOGUEOF VOYAGES, PREFIXED BY THAT LEARNED WRITER TO CHURCHILL'S COLLECTION, IN EIGHT VOLS. FOLIO.

    • This learned Treatife was added to the laft octavo edition of Mr. Locke's

Works, in nine volumes, at the exprefs recommendation of Dr. Law, Biſhop ofCarlife; and probably was the concluding effort which the former made in literature, as Mr. Locke died during the fame year on the twenty-eighth of October,1704: Churchill's Collection of Voyages had been previouſly prefented by Mr.Locke to the University of Oxford. In the modern part of this Hiftory of Navigation he appears to have been much affifted by the preceding work of Galvano;however, as Mr. Locke fome times differs from him, has made confiderable additions, and continued the ſubject to a much later period, I have thought it right toinfert this Treatife, without alteration or abridgment, which would have taken confiderably from its value.k 2THEHISTORY OF NAVIGATION,BY THE CELEBRATEDPancir.Part 2.Tit. 10.P. 233.Mil. Nav.vet. p. 19.JOHN LOCKE.Of all the inventions and improvements the wit and induſtry of man has diſcoveredand brought to perfection, none feems to be fo univerfally uſeful, profitable, and neceffary, as the art of Navigation. There are thofe that will not allow it to be called.the invention of man, but rather the execution of the direction given by AlmightyGod, fince the firſt veſſel we read of in the world, was the Ark ofNoah, built by theimmediate command and appointment of the Almighty. But this is not a place toSchefferus de enter upon fuch a controverfy, where fome will afk, Why it ſhould be believed therewere not fhips before the flood, as well as after, fince doubtless thoſe firſt men extending their lives to eight or nine hundred years, were more capable of improvingthe world than we whofe days are reduced to fourſcore years, and all beyond themonly mifery or dotage? It is impertinent to ſpend time upon fuch frivolous arguments, which only depend on opinion or fancy. If then we give any credit to Hiſtory,on which all our knowledge of what is paft depends, we ſhall find that Navigation hadbut a mean and obfcure original, that it was gradually and but very leiſurely improved, fince in many ages it ſcarce ventured out of fight of land; and that it did not receive its final perfection till theſe latter times, if we may be allowed to call that perfect which is still doubtlefs capable of a further improvement: but I give it that epithet only, with regard to the infinite advancement it has received fince its first appearance in the world.The firſt Veffel ever known to have floated on the waters, was the Ark made byGod's appointment, in which Noah and his three fons were faved from the univerſaldeluge. But this Ark, Ship, or whatever elſe it may be called, had neither oars, fails,mafts, yards, rudder, or any fort of rigging whatſoever; being only guided by DivineProvidence, and having no particular port, or coaſt to ſteer to, only to float uponwaters; till thofe being dried up, it reſted on the mountains of Ararat, as we read inGen. viii. 4. From this time till after the confufion of tongues there was no uſe of Navigation, there being as yet no fufficient multitude to people the earth; and thofe menIIthethereLOCKE's HISTORY OF NAVIGATION. 77there were, having undertaken to build the tower of Babel, from thence were difperfed into all other parts of the known world. Thefe firft travellers doubtless metwith many rivers before they came to the fea, as plainly appears by the fituation ofBabel, generally agreed upon by all that treat of fcriptural geography; and thoſerivers they paffed in an hollowed piece of timber, no better than a trough, or a fort ofbaſket covered over with raw hides, being the eafieft that occurred to invention, andfufficient for their prefent purpoſe; which was only to pafs on in their way to otherparts, without the profpect of trade or commerce, which cannot be ſuppoſed to havethen entered into their thoughts. What Veffels they built when they came to the feano hiſtory deſcribes, and therefore it would be a raſhneſs to pretend to any knowledgeof them that they were fmall, il rigged, and only durft creep along the fhores, isout of all difpute; if we confider that many fucceeding ages were no better furniſhed ,though they never failed from time to time to correct the defects they found in theirſhipping, and induſtriouſly laboured to improve the art of Navigation. Not to ſpeaktherefore of what is abfolutely fabulous, or only fuppofitious, let us come to the firſtSailors famed in hiftory; and touching thoſe times lightly, defcend to matters ofmore certainty and better authority.If we give credit to poets and poetical writers, we ſhall find Neptune covering theMediterranean ſea with his mighty fleets, as admiral under his father Saturn, ſuppoſed to be Noah, as Neptune is to be Japheth; and to him is afcribed the first building of ſhips, with fharp ftems, or heads fhod with iron or braſs, to run against otherfhips, and fplit them, and with towers on them for men to fight when they came tolie board and board. Yet there are others that give the honour of inventing of fhips,and ſteering them to Glaucus; affirming it was he that built, and piloted the ſhip Argo,in Jafon's expedition against the Tyrrhenians; which others attribute to Argos, making him the builder and pilot. Thefe notions, or rather poetical fictions , are rejectedby the learned Bochartus in his Geographia Sacra, ( p . 819 , 820. ) where he ſhews thatthe ſhip Argo ought properly to be called Arco, which in the Phoenician tongue fignifies long; a name given it becauſe it was the first long fhip built by the Greeks, wholearned it of the Phoenicians, and called it by their name, whereas all the veſſels uſedby them before that time were round. This ſhip Argo, or rather galley, he ſays hadfifty oars, that is twenty- five on each fide, and therefore must be fifty cubits in length.Here it appears that the Greeks had round veffels before that time, and all we canreaſonably conclude is, that this fhip or galley Argo, or Arco, was larger, and perhapsbetter built and contrived than any before it, and might perform the longer voyage;which rendered it famous, as if it had been the first ship. But it is certain there weremany fleets , fuch as they were, before this time; for the Argonauts' expedition wasabout the year of the world 2801 , which was after the flood 1144 years: whereaswe find Semiramis built a fleet of two thouſand fail on the coafts of Cyprus, Syria,and Phoenicia, and had them tranfported on carriages and camels' backs to the riverIndus; where they fought and defeated the fleet of Staurobates king of India, conſiſting78LOCKE'SHISTORYing of four thouſand boats made of cane, as Diodorus Siculus writes, (L. 2. Antiq.cap. 1. ) About the year of the world 2622, and 965 after the flood, Jupiter kingof Crete, or Candia, with his fleet ftole away Europa the daughter of Agenor, kingof the Sidonians. In 2700 of the world, and after the flood 1043 , Perfeus went onthe expedition by fea againſt Medufa in Afric. -Now to return to the Argonauts fomuch celebrated by the poets; upon the ftri&teft examination into truth, we ſhallonly find them inconfiderable coafters in the Mediterranean, and ſent out by the public to fupprefs pirates; though fabulous Greece has extolled their expedition beyond all meaſure. Next follows the Trojan war about the year of the world 2871,and 1214 after the flood, where we find a fleet of one thouſand one hundred andforty fail of all forts, ftill creeping along the fores, without daring to venture outof fight of land.Now leaving the Greeks, it is fit we return to the Phenicians, who are the famethe fcripture calls the Philistines or Canaanites, as is largely proved by Bochartus,certainly the earlieſt and ableft mariners in thofe first ages: they made the greateſtdiſcoveries of any nation , they planted colonies of their own in moſt of thoſe countriesfo difcovered, and fettled trade and commerce in the most diftant regions. Therecan be no greater teftimony of their wealth and naval power, than what we find inholy writ, ( Ezek. xxvii . ) where the prophet ſpeaking of Tyre, fays it is fituate at theentry of the fea, is a merchant for many ifles, its ship-boards are of fir-trees ofSenir, their masts of cedars, their oars of oak of Bafban, their benches of ivory, theirfails of fine embroidered linen; and ſo goes on through moſt of the chapter, extollingits mariners, pilots, fhips, and all things belonging to them. This, though from theundeniable oracle of fcripture, were no fufficient proof of their knowledge in this art,were not all hiftories full of their many expeditions. The firft was on the coaft ofAfric, where they founded the most powerful city of Carthage, which fo long contended with Rome for the fovereignty of the world: thence they extended their dominions into Spain, and not ſo ſatisfied, coafted it round, ftill purſuing their difcoveries along the coafts of France, and even into this iſland of Great Britain; wherethey afterwards had a fettled trade for tin, and fuch other commodities as the countrythen afforded: as may be ſeen at large in Procopius, Strabo, Diodorus Siculus, andmany other ancient authors. Pliny, (lib. 2. cap. 69. ) with others affirms, that in theflourishing times of the republic of Carthage, Hanno being ſent out from thence todiſcover fouthward, failed quite round Afric into the Red Sea, and returned thefame way; and that Kimilco fetting out at the fame time northwards, failed as far asThule or Iceland. Both thefe relations are in part rejected by moft authors as fabulous; becauſe it does not appear that the utmoſt extent of Afric was ever known, tillthe Portugueses in thefe latter times difcovered it; and the very northern partsEurope were not thoroughly diſcovered, even in the time of the Roman greatnofs.However, no doubt is to be made but that they failed very far both ways, and mightperhaps add fomething of their own invention, to gain the more reputation to theirundertakings. Nor were they confined to the Mediterranean and weftward Ocean, itofwasOF NAVIGATION. 19was they that conducted Solomon's fleets to Ophir; and we read in 1 Kings ix. 27.that Hiram (who was king of Tyre, and confequently his men Phoenicians) fent in thenavy hisfervants, Shipinen that had knowledge of the fea: and again, ( chap. x. ver. 11.)and the navy alfo of Hiram that brought goldfrom Ophir. Thus we fee the Phoenicianstraded to Ophir before king Solomon, and for him. -To enter into the controverfywhere this Ophir was, is not proper for this place, but the moſt probable opinionsconclude it to be fome part of the Eat Indies, and indeed there is not the leaft fhewof reafon to place it elſewhere. How they performed theſe long voyages without thehelp of the Compafs, or magnetical needle, would be another no lefs difficult inquiry;confidering they could not always fail by day, and lie by at night, or continually keepwithin fight of land, whence tempefts at least would often drive them into the openfea; but this is eafily folved by all authors, who with one confent inform us, thatthey were directed by the courfe of the fun in the day, and by the ſtars at night.And in this knowledge of the heavens the Phoenicians exceeded all other nations, asmay be gathered from Pliny, ( lib. 5. c. 12 , and 19. ) where he fhews that mankind isobliged to the Phoenicians for five things of the greateft ufe, viz. letters, the knowledge of the ſtars, the art of navigation, military difcipline, and the building of manytowns. Bythis their knowledge of the ftars, they recovered themſelves when loft infoul weather, and knew how to ſhape their courſe acroſs fpacious gulphs, and bays,which would have ſpent them much time in coafting round. However it must nothence be inferred that they were capable of traverfing the vaft Ocean betwixt Europeand America, as fome would endeavour to make out; becauſe it is well known thatVoyage, even with the help of the compafs, was at first thought impracticable; andwhen difcovered, for fome time proved very difficult and dangerous, till time and experience had made it more familiar. The very reafon alleged for the poffibility oftheir failing to the Weft Indies, which is the certainty of the trade ruinds blowingalways at eaft within the tropics, makes against them; becauſe had thoſe winds carried them thither, the vaft difficulty in returning the fame way would deter themfrom that enterprife: they being altogether ignorant, and we may fay incapable ofcoming away north, which was accidentally found out many years after the diſcoveryof the Weft Indies.The Greeks, though occafionally mentioned before them, were the next in orderto the Phoenicians in Maritime Affairs, and learned the art of them. They not onlyequalled their maſters in this art, but foon excelled them, and gave them ſeveral notable overthrows on their own element; for we often find them, though much inferior in numbers, gaining glorious victories over the Perfians, whofe fleets were allmanaged by Phoenicians . One inftance or two may ferve for all -the firſt is the famous battle of Salamis, where the confederate Greeks, whofe whole force confiftedbut of three hundred and eighty fhips, defeated thirteen hundred of the Perfians, withinconfiderable lofs to themſelves, and incredible to their enemies; as may be feen inPlutarch's lives of Themiftocles and Ariftides, in Diod. Sic. lib. XI. Herod. lib. VII,and VIII. and others. Again, the Athenian fleet commanded by Cimon, lorded italong80 LOCKE'S HISTORYalong the coafts of Afia; where cloſely purſuing the Perfian admiral Titrauftes, beobliged him to run his fhips aground, of which he took two hundred, befides all thatperiſhed on the ſhore. And not ſo ſatisfied , Cimon proceeded to Hydrope, where hedeſtroyed ſeventy fail, which were the peculiar fquadron of the Phoenicians; forwhich particulars fee Thucydid. ( lib. I. cap. 11 , and 12. ) Plutarch in vit. Cimon, andDiod. Sic. lib. XII. Thefe victories were the bane of Greece, which growing rich.with the ſpoils of the Perfians, fell into thofe vices it had before been a ſtranger to,and which broke that union which had preferved it against the common enemy.Hence followed the war betwixt the Athenians and Lacedemonians, and feveral others,where thoſe little ftates confederating one againſt another, fent out many numerousFleets, and ftrove for the fovereignty of the fea; till having fufficiently weakened themfelves they at length became a prey to others. Yet during their flourishing times,and even in adversity, when driven from home by diſaſters, they never ceaſed ſendingout colonies upon all the coafts of the Mediterranean, and particularly of Afia, Spain,France, Italy, and Sicily; in all which countries they fo far extended their empire,that it would fill a volume to give but an indifferent account of them. Yet underAlexander the Great, the founder of the Grecian empire, there are fome things fo fingular that they well deferve a place here. That thefe latter ages may not boast ofthe invention offireflips, we find in Curtius, ( lib. IV. ) that at the fiege of Tyre, whena mole was carrying on to join that city to the continent, the inhabitants having loaded a large fhip heavily aftern with fand and ſtones, to the end the head might riſehigh above the water, and prepared it for their purpoſe with combustible matter, theydrove it violently with fails and oars againſt the mole, where they ſet fire to it, thefeamen in it eſcaping in their boats: the mole being in a great meaſure made ofwood, with wooden towers on it, was by this device utterly deftroyed. Thus we feethe Tyrians fucceſsfully invented the first fireship we read of in hiftory.-The next thingremarkable in this mighty conqueror's reign, in relation to Navigation, was his failingdown the river Indus into the Indian ocean; where we may by the bye obferve thewonderful ignorance, not only of his landmen, but even of the failors, who, as Curtius, (lib. IX. ) teftifies, were all aftoniſhed and befide themſelves at the ebbing andflowing of the river. From hence, the fame author tells us, Alexander fent his admiral Nearchus to coaft along the Ocean as far as he could, and return to him with anaccount of what he ſhould difcover. Nearchus accordingly, keeping along the Indianand Perfian fhores, and entering the Perfian Gulph, returned to him up the riverEuphrates, which was then looked upon as a wonderful difcovery, and a great mafterpiece of that admiral, for which he received a crown of gold from Alexander. Thusmuch we have concerning this expedition in Curtius quoted above, and in Plutarchin vit. Alex. -Purchas in his firft vol . ( p . 86, 87 , 88. ) gives a very particular accountday by day of this voyage of Nearchus, taken out of Arianus, lib . VIII. who deliversit as Nearchus's journal of the expedition.Next to the Phoenicians and Greeks, the Romans became fovereigns of the fea;yet not all at once, but after hard ſtruggling with the Carthaginians, then in the heightofOF NAVIGATION. 31of their power, having by their naval force made themſelves maſters of the greateſtpart of Spain, and the coaft of Afric, of many islands in the Mediterranean , and being intent upon the conqueft of Sicily. This ifland furnished thefe mighty cities withan occafion of trying their forces on pretence of protecting their allies , but in realityout of a defire of fovereignty. The Romans were altogether unacquainted with naval affairs, infomuch that they knew not how to build a galley, but that the Carthaginians cruizing on the coaft of Italy, as we find in Polybius, (lib. I. ) one of their Quinquereme galleys happened to fall into the hands of the Romans; who by that modelbuilt an hundred of the fame fort, and twenty Triremes. Whilft the galleys werebuilding, they exerciſed the feamen in rowing upon the dry fhore, cauſing them to fitin ranks as if they were aboard, with oars in their hands, and an officer in the middle;who by figns inftructed them how they fhould all at once dip their oars, and recoverthem out of the water. When the fleet was launched, finding the galleys not artificially built, but fluggiſh and unwieldy, they invented an engine to grapple faſt withthe enemy at the firſt ſhock, that ſo they might come to handy- ftrokes, at which theyknew themſelves fuperior, and prevent being circumvented by the ſwiftneſs of theCarthaginian galleys, and experience of their mariners. This engine they calledcorvus; it confifted of a large piece of timber fet upright on the prow of the veffel,about which was a ftage of feveral afcents of boards well faftened with iron , and atthe end of it two maſſive irons ſharp-pointed: the whole could be hoifted or lowered by a pulley at the top of the upright timber. This engine they hoifted to the topwhen the enemy drew near, and when they came to ſhock ſhip to ſhip, they let it rundown amain into the enemy's veffel, with which its own weight grappled it ſo faftthat there was no breaking loofe; and if the attack happened on the bow, the menwent down two and two into the enemy's veffel, by the help of the afore- mentionedfcaffold; all which may be feen more fully defcribed in Polybius above quoted. Bythe help of thefe engines, Duillius the Roman admiral overthrew Hannibal the Carthaginian, though fuperior to him in number of veffels and experience in maritime affairs; taking his own Septireme and fifty other veffels, with great flaughter of his men,though he himself eſcaped in his boat: this was in the year of Rome 493. In 497 ,M. Attilius Regulus, and L. Manlius Volfo, confuls, commanded another fleet, inwhich were above one hundred and forty thouſand men; the Carthaginians had thenin their fleet, one hundred and fifty thouſand men under the conduct of Hamilcar,who was intirely overthrown, fifty of his ſhips taken, and fixty- four funk. Thus farthe fea had proved favourable to the Romans; but in the year of Rome 499, havingfent out a fleet of three hundred Quinqueremes, they lost one hundred and forty byftorms; which made them refolve to lay afide all naval enterpriſes, keeping onlyfeventy fail of fhips to ferve as tranfports; till in the year 503 , perceiving their affairsin Sicily decline, the Carthaginians being abfolute mafters at fea, they again fentout two hundred fail, and the following year received a mighty overthrow with thelofs of ninety- three galleys . Refolving now to put an end to the war, they again fitted out two hundred Quinqueremes, built by the model of a Rhodian they had beforeVOL. I 1 taken,82 LOCKE'S HISTORYtaken, and with them gave the Carthaginians ſuch a fatal overthrow, as reduced themto accept of a diſhonourable peace. This was the rife of the Roman power at fea,which they after not only held, but increaſed as long as their empire fubfifted. Theiractions are too many and too great for this place; thoſe that defire to ſee more mayread them in Livy , Plutarch, Appian, and many other authors who deliver them atlarge thus much having been faid only to deduce the fucceffion of Navigation fromone people to another. Now, though the Romans at this time gained the fovereigntyof the feas, and held it for fome ages, yet we do not find that they applied themſelvesto New Diſcoveries, or ever exceeded the bounds of what the Phoenicians had beforemade known; their greateſt voyage being that which Pliny, ( lib. VI. cap. 23. ) gives anaccount of, being from Egypt to India, before- mentioned to have been frequently performed by the Phoenicians, and therefore had nothing new in it. What occurs inthis place, is to ſay ſomething of the feveral forts of galleys called Triremes, Quadriremes, Quinqueremes, and fo forth, whereof mention was made above. Herodotus,Thucydides, and Diodorus agree, that Aminocles the Corinthian was the firstthat invented the Trireme galley, about three hundred years after the deſtruction of Troy.Pliny will have it, that Ariftotle a Carthaginian firſt built a Quadrireme, and Nefichtonof Salamis a Quinquereme; but Diodorus contradicts it, attributing the invention ofthe Quinqueremes to Dionyfius the Sicilian. Pliny further adds, that Zenagoras the Syracufan, built the firft veffel of fix ranks; Nefigiton one of ten; Alexander the Great isreported to have proceeded to twelve; Philoftephanus makes Ptolomy Soter the firstthat made one of fifteen ranks; Demetrius the ſon of Antigonus of thirty; Ptolomy Philadelphus of forty; and Ptolomy Philopator of fifty. Thus we have the original of themall; but what fort of veffels thefe were, that is, how the feveral degrees or ranks ofoars were difpofed, has been much controverted, and is a most difficult point tobedetermined. The fhortness of this difcourfe will not allow much canvaffing of thepoint; yet a few words out of two or three learned authors will give fome fatisfaction to the curious. —Moriſotus in his Orbis Maritimus, ( p . 608. ) poſitively affirms, thateach of theſe veffels had its name from the number of ranks of oars placed one aboveanother, fo that the Trireme had three, the Quinquereme five ranks; and fo every oneaccording to its name, even till we come to Ptolomy Philopator's Tefferaconteres, whichhe afferts had forty ranks of oars placed one over another; wherein he agrees withBaifius, whom he quotes, as he does the emperor Leo, whofe words are thefe: EveryShip of war must be ofits due length, having two ranks ofoars, the one higher, and the otherlower. This, which to him feems concluding, to others appears of no force; for allowing there might be veffels that had two ranks of oars one above another, that doesnot at all prove the poffibility of having twenty or forty, which muſt of neceflity rifeto fuch a height as would look more like a mountain than a ſhip; and thoſe upperoars muſt be ſo long, and in proportion fo large and unwieldy, that no ſtrength ofhands could ever manage them. Others will have theſe ſeveral ranks of oars to betaken lengthways, and not in height; that is, fo many in the prow, fo many in themidſhips, and ſo many in the poop: whence will follow that Ptolomy's galley had

  • 8

fortyOF NAVIGATION.forty ſeveral ranks in length, with intervals betwixt them, in one line from ſtem toftern; which, allowing but a fmall number of oars to each of thefe ranks, will quiteoutrun the length affigned that veffel, being two hundred and eighty cubits. Thisopinion is followed by Stervechius, Caftilionius, and feveral others: but fir Henry Savilis of another mind, and ſuppoſes theſe ranks not to lie in length from head to ftern ,nor in height one above another, but athwart; which muſt appear prepofterous, becauſe allowing fo many ranks this way, that is athwart the galley, its breadth wouldexceed all proportion. The fourth folution of this difficulty, and that very much received, is, that the veſſel had its name from ſo many men tugging at one oar; that isthree in a Trireme, five in a Quinquereme, and fo of the reft; which indeed as far asfix or ſeven men to an oar, has the moſt reſemblance of truth: but when we come toforty or fifty men to an oar, it will be difficult to reconcile either to the breadth ofthe veffel; not to be ſuppoſed capable of eighty men in a rank, or to the height of themen: becauſe though the firſt man, next the fide of the galley, had the oar under hand,yet the end of it, when it came to the fortieth, muft of neceflity rife above his reach.Theſe two objections are again anfwered, the first by allowing each oar to reach quiteathwart the galley, and fo the forty men to fill up the whole breadth, rowing as theydo in our wherries or barges; and the fecond by allowing an aſcent from one fide ofthe galley to the other, for each feat or ſtanding of thoſe that rowed; and, for the foldiers and failors, we must imagine a deck over the heads of the flaves at the oar.This carries much of reafon, but little of ancient authority, for we find no ancientmonuments that deſcribe any thing of this nature. We will conclude this matterwith the opinion of Schefferus de militia navali, ( lib. II. cap. 2. ) where allowing a competent distance, according to the length of the veffel betwixt each bank of oars, heſuppoſes the firſt row to be as in our galleys next the level of the water; then in theintervals another row, not diftinguiſhed by a deck, but raiſed ſo high by their ſeat thattheir feet reſted againſt that which was the back of the bank below them; and fo oneabove the other in thoſe intervals, which takes off much of the height, that muſt havebeen, allowing them feveral decks, and confequently fhortens the upper oars in proportion yet cannot at all leffen the difficulty that will occur upon plying fo manyoars, which will come to dip ſo cloſe together in the water, that it ſeems impracticable to avoid clattering of them, and falling into confufion, not to mention many moreinconveniences obvious enough to every man's reaſon that has ſeen any veffels of thisnature and therefore it is beft to determine nothing amidſt fuch uncertainties, butleave every one to approve that which ſhall beft fuit with his notion of the matter.Therefore leaving theſe obſcurities, it is better to proceed upon the hiſtory of Navigation where we left off, and fee in what ftate it continued from the time of the Romans laft fpoken of, till the fortunate diſcovery of the magnetical needle; from whichtime is to be dated its greatest advancement, as will be vifible in that place.As long as the Roman empire continued in ſplendor, it ſupported what it had foundof Navigation, but added little or nothing to it; that people being altogether intentupon making new conqueſts, and finding ſtill more work than they were able to com12 pafs8384LOCKE'SHISTORYpaſs upon dry land, without venturing far out to fea. But when the barbarous nations began to diſmember that monarchy, this art inſtead of improving, doubtless declined, as did all others.-The firſt of theſe barbarians were the Goths and Vandals, ofwhom no great actions appear on the fea; their fartheſt expeditions on this elementbeing in the Mediterranean, betwixt Italy and Afric, Spain and the iſlands, wherenothing occurs worth mentioning. The Saracens were next to them as to order oftime, though much fuperior in naval power, yet contained within the fame bounds,and confequently did nothing more memorable. After the Saracens may be reckonedthe NORMANS, who for feveral years infeſted the coafts of Britain and France withtheir fleets from Norway; till having fettled themſelves in Normandy, they ran outplundering all the coafts of Spain, and entering the ſtraits conquered a great part ofthe kingdom of Naples, and the whole iſland of Sicily. Still theſe, though they undertook longer voyages, were but coaſters; and ſatisfied with what they found, didnot endeavour to add any thing to the art of Navigation, eſpecially for that they wereas then but rude and barbarous, war and rapine being their only profeffion. Othernations famous at fea were the Genoefes and Venetians, betwixt whom there werebloody wars for ſeveral years; and the latter, till the Portugueſes diſcovered the wayby fea to the Eaft Indies, had all the trade of thoſe parts in their own hands;either brought up the Red Sea into Egypt, or by caravans to the fea-port towns ofAfia. We might here mention the expeditions of Engliſh, French, Danes, Dutch,and other nations, but ſhould find nothing new in them all. They all in their turnswere powerful at fea; they all ventured ſometimes far from home, either to rob,conquer, or trade: but all in the fame manner creeping along the fhores, without daring to venture far out to fea, having no guides out of fight of land but the ſtars,which in cloudy nights muſt fail them. It is therefore time to leave theſe blind failors, and come to the Magnet or Loadſtone, and to the Compaſs or magnetical needle,which has opened ways in the unknown ocean, and made them as plain and eaſy inthe blackeſt night as in the brighteſt day: to come then to the point.The Loadſtone, or Magnet, fo called from the Latin word magnes, had this namegiven it becauſe found in the country of Magneſia, which is a part of Lydia in Afr¹;or becauſe the Magnesians firft difcovered its virtue of attracting iron: for both thefereafons are given by the learned Bochartus ( Geogr. Sacr. p. 717.) What other virtuesand qualities it has, does not belong to this place: but it is certain the magnet has twopoles, anſwering to the two poles of the world, and to which they naturally incline(if nothing obftructs) to lie parallel . This property is not confined to itſelf, but communicative, as daily experience fhews us in the nautical needles; which by the touchof this ftone partake fo much of its nature, that the point fo touched, unless otherwifehindered, will always look towards the north pole. Let the learned Naturalift plungehimſelf into the infcrutable abyſs of nature to find out reaſons for this fſympathy; itfhall fuffice here, to fhew the benefits and advantages navigation, and in it mankind,has reaped by the diſcovery of this moſt wonderful fecret. The Magneſians, as wasfaid above, were counted the firft difcoverers of the Loadſtone's virtue of attractingiron;OF NAVIGATION.85.iron; but this greater virtue of pointing out the North Pole, was never found tillabout the year 1300, if we will believe all the beſt modern inquirers into antiquity;who upon diligent ſearch unanimously agree they cannot find the leaft ground to believe it was known before; rather than give credit to fome few writers, who morefuppofe fuch a thing to have been uſed by the Phoenicians, than pretend to prove it,having nothing but their own fancies, raiſed upon weak and groundleſs furmiſes, tobuild upon. The great advocate I find for this opinion ( in Bochart. Geog. Sac. p. 716.and in Purchas's pilgrims, p. 26. ) is Fuller in his miſcellanies, ( l . 4. c . 19. ) yet neitherof them mentions any proof, or ſtrong argument, he brings to corroborate his opinion,and therefore they both with reafon reject him. Theſe two authors, and Pancirol. -lib. ii. tit. 11. do not forget the verfe often urged out of Plautus in Mercat.Hicfecundus ventus nunc eft, cape modo Verforiam.Which Verforia fome will have to be the compafs. But there is nothing folid in thisargument, it is only catching at ftraws, when all Hiſtory and Practice of former agesmake against it: hiftory, becauſe it could not but have made fome mention of athing fo univerfally uſeful and neceffary; and practice, becauſe it is well known nofuch voyages were then performed, as are now daily by the help of the compaſs. Ithas fufficiently been proved before, that in all former ages they were but coafters,fcarce daring to venture out of fight of land; that if out at night they had no otherrule to go by but the ſtars: and what is ſtill more, it is manifeſt they ſcarce venturedat all to fea in the winter months. That this is fo, appears by Vegetius, (lib. IV. )where ſpeaking of the months, he fays, —the ſeas are fhut from the third of the idesof November, to the fixth of the ides of March, and from that time till the ides ofMay, it is dangerous venturing to fea ſ. Thus much may fuffice to fhew the Compafswas not known to antiquity; let us fee when it first appeared in the world.Its ancient ufe being rejected by general confent, there have ftill been fomewho have endeavoured to rob the diſcoverer of this honour: among them Goropiusquoted by Morifotus, will have this invention attributed to the Cimbrians, Teutonics,or Germans, for this weak reafon; becauſe the names of the thirty-two winds aboutit are Teutonic, and uſed by almoſt all Europeans. Others will not allow this to bethe product of any part of Europe, and therefore go as far as China for it; allegingthat M. Paulus Venetus brought it from therice about the year 1260: but this is afferted without any the leaſt authority, only becauſe Paulus Venetus travelled intoChina, and when afterwards the Portugueſes came thither, they found the ufe of theneedle common among all thofe eaſtern nations, which they affirmed they had enjoyed for many ages. Not to dwell upon groundleſs fuppofitions, the general confentof the best authors on this ſubject is, —that the Magnetical needle or Compaſs was firſtfound out in Europe by one John Gioia, whom others call Flavio Gioia, of the city ofAmalfi, on the coaſt of that part of the kingdom of Naples called Terra di Lavoro.This happened about the year of our Lord 1300; and though the thing be of ſuch ſtupendous advantage to the world, yet it did not prove fo greatly profitable to the firſtSee Extract from Oforio's Hiftory, article (H) .finder,$6LOCKE's HISTORYfinder, whofe bare name is all that remains to pofterity; without the least knowledgeof his profeffion, or after what manner he made this wonderful diſcovery. So wonderful that it feems to contradict the opinion of Solomon, who many ages fincefaid there was nothing new under the fun; whereas this certainly appears, though folong after him, to be altogether new, and never fo much as thought of before; whichcannot fo plainly be made out of any other of thofe we look upon as modern inven.tions or improvements. For to inftance in a few things; we find the uſe of Fire-Shipsamong the Tyrians in the time or Alexander the Great, as was mentioned before outof Curtius, lib. IV. and therefore not repeated here. Our Sea- Charts, on which lattertimes have ſo much valued themſelves, are of fuch ancient date, that we cannot findtheir original; yet Morifotus, p. 12. fays that Eolus gave Ulyffes a fea- chart drawnon a ram's ſkin, that is, a parchment. Again, p. 14. the fame author out of Trogusobferves, that Democedes the Cratonian, employed by Darius Hyftafpes to view thecoafts of Greece, fent him charts of them all, with the ports, roads, and ſtrong-holdsexactly marked down. Then, p. 215. he fhews out of Ælianus and Ariſtophanes,that there were Maps of the world in Socrates's time. This, he fays, was about theeightieth Olympiad, and then quotes Strabo, who from Eratosthenes affirms, that Anaximander the Milefian was the first who made geographical tables about the fiftiethOlympiad. Sheathing offhips is a thing in appearance fo abfolutely new, that ſcarceany will doubt to affert it altogether a modern invention; yet how vain this notionis, will foon appear in two inftances . Leo Baptifti Alberti in his book of architecture,lib. V. cap . 12. has theſe words: But Trajan's fhip weighed out ofthe lake ofRiccia atthis time, while I was compiling this work, where it had lain funk and neglectedfor abovethirteen hundred years; I obferved, that the pine and cyprefs of it had lafted moſt remarkably. On the outfide it was built with double planks, daubed over with Greek pitch, caulkedwith linen rags; and over all afheet oflead fastened on with little copper nails. RaphaelVolaterranus in his geography fays, this fhip was weighed by the order of cardinalProfpero Colonna. Here we have caulking, and ſheathing together, above fixteenhundred years ago; for I fuppofe no man can doubt that the ſheet of lead nailed overthe outfide with copper nails was fheathing, and that in great perfection; the coppernails being uſed rather than iron, which, when once rufted in the water with theworking of the fhip, foon lofe their hold and drop out. The other inftance we findin Purchas's pilgrims, ( vol. I. lib. 4 ) in captain Saris's voyage to the court of Japarsp. 371. where the captain giving an account of his voyage fays; that rowing betwixtFirando and Fuccate, about eight or ten leagues on this fide Xemina-feque, he founda great town, where there lay in a dock a junck of eight or ten hundred tun burden,heathed all with iron. This was in the year 1613 , about which time the Englishcame first acquainted with Japan; and it is evident, that nation had not learned theway of fheathing of them, or the Portuguefes, who were there before, but were themfelves ignorant of the art.Now to return to the Magnetical Needle, or Sea-Compaſs; its diſcoverer, as hasbeen faid, appears to be Flavius, or John Gioia of Amalfi, and the time of its difcoveryaboutOF NAVIGATION. 87about the year 1300. The reaſon of its tending to, or pointing out the north, is whatmany natural philofophers have in vain laboured to find; and all their ſtudy hasbrought them only to be fenfible of the imperfection of human knowledge: whichwhen plunged into the inquiry after the fecrets of nature, finds no other way to comeoff but by calling them occult qualities; which is no other than owning our ignorance, and granting they are things altogether unknown to us: yet theſe are not allthe wonders of this magnetic virtue. The Variation of it is another as infcrutable afecret. This Variation is when the needle does not point out the true pole, but inclines more or leſs either to the eaſt or weft; and is not certain, but differs according to places, yet holding always the fame in the fame place, which is found by obferv.ing the fun or ftars. The Caufe of this Variation fome philofophers afcribe to magnetical mountains, fome to the pole itſelf, fome to the heavens, and fome to a magnetical power even beyond the heavens; but theſe are blind gueffes, and fond oftentations of learning, without any thing in them to convince one's reafon. There isnothing of it certain but the Variation itſelf; nor is this Variation alone; there is avariation ofthe variation, a fubject to be handled by none but fuch as have made it apeculiar ſtudy; and which deferving a peculiar volume, is daily expected from a moſtable pen. —But let us leave theſe myfteries, and come to the hiftorical part, as theprincipal ſcope of this diſcourſe; where we ſhall find, that though the uſe of theNeedle was fo long fince found out; yet, either through its being kept private by fomefew perfons at first as a fecret of great value, or through the dullness of the failors, atfirst not comprehending this wonderful phenomenon; or through fear of venturing toofar out of the known ſhores; or laftly, out of a conceit that there could not be morehabitable world to diſcover; -whether for thefe, or any other caufe, we do not find anyconfiderable advantage made of this wonderful diſcovery for above an age after it: nay,what is more, it does not appear how the world received it; who firſt uſed it upon thefea, and how it ſpread abroad into other parts. This is not a little ſtrange, in a matter offuch confequence, that the hiftories of nations fhould not mention when they received.fo great an advantage, nor what benefit they found at firft by it. But fo it is; andtherefore to fhew the advancement of Navigation fince the diſcovery of the Magneticalneedle, it will be abfolutely neceffary to begin feveral years after it, before whichnothing appears to be done. This fhall be performed with all poffible brevity, andby way of Annals, containing a fummary account of all Diſcoveries from year to year:yet, left the diſtance and variety of places fhould too much diſtract the reader, if alllay intermixed, the European northern difcoveries fhall be firft run through in theirorder of years; next to them, as next in order of time, fhall follow the African, andfo of the East India or Afiatic, the one being the confequence of the other; and inthe laft place fhall appear the Weft Indian, or American. -The first part of thenorthern European difcoveries is all taken out of Hakluyt, beginning with the neareſtafter the diſcovery of the Needle; quoting the authors out of him, and the page wherethey are to be found.An.88 LOCKE'S HISTORYNorthernEuropeanDiscoveries.

An. 1360, Nicholas de Linna, or of Linn, a friar of Oxford, who was an able aftronomer, took a voyage with others into the moſt northern iſlands of the world; whereleaving his company he travelled alone, and made draughts of all thoſe northern parts,which at his return he prefented to king Edward III. This Friar made five voyagesinto thofe parts for this he quotes Gerardus Mercator, and Mr. John Dee, ( Hak.p. 122. ) And this, though it is not there mentioned, being fixty years after the difcovery of the Compass, we may look upon as one of the first trials of this nature, madeupon the fecurity of the magnetical direction in theſe northern feas . Yet after thisfor many years we find no other difcovery attempted this way, but rather all fuch.enterpriſes feemed to be wholly laid afide; tillAn. 1553, and in the reign of king Edward VI. Sir Hugh Willoughby was ſent outwith three ships to diſcover Cathay and other northern parts. He failed in May, andhaving ſpent much time about the northern islands fubject to Denmark, where hefound no commodity but dried fish and train oil; he was forced about the middle ofSeptember, after lofing the company of his other two fhips, to put into an harbour inLapland called Arzina, where they could find no inhabitants; but thinking to havewintered there, were all frozen to death. However the Edward, which was the fecond fhip in this expedition , and commanded by Richard Chancellor, who was chiefpilot for the voyage, having loft Sir Hugh Willoughby, made its way for the port ofWardhouſe in Norway, where they had appointed to meet if parted by ſtorms.Chancellor ftaid there feven days; and perceiving none of his company came to joinhim, proceeded on his voyage fo fortunately, that within a few days he arrived in thebay of St. Nicholas on the coaft of Mufcovy; where he was friendly received by thenatives, being the first ship that ever came upon that coaft. Chancellor himſelf wentto the court of Mofco, where he fettled a trade betwixt England and Mufcovy, withJohn Bafilowitz the great duke, or Czar, then reigning. This done, Chancellor returned home with the honour of being the firſt diſcoverer of Ruſſia.An. 1556, Stephen Burrough was ſent out in a ſmall veffel to diſcover the river Ob:he failed in April, and in May came upon the coaft of Norway; whence continuinghis voyage, in July he arrived at Nova Zembla, that is, the new land, where he received directions how to fhape his courfe for the river Ob. He ſpent ſome time infearch of it; but coming to the ftraits of Weygats found no paffa*ge, and the fummerfeafon being almoſt ſpent, returned to Colmogro in Mufcovy, where he wintered,defigning to profecute his voyage the next fummer; but was countermanded, and ſothis was all the event of the expedition.An. 1558 , Anthony Jenkinson failed for Mufcovy with four fhips under his command: he left his fhips, and travelled by land to Mofco; where having been nobly entertained by the Czar, he obtained his paſs, and continued his journey through Mulcovy across the kingdoms of Cafan and Aftracan; where ſhipping himſelf on the riverVolga he failed down into the Cafpian ſea, having travelled by land about fix hundredleagues in the Czar's dominions from Mofco. On the Cafpian fea he spent twentyfeven days; after which landing, he proceeded five days journey by land among a fortofOF NAVIGATION. 89of wild Tartars with a caravan of one thouſand camels; then twenty days more Northernthrough a defert, ſuffering much from hunger and thirst . This brought him again Europeanto another part of the Cafpian fea, where formerly the river Oxus fell into it , which Difcoveries.now he fays runs into another river not far from thence, called Ardock, which runstowards the north, and under ground, above five hundred miles, after which it rifesagain, and unburdens itſelf in the lake of Kitay. Hence he continued his difcoveryamidſt thofe countries of Tartars to Boghar in Bactria, whence he returned to Moſco.An. 1561 , He returned to Mufcovy with letters from queen Elizabeth to the Czar;and taking the fame way as before down to the Cafpian ſea, croſſed over it into Hir.cania; where being nobly entertained, and conducted by the princes of that country,he paffed through to the court of the king of Perfia at Cafbin, there he obtained feveral privileges for the English nation, and returned home in fafety the fame way hewent.An. 1580, Mr. Arthur Pet and Mr. Charles Jackman failed in May from Harwichin two barks to make difcoveries in the north-eat beyond Weygats. In June theydoubled the north cape of Norway, and having ſpent fome days in that part of Norway, continued their voyage into the bay of Petzora , where Jackman's veffel beingin no good failing condition, he left Pet, who proceeded on to the coaſt of Nova Zembla; where in July he met with much ice, yet making his way through part of it,though with great difficulty, he at laft came to the ftraits of Weygats: there he drewas cloſe as the fhoal water would permit, coming into two fathom and an half water,and fending his boat to found till he found there was not water enough even for theboat in the ftrait , and therefore returned the fame way he came. A few days afterPet met with Jackman again in fome diftrefs, as not being able to fteer, his fhip'sftern-poft being broken, and the rudder hanging from the ftern. Having remediedthis the beſt they could for the prefent, they both ftood northward to endeavour tofind fome paffa*ge that way; but meeting with much ice, they defpaired of ſucceſs,and refolved to turn again to Weygats, there to confult what was further to be done.All the paffa*ge thither they met with fuch quantities of ice that fome days they werenot able to make any progrefs. Being come again upon the Weygats, they made anotherattempt that way, but to as little purpoſe as before , the ice obftructing their progreſs.Wherefore winter now coming on, they found it neceffary to quit their defign for theprefent. Accordingly Pet being parted from Jackman, arrived fafe in the river ofThames about the end of December this fame year: Jackman put into a port in Norway betwixt Tronden and Roftock in October, where he wintered . In February following, he departed thence in company of a fhip of the king of Denmark's towardsIceland, and was never more heard of.-The English having made thefe unfuccefsful Hitherto outattempts, gave them over for many years; and the Dutch growing powerful at fea, of Hakluyt.refolved to try their fortune; hoping the failures of the English might help to pointout to them what courfe they were to avoid, and what to follow; and accordingly,An. 1594, the States fitted out three fhips , commanded by William Barentz, Cornelius Corneliffen, and John Hugens: they all failed together, but Barentz ran furtherVOL. I. mup90 LOCKE's HISTORYNorthernEuropean Difcoveries.up to the northward than the others, till he came into feventy-eight degrees of latitude; and in Auguft met with much ice, and abundance of fea-monfters, at whichthe feamen being difcouraged they refolved to return home. The other two fhipsdiſcovered fome islands; and at laſt a Strait or Paffa*ge capable of the greateft fhips,and about five or fix leagues in length: being paffed it, they came into an open andwarmer ſea, and upon the coaſt of Tartary near the river Ob or Oby, a very fruitfulcountry this they called the Strait of Naffau, and might have gone further but forwant of provifions . This done, they came back the fame way very joyful to Holland.(Meteren. hift . of the Low Countries, lib. XVIII. ) This we fee pofitively delivered,but with how much of truth I dare not decide; only muft think it ftrange, that ifſuch a Strait had been once found, it ſhould never be met with fince, though oftenfearched for; and once by the fame perfons that pretended to have been the first difcoverers, as may be feen in the year 1596: yet we fee this affertion repeated by thefame author, who takes it from the relations of the failors, and in the fame place before quoted fays, that—An. 1595, the States being much encouraged by the relation of theſe diſcoverers,fitted out feven fhips, fix of them to proceed on their voyage to China, Japan, &c.this way, and the feventh to bring back the news of their being paffed the Strait; butthey met with too much ice at ftrait Naffau, coming to it too late by reafon ofthecontrary winds they had in their paffa*ge thither: yet the inhabitants of the place toldthem many particulars more than they knew before; but they returned re infecta, ( Meteren. ubi fupra. )An. 1596, the Dutch not difcouraged by the former diſappointment, fitted out twofhips under the command of William Barentfen and John Corneliffen, who failed onthe eighteenth of May, and on the nineteenth of June found themfelves in the latitude of 80 degrees, and eleven minutes, where they found a country they ſuppoſedto be Greenland, with grafs, and beafts grazing like deer, &c. and lefs cold and icethan in 76 degrees:-they turned back to an ifland they had before called the land ofBears, becauſe of the many bears they faw in it, and there parted company. Corneliffen went up again into 80 degrees of latitude, thinking to find a paffa*ge eaſt of theland they had diſcovered, but returned home without doing any thing confiderable.Barentfen made towards Nova Zembla, and coafted along it till he met with an iflandwhich he called Orange, in 77 degrees of latitude; thence he fteered fouth and doubled a cape; but was stopped by ice, and making towards the land, on the laſt ofAuguft, was fo inclofed that there was no ftirring. They landed and built a houſewith timber and planks, into which they put all their provifions and goods, wherethey continued fuffering much hardship all the winter. On the twenty-ſecond ofJune they fet out from thence in two boats they had repaired, leaving their fhipamong the ice, and an account in writing of their being there. Thus with muchdifficulty, they arrived at Cola in Lapland on the fecond of October 1597 , where theyfound Corneliffen; who had made a voyage to Holland in the mean while, and wasreturnedOF NAVIGATION. 91returned thither. Barentfen died by the way, but the furvivors arrived in Holland Northernon the twenty-ninth of October; ( Meteren. lib. XIX. )An. 1676, Captain John Wood in his majeſty's ſhip the Speedwell, with the Profperous Pink to attend him, failed from the Buoy of the Nore to difcover the North EaftPaffa*ge. June the fourth he anchored in the island of Shetland, and the tenth failedout again, directing his courſe north-north-eaſt, and north- eaſt by eaft, till the twenty-ſecond; when at noon he faw ice right a-head about a league from him, and failed.clofe to it, as they did the next day, entering into many openings which they perceived to be bays . Sometimes the weather proved foggy, and then they made littleway; but as faſt as the fog fell, it froze on their fails and rigging: they perceived theice here joined to the land of Nova Zembla, and run out five leagues to fea. Theycontinued coafting the ice to find a paffa*ge, till on the twenty-ninth of June at nearmidnight, the Profperous Pink fired a gun and bore down upon the man of war, cryingout, ice on the weather-bow; whereupon he clapped the helm hard a-weather to comeabout, but, before fhe could be brought upon the other tack, ftruck upon a ledge ofrocks that lay funk: the Pink got clear, but the ſhip ſtuck faſt, and there being nogetting her off, the men got all afhore in their boats with what provifion they couldfave, fome arms and other neceffaries; only two men were loft with the pinnace.Here they fet up a tent, and faw no other inhabitants but white bears. The following days the hip broke and much wreck drove afhore, which was`a great help tothem, there being wood for firing, fome meal, oil, brandy, and beer: they killed awhite bear and eat her, which they faid was very good meat.-Thus they continued,.contriving to build a deck to their long- boat to carry off fome of the men, the othersto travel afoot towards the Weygats; till on the eighth of July, to their great joy,they difcovered the pink, and making a fire for a fignal, fhe fent her boat to help tobring them off, and by noon they all got aboard. They preſently ſtood off to weſtward, and made the beſt of their way home, arriving on the twenty- third of Auguſtat the Buoy of the Nore. (Taken out of captain Wood's own journal . )Thefe are the Principal Diſcoveries attempted and performed to the North Eaft';which have proved unſucceſsful, as failing of the main defign of finding a paſſagethat way to the Eaft Indies.EuropeanDiſcoveries.Let us now leave the barren frozen North, where fo many have miferably perifhed, Weſternand yet fo little been difcovered of what was intended; ice, fhoals, rocks, darkneſs, Coaft ofand many other obftacles having difappointed the bold undertakings of fo many dar. Africa.ing failors, and for fo many loffes made us no return but the bare trade of Ruffia;whilft our intentions were levelled at that of the mighty kingdom of Cathay, and apaffa*ge to China, Japan, and all the other eastern regions. Let us, I fay, quit theſeunfortunate attempts, and come now to fpeak of thofe, fo fuccefsful, made towardsthe South and South Eaft, along the coaſt of Afric first, and then to thofe of themore frequented, as more profitable Afia. The firft we find in this order, if the authority we have for it be good , is of an Engliſhman, by name Macham; who,m 2An.92 LOCKE'S HISTORYWeſternCoaft ofAfrica.An. 1344, having ftolen a woman, with whom he was in love, and intended to flywith her into Spain , was by a ſtorm caft upon the iſland Madera, in 32 degrees ofnorth latitude . Going afhore there with his miſtreſs to refreſh her after the toils ofthe fea; the ſhip, taking the opportunity of a favourable gale failed away, leaving thembehind. The lady foon died for grief of being left in that defolate iſland; and Ma.cham with what companions he had, erected a little chapel and hermitage under theinvocation of the name of JESUS, to bury her. This done, they contrived a boatmade of one fingle tree, in which they got over to the coaft of Afric; where theywere taken by the Moors, and prefented to their king for the rarity of the accident.He for the fame reafon fent them to the king of Caftile; where giving an account ofwhat had befallen them, it moved many to venture out in fearch of this Island . Thisftory we find in Hakluyt, ( vol . II . part 2. p. 1. ) where he quotes Antonio Galvano aPortugueſe author for it; and D. Antonio Manoel, in his works among his Epanaforas,has one on this particular fubject, which he calls Epanafora Amerofa. Upon this information, as was faid, ſeveral adventurers went out, but to no effect that we canhear of; tillAn. 1348, John Betancourt a Frenchman, obtained a grant of king John the ſecondof Caftile, and went to conquer the Canary iſlands long before diſcovered , and madehimſelf master of five of them; but could not fubdue the two greateft, as most populous and beft defended. Thefe were afterwards fubdued by king Ferdinand, as maybe feen in Mariana, ( lib . XVI. p. 29. ) Theſe were fmall beginnings, and out of regular courſe next follow the Gradual Diſcoveries made by the Portugueſes, whichmay be faid to have been the ground- work of all the enfuing Navigations, which happened in this manner.-King John of Portugal enjoying peace at home after his warswith Caftile, was perfuaded by his fons to undertake the conquest of Ceuta ontheAfrican fhore. Prince Henry, his fifth fon accompanied him in this expedition, and athis return home brought with him a ſtrong inclination to diſcover new feas and lands;and the more, on account of the information he had received from ſeveral Moors coucerning the coafts of Afric to the ſouthward, which were as yet unknown to Europeans; who never pretended to venture beyond Cape Nao, which had therefore thisname given it, fignifying in Portuguefe No, to imply there was no failing further:and the reafon was, becauſe the Cape running far out into the fea , cauſed it to breakand appear dangerous; and they, as yet not daring to venture too far from land, wereignorant that by keeping off to fea they fhould avoid that danger. PRINCE HENRYrefolving to overcome all difficulties, fitted out two fmall veffels,An. 1417 , commanding them to coaft along Afric, and doubling that Cape todiſcover further towards the equinoctial. They ventured to run fixty leagues beyondcape Nao, as far as Cape Bojador, fo called becauſe it ſtretches itſelf out almost fortyleagues to the westward . -Here finding the difficulty of paffing further, greater thanat cape Nao, for the fame reafon of the fea's breaking upon the cape, they returnedhome fatisfied with what they had done. The following year,An.OF NAVIGATION. 93Africa.An. 1418, The prince fent John Gonzalez Zarco and Triftan Vaz, with orders to pafs Wefternthat Cape; but before they could come upon the coaft of Afric they were carried Coat ofaway by a storm, and not knowing where, they accidentally fell in with an iſland ,which they called Porto Santo, or Holy Haven, becauſe of their deliverance there afterthe ftorm . It is a fmall ifland a little to the northward of the Madera: thither theprince, being informed of what had happened, fent Bartholomew Pereftrello withfeeds to fow, and cattle to ſtock the place; but one couple of rabbits put in amongthe reſt, increaſed ſo prodigiouſly, that all corn and plants being deftroyed by them,it was found neceffary to unpeople the iſland.An. 1419, John Gonzalez and Triſtan Vaz making another voyage by order ofthe prince, difcovered the ifland Madera, before mentioned to have been accidentallyfound by Macham the Englishman, and loft again till this time. The reaſon of calling it Madera was, becauſe they found it all over-grown with trees, this word inPortugueſe fignifying wood. They fet fire to the woods to clear them, which arefaid to have burnt feven years continually, and fince the greateſt want is of wood.The following years were employed in peopling and furniſhing the iſlands diſcovered,tillAn. 1434, Gilianez was fent by the prince to paſs that dreadful Cape Bojador, thoughat the fame time many blamed the attempt; imagining, that in cafe they ſhould happen to pafs much farther on thofe coafts, all that did it would turn black; others faying there was nothing there but deferts, like thofe of Lybia; others alleging equalabfurdities of this nature, fuitable to the ignorance the world was then in of all parts .yet undiſcovered. Gilianez was fatisfied with failing 30 leagues beyond the Cape,giving name there to the bay called Angra de Ruyvas, or Bay of Gurnets, becauſe hethere found of that fort of fish. The next year, manyAn. 1435, The fame commanders paffed twelve leagues further, where they alſo landed, but the people fled from them: whereupon they proceeded twelve leagues further, where they found a vaft multitude of fea-wolves, of which they killed many,and returned home with their ſkins; which was the greatest return made this voyage,they being valued for their rarity.An. 1440, Antonio Gonzalez was fent to the place of the fea-wolves to load hisveffel with their fkins. He landed, took fome of the natives, and killed others; thencoafted on as far as Cabo Blanco, or White Cape, and returned to Portugal.An. 1442, Antonio Gonzalez returned , and carrying thofe perfons he had taken inhis former voyage, exchanged them for fome Guinea flaves and a quantity of goldduft; for which reafon the river, that there runs into the country, was called Rio delOro, or the River of Gold.An. 1443 , the Gold above mentioned fharpening men's appetites, Nuno Triſtan undertook the voyage, and paffing further than the others, difcovered one of the iſlandsof Arguim, called Adeget, and another De las Garzas, or of the Herons, becauſe theyfaw many herons in it.An.94 LOCKE's HISTORYWefternCoaft ofAfrica.An. 1444, a fmall Company was erected, paying an acknowledgment to the prince,to trade to thofe parts lately difcovered, whither they fent fix caravels; which coming to the ifles of Arguim, took there about two hundred flaves, which yielded themgood profit in Portugal.An. 1445, Gonzalo da Cintra failed to the island of Arguim, and venturing up acreek in the night to furprize the inhabitants, the tide left his boat afhore; fo thattwo hundred Moors coming down upon him, he was killed with feven of his men,and from him the place was called Angra de Gonzalo da Cintra, fourteen leagues beyond Rio del Oro.An. 1446, three Caravels failed for the fame river to fettle commerce; but effc &ednothing, and only brought away one of the natives, and left a Portugueſe there toview the country. But Dinis Fernandez the fame year paffed beyond the river Sanaga,which divides the Azanagi from Jalof, and diſcovered the famous cape called CaboVerde, or the Green Cape.An. 1447, three Caravels performed the fame Voyage without doing any thing remarkable, more than taking up the Portugueſe left there before; whom they found ingood health, and he gave them fome account of the country. This year likewifeNuno Tristan failed fixty leagues beyond Cabo Verde, and anchoring at the mouthof Rio Grande, or the great river, ventured up in his boat, where he and moſt of hismen were killed by the Blacks with their poiſoned arrows. Alvaro Fernandez thefame year went forty leagues beyond Rio Grande. Prince Henry, the great encourager, or rather undertaker in all thefe difcoveries, dying, they were afterwardsmanaged by his nephew, Alonfo the fifth, king of Portugal. Under him,manyAn. 1449, Gonfalo Vello difcovered the Iſlands called Azores, or of Hawks, becauſeof thoſe birds were ſeen about them . They are eight in number, viz. S. Michael,S. Mary, Jefus or Tercera, Graciofa, Pica, Fayal, Flores, and Corvo. They are nearabout the latitude of Lisbon. In the last of them was found the Statue of a man onhorfeback with a cloak, but no hat, his left-hand on the horſe s mane, the right pointing to the weſt, and ſome characters carved on the rock under it, but not understood.An. 1460, Antonio Nole, a Genoefe in the Portugueſe ſervice, diſcovered the Iſlandsof Cabo Verde, the names whereof are Fogo, Brava, Boavista, Sal, S. Nicholas, S. Lucia, S. Vincente, and S. Antonio. They lie about an hundred leagues weſt of CaboVerde, and therefore take name from that Cape. He alſo found the iſlands Maya, S.Philip, and S. Jacob. This fame year Pedro da Cintra and Suero da Cofta failed as faras Serra Leona.An. 1471 , John de Santarem and Peter de Efcobar advanced as far as the place theycalled Mina, or the Mine, becauſe of the trade of gold there; and then proceeded toCape S. Catharine, thirty-feven leagues beyond Cape Lope Gonzalez in two degreesand an half of fouth latitude. Ferdinand Po the fame year found the iſland, by himcalled Hermofa, or Beautiful, which name is loft , and ſtill keeps that of the diſcoverer.At the fame time were found the Ilands of S. Thomas, Anno Bom, and Principe.SomeOF NAVIGATION. 954Diſcoveries.Some years paffed without going beyond what was known; but in the mean time Eaft Indianking John the fecond, who fucceeded his father Alonfo, caufed a fort to be built atMina, which he called fort S. George, and fettled a trade there.An. 1480, James Cam proceeded as far as the river Congo in the kingdom of thefame name, called by the natives Zayre; whence he continued his Voyage as far as22 degrees of fouth latitude, and thence home again.An. 1486, King John being informed by an ambaſſador from the king of Benin onthe coaft of Afric, that there was a mighty prince two hundred and fifty leagues fromhis country, from whom his mafter received his confirmation in his throne; andimagining this to be the fo much talked of Prefer John, he ſent Pedro de Covillam,and Alonſo da Payva by land, to get intelligence of this great potentate, and ſome account of India. They went together by the way of Grand Cair to Tor on the coaftof Arabia, where they parted; Covillam for India, and Payva for Ethiopia, agreeingto meet by a certain time at Grand Cair: the first went to Cananor, Calicut, and Goa,paffed thence to Zofala in Afric, then to Aden at the mouth of the Red Sea on thefide of Arabia, and at laſt to Grand Cair, where he found his companion had died.Hence he ſent an account to the king of his proceedings, by a Jew come from Portugal; and with another embarked for Ormuz, then went over into Ethiopia, where hewas kindly entertained, but never fuffered to return home. At the fame time theſewere fent away by land, BARTHOLOMEW DIAZ put to ſea with three ſhips, and out- going all that had been before him, an hundred and twenty leagues, difcovered the mountains he called Sierra Parda, and paffed on in fight of the bay called De los Vaqueros,or of the Herdſmen, becauſe of the great herds of cattle they faw there; beyond whichhe touched at the ſmall iſland Santa Cruz, entered the mouth of the river called DelInfante; and at laſt came to the now famous, and till then unknown Cape, which hecalled Tormentofo, becauſe he there met with ſtorms: but the king, in hopes of difcoveringthe East Indies, changed its name to that of Cabo da Buena Esperanza, or Capeof Good Hope this done he returned home, having diſcovered more than any man before him. The ſtrange conceit which poffeffed the heads of the failors, that there wasno poffibility of paffing beyond Cabo Tormentofo, as they called it, and the conſtant employment the kings of Portugal found in their great diſcoveries on the coaſt of Afric, verymuch retarded the profecution of further defigns; fo that nothing was advanced till ,

An. 1497, King Emanuel, who with the crown of Portugal had inherited the ambition of enlarging his dominions, and the defire of finding a way by ſea to the EaſtIndies, appointed VASCO DE GAMA, a gentleman of an undaunted ſpirit, admiral of thoſefhips he defigned for this expedition; which were only three, and a tender theirnames were the S. Gabriel, the S. Raphael, and Berrio; the captains Vafco de Gamaadmiral, Paul de Gama his brother, and Nicholas Nunez; and Gonzalo Nunez of thetender, which was laden with provifions. Gama failed from Liſbon on the eighth ofJuly, and the first land he came to after almoſt five months fail was the bay of S.Helena, where he took fome Blacks. The twentieth of November he failed thence,and doubled the Cape ofGood Hope; and on the twenty-fifth touched at the bay ofS. Blas,95LOCKE'SHISTORYEaft Indian S. Blas, fixty leagues beyond the aforefaid Cape, where he exchanged fome merchanDiſcoveries. dize with the natives. Here he took all the provifions out of the tender, and burnt it.On Christmas day they faw the land, which for that reafon they called Terra da Natal, that is, Christmas land; then the river they named De tes Reyes, that is of thekings, becaufe difcovered on the feaft of the Epiphany, and after that Cape Corrientes,paffing fifty leagues beyond Zofala without feeing it, where they went up a river inwhich were boats with fails made of palm-tree leaves: the people were not fo blackas thofe they had ſeen before, and understood the Arabic character, who faid that tothe eastward lived people who failed in veffels like thofe of the Portugueses. Thisriver Gama called De Bons Sinays, or of good tokens, becaufe it put him in hopes offinding what he came in fearch of. Sailing hence, he again came to an anchoramong the islands of S. George oppofite to Mofambique; and removing thence anchored again above the town of Mofambique in 14 degrees and an half of fouth latitude;whence after a fhort ftay, with the affiftance of a Moorish pilot, he touched at Quiloaand Monbaza; and having at Melinde fettled a peace with the Moorish king of thatplace, and taken in a Guzarat pilot, he fet fail for India; and croſſing that great gulphof ſeven hundred leagues in twenty days, anchored two leagues below Calicut on thetwentieth of May. To this place, had Gama difcovered twelve hundred leagues beyond what was known before, drawing a straight line from the river Del Infante, difcovered by Bartholomew Diaz, to the port of Calicut; for in failing about by the coaftit is much more. Returning home not far from the coaft, he fell in with the Iſlandsof Anchediva, ſignifying in the Indian language five iſlands, becauſe they are ſo many;and having had fight of Goa at a diftance, failed over again to the coaft of Afric,and anchored near the town of Magadoxa. At Melinde he was friendly received bythe king, but being again under fail, the ſhip S. Raphael ftruck afbore and was lɔſt,giving her name to thofe fands: all the men were faved aboard the other two fhips,which parted in a ſtorm near Cabo Verde. Nicholis Coella arrived firſt at Liſbon,and foon after him Vafco de Gama, having fpent in this voyage two years and almofttwo months. Of an hundred and fixty men he carried out, only fifty- five returnedhome, who were all well rewardedAn. 1500, King Emanuel, encouraged by the fuccefs of Vafco de Gama, fitted out afleet of thirteen fail under the command of Pedro Alvarez Cabral, and in it twelvehundred men, to gain footing in India. He failed on the eighth of March, and meeting with violent ftorms was caft off from the coaſt of Afric ſo far, that on Eaſter evethe fleet came into a port, which for the fafety found in it was called Seguro, and thecountry at that time Santa Cruz; being the fame now known by the name of BRAZIL,on the fouth continent of America. Hence the admiral fent back a fhip to advertiſethe king of the accidental new difcovery, leaving two Portuguefes afhore to enquireinto the cuſtoms and product of the land. Sailing thence on the twelfth of May forthe Cape of Good Hope, the fleet was for twenty days in a moft dreadful ſtorm; infomuch, that the fea fwallowed up four fhips, and the admiral arrived with only fixat Zofala on the fixteenth of July, and on the twentieth at Mozambique; where havingOF NAVIGATION. 97Difcoveries.ing refitted, he profecuted his voyage to Quiloa, and thence to Melinde, whence the Portugueſefleet ſtood over for India, and reached Anchediva on the twenty-fourth of Auguft: then Afiaticcoming to Calicut, peace and commerce was there agreed on with the Zamorin, theking of Calicut, but as foon broken; and the Portugueſes entered into ſtrict amity withthe kings of Cochin and Cananor, where they took in their lading and returned toPortugal.An. 1501, John de Nova departed from Lisbon with four fhips and four hundredmen, and in his way difcovered the island of Conception, in eight degrees of fouth latitude, and on the eaſt fide of Afric that, which from him was called the iſland of Johnda Nova. At Cananor and Cochin he took in all his lading, deftroying many veffelsof Calicut; and in his return home found the iſland of St. Helena in 15 degrees offouth latitude, diſtant fifteen hundred forty- nine leagues from Goa, and eleven hundred from Liſbon, being then unpeopled, but fince of great advantage to all that uſethe trade of India.An. 1502, The king fent out a fleet of twenty fail commanded bythe first discovererof India, Vafco da Gama, whofe fecond voyage this was. No new difcoveries weremade by him, but only trade fecured at Cochin and Cananor; ſeveral ſhips of Calicuttaken and deſtroyed; the king of Quiloa on the coaſt of Afric brought to ſubmit himfelf to Portugal, paying tribute; and ſo Vaſco de Gama returned home with ninefhips richly laden, leaving Vincent Sodre behind with five ſhips to scour the coafts ofIndia, and fecure the factories there.An. 1503 , Nine ſhips were fent under three feveral commanders, Alfonſo de Albuquerque, Francis d'Albuquerque, and Antonio da Saldanha, each of them having three.fhips. The Albuquerques, with permiſſion of that king, built a port at Cochin, burntfome towns, took many fhips of Calicut, and then returned richly laden homewards;where Alonſo arrived fafe with his fhips, but Francis and his were never more heardof. Saldanha, the third of theſe commanders, gave his name to a bay ſhort of thecape of Good Hope, where he endeavoured to water; but it coft the blood of fomeof his men, and therefore the place was called Aguada da Saldanha, or Saldanha'swatering place. Thence proceeding on his voyage, he obliged the king of Monbazaon the other coaft of Afric to accept of peace; and then went away to cruize uponthe Moors at the mouth of the Red Sea, which was the poft appointed him.An. 1504, Finding no good was to be done in India without a confiderable force,king Emanuel fitted out thirteen ſhips, the biggeſt that had been yet built in Portugal,and in them twelve hundred men, all under the command of Lope Soarez; who made nofurther diſcoveries, only concluded a peace with the Zamorin, and returned rich home.An. 1505, D. Francifco d'Almeyda was fent to India, with the title of viceroy, carrying with him twenty two fhips, and in them fifteen hundred men; with whom heattacked and took the town of Quiloa on the eaſt coaſt of Afric, and in about 9 degrees of fouth latitude, where he built a fort; -then burnt Monbaza on the fame coaſtin four degrees, and failing over to India erected another fort in the iſland Anchediva,and a third at Cananor on the Malabar coaft.VOL. I. n An.98 LOCKE's HISTORYPortugueſe An. 1506, James Fernandez Pereyra commander of one of the fhips left to cruize AfiaticDiscoveries. upon the mouth of the Red Sea , returned to Liſbon with the news of his having difcovered the island Zocotora, not far diftant from the faid mouth, and famous for producing the beft aloes, from it called fuccotrina. In March this year failed from LiſbonAlonfo d'Albuquerque, and Tristan da Cunha, with thirteen ſhips, and thirteen hundredmen; the former to command the trading fhips, the latter to cruize on the coaſt ofArabia in their paffa*ge they had a fight of cape S. Auguftin in Brafil; and ftandingover from thence for the cape of Good Hope , Triſtan da Cunha ran far away to thefouth, and diſcovered the iflands which ftill retain his name. Sailing hence, fomediſcovery was made upon the iſland of Madagaſcar, that of Zocotora fubdued, andthe fleet failed part for the coaſt of Arabia, and part for India. In the former Albuquerque took and plundered the town of Calayate, the fame he did to Maſcate; Soarfubmitted, and Orfuzam they found abandoned by the inhabitants. This done, Albuquerque failed away to Ormuz, then first feen by Europeans: this city is featedin an island called Gerum, at the mouth of the Perfian gulph, fo barren that it produces nothing but falt and fulphur, but it is one of the greateſt marts in thoſe countries. Hence Albuquerque failed to India, where he ferved fome time under thecommand of the viceroy Almeyda, till he was himfelf made governor of the Portuguefe conquefts in thofe parts, which was in the year 1510; during which time thewhole bufinefs was to fettle trade, build forts, and erect factories along thofe coaftsalready known—that is , all the eaſt fide of Afric, the ſhores of Arabia, Perſia, Guzarat,Cambaya, Decan, Canara, and Malabar; and indeed they had employment enough,if well followed, to have held them many more years: but avarice and ambitionknow no bounds. The Portuguefes had not yet paffed cape Comori, the utmost extentof the Malabar coaft, and therefore,(An. 1510, ) James Lopez da Sequeira was fent from Liſbon with orders to paſs as faras Malaca this is a city feated on that peninfula, formerly called Aurea Cherfonefusrunning out into the Indian fea from the main land, to which it is joined by a narrow neck of land on the north, and on the fouth feparated from the island of Sumatraby a ſmall ſtrait or channel; Malaca was at that time the greatest emporium of allthe farther India. Thither Sequeira was fent to fettle trade, or rather to diſcoverwhat advantages might be gained; but the Moors who watched to deftroy him, having failed of their defign to murder him at an entertainment, contrived to get thirtyof his men afhore on pretence of loading fpice, and then falling on them and thefhips at the fame time, killed eight Portugueſes, took fixty, and the fhips with difficulty got away. However here we have Malaca difcovered, and a way open to allthe further parts of India. In his way to Malaca, Sequeira made peace with thekings of Achem, Pedir, and Pacem, all at that time fmall princes at the north-weftend of the island Sumatra. Whilft Sequeira was thus employed, Albuquerque affaultsthe famous city of Goa, feated in a ſmall iſland on the coaft of Decan, and takingthe inhabitants unprovided, made himſelf maſter of it, but enjoyed it not long; forHidalcan the former owner returning with fixty thouſand men, drove him out of it7 afterOF NAVIGATION. 99Difcoveries.after a fiege of twenty days: yet the next year he again took it by force, and it has Portuguefe ever fince continued in the hands of the Portuguefes, and been the metropolis of all Afiatictheir dominions in the caft; being made an archbishop's fee, and the refidence oftheviceroy who has the government of all the conquefts in thofe parts. Albuquerque,flushed with this fuccefs, as foon as he had fettled all fafe at Goa, failed for Malacawith fourteen hundred fighting men in nineteen fhips: by the way he took five fhips,and at his arrival on the coaft of Sumatra was complimented by the kings of Pedirand Pacem. -It is not unworthy relating in this place, that in one of the fhips taken.at this time was found Nehoada Beeguea, one of the chief contrivers of the treacheryagainst Sequeira; and though he had received feveral mortal wounds, yet not onedrop of blood came from him; but as foon as a bracelet of bone was taken off hisarm , the blood gufhed out at all parts. The Indians faid this was the bone of a beaſtcalled Cabis, which fome will have to be found in Siam, and others in the island ofJava, which has this ftrange virtue, but none has ever been found fince. This beinglooked upon as a great treaſure, was fent by Albuquerque to the king of Portugal, butthe ſhip it went in was caft away, fo that we have loſt that rarity, if it be true thereever was any fuch. Albuquerque failing over to Malaca, had the Portugueſes thathad been taken from Sequeira delivered; but that not being all he came for, he landed his men, and at the ſecond affault made himſelf maſter of the city, killing or driving out all the Moors, and peopling it again with ſtrangers and Malays.An. 1513, Albuquerque made an attempt upon the city of Aden, but failed, beingrepulfed with lofs . This place is feated on the coaſt of Arabia Felix, near the mouthof the Red Sea, under the mountain Arzira, which is all a barren rock: it is rich,becauſe reforted to by many merchants of ſeveral nations, but the foil exceffive dry,ſo that it ſcarce produces any thing. Being diſappointed here, Albuquerque fteeredhis courſe towards the Red Sea, being the first European that ever entered it with European fhips.An. 1517, Lope Soarez d'Albergoria governor of India failed over to the island ofCeylon with ſeven galleys, two fhips, and eight ſmaller veffels, carrying in them allfeven hundred Portugueſe foldiers. This Ifland had been before feen by the Portuguefes paffing to Malaca, but not much known. Here Lope Soarez built a fort, andin procefs of time the Portuguefes made themſelves mafters of all the fea- coafts ofthis wealthy iſland .About the fame time John da Silveyra, who had the command of four fail, madea farther progrefs than had been done before in the discovery of the Maldivy iſlands;which are fo many that the number of them is not yet known, lying in cluſters , andthefe in a line N. W. and S. E.; and twelve of theſe cluſters in the line, befides twoother little parcels lying together, eaſt and weft from one another, at the fouth endof the aforesaid twelve: thefe, though ſo numerous, are ſo very ſmall, that no greataccount is made of them. From them he failed to the kingdom of Bengala, lying inthe upper part of the gulph of the fame name in about 23 degrees of north latitude,being all the country about the mouth of the river Gan es. To this joins the kingn 2 dom100 LOCKE'S HISTORYPortugueſe dom of Arracam defcending fouthward, then that of Pegu, and next to it that of Afiatic Siam, which joins to the Aurea Cherfonefus, or peninſula of Malaca. All theſe coun- Diſcoveries.tries abound in wealth, producing infinite plenty of filk and cotton, of which laft theymake the finest callicoes and mullins, with much reafon admired by all the nationsof Europe. They have numerous droves of elephants, and confequently great plentyof ivory, befides plenty of black cattle and buffaloes.An. 1517, Fernan Perez d'Andrade, fent by the king of Portugal to make NewDiſcoveries, leaving all behind that had been before known, and paffing the ftrait betwixt Malaca and the inland Sumatra, came upon the coaft of the kingdom of Camboia, whence he proceeded to that of Chiampa, where taking of fresh water had liketo have cost him his life. He went on to Patane, and eſtabliſhed peace and commercewith the governor there; which done, the feafon being unfit to proceed further, hereturned to Malaca to refit. As foon as the weather was ſeaſonable he ſet out again,and continued his diſcoveries till he arrived at Canton, or Quantung, the most remarkable fea port town on the fouthern coaſt of the vaſt empire of China. He treatedwith the governor of Canton, and fent an ambaffador to the emperor of China, andfettled trade and commerce in that city for the prefent. Though this was not laſting, (for the very next Portugueſes that arrived, behaved themſelves fo infolently,that the fleet of China attacked them, and they had much difficulty to get off; andtheir ambaffador being fent back from Peking by the emperor to Canton unheard,was there put to death, ) nevertheleſs ſome years after the Portugueſes obtained leaveto fettle in a little island oppofite to the port of Canton, where they built the cityMacao, which they hold to this day, though fubject to the emperor of China.An. 1520, James Lopez da Sequeira, then governor of India, failed for the Red Seawith a fleet of twenty-four ſhips, and in it eighteen hundred Portugueſes, and asmany Malabars and Canarins. Coming to the iſland Mazua in the Red Sea, hefound it forfaken by the inhabitants, who were fled over to Arquico, a port belonging to Prefer John, or the emperor of Ethiopia, which was now firft difcovered byfea. At this time it was a vaſt monarchy, and extended along the fhores of the RedSea above an hundred and twenty leagues, which was counted the leaſt of its fides;but fince then all the fea-coaft has been taken from them by the Turks. Here thePortugueſes in following years made fome progreſs into the country, five hundred ofthem being fent under the command of D. Chriftopher da Gama to affift the emperor against his rebellious fubjects, and his enemies the Turks. -The actions performed by this handful of men being all by land, do not belong to us; but they travelled a great part of the country, and opened a way for the Jefuits, who for ſeveralyears after continued there.An. 1521 , Antonio de Brito was fent to the Molucco iſlands from Malaca. Theſehad been before difcovered by Antony d'Abreu. The Molucco iflands are five innumber, their names, Ternate, Tidore, Moufel, Machien, Bacham. Theſe iflands wereafterwards long ſtruggled for by the Portugueſes and Dutch, till at last the Dutchprevailed, and continue in poffeffion of that trade till this day. —A few years now paſtwithoutOF NAVIGATION. ΤΟΣwithout any confiderable Diſcoveries by fea, though ftill they found feveral little iflands, Portugueſeand advanced far by land, too long for this difcourfe, defigned only to fhew the pro- Afiaticgrefs of Navigation. Let us then proceed to the next confiderable Voyage, thatwas,(An. 1540, ) which furniſhes as remarkable a piece of fea-fervice as any we ſhallread undertaken by a private man. Pedro da Faria governor of Malaca fent his kinfman Antonio da Faria y Soufa, to fecure a peace with the king of Patane. He carriedwith him goods to the value of twelve thouſand ducats; and finding no fale for themthere, fent them to Lugor in the kingdom of Siam, by one Chriftopher Borallo, whocoming to an anchor in the mouth of that river was furpriſed by a Moor of Guzaratcalled Coje Hazem, a fworn enemy to the Portugueſes. Borallo having loft his ſhipfwam himſelf afhore, and carried the news of what had happened to Faria at Patane,who vowed never to defift till he had deftroyed that Moor; and in order to it fittedout a ſmall veffel with fifty men, in which he failed from Patane towards the kingdom of Champa, to ſeek the pirate there. In the latitude of 3 degrees 20 minutes,he found the iſland of Pulo Condor, whence he failed into the port of Bralapiſam inthe kingdom of Camboia, and ſo coaſted along to the river Pulo Cambier, which divides the kingdoms of Camboia and Tfiompa. Coafting ftill along, he came to ananchor at the mouth of the river Toobafoy, where he took two fhips belonging to thepirate Similau, and burnt fome others: the booty was very rich, befides the addi- ·tion of ſtrength, the fhips being of confiderable force. Thus increafed, he goes onto the river Tinacoreu, or Varela, where the Siam and Malaca fhips trading to China,barter their goods for gold, Calamba wood, and ivory. Hence he directed his courſeto the iſland Aynan on the coaſt of China, and paſſed in ſight of Champiloo in the la.titude of 13 degrees, and at the entrance of the bay of Cochinchina; then diſcoveredthe promontory Pulocampas, weftward whereof is a river, near which ſpying a largeveffel at anchor, and imagining it might be Coje Hezem, he fell upon and took it, butfound it belonged to Quiay Tayjam a pirate. In this veffel were found feventy thoufand quintals, or hundred weight of pepper, befides other ſpice, ivory, tin , wax, and ··powder, the whole valued at fixty thoufand crowns, befides feveral good pieces ofcannon, and fome plate. Then coafting along the iſland Aynan, he came to the riverTananquir, where two great veffels attacked him, both which he took, and burntone for want of men to fail her. Further on at C. Tilaure he furpriſed four ſmallveffels, and then made to Mutipinam, where he fold his prizes for the value of twohundred thouſand crowns of uncoined filver. Thence he failed to the port of Madelin the iſlandAynan, where meeting Himilan a bold pirate, who exerciſed great cruelties towards Chriftians, he took and practifed the fame on him: this done, heran along that coaft, difcovering many large towns and a fruitful country. -And nowthe men weary of feeking Coje Hazem in vain, demanded their fhare of the prizes tobe gone, which was granted: but as they fhaped their courfe for the kingdom ofSiam, where the dividend was to be made, by a furious ftorm they were caft awayon the iſland called de los Ladrones, which lies fouth of China; where of five hundredDiſcoveries.men102 LOCKE's HISTORYPortugueſe AfiaticDiſcoveries.men only eighty- fix got afhore naked, whereof twenty- eight were Portuguefes: herethey continued fifteen days with fcarce any thing to eat, the island not being inhabited. Being in defpair of relief, they difcovered a fmall veffel which made to thefhore, and anchoring, fent thirty men for wood and water. Theſe were Chineſes,whom the Portuguefes, upon a fign given as had been agreed, furprized, running ona fudden and poffeffing themfelves of their boat and veffel; and leaving them afhore,directed their courſe towards Liampo, a fea-port town in the province of Chequiangin China, joining by the way a Chineſe pirate, who was a great friend to the Portugueſes, and had thirty of them aboard. At the river Anay they refitted and cameto Chincheo, where Faria hired thirty-five Portuguefes he found; and putting to feamet with eight more naked in a fisher-boat, who had their fhip taken from them bythe pirate Coje Hazem; which news of him rejoiced Faria, and he provided to fighthim, having now four veffels with five hundred men, whereof ninety-five were Portugueſes. He found his enemy in the river Tinlau, where he killed him and fourhundred of his men, and took all his ſhips but one that funk, with abundance ofwealth; but it profpered very little, for the next night Faria's fhip and another werecaft away, and most of the goods in the others thrown overboard, and one hundred and eleven men loft. Faria efcaped, and taking another rich fhip of pirates bythe way, came at laft to winter at Liampo, as was faid before a ſea-port town in theprovince of Chequiang in China, but built by the Portugueſes, who governed there.Having ſpent five months here, he directed his courſe for the iſland Calempluy onthe coaft of China; where he was informed were the monuments of the ancient kingsof China, which he defigned to rob, being reported to be full of treaſure. Aftermany days fail through feas never before known to the Portuguefes, he came intothe bay of Nanking, but durft not make any ſtay there, perceiving near three thoufand fail lie at anchor about it. Here the Chineſes he had with him, being ill uſed,fled; but fome natives informed him he was but ten leagues from the ifland Calemplay: he arrived there the next day, and intending to rob all the tombs, the oldkeepers of them gave the alarm, which prevented his defign, and he was obliged toput to fea again; where having wandered a month, he perished in a ſtorm, both hisſhips being caft away, and only fourteen men faved .—Thus ended this Voyage, famousfor feveral particulars, and efpecially for having difcovered more of the north ofChina than was known before, though the defign of the undertaker was only piracy.The city Liampo before mentioned was foon after utterly deſtroyed by the governorof the province of Chequiang, for the robberies and infolences committed in thecountry by the Portugueſes .An. 1542, Antonio da Mota, Francis Zeimoto, and Antonio Peixoto, failing for China,were by ftorms drove upon the iſlands of Nipongi, or Nifon, by the Chineſes calledGipon, and by us Japan: here they were well received, and had the honour, thoughaccidentally, of being the firft difcoverers of theſe Iſlands. Their fituation is caft ofChina, betwixt 30 and 40 degrees of north latitude: there are many of them, but theprincipal is Nipongi, or Japan, in which the emperor keeps his court at the city ofMeaco.OF NAVIGATION. 103Meaco. The chief islands about it are Cikoko, Tokoefi, Sando, Sifime, Bacafa, Vuoqui,Sayco*ck or Ximo, Goto, Ceuxima, Tanaxuma, Toy, Giſima, Jafıma, Tanaxuma, and Firando.-Hitherto we have mentioned none but the Portuguefes, they being the onlydiſcoverers of all thofe parts; and all other nations have followed their track, yet nottill fome years after this time, as we ſhall foon fee. I do not here mention the difcovery of the Philippine islands, though properly belonging to the eaſt, as not veryremote from China, becaufe they were diſcovered and conquered the other way, thatis from America; and therefore we fhall fpeak of them in their place among theWestern Diſcoveries. What has been hitherto faid concerning thefe Portuguefe Voyages is collected out of John de Barros's decades of India, Oforius's hiftory of India,Alvarez of Abalia, and Faria's Portugueſe Afia: having feen what has been doneby theſe diſcoverers, let us next lightly touch upon the Voyages of thoſe who followedtheir footsteps.An. 1551 , We meet with The first English Voyage on the coast ofAfric, performed Engliſhby Mr. Thomas Windham, but no particulars of it.An. 1552, the fame Windham returned with three fail, and traded at the ports ofZafim and Santa Cruz; the commodities he brought from thence being ſugar, dates,almonds, and moloffes.An. 1553, This Windham, with Anthonio Anes Pinteado, a Portugueſe and promoterof this voyage, failed with three fhips from Portſmouth; they traded for gold alongthe coast of Guinea, and from thence proceeded to the kingdom of Benin, wherethey were promifed loading of pepper: but both the commanders and most of themen dying through the unfeaſonableness of the weather, the reft, being fcarce forty,returned to Plymouth with but one ſhip and little wealth.An. 1554, Mr. John Lock undertook a voyage for Guinea with three ſhips, andtrading along that coaft brought away a confiderable quantity of gold and ivory, butproceeded no further. The following years Mr. William Towerfon, and others , performed feveral voyages to the coaft of Guinea; which having nothing peculiar but acontinuation of trade in the fame parts, there is no occafion for giving any particularsof them. Nor do we find any account of a further progreſs made along this coaſt bythe Engliſh, till we come to their voyages to the Eaſt Indies, and thoſe begun butlate; for the firft Englishman we find in thofe parts was one Thomas Stevens, who,(An. 1579, ) wrote an account of his voyage thither, to his father in London; but hehaving failed aboard a Portugueſe ſhip, this Voyage makes nothing to the Engliſh nation, whofe firft undertaking to India in fhips of their own was,(Ap. 1591 , ) three ftately fhips called the Penelope, the Merchant Royal, and the Edward Bonaventure, were fitted out at Plymouth, and failed thence under the commandof Mr. George Raymond; they departed on the tenth of April, and on the firſt ofAuguft came to an anchor in the bay called Aguada da Saldanha, fifteen leagues northof the cape of Good Hope. Here they continued feveral days, and traded with theBlacks for cattle; when finding many of their men had died , they thought fit to fendback Mr. Abraham Kendal, in the Royal Merchant with fifty men, there being too fewVoyages tothe Coat of Africa.to104 LOCKE'S HISTORYDutchVoyages to India.to manage the three fhips, if they proceeded on their voyage: Kendal accordingly returned, and Raymond and Lancafler in the Penelope and Edward Bonaventure proceeded, and doubled the cape of Good Hope. But coming to cape Corrientes on the fourteenth of September, a violent ftorm parted them, and they never met again; forRaymond was never heard of, but Lancaster held on his voyage. Paffing by Mozambique he came to the iſland Comera, where after much fhew of friendſhip, the Mooriſh inhabitants killed thirty-two of his men, and took his boat, which obliged him tohoift fail and be gone; and after much delay by contrary winds he doubled capeComori, oppofite to the iſland of Ceylon in India, in the month of May 1592. Thencein fix days, with a large wind which blew hard, he came upon the iſland of GomesPolo, which lies near the northermoſt point of the iſland Sumatra; and the winterfeafon coming on, ſtood over to the iſland of Pulo Pinao, lying near the coaſt of Malaca, and betwixt it and the iſland Sumatra, in 7 degrees north latitude; where hecontinued till the end of Auguft, refreshing his men the beft the place would allow,which afforded little but fish, yet twenty-fix of them died there. Then the captain running along the coaſt of Malaca, and adjacent iſlands, more like a pirate than merchantor diſcoverer, took fome prizes, and fo thought to have returned home: but his provifions being ſpent when they came to cross the equinoctial, where he was ftaid bycalms and contrary winds fix weeks, he ran away to the Weft Indies to get fomefupply; where after touching at ſeveral places, the captain and eighteen men wentafhore in the little iſland Mona, lying betwixt thofe of Portorico and Hifpaniola—butfive men and a boy left in the fhip, cut the cable and failed away. Lancaſter andeleven of his men fome days after ſpying a fail, made a fire; upon which ſignal theFrenchman, for fuch a one it proved to be, took in his topfails, and drawing near theisland received them aboard, treating them with extraordinary civility; and fo broughtthem to Diepe in Normandy, whence they paffed over to Rye in Suffex, and landedthere in May 1594, having spent three years, fix weeks, and two days in this voyage.Hitherto Hakluyt, ( vol. II. )An. 1595, The DUTCH refolving to try their fortune in the Eaft Indies, fitted outfour ſhips at Amfterdam under the command of Cornelius Hootman; which failed onthe fecond of April, and on the fourth of Auguft anchored in the bay of S. Blafe,about forty-five leagues beyond the cape of Good Hope, where they continued fomedays trading with the natives for cattle in exchange for iron. Auguſt the elevenththey departed that place, and coafting along part of the iſland Madagaſcar, came atlaft into the bay of S. Auguftin; where they exchanged pewter ſpoons and other trifleswith the natives for cattle, till they fell at variance; and the natives keeping away,no more provifions were to be had: and therefore on the tenth of December theyweighed, directing their courſe for Java; but meeting with bad weather and ſtrongcurrents were kept back till the tenth of January, when they were forced for wantof refreſhments to put into the iſland of S. Mary, lying on the eastern coaſt of Madagafcar in 17 degrees of fouth latitude, whence they removed to the great bay of Antongil, and continued there till the twelfth of February: then putting to ſea again,theyOF NAVIGATION. 105India.they arrived on the coaſt of the great ifland Sumatra on the eleventh of June, and Dutchſpending fome days along that coaft, came at laft to Bantam in the iſland of Java. Voyages toThey lay here, very favourably entertained by the emperor of Java, till falling at variance many hoftilities paffed betwixt them; and in November the Dutch removedfrom before Bantam to Jacatra, which is no great diſtance. In January findingthemſelves much weakened by loſs of men, and the Amfterdam one of the biggestfhips leaky, they unladed and burnt her. Having thoughts of failing for the Moluccoiſlands, they ran along as far as the ſtrait of Balambuan at the eaſt end of Java; butthe feamen refusing to paſs any further, they made through the ftrait, and on thetwenty-seventh of February failed along the coaft of Java towards the cape of GoodHope; and three of their four ſhips, befides the pinnace that was a tender, and eightynine ſeamen, being all that were left of four hundred and forty- nine, returned toHolland in Auguft following, having been abroad twenty-nine months. This andthe voyage foon after following in 1598, may feem to be miſtaken, becauſe it is faidin both, that the commander in chief was Cornelius Hootman; but it muſt be obſerved , they differ not only in time, but in all other circumftances, and this is certainlythe first voyage the Dutch made to India, whereas in the other there is mention ofthoſe people having been there before. This is to be ſeen at large in the Collectionof Voyages undertaken by the Dutch East India company, printed this preſent year1703.1596.Hootman,An. 1596, Sir Robert Dudley, as principal adventurer, ſent out three ſhips under the Engliſh.command of Benjamin Wood, defigning to trade in China; for which purpoſe he carried letters from queen Elizabeth to the emperor of China: but theſe ſhips and themen all perished, ſo we have no account of their voyage. Purchas, (vol . I. p. 110. )An. 1598, three merchants of Middleburgh fitted out two fhips under the command of Cornelius Hootman for the Eaft Indies, which failed on the fifteenth of Dutch.March. In November they put into the bay of Saldanha on the coaſt of Afric, in Cornelius34 degrees of fouth latitude, and ten leagues from the cape of Good Hope; herepretending to trade with the natives, they offered them fome violence; to revengewhich, three days after they came down in great numbers, and furprizing the Dutchflew thirteen of them, and drove the reft to their fhip. January the third they again.anchored in the bay of S. Auguſtin in the ſouth weſt part of the iſland of Madagaſcar,and 23 degrees of fouth latitude, where the natives would not trade with them; andbeing in great want of provifions, they failed to the iſland Magotta, or S. Chriftopher,on the north of Madagaſcar, and having got ſome relief went on to Anfwame, or Angovan, another ſmall iſland, where they took in more provifions: then proceeding ontheir voyage, they paffed by the Maldivy iflands; thence by Cochin, and in June arrived in Sumatra at the port of Achen, where after being kindly received by the king,he fent many men aboard on pretence of friendſhip; but with a defign to furprize theſhips, which they had near accompliſhed, but were with difficulty beaten off, yet ſothat the Dutch loft Gixty- eight of their men, two pinnaces of twenty tun cach, andone of their boats. Sailing hence they watered and refreſhed at Pulo Batun offQueda,VOL. I.106 LOCKE's HISTORYDutchVoyages to India.Queda, which is on the coaft of Malaca; and having ſpent much time about thoſeparts, in November anchored at the islands of Nicobar in 8 degrees of latitude, wherethey had fome refreſhment, but little; to remedy which, in their waytowards Ceylon, they took a fhip of Negapatan and plundered it. Then directing their courfehome in March 1600, they doubled the cape of Good Hope, and in July returned toMiddleburg. Purchas (vol. I. p. 116. )This fame year 1598, the Holland Eaft India company fent out fix great ſhips andtwo yatchs for India under the command of Cornelius Hemſkirke, which failed out ofthe Texel on the firſt of May; and coming together to the Cape of Good Hope inAuguſt, were there ſeparated by a terrible ſtorm: four of them and a yatch put intothe iſland Maurice eaft of Madagaſcar; the other two fhips and yatch put into theifland of S. Mary on the eaſt alſo of Madagaſcar, where they made no ſtay, but failing thence arrived on the twenty-fixth of November 1598 before Bantam; and amonth after them came the other four ſhips and a yatch from the iſland Maurice. Thefirst comers having got their lading, departed from before Bantam on the eleventh ofJanuary 1599, and arrived happily in the Texel on the ninth of June 1599, richlyladen with pepper, cloves, mace, nutmegs, and cinnamon, having ſpent but fifteenmonths in the whole voyage. The other four fhips and yatch, left in India under thecommand of Wybrant, failed from Bantam along the north fide of Javan to the eaſtend of it, where the town of Arofoya is feated. Here the natives, in revenge forfome of their people killed by the Dutch in their firft voyage, feized ſeventeen ofthem that were fent afhore for provifions; and fifty more being fent to their relief infloops and boats, were all of them killed , drowned, or taken. The priſoners wereranfomed for two thouſand pieces of eight, and then the fhips put to fea; and onthethird of March 1599 came into the ftrait of Amboina, where they anchored before afmall town in that ifland, called Itan. This is near the Moluccos, and producesplenty of cloves. There being lading but for two fhips here, the other two were fentto Banda, where they took their lading of cloves, nutmegs, and mace, and returnedhome in April 1600. The other two fhips left behind at Amboina, having taken inwhat lading of cloves they could get, failed away to get what they wanted at the Moluccos, and anchored at Ternate; where having got the reſt of their lading, they departed thence on the nineteenth of Auguſt 1599, and came to Jacatra in the iſlandJava on the thirteenth of November, being then reduced to extremity for want ofprovifions: whence after a few days ftay they proceeded to Bantam, and thence onthe twenty-first of January for Holland, where after a tedious voyage they arrivedin fafety, having loft many men through fickneſs and want of provifions. (Collect. ofDutch Eaft India voyages. ) Every year after, the Dutch failed not to fet out newfleets, being allured by the vaft returns they made; yet there was nothing in theſevoyages but trade, and ſome encounters with the Spaniards, and therefore it will beneedleſs to mention them all in particular; till in the year 1606, the Dutch poffeffedthemfelves of Tidore, one of the Molucco iſlands, and Amboina, expelling the Portugueſes firft, and afterwards the English. In 1608 the Dutch admiral MatelieflaidfiegeOF NAVIGATION. 107Bhege to Malaca, but without fuccefs. Soon after they grew formidable at Jacatra,or Batavia, on the island Java, where they continue to this day, that being the chieffeat of all their dominions in the eaſt: not ſo ſatisfied, they at length made themfelvees maſters of Malaca, and expelled the Portugueſes the iſland of Ceylon, by whichmeans they are poffeffed of the moſt confiderable trade of the eaſt, all the cinnamon,nutmegs, and cloves being entirely in their own hands. Nor is this all; for they haveconquered the iſland Formoſa on the coaft of China, whence they trade to Japan,with the exclufion of all Chriftian nations from that iſland. And here we will leavethe Dutch, to give ſome further relation of the English Proceedings, and ſo concludewith the Eaft Indies.An. 1600, a company of Merchant Adventurers was by patent from queen Eliza- English beth authorized to trade in the East Indies, and accordingly in January 1600-1 , they Voyages tofitted out four great fhips and a victualler, all under the command of captain James India.Lancafter; who failed out of the river of Thames on the thirteenth of February, having four hundred and eighty men aboard his fhips, yet got not beyond Torbay till theſecond of April, and on the first of November doubled the cape of Good Hope. InApril following they anchored at the iſlands of Nicobar, north-eaſt of the great iſlandof Sumatra, and in June came before Achem, where they had a good reception, andfettled peace and commerce with that king; but having little to trade with, put tofea, and took a great Portugueſe ſhip richly laden, and returned to Achem, whencethey failed to Bantam in the iſland of Java: here they had alſo good entertainment,and liberty of trade was agreed on; and having taken in what more lading was wanting, which confifted in pepper and cloves, on the twentieth of February they ſet ſailin order to return for England: but meeting with violent ſtorms were carried into 40degrees of fouth latitude, where Lancaſter loft his rudder, which was restored withmuch labour; and ſo they arrived at the iſland of St. Helena in June, and having refreſhed themſelves there put to fea again, and returned fafe to England in Auguſt.Purchas (vol. I. p. 147.)An. 1604, the aforeſaid company fent four ſhips more to the Eaſt Indies under thecommand of Sir Henry Middleton, who failed on the fecond of April, and arrived atBantam on the twenty-third of December. Two of theſe ſhips loaded pepper at Bantam; Sir Henry with the others failed to the iles of Banda, where he continuedtwenty-one weeks, and then returned to Bantam, and arrived in the Downs on thefixth of May 1606. The fame year captain John Davis and fir Edward Michelburnwith one ſhip and a pinnace failed into the Eaſt Indies, trading at Bantam, and takingfome prizes, but performed nothing elſe remarkable. Purchas (vol. I. p. 185.)An. 1607, the company fitted out their third Voyage, being three fhips, under thecommand of William Keeling, but only two of them kept company; and fetting outin April, arrived not at Priaman in the iſland Sumatra till July the following year;having spent all this time along the coafts of Afric, and beating at ſea againſt conThe patent was for fifteen years, and is given by Purchas, ( vol. i . p. 139.)trary40 2108 LOCKE's HISTORYEnglish trary winds. Here they took in fome pepper, and then failed to Bantam, where aVoyages to Siam ambaffador invited them to fettle commerce in his master's dominions; and fo India.they proceeded to Banda, where they were hindered taking in their lading of ſpice bythe Dutch, who had built a fort on that ifland. So being diſappointed they returnedto Bantam, loaded pepper, and ſettled a factory there, which continued in proſperitytill overthrown by the Dutch. Purchas ( vol. I. p. 188. )TThe third fhip mentioned above, which did not keep company with the other two,but ſet out at the fame time, after touching at the bay of Saldanha on the coaſt ofAfric, and at Bantam in the iſland of Java, proceeded to the Molucco iſlands , where,with the permiffion of the Spaniards then poffeffed of thoſe iſlands, they had a tradefor fome days, but were afterwards commanded away. Then failing towards theifland Celebes at the island Buttone, or Buton, they were friendly entertained bytheking, and brought their full loading of cloves; which done, they returned to Bantam,and thence to England. Purchas (vol. I. p. 226.)An. 1608, the East India company for its fourth voyage fent out two fhips, theUnion and Afcenfion , commanded by Alexander Sharpy and Richard Rowles, who failedon the fourteenth of March; and having fpent above a year by the way, and loft theUnion in a ſtorm, the Afcenfion came on the eighth of April 1609, to an anchor beforethe city Aden on the coaft of Arabia Felix, whence they failed into the Red Sea,being the first Engliſh fhip that ever entered it, and on the eleventh of June anchored in the road of the city of Mocha; and having made a fhort stay to refit, failedaway for the coaft of Cambaya, where refuſing to take in a pilot the fhip was loft onthe fhoals, but all the men faved in two boats, who got afhore at the fmall town ofGandevel, about forty miles from Surat, whither they travelled by land, and wererelieved by the English factor there. The captain and moſt of the company wentfrom thence to Agra, the court of the Mogul, refolving to take their journey throughPerfia to return into Europe. But Thomas Jones, the author of this account, withthree others, committed themfelves to a Portugueſe religious man, who promifed tofend them home; and accordingly carried them through Damam and Chaul to Goa,where in January they were ſhipped aboard the admiral of four Portugueſe ſhipshomeward bound, and arrived at Liſbon in Auguſt, where embarking in an Engliſhſhip they came fafe into England in September 1610. The rest of the company thatwent with the captain difperfed, and few of them came home.The Union, mentioned before to be ſeparated from the Afcenfion in a ſtorm , touchedat the bay of St. Auguſtin in the iſland Madagaſcar; where the captain and five moregoing afhore upon friendly invitation, were killed by the natives, who thought to havefurprized the ſhip with their boats, but were beaten off with great lofs. So failinghence, they directed their courfe to Achem on the ifland Sumatra, where and at Priaman they took in their lading of bafts and pepper, and directed their courſe to returnhome but their voyage proved fo unfortunate, that all the men died by the way,except three Engliſh and an Indian, who were ſcarce alive; and not being able tohand their fails , the fhip was carried upon the coaft of Britany in France, where theFrench conveyed her into harbour, and moft of the lading was faved for the company.AnOF NAVIGATION. 109India.An. 1609, the Engliſh Eaſt India company for its fifth voyage ſent out but one ſhip, Engliſhcommanded by David Middleton, who arriving at Banda was by the Dutch there hin- Voyages todered loading any ſpice; and therefore failed to Puloway, a ſmall`iſland not far diſtant, where with much difficulty and hazard he got loading of ſpice, and returnedhome fafe . Purchas (vol. I. p. 238.)An. 1610, Sir Henry Middleton failed with three ſhips under his command; andbeing informed by the natives of the island Zocotora, that he would be friendly received at Mocha in the Red Sea, and find good vent for his goods, he ventured upthither; and after much deceitful kindneſs ſhewn him by the Turks, was himſelf withmany of his men fecured, and fent up the country feveral miles to another baſſa.Some men were alfo killed by the Infidels , who attempted to furprize one of the ſhips,and were poffeffed of the upper decks; till the feamen blew up fome, fhot others, anddrove the rest into the ſea, ſo that only one of them that hid himſelf eſcaped and wasafterwards received to mercy. After much folicitation Sir Henry Middleton and hismen were fent back to Mocha, where moſt of them made their eſcape aboard theirſhips. Many fruitless contests having afterwards paffed with the baſſas about thereftitution of the goods taken, at laſt he failed to Surat , where he arrived in September1611; and having, notwithſtanding the oppofition made by the Portuguefes, fold fomeof his goods, and departing thence to Dabul, had fome more trade in that place, yetnot ſo much as to diſpoſe of all he had, whereupon he refolved to return to the RedSea, there to traffic with the fhips of India, which uſually refort to thofe parts; hedetained many of them by force, and bartered with them as he thought fit, the Indians being under reſtraint, and in no condition to oppoſe whatever was offered them.Being thus furniſhed, he failed for Sumatra, where he got loading of fpice, and fentone ſhip home with her burden; his own having been on a rock, and therefore unfitfor the voyage till repaired, which could not be done fo foon . This thip arrived ſafein England, but Sir Henry Middleton and his were cast away in India. Purchas (vol.I. p. 247.) Other fhips failed the latter end of the year 1610, and beginning of1611 , which ſtill ran much the fame courſe with the former, and have nothing fingular to relate. But,(An. 1611 ) , in April failed captain John Saris with three fhips, who having run thefame courſe all the reft had done feverally before, entering the Red Sea; and touching at Java, he received a letter from one Adams an Englishman, who failed aboardfome Dutch ſhips to Japan, and was there detained, in which he gave an account ofthat country. Captain Saris difmifling his other two fhips, directed his courfe forthat ifland; and paffing by thofe of Bouro, Xula, Bachian, Celebes , Silolo, the Moluccos,and others, came to an anchor on the eleventh of June 1613, at the ſmall island andPort of Firando, lying fouth-west of the fouth- west point of the great iſland of Japan.This and feveral other ſmall iſlands about it are ſubject to petty kings, who all acknowledge the emperor of Japan for their fovereign. Thefe little princes fhewed allimaginable kindneſs to the English, being the first that ever appeared in thoſe parts.Captain Saris, with the affiftance of the king of Firando, was conducted to the emperor's court at Meaco; where he had audience of him, and fettled peace and commerce110 LOCKE's HISTORYEnglishVoyages to India.Extent ofcoaft madeknown.merce in as authentic manner, as if he had been fent from England only upon thaterrand; the emperor granting to the Engliſh free liberty of trade, and ſeveral privileges and immunities for their encouragement. All things being ſettled there, captain Saris returned to Firando well pleafed with his fuccefs; and there the goods hebrought being not yet all diſpoſed of, he erected a Factory, leaving in it eight Engliſh,three Japoneses for interpreters, and two fervants. Theſe were to diſpoſe of thegoods left behind, and provide loading for fuch fhips as were to continue the tradenow begun. This done, he left Firando on the fifth of December, and ftood for thecoaft of China, along which he kept to that of Cochinchina and Camboya, whencehe ftruck over to the fouthward, and came into Bantam road, where he continued.ſome time, and lastly put into Plymouth in September 1614. (Purchas, vol. I. p . 334.)Thus have we brought the English to Japan, the furtheft extent of what vulgarlyis comprehended under the name of the East Indies; and therefore think it needleſsto proſecute their voyages this way any longer, fince they can afford nothing new;nor indeed have thefe hitherto added any thing to what was diſcovered by the Portugueses, to whom all thefe countries were well known long before, as has been madeappear. Of the Dutch Navigations this way fomewhat has been ſaid; and it ſeemsneedlefs to add any thing concerning the French, who are not fo confiderable thereas any of thofe nations already mentioned; befides that they came thither the lateſt,and therefore not as difcoverers, but tracing the beaten road, fo that all that canbe faid of them will be only a repetition of things already ſpoken of. Having thusgiven an account of the firſt Diſcoverers, and the fuccefs of all the first voyages to Africand Afia, it now remains to fhew what a vast extent of land is by these means madeknown, which before Europe was wholly a stranger to, and the commodities it fuppliesus with; which is one great point of this diſcourſe, viz. what benefit is reapedby Navigation, and the vaſt improvement it has received fince the diſcovery of theMagnetical Needle, or Sea Compaſs: then having performed this with all poffiblebrevity, it will be fit to proceed to give the like relation of the diſcovery of America, orthe New World; which will lead us to the Voyages round the Globe, wherethis Difcourfe will end.To begin then where the Diſcoveries commenced, that is, at Cape Nam, or Nao,which is onthe coast of the kingdom of Morocco, and in the twenty-eighth degreeof latitude; we find the extent made known from thence, taking it only from northto fouth, from 18 degrees of north latitude to 35 degrees of fouth latitude, in all 53degrees in length, at twenty leagues to a degree,-to be one thoufand fix hundredleagues; but very much more if we run along the coaft, efpecially upon that of Guinea,which lies eaft and weft for above 25 degrees, which at the fame rate as beforeamounts to five hundred leagues. So that we have here a Coaſt, only reckoning tothe Cape of Good Hope, of above fifteen hundred leagues in length made known tous; and in it the further Lybia, the country of the Blacks, Guinea, the kingdoms ofBenin, Conga, Angola, and the weſtern coaſt of the Cafres: thefe are the generalnames by which theſe vaft regions are known. The natives are for the moſt part4 black,OF NAVIGATION. 111known.black, or elſe inclining to it. All the commodities brought from thence, are gold- Extent ofduft, ivory, and ſlaves; thofe black people felling one another, which is a very con- Coast madefiderable trade, and has been a great fupport to all the American plantations: thisis all that mighty Continent affords for exportation, the greatest part of it beingfcorched under the torrid zone, and the natives almoft naked, no where induftrious,and for the moft part fcarce civilized. In the fouthermoft parts among the wildCafres, there is plenty of good cattle, which the first traders to India uſed to buy forknives and other toys at the bay of Saldanha, and other places thereabouts. The Portugueses here have the largeſt dominions on this coaft of any nation, which are in thekingdoms of Congo and Angola. The English and Dutch have fome fmall forts onthe coaft of Guinea; and the Dutch a large ftrong town, with all manner of improvements about it, at the Cape of Good Hope. From this Cape of Good Hope, to CapeGuardafu at the entrance into the Red Sea, the coaft, running north- east and fouthweſt, extends above twelve hundred leagues in a ſtrait line, containing the eaſternCafres and Zanguebar, which are the two great divifions of this fide; the latter ofthefe fubdivided into the kingdoms of Mozambique, Pemba, Quilaa, Monbaca, Melinde,Magadoxa, and Adel. Of theſe the Portugueſes poffefs the town and fort of Mozambique, having loft Monbaca within theſe few years, taken from them by the Moors.No other European nation has any dominions on this coaft, which is all in the poſ--feffion of the natives or Moors. The commodities here are the fame as on the weſtſide of Afric, gold, ivory, and flaves. All this vaft Continent produces many fortsof fruit and grain unknown to us, as alfo beafts and fowl, which being no part oftrade, are not mentioned here . -Yet before we leave this Coaft we must not omit tomention the iſland Zocotora, famous for producing the beſt aloes, and fituate not fardiftant from Cape Guardafu. Next in courſe follows the Red Sea, the mouth whereof is about an hundred and twenty leagues from Cape Guardafu, and its length, fromthe mouth to Suez at the bottom of it, above four hundred leagues, lying north-weft.and fouth-eaft; on one fide of it is the coaft of Aben and Egypt, on the other that ofArabia Petrea, and Arabia Felix, all in the poffeffion of the Turks; and not at allreforted to by any European nation, but fomewhat known to them by the way ofEgypt, before the diſcovery of India. From the mouth of the Red Sea to the gulphof Perfia lies the coaft of Arabia, extending about four hundred leagues north- eaftand fouth-west to Cape Rofalgate, at the entrance into the bay of Ormuz. This coaftis partly fubject to the Turk, and partly to Arabian princes; and its principal commodities are rich gums, and coffee. Turning Cape Rofalgate to the north-west isthe great bay of Ormuz, along which runs ftill the coaft of Arabia, where ſtandsMaleate, once poffeffed by the Portugueſes, now by the Arabs. Next we come intothe gulph of Bazara, or of Perfia, almost two hundred leagues in length, and encloſedby Arabia on the one fide, and Perfia on the other. At the mouth of this bay in afmall island is the famous city Ormuz, conquered and kept many years by the Portugueſes, but at laſt taken from them by the Perfians, with the affiſtance of the Englifh. Within the bay on the Arabian fide is the iſland Baharem, famous for a greatfishery112 LOCKE'S HISTORYExtent ofCoaft difcovered.1fifhery of pearls. From the mouth of the Perfian gulph, to that of Indus, are aboutthree hundred and forty leagues, being the coast of Perfia, where no prince poffeffesany thing but that The chiefeft commodities here are raw filk, great monarch.rhubarb, wormfeed, carpets of all forts, wrought and plain filks, filks wrought withgold or filver, half filks and half cottons. From the mouth of Indus to Cape Comori,taking in the bend of the coaft from Indus to Cambay, lying north- weft and foutheaft, and from that bay to the Cape almoſt north and ſouth, are near four hundredleagues, including the fhores of Guzarat, Cambaya, Decan, Canara, and Malabar:of theſe Guzarat and Cambaya, with part of Decan, are ſubject to the Great Mogul,the other parts to feveral Indian princes. Yet the Portuguefes have the port of Diuin Guzarat, Damam in Cambaya, and the great city of Goa in Decan, befides otherports of leffer confequence: the English the island of Bombaim, and the Dutch fomeforts.-Doubling Cape Comori, and running in a ſtraight line north- eaſt, there areabout four hundred and forty leagues to the bottom of the bay of Bengala; and turning thence fouth-eaſt, ſomewhat more than the fame number of leagues to the fouthermoft point of the Aurea Cherfonefus, or coaft of Malaca; and in this ſpace the fhoresof Coromandel, Bifnagar, Golconda, Orixa, Bengala, Arracan, Pegu, Martaban, and theAurea Cherfonefus, or Peninſula of Malaca.-Hence we will make but one line morefor brevity fake, up to Japan on the northern coaft of China; which in a ftrait line,without allowing any thing for the bays of Siam and Cochinchina, is at least eighthundred leagues; and in it , the eaſt fide of the Peninſula of Malaca, the kingdoms ofSiam, Camboia, Chiampa, and Cochinchina, and the vaft empire of China: all theſeimmenfe regions from Perfia eastward are vulgarly, though improperly, comprehended under the name of the East Indies. The product of thefe countries is no lefs tobe admired, being all forts of metals, all beafts and birds, and the most delicious offruits. But to ſpeak by way of trade, the commodities here are diamonds, filk rawand wrought in prodigious quantities, cotton unwrought, and infinite plenty of it incallicoes and muſlins; all forts of ſweet and rich woods, all the gums, drugs, anddyes, all the precious plants, and rich perfumes, not to mention the ſpices, which Ileave to the islands; in fine, all that is precious, delightful, or uſeful: infomuch, thatthough here be mines of filver and gold, yet none is fent abroad, but hither it flowsfrom all other parts, and is here fwallowed up. But fomething must be faid of theislands belonging to this great Continent, for the value of them is immenfe, as wellas their number, and the extent of fome of them.-The firſt in order that are anything confiderable, are the Maldivy lands; rather remarkable for their multitudethan any other thing, being fo many that the number is not known, yet ſo ſmall,that no great account is made of them: they lie fouth- ealt of Cape Comori, betwistthree and eight degrees of north latitude; for fo far they run, being diſpoſed intwelve feveral clusters or parcels that lie north-west and fouth-east: at the fouth endwhereof lie two other less cluſters or parcels east and weft from one another. As forTrade, or Commerce, though theſe iſlands are very fruitful, they have not anythingconfiderable to promote it; eſpecially to fupply Europe, which is the thing here to beconfidered,OF NAVIGATION. 113confidered. Next to theſe is the great and rich Iſland of * Ceylon, beyond Cape Comori, Eaſt Indiaformerly divided into ſeveral petty kingdoms, till the Portugueſes firſt reduced all the Iſlands.fea-coafts under their dominion, and were afterwards difpoffeffed by the Dutch, whoſtill remain maſters of them, but could never yet conquer the inland. This is a placeof mighty traffic, for it produces the beft cinnamon in the world, and ſupplies allEurope here are alſo found the finest rubies, and feveral other forts of preciousftones. The elephants of this ifland are counted the best in all India, and as fuchcoveted by all the eastern princes, who, though they have herds of them in their owndominions, do not ſpare to give confiderable prices for theſe, which is a great enriching of the country. -The Islands of Sunda, or the Sound, are that great parcel ly-' ing fouth and fouth-eaſt of Malaca, the principal whereof are Sumatra, Borneo, andJava; the two firft directly under the line, Sumatra above three hundred leagues inlength, lying north-west and fouth-eaſt , and about fixty in breadth in the widest place.Borneo is almost round, and about fix hundred in circumference. Java, the laft ofthem, lies betwixt 7 and 10 degrees of fouth latitude, is about two hundred leaguesin length from east to west, and not above forty in breadth in the wideft place fromnorth to fouth. There are many more, but all ſmall in compariſon of theſe, unleſswe reckon Celebes, lying under the line, near an hundred and eighty leagues in length,the longest way north-eaſt and ſouth- weſt, and about eighty in breadth in the broadestplace from east to weft: as alfo Gilolo, under the equator as well as the laft, of anirregular ſhape, and not above one fourth part of the bignefs of Celebes. All theſeIlands have a prodigious trade, being reforted to from all parts, not only of India,but even from Europe. Their wealth is incredible, for they produce whatſoeverman can wish; but the principal commodities exported are ginger, pepper, camphir,agarick, caffia, wax, honey, filk, cotton; they have alfo mines of gold, tin , iron, andfulphur, all forts of cattle and fowl, but no vines nor olive trees. In Sumatra theDutch have ſome forts, and are very powerful, but much more in Java, where Batavia, a populous city, is the metropolis of their eaſtern dominions. The Engliſh hada great trade and factory at Bantam in the fame ifland, but were expelled by theDutch in the year 1682. After thefe follow the Molucco Islands, which are five innumber properly ſo called , viz. Ternate, Tidore, Machian, Moutil or Moufil, and Bachian: they lie along the weft fide of Gilolo, fo near the equinoctial, that the laſt ofthem lies 24 or 25 minutes fouth, and the firſt of them about 50 minutes north ofit. They are ſo ſmall, that all of them do not take up above one degree, and 10 or15 minutes of latitude. Ternate is the northermoft, and in order from it lie to thefouth Tidore, Moutil, Machian, and Bachian. The whole product of theſe iſlands isCloves, which are ſcarce found elſewhere, and here little befides them; which is thereaſon whythe Dutch have poffeffed themſelves of them, expelling the Portuguefes,who after long conteſts had bought out the Spaniards claim to them. With the Moluccos may be reckoned the iſlands of Amboina and Banda: the firſt of theſe producesCloves like the other, and was once much reſorted to by the Engliſh, till the DutchSee PLATE the third.VOL. I P deſtroyed114 LOCKE'S HISTORYdeſtroyed their factory, of which action there are particular printed accounts. Bandais a larger iſland than any of the others, and in five degrees of fouth latitude, poffeffedalfo by the Dutch; who have here all the trade of Nutmegs and Mace, which ſcarcegrow any where but in this and two or three neighbouring iflands. A vaſt multitudeof other little Iſlands are ſcattered about this Sea, but thoſe already mentioned are themoſt confiderable; for though thofe of Chiram and Papous be large, there is verylittle of them known, by which it is natural to gueſs they are not of much value;for if they were, the fame avarice that has carried fo many European nations intotheir neighbourhood to destroy not only the natives, but one another, would havemade them long fince as familiar to us as the reft .-Of Japan enough was faid whenfirſt diſcovered by the Portugueſes, and in captain Saris's Voyage thither, where thereader may fatisfy his curiofity: all that needs be added is, that it produces fomegold, and great plenty of filver. For other commodities, here is abundance of hemp,excellent dyes, red, blue, and green; rice, brimstone, faltpetre, cotton , and the moſtexcellent Varnish in the world, commonly called Japan, whereof abundance of cabinets, tables, and many other things are brought into Europe. Thus are we come toJapan, the utmoſt of theſe eaſtern diſcoveries, omitting to fay any thing of the Philippine Iſlands, and thoſe called de las Ladrones, though within this compaſs , becauſethey were diſcovered from the Weſt Indies; and therefore they are left to be treatedof among the American affairs, as are the Ifles of Solomon, whereof hitherto the worldhas had but a very imperfect account.-This SUMMARY fhews the improvement ofNavigation on this fide the world fince the diſcovery of the Magnetical Needle, orSea Compaſs; it having made known to us as much of the coafts of Afric and Aſia,as running along only the greatest turnings and windings, amounts to about fivethouſand leagues; an incredible extent of land, were it not fo univerfally known tobe true, and fo very demonftrable. The benefit we reap is fo visible, it feems not torequire any thing ſhould be faid of it: for now all Europe abounds in all fuch thingsas thofe vaft, wealthy, exuberant Eaftern regions can afford; whereas before thefediſcoveries it had nothing but what it received by retail, and at exceffive rates fromthe Venetians; who took in the precious drugs, rich ſpices, and other valuable commodities of the eaft in Egypt, or the coaft of Turky, whither it was brought fromIndia, either by caravans or up the Red Sea; and they ſupplied all other countrieswith them at their own prices. But nowthe Sea is open, every nation has the libertyof ſupplying itſelf from the fountain-head; and if ſome have encroached upon others,confined them to a narrower trade in thoſe parts, yet the returns from thence areyearly fo great, that all thofe goods may be purchafed here at the fecond hand, infinitely cheaper than they could when one nation had the ſupplying of all the reft;and that by fo expenſive a way, as being themselves ferved by caravans, and a fewſmall ſhips on the Red Sea. To conclude; theſe Parts, the Diſcovery whereof hasbeen the ſubject of this diſcourſe, fupply the Chriſtian world with all gums, drugs,The contents of the Pamphlet publiſhed by our Eaft India Company, relative to the cruelties practifed onthe English, by the Dutch, in 1622, are preſerved by Dr. Campbell in Harris's Collection of Voyages ( vol. i.p. 877.) , as alfo the Dutch account of the ſame horrid tranfactions (p. 884) . See alfo Pennant's Outlines oftheGlobe.1 fpicesOF NAVIGATION 115fpices, filks, and cottons; precious ftones, fulphur, gold, faltpetre; rice, tea, Chinaware, coffee, Japan varniſhed works, all forts of dyes, of cordials, and perfumes;pearls, ivory, oftrich feathers, parrots, monkeys, and an endleſs number of neceffaries,conveniences, curiofities, and other comforts and fupports of human life, whereofenough has been faid for the intended brevity of this Difcourfe.-It is now time toproceed to a ſtill greater part, greater in extent of land, as reaching from north tofouth, and its bounds not yet known; and greater in wealth, as containing the inexhauſtible treaſures of the filver mines of Peru and Mexico, and of the gold minesof Chile, and very many other parts. A fourth part of the world, not much inferior to the other three in extent, and no way yielding to them for all the bleffingsnature could bestow upon the earth. A world concealed from the reft for above fivethouſand years, and reſerved by Providence to be made known three hundred yearsago. A region yet not wholly known, the extent being fo immenfe, that three hundred years have not been a fufficient time to lay it all open. A portion of the univerſe wonderful in all refpects:-1. For that being fo large it could lie fo long hid.2. For that being well inhabited, the wit of man cannot conclude which way thofepeople could come thither, and that none others could find the way fince. 3. Forits endleſs ſources of gold and filver, which ſupplying all parts, fince their first difcovery, are ſo far from being impoverished, that they only want more hands to drawout more. 4. For its mighty rivers, fo far exceeding all others, that they look likelittle feas, compared with the greateſt in other parts. 5. For its prodigious mountains, running many hundred leagues, and whofe tops are almoſt inacceffible. 6. Forthe strange variety of ſeaſons, and temperature of air to be found at very few leaguesdiſtance. And laſtly, For its ſtupendous fertility of foil, producing all forts of fruits.and plants which the other parts of the world afford, in greater perfection than intheir native land, beſides an infinity of others which will not come to perfection elſewhere.To come to the Diſcovery of this fourth and greateſt part of the earth; it was un- Americandertaken and performed by CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS, a Genoeſe, excellently ſkilled in Diſcoveries.fea affairs, an able cofmographer, and well verſed in all thoſe parts of the mathematics,which might capacitate him for ſuch an enterpriſe. This perfon being convinced bynatural reaſon, that fo great a part of the world as till then was unknown could notbe all ſea, or created to no purpoſe; and believing that the earth being round, afhorter way might be found to India by the weft, than by compaffing all Afric to thefouthward, as the Portuguefes were then attempting to do; he refolved to applyhimfelf wholly to the diſcovery of thoſe rich countries, which he pofitively concludedmuft extend, from what was known of the Eaft Indies, ftill to the eastward one way,and to be the eaſier met with by failing round to the westward. Having been longfully poffeffed with this notion, and provided to anſwer all objections that might beſtarted against it, he thought the undertaking too great for any less than a fovereignprince, or ſtate; and therefore, not to be unjust to his Country, he firft propofed itto the State of Genoa, where it was rather ridiculed than any way encouraged. Thisrepulſe made him have recourſe to king John the ſecond of Portugal; who havingP 2 caufed116 LOCKE's HISTORYAmericanDiſcoveries."cauſed the matter to be examined by thoſe that had the direction of the Diſcoveriesalong the coaſt of Afric; by their advice he held him in hand, till he had fent out acaravel with private orders to attempt this diſcovery. This caravel having wanderedlong in the wide ocean, and fuffered much by ftorms, returned without finding anything. Columbus underſtanding what had been done, refented it fo highly, that inhatred to Portugal he refolved to go over to Caftile and offer his ſervice there; butfor fear of any diſappointment, at the ſame time he ſent his brother Bartholomew Columbus into England, to make the fame overture to king Henry the feventh. Hisbrother had the ill fortune to be taken at fea by pirates, which much retarded hiscoming to the court of England; where when at laſt he came, being poor and deſtitute of friends, it was long before he could be heard, or at leaſt be looked upon; fothat in fine, Columbus was gone before he returned to Spain with his anſwer. Columbus in the mean while ſtole away out of Portugal, and coming to the court of Ferdinand and Ifabel, king and queen of Caftile and Aragon, he there ſpent eight yearsfoliciting with little hopes, and many difficulties; till at last, when he had utterlydeſpaired of fuccefs, he met with it, through the affiſtance of fome few friends hehad gained at court. At his earneſt fuit he had all the conditions he required granted, which were-that he bould be admiral of all thofe feas he diſcovered, and viceroy and governor-general of all the lands; that he ſhould have the tenth of all thingswhatſoever brought from thoſe parts, and that he might at all times be an eighthpart in all fleets ſent thither, and to receive the eighth of all the returns: this to himand his heirs for ever. With theſe titles, and fufficient power from the queen, whoeſpouſed the undertaking, he repaired to the port of Palos de Moguer, on the coaſtof Andaluzia, where there was furniſhed for him a fhip called the S. Mary, and twocaravels, the one called La Pinta, commanded by Martin Alonzo Pinzon, and theother La Nina, by Vincent Yanez Pinzon. In theſe veffels he had ninety men, andproviſions for a year; and thus equipped he failed from Palos de Moguer.—(An. 1492, ) on the twenty-third of August, dire&ing his courfe to the Canaryislands, where he made a new rudder to the caravel Pinta, which had hers broke offat fea, he took in freſh proviſions, wood, and water with all poffible expedition; andon the fixth of September put to fea again, ſteering due weft, and on the ſeventh loftfight of land. The eleventh, at an hundred and fifty leagues diſtance from the iſlandof Ferro, they faw a great piece of a Maſt drove by the current, which fet ftrong towardsthe north; and the fourteenth the admiral obferved the Variation of the Needleto the westward about two points. On funday the fixteenth the men were ſurpriſedto fee green, and yellow weeds, fcattered about in ſmall parcels on the fuperficies ofthe water, as if it had been newly torn off from fome iſland or rock; and the nextday they faw much more, which made fome conclude they were near land, and othersfuppofing it only to be rocks, or fhoals, began to mutter. Every day they faw fomebirds flying to the fhips, and abundance of weeds in the water, which ſtill madethem conceive hopes of land; but when theſe failed, then they began again to murmur; fo that the admiral was forced to uſe all his art to keep them quiet, fometimeswith fair words, and fometimes with threats and ſeverity, they imagining, that ſince .forOF NAVIGATION. 117Diſcoveries.. for the most part they failed before the wind, it would be impoffible for them ever Americanto return. Thus their mutinous temper daily increaſed, and began to appear moreopen, fome being fo bold as to adviſe throwing the Admiral over board. The first ofOctober the pilot told the Admiral, he found by his account they were five hundredand eighty-eight leagues weft of the island of Ferro, which is the weftermoſt of theCanaries; who answered, his reckoning was five hundred and eighty-four, whereasin reality his computation was feven hundred and feven; and on the third the pilotof the caravel Nina reckoned fix hundred and fifty, he of the caravel Pinta ſix hundred and thirty- four: but they were out, and Columbus made it lefs, for fear of difcouraging the men, who neverthelefs continued very mutinous, but were fomewhatappeafed on the fourth, feeing above forty fparrows fly about the ſhips , beſides otherbirds. The eleventh of October there appeared manifeft tokens of their being nearland; for from the admiral's fhip they faw a green rush in the water, from the Ninathey faw a cane and a ſtick, and took up another that was artificially wrought, anda little board, befides abundance of weeds fresh pulled up; from the Pinta they be--held fuch-like tokens, and a branch of a thorn tree with the berries on it: befides,that founding they found bottom, and the wind grew variable. For theſe reaſonsthe Admiral ordered, they fhould make but little fail at night, for fear of beingaground in the dark; and about ten of the clock that night the Admiral himſelf ſawa light, and fhewed it to others. About two in the morning the caravel Pinta, whichwas furtheft a-head, gave the fignal of Land; and when day appeared, they perceivedit was an Iſland about fifteen leagues in length, plain, well wooded and watered, andvery populous; the natives ftanding on the fhore, admiring what the fhips were..The Admiral and Captains went ahore in their boats, and called that iſland S. Salvador, the natives calling it Guanabani, and is one of the Lucayos, in about 26 degrees,of north latitude, nine hundred and fifty leagues weft of the Canaries; and difcoveredthe thirty- third day after they failed from them. -Columbus took poffeffion for theking and queen of Spain, and all the Spaniards joyfully took an oath to him, as theirAdmiral and Viceroy. He gave the Indians, who ſtood in admiration to ſee him andhis men, fome red caps, glaſs beads, and other trifles, which they valued at an high rate..The Admiral returning aboard, the natives followed; fome ſwimming, others in theircanoes, carrying with them bottoms of fpun cotton, parrots, and javelins pointed withfish bones, to exchange for glaſs baubles and horſe bells. Both men and women were:all naked, their hair fhort and tied with a cotton ftring, and well enough featured, ofa middle ftature, well fhaped, and of an olive colour, fome painted white, fome black,and fome red. They knew nothing of iron, and did all their work with ſharp ſtones..No beafts or fowl were feen here but only parrots. Being afked by figns, whencethey had the gold, whereof they wore little plates hanging at their noſes, they pointedto the South. The Admiral understanding there were other countries not far off, refolved to f*ck them out; and taking ſeven Indians that they might learn Spanish,.failed on the fifteenth to another Ifland, which he called the Conception, ſeven leaguesThe fteady current of the Trade Wind, muft have been dreadful even to Columbus himſelf; and became,as he advanced to the weſtward, the principal cauſe of his anxiety.from118 LOCKE's HISTORYAmericanDifcoveries.from the other. The fixteenth he proceeded to another Ifland, and called it Fernandina, and fo to a fourth, to which he gave the name of Iſabella; but finding nothingmore in theſe than in the firſt, he proceeded on to the Ifland of Cuba, which he calledJuana, and entered the port on the eaſt end called Baracoa; whence after ſending twomen to diſcover without finding what he fought for, he went on to Hifpaniola, andanchored on the north fide of it. Here the admiral finding there were gold mines,and plenty of cotton, the people fimple, and one of the Caciques, or princes, fhewingall tokens of love and affection; and having loft his own fhip, which through thecareleffness of the failors in the night run upon a fand; he refolved to build a fort,which with the affiftance of the Indians was performed in ten days, and called theNativity here he left thirty-nine men, with proviſions for a year, feeds to fow, baublesto trade with the natives, all the cannon and arms belonging to his own ſhip, andthe boat. This done, he departed fromthe port of the Nativity on the fourth of January:1493, fteering eastward, and the fixth diſcovered the caravel Pinta, which had lefthim fome days before, the captain hoping to get much gold to himſelf. Columbus havingfailed fome days along the coaft of the Ifland, diſcovered more of it, and traffickingwith the natives, and feeing fome other iſlands at a diftance, at length launched outto fea to return for Spain. In the way they struggled with the dreadfulleft ftormsany of them had ever feen; which ſeparated the admiral from the caravel Pinta, fothat he faw her no more: but at last it pleaſed God to bring his fhattered caravelinto the river of Lisbon , where the people flocked with adıniration to fee him, andfome adviſed the king of Portugal to murder him; but he having entertained himgenerously difmiffed him: and he putting to ſea again, arrived ſafe at Palos de Moguer,from whence he fet out on the fifteenth of March, having been out fix months and anhalf upon his diſcovery. The Court was then at Barcelona, whither the Admiral repaired; carrying with him the Indians he brought, fome gold, and other ſamples ofwhat the Diſcovery afforded. The King and Queen received him with all poffible dedemonſtrations of honour, making him fit down in their prefence, and ordering allthe privileges and titles before granted him to be confirmed. After fome time ſpentin theſe entertainments, the Admiral defired to be fitted out as became his dignity,to conquer and plant thoſe new countries, which was granted; and he departed forSeville, to fet out on his fecond voyage, which we are to ſpeak of next.—We havebeen very particular in this, becauſe being the firft, it required a more exact accountto be given of it, and fhall therefore be more fuccinct in thoſe that follow.An. 1493, A fleet of ſeventeen fail of all forts was fitted out at Seville, well furnished with provisions, ammunition, cannon; corn, feeds, mares and horſes; tools towork in the gold mines, and abundance of commodities to barter with the natives.There were aboard fifteen hundred men, many of them labouring people, and artificers; feveral gentlemen, and twenty horfe. With this fleet Columbus fet fail fromSeville on the fifteenth of September the aforefaid year, and on the fifth of Octobercame to the Gomeru, one of the Canary islands; where he took in wood and water,as alſo cattle, calves, fheep, goats, and fwine to stock the Indies, befides hens andgarden feeds. Sailing hence more to the fouthward than the first voyage, on the thirdOF NAVIGATION. 119third of November in the morning, all the fleet ſpied an iſland, which Columbus called AmericanDominica, becauſe diſcovered on a Sunday; and foon after many others -the firſt of Diſcoveries..which he called Marigalanti, the name of the fhip he was in, the next Guadalupe;then Montferrate, Santa Maria Redonda, Santa Maria el Antigua, S. Martin, Santa›Gruz; thefe are the Caribbe Iſlands. Next he came to the large iſland , which hecalled S. John Baptift, but the Indians Borriquen, and it is now known by the nameof Puerto Rico.-November the twenty-fecond the fleet arrived on the coaſt of Hiſpaniola, where they found the fort burnt down, and none of the Spaniards; they being:all deftroyed either by diſcord among themſelves, or by the Indians. Not liking theplace he had choſen the firſt Voyage to plant his Colony, he turned back to the eaſt--ward; and finding a feat to his mind, landed and built a little town which he calledIfabella, in honour of Iſabel then queen of Caftile. Then keeping five ſhips of thefleet with him for his uſe there, he fent back twelve to Spain, under the command ofAntonio de Torres, with fome quantity of gold, and a full account of what had beendone. Thus ended this year 1493; and here it muſt be obſerved, that all the actionsdone afhore must be omitted, as too great for this Difcourfe, and in reality no waybelonging to it; the deſign of it being only to fhew what advantages have beenmade by fea fince the diſcovery of the Magnetical Needle, as has been declaredbefore.An. 1494, Columbus failed from his new colony of Iſabella with one great ſhip andtwo caravels on the twenty-fourth of April, directing his courſe weftward; and cameupon the point of Cuba on the eighteenth of May, where failing along the coaft hefaw an infinite number of fmall islands; fo that it being impoffible to give them allnames, he in general called them the Queen's Garden. Thus he proceeded as far asthe iſland de Pinos, near the weſtermoſt end of Cuba, having diſcovered three hundredand thirty leagues to the weftward from his colony of fabella. He ſuffered verymuch in this voyage by the continual ſtorms of rain, wind, thunder and light--ning; and therefore reſolved to return, taking his way more to the ſouthward, andon the twenty-ſecond of July found the iſland of Jamaica; whence he directed hiscourſe to Hifpaniola, and coaſting about it, arrived at the town of Iſabella on thetwenty-ninth of September, where he found his brother Bartholomew Columbus, whowas come with four fhips from Spain. The Admiral built many forts in the iſland,and being much offended at the ill behaviour of many of the Spaniards, who beganto uſe him diſreſpectfully, and fent complaints againſt him to the court, returned intoSpain to justify his proceedings, and ſecure his authority. Thus far out of Herrera'sfirft decade, (lib. I, II, and III.)The fame of theſe mighty Diſcoveries being ſpread abroad throughout Europe, Sebaſtian Cabot, a Venetian, but refiding in England, made application to king Henrythe ſeventh, to be employed in finding out a paffa*ge to the Eaft Indies through thenorth-weft. The king admitted of his propofal, and(An. 1497;) Ordered him two ſhips provided with all neceffaries for fuch an undertaking, with which he failed from Briftol in the beginning of Summer ( for here doesnot appear a particular journal), and directing his courfe north-west came into 56,Herrera120 LOCKE'S HISTORYAmerican Herrera fays 68 degrees of north latitude; where he difcovered land running ſtill toDifcoveries. the northward, which made him defpair of finding a paffa*ge that way, as he had projected; and therefore came about to the fouthward, hoping to meet it in leſs latitude.Thus he foon fell in upon the now much frequented iſland of Newfoundland, reaching from 54 to 48 degrees; where he found a wild people clad in ſkins of beaſts, andarmed with bows and arrows, as alſo bears and ftags, and great plenty of fiſh, butthe earth yielding little fruit. Here he took three of the favages, whom at his returnhe carried into England, where they lived long after. Hence he continued his courſealong the American coaft as far as 38 degrees of latitude, where his provifions beginning to fall ſhort he returned to England, ( Hackluyt, vol. III . p. 6. et feq. ) Thisimperfect account is all we have of this voyage, which was not profecuted by theEngliſh in many years after; and Cabot finding little encouragement went away intoSpain, where he was entertained,An. 1498, On the thirtieth of May, Admiral Columbus having been again well received and honoured by the king and queen of Caftile and Aragon, and provided ashe defired, failed from S. Lucar with fix fhips upon new diſcoveries; and coming tothe island Gomeru, one of the Canaries, on the ninteenth, fent thence three of hisfhips with provifions to fail directly for Hifpaniola. He with the other three madethe islands of Cabo Verde, refolving to fail fouthward as far as the equinoctial; andtherefore ſteering fouth-west on the thirteenth of July, he felt fuch violent heat, thatthey all thought they ſhould there have ended their days: and this continued till thenineteenth, when the wind freſhening they ſtood away to the westward, and the firstof Auguſt came to an anchor in the iſland which he called La Trinidad, near thecontinent of South America, in about 11 degrees of north latitude. Diſcovering landfrom this place, which he ſuppoſed to be another Iſland, but it was the Continent, hefailed over and came upon the point of Paria, and run many leagues along the coaftof the continent, without knowing it was fo, trading with the Indians for gold andabundance of pearls. However thinking his prefence neceffary at Hispaniola, hecould not continue his diſcovery, but returned the fame way he came to the iſlandTrinidad; and found that he called Margarita, where was afterwards the great pearlfishery, and that of Cubagua, befides many others of lefs note, and arrived at SantoDomingo, a town newly built on the fouth coaft of the iſland Hifpaniola, on the twenty- ſecond of Auguft; Herrera, ( dec. 1. lib. IV. )An. 1499, The news having been brought to Spain of the diſcovery Columbus hadmade on the Continent, though it was not yet certainly known whether it was continent or an iſland; Alonfo de Ojeda and fome other private men fitted out four fhipsto make diſcoveries, and failed from Port S. Mary on the twentieth of May. Johnde la Cofa, a Bifcainer, went with him as pilot, and Americus Vefpucius as merchant.They took their courſe to the fouth-west, and in twenty-seven days had fight of land,which they ſuppoſed to be the Continent. Being within a league of the shore, theyfent fome men in the boat, who faw abundance of naked people, who prefently fled.to the mountains; and therefore they followed the Coaft to find fome harbour, whichthey found two days after, with multitudes of natives, thronging to ſee the ſhips.TheyOF NAVIGATION. 121They were of a middle ftature, well .aped, broad faced, and of a ruddy complexion . SpaniſhTheir wealth confifted in fine feathers, fish bones, and green and white ftones, but voyages to America.they had neither gold nor pearls. Ojeda ran along this coaft till he came to a townfeated like Venice in the water, but containing only twenty-fix great houfes; forwhich reafon he called it Venezuela, or little Venice, in about 11 degrees of northlatitude. Still he kept along the coaſt of Paria, before diſcovered by Columbus,for the space of two hundred leagues, and then proceeded two hundred further tothe point called Cabo de la Vela. Then turning back he came to the ifland Margarita, where he careened, and on the fifth of November arrived at the iſland of Hifpaniola; where we may put an end to his diſcovery.This fame year Pedro Alonfo Nino and Christopher Guevara failed from Sevil withone ſhip to diſcover, but did nothing more than had been done before, trading alongthe coaft where Columbus and Ojeda had been; Herrera, ( decad. 1. lib. IV. )An. 1500, Vincent Yanez Pinzon, who was with Columbus the first voyage, fent outfour fhips at his own charge, and failing to the fouthward was the first Spaniard thatever cut the equinoctial line. Then failing to the weftward, on the twenty-fixth of SpaniardsJanuary he diſcovered land at a diſtance , which was the point of land now called Cape diſcover Brafil, 1500.S. Auguftin, on the coaft of Brafil, where he took poffeffion for the king of Spain:but not being able to bring the natives to trade with him, he paffed on to a river,where landing, eight of his men were killed by the Indians; which made him removeagain down to the mouth of the river Maranon, which is thirty leagues over, andruns with ſuch force, that the water is fresh forty leagues out at ſea. Finding nobenefit could be made along this coaft, he held on his courfe to Paria, whence hefailed over to the iſlands in the way to Hifpaniola; and being at an anchor amongthem, a furious ftorm funk two of their ſhips downright, the other two eſcaping repaired to Hifpaniola, and having refitted returned to Spain. In this Voyage they difcovered fix hundred leagues along the coaft lying fouth- east from Paria.In December, this fame year, James de Lepe failed from Palos de Moguer to diſcover,and went fome way to the fouthward of cape S. Auguftin, but did little confiderable;Herrera, (dec. 1. lib. IV. )This year alfo EMANUEL king of Portugal fitted out a fleet of thirteen fail for the PortugueſeEaft Indies, commanded by Pedro Alvarez Cabral; who failing from Liſbon in March, difcover Brafil, 1500.to avoid the calms on the coaft of Guinea, ftood out far to fea; and being carriedaway further to the weftward than he intended by a ſtorm, on the twenty-fourth ofApril fell in upon the coaft of Brafil in America, in 10 degrees of fouth latitude. Hefailed along it one day, and going afhore found a tawny people; but the weather ſtillforced him to the fouthward, to a harbour he called Porto Seguro, in 17 degrees offouth latitude, where he landed, and found the country abounding in cotton andIndian wheat. Here he erected a crofs in token of poffeffion, and therefore called.the country Santa Cruz, but the name of Brafil prevailed, becauſe of that fort ofwood brought from thence. Pedro Alvarez ſent a ſhip to Portugal to give advice ofVOL. I. Я this122 LOCKE'S HISTORYPortugueſe voyage toNorth America, 1500.Spaniſh voyages to America.this difcovery, and he with the reft profecuted his voyage to the Eaft Indies, as maybe ſeen in the account of them; Herrera ubi fup. and Faria in Afia, (part I. p. 53.)Again this year 1500, Gafper de Cortereal, a Portugueſe, failed to the north partsof America with two caravels, where he run along a great part of what was faid before to be diſcovered by Cabot, and gave his name to fome fmall iſlands about thenorth of Newfoundland, bringing away fixty of the natives. He made a ſecond voyage into thoſe parts, but was caft away; Herrera, ( dec. 1. lib. VI. )An. 1501 , Roderick de Baftidas fitted out two fhips at Cadiz, and taking John de laCofa, who was beft acquainted with the weſtern feas, for his pilot, put to fea in thebeginning of February, following the fame courfe Columbus had taken when he difcovered the continent; and coafting all along where he and the others had been, hetraded with the Indians. Not fo fatisfied, he run to the weftward, and diſcoveredSanta Marta Carthagena, and as far as Nombre de Dios, being above an hundredleagues more than was known before. His fhips being now leaky and worm-eaten,fo that they could not long keep the ſea, and having traded for a confiderable quantity of gold and pearls, he with difficulty made over to Xaragua in Hifpaniola, wherehis ſhips funk after faving the treaſure; and he, after being impriſoned in this iſland,got over into Spain with his wealth. He carried fome Indians from the continent toHifpaniola, who went ſtark naked; Herrera ubi ſup.An. 1502, Admiral COLUMBUS, being through the malicious infinuations of his enemies removed from the government of Hifpaniola, but ftill fed by the king with fairwords, obtained of him four fhips to go upon fome new diſcovery, and failed withthem from Cadiz on the ninth of May. On the twenty-ninth of June he came before Santo Domingo in the ifland Hifpaniola, where the governor refuſed to admithim into the port. On the fourteenth of July he failed away to the weftward, anddriving fome days with the currents in calms, ftruggled for fixty days with violent ftorms; after which he difcovered the little ifland Guanaja, northward of capeHonduras, in 19 degrees of latitude. He fent his brother afhore, who met with acanoe as long as a Spaniſh galley, and eight foot wide, covered with mats; and in itmany men, women, and children, with abundance of commodities to barter, whichwere large cotton cloths of ſeveral colours, fhort cotton fhirts without fleeves curioufly wrought; wooden fwords edged with flint, copper hatchets to cut wood, horſebells of the fame metal, and broad flat plates of it, crucibles to melt the copper,cocoa-nuts, bread made of Indian wheat, and drink of the fame. Being carriedaboard the admiral, he exchanged fome commodities with them, and then difmiffedthem, only keeping an old man, of whom he enquired for gold; he pointed eastward,which made Columbus alter his defign of failing ftill weftward. Therefore taking theway he was directed, the firft land he came to was Cape Cafinas on the continent ofthe province of Honduras, where his brother landed and took poffeffion; the nativescoming down in peaceable manner, wearing fhort jackets of cotton, and bringing himplenty of provifions. Sailing hence many days to the eastward against the wind, he8 cameOF NAVIGATION, 123came to a great point of land, from which perceiving the ſhore run to the fouthward, Spaniſhhe called it Cabo de gracias a Dios, or Cape thanks be to God, becauſe then the eaſterly voyages towinds would carry him down the coaft . He ran along trading with the natives, and America, and the adjacent touched at Porto Bello, Nombre de Dios, Belen, and Veragua, where he heard there were islands.gold mines, and fent his brother up the country, who returned to him with a confiderable quantity of that metal, exchanged for inconfiderable trifles . Upon this encouragement Columbus refolved to leave his brother there with eighty men, and accordingly built houſes for them; yet after all, the Indians becoming their enemies,and the Spaniards mutinous, he was forced to take them aboard again, and thenfailed away for Hifpaniola. The fhips being quite fhaken with the many ſtorms, andeaten through with the worms, could not reach that ifland; and therefore he wasforced to run them a-ground on the coaft of Jamaica, cloſe board and board by oneanother, fhoring them up with piles drove in the ſand, and making huts on the decksfor the men to live in, becauſe they were full of water up to the deck. Hence withincredible difficulty and danger, he fent meffengers in a canoe over to Hifpaniola forfome veffels to carry him and his men away, and after ſuffering much was at laſttranſported to that iſland, and thence into Spain, where he died. Herrera, (dec. 1 .lib. V, VI. )-So that we have here an end of his Diſcoveries; and all the continentof America made known from Cape Honduras in 18 degrees of north latitude, toPorto Seguro on the coaft of Brafil in 17 degrees of fouth latitude, being above fifteen hundred leagues, taking only the greater windings of the coaft.An. 1506, The news of Columbus's new diſcovery being ſpread abroad in Caſtile,John Diaz de Solis; and Vincent Yanez Pinzon refolved to profecute what he had begun; and coming to the iſland Guanaja, whence Columbus had turned back to the eaſtward, they held on their courſe ſtill weſtward; running along the coaſt of Honduras, tillthey cameto the bottom of that deep bay, which they called Baia de Navidad, now called the Gulph of Honduras. Then turning to the north-east, they difcovered a greatpart of the province of Yucatan, whereof little was afterwards known till the difcovery of New Spain.An. 1507, It being ſtill unknown whether Cuba was an iſland or part of the continent, Nicholas d'Obando, governor of Hifpaniela, fent Sebaftian d'Ocampo to diſcoverit: he failed along the north fide of it, touching at ſeveral places, and careened hisſhips at the port now well known by the name of the Havana, which then he calledde Carenas. Then continuing his Voyage to the westermoft end of the island nowcalled Cabo de S. Anton, he turned to the eaſtward along the ſouth coaſt of the iſland,and put into the port of Xagua, which is one of the beſt in the world, and capableof containing a thouſand fhips. Here he was moſt courteouſly entertained, and fupplied with abundance of partridges and good fish. Having refted here a few days,he held on his way along the coaft, and returned to Hifpaniola, with the certain newsof Cuba's being an ifland. (Herrera, dec. 1. lib. VII. )An. 1508, John Ponce de Leon failed over from Hifpaniola to the iſland called bythe Indians Borriquen, by the Spaniards S. Juan de Puerto Rico, and by the English9 2Porte124 LOCKE'S HISTORYSpaniſh voyages to America,and the adja.cent iſlands.

Porto Rico; it is but 15 leagues diftant from Hifpaniola, has a good harbour, whichwith the plenty of gold found in it gave it the name of Puerto Rico, or the rich Harbour. (Herrera, dec. 1. lib. VII. )This fame year, 1508, John Diaz de Solis, and Vincent Yanez Pinzon, who beforediſcovered the Gulph of Honduras, failed with two caravels fitted out at the king'sexpence, to difcover the fouth coaft of America; and coming upon Cape S. Auguftinin about 11 degrees of fouth latitude, continued thence their navigation along thecoaft, often landing and trading with the natives, till they came into 40 degrees ofthe fame latitude; whence they returned with an account of what they had foundinto Spain. (Herrera , dec. 1. lib . VII. )An. 1509, John de Efquibel was fent from Hifpaniola, by the admiral James Columbus, fon to Chriſtopher Columbus, with feventy men to fettle a colony in the iſlandof Jamaica.This fame year John de la Cofa failed from Spain with one ſhip, and two brigantines, to join Alonſo d'Ojeda in the iſland Hifpaniola, thence to go and ſettle on thecontinent: James de Nicueffa fet out foon after him with four ſhips upon the famedefign. After ſome diſpute about the limits of their provinces, they agreed that theriver of Darien fhould part them, and then they fet out towards their feveral governments. (Herrera, dec. 1. lib. VI. )An. 1510, Ojeda landed at Carthagena, where after endeavouring to gain the Indians by fair means without fuccefs, he came to a battle with them, in which John dela Cofa was killed, and Ojeda eſcaped by flight, having loſt ſeventy Spaniards. Nicueſſaarriving a few days after, and joining the other Spaniards belonging to Ojeda, revenged the death of the former ſeventy, and took a great booty. However Ojeda removedthence to the gulph of Uraba, where he founded the town of S. Sebaſtian, beingthe fecond built on the continent; if we reckon that before founded by Columbus nearthe fame place, which did not ſtand, as has been mentioned, nor did this continuelong at that time, being removed after moſt of the Spaniards were confumed, to Darien. Hence the Indians carried fwine, falt, and fifh up the country, and in returnbrought home gold and cotton cloth. Nicuefa with his fhips failed to Veragua, andafter many miferies and calamities, at laft founded the town of Nombre de Dios onthe ſmall Ifthmus that joins the two Continents of north and ſouth America; ( Herrera , dec. 1. lib. VII, VIII. )An. 1511, The admiral James Columbus, from the iſland Hiſpaniola, fent James Velafquez with about three hundred men to plant the iſland of Cuba, where no fettlement had yet been made.An. 1512, John Ponce de Leon, before mentioned as first planter of the iſland ofPuerto Rico, being grown rich, fitted out three fhips in that ifland, refolving to difcover to the northward. He failed on the third of March, fteering north-weft andby north, and on the eighth anchored at Baxos de Babueca, near the iſland del Viejo, in22 degrees and an half of north latitude; and on the fourteenth, at the iſland Guanabani, which was the first discovered by Columbus. Hence he directed his courfenorthOF NAVIGATION. 1251the Coaft ofnorth- west, and on the twenty- feventh, being Eafter Sunday, difcovered an ifland Spaniſh difnot known before; whence he proceeded, fteering weft- north-weft till the fecond of coveries onApril, when they came to an anchor near a port of the continent they had run along, America.in 30 degrees and 8 minutes of north latitude; which he believed to be an islandcalled Florida, that is, flowery, or flourishing, both becauſe it looked green and pleafant, and becauſe it was Eafter time, which the Spaniards call Pafqua Florida. Afterlanding to take poffeffion , he failed fouth and by eaft till the twenty-first of April;when he met fo ftrong a current, that though they had the wind large, his fhipscould not ftem it, which obliged him to come to an anchor; this being the now wellknown channel of Bahama, through which moft fhips return out of thoſe parts intoEurope. Here he landed, and had a fkirmish with the Indians, who were warlike.On the eighth of May he doubled the point of Florida, which he called Cape Corrientes, becauſe of the great ſtrength of the current there. Being come about, theyfpent many days along the coaft and neighbouring iflands, watering and careening,and dealing with the Indians for hides and Guanines, which are plates of a mixtureof gold and copper. In June he had two battles with the Indians, who in theircanoes came out to draw his ſhips afhore, or at leaſt to cut his cables. Having beatenthem off he came upon the coast of Cuba, though he knew it not to be that ifland,and thence returned to Puerto Rico; whence he failed into Spain to beg of the kingthe government of what he had diſcovered; ( Herrera, dec. 1. lib . IX. )An. 1513, Bafco Nunez de Balboa, who had fubtiley wound himſelf into the go- Pacific Oceanvernment of the Spaniards, who were before mentioned to have built the town of diſcovered,Darien, having ufed all his endeavours as others did to find out more gold; and be- 1513.ing told by an Indian, that there was a mighty prince beyond the mountains who hadvaſt plenty of it, and that there was alſo an open ſea, he reſolved to venture over tofind theſe treaſures, and gain the honour of being the firſt that diſcovered this fo longlooked for Sea. Accordingly he fet out from Darien in September with Indian guides,and others given him by the Caciques his friends, to carry burdens. Entering uponthe mountains, he had a fight with a Cacique that would have ſtopped him, in which .he killed the Cacique and fix hundred of his men. On the twentyfifth of Septemberhe reached the top of the mountains; from whence, to his unfpeakable joy, he ſawthe South Sea; with this fatisfaction he went down, and coming to the shore walkedinto the fea to take poffeffion of it for the king of Spain. This done, he with eightyof his men, and a Cacique his friend, went into nine canoes, and put out to fea;where a ſtorm rifing, they had all like to have perifhed; however, with much difficulty they got into a ſmall island , where fome of their cannes were beaten to pieces,and all their provifions loft. The next day with what canoes remained, they landedon the further fide of the bay, where after fome oppofition from the Indians theymade peace, and the Cacique brought a good quantity of gold as a prefent, and twohundred and forty large pearls; and ſeeing the Spaniards valued them, he fent fomeIndians to fish, who in four days brought twelve . mark weight of them, each markbeing126 LOCKE'S HISTORYSpanishVoyages to America.being eight ounces. Bafco Nunez would have gone over to the iſland ofpearls, fiveleagues diftant, but was adviſed by the Indians his friends to put it off till fummer,becauſe of the danger of the fea at that time. Here he had fome information of thewealth of Peru, and was affured that the Coaſt ran along to the fouthward withoutend, as the Indians thought. Bafco Nunez having made fo great a diſcovery, andgathered much wealth, returned over the mountains to Darien, whence he preſentlyfent advice to the king of what he had found; ( Herrera, dec. 1. lib. X.)An. 1515, John Diaz de Solis was fent out by the king to diſcover to the fouthward; he failed on the eighth of October, and came to Rio de Janeiro on the coaſtof Brafil in 22 degrees twenty minutes of fouth latitude; whence he continued hiscourfe down the Coaft which lies fouth-west, to cape S. Mary in 35 degrees of latitude, where he landed and took poffeffion. Then turning with one of his caravelsinto the river of Plate, which becauſe it was fo large and freſh, they called the FreshSea, and by another name, the river of Solis, he ſpied along the ſhore abundance ofhouſes of Indians, and the people coming down to gaze at the ſhips, and offeringwhat they had. Solis landed with as many men as his boat could carry, who goinga little up from the fhore, were fet upon by the natives, who lay in ambuſh in thewoods, and every man of them killed, notwithſtanding the cannon fired from aboard.When they had killed the men they removed them further from the ſhore; yet notfo far but that the Spaniards aboard might ſee them; where cutting off their heads,arms, and legs, they roafted the whole trunks of the bodies and eat them . Havingfeen this difmal fight, the caravel returned to the other veffel, and both together repaired to cape S. Auguſtin, where having loaded with Brafil wood, they failed backto Spain. Thus ended the famous Seaman John Diaz de Solis; ( Herrera, dec. 2 .lib. I.)An. 1516, Padrarias, governor of Darien, before ſpoken of, fent the licentiateEfpinofa with a good body of men over the mountains to Panama; who had fome encounters with the Indians in thoſe parts, and made fome conſiderable Diſcoveriesalong that coaſt. But having gathered a great quantity of gold, and abundance offlaves, he returned to Darien, leaving Hernan Ponce de Leon with a ſmall force atPanama. This commander loft no time, though he had no good veffels but fomefmall barks, for in them he ventured to run up to the north-weft as far as the portof Nicoya in the province of Nicaragua, an hundred and forty leagues from Nata,which is at the mouth of the bay of Panama; where finding the people in arms, andthat they fled to the mountains upon the first firing, he concluded there was not muchgood to be done there at that time, and returned to Panama. At the ſame timeBafco Nunez de Balboa, who firft diſcovered the South Sea, cut timber at Ada on thenorth Sea, and having hewed it out fit to put together, had it all carried up twelveleagues to the top of the mountains by Indians, Blacks, and Spaniards, and thencedown to the South Sea; which was an incredible labour, there being all the timber,iron work, and rigging for two brigantines; (Herrera, dec. 2. lib. 11. )ThisOF NAVIGATION. 127This fame year, 1516, Hackluyt mentions a Voyage made by Sir Thomas Pert and EngliſhSebaſtian Cabot, by order of king Henry the eighth of England, to Brafil, but gives no Voyage to Brafil, 1516.particulars of it; ( Hackluyt, vol . III . p. 498. )An. 1517, James Velafquez, governor of Hiſpaniola, gave commiffion to Francis Spaniſh difHernandez de Cordova to make fome further Diſcovery on the Continent. He bought coveries on the Coaft of two ſhips and a brigantine, furniſhed them with all neceffaries, and an hundred and Americaten men, and failed from Havana on the eighth of February to the westward. Atthe end of twenty-one days they ſaw land, and drawing pear perceived a town. Fivecanoes came to the ſhip, and thirty men went aboard, wearing ſhort jackets withoutfleeves, who being well entertained were difmiffed: and the next day twelve canoescame with a Cacique, who faid, conez Cotoche, that is , come to my houfe; and the Spaniards not underſtanding it, called that point of land Cape Cotoche, being the weſtermoſt ofthe province of Yucatan, in 22 degrees of latitude. The Spaniards going aſhorewith this invitation, were fet upon by Indians that lay in ambuſh, whom they put toflight. Here theyfound three ftructureslike little temples, with idols, built with lime andſtone, which were the firſt that had been ſeen in America. Returning to their fhips,they kept along the coaft weftward till they came to Campeche, where they took waterout of a well; there being no other; and retired to their ſhips, the Indians purſuing attheir heels, yet without engaging. Further on at a place called Potonchan, beingaſhore again to water, they were befet by the Indians, who killed fifty of them; andthe rest , whereof many were wounded, with much difficulty got aboard their fhips .Wanting hands for them all, they burnt one, and with the other two veſſels in greatwant of water, ftood over for the coaſt of Florida; where as they were watering, theIndians fell on them and killed four or five more, but were put to flight, fo that theSpaniards had time to carry off their water, and returned to Cuba, where JamesFernandez the commander died of his wounds; (Herrera, dec. 2. lib. II . )An. 1518, The report of the Diſcovery made in Yucatan pleaſing the undertakerJames Velasquez governor of Cuba, he provided three ſhips and a brigantine, withtwo hundred and fifty men, to profecute that enterprife, under the command ofJohn de Grijalva; who failed from Cuba on the eighth of April, and driving to thefouthward with the currents, came upon the ifland of Cozumel, in the twentieth degree of latitude, not known before, and fouth of the Cape of Cotoche; where keepingalong its coaft, they anchored at a place they called Santa Cruz, becauſe that wasthe third of May, and the feaſt of the finding of the crofs. Landing he could not prevail with any of the natives to come to trade, yet found in the island good honey, fwinewith their navels on their backs, and ſeveral ſmall temples of ftone, as alfo an Indianwoman of Jamaica, who went aboard. Grijalva failed on to Potonchan, where FrancisHernandez, the firſt diſcoverer of that country, had been; and after defeating the natives:held on to the river of his own name; ſaying, this country was like a new Spain, becauſeof the many ſtructures he faw of lime and ſtone, whence the name remained to the adjacent kingdom of Mexico. Coming to the river of Tabafco, he treated with the natives,and128LOCKE'sHISTORY+and a Cacique there with his own hand, put upon Grijalva a fuit of complete armour allof beaten gold, befides many other rich prefents he gave him. Then coafting along,he faw the great mountains of S. Martin, and the rivers of Alvarado, and Banderas,on the coaft of New Spain, at which laft place he was fupplied with provifions, andtraded for much gold with the governor, who had received orders ſo to do fromMontezuma the great monarch of Mexico, upon the news brought him of the firstfhips that appeared on that coaft . He spent feven days at S. John de Ulva, tradingwith the natives, and then went on as far as the province of Panuco, from whencehe returned to Cuba, having in this voyage diſcovered all the coaſt of New Spain,almoſt as far as the province of Florida; ( Herrera , dec. 2. lib. III. )This fame year the Licentiate Efpinofa, by order of Pedro Arias Davila, governor ofDarien, founded the town of Panama on the South Sea. (Ibid.)An. 1519, FERDINAND CORTES, with eleven fail fitted out at the charge ofJames Velafquez, failed from Cuba in February, and landing on the coaft of New Spain, beforedifcovered by Grijalva, marched up to Mexico made himſelf maſter of that mightycity, and fubdued all the provinces about it till he came to the South Sea. Herewere found thoſe rich mines of filver, which with the others of Peru have ever finceenriched the univerfe; not to ſpeak of the abundance of cotton, and very many otherprecious commodities. In fine, his actions and the wealth of this Country are thefubject of large volumes, and too great for fo fhort a Difcourfe: therefore we willproceed to the Diſcoveries. (Ibid. )This year alfo FERDINAND MAGALHAENS, or as we call him, MAGELLAN, failed fromSpainto diſcover the ftrait of his name; the particulars of which Voyage are the fubject of the first of thoſe round the world, to be found together at the latter end ofthis Difcourfe, and therefore need not be repeated in this place; for there the readermay find it at large, with an account of thoſe ſouthern parts of America.English at This fame year, 1519, an Engliſh ſhip of two hundred and fifty ton arrived at thePuerto Rico, ifland of Puerto Rico, pretending it came out with another to difcover a paffa*ge to1519.Tartary, and had been at Newfoundland, where there were fifty Spaniſh, French, andPortugueſe ſhips fishing, and that offering to go afhore their pilot was killed . Theyfurther faid they came to load Brafil wood, and carry the king of England an accountof thofe countries: hence they failed over to Hifpaniola; where being fired at fromthe caftle they returned to Puerto Rico, where they traded with the inhabitants, andgoing thence were never more heard of. ( Herrera, dec. 2. lib . V. ) Hackluyt, ( vol.III. p. 499. ) gives the fame account out of Ramufio, only differing in that he fays itwas in the year 1517.An. 1522, CORTES having fubdued the mighty kingdom of Mexico, and greatest partof the provinces of Mechoacan, Panuco, Guaxaca, Tabasco, and Soconusco, a conqueſtabove two hundred leagues in length, upwards of an hundred and fifty in breadth in thewideft part, and lying betwixt 14 and 24 degrees of north latitude; and having difcovered the South Sea, which washes the shores of feveral of the provinces mentioned,OF NAVIGATION. 129tioned, he refolved that way to fend to the Molucco iflands; and in order to it fentſhip-wrights to the port of Zacatula to build two ſhips to diſcover along the coaſt,and two caravels to fail to the Moluccos, caufing all the iron work, fails, and riggingto be carried upon men's backs from Vera Cruz across the country, which is at leaſtan hundred and forty leagues.Whilſt theſe veffels were preparing in New Spain, Giles Gonzales Davila with incredible labour had built four in the iſland Tarrarequi, not far from Panama, whencehe failed on the twenty-firft of January, this fame year 1522, taking Andrew Ninoalong with him as his pilot. Having failed an hundred leagues along the coaft to thenorth-west, they were forced to ſend to Panama for neceffaries to refit their ſhips,which being brought they proceeded . At Nicoya, Giles Gonzales landed and travelled into the province of Nicaragua, where abundance of Indians with their Caciqueſubmitted themſelves: but afterwards meeting with a more warlike nation, he wasforced to retire to the fea. Whilft Gonzales travelled by land, Andrew Nino hadfailed along the coaſt as far as the bay of Fonseca in the province of Guatimala, diſcovering three hundred leagues that way further than was known before; whichdone, they both returned to Panama with great wealth in gold and pearls ( Herrera,dec. 3. lib. IV. )America,An. 1524, Francis the firſt, king of France, employed John Varrazona a Floren- Frenchtine, to make .fome diſcovery to the north-queft. He fet out from Diep with four Voyages toſhips, and after ſome time ſpent privateering on the coaft of Spain, he fteered to the the Coat ofifland of Madera; whence difmiffing the reft, he departed with one fhip and fifty 1524.men upon his enterpriſe. The first twenty- five days he ran five hundred leagues tothe weftward, after which followed a dreadful ſtorm; and that ceafing, in twentyfive days more run four hundred leagues, and then diſcovered a land before unknown,which was low and well peopled, running to the ſouthward. He failed fifty leaguesalong the coaft to the fouth without finding any harbour, which made him ſtandabout to the northward, and at laft come to an anchor, where he traded with theIndians; who went naked, with garlands about their heads made of fine feathers; theircomplexion like the other Indians, their hair black and long, tied up behind like a tail.His ſhort ſtay there gave him not leiſure to learn any thing of their cuſtoms, but thecountry feemed delightful, with pleaſant plains, and plenty of woods of ſeveral ſorts oftrees, great variety of beafts and birds, and fome tokens of gold. This country was in34 degrees of north latitude, a temperate climate, and is the northern part of the province of Florida. Sailing hence fifty leagues to the north-eaft, they came upon anothercoaft, where they took a boy; and ſo run on, ſeeing all the way abundance of trees,variety of herbs and flowers for two hundred leagues, where they again anchored, andwere well entertained by the natives; a Cacique coming often aboard, and feeming wellpleaſed with the French. Hence they held on their courſe above an hundred leagues,and faw people clothed with feathers, and a very pleaſant country; but paſſed on ſtillto a great ifland, and anchored betwixt it and the Continent, where the people wereſtill naked, and valued copper beyond gold. Thus he proceeded, landing and taking aVOL. I. view139 LOCKE'S HISTORYSpanish Dif coveries onthe Coaft ofAmerica.view of the hores, till he came into fifty degrees of north latitude, where his provifions falling fhort, he refolved to return into France; having diſcovered feven hundredleagues along the coaft, and giving it the name of New France'; (Herrera, dec. 3lib. VI. Hackluyt, vol . III. p. 295.-Purchas, vol . IV. p. 1603.)The fame year 1524, Francis Pizarro failed from Panama in November with onefhip and two canoes, in which were eighty Spaniards, and four horfes, to diſcoverto the fouthward. Coming under the equinoctial, which was further than any haddifcovered on that fide, he landed, and provifions failing fent back the fhip for them;remaining himself afhore with most of the men, where they were drove to fuch extremities, that twenty-feven of them died for want, and therefore they called thisplace Puerto de Lahambre, that is , Port Famine. The fhip returning with provifions,they proceeded on their voyage to the port they called De la Candelaria, where theyagain went ahore and travelled up the country; but all the people fled from them,and the continual rains rotted their clothes. Though all the reft of his actions inthis expedition were in the enfuing years, yet the fummary of them ſhall here be delivered together, to avoid the confufion that might be caufed by the difmembering ofthem . Hence they went on to a place they called Pueblo Quemado, where they hadtwo bloody encounters with the Indians, and therefore proceeded to Chicama, whencethey again fent back the fhip to Panama for provifions. Whilft the fhip was returning, James d'Almagro, who was at the chief expence of this enterprife, went out ofPanama with a fhip full of provifions, and fixty men in it, and running along thecoaft , at length found Pizarro at Chicama; and having relieved and conferred withhim, returned to Panama for more men, whence he brought two fhips and two canoes, with arms, men, ammunition, and provifions. Leaving Chicama, they proceeded along the coaft; and after many delays, and ſeveral times fending back toPanama, during which time the reft of the men were left afhore, and fuffered incredible hardships, Pizarro came to Tumbez; where he ſent men afhore, who werefriendly entertained by the natives,. fupplied with provifions, and returned aboardwith the joyful news, that they had ſeen ſtately palaces, and all forts of veffels offilver and gold. Here he was invited afhore, and went twice, having much diſcourſewith the Indians, who gave him an account of the great city of Cufco, and of theimmenſe wealth of the mighty monarch Guaynacapa. This done, having gathereda good quantity of gold, and got fome of the large Peru fheep, and other things tofhew the wealth of the country, he returned to Panama to gather a force fufficientto make a conqueft in that rich country he had diſcovered. In this Voyage hereached as far as the port of Santa, in 9 degrees of fouth latitude, having run abovetwo hundred leagues; in which he ſpent three years, being detained fo long bythemisfortunes and wants above mentioned, befides many more too tedious to inferthere. The conqueft,and further Difcoveries fhall fall in their due place ( Herrera,dec. 3. lib. VII, VIII , and X. and dec. 4. lib . II. )An. 1525, The Emperor Charles thefifth fitted out fix fhips and a tender at Corunma, under the command of D. Garcia Jofre de Loayfa, well furnished with provifions,OF NAVIGATION. 131vifions, ammunition, and commodities to trade, as alfo four hundred and fifty Spa- Spaniſhniards. Theſe ſhips were to paſs through the ftraits of Magellan to the Molucco Voyages to the Eaft iflands, and failed from Corunna in July.. On the fifth of December they came upon Indies,the coaft of Brafil in 21 degrees and an half of fouth latitude. December the twenty- through theeighth the ſhips were parted in a ſtorm, but met all again except the admiral. Ja- Straits ofnuary the fifth they came to Cape Blanco in 37 degrees, and thence to Santa Cruz in Magellan.51 degrees; where the admiral and another ſhip being milling, they put up fome fignsto direct them coming to the mouth of the traits, one of the fhips was caft awayin a ſtorm, the other three with much difficulty got into the Strait. January thetwenty-fixth the admiral, with the other fhip that was miffing, and the tender, cameto the mouth of the ſtrait, where it was near periſhing in a ſtorm: and on the fifthof April the five ſhips being again joined, put into the ftrait, whence the foul weatherhad beaten them out. May the twenty-fifth they came into the South Sea,where a violent ſtorm parted them all; and the tender being left alone with verylittle proviſion, failed to the northward, till it came upon the coast of New Spain,where the men were plentifully relieved by the Indians for the prefent, and afterwards by Cortes from Mexico. The admiral was parted from the other ſhips, andnever ſaw them more, for he died on this fide the line; and ſoon after him John Sebaftian Cano his fucceffor, who had brought the ſhip called the Victory home, afterfailing round the world in the voyage undertaken by Magellan. Then they choſeToribio Alonfo de Salazar for their admiral; and fo directing their courſe for the iſlandsLadrones, on the thirteenth of September difcovered an island, which they called S.Bartholomew; and the wind not permitting them to come near it, followed on theircourſe to the Ladrones, and came to the two fouthermoſt of them, where there cameto them a Spaniard, that had been left there when the fhip of Magellan's company,left at the Moluccos, attempted to return to New Spain, as may be ſeen in that voyage.Five days, this which was the adıniral's fhip continued in the iſland Bataha, and thenprofecuted its voyage to the Moluccos on the tenth of September 1526; and on the ſecond of October came to the great iſland Mindanao , one of the Philippines, where theygot fome fresh provisions, and then failed away towards the Moluccos; and arrived ſafeat Tidore on the last day of December, and there built a fort; whence for a long timeafter they made war with the Portugueſes of Ternate; where we will leave them,having ended their Navigation, and fhall hear of them again in the following years(Herrera, dec. 3. lib. VII, VIII, IX. and dec. 4. lib. I. )An. 1526, SEBASTIAN CABOT, who made the great diſcovery in North America forking Henry the feventh of England, being now in the Spaniſh ſervice, failed fromCadiz with four hips, defigning for the Moluccos through the ſtrait of Magellan:but when he came upon the coaft of Brafil, his proviſions began to fail, and the mento mutiny; both which things obliged him to lay afide his firſt deſign, and run upthe river then called of Solis, now of Plate; and going up it thirty leagues, he cameto the island of S, Gabriel, and feven leagues above it to the river S. Salvador, wherehe landed and built a fort, in which he left fome men, whilst he discovered higher.I 2 Thirty132 LOCKE'S HISTORYSpaniſhVoyages.Thirty leagues further up he found the river of Zarcarana, and erected another fort,which was called by his name. Then continuing the fame courſe, after running uptwo hundred leagues he came to the river Paraguay, up which he turned, leavingthegreat river, and at the end of thirty leagues found a people that tilled the ground,which he had not ſeen before; and they oppoſed him fo vigorously, that he was forcedto return down the river after lofing twenty-eight of his men: where we muſt leavehim a while, to fhew that this fame year James Garcia was fent from Galicia withone ſhip, a ſmall tender, and a brigantine to diſcover this fame river of Plate, andcame, at the end of the year, upon that part of the coast of Brafil, which for itsmany rocks and fhoals is called Abrelojo, or open your Eyes.An. 1527, At the beginning of the year he came into the river of Plate, and therefound two of Cabot's fhips, but fent back his own to carry flaves into Portugal. Thenhe run up the river, and found Cabot in that of Paraguay, where we faid he loft hismen, whence they returned together to the fhips. Cabot fent one of them back intoSpain, with an account of what he had diſcovered, the reafons why he went not tothe Moluccos, and ſome ſilver and gold; defiring to be reinforced, and to have leaveto plant there, which was not done till ſome time after, when it ſhall be mentionedîn its place (Herrera, dec. 3. lib. IX. and dec. 4. lib. I. )This fame year CORTES fitted out three ſhips on the coaft of New Spain in the SouthSea, and fent them to the Molucco islands, wherethey joined the Spaniards beforementioned, and profecuted the war with the Portugueſes. One of the ſhips attempted to return with cloves to New Spain, but was beaten back to Tidore by contrarywinds; where the continual wars reduced the Spaniards to only twenty, who wereforced to put themſelves into the power of the Portugueſes, and by them were carried into India, whence fome of them returned into Spain. Theſe fhips were in feveral of the Philippine iſlands, and took poffeffion of them for the king of Spain;(Herrera, dec. 4. lib. I.)This year alfo Francis de Montejo failed from Seville with three fhips, and five hundred men in them, to conquer the province of Yutacan, and Pedro d'Alvarado forthat of Guatimala. Of the diſcovery of both ſomething has been faid already, andtherefore there needs no repetition.The fame year ftill Pamphilo de Narvaez failed from Sanlucar on the feventeenth ofJune with five veffels, and in them ſeven hundred men, and ſpent much time atHifpaniola and Cuba; where, after eſcaping a dreadful ftorm, he was forced to winter. In March following he put to fea with four fhips and above four hundred men;and on the twelfth of April, after many ftorms and dangers, came upon the coaft ofFlorida; he landed his men and forty horfes, and then travelled with them by land,fending the ſhips at the fame time to coaft along and find a ſafe harbour where theymight fettle a town. Thoſe that marched by land, after incredible ſuffering aſhore,and lofing their fhips, built fome barks to carry them off, making fails of their ſhirts,

and ropes of their horfes tails and manes. By the twenty-fecond of September they

had eaten all their horfes, and then went aboard their barks: they crept along the7 fhoreOF NAVIGATION. 133fhore feven days in thofe creeks almoft ftarved, till they found fome dry fish in an Indian houfe; but after this fuffered fuch extremity of thirst, that five of them diedwith drinking of falt water. They landed again and got ſome refreſhment, but theIndians proving treacherous, they loſt ſome men, and ſo put to ſea again, where theyranged many days in foul weather, and were all parted. At laſt all the barks werecaft upon the ſhore and feveral men drowned; thofe that eſcaped almoſt naked andftarved, met with charitable Indians, who came down and lamented their misfortune.with tears; fetching wood to make fire to warm them, carrying them to their houſes,and giving them all the beſt they had: but this lafted not long, for the Indians,though fo loving were poor, and foon after fuffered extreme want themſelves, ſo thatthe Spaniards difperfed to fhift, and the fixty that landed were foon reduced to fifteen ..Such was their miſery, that five of them who had kept together ate up one anothertill only one was left. Three or four that furvived thefe calamities travelled fomehundreds of leagues acroſs the country, and with incredible hardships at length cameto New Spain, the reft with their officers all perifhed; and this was the end of theexpedition (Herrera, dec. 4. lib . II. IV. )Before we proceed, it muſt be here noted, that this fame year king Henry the Engliſheighth of England fent out two fhips to difcover to the northward, which failed out N. Americaof the Thames on the twentieth of May, and entering between the north of Newfoundland and the Continent, one of them was caft away. The other directed itscourfe towards Cape Breton, and the coaft of Arambec, often ſending men aſhore toget information of the country, and returned home in October, which is all the account we have of this voyage (Hackluyt, vol. III . p. 129.)An. 1530, Francis Pizarro having been in Spain, and obtained many favours of the Spaniſhemperor, and power to conquer what he had diſcovered, failed from Panama with Voyages.an hundred and eighty-five Spaniards, and thirty-ſeven horſes. At the bay of S.Matthew he landed the horſes and moſt of the men, to march along the ſhore, whilſtthe fhips coafted; and falling upon the town of Quapel, he took a vaſt booty of gold,,filver, and emeralds: then he fent three fhips to Panama and Nicaragua to bringrecruits of men and provifions: being reduced to great ftraits, and ready to abandon the country, a fhip arrived with fupplies. Hence they failed to the iflandPuna, which lies between three and four degrees of fouth latitude; where after muchfeigned friendship from the Indians, he came to a battle with them; and having gainedthe victory, continued there, fetting at liberty fix hundred Indians of Tumbez, keptthere in flavery, which gained him the affection of thofe people. Two ſhips coming.to him with recruits from Panama, Pizarro failed over to Tumbez, of which placehe poffeffed himſelf after killing many Indians, who uſed all means by open force andtreachery to deſtroy him. Here inquiring into the affairs of the country, he wasinformed of the greatnefs and infinite wealth of the city of Cuzco, and of the vaſt:power and large dominion of the emperor of Peru. Then moving ftill to the fouthward, he founded the city of S. Michael; and ftaid there long to fettle that new colony, to get more fupplies and further intelligence into the affairs of the country;.anda134 LOCKE's HISTORYSpanishVoyages.and though theſe things happened in the following years, we will conclude withthem at once, according to the intended brevity. At that time two brothers contended for the monarchy of Peru; theſe were Atabaulpa and Guafcar, of whom theformer had been fuccefsful in feveral battles. Pizarro refolved to make his advantage of their divifions. He therefore marched into the country with ſcarce two hundred men, and coming to Caxamalca, whence Atahaulpa drew out with his army, hefent to invite him back. The Inga came with an infinite multitude of Indians; andhaving filled the great market of Caxamalca, he ordered they ſhould feize all the Spaniards, and take care that not one efcaped: upon which, as his horns and other warlike inftruments began to make a dreadful noiſe, Pizarro gave the fignal in like manner; and falling on, routed that multitude, and took the Inga prifoner, and with himan incredible treaſure of gold, filver, and cotton cloth. The Inga being prifoner,offered for his ranfom ten thouſand ingots of gold , and a great room full to the topof filver; which he had almoſt performed, when new troubles arifing, he was putto death. After which Pizarro marched to the great city of Cuzco, near two hundred leagues from Caxamalca, to the fouth-eaft; whence moving to the fea, hefounded the city of Lima in 18 degrees of fouth latitude, and ſubdued all that vaftempire of Peru ( Herrera, dec. 4. lib. VII. and IX. and dec. 5. throughout thegreatest part of it . )An. 1532, Nunho de Guzman, fent out by Cortes from Mexico by land to reducethe province of Mechoacan, diſcovered and fubdued the provinces of Culiacan andCinaloa, extending to 28 degrees of north latitude on the coaft of the South Sea, andoppofite to the fouth end of California; all which was done by land , and was a confequence of the former Navigations (Herrera, dec . 5. lib . I. )Some Ships were ſent out theſe years by Cortes from New Spain, to diſcover to thenorth-weft; but they having gone no further than has been already mentioned, it isneedlefs to give any account of them.An. 1534, Simon d'Alcazova, a Portugueſe in the king of Spain's fervice, undertook to diſcover to the fouthward of Peru: paffing the ftrait of Magellan, and fittingout two good fhips with two hundred and fifty men, he failed from S. Lucar on thetwenty-first of September, and entered the mouth of the frails of Magellan in January following. Having ſpent fome time in it, and being half way through; the violent ftorms, which lafted many days, were the occafion that his men in a mutinousmanner obliged him to turn back out of the ftrait, and put into port Lobos, a littleabove the mouth of it . Here he landed an hundred men to diſcover up the country,appointing his lieutenant to command them, becauſe he could not himſelf, by reafonof his indifpofition . They marched ninety leagues through a defart country, feeingfcarce any inhabitants, and being ready to perish fometimes for want of water; andby this time all the provifions they brought from aboard were fpent, the country affording little or nothing. This done, they returned towards the fhips, and fome ofthem mutinying by the way, fecured thofe that oppofed their wicked defigns; andcoming aboard, murdered Alazova their commander in chief and his pilot; deſigningtoOF NAVIGATION. 135to leave the reft that had oppofed them afhore, and turn pirates. But being dividedamong themſelves, the loyal party took the advantage to poffefs themselves of thehips, and executed many of them. This done, they directed their courfe for theiflands of America. The greateft fhip was caft away on the coaft of Brafil, the otherin much diitrefs arrived at the island Hifpaniola. Thus ended this enterprife (Herrera, dec. 5. lib. VII. and VIII.)North America.This fame year 1534, Jaques Cartier failed from the port of S. Malo, by order of FrenchFrancis I. king of France, to difcover the north part of America. He fet out on the Voyages totwentieth of April, and on the tenth of May put into the port of S. Catharine in Newfoundland; where having fpent fome days in refitting, he failed all the length of theiland from cape Raz to cape de Grace; and entering between the ifland and the Continent, run to the weftward along the fhore; till at the mouth of the great river Canada, he turned to the fouthward, came to the bay called du Chaleur, and traded withthe natives in a very peaceable manner, as they did all along thofe hores on theback of Newfoundland; viewing all the creeks and harbours, till the fifth of Auguft,when they departed thence homeward, and arrived at S. Malo on the fifth of September (Hackluyt, vol . III . p . 201.)An. 1535, The fame Jaques Cartier failed again from S. Malo, May the nineteenth,with three fhips upon the fame difcovery: and after fuffering much by ftorms, which ,parted them, Cartier on the twenty - fifth of June came upon the coaſt of Newfound……land in 49 degrees and 40 minutes of latitude , and ſtaying fome days, was therejoined by his other two fhips. Then they all together entered the great bay on theback of Newfoundland, failing to the weftward; and foul weather coming on, anchored in the port of S. Nicholas, where they ftaid till the ſeventh of Auguft; andthen ſteering to the fouthward, on the fifteenth came upon the ifland of the Affumption. Thence he turned again into the great river, and coafting along it, came tothe iſland he called of Orleans, in the country of Canada, where he traded amicablywith the Indians; and leaving the fhips there, with fifty men in the boats, he ranfifty leagues higher, where he faw the town of Hochelaga, confifting of about fiftygreat houfes, each capable of a great number of people, and the town inclofed witha triple fence, all of timber. Returning hence to his fhips, he went to Stadacona,a town about a league from them, to vifit the prince of that part of Canada. Intheſe parts he found much fish , Indian wheat, and tobacco. He continued here allthe winter, diſcovering what was neareft, and inquiring into the further parts of thecountry; and in May following returned home with a particular account of the greatriver of Canada, and the whole country called by that name, or New France ( Hackluyt, vol. III. p. 212. )This year D. Pedro de Mendoza failed from S. Lucar with eleven ſhips, and eight Spaniſh..hundred men in them, for the river of Plate, where he happily arrived, and ſettledthe colony of Buenos Ayres, which continues and is famous to this day; though thegreatest part of his people perifhed there for want, before they were relieved fromSpain (Herrera, dec. 5. lib. IX. )An..136 LOCKE'S HISTORYEnglish An. 1536, Two fhips were fitted out at London, under the command of Mr. Hore,N. America. with an hundred and twenty men, for North America; of whom we find no accountSpaniſh AmericanDiſcoveries.that they did any more than get to Newfoundland, where they were in fuch want,that they eat up one another; and thofe that were left, ſurpriſed a French fhip thatcame into thofe parts, and fo returned home (Hackluyt, vol. III. p. 129.)An. 1539, F. Mark de Niza, with his companion F. Honoratus, a Black, whoſename was Stephen, and fome Indians for interpreters, fet out on the feventh of Marchfrom the town of Culiacan at the entrance into the ftrait of California on the SouthSea fhore, to diſcover the country to the northward by land. F. Honoratus fell fick,and was left behind; and F. Mark proceeded to Petathen, fixty leagues from Culiacan; the people there and all the way paying him extraordinary reſpect, and ſupplying him plentifully with all neceffaries. Hence he went on to Vacapa, and ſentthe Black towards the fea to diſcover that port, who ſoon after fent meſſengers, defiring the father to come ſpeedily to him, becauſe he had received information of acountry called Cibola, where there were feven great cities, built with ftone two ſtorieshigh, and the people well clad; and that it was but thirty days journey from theplace where he then was. F. Mark fet out towards this country, and all the wayhe went the people offered him not only provifions, but Turky ftones, earthen diſhes,and other things, whereof he would receive nothing, but what was barely for his andhis company's maintenance. He paffed through a defart of four days journey, andcoming out of it, the people of the firſt towns ran to meet him clad in cotton cloth,or ſkins, with collars and other ornaments of Turky ftones. Having travelled anhundred and twenty leagues from Vacapa, he came into a moft delightful plain, allinhabited by very civilized people, and fix days journey over; and then entered intoa defart of fifteen days journey, where an Indian brought him the news that Stephenhis Black, who had gone all the way before, was killed at Cibola by the governor'sorder; which was confirmed by other Indians that went with him, and had escaped.F. Mark having with much difficulty perfuaded fome few Indians to follow him,went on till he came in fight of Cibola, which he viewed from a rifing ground; andafterwards declared it was the best city he had feen in America, the houſes being twoor three ſtories high, and very beautiful; but durft not go into it, for fear if theyshould kill him, there would be none to carry back an account of that diſcovery. Hetherefore returned, having feen many good towns in his way, ' and found people verymuch civilized; whereof he fent an account to the viceroy. He alfo was informed,that beyond Cibola there were three great and powerful kingdoms, called Marata,Acus, and Tonteac, where the people lived very politely, wove cloth, and had greatriches. Cibola lies in about 38 or 39 degrees of north latitude (Herrera, dec. 6. lib.VII. )Uponthe news of this great Diſcovery by land, Cortes fent out three ſhips from NewSpain, under the command of D. Francifco de Ulloa; who directed his courſe to thenorth-weſt, run along the back of California, ſearching all that coaſt as far as capeEnganho, in the latitude of 30 degrees: but here was no difcovery of any conſequencemade,OF NAVIGATION. 137made, and Ulloa refolving to go further, was never more heard of; another of his Spaniſhthree fhips had been loft before, and the third, which now left him, returned to New American Diſcoveries.Spain (Herrera, dec. 6. lib. IX. )An. 1540, Don Antony Mendoza, viceroy of Mexico, upon the information abovegiven by F. Mark of the country of Cibola, ordered Francis Vafquez de Cornado, governor of New Galicia, to march thither with fome forces, and plant colonies wherehe thought convenient. Cornado fet out from Culiacan in May, with an hundredand fifty horfe and two hundred foot, and ftore of ammunition and provifions. Hedirected his courſe almoſt north-east, and after a long march of many days came tothe first town, where Stephen the Black above mentioned was killed. Here they fawfive towns, each of about two hundred inhabitants, and the houſes of ſtone and mud,and flat at the top; the country cold, but plentiful, the people clad in fkins of beafts.Five days journey to the north-east of Cibola is a province called Tucayan: all theſeplaces gave the Spaniards friendly reception, except the firft town of Gibola. Theytravelled feven days further till north- eaft, and came to the river Cicuique, wherethey found abundance of cows, and then proceeded twenty days without knowingwhere they were. Here Cornado ordered all his forces to stay, except thirty men,and with them he travelled thirty days to the northward, always among abundance ofcattle, and on the feaſt of St. Peter and Paul came to the river to which he gavethofe names. Hence they turned into the province of Quivira, which is a finercountry than moſt in Europe, and where they faw grapes and feveral forts of European fruits, as alfo flax growing wild: having taken an account of all this country,he returned to his government. In his way outwards he travelled three hundred andthirty leagues, and but two hundred in his return, becauſe he came back the directway. Quivira is in 40 degrees of latitude. Cornado was out two years upon hisdiſcovery, and was blamed at his return for not having planted a colony.The fame year the Viceroy of Mexico fent out two fhips at Acapulco on the SouthSea, to diſcover on that element, whilft Cornado travelled by land, and gave the command of them to Ferdinand d'Alarcon, who fet fail on the ninth of May. Comingto the flats at the entrance of the ftrait of California, he fent his boats before tofound , and yet run aground; but the tide rifing, brought him off, and he run up tillhe came to a great river, up which he went with his boats, and traded with the Indians for provifions and hides. Having gone very far up this river, Alarcon heardtidings of Cibola, which was what he looked for, and of the death of Stephen theBlack. He called the river Buena Guia, and returning to his hips, put aboard hisboats abundance of provifions and commodities to trade with; refolving to join Francis Vafquez de Cornado that way. Alarcon went up this river eighty- five leagues, andthen hearing no news of Cornado, in fearch of whom he went, he took down theriver again to his fhips . He proceeded on his voyage many days after up the coaft,enquiring for Cornado and Cibola; till perceiving at laft there were no hopes of finding them, he returned to New Spain, having failed four degrees further than the ſhipsfent by Cortes (Herrera, dec. 6. lib. IX. )VOL. I. S This1138LOCKE'sHISTORYFrenchN. America.SpaniſhS. America.This year ftill, Jaques Cartier before mentioned failed from S. Malo with five fhipson the twenty-third of May, for the coaſt of Canada and Saguenay: and meetingwith very bad weather at fea, were parted, and came together again after long beating at fea, in the port of Carpont in Newfoundland; and on the twenty-third ofAuguft put into the haven of Santa Croix, or the holy croſs, in Canada. Hence thelord of Roberval failed four leagues further, where he thought a convenient place,and there erected a fort, into which he landed the provifions and ammunition; andkeeping three fhips with him, fent back the other two into France. This is the firstcolony I find in North America, and the first in all that Continent of any nation, except the Spaniards or Portugueſes (Hackluyt, vol . III. p. 232.)There occurs another Navigation this year, no lefs remarkable in its way, thanany of thoſe already mentioned. Pizarro having conquered the mighty empire ofPeru, guided by his boundleſs ambition travelled up into the inland, and wantingprovifions, fent captain Orellana down the river of the Amazons with eighty men in aboat, and ſeveral canoes. He fet out about the latter end of this year, ( 1540) and beingcarried two hundred leagues from the place where he entered, the violence of thecurrent driving the boats twenty-five leagues a-day, he thought he was too far goneto return againſt the ſtream, and therefore held on his way; till in January for wantof proviſions his men eat all the leather they had. Being ready to periſh, they cameto an Indian town, where they found provifions, the Indians abandoning it at first;but Orellana ſpeaking to fome in the Indian tongue, they all returned, and plentifullyfurniſhed him with turkeys, partridges, fish, and other neceffaries. Finding theſeIndians fincere, they ftaid here twenty days; in which time they built a brigantine,and fet out again on Candlemas day, and ran two hundred leagues farther withoutfeeing any town; when being again in great want, they fpied fome Indian dwellings,where they civilly aſked for fome fuftenance, and had abundance of tortoiſes andparrots given them. In the way hence they faw good towns, and the next day twocanoes came aboard, bringing tortoifes and good partridges, and much fish, whichthey gave to Orellana, who in return gave them fuch things as he had. Then helanded, and all the Caciques of the country about came to fee and prefent him withprovifions: fo that he ſtaid here thirty-five days, and built another brigantine, whichhe caulked with cotton, and was fupplied by the Indians with pitch for it. Theyleft this place on the twenty- fourth of April, and running eighty leagues withoutmeeting any warlike Indians, came to a defart country. Maythe twelfth they cameto the province of Machiparo, where many canoes full of Indians fet upon them; yetthey landed fome men, who brought provifions from the town in fpite of the multitudes of natives that oppofed it, and repulfed the Indians from their boats. Yet whenhe went off, they purfued him two days and two nights, and therefore when theyleft him, he refted three days in a town, whence he drove the inhabitants, and foundmuch proviſion, whereof he laid in good ftore. Two days after he came to anothertown as plentiful as the laſt, and where they faw much filver and gold, but valuedit not, being now intent only upon faving their lives. In fine, with fuch- like accidentsOF NAVIGATION. 139dents he run down this vast river, feeing many towns and large rivers that fell intothis; fighting often with the Indians, till he came into the North Sea. Theſe Spaniards judged the mouth of the river to be fifty leagues over; that the freſh water rantwenty leagues into the ſea; that the tide riſes and falls five or fix fathoms, and thatthey had run along this river eighteen hundred leagues, reckoning all the windings.Being out at fea, they coafted along by guess with their ſmall veffels, and after manylabours and fufferings, arrived at laft in September at the iſland Cubagua on the coast ofParia, where was then a Spaniſh town, and great pearl fiſhery ( Herrera, dec. 6. lib. IX. )An. 1542, John Francis de la Roche, lord of Roberval, whom Francis I. king of FrenchFrance had conftituted his lieutenant in the countries of Canada, Saguenay, and Hoche- N. America.laga, failed from Rochel with three fhips, and in them two hundred perſons, as wellwomen as men, on the fixteenth of April; and by reaſon of contrary winds did notreach Newfoundland till the feventh of June. Here he made ſome ſtay to refit; andthere came into the fame port Jaques Cartier with all his company, who we mentionedwent into Canada two years before. He left the country becauſe he was too weakto withſtand the natives; and Roberval commanding him now to return with himwho had ſtrength enough, he ſtole away in the night, and returned into France. Thelaft of June the general failed out of port S. John in Newfoundland, and ran up theriver of Canada till four leagues above the iſland of Orleans, the place now calledQuebec. Finding here a convenient harbour, he landed and erected a strong andbeautiful fort, into which he conveyed his men, provifions, and all neceffaries, fending two ſhips back into France with the account of his proceedings. Being fettledin this place they ſuffered much hardſhip, their provifions falling fhort, but were relieved by the natives. Roberval took a journey into the country of Saguenay to difcover, but we have no particulars of this his expedition (Hackluyt, vol. III. p. 240.)Pacific.This fame year 1542, D. Antony Mendoza, viceroy of Mexico, fitted out two ſhips Spanishon the coaſt of the South Sea to diſcover to the northward, under the command of Diſcoveries,John Rodriguez Cabrillo, a PORTUGUESE. He failed from the port of Navidad on the Coaft of thetwenty-feventh of June, and on the twentieth of Auguſt came up with Cape Enganoon the back of California in 31 degrees of latitude, where Cortes his diſcoverers hadbeen before. September the fourteenth they anchored at a Cape they called de laCruz, or ofthe cross, in 33 degrees of latitude. October the tenth they traded withſome peaceable Indians in 35 degrees 20 minutes, and called thofe the towns of thecanoes, becauſe they faw many there. On the eighteenth of the ſaid month they anchored at Cape Galera, and above it, in a port they called of Poffeffion, trading withthe natives, who go naked, have their faces painted in chequers, and are all fiſhermen.From this time they had many ſtorms, which obliged them to turn back to the iſlandof Poffeffion, where they continued many days by reafon of the foul weather. Atlength they put to fea again, and failed to the northward as far as 44 degrees, wherethe cold was fo intenſe they could not bear it; and their proviſions now failing, theyreturned to New Spain; having failed further to the northward than any had doneon that fide; (Herrera, dec. 7. lib. V.)$ 2 An.140 LOCKE'S HISTORYSpanish Difcoveries, in the Pacific.FrenchAn. 1543, The viceroy laft mentioned gave the command of two fhips, a galley,and two fmall tenders, to Ruy Lopez de Villalobos , to difcover the iſlands to the weftward. He failed from the coaft of New Spain on the firft of November, and havingrun an hundred and eighty leagues in 18 degrees and an half of latitude, came totwo defart iflands about twelve leagues diftant from one another, which he called S.Thoma and Anublada. Eighty leagues further they faw another, and called it RocaPortida. Seventy- two leagues beyond it they found an Archipelago of ſmall iſlandsinhabited by a poor people, where they watered; and on the fixth of January paffedby ten other iflands, which for their pleaſantnefs they called the Gardens, all of themin about 9 or 10 degrees of latitude. January the tenth after a great ſtorm , in whichthey loft their galley, they difcovered another ifland, from which fome Indians camein boats, making the fign of the crofs, and bidding them good-morrow in Spaniſh.February the fecond they came to an island they called Cæfarea Caroli, about fifteenhundred leagues from New Spain, where Villalobos would have planted a colony, butforbore becauſe the place was unwholfome. This ifland by its bignefs, for he coaftedalong it fixty leagues to the fouth, must be Luzon or Manila, the bigeft of the Philippines, and he fays it is three hundred and fifty leagues in compaſs. In a ſmallifland near to it he found China ware, mufk, amber, civit, benjamin, ftorax, andother perfumes, as alfo fome gold. Here they refolved to ſtay, and fowed fome grain,which being little, they were reduced to extremity. Hence they removed to theifland of Gilolo near the Moluccos, at the invitation of the king of it; whence theyfent two fhips at ſeveral times to carry news of them to New Spain, which were bothforced back by contrary winds. Between the Moluccos and Philippine islands theSpaniards were long toffed, fometimes removing to one, fometimes to another, everperfecuted by the Portugueſes, and fuffering great wants; till being quite ſpent andwithout hopes of relief, they put themſelves into the hands of the Portugueſes, andwere by them fent through India into Spain ( Herrera, dec. 7. lib. V.)An. 1562, The French admiral Chatillon fitted out two of the king's ſhips underN. America. the command of captain John Ribault who failed with them on the eighteenth of February, and two months after arrived on the coaft of Florida, where he landed atcape François in about 30 degrees of latitude, but made no ſtay. Running hence tothe northward, he came into the river of May, where he was friendly entertained bythe Indians, who prefented him with fish, Indian wheat, curious baſkets, and fkins.He proceeded ftill northward to the river of Port Royal, about which he ſaw turkeyco*cks, partridges, and feveral other forts of birds and wild beasts. The mouth of theriver is three leagues over, and he failed twelve leagues up it, where landing, the natives preſented him Chamois ſkins, fine baſkets, and ſome pearls; and here he erecteda pillar with the arms of France. Having taken a view of all the fhores of this river,he built a fort here but fixteen fathom in length and thirteen in breadth, with proportionable flanks, in which he left only twenty-fix men with provifions, ammunition,and all other neceffaries, and called it Charles Fort. This done, he failed fome leaguesfurther along the coaft, and finding it dangerous, and his provifions almoſt ſpent, re4turnedOF NAVIGATION. 141turned to France. Thoſe left in the new fort diſcovered up the river, and contractedgreat friendſhip with five Indian princes, whoſe ſubjects when their proviſions failedthem, gave them all they had; and when that was ſpent guided them to other princesfouthward, who freely prefented them with what they wanted. The fort happeningaccidentally to be burnt down, the Indians of their own accord rebuilt it. The Frenchhad lived long in a peaceable manner, and having no enemy abroad they fell outamong themſelves, and murdered their captain, choofing another in his ftead . Afterwhich growing weary of the place, they built a ſmall bark and put to fea in it; buttheir proviſions failing, they were all like to perish, and eat one of their company.In this diſtreſs they met an Engliſh veffel , which ſet ſome of them afhore, and carriedthe reſt into England ( Hackluyt, vol. III . p . 308. )This fame year Mr. Hawkins made a voyage to Guinea, where having got three English.hundred Blacks, he failed over with them to Hifpaniola, and fold them at good rates.But this being a trading voyage, and not upon diſcovery, deferves no further mention (Hackluyt, vol. III. p. 500.)An. 1564, Captain Laudonniere had the command of three ſhips given him by the Frenchking of France, and failed with them on the twenty-fecond of April for Florida. He N. America.paffed by the iſlands Antilles, and arrived on the coaft of Florida on the twenty-fecond of June. After ſpending fome days along the coaft, every where entertainedwith the greateſt tokens of affection by the Indians, he failed up the river of May,and finding a convenient place erected a fort, which he called Caroline, in honour ofCharles king of France. The fort finiſhed, Laudonniere ſent ſome of his men up theriver, who at ſeveral times run eighty leagues, always meeting with natives that courted their friendſhip. After fome time many mutinies happened among the French, ofwhom ſeveral went away with two brigantines to the Spanish iflands; and havingcommitted ſome rapine were clofely purſued and drove back to Florida, where fourof them were hanged . Whilft theſe mutineers were abroad, Laudonniere fent fomeof his men up the river, who difcovered as far as the great lake out of which it runs,and the mountain Apalache, in which the Indians faid there were rich mines. Thefollowing winter, the French having exchanged away all their commodies, the Indiansforf*ck them, and they were reduced to great ftraits, being obliged to ufe force toget provisions. In the height of their diſtreſs, when they had thoughts of venturingto return to France in a ſmall veſſel ſcarce able to contain them, with very flenderprovifions; Mr. Hawkins before-mentioned, who this fame year had made anothervoyage to Guinea, and thence to the Weft Indies to fell Blacks, and in his way homerun along the coaſt of Florida, coming to the river of May, found the French in thisdiftrefs, and therefore fold them a fhip upon credit; generouſly ſupplying them withall they wanted, which done, he failed away and returned into England. The Frenchwere now preparing to depart for France, this being(An. 1565, ) when in Auguft captain John Ribault arrived with feven fail of French Frenchſhips to take poffeffion of that country. A few days after fix great Spaniſh ships came N. America.upon142 LOCKE's HISTORYEnglish North-westPaffa*ge.upon the coaft, and gave chafe to four of Ribault's that were without the port, whichbeing better failers efcaped; and Ribault made out with the other three after them,leaving Laudonniere in the fort with eighty-five men, where the Spaniards attackedhim, and made themſelves mafter of the fort. Laudonniere with fome of his menefcaped aboard two ſhips they had in the river, in one of which he arrived in England,and thence into France. Ribault with his fhips as foon as he was out of May rivermet with a dreadful ftorm , which wrecked them all on the coaſt of Florida; whereabundance of his men faved themſelves from the fea, but were afterwards deſtroyedby the Spaniards (Hackluyt, vol. III. p . 319, and 349; and Purchas, vol. IV.p. 1604.)An. 1567, Captain Gourgues failed from France with three fhips, and coming tothe river of May in Florida, revenged the death of his countrymen, killing all theSpaniards he found there, but did nothing as to difcoveries ( Hackluyt, vol. III .P. 356.-Purchas, vol . IV. p. 1604. )An. 1576, MR. MARTIN FORBISHER with two barks and a pinnace ſet out fromGravefend for the diſcovery of a paffa*ge to China and Cathay by the north-weft, on thetwelfth of June. Sailing about the north of Scotland, on the twenty-eighth of July,and in 62 degrees of latitude, he diſcovered land, which he ſuppoſed to be the continent of America, called Tierra de Labrador, with abundance of ice about it. Withina cable's length of the fhore he found an hundred fathom water; and not being ableto anchor ftood to the north-east, as the coaft there lies, and by reafon of the icecould not come within five leagues of the fhore. The tenth of Auguft he landed ona defart iſland: the eleventh, in 63 degrees and 8 minutes latitude he entered a Straitwhich is called by his own name; the twelfth, he came to S. Gabriel's iſland, andanchored in a bay which he called Prior'sfound. The eighteenth, having ſailed northnorth-west, he came to Butcher's iſland, where landing they ſpied ſeven boats: theſepeople came aboard and looked like Tartars, with long black hair, broad faces andflat noſes, of a tawny complexion, clad in feal-ſkins, the boats alſo made of feal- ſkinswith a wooden keel. The twenty- fixth, one of thefe men came aboard, and theboat going to fet him afhore, was taken by thoſe favages with all the men. Having ftaid a day in hopes to recover them, and no figns appearing, he failedhomewards, and arrived at Harwich on the first of October ( Hackluyt, vol . III.p. 29. 57.)An. 1577, Mr. Forbiſher failed the ſecond time, on the twenty-fixth of May, witha fhip of two hundred tons and two barks, and in them an hundred and forty men,upon the fame Diſcovery he had attempted the foregoing year. June the feventh, hearrived at the ifles of Orkney, and July the fourth at Frieſland: the fixteenth, he cameto his Strait difcovered the laſt year, and much ice appearing durft not venture in withhis ſhip, but went with two pinnaces, and took one of the favages afhore. July thenineteenth, the ice driving away the ſhips, he run into the Strait, and anchored in a baywhich they called Jackman's found: here he landed with moſt of his men, and havingtravelledOF NAVIGATION. 143travelled fome way and found nothing to fatisfy his defires , he coafted a little in the English barks and boats, both eaft and weft; and though he ſaw ſeveral people, could take North-weftPaffa*ge.none but a woman and her child; and therefore on the fourth of Auguft came tothat he called Anne Warwick's Sound and land. Here he ufed all poffible means tobring the natives to trade, or give ſome account of themſelves, but they were fo wild,that they only ſtudied how to destroy the English. Forbifber this year did not runabove thirty leagues up the Strait, and the winter drawing on returned into England,having loaded his veffels with a ſort of ſhining ſand and ſtones, which he imaginedto be gold, but it proved a fallacy ( Hackluyt, vol. III . p. 32. 60. )An. 1578, The noife of gold pretended to be found, and the hopes of a Paffa*ge,encouraged people to profecute this Voyage; and fifteen fail of ſhips provided for itmet at Harwich, carrying a wooden fort ready framed to be fet up in the goldencountry diſcovered, and an hundred men that were to be left there. The thirty-firstof May they left Harwich, and the ſecond of July came into Forbifber's Strait, whichthey found choaked up with ice; and as they ſtruggled to work through it, a fuddenftorm aroſe and ſo encloſed them with mountains of ice, that it was wonderful theydid not all perish. One veffel of an hundred tons was loft, but the men faved; twoothers had not been ſeen in twenty days before, and four that were fartheft out atfea beſt eſcaped the danger of the ice, clearing themſelves of it in time. Being gotout of this danger by the wind turning to the north-weſt, and into fea-room, theywere driven down by the current to the fouthward of Forbiſher's ſtrait, and run intoanother about 60 leagues; without knowing where they were, the cloudy weatherobſtructing their making an obſervation. Returning out of it again, moſt of the ſcattered fleet met and made for Forbiſher's Strait, in hopes of thoſe golden mountains,but found others of ice to obſtruct their paffa*ge. After many other difficulties Forbifher with moſt of the ſhips worked his way through, and on the thirty-firft of Julyreached his long defired port of the Countess of Warwick's Sound. Here they landed,and thought of erecting the houſe or fort brought from England: but part of it beingloft in the ſhip caft away; and more of it, as alſo of the proviſions not yet come, beingin four ſhips, the defign of inhabiting them was laid afide. The other ſhips that hadbeen miffing, after hard ſtruggling with ice and ſtorms, joined the fleet. Here theyfet their miners to work, and loaded abundance of ore, which done, they directedtheir courſe for England, whither they returned in fafety (Hackluyt, vol . III . p. 39.74.)The fame year, 1582, Francis d'Ovalle failed from Acapulco, and running to theweftward about eighteen hundred leagues, came to the iſland del Engano, the fartheftof thofe called de los Ladrones, in thirteen degrees of north latitude: thence he heldon his courſe weftward two hundred and eighty leagues, to Cabo del Efpiritu Santo, orthe Cape of the Holy Ghoſt, in the iſland of Tandaya, the firſt of the Philippines. Heſpent ſeveral days in the narrow channels among theſe iſlands, ſhaping his courfe diverfely as they would permit; and coming out into the open ſea run up into the bayof Manila, now the metropolis of the Philippine islands, lying in 14 degrees and aquarter.First Voyagefrom New Spain to China.144 LOCKE's HISTORYEnglish Voyages toN. America.quarter. Returning out of this bay, he made over to the coast of China, and arrivedin the port of Macao. Here he furniſhed himſelf with neceffaries, and turning againto the eastward paffed through the islands called Lequios, whence he held his courſe eaſt,and east and by north, never touching any where, or meeting with any land till hecame upon the coaſt of California in 38 degrees and an half of latitude. From thisplace he ran fouth-east , and fouth-eaft and by fouth to cape S. Lucas, which is fivehundred leagues from the north cape called Mendocino, whence he continued his voyage fuccefsfully back to the port of Acapulco. ( Hackluyt, vol. III . p. 442. ) Thisvoyage is inferted becauſe it is the first from New Spain to China, and the firſt thatfound the way of returning to New Spain by the northward; for want of whichknowledge, many fhips that attempted to return from the Moluccos to America, wereftill beaten back, there being no poffibility of returning the way they go, which isnear the line, where the easterly winds continually reign.An. 1583 , On the eleventh of June Sir Humphrey Gilbert failed from the west ofEngland with five veffels, and in them two hundred and fixty men, defigning to planta Colony in fome part of North America. On the thirteenth, the biggeſt ſhip ſtoleaway by night, and returned to Plymouth, there being a contagious distemper amongthe men. July the thirtieth, he came upon the back of Newfoundland, which isabout fifty leagues from the coaft, and has at leaſt twenty-five or thirty fathom water,and about ten leagues over, lying like a long ridge of mountains in the fea; for oneach fide of it there are above two hundred fathom water. He came upon the coaft,and running along it put into S. John's harbour, where he anchored among abundance of fiſhermen of feveral countries, who were there before. Here he went afhore,and took poffeffion. One of his fhips had before played the pirate at fea, robbing aFrench veffel; and here his men run away with a ſhip laden with fiſh, and others hidthemſelves ſo that finding too few men for his fhips, fome being fick, he put theminto one of his veffels, and fent it home, remaining now with only three. Auguſtthe twentieth, he failed from port S. John, and the next day came up with cape Raz,in 46 degrees 25 minutes latitude. Turning from hence to the weftward towardsCape Breton, eighty-feven leagues diftant, they ſpent eight days in the paſſage; andcoming among the flats, the biggeſt ſhip of the three was caft away, and nothingfaved except a few men in the boat. Sir Humphrey Gilbert was not aboard the ſhipcaſt away: the other two left reſolved to return home, but by the way the ſmall veffel Sir Humphrey was in periſhed, the other arrived fafe at Dartmouth (Hackluyt,vol. III. p. 143. )An. 1584, Mr. Philip Amadas, and Mr. Arthur Barlow, failed on the twenty-seventhof April from the weft of England in two barks, to diſcover in America. On thetenth of June they came among the islands of America, much more to the fouthwardthan they had defigned. July the fourth, they diſcovered the Continent, and failedalong the coaft four leagues till they came to a river on the thirteenth, where theyanchored, and going afhore took poffeffion . This place they afterwards found to bethe iſland of Wokoken, on the coaſt of Virginia, in 34 degrees of latitude, and in itdeer,iOF NAVIGATION. 145N. America.deer, rabbits, hares, fowl, vines, cedars, pines, faffafras, cypreſs, and maftich trees. EnglishThe natives from the Continent repaired to the fhips, and exchanged feveral forts of Voyages tofkins, white coral, and fome pearls, for tin things, and other trifles. The country isfruitful, producing all things in a very short time. The natives called it Wingandacoa,and the English Virginia: going afhore they were entertained with extraordinarycivility at a little village, and heard news of a great city up the country, but ſaw itnot. They made no long ftay here, nor proceeded any further upon diſcovery, onlyjuſt to the neighbouring parts in their boats, and returned to England in September,bringing two of the natives with them (Hackluyt, vol. III . p. 246. ) -An. 1585, On the ninth of April, Sir Richard Greenvil departed from Plymouthwith ſeven ſail; and after touching at the iſlands of Puerto Rico, and Hiſpaniola, onthe twenty-fixth of June came to an anchor at the iſland Wokoken in Virginia, wherethe admiral's fhip was loft through the ignorance of the pilot. Here Mr. Lane wasfet afhore with above an hundred men to ſettle a colony, with all neceffaries for thatpurpoſe. Then the admiral returned to England, and the new planters made feveraldiſcoveries up the country, finding it every where plentiful and pleaſant. Here theycontinued a year, at the end whereof the natives confpiring to destroy them, and norelief as yet coming from England, they returned home aboard Sir Francis Drake'sſhips, which happened to touch there after his expedition to the Spaniſh plantations(Hackluyt, vol. III . p. 251.-Purchas, vol. IV. p. 1645-)Paffa*ge.The fame year, 1585, on the ſeventh of June, MR. JOHN DAVIS failed from Dart- English North-West mouth with two barks, for the diſcovery of the North-West Paffa*ge to China. July thenineteenth they met with much ice, and on the twenty-ninth diſcovered land bearing north-east of them in 64 degrees 15 minutes latitude. Here they went ashore,and found a tractable fort of people, with whom they dealt for feals ſkins, and feveral forts of leather. Auguft the first, they proceeded on their diſcovery to the northweit, and on the fixth , came into 66 degrees and 40 minutes free from ice, and landedunder an hill which they called mount Raleigh, where they faw no inhabitants, butmany white bears. The eighth they coafted on, and the eleventh found themfelvesin a Paffa*ge twenty leagues wide, and free from ice, along which they failed fixtyleagues; and fearching all about found many iſlands and ſeveral harbours, with allappearances of a further paffa*ge: yet the winds proving contrary to proceed, they returned for England, and arrived at Dartmouth on the thirtieth of September (Hackluyt, vol. III. p. 98. ) .An. 1586, Mr. Davis failed the fecond time on the feventh of May, with one fhip,two barks, and a fmall pinnace, upon the fame difcovery. The fifteenth of June, hediſcovered land in the latitude of 60 degrees, but could not come near it for ice, tillthe twenty-ninth he came to land in 64 degrees latitude; and went ahore on aniſland, where he traded very friendly with the natives for feals, ftags, and white haresfkins, and dried fish and fome fowl. Here he continued fome days trading with thenatives, who were very thievifh; at his departure he brought away one of them withhim. He run into 66 degrees 20 minutes latitude, and then coafted fouthward againVOL. I. to146 LOCKE'S HISTORYEnglishVoyages to N. America.to 56 degrees, where in a good harbour he continued till September; and failingthence in 54 degrees, found an open fea tending westward, which they hoped mightbe the Paffa*ge fo long fought for: but the weather proving tempeftuous, they returnedto England in October ( Hackluyt, vol. III . p. 103.)The fame year, 1586, Sir Richard Greenvil returned to Virginia with three ſhips torelieve the colony left by him there; which being gone, as was faid before, he leftfifteen men on the iſland Roanoak with proviſions for two years, and then returned toEngland (Hackluyt, vol. III. p. 265.)This year alfo was begun the Voyage round the World by Sir Thomas Candish,which may be feen among the Voyages about the globe after thefe West India Difcoveries.An. 1587, Mr. John Davis on the nineteenth of May failed with three ſmall vef,fels, upon his third voyage for Diſcovery of a Paffa*ge to the north-west. June theeighteenth, they came to an anchor on the northern American coaft, and the twentieth,were in 67 degrees 40 minutes latitude in an open fea; and then ſteering westwardran forty leagues, where meeting with much ice, and the north wind driving themfrom their intended northerly courſe, they were forced to ſeek the open ſea again.The twentieth, they had fight of the Straits they difcovered the year before, and failedup it 60 leagues; and having landed without finding any thing more than the yearbefore, came out again to the wide fea; then they coaſted along to the ſouthward asfar as 52 degrees of latitude, whence they returned home, without doing any thingof note (Hackluyt, vol . III . p. 111.)The fame year, 1587 , Sir Walter Raleigh provided three veffels, to carry over toVirginia an hundred and fifty men, to fettle a colony there under the command ofJohn White. They failed from Plymouth on the eighth of May; and having ſpentfeveral days among the Spanish American islands, arrived at laſt on the twenty-fecondof July at Hatorafk in Virginia; whence croffing over to the iſland Roanoak, theyfound the fifteen Engliſh, left there the year before, were killed by the natives. Herethe new planters were ſet aſhore with all their proviſions, goods, and ammunition, and the fhips returned into England; carrying with them the governor tofolicit for ſpeedy fupplies to be fent to the new colony (Hackluyt, vol. IILp. 280.)1 An. 1590, John White returned to Virginia, to the place where he had left the Colony, but found none of the men; only an infcription on a tree, fignifying they wereremoved to Croatoan, another iſland on the coaſt; and many cheſts broke up, and fomelumber belonging to them, fcattered about the place. In going afhore here a boatwas overfet, and a captain with fix men drowned; the reft with much difficulty gotaboard again , leaving behind them ſeveral caſks they had carried to fill with freſhwater. They had ſpent much time before they came hither, ranging about the Spanifh iſlands; and the feafon being now ftormy, they were forced to return to England,without fo much as knowing what was become of the colony (Hackluyt, vol . III.p. 288.)An,OF NAVIGATION. 147• An. 1602, Captain Gofnels failed from Falmouth on the twenty- fixth of March, Engliſhand on the fourteenth of April diſcovered land in about 40 degrees of north latitude; Voyages to N. America.and having ſpent fome days founding along the coaft, on the twenty-fourth cameupon Elizabeth's iſland, in 41 degrees 10 minutes , and four leagues from the Continent. This ifland was not inhabited, but overgrown with trees and fhrubs of all forts,and in it a pool of freſh water, about two miles in compafs; one fide of it not abovethirty yards from the fea, and in the midſt of it a ſmall rocky ifland about an acre inextent, all covered with wood, where the captain defigned to build a fort, and leavefome men. The thirty-first, he went over to take a view of the Continent, which hefound a most delicious and fruitful country, and the natives peaceable and friendly.Having taken this fmall view of the country, and the men refusing to be left on thatdefart place, he returned for England (Purchas, vol. IV. p . 1651.)An. 1603, Captain Samuel Champlain of Brouage, failed from the port of Honfleur inNormandy on the fifth of March for Canada. The fecond of May, they came uponthe bank of Newfoundland in 44 degrees 20 minutes of latitude. The twelfth, theycame upon cape S. Mary, and the twentieth to the iſland of the Affumption, at themouth ofthe river of Canada. He ran up it an hundred leagues, to the little port ofTadouſſac on the north fide of Canada, and at the mouth of Sanguenay river, wherethey contracted strict friendſhip with the natives: he ran twelve leagues up the riverSanguenay, all which way is a mountainous country, and the river deep and wide.Next they run up the great river of Canada as far as that of the Iroqucis, and thenceto the first great fall of the river, which tumbles down there about two fathom withan incredible fury; and the Indians told them there were ten more falls , though notfo great, beyond the firft. After diſcovering thus much, and getting information offeveral great lakes up the country, and of a boundlefs ocean at four hundred leaguesdiftance weftward, they returned to Tadouffac; and ſpending fome days more infearching the great and leffer rivers, and getting intelligence of the country, theyfailed back into France (Purchas, vol. IV. p. 1605. )This fame year, 1603 , two veffels of Bristol, and one of London , made their voyages to Virginia, in which there was nothing remarkable, except that the laft of themrun up into Chesapeac Bay in about 37 degrees of latitude, where the captain goingafhore, was killed with four men; upon which the reſt preſently returned home(Purchas, vol. IV. p. 1654, and 1656. )An. 1604, Monfieur de Monts having obtained a patent from Henry IV. king ofFrance, for peopling the countries of Acadie and Canada, he failed for thoſe parts withtwo fhips well manned, and Monfieur de Potrincourt , with him. They were kept longat fea by contrary winds, and met with much ice; but on che fixth of May they putinto a port in the fouth of Acadie, which they called Roffignol; becauſe there they tooka French fhip, commanded by a captain of that name, being confifcate for trading there contrary to the king's patent. Then doubling Cape Sable, the fouthermoſt of that country, they ran up to the northward, in a large bay to that of S. Mary,and thence to a convenient harbour, which they called Port Royal; which Monfieurt 2de148 LOCKE'S HISTORYFrench.EnglishVoyages to N. America.de Potrincourt demanded a grant of, to fettle a colony and inhabit there, and had itgiven him. They proceeded fill further up to Cape Mines, fo called becaufe of fomefound there, and into the river of S. John; and then turning back, erected a fort ina fmall island twenty leagues from the faid river, refolving to fettle there, and callingit the island of Sante Croix, or the Holy Crofs it is fmall, but very fruitful, and liesas it were hid among many others. Here winter coming on, and the fort being illfeated, as expofed to the north, the men fuffered very much through extremity ofcold and deep fnows; and being forced to cross a great river for water and wood,many of them were dangeronfly fick. This hard feafon being over, Monfieur de Montsfearched all the coaſt, in a ſmall veffel he built, to diſcover a more convenient place tofettle, and at laft pitched upon Port Royal; where he left part of his men, and returned himself to France (Purchas, vol. IV. p. 1620. )An. 1605, And on the last day of March, captain George Weymouth with one ſhipfailed from the Downs, and on the eighteenth of May came to an anchor in S. George'sisland on the coaft of Virginia, where he found great plenty of fish; and two daysafter removed into an excellent port, which he called Pentecoft harbour. Then herun up a great river twenty-fix miles, and found it fit to receive and fecure any number of fhips. The natives of this coaſt traded in a friendly manner for ſeveral days,but were found at laft to be treacherous, as only contriving by their fair fhew ofkindneſs to draw the Engliſh into their power; who being aware of them in time,broke off the correfpondence, and returned into England without making any confiderable advantage of this fmall diſcovery (Purchas, vol. IV. p. 1659.)An. 1606, Monfieur de Monts, and Monfieur de Potrincourt, failed again from Rochelwith one ſhip of an hundred and fifty ton. The twenty-eighth of June they cameupon the bank of Newfoundland, and making the fhore, coafted all along to PortRoyal, where they had before left their colony, and anchored at the mouth of theharbour on the twenty-fixth of July. Here they found but two Frenchmen, the reſtbeing gone with their ſmall veffel towards Newfoundland; but foon returned, beingmet by a pinnace belonging to this last come fhip, left to coaft along cloſe by thefhore. Here they fettled a- new, viewed all the country about for a more convenientfeat for their town, were moft obligingly treated by the natives, and planted, and hadcrops of all forts of European grain and garden- ſtuff: yet after all, the Colony wasforfaken, not for any defect in the country, as may appear by what has been faid;but becauſe new meaſures were taken in France, and the fupplies that fhould havebeen fent them were employed another way (Purchas, vol . IV. p. 1627.)The fame year, 1606, on the twentieth of December, three fhips failed from London, commanded by captain Newport, to fettle a colony in Virginia; and paffingamong the Spaniſh American iſlands, on the twenty-fixth of April came into the bayof Cheſapeac, where they preſently landed, and had ſome men hurt in a fkirmifh withthe natives. The twenty-feventh, they marched eight miles up the country, and thetwenty-eighth went up the bay in their boats, where they always found fhallow water; but returning, they fell into a channel fix, eight, and ten fathom deep, whichwasOF NAVIGATION.was a fatisfaction , and therefore they called the point of land next it, Cape Comfort.The point at the mouth of the bay they called Cape Henry. The following days theyfurveyed all the fhores in their boats, being civilly treated every where by the Indians;and running up Porubatan river, found a place where their fhips could lie moored tothe trees in fix fathom water. Here on the fourteenth of May, they landed all theirmen, and fell to work to fortify themſelves; refolving to fettle their Colony, as theydid, giving it the name of James Town; which is the firſt plantation of the Engliſhin Virginia that continued, as it does to this day. June the twenty-fecond, CaptainNewport in the Admiral, was fent back into England. In the colony were left anhundred and four men with little provifion, and therefore they were foon reduced togreat extremities; many alfo dying of diſeaſes peculiar to that country. But in theirgreateft diftrefs, the natives, who before had been their enemies, fupplied them withplenty of all forts of victuals, which recovered the fick men, and was the ſaving ofthe colony. Every year after fhips arrived from England with ſupplies, till the newtown grew to a confiderable body, and fent out other colonies to the parts adjacent,where they were thought neceffary, till they made themſelves mafters of that northernpart of America. The relation is too long any more than to be hinted as above, butto be feen at large in Purchas, (vol. IV. p. 1705.)149An. 1610, Mr. Hudſon again undertook the diſcovery of a North-West Paffa*ge, which Englishhad been laid afide for fome years, and proceeded an hundred leagues further than North- Weftany before him had done; giving names to fome places, to be ſeen in the maps; as Paffa*ge.Defire provokes, Ifle of God's Mercies, Prince Henry's Cape, King James's Cape, andQueen Anne's Cape but he could proceed no farther for ice.An. 1611 , Sir Thomas Button, at the inſtigation of prince Henry, whofe fervant hewas, purſued the North-Weſt Diſcovery. He paffed Hudſon's Strait, and leaving Hudfon's bay to the fouth, failed above two hundred leagues to the fouth westward,through a ſea above eighty fathom deep, and diſcovered a great Continent, called byhim New Wales; where after much mifery and ficknefs, wintering at Port Nelfon, hecarefully fearched all the bay, from him called Button's bay, back again almoſt to Digg'sifland. He difcovered the great land called Cary's Swanſneft. He lost many menduring his ſtay in the river called Port Nelſon, in 57 degrees 10 minutes of north la-- titude; though he kept three fires in his ſhip all winter, and had great ftore of whitepartridges, and other towl , befides deer, bears, and foxes.An. 1612, Mr. Richard Moore was fent in April, with one ſhip and fixty men, to in- Bermudas,habit the Summer iſlands, otherwiſe called Bermudas, long before difcovered by the 1612.Spaniards, who after ſome attempts to fettle there, abandoned them; and were afteraccidentally found by Sir Thomas Gate and Sir George Summers, who were ſhipwreckedupon them, and lived there nine months; during which time they built a fhip and apinnace with the cedar growing there, and in 1610 failed away for Virginia, leavingonly two men in the great island. A ſhip fent thither from Virginia left only threemen in the iſland, who found there amber- greece to the value of nine or ten thouſandpounds. Mr.Moore, at his comingthis year, found thoſe three men in perfect health. Hefettled150 LOCKE'S HISTORYfettled a colony, and continued there three years, being relieved from time to time,till they amounted to above fix hundred inhabitants; who built feveral forts , but hadlike to have been themſelves deſtroyed by an infinite number of rats, which increaſedfrom a few coming afhore out of a ſhip, and continued for four years devouring allthe growth of the country; notwithſtanding all poſſible means were uſed to deſtroythem.An. 1612, James Hall and William Baffin returned into England, having diſcoveredco*ckin's found in 65 degrees 2 minutes latitude, and tried the mine at Cunningham'sRiver, which they found to be worth nothing.An. 1615, Mr. Baffin went again, and the chief thing he difcovered was, that thereis no Paffa*ge in the north of Davis's Strait.An. 1616, Mr. Baffin was fent the third time, and entered Sir Thomas Smith's Buyin 78 degrees of latitude; and returned, deſpairing of finding any paffa*ge that way.An. 1620, A ſhip failed from Plymouth for New England on the fixth of Septem .ber; though we have not the commander's name, nor what force his fhip was of. Itis alfo here to be obſerved, that all the northern coaft from about 60 to 40 degrees ofnorth latitude, was firſt diſcovered by Sebaftian Cabot; and afterwards at feveral timesby Cortereal a Portugueſe; as has been fet down in their proper places, and by fundryEnglish and French diſcoverers: to particularize every one of whofe voyages wouldfwell a volume, and therefore only the principal Diſcoveries and Plantations are herefet down, as moft fuitable to the nature of this Difcourfe, and the intended brevity.This ship we now fpeak of, anchored in the bay at Cape Cod in New England, andin 41 degrees and an half of north latitude, on the eleventh of November. Herethey put out their boat, and landed men; who went fome miles into the countryfeveral ways without meeting any people, and only found fome little Indian wheatburied, the boat coafting along the thore. This they continued for feveral days, feeking out fome proper place to ſettle. At length on the twenty-third of December,they pitched upon a place to their mind, and fell to work to building their houſes,dividing themſelves into nineteen families, that the fewer houſes might ferve. Aboutthis place they found no people, but were told by an Indian, who came to them fromthe next part inhabited, that the natives there had all died lately of a plague. Thisfavage brought ſome of the neighbouring people to them, by whom they concludedpeace and amity. The following year this new colony was reinforced with thirtyfive men from England, and fupplied with provifions and neceffaries, and called NewPlimouth in New England. A war foon breaking out with another Indian prince,the Engliſh fortified their colony to fecure themſelves against all attempts of theirenemies. From hence all other colonies were by degrees fent into other parts of thecountry; of which it were too tedious to give any further account ( Purchas, vol. IV.p. 1842.)An. 1631, Captain James failing into the north weft, was much peftered with icein June and July; and entering a great bay near port Neljon, he named the land NewSouth Wales. Roving up and down thefe feas, he gave names to thefe places difcoveredOF NAVIGATION... 151covered by him, viz. Cape Henrietta Maria, Lord Weflon's Iland, Earl ofBriftol'sIland, Sir Thomas Roe's Ifland, Earl of Danby's Iſland, and Charlton Iſland. He wintered there in 52 degrees 3 minutes latitude, and returned home the following year,1632, having difcovered much beyond Hudson, Button, and Baffin.-The Danes haveattempted to diſcover in theſe northern parts, but there is nothing remarkable in theiractions.An. 1667, Zachariah Gillam, in the Nonfuch ketch, paſſed through Hudſon's Strait,and then into Baffin's Bay, to 75 degrees of latitude, and thence foutherly into 51degrees; where in a river called Prince Rupert's River, he had a friendly correfpondence with the natives; built a fort, which he called Charles Fort, and returned withfuccefs, having laid the foundation of an advantageous trade in thoſe parts.the Straits of Magellan,1669.An. 1669, Captain John Narbrough, afterwards Sir John Narbrough, failed in the Survey ofSweepſtakes, a man of war of three hundred ton, thirty-fix guns, and eighty men andboys, with a pink of ſeventy ton and nineteen men, both ſent out at the charge of hismajeſty king Charles II. and his royal highneſs the Duke of York, to make a fartherDiſcovery on the coast of Chile. On the twenty-firſt of October the year following,he came to the mouth of the traits of Magellan, and through them to the South Sea,about the middle of November , having taken a most exact furvey of that paffa*ge,which is made public in his voyage. On the twenty-fxth of November he wentafhore on the fmall fland called Neuftra Senora del Socorro, or our Lady of Succour;where he watered, but found no people. Holding on his courfe to the northward,on the fifteenth of December he fent his boat, with the lieutenant in her, ashore onthe fouth fide of port Baldivia, which is in 39 degrees 56 minutes of fouth latitude.Here the lieutenant and three others going aihiore to a Spanish test, were detained,and the fhip failed away without them. From hence captain Narbrough turned againto the fouthward, and through the Strait of Magellan returned into England; wherehe arrived in June following, having been out above two years.An. 1673, On the thirteenth of May, F. Marquette a Jefuit, with only fix other FrenchFrenchmen, fet out in two canors from the Lac des Puans, or the Stinking Lake, in explore the Miffiffipi .the province of Canada in North America; and paffing through the provinces of FolleAvoine and Iliquois, Indians in peace with France, fometimes carrying their boats byland, and fometimes being carried in them, they came at length to the great riverMiffiffipi. They ran many leagues along this river through a defart country, theircourſe always fouth, though ſometimes bending eaſt, and ſometimes weft. At theend of feveral days folitude, they came among favage Indians, were friendly received,and heard that the fea was within two or three days fail of them; which was thegulph of Mexico. Thus he diſcovered all that inland part of North America alongthe river, from 38 to 34 degrees of north latitude, lying on the back of Canada, Virginia, &c. down to Florida. The particulars of this voyage may be ſeen in Thevenot's ſmall collection of voyages in- octavo.An. 1680, and 1681 , Captain Sharp having been buccaneering in the South Sea,and not able to recover the ſtrait of Magellan to return home, he ran further to thefouth152 LOCKE's HISTORYExtent ofCoaft difcovered.fouth beyond le Maire's and Brower's, till he came into 60 degrees of fouth latitude;meeting with many islands of ice, and abundance of fnow, froft, and whales, andcalled a ſmall place he found the Duke of York's Mand. Thus he came into the NorthSea a new way, and made it appear that the land in the ſtraits of le Maire, and Brower,must be iſlands, and not joined to any continent.- (Introduction to the account offeveral late difcoveries, printed in 1694, p. 13.)Here we may conclude with the American Voyages and Diſcoveries, having runalong from north to ſouth on the eaſt ſide of that new world , or along that commonly called the North Sea; and back from fouth to north along the weft fide, or SouthSea. It follows next, as was done, after the eaſtern diſcoveries, to fhew the extentof this vast tract of land thus found, and what benefits the world has received bythis navigation. The whole length of what has been diſcovered, is from 78 degreesof north latitude, in which Sir Thomas Smith's Bay lies , to 60 degrees of fouth latitude, in all an hundred and thirty-eight degrees; which, allowing twenty leagues toa degree, in a ſtrait line amounts to two thouſand ſeven hundred and fixty leagues, athing almost incredible, were it not fo well known, that fo great and stupendous apart of the world ſhould lie concealed fo many ages; being never known fince thecreation, till about three hundred years ago. Now to defcend to particulars:-from80 to almost 50 degrees of north latitude being 30 degrees, and according to the rateabove of twenty leagues to a degree, fix hundred leagues; the extremity of the cold,which is there more fierce than in the parts of Europe under the like elevation, renders that part little regarded, and confequently not inhabited by any European nation,though much of it be peopled by favages, living there little better than brutes: andall the advantage made of thoſe northern nations is the fishery of whales and morfes;the former for their oil and bone, and the latter for their teeth, which are finer thanivory. The next divifion, beginning above 50 degrees of north latitude, and reachingto about 44, is Canada or New France; running up the river of Canada above twohundred leagues into the Continent, and poffeffed by the French, who have there feveral colonies, and trade with the natives for furs. Next to Canada is New England,lying along the fea-coaſt, north- eaſt and ſouth-weſt, about ſeventy miles, ſubject to thecrown of England, and their chief trade furs, flax , hemp, and fome corn. After itfollows New York, the trade much the fame with thofe fpoken of. Then comesPenfylvania, Virginia, and Maryland, almoſt north and fouth for above an hundredleagues of Engliſh conqueſt, and the principal commodity tobacco. Carolina is nextin courſe, being a part of the great province of Florida, lying between 29 and 36 degrees of latitude, and therefore about an hundred and forty leagues in length: it hasbeen poſſeſſed by the Engliſh but of latter years, in the reign of king Charles II, fromwhom it took the name; and being fo lately fubdued, the returns of it are not yetgreat, but much is hoped from it. Florida is a valt part of the Continent, reachingabove two hundred and fifty leagues from north to fouth, and above four hundredfrom east to west, befides a large province of it ſhooting out into the ſea, where begins the channel of Bahama: part of it is fubject to the Spaniards, and a greater part2 notOF NAVIGATION. 153covered.not yet conquered; fo that it affords no great profit. But now follows the great and Extent ofwealthy kingdom of Mexico, running above an hundred and thirty leagues almoſt Coaſt difnorth and fouth; and about the fame length ' upon a turn it makes in the fouth parttowards the east, including the great peninfula of Yucatan, above three hundred leaguesin compafs. In this vaft dominion, entirely ſubject to Spain, is to be found in greatplenty all that is neceffary and convenient for human life, except wine and oil; andfrom it Europe is fupplied with great store of filver, cochineel, indigo, cacao, bairullas, cotton, mechoacan, and many other precious commodities. Whence to PortoBello the coaft runs partly near eaſt and weft, and partly almoſt north and fouth,above three hundred and fifty leagues of countries incredibly rich, and affording allthe commodities abovementioned, more plenty of gold, and many other preciousthings. From Nombre de Dios to Cabo de Galera, taking it in a ſtraight line, the Coaftruns eaſt and weft about four hundred and fifty leagues, all ftill Spaniſh, and abounding in wealth; particularly the pearl-fifhery on the coaſt of Paria, and the rich emeralds up the inland. From Cape Galera to Cabo de Conde, along the coaſt of Caribana,lying fouth-eaft, and north-west, about two hundred and fifty leagues, and thence toCaparare more foutherly about an hundred and twenty leagues, in all three hundredand ſeventy; all this for the moſt part unconquered, and peopled by ſavage Indians.From Cape Caparare to Cabo do Natal about four hundred leagues eaft and weft, fomewhat foutherly; and from Cabo do Natal to Rio de Janeiro almoſt north and fouth nearfour hundred leagues, and fo to Logoa de Pernaba an hundred and fifty leagues, inall nine hundred leagues; all this tract of land, commonly known by the name ofBRASIL, and fubject to the crown of Portugal, yielding abundance of tobacco and fugar, infinite quantities of Brafil wood, which gives the name to the country, and oflate years a gold mine found in it, which yields confiderable treaſure. From Lagonde Pernaba to the river of Plate, about three hundred leagues fouth-weft and northeaft , under the dominion of Spain: from the mouth of the river of Plate, runningupthe Continent on the back of Brafil, the Spanish dominions reach quite acroſs to Peru,being at least four hundred leagues, and above as much north and fouth in the inland; being fruitful countries, almoft overrun with flocks and herds of all forts ofcattle, whence they fend abundance of hides to Spain, and much filver, which theyhave from Peru by way of trade. From the mouth of the river of Plate to the entrance into the Strait of Magellan, ſouth-weſt and north-eaft four hundred leagues;all this country is inhabited only by favage Indians, and was never fubdued by anyEuropean nation: therefore yielding no profit, though fruitful and good land. Terradel Fuego, or Terra Magellanica, lying to the ſouth of the Strait, is little known, andnot worth conquering by reafon of its coldneſs, and therefore no more needs be faidof it. The Strait of Magellan is about an hundred leagues in length, and comingout of it into the South Sea, from Cape Victoria to Rio de los Gallegos, about two hundred leagues; all ftill the country of the Patagones, never inhabited by Chriſtians, noryielding them any benefit.-But here begins the Coaft of Chile, extending above threeVOL. I. น-hundred154 LOCKE'S HISTORYExtent ofCoaſt difcovered .hundred leagues; a Country infinitely rich in gold, for which the filver is neglected,though it has plenty of it, and yielding the most precious natural balfam in theworld; all ſubject to Spain, as is the whole Coaſt on the South Sea up to 40 degreesof north latitude, for which reafon it will be needlefs to repeat it.-Peru reaches fourhundred leagues north-weft and fouth-eaft, well known for its inexhaustible filvermines of Potofi and Porco. Next is the province of Quito, about an hundred leaguesalong the coaſt north and fouth. Then the firm land, or Continent fo called peculiarly, and provinces of Panama and Veragua, above an hundred leagues north-eaftand fouth-west, and north -weft and fouth-east. After this follows the governmentof Guatemala, near three hundred and fifty leagues along the Coaſt, north- weſt andfouth-eaſt; and then that of Mexico two hundred and fifty leagues, abounding ingold, filver, all uſeful woods, rich drugs, cotton, and many other precious commodities. Laftly, New Mexico reaching up to 40 degrees of north latitude, being aboutfour hundred leagues; a rich country in filver mines, and plentiful in cattle, corn,and all other bleſſings for human life. Having run along both fides of AMERICA, andgiven a particular of each divifion, as to extent, product, and by whom poffeffed , asfar as the brevity of this difcourfe would permit; it is fit to note, that all the lengthsare here taken in a ſtrait line, and not winding with the fhores, which would makethem double what is computed; and, as in fuch vaft extents, not pretended to bemeaſured to exactnefs, but according to the general computation of failors. Thetotal thus amounts to fix thousand five hundred leagues, taking only the greateſtwindings of the coaſt, and this along what is conquered by Europeans; exceptingonly the feven hundred leagues of the land of the Patagones about the Strait of Magellan, and two hundred and fifty or thereabouts, of Caribana, not fo well fubdued..And to fum up the commodities we have from theſe countries; the principal aregold, filver, pearls, emeralds, amethifts, cochineal of feveral forts, indigo, anatto, logwood, Brafil, Nicaragua wood, brafilette, fuſtick, lignum vitæ, fugar, ginger, cacao,bairullas, cotton, red wool, tobacco of various forts, fnuff, hides raw and tanned, am--ber-greece of all forts, bezoar, balfam of Tolu, of Peru, and of Chile, jefuit's bark,jallap, mechoacan, farfaparilla, faffafras, tamarinds, caffia, and many other things ofleffer note. It only remains now to add a word concerning the ISLANDS belonging tothis mighty Continent.- The firft of thefe, beginning northerly, is Newfoundland,above three hundred leagues in compaſs, peopled by French and Engliſh, who havefome colonies in it fruitful enough, were it well cultivatede yet it yields no commodity to export from the land: but the fea is an inexhaufted treafure, furniſhing allEurope with falt and dried fiſh; which yield a mighty profit to thofe that follow theFishery, and is a general benefit to all men. The next are the Bermudas, or SummerIſlands, lying above three hundred leagues eaſt from the coaft of Virginia; the biggeſtof them is not twenty miles long, and not above two or three in breadth, the othersmuch fmaller yet here is a ftrong colony of English, the land being delightful tolive in, producing all things for human life plentifully, and the trade is fome cochi--neal,OF NAVIGATION. 155Inlands.neal, amber-greece, and pearl; it uſed to fend abroad the fairest oranges in thefe Americanparts, but they have failed of late years. Off the coaft of Florida are the iſlandscalled Lucayos, the firft difcovered by Columbus; but they are fmall, and of no account. South of the point of Florida is Cuba, about two hundred leagues in length,and about forty in breadth in the wideft place; a pleaſant place, has gold and coppermines, and yields tobacco, fugar, and cotton. Eaft of Cuba lies Hifpanicla an hundred and fifty leagues in length, and about fixty in breadth, producing the famecommodities as Cuba; and both fubject to Spain. Jamaica lies fouth of Cuba, aboutfeventy leagues in length, and twenty in breadth , poffeffed by the Engliſh, and producing fugar, indigo, and cotton. The Iſland of Puerto Rico is lefs than Jamaica,yields the fame commodities, and belongs to Spain . The Caribbe islands are many,but fmall; fome of them poffeffed by the English, French, and Dutch, others not inhabited: they produce fugar, indigo, cotton , and tobacco, and run from the coaft ofParia to Puerto Rico. The Leeward lands lie along the coaft of Paria, the moſtremarkable of them being Margarita, and Cubagua, famous for the pearl fiſhery. LaTrinidad is a large ifland before the gulph of Paria, near which there are many ſmallones, but not confiderable. All the Coaſt fouthward has no Ifland of any note, tillwe come to the Strait of Magellan; the fouth part whereof is made by Terra del Fuegoand other iſlands, of which little is known. Nor is there any, afcending again northward, worth ſpeaking of, till the mouth of the bay of Panama, where are the IſlandsofPearls, fo called from a pearl-fishery there; they are ſmall, and of no confiderationin any other refpect. The only great Iſland on this fide America is California, foundto be fo but of late years, running from the tropic of Cancer to 45 degrees of northlatitude, north-west and fouth-eaft; above five hundred leagues in length, and anhundred in breadth in the northern part, whence it runs tapering down to fouth. Ithas hitherto yielded no great profit to the Spaniards, who have not had leiſure tobuild colonies there till within theſe very few years, and not above two as yet. Thisis all that belongs to America; it remains to add fome few Voyages to the ifles ofSolomon, Terra Auſtralis incognita, and the land of Yeſo, or Fedo; which being properly no parts either of the Eaft or Weſt Indies, and but little of them as yet known,they have been referved to be ſpoke of by themſelves.An. 1595, Alvaro da Mendana with the title of governor and lord- lieutenant, fet Islands ofout from Peru for the iſlands of Solomon, whereof fome uncertain knowledge was had Solomon.before by fhips that accidentally had ſeen ſome of them: he had four fail, with menand women, and all other neceffaries to fettle a Colony. In about 9, or to degreesof fouth latitude, and fifteen hundred leagues weft of the city of Lima in Peru, hedifcovered fourfmall iſlands inhabited by very handſome and civilized people. Henceholding on his courſe ſtill weftward, he found ſeveral other more confiderable iſlands,where he intended to have fettled his Colony, but was hindered by many misfortunes, and among the reft fickneſs. All that is extant of this relation, is only afragment in Spanish taken out of Thevenot's fecond volume: three of the shipsu 2 periſhed,156 LOCKE'SHISTORYDutch EaftIndies.Diemen'sLands.periſhed, two were never heard of, a third caſt away on the Philippine iſlands, themen faved; and the fourth, being the admiral, arrived at Manilla, with the men almoft ftarved: and thus this enterprife was diſappointed.An. 1600, Four ſhips failing from Peru for the Philippine islands, were by northerly winds driven fouth of the equinoctial, where they fell upon ſeveral rich countriesand iſlands, not far from the ifles of Solomon: they called one place Monte de Plata,or Mountain ofSilver, becauſe they found plenty of it there. After which a captainof note went out on purpoſe, and faw theſe diſcoveries. This is all we have of it inPurchas, ( vol. IV. p. 1432. ) only he adds two petitions of captain Peter Fernandez deQuiros to the king of Spain, fuing to be employed in conducting colonies to thofefouthern parts; alleging the vaft extent and riches of the Continent, and great valueof the Iſlands, which he ſpeaks of as an eye-witneſs, and by the report of natives hebrought away from thence, as may be feen more at large in Purchas, (vol . IV. p. 1422.)An. 1628, On the twenty- eighth of October, the DUTCH fent out eleven fail forIndia, among which was the Batavia, commanded by captain Francis Pelfart; whichbeing parted from the reft was caft away on the rocks near ſome ſmall iflands not inhabited, and having no freſh water in upwards of 38 degrees of fouth latitude, butall the people faved on the iſlands: this want obliged them to build a deck to theirlong boat and put out to fea, where they foon diſcovered the Continent, bearing northand by weft about fix miles from them. This was on the eighth of June,(An. 1629, ) and the weather being rough, and the coaft high, they were forced tobeat at fea till the fourteenth, when they found themſelves in 24 degrees of ſouthlatitude; and fix men ſwimming aſhore, ſaw four ſavages quite naked, who fled fromthem they went to feek freſh water, but finding none, fwam back to their boat.The fifteenth, the boat made into fhore, and found no fresh water, but the remainsof the rain that lay in the hollow of the rocks, which relieved them, being almoſtchoaked. The fixteenth, they went aſhore again, but found no water, the latitudehere 22 degrees; the twentieth, in 19 degrees; the twenty-fecond in 16 degrees iominutes. Thus Pelfart failed along this Coaft to the northward, till he came amongthe Indian iſlands , and then ftruck over to Java, where he met two Dutch ſhips,which carried him to Batavia, whence he returned with a veffel to fave as much asmight be of the wreck (Thevenot, vol. I.)An. 1642, Abel Janfen Tafman ſet fail from Batavia in the island of Java, with ayacht and a flyboat, and September the fifth anchored at the Iſland Mauritius in 20degrees of fouth latitude. The eighth, they departed thence fouth till 40 or 41 degrees, then bore away eaft fomewhat foutherly, till the fixth of November they werein 49 degrees. The twenty-fourth, in 42 degrees 25 minutes, they faw land eaftand by north at ten miles diftance, and called it Antony van Diemen's lands; and afterrunning along the Coaſt came to an anchor on the firft of December in a bay theynamed Frederick Hendrick's Bay: they heard fome noiſe as of people, but ſaw none,and only the footing of wild beafts, and ſome ſmoke. Departing hence, on thethirteenthOF NAVIGATION.157thirteenth of December they anchored in the country called in the maps New Zealand; here they faw fome natives lufty people, and half naked, who coming aboardon pretence to traffic, fell upon the men in the boat and killed four of them, forwhich reafon it was called Murderers Bay. Here they feemed to be embayed, buton the fourth of January 1643 , came up with the N. W. cape of this land, and find,ing an iſland there, called it Three Kings Iſland; and going thither to refreſh, theyſaw ſome large men, but could not understand them. Hence they directed theircourſe north-eaſt, till in 22 degrees 35 minutes they faw a ſmall iſland, which theycould not come at, but called it Pülfireets Iſland. January twenty-firſt, in 21 degrees20 minutes they called two iflands, the one Amfterdam, the other Zealand: on thefirſt, they got many hogs, hens, and all forts of fruit. The inhabitants were friendly,had no weapons, and feemed to know no evil, but that they would fteal. In thelatter of theſe iſlands they faw gardens with fquare beds and trees regularly planted.Leaving this place, they faw many Iſlands as they ſtood northward; and in 17 degrees19 minutes they run among eighteen or twenty iflands, which in the charts are calledPrince William's Iɲands, or Hemfkirk's Shoals. Directing their courſe now N. orN. N. W. after much foul weather, on the twenty-fecond of March, in 5 degrees 2minutes fouth latitude they had fight of land four miles weft of them; being abouttwenty iſlands, called in the charts Onthong Java, about ninety miles from the coaftof New Guinea. March the twenty-fifth, in 4 degrees 35 minutes, they were up withthe Ilands ofMark, found before by William Schouten, and John le Mair: the nativesare favage, and have their hair tied up. March the twenty-ninth, they paffed by GreensIland, the thirtieth by S. John's Island; and April the firſt, in 4 degrees 30 minutes,they reached the coaft of New Guinea at a Cape called by the Spaniards Santa Maria,and run along the coaft to the promontory called Struis Hook, where the land bendsto the fouth and fouth- eaft, as they did to find a paffa*ge to the fouth, but were forced .to turn to the weft. April the twenty-eighth they came to the burning iſland, wherethey faw a great fire come out of the hill, and failing betwixt the iſland and the mainfaw many fires. At the islands Jama, and Moa, they got refreshment. May thetwelfth, in only 54 minutes of fouth latitude, they failed along the fide of WilliamSchouten's ifland, which feems to be well inhabited; and the eighteenth they came tothe weft end of New Guinea, and on the fifteenth of June returned to Batavia, having finished the voyage in ten months (Thevenot, vol. II . )An. 1643, A Dutch fhip failing to the northward of Japan, came upon a Coaft in Land of39 degrees 45 minutes latitude. Running up as far as 43 degrees, they faw feveral Yedfo.villages near one another, and fay there are about them many mines of filver: theland in fome places feemed to bear no grafs, but the fea was very full of fish. In 44degrees 30 minutes, they went afhore in a mountainous country, fuppofed to be fullof filver mines. In 46 degrees, the land reſembled the coaft of England, the foil be--ing good, but the natives do not till it. In 48 degrees there are fmall hills coveredwith fhort grafs. In 45 degrees 50 minutes is an Iſland which the Dutch call StatenIland, and beyond it the companies land, another iſland: in this they found a fort ofmineral158 LOCKE'SHISTORYNew Holmineral earth, that looked as if it had been all filver. In 45 degrees they obferved,that though the land was not cultivated it yielded very good fruit of feveral forts; thefe fhore was covered with rofe trees, and on the rocks many large oysters, but on theand they faw no beaft but one bear. The inhabitants of this Land of Efo, or Yedso,for fo it is called, are all ſtrong fet, thick, with long hair and beards, good features,no flat nofes, black eyes, a fallow complexion, and very hairy about their bodies: thewomen are not fo black as the men; fome of them cut their hair, and others tie itup. They feem to have no religion nor government, every man has two wives, whoferve him at home and abroad: they are very jealous of their women, love drinking,look like favages, but yet are very civil and obliging to ſtrangers: their houſes areonly small cottages, and but a few of them together: they eat the fat and oil ofwhales, all forts of fish and herbs, and rofe-buds are their greatest dainty. Theirclothes are fome of filk and fome of the ſkins of beafts. They ufe bows and arrowsto kill wild beafts, and they ſpin hemp. They trade with the Japonefes, whom theyfurnish with train-oil, whales tongues fimoaked, furs, feveral forts of feathers, forwhich they receive rice; fugar, fik, and other coarfer garments, copper pipes, tobaccoboxes, and varniſhed diſhes and veffels for their meat and drink; pendants for theirears, copper ear- rings, hatchets, knives, &c. The capital of the country is fmall,they call it Matfmay, where the prince or governor of the country reſides, who everyyear goes over to pay his refpects to the emperor of Japan, and carry him prefents.This is what the DUTCH diſcovered, but a Japonefe told them this land of Efo, orredfo, was an ifland (Thevenot, tom. I.)An. 1698-9, On the fourteenth of January, Captain Dampier in his majeſty's fhipland, Captain the Roc-Buck, failed from the Downs upon a New Diſcovery, touched at the CanariesDampier.and ifles of Cabo Verde, and the twenty-fifth of March came to an anchor in Bakiade Todos Santos, or the Bay ofall Saints in Brafil. April the twenty-third he left thisplace, and the third of April faw the land about the cape of Good Hope. Auguft thefirst , having run from Brafil an hundred and fourteen degrees, he made in to thefhore of New Holland in 26 degrees fouth latitude, thinking to put into fome harbour; but finding rocks and foul ground, ſtood out to fea again till Auguft the fixth,when he came to an anchor in 25 degrees at an opening, which he called Sharks Bay;where he could get no freſh water, but plenty of wood, and refreſhed the men withraccoons, tortoiſes, ſharks, and other fish, and ſome forts of fowl. He founded moſtof this Bay, and on the fourteenth failed out of it; coafting as the weather would permit to the northward, and then to the north-eaft, as the coaft runs; where in 20 degrees 21 minutes he found ſeveral Iſlands, and going ashore on ſome of them couldget no fresh water, nor fee any inhabitants: fo he continued along the ſhore as nearas could be with fafety, till on the thirtieth he anchored in eight fathom water,where he faw fome of the natives, but could not take any. Looking for water nonewas found, and digging pits they got fome that was brackiſh and not fit to drink.Finding no water or other refreſhment on this coaft, in the beginning of Septemberhe ſtood over for the ifland Timor; where he took in freſh water, and on the thirdofOF NAVIGATION. 159of December arrived on the coaft of New Guinea, and had fome commerce with theinhabitants of an Iſland called Pulo Sabuti. Then paffing to the northward, and to theeaftermoſt part of New Guinea, he found it did not join to the main land of NewGuinea, but was an Ifland, which he called New Britain. Having difcovered thusfar, and being unprovided to proceed, he returned by Timor and Java, ſo to the capeof Good Hope, and iſland of S. Helena. At the island ofthe Afcenfion his fhip foundered, but the men were faved, and returned to England aboard the Eaſt India ſhipcalled the Canterbury (Dampier's voyage to New Holland, being his third volume. )The VOYAGES ROUND THE WORLD which, for fo many thouſand years as paſt from thecreation till the diſcovery of the Weſt Indies, could never fo much as enter into the.thoughts of man, and which after they were performed gave juſt ſubject of admiration, do well deſerve to be mentioned apart from all others; as being the boldeſt actionthat could be undertaken, and to be performed but one way, though feveral attemptshave been made to find out others; as has been fhewed in the fruitless Voyages forDiſcovery ofthe North-East and North-Weft Paffa*ges: for this reafon they have beenreferved for this place, where fomething fhall be faid of all hitherto performed, but.more particularly of the firft; as the most glorious and honourable, becauſe it fhewedthe way to all that followed. This wonderful enterprife was undertaken and persformed after this manner:I.An. 1519, FERDINAND DE MAGALHAENS, or as we corruptly call him, Magellan, by CIRCUMNAnation a Portugueſe, by defcent a gentleman, and by profeffion a foldier and feaman; VIGATORS.having ferved his prince well both in Afric and India, and being ill rewarded , re- 1. Magellan.nounced his Country, difnaturalizing himſelf as the cuſtom then was, and offered hisfervice to the emperor Charles the fifth, then king of Spain. He had long beforeconceived an opinion, that another way might be found to India, and particularly tothe Molucco iſlands, befides the common track by the cape of Good Hope followedby the Portugueses. This he propofed to the emperor, with fuch affurance of performing what he promiſed, that he had the command of five fhips given him, and inthem two hundred and fifty men: with this fquadron he failed from S. Lucar de Barrameda on the twentieth of September, the aforefaid year 1519. Being come to theriver called Rio de Janeiro on the coaft of Brafil, and near 23 degrees of fouth latitude, fome difcontent began to appear among the men, which was foon blown over;.but proceeding to the bay of S. Julian in 49 degrees of latitude, where they wereforced to winter, the mutiny grew fo high, three of the captains and most of themen being engaged, that Magellan having in vain endeavoured to appeaſe it by fairmeans, was forced to ufe his authority; executing two of the faid captains, and fettingthe third with a prieft, who had fided with them, afhore among the wild Indians.This done, he proceeded on his Voyage, and on the twenty-first of October 1520,having been out above a year, difcovered the cape which he called Cabo de la Virgines,or the Virgins Cape, becauſe that day was the feaft of S. Urfula, and the eleven thoufand virgins; and there turned into the Strait he went in fearch of, which from himto this day is called the Strait of Magellan: it lies in 52 degrees of fouth latitude, isabout.160 LOCKE'S HISTORYVIGATORS.1. Magellan.CIRCUMNA about an hundred leagues in length; in fome parts a league wide, in ſome more, infome lefs, but all narrow, and enclofed with high land on both fides; fome bare,fome covered with woods, and fome of the loftieft mountains with fnow. Havingfailed about 50 leagues in this Strait, they diſcovered another branch of it, and Magellan fent one of his fhips to bring him fome account of it; but the ſeamen beingparted from him took the opportunity, and confining their captain for oppoſing theirdefign, returned into Spain, fpending eight months in their return. Magellan havingexpected beyond the time appointed, and finding they did not return to him, proceeded through the Strait, and came into the South Sea with only three ſhips; havingloft one in his paffa*ge, but all the men faved, and another as was ſaid being ſtolenaway from him. The laſt land of the Strait he called Cabo Defeado, or the DefiredCape, becauſe it was the end of his defired paffa*ge to the South Sea. The cold beingfomewhat fharp, he thought good to draw nearer to the equinoctial, and accordinglyfteered west north-west. In this manner he failed three months and twenty days,withoutfeeing land; which reduced them to ſuch ſtraits, that they were forced to eatall the old leather they had aboard, and to drink ftinking water; of which nineteenmen died, and near thirty were fo weak, that they could do no fervice . After fifteenhundred leagues failing he found a ſmall iſland in 88 degrees of fouth latitude, andtwo hundred leagues further another, but nothing confiderable in them; and therefore held on his courfe, till in about 12 degrees of north latitude, he came to thoſeiflands which he called De los Ladrones, or of Thieves, becauſe the natives hoveredabout his fhips in their boats, and coming aboard ftole every thing they could layhold of. Finding no good to be done here, he failed again, and diſcovering a greatnumber of islands together, he gave that fea the name of Archipelago de S. Lazaro,the iſlands being thoſe we now call the Philippines. On the twenty-eighth of Marchhe anchored by the ifland of Buthuan, where he was friendly received, and got fomegold; then removed to the ifle of Meſſana, at a ſmall diſtance from the other, andthence to that of Cebu. - Magellan having hitherto fucceeded fo well, ſtood over tothe iſland Matan, where not agreeing with the natives he came to a battle, and waskilled in it with eight of his men. After this difafter the reft failed over to the iſlandBohol, and being too weak to carry home their three fhips, burnt one of them, aftertaking out the cannon and all that could be of uſe to them. Being now reduced totwo ſhips, they made away to the ſouth-weft in ſearch of the Molucco iſlands, andinſtead of them fell into the great one of Borneo, where they made fome ſhort ſtay,being friendly received; and departing thence, with the affiftance of Indian pilotsarrived at length at the Moluccos on the eighth of November 1521 , in the twentyſeventh month after their departure from Spain; and anchored in the port of Tidore,one of the chief of thoſe iflands, where they were lovingly treated by the king, whoconcluded a peace, and took an oath ever to continue in amity with the king of Spain.Here they traded for Cloves, exchanging the commodities they brought to their owncontent: when they were to depart, finding one of the ſhips leaky, and unfit for ſolong a Voyage, they left her behind to refit, and then failed for Spain as ſoon as pof15 fible.OF NAVIGATION. 161fible. The other ship called the Victory, commanded by John Sebaftian Cano, and carry- CIRCUMNAing forty-fix Spaniards, and thirteen Indians, took its courfe to the fouth-weft, and VIGATORS .coming to the iſland Malva, near that of Timor, in 11 degrees of fouth latitude,1. Magellan.ftaid there fifteen days to ftop fome leaks they diſcovered in her. On the twentyfifth of January 1522, they left this place, and the next day touched at Timor; whencethey went not till the eleventh of February, when they took their way to the ſouthward: refolving to leave all India, and the iſlands, to the northward, to avoid meetingthe Portugueſes, who were powerful in thoſe feas, and would obſtruct their paffa*ge:therefore they run into 40 degrees of fouth latitude before they doubled the Cape ofGood Hope, about which they ſpent ſeven weeks; beating it out againſt contrary winds,ſo that their provifions began to fail, and many men grew fick, which made ſome entertain thoughts of turning back to Mozambique, but others oppofed it. In fine,after two months more hardships, in which they loft twenty-one of their company,they were forced to put into the island of S. James, being one of thoſe of Cabo Verde;where with much intreaty they obtained fome fmall relief of provifions; but thirteenof them going afhore again for fome rice the Portugueſes had promiſed to ſupplythem with, were detained afhore, which made thofe that were left aboard the ſhiphoiſt fail and put to fea, fearing the like treachery might ſurpriſe them; and on thefeventh of September arrived fafe at S. Lucar, below the city Sevil, where after firingall their guns for joy, they repaired to the great church in their ſhirts and barefootto return thanks to Gon. The Ship that performed this wonderful Voyage was calledthe Victory, as was ſaid before, the commander's name was John Sebaftian Cano, whowas well rewarded and honoured by the emperor. This was the first Voyage roundthe World, which we fhall foon fee followed by other nations; and this was the Difcovery of the Strait of Magellan, which made the voyage practicable. The otherSpaniſh ſhip we mentioned to be left at the Moluccos to ſtop her leaks, attempted toreturn the way it came to Panama; but after ftruggling above four months with theeasterly winds, moſt of the men dying, and the reſt being almoſt ſtarved, it wentback to the Moluccos, where it was taken by the Portugueſes; and the few men thatfurvived, after being kept two years in India, were fent to Spain in the Portugueſe'sfhips (Herrera, dec. 2. lib. IV. IX. and dec. 3. lib. I. IV. —Hackluyt, vol. III. andPurchas, vol. I. )The Second Voyage round the World was begun.(An. 1577, ) by Mr. Francis, afterwards SIR FRANCIS DRAKE, with five fhips and 2. Sir Francisbarks, and an hundred and fixty-four men; who failed from Plymouth on the thir- Drake.teenth of December, and on the twenty-fifth of the fame month touched at CapeCantin on the African coaft, in 31 degrees of north latitude; on the ſeventeenth ofJanuary 1578, at Cape Blanco on the fame coaft, and 21 degrees of latitude, andthen at the iſlands of Cabo Verde. Departing thence, they failed fifty-four days without feeing land, and on the fifth of April came upon the coaft of Brafil, where theywatered, and proceeded to the mouth of the river of Plate, in 36 degrees of fouthlatitude. Sailing hence, on the twenty-ſeventh of April they put into a port in theVOL latitude . I. X162 LOCKE'S HISTORYVIGATORS.2. Sir FrancisDrake.CIRCUMNA latitude of 46 degrees, where Drake burnt a flyboat that attended him, after faringall that could be of uſe. On the twentieth of June he again put into a good harbour,called Port S. Julian, in the latitude of 49 degrees, and continued there till the feventeenth of Auguft; when putting to fea again, he entered the Straits of Magellanon the twenty-first of the fame month. What fort of Straits thefe are was deſcribedin Magellan's Voyage, and therefore needs no repetition . Here on an iſland theyfound fowl that could not fly, as big as geefe, whereof they killed three thouſand,which was good provifion; and they entered the South Sea on the fixth of September.Hence they were drove by a ftorm to the fouthward, as far as the latitude of 57 degrees 20 minutes, and anchored among certain iſlands; whence removing to a goodbay, they faw many men and women naked in canoes, and traded with them for fuchthings as they had. Steering away again to the northward, they found three iſlands,and in one of them an incredible quantity of fowl; but on the eighth of October theyloft fight of one of their ſhips commanded by Mr. Winter, which the reſt ſuppoſedto be caft away, but it was put back by the tempeft into the Strait of Magellan, andreturned home the fame way it came. -Drake with the reft failed for the coaft ofChile, and fending for water at the iſland Mocha, two of his men were killed by theIndians, which made him depart without it. This island is on the coast of Chile in39 degrees of fouth latitude. Coaſting ſtill along, he came to the bay of Valparaiso,where he found a Spaniſh ſhip with only eight Spaniards and three Blacks in her,whom he ſurpriſed and took; and then going afhore plundered nine houſes, being allthere were in that which they called the town of Santiago. At Coquimbo in 29 degrees30 minutes of latitude, fourteen men landing, one of them was killed by the Spaniards, the reſt fled back to their ſhips. Not far from thence landing for freſh water, they met one fingle Spaniard and an Indian boy driving eight lamas, or Perufheep, loaded with filver, which they took. Running on thence to Arica on the coaftof Peru, in 18 degrees 30 minutes latitude, he plundered three barks, in which wasfome quantity of filver, but not one man. › Hence he advanced to the port of Limain 12 degrees of latitude, and after rifling what little was in them cut the cables oftwelve veffels that lay there; letting them drive wherefoever the water would carrythem, there being no man aboard, as having never ſeen an enemy in thoſe ſeas. NearCape S. Francis, in 1 degree of north latitude, he took a rich fhip called Cacafuego, anda little further another. Then he plundered Guatulco; and after refitting his ſhip ina fmall ifland, run away to the northward into 43 degrees of latitude; where feelingmuch cold he returned into 38 degrees, and there put into a large bay on the coaſtof California, which Drake called Nova Albion. Here he was well received by thepeople, and continued ſome time, and failing hence directed his courſe for the Molucco iflands; feeing no land till the thirteenth day of October, when he diſcoveredthe iſlands de los Ladrones in 8 degrees of north latitude. On the fourteenth of November he fell in with the Molucco iflands, and came to an anchor in that of Ternate,the king whereof came aboard Drake's ſhip, offering him all the iſland could afford;and he, having taken in what was moſt neceffary and could be had there, went over to afmallOF NAVIGATION.163fmall island fouth of Celebes, where he graved his fhip, and fitted her to return home; CIRCUMNAwhich took him up twenty-fix days. Thinking to return to the Moluccos, they were VIGATORS.2. Sir Francisdrove by contrary winds to the northward of the iſland Celebes; till turning again to Drake.the ſouthward for fear of the many ſmall iſlands in that fea, the ſhip on a fudden ſatupon a rock, where it was feared ſhe would have perished; but lightening her of threeton of Cloves, eight guns, and fome provifions, ſhe got off. -On the eighth of February 1579, they fell in with the island Barateve, where they refreshed themfelves aftertheir fatigues, and took in ſtore of ſuch provifions as the place afforded; the nativesproving very friendly, and bartering their commodities for linen. Being well furniſhed with all neceffaries, they left this place, and again made fome ftay at the iflandofJava, the natives by their civility inviting them to it. Thence they fteered directlyfor the Cape of Good Hope, which was the firſt land they came near from Java; yettouched not there, nor at any other place till they came to Sierra Leona, the weftermoſt point of Guinea, in 8 degrees of north latitude, on the twenty-fecond of July,and there recruited themfelves with provifions. Departing thence on the twentyfourth, they arrived in England on the third of November 1580, and the third yearafter their departure . This Relation is to be feen at large in Hackluyt, (vol . III.p. 742. ) and in Purchas, (vol. I. lib. II . p. 46.)An. 1586, Mr. Thomas, afterwards SIR THOMAS CANDISH, undertook the Third Voy- 3. Sir Thoageround the World with three ſmall veffels, one of an hundred and twenty, the ſecond mas Candiſh.of fixty, and the third of forty tons burden, all fitted out at his own charges; andfailed from Plymouth on the twenty- first of July 1586. On the twenty- third of Auguft he put into a bay on the coaſt of Afric, and deſtroyed there a village of theBlacks, becauſe they killed a man with a poiſoned arrow. After fome days fpentabout this place, he failed away fouth-weft, and on the firſt of November put in between the iſland of S. Sebaftian, and the continent of Brafil, in 24 degrees of fouthlatitude; where the men were fet to work afhore to build a pinnace, make hoops forthe caſks, and fill freſh water, which took them up till the twenty-third of the month;when failing again on the ſeventeenth of December, they entered Port Defire in 47degrees and an half of latitude, and that being a convenient place for the purpoſe,careened their fhips, and refitted what was amifs. The third day of January 1587,they anchored at the mouth of the Straits of Magellan, the weather being very ſtormy,which lafted three days, all which time they continued there, but loſt an anchor,and the fixth day entered the Strait. The feventh, as they drew near the narrow partof the Strait they took a Spaniard, being one of the twenty-three that ſtill remainedalive; which were all then left of five hundred landed there three years before toguard the Strait, the rest being dead with hunger. Theſe had built a town, whichthey called king Philip's city, and fortified it, but they could make no works againſtfamine, which confumed them all to thoſe before mentioned; who, except him thatwas taken, were gone along the coaft , hoping to get to the river of Plate. Candifhaving wooded and watered here, called this place Port Famine. The weather proving very boisterous and foul, he was forced to ride it out often at anchor, and therex 2fore164 LOCKE'S HISTORYVIGATOR9.3.Sir ThomasCandifh.CIRCUMNA fore did not get out into the South Sea, till the twenty- fourth of February. On thefirſt of March, a violent ſtorm parted the bark of forty tons from the other two ſhips;and they met not before the fifteenth, betwixt the iſland of S. Mary and the continent.of Chile, in 37 degrees and an half of fouth latitude. Here they took in as muchcorn as they would have, and abundance of potatoes, all which had been laid up inthe island for the Spaniards; befides as many hogs as they could falt, abundance ofhens, and five hundred dried dog-fishes . The eighteenth they left this place, and onthe laſt of the month landed at Punta de Quenura in 33 degrees of latitude; but fawno man. though they travelled fome miles, only ſpied fome herds of very wild cattle;but the first of April going to water, the men were fet upon by the Spaniards, andtwelve of them cut off. -Proceeding hence along the coast of Chile and Peru, theytook fome coafting veffels carrying provifions from one place to another. In thismanner they ran along to the island Puna, in about 3 degrees of fouth latitude, beinga place famous for ſupplying all thofe coafts with cables. Here the Engliſh tookwhat they found for their uſe, the iſland being inhabited by none but Indians, exceptfome few Spaniards that lived in the chief town, who killed twelve of the English;but were put to flight, and the town burnt, as was the church particularly, and thebells carried away. This fecond lofs of men obliged Candifb to fink his bark of fortyton, that had attended him out of England. -On the twelfth of June they cut theequinoctial line; and holding on their courſe to the northward all that month, on thefirſt of July came upon the coaft of New Spain; where on the ninth, they took andburnt a ſhip with ſeven men in her, and ſoon after a bark, whoſe men were fled tofhore. The twenty-fixth day they anchored at Copalita, in 16 degrees of north latitude, whence they went with thirty men to Aguatulco a ſmall Indian town, whichthey burnt and rifled. Then keeping along that coaft, they continued ravaging theIndian towns, till they came to a ſmall iſland in 23 degrees of latitude, and elevenleagues from the city Chiametlan; where having watered, and ftaid till the ninth ofNovember, they then ftood over to cape S. Lucar, which is the ſouthermoſt point ofCalifornia; and beating about it till the fourth of November, met then with the S.ANN, being the Spaniſh galeon bound from the Philippine iſlands to the port of Acapulco in New Spain. After a fight of fix hours the Galeon was taken and carriedinto the port called Puerto Seguro; where ſetting afhore the Spaniards, and takingout what goods they could carry, they burnt the Galeon, and on the nineteenth ofNovember failed thence towards India. -This night Candish, who was in the Defire,loft his other ſhip called the Content, and never ſaw her after being thus left alonehe failed before the wind, as is ufual there, for the ſpace of forty - five days, and onthe third of January 1588, came up with the iſlands de los Ladrones, having run abouteighteen hundred leagues; on the fourteenth with cape Efpiritu Santo, a great headland of one of the Philippine islands to the weftward, in 13 degrees of latitude, andabout three hundred leagues from the iſlands Ladrones. At the iſland Cabul he continued fome days getting freſh proviſions; and failing amidſt all thoſe iſlands ſouthweft and by fouth, on the eighth of February diſcovered the iſland Batochina nearGildoOF NAVIGATION.165Candifh.Gilolo, in one degree of fouth latitude; whence he fteered to the fouth fide of the CIRCUMNAgreat island of Java, and touching there on the twelfth of March, traded with the VIGATORS.natives for proviſions, which were brought him in great plenty. On the fixteenth, he 3.Sir Thomasfet fail for the Cape of Good Hope, and doubled it about the middle of May; havingſpent nine weeks betwixt the island of Java and this place, which is about eighteenhundred leagues diftance. On the ninth of June he anchored at the iſland of S.Helena, about five hundred leagues diftant from the Cape of Good Hope, lying betwixt the coaſt of Afric and Brafil, in about 15 degrees of fouth latitude. This Iſlandis generally touched at by fhips going to and returning from the Eaſt Indies, becauſeof the conveniency of watering; befides the great plenty it produces of excellent fruit,as alfo abundance of fowl, fwine, and goats, the place being extremely pleaſant, butvery ſmall. Having taken in wood and water here, and made clean the ſhip, on thetwentieth of June CANDISH failed for England; on the twenty-fourth of Auguſt hediſcovered the iſlands Flores and Corvo, two of the Azores, and on the ninth of September after a terrible ftorm, which carried away part of his fails, put into the portof Plymouth (Hackluyt , vol. III . p. 803. and Purchas, vol . I. lib. II . p. 57.)An. 1598, The DUTCH refolving to perform as much as had been done before by 4. Oliver Magellan's fhip, and by Sir Francis Drake and Sir Thomas Candiſh, they fitted out Noort.four ſhips under the command of captain Olivier d Oirt, as Van Meteren calls him, orOLIVER NOORT, according to Purchas. The reft proceeded on their voyage upon thenineteenth of of July; and to omit particulars of lefs moment, and their touching atplaces not material, on the tenth of December they came to the Prince's Iſland, orIlha do Principe, on the coaft of Congo, in 2 degrees of north latitude; where thePortugueſes killed fome of their men, and the Dutch commander in revenge affaulting their fort, was repulfed with greater lofs. This made him defift; and failingthence, on the fifth of February 1599, came on the coaft of Brafil. Here they spentmuch time, feeking refreſhment and water along the fhore; and being much ſhakenby a ſtorm, and abundance of the men fick -befides, that it was the winter ſeaſonthere, they put into a little iſland called S. Clare, on the coaſt of Brafil, in about 21degrees of fouth latitude. Here the fick men being fet afhore, fome of them prefently died; the reft ailing nothing but the fcurvy, were cured with eating fourplumbs they found there. One of the ſhips being very leaky, was here burnt, afterall that could be of uſe had been taken out of her. On the fixteenth of July theyleft this place, ſteering for Port Defire in 47 degrees; and after many ſtorms put intoit on the twentieth of September, careened their fhips, and took abundance of fowl.Some men were here killed by the Indians. Departing hence on the twenty-ninth,they came to Cape Virgines at the mouth ofthe Strait of Magellan, on the fourth ofNovember; where they met with ftorms of wind, rain, hail, and fnow, befides muchfickneſs and contention among themſelves, having been from home fifteen months,before they could get into the Strait: ſo that it was the laſt of February 1600 beforethey came out into the South Sea. March the twelfth, they loft fight of the viceadmiral, and failed without him to the iſland Mocha, in 38 degrees fouth. Anotherſhip166 LOCKE's HISTORYCIRCUMNA VIGATORS .4. OliverNoort.5. GeorgeSpilbergen.2fhip miffing the iſland of S. Maries, and being drove by neceffity to make the continent for proviſions, loft moſt of its men afhore, the reft putting to fea with the veffel.Being now in fear of the Spaniſh men of war, he directed his courfe with the twofhips he had left, for the iſlands de los Ladrones, which he had fight of on the fifteenthof September; and on the fourteenth of October difcovered the Ifland of Luzon orManila, the chief of the Philippines. Near this ifland he met the two Spaniſh ſhipsbound thence for New Spain; and after a deſperate fight, Noort funk one of them;but at the fame time the other took his ſecond ſhip, and he made all haſte away toBorneo, but made no ftay there for fear of the natives, who attempted to cut hiscable; and therefore failing hence, he traded for pepper at Java, and at length returned by the Cape of Good Hope, and iſle of S. Helena, arriving at Amfterdam onthe twenty-fixth of Auguft 1601 (Purchas, vol. I. lib. II . p. 71.-Van Meteren,lib. XXIII. )An. 1614, GEORGE SPILBERGEN, commander of five Dutch fhips, failed out of theTexel on the eighth of Auguſt, and entered the Strait ofMagellan on the twenty-eighthofMarch 1615, but being drove out again by contrary winds, he re-entered on the fecond of April. In the Strait they continued going afhore on the fouth fide upon theland called Tierra del Fuego, known fince to be an ifland, till the fixth of May; whenthey came out into the South Sea, which received them with ſtorms, and on thetwenty-fixth came up with the island la Mocha, on the coaft of Chile, mentioned inall the former Voyages. Here they traded with the Indians, exchanging hatchets,and other utenfils, as alfo coral, for large Peru fheep, which ferve not only to eat,but to carry burdens. Landing at the iſland of S. Mary on the twenty-ninth, theyhad a ſkirmiſh with fome few Spaniards, and got ſome booty of ſheep. Runningalong the coaſt, they touched at Valparaiso, Cape Quintero, and other places; butfinding the Spaniards every where had taken the alarm, they durft not do any thingafhore. July the feventeenth, keeping along the fhores of Peru, they diſcovered eightSpaniſh ſhips fet out to engage them: that very night they engaged, and after an hotdifpute, three of the Spaniſh ſhips funk. In this action they had forty men killed,and fixty wounded. Drawing too near the fhore at Collao, the port of Lima, theHuntſman, one of the Dutch fhips, was almoſt funk with a thirty-fix pounder, whichmade them keep further off: and holding their courſe to the northward, they tookthe little town of Peita. Therefore Auguft the twenty-first , they ſet out to fea again,and beat about in bad weather till the eleventh of October, when they put into theharbour of Acapulco in New Spain , and there exchanged the priſoners they had takenfor provifions: which done, they run up into twenty degrees of north latitude,and on the twenty-fixth of November ftood over for the islands de los Ladrones. InJanuary following, which was the year 1616, many of the men died of difeafes. Onthe twenty-third of the fame month they diſcovered the Ladrones; and on the ninthof February Cape Efpiritu Santo, the eaſtermoft point of the Philippine iſlands to thenorthward; paffing among which, they arrived at Ternate, the chief of the Moluccos,on the twenty-ninth of March, which the Dutch in the island reckoned the twentyeighth;OF NAVIGATION. 167eighth; the fleet by following the courſe of the ſun having loſt a day, whereas they CIRCUMNAthat fail round to the eaſtward gain a day. About theſe Iſlands they continued fome VIGATORS.Spilbergen.months, and arrived at Jacatra in the iſland of Java on the fifteenth of September; 5. Georgeon the thirtieth of March 1617 at the iſland of S. Helena; aud in July following inZealand (Purchas, vol . I. lib. II . p. 80.)•Schouten.1An. 1615, ISAAC LE MAIRE, a merchant of Amfterdam, and WILLIAM CORNELISON 6. Le Maire,SCHOUTEN Of Horn, refolving to find out a new way to the East Indies, beſides thoſe al- andready known by the Cape of Good Hope and Strait of Magellan; at their own chargesfitted out a good ſhip of three hundred and fixty ton and twenty guns, and a ſmallerof an hundred and ten ton and eight guns, in which they failed themſelves out of theTexel on the fixteenth of June in the aforefaid year, refolving to find another paffa*geinto the South Sea, to the fouthward of the Strait of Magellan; which their defignthey kept fecret, till they came near the line, where they difcovered it to the feamen,who were well pleafed with the undertaking. -To pafs by all other particulars, as toolike thoſe in the foregoing Voyages, on the ninth of December they failed up intoPort Defire, on the coaſt of America, in 47 degrees and 40 minutes of fouth latitude;where bringing their ſhips afhore to clean them, as they were burning reeds under theleffer of them, fhe took fire and burnt, till the tide coming up, quenched the flame;yet ſo that nothing of her could be faved, but a little wood for fuel and the iron work.The thirteenth of January 1616, the great ſhip now left alone failed out of Port Defire, and on the twenty- fifth diſcovered the iſland they called Staten land to the eaſtward, and the point of Tierra del Fuego to the weftward, which they called Mauriceland, in almoſt 55 degrees of fouth latitude . Entering betwixt theſe two lands, theyfteered fouth fouth-weft, till coming under 55 degrees 36 minutes, they stood fouthweft, and then fouth. Thus the twenty-fixth they came under 57 degrees, and thetwenty-ninth diſcovered thofe they called Barnevelt's lands. The third of Februarythey were under 59 degrees 25 minutes, and the twelfth found the Straits of Magellan lay east of them; and therefore being ſatisfied that they were in the South Sea,they called the new found paffa*ge the Strait ofle Maire. -March the firſt they camenear the Iſlands of Juan Fernandez, in 33 degrees 40 minutes of fouth latitude, andat ſome diſtance from the coaſt of Chile: but, though they endeavoured it, could nevercome near enough to anchor, being ftill beaten off by the wind and current; andtherefore ſteered away to the westward to proſecute their Voyage; and in April theydiſcovered ſeveral ſmall Iſlands inhabited by naked people, none of whom would comeaboard, nor could they come to an anchor. Theſe Iflands were in about 14 and 15degrees of fouth latitude. Sailing on ſtill weftward, they faw many more Iſlands inMay, and had fome trade with the natives, who attempted to ſurpriſe the ſhip, or atleaſt the boat; but were foon ſcared away by the fire-arms, when they faw they didexecution, for before they thought they had only made a noife. Finding no Continent, and perceiving they were at leaſt fixteen hundred leagues to the weftward ofChile or Peru, they fteered to the northward; for fear they fhould fall fouth of NewGuinea, and perhaps not be able to clear themſelves of the coaft, the winds being al10 ways168 LOCKE'S HISTORYVIGATORS.6. Le Maire,andSchouten.CIRCUMNA ways at caft. Many more Iſlands are mentioned in the journal, at ſome of whichthey touched and got refreſhment; but on the first of July they anchored near thecoaſt of New Guinea, whence they failed ſtill along the fhore, and amidſt a multitudeof ifands, till they came into half a degree of fouth latitude; where they faw a ſmalliſland off the ſhore of the land of Papous, and called it William Schouten's Iſland afterthe captain's name, and the weftermoſt point of it the Cape of Good Hope. September the 17th they arrived at the iſland Ternate, and thence in October to Jacatra,or Batavia, in the iſland of Java; where the prefident of the Dutch East India Company ſeized the fhip and goods. Whereupon William Cornelifon Schouten the maſter,Jacob le Maire the merchant, and ten feamen, put themſelves aboard the Amfterdam,Dutch ſhip homewards bound, and twelve others aboard the Zealand, and arrived inſafety at Amſterdam in July; having difcovered the new Strait called le Maire, as wasfaid before, and performed the Voyage round the world in two years and eighteen.days (Purchas, vol. I. lib . II. p. 88. )7. Brower.8. Cook,1683.NationalBenefits derived fromthe aboveVoyages.An. 1643, Brewer, or BROWER, went another way into the South Sea, by a paffa*gecalled after his own name, which is eaſt of le Maire's Strait; but whether this was aStrait with land on each fide, or an open fea, is not known, his diary not being madepublic: but moſt maps make it a new Strait.An. 1683 , One JOHN COOK failed from Virginia in a ſhip of eight guns and fifty-twomen a buccaneering; and with him one Cowley, as mafter. On the coaſt of Guineathey took a ſhip of forty guns by ſurpriſe, in which they failed away to the South Sea;meeting by the way another ſhip commanded by one Eaton, who joined them to follow the fame trade. They ran into 60 degrees of fouth latitude, and paffed that wayinto the South Sea; where Cowley fays they diſcovered feveral Iſlands about the line.Thence they failed over to the Ladrones, whence they continued their courſe and anchored at Canton in China. Departing from Canton, they came to the iſland Borneo,where Cowley, the author of this relation, with nineteen others, got a great boat inwhich they went away to Java. At Batavia the author, with two others, ſhippedhimſelf aboard a Dutch veffel, and fo returned to Europe. -The relation of this Voyage is fhortened, becauſe there have been ſo many Voyages round the world before,and all of them performed in the ſame ſhip; whereas in this there was much ſhifting.Thoſe that defire may ſee it at large in the collection of original Voyages, publiſhedby captain Will. Hack, (an. 1699.)Captain Dampier in his first book of Voyages gives an account of this fame laſtmentioned, but more at large, he being aboard with the fame Cook; and thereforeno more needs be faid of it, though there may be many circumftances which thisdifcourfe cannot defcend to: wherefore here fhall end the Voyages round the World,it being time to proceed to what remains.After folong a difcourfe of VOYAGES and DISCOVERIES, it may feem fuperfluous totreat of the advantages the public receives by Navigation, and the faithful journalsand accounts of travellers. The matter is natural, and no man can read the onewithout being fenfible of the other; and therefore a few words may ſuffice on thisſubject,OF NAVIGATION. 169fubject, to avoid cloying the judicious reader with what is fo vifible and plain, andto fave running out this Introduction to an unreaſonable length. What was Coſmography before theſe diſcoveries, but an imperfect fragment of a ſcience, fcarce deſerving ſo good a name? when all the known world was only Europe, a ſmall partof Afric, and the leffer portion of Afia; fo that of this terraqueous globe not onefixth part had ever been ſeen or heard of. Nay, fo great was the ignorance of manin this particular, that learned perfons made a doubt of its being round; others nolefs knowing imagined all they were not acquainted with, defart and uninhabitable.But now Geography and Hydrography have received fome perfection by the pains offo many mariners and travellers; who to evince the rotundity of the earth and water,have failed and travelled round it, as has been here made appear, to fhew there isno part uninhabitable, unleſs the frozen polar regions; have viſited all other countries,though never fo remote, which they have found well peopled, and most of them richand delightful; and to demonftrate the Antipodes, have pointed them out to us. Aftronomy has received the addition of many conftellations never feen before. Naturaland moral Hiſtory is embelliſhed with the most beneficial increaſe of fo many thoufands of plants it had never before received; fo many drugs and fpices; fuch varietyof beafts, birds, and fishes; fuch rarities in minerals, mountains, and waters; fuchunaccountable diverfity of climates and men, and in them of complexions, tempers,habits, manners, politics, and religions. Trade is raiſed to the higheſt pitch, eachpart of the world fupplying the other with what it wants, and bringing home whatis accounted most precious and valuable; and this not in a nigg*rd and fcanty manner, as when the Venetians ſerved all Europe with ſpice and drugs from India by theway of Turky and the Red Sea; or as when gold and filver were only drawn fromfome poor European and African mines; but with plenty and affluence, as we now fee,moſt nations reſorting freely to the Eaft Indies, and the Weft, yearly fending forthprodigious quantities of the moſt eſteemed and valuable metals. To conclude, the empire of Europe is now extended to the utmoſt bounds of the earth, where ſeveral of itsnations have conquefts and colonies. Theſe and many more are the advantages drawnfrom the labours of thofe, who expoſe themſelves to the dangers of the vaft Ocean,and of unknown nations; which thoſe who fit ftill at home abundantly reap in everykind; and the relation of one traveller is an incentive to ftir up another to imitatehim, whilſt the reſt of mankind, in their accounts, without ſtirring a foot, compafsthe Earth and Seas, vifit all countries, and converfe with all nations.It only remains to give ſome few Directions for fuch as go on long Voyages; whichfhall be thofe drawn up by Mr. Rock, a fellow of the Royal Society, and geometryprofeffor of Gresham College, by order of the faid fociety, and published in the philofophical tranſactions of the eiglth of January 1665-6, being Number eight. Theyare as follow:1. To obferve the declination of the Compafs, or its variation from the meridianof the place, frequently; marking withal the latitude, and longitude of the place, whereVOL. I. у fuch170 LOCKE's HISTORY OF NAVIGATION.Rook'sdirections toNavigators.fuch obfervation is made, as exactly as may be, and fetting down the method by whichthey made them.2. To carry dipping Needles with them, and obſerve the inclination of the Needlein like manner.3. To remark carefully the ebbings and flowings of the Sea in as many places asthey can, together with all the accidents ordinary and extraordinary of the Tides; as,their precife time of ebbing and flowing in rivers, at promontories or capes, whichway the Current runs; what perpendicular diſtance there is between the higheſt tideand loweſt ebb, during the fpring Tides and neep Tides; what day of the moon's age,and what times of the year the higheſt and loweſt Tides fall out: and all other confiderable accidents they can obferve in the Tides, chiefly near ports, and about iflands,as in S. Helena's ifland, and the three rivers there, at the Bermudas, &c.4. To make Plots and Draughts of prospect of coafts, promontories, iflands, andports, marking the bearings and diſtances as near as they can.5. To found and mark the Depth of Coafts and Ports, and fuch other places nearthe fhore, as they shall think fit.6. To take notice of the nature of the ground at the bottom of the Sea, in allSoundings, whether it be clay, fand, rock, &c.7. To keep a regiſter of all Changes of Wind and Weather at all hours, by nightand by day, fhewing the point the wind blows from, whether ftrong or weak: therains, hail, fnow, and the like; the precife times of their beginnings and continuance,efpecially hurricanes and ſpouts; but above all, to take exact care to obferve the TradeWinds; about what degree of latitude and longitude they first begin, where and whenthey ceafe or change, or grow ſtronger or weaker, and how much; as near and exactas may be.8. To obferve and record all Extraordinary meteors, lightnings, thunders, ignes fatui,comets, &c. marking ftill the places and times of their appearing, continuance, &c.9. To carry with them good ſcales, and glaſs-vials of a pint, or fo, with very narrow mouths, which are to be filled with Sea-Water in different degrees of Latitude, asoften as they pleaſe; and the weight of the vial full of water taken exactly at everytime, and recorded, marking withal the degree of latitude, and the day of the month;and that as well of water near the top, as at a greater depth.ANEXPLANATORY CATALOGUE OF VOYAGES.AN EXPLANATORY CATALOGUE OF VOYAGES, ANDGEOGRAPHICAL WORKS, BY MR. LOCKE,LATIN.DEfcriptio Africa, 8vo.Defcriptiones Afia.De Lege Mahumetica, andDe Rebus Mahumeticis.

Thefe four by JOHN LEO, a Spaniard by birth, and a Mahometan by education, but afterwards converted; who before his converfion travelled through the greateſt part of Afric, andhas given the beſt light into it of any writer, as Johannes Bodinus affirms. He firſt writ themin the Arabic for his own nation, but afterwards tranflated them himſelf into Italian; andJohn Florianus into Latin. He gives an excellent account of the religion, laws, cuftoms, andmanners of the people of Afric, but is too brief in martial affairs, and the lives of the Africanprinces. 1Epiftola vigintifex de rebus Japonicis, or twenty- fix letters concerning the affairs of Japan,to be ſeen in feveral collections of this fort of letters.Hiftorica relatio de legatione regis Sinenfium ad regem Japonum: or an account of the Embaſſyfent bythe emperor of China to Taicofoma king of Japan, An. 1596, and of the ftrange prodigies that happened before the embaffy, Rome 1599, 8vo.Hiftorica relatio de rebus per Japoniam, An. 1596, à patribus focietatis durante perfecutione geflis:or an account of the proceedings of the Jeſuits in Japan, in the year 1596, during the perfecution. Theſe three by F. LEWIS FROES, a Jefuit , who lived forty- nine years in the eaſt, andthirty-fix of them in the iſland of Japan as a miffioner. -It is believed theſe relations were writin Portugueſe by the author, and afterwards tranflated into Latin.De Abaffinorum rebus, deque Ethiopia patriarchis, Lions, 1615, 8vo. The author was F. NI.CHOLAS GODINHO, a Portugueſe Jefuit, who divides his work into three books, and in it refutes the fabulous hiſtory writ by F. Urreta.Itinerarium ab oppido Complutenfi Toletana provincia ufque ad urbem Romanam. Ajournal ofa journey from the univerſity of Alcala in Spain to Rome, by Dr. JAMES LOPEZ DE ZUNIGA,a pious and learned man.LITERÆ ANNUÆ. The annual or yearly letters out of Ethiopia, China, India , and other parts,give much light into the affairs of thofe countries, and are to be found in feveral volumes, andſcattered in collections of travels; of all which it will be needlefs to give any account in thisplace.ATHANASII KIRCHERI èfocietate Jefu China, monumentis quafacris qua profanis, illuflrata, fol.This is a complete hiſtory of China, and held in great reputation for fome years, but of lateJohn Leo, the African geographer, was a native of Grenada, and after the taking of that city in 1492,retired into Africa. He not only travelled through different parts of that Continent, but alfo both in Europeand Afia. His defcription of Africa which is given in the fecond volume of Purchas, book the fixth , was originally compofed in Arabic, and thence tranflated into the Italian. It was tranflated into French by JeanTemporal, and printed at Lyons in 1556, in 2 vol. fol. The Latin tranflation by Florian is not much eſteemed.Leo died in 1526. EDIT.LatinWriters.171y its172 LOCKE'S EXPLANATORY CATALOGUELatinWriters.its reputation has declined, fince fo many books of that empire have appeared writ by Miffion.ers, who have refided there many years, and difcovered great miſtakes in Kircher.JOBI LUDOLFI hiftoria Ethiopica, fol. This hiſtory of Ethiopia is written by a German, whohaving gathered moft of it from the writings of the Jefuits, yet makes it his bufinefs to contradict them, from the information given him by an Ethiopian he was acquainted with inGermany, for he was never near Ethiopia himfelf; and his whole book has more of controverfy, and of the Ethiopian language, than of hiftory.Relatio eorum quæ circa S. Caf. Majeft. ad magnum Mofcorum Czarum ablegatos anno ara chriftiana 1675, gefta funt, ftri&im recenfita per ADOLPHUM LYSECK, dida legationis fecretarium, 8vo.Saltzburg 1676. In this account of an Embaffy to the Czar of Mufcovy, we have an accountof his travels through Silefia, Pomerania, Pruflia, Lithuania, and Mufcovy, to the court ofMofcow, and of all things of note the author faw or heard of; being an ingenious perfon, andhaving a greater privilege than common travellers, as fecretary to the Embafly ( Giorn. de Letter. )JOHANNIS SCHEFFERI Argentoratenfis Lapponie, id eft regionis Laponum et gentis, nova et verifJima defcriptio, 4to. Lipfia 1674. An account of Lapland, which though it be not by way oftravels, well deferves a place here; becauſe we ſhall ſcarce find travellers that will go into thatfrozen region to bring us a juft relation of it. This however is authentic, as gathered fromthe Swediſh writers, who are best acquainted with thofe parts.THEODORI ET JOHANNIS DE * BRYE India orientalis et occidentalis, 6 vols. fol. Francfort 1624.This collection being three volumes of the Eaſt, and three of the West Indies, begins with aparticular account of the kingdom of Congo in Afric, as lying in the way to, and having accordingly been diſcovered before India; this account tranſlated from the Italian writ by PhilipPigafetta.-Next follow five voyages of Samuel Bruno of Bafil; the three firſt to Congo, Ethiopia, and other parts round the coaſt of Afric; the fourth to ſeveral parts in the Straits, andthe fifth to Portugal and- Spain, &c. translated into Latin from the author's original in HighDutch. The next are Linfchoten's Indian voyages, tranflated from the Dutch, and containinga very full account of all things remarkable in thoſe parts. Then three Dutch voyages to theNorth- East Paffa*ge; and after them a great number of cuts and maps, befides very many dif.perſed throughout the book, and a confiderable number at the beginning. Thefe are the con.tents ofthe firſt Volume. —The ſecond begins with a large account of Bantam, Banda, Ternate,and other parts of India, bei. g a voyage of eight Dutch fhips into thoſe parts in the year1598, tranflated out of High Dutch. -After that the defcription of Guinea out of Spilberg'svoyage, An. 1601.-Gafpar Balbi's voyage, An. 1579.-In the third Volume Jacob Neck'svoyage, An. 1603; Jo. Hermon de Bree, An. 1602; Corn. Nicolas, Cornelius Ven, and Stephende Hagen, all to India. -Verbuff's voyage to India, An. 1607. —Dialogues in Latin and theMalayc language.Hudfon's voyage to the North- Eaft Paffa*ge. -An account of Terra Auftralis incognita, by captain Peter Ferdinand de Quir; and the defcription of Siberia, Samoieda,and Tingoelia.-- Two voyages of Americus Vefputius to the East Indies. -A very ſtrange relation of an Engliſhman, who being fhipwrecked on the coaft of Cambaia, travelled through

  • Theodore de Brye was a German engraver, who died in 1598. The greater part of the plates in the Collection were made by him. This valuable work when complete is in feven volumes: it is divided into

twenty- five parts, thirteen for what is termed Les Grands l'oyages, and twelve for Les Petit* Voyages, beingprinted in a ſmaller form. Of the few perfons who have ever poffeffed a complete fet, the Abbe de Rothelinis mentioned; who in 1742 printed a differtation, intitled, Obfervations et detailsfur la collection des grands et despetit* voyages; this curious treatife was only given to particular friends. EDIT.manyOF VOYAGES. 173•many ofthoſe eaſtern countries; and the defeription of the northern country of Spitzbergen:the whole illuftrated with a vaſt number of maps, and other cuts. Thusfarthe three volumesof the Eaft Indies. The three of the Weft are compofed of theſe parts. Vol. I. an ampleaccount of Virginia. The unfortunate expedition of the French to Florida, An. 1565.- Laudonniere's voyage thither, An. 1574. -Two voyages of John Stadius to Brazil and the river ofPlate, where he lived among the Indians. - Leri's account of Brazil. -Villagano's voyage to South America.-Benzo's hiftory of the diſcovery of America. Vol. II. The fecond andthird parts of Benzo's hiftory of the Weft Indies.-- Faber's defcription of feveral parts of America, where he travelled . -Voyages of Sir F. Drake, Cavendish, and Raleigh - Dutch expedition to the Canaries. -General account of America. - Sebald de Weert's voyage through theftraits of Magellan. -Noort round the world. Vol. III. Two voyages of Americus Vefputius.Hamor's account of the flate of Virginia. -Captain Smith's defcription of New England.Schouten and le Maire's difcovery of a new paffa*ge into the South Sea, called Strait le Maire.Spilbergen's voyage through the Straits of Magellan.- Herrera's deſcription of the Weft Indies.Theſe are the Contents of the Six Volumes, the whole illuftrated and adorned with ſuch a vaſtnumber of maps and cuts, reprefenting all fuch things as require it , that the like is not in anyother collection, nor is it likely that any will be at fo exceffive an expence. To be fhort, thisCollection is a fmall Library, including all the Voyages and Diſcoveries of any uote till the timeit was publiſhed, when moſt of the remote parts began to be well known, and therefore is of excellent ufe and great value.ITALIAN.Delle navigationi et viaggi, raccolſe da M. GIO BATTISTA * RAMUSIO, Venice, 3 vol. fol. 1613. ItalianRamufio's collection of voyages and travels, the moſt perfect work of that nature extant in any Writers.language whatſoever: containing all the diſcoveries to the eaſt, weſt, north, and ſouth; withfull deferiptions of all the countries difcovered; judiciously compiled, and free from that greatmaſs of uſeleſs matter, which fwells our English Hackluyt and Purchas; much more completeand full than the Latin de Brye, and in fine, the nobleft work of this nature. -The contentsof it as briefly as may be fet down, are as follow. In thefirft Volume, John Leo's defcriptionof Afric. —Alvife de ca da Moflo's voyage; and that of Peter da Santra to the coast of Afric.Hanno the Carthaginian's navigation on the coait of Afric.-Voyage from Lisbon to theiſland of S. Thomas. —Gama's voyage to Calicut.-Peter Alvarez to India. —Two voyages ofAmericus Vefpulius.-Voyages to India by Tho. Lopez and Gio. da Empoli.-Barthema's travelsto, and account of, India. -Corfali to India. -Alvarez to Ethiopia. - Diſcourſe of the overflowing of the Nile. —Nearchus admiral to Alexander the Great, his navigation. -Voyage downthe Red Sea to Diu -Barbofa of the Eaft Indies. -Voyages of Conti, and S. Stephano. - Firſtvoyage round the world performed by the Spaniards. -Gaetan of the diſcovery of the Moluccoiſlands. —Account of Japan. -Extracts of Barros's hiftory of India. -The fecond Volume;Marcus Paulus Venetus's travels. -Hayton the Armenian of the great Chams, or emperors ofGiov. Battifta Ramufio, a Venetian , was fecretary of the council of the Republic, and died at Padua, in1557. He published befides his collection of voyages, a treatiſe De Nili incremento. In order to have a perfect edition of his Racolla delle Navigatoni et Viaggi, the first volume, according to De Bure, fhould bear thedate of 1563, the fecond of 1583, and the third of 1605 , printed for the Giunti, Venice. ( De Bure vol. V.p. 190.) Du Frefnoy, on the contrary, recommends that the first volume ſhould have the date of 1606, or1613; or that at leaſt the two first volumes ſhould be the editions of 1583, and 1588, and the third of 1606,or 1613. EDIT.Tartary.174 LOCKE's EXPLANATORY CATALOGUEItalianWriters.Tartary. -Angiolello of the wars betwixt Ufuncaffan king of Perfia, and Mahomet emperor ofthe Turks; of Ifmael Sophy and the fultan of Babylon, and of Selim the Turk's fubduing theMamalucks. -Barbaro's travels to Tartary and Perfia.— Contarino's embaſſy from the republicofVenice to Ufuncaffan king of Perfia. -Campenfe of Mufcovy. -Jovius of Muſcovy. -Arianusof the Euxine, or Black Sea. - Geor. Interiano of the Circaffians. -Quini's ſhipwreck and adventures in 60 degrees of north latitude. -The fame by Chrift. Fioravante and J. de Michele,who were with him. -Baron Herbertain of Mufcovy and Ruffia. -Zeno's voyage to Perfia.Nich. and Ant. Zeni's diſcovery of Frizeland, Iceland, and to the north pole. -Two voyages toTartary by Dominicans, fent by pope Innocent IV. -Odoricus's two voyages into the eaſt.Cabot's voyage into the north-weft. -Guagnino's deſcription of Poland, Mufcovy, and part ofTartary. The fame by Micheorus. —In the third Volume; an abridgement of Peter Martyr ofAngleria, his decads of the diſcovery of the Weſt Indies. —An abridgment of Oviedo's hiftoryof the Weft Indies. —Cortes's account of his diſcovery and conqueft of Mexico. -Alvarado ofhis conqueft and diſcovery of other provinces above Mexico. -Godoy of feveral difcoveries andconquefts in New Spain. -Account of Mexico and New Spain, by a gentleman belonging toCortes.-Alvar Nunez of the fuccefs of the fleet fent out by Pamphilo de Narvaez, and his ſtrangeadventures for ten years. -Nunno de Guzman of feveral cities and provinces of New Spain.Francis de Ull a's voyage to California. -Vafquez Coronado and Marco da Nizza of the provinces north of New Spain. -Alarcon's voyage by fea to diſcover the ſeven cities north ofMexico. Difcovery and conqueft of Peru, writ by a Spanish captain. -Xeres's conqueft ofPeru. -The fame by Pizarro's fecretary. -Oviedo's account of a voyage up the great river ofMaranon.-Verazzano's diſcovery of North America. -Jacques Cartier's first and fecond voyages to Canada or New France. -Federici's voyage to India, with a large account of the ſpice,drugs, jewels, and pearls in thoſe parts. --Three voyages of the Dutch to diſcover the northcaft paffa*ge to China and Japan, in which they found the ftraits of Weygats and Nova Zembla,and the coaft of Greenland, running to So degrees of north latitude. -Thefe, with manylearned difcourfes and obfervations of the author's, are the contents of the three Volumes.Prima fpeditione all' Indie orientali del P. F. GIOSEPPE di Santa Maria, 4to, Roma 1668. Thisauthor was fent by pope Alexander VII. to the Malabar Chriſtians of S. Thomas, being himfelf a barefoot Carmelite, and has in this left a moſt excellent piece of curiofity. He gives avery particular account of the places and people he faw; of birds, beafts, and other animals;and of the philofophy of the Brahmans , their ſecrets , and of all the other Malabars, as alſo ofthe infinite number of their gods. Hence he proceeds further, to treat of the vaft empire ofthe Mogul, of the pearl fishery, of the Sabeans about Baffora, who pretend they received theirreligion from S. John Baptift; and concludes with the errors of the Jacobites, Neftorians,Greeks, Armenians, and other eastern fects.Hifloria delle Guerre Civili di Polonia, progreffi dell'arme Mocovite contro a Polacchi, relationsdella Mofcovia e Suetia, e loro governi, di D. ALBERTO VININA BELLUNESO, 4to, Venetia 1672.Though the wars of Poland may not feem relating to travels, this work is inferted, as givinga good account of the Poles , Tartars, and Coffacks, their government, manners, &c. thenfollows that of Muſcovy and Sweden, where the author travelled, and made his excellent obfervations.Il viaggio all' Indie orientali, del P. F. VINCENZO MARIA di S. Caterina da Siena, fol. Roma1673. A voyage to the East Indies, performed by F. Vincent Maria of S. Catherine ofSiena, procurator- general of the barefoot Carmelites, and ſent to India by the way of Turkey7 .andOF VOYAGES. 175and Perfia by the pope; together with F. Jofeph of S. Mary, who writ alſo an account of his Italiantravels , which is mentioned above. This author divides his work into five books: in the first Writers.and left, is a journal of all things remarkable in his travels thither and back again. Thefecondtreats of the affairs of the Malabar Chriftians. The third and fourth of all the nations ofIndia, their manners, cuftoms, wealth, government, religion , plants, animals, &c. The wholeis ſo faithful, exact, and learned an account of all things remarkable in thoſe parts, that ſcarceany other can equal it .Ilorica defcrittione de tre regni Congo, Matamba, et Angola, et delle miffione apoftoliche effercitaevida religiofi Capuccini, compilata dal P. GIO. ANTONIO CAVAZZI, et nel prefenteftile ridotta dal P.Fortunato Alamandini, fol. Bologna 1687. An hiftorical defeription of the kingdoms ofCongo,Matamba, and Angola; the authors were Capuchin miffioners, who compiled it by order ofthe congregation de propagandafule, and have given a moft accurate defcription of thoſe coun.tries, and all things of note in them; as alfo of the Miffions thither, which was the principalend of their painful travels.Relatione della citta d' Attene, colle provincie dell' Attica, Focia, Beotia, e Negroponte, ne tempi chefurono quefte paffeggiate da CORNELIO MAGNI l'anno 1674, 4to. Parma 1688. An account ofAthens, and the provinces of Attica, Focia, Beotia, and Negropont, which the author viewed,and took a particular account of; and for further fatisfaction conferred with Mr. Spon, whohad travelled the ſame parts, for his approbation of what he delivers. He treats very brieflyof Syria, Chaldea, and Mefopotamia, and principally inlarges himſelf upon the city of Athens,the condition whereof he deſcribes more fully than any other has done.Relatione e viaggio della Mofcovia delfignor cavaliere D. ERCOLE ZANI, Bolognese, 12mo, Bolognia 1690. This voyage to Mufcovy is writ by a moſt judicious perſon, who had ſpent a greatpart of his life in travelling, and deferves to be highly valued, as coming from fuch an hand;and the more, becauſe we have but very imperfect accounts of that country.Viaggio del monte Libano del R. R. JERONIMO DANDINA, 12mo. He performed this voyageto mount Libanus by order of pope Clement VIII. to inquire into the faith of the MaroniteChriftians; he deſcribes the country, gives an account of the people's doctrines, their manner.of living, their books, learning, bishops, priefts, and religious men. A work very curious andufeful. It is tranflated into French, and the tranſlator has added many uſeful remarks of hisown.Relazione del viaggio fatto a Conftantinopoli, et da G10. BENAGLIA, 12mo. Bologna 1664. Thisis an account of Count Caprara's embaffy to the great Turk, the author being his fecretary;and has many good remarks of that court, and of the Turkish army, taken by him upon thefpot, and therefore well worth the obfervation of the curious (Biblioth. Univ. vol. XV. p. 75. )FRENCH.Relations de divers voyages curieux par M. MELCHISEDEC THEVENOT. There is no need togive a character of this author, any further than that he has received the general approbation ofthe learned, for compiling a Collection of curious Travels in two volumes folio. —The first contains Greaves's defcription of the Pyramids of Egypt, and Buratini's account of the Mummies.An account of the Coffacks, another of the Tartars, another of Mingrelia, and another of

  • Melchifedec Thevenot poffeffed an ardent defire for travelling from a child, and at an early age his favourite,

propenſity was in part gratified. The care of the king's library was afterwards intruſted to his diligent refearch. He died in 1692. EDIT.Georgia.176 LOCKE's EXPLANATORY CATALOGUEFrenchWriters.Georgia.-Jenkinson's voyage to Cathay. -An extract of the Dutch embaffy to the Tartar.A relation of the conqueſt of the iſland Formofa by the Chineſes; another of the court of theMogol.- Sir Thomas Roe's and Terry's voyage to the Mogol. -A Greek deſcription of theEaft Indies. —The Arabic geography of Abulfeda. —The antiquities of Perſepolis . -The beginning of a book of the Chaldeans of Baffora. -Relations of the kingdoms of Golconda,Tanaffari, and Aracan , of the gulph of Bengala and of Siam. —Bontekoue's voyages to India.-The diſcovery of Terra Auftralis. —The failing courſe to India. —Inſtructions upon the trade ofIndia to Japan. -Beaulieu's voyage to the West Indies. -Accounts of the Philippine iſlands,of Japan, of the diſcovery of the land of Yedfo . -A defcription of the plants and flowers ofChina. -Ancient monuments of Chriſtian religion in China. -Thefecond Volume; the Dutchembafly to China; the Chineſe Atlas. -The itate of India. The portraiture of the Indians.Acarete's voyage on the river Plate, and thence to Peru and Chile. -Journey by land to China.The fecond book of Confucius the Chineſe philofopher. -The hiftory of Ethiopia, and offomecountries about it. -Travels to the province of Zaide in Egypt. -The hiftory of Mexico infigures explained. —Tafman's voyage to Terra Auftralis. -Inftructions for the navigation fromHolland to Batavia. -Two embaffies to the emperor of Cathay. -A chronological fynopfisofthe Chineſe monarchy. -Barros's Afia, or conqueft of India. —An account ofthe Chriſtiansof St. John. -A voyage to Tercera. -The elements of the Tartar language. -A fragmentconcerning the ifles of Solomon; another of the hiſtory of ſome eaſtern princes.Thevenot has alfo compoſed one volume in 8vo, in which is an Embaſſy from the Czar ofMofcovy to China by land. -The difcovery of fome countries in North America, and of thegreat river Miffiffippi. -A diſcourſe of navigation. -The natural hiſtories of the Ephemera,or fly that lives but a day, and the Cancellus.Lesfix voyages de JEAN BAPTISTE TAVERNIER en Turquie, en Perfe, et aux Indes. Thefetravels are printed in feveral forts of volumes in French, according to the feveral editions, andhave been tranflated into Engliſh. He is a faithful writer, and deſerves full credit in what hedelivers upon his own fight and knowledge; but in fome relations taken from others, he wasimpofed upon, being a perfon of integrity, and not fufpecting others would give a falſe information. His accounts are very particular and curious, and the extent he travelled very great;having taken ſeveral ways in his fix journies. But above all, he gives the beſt deſcription ofthe diamonds . mines, and rivers where they are found, and manner of finding them; havingbeen upon the fpot, as being a great dealer in thofe precious ftones.Recueil de plufieurs relations et traites finguliers et curieux de Jean Baptifte Tavernier, divifeen cinque parties, 4to. This is an addition to his voyages; in which he treats of the Dutchpractices to exclude all Chriftians from Japan, negotiations of French deputies in Perfia andIndia, remarks on the trade of India, an account of the kingdom of Tunquin, and the hiftoryof the proceedings of the Dutch in Afia.Relation nouvelle de la CAROLINE, par un gentilhomme François, arrive depuis deux mois de ce nouveau pais, ou il parle de la route quil faut tenir pour y aller le plus furement, et de l'etat ou il aJean Baptiste Tavernier was born at Paris in 1605, where his father conducted the buſineſs of a geographer. Such was his love of travelling, that before he had reached his twenty-ſecond year, he had viſitedalmoſt every part of his own country, England, the Netherlands, Germany, Poland, Switzerland, Hungary,and Italy. During the ſpace of forty years he made fix voyages into Turkey, Perfia, and the Indies. Thetwo first volumes of his Voyages in 4to, were written from his notes by Samuel Chappuzcau, and the third byChapelle, fecretary to the first prefident De Lamoignon . He died in 1689. EDIT.trouveOF VOYAGES. 177trouve cette nouvelle contrée. A la Haye 1686, 12mo. This is a modern account of Florida, Frenchits eftate in the year 1684, and the beſt way to it. The book has a good reputation; and Writers.as Florida is one of thoſe American countries we have not the beſt account of, this is a confiderable light into it.Relation du Voyage de monfieur l'EVESQUE DE BERYTE par la Turquie, la Perfe, les Indesjufquesau Royaume de Siam, et outres lieux, eſcrit par monfieur de Bourges, Preftre, 8vo . An account of thebishop of Berytus's journey by land through Turkey, Perfia, and India, into China, by a prieſtthat went with him; very curious in the defcription of thoſe countries and manners of thepeople, with inſtructions for travellers to thoſe parts ( Journ. des Scav, vol. I. p. 591. )L'Embaffade de D. GARCIA DE SILVA FIGUERRA. This is a tranflation out of Spanish, andthe account of the book is among the Spaniſh under the title, Embaxada, &c. to which thereader may turn; only he is advertiſed that he may ſee more concerning this tranflation inJourn. des Scav. ( vol. I. p. 205. )Les voyages de monfieur de MONCONYS. Monfieur Monconys's travels in three volumes, 4to.Thefirst through Portugal, Italy, Egypt, Syria, and Conftantinople. Theſecond into England, the Low Countries, Germany, and Italy. The third into Spain. Befides the generalaccount of thoſe countries and particular places, they contain abundance of rare and extraordinary obfervations and fecrets in phyfic and chemistry, and mathematical inventions.the au hor dying before the work was fitted for the prefs, it is in fome meaſure imperfect,and has many particulars of no uſe to any but himſelf; which there is no doubt he would haveomitted, had he lived (Fourn. des Scav. vol. I. p. 339, and 424.)Defcription des cofles de l'Amerique feptentrional, avec l'hiftoire de ce pays, par monfieur DENYS,2 vol. 12mo. The first volume is a deſcription of the northern coafts of America and thecountries adjacent, with a map of them, rendered extraordinary diverting by feveral ſtories related. The fecond is the natural hiſtory, very curious and learned (Journ . des Scav. vol . III.P. 141.)Relation oujournal d'un voyagefait aux Indes orientales, contenant les affaires du pais, et les eftabliffements de plufieurs nations, &c. 12mo. This author fet out on his voyage in the year 1671.He is worth reading for feveral obfervations not eaſily to be found in others; but moſt for hisaccount of the fettlements of European nations, yet all ſhort.Nouvelle relation en forme dejournal d'un voyage fait en Egypt, par le P. VANSLEB en 1672, et1673 , 12mo. The author to what he ſaw himſelf, for the better information of his reader,adds all that is to be found remarkable in other late travellers relating to Egypt.Voyage d'Italie, de Dalmatie, de Grece , et du Levant, aux années 1675, et 1676, par JACOBSPON, 12mo. 3 vols. This work, beſides the general obfervations of travellers, is fingular forits curiofity in the fearch of antiquities ( Journ. des Scav. vol. VI. p. 128, and 185. )Voyage de FRANÇOIS PIRARD DE LA VAL aux Indes orientales , Maldives, Moluques, et au Brafil,&c. 4to. This is one of the exacteft pieces of travels, and the most diverting hitherto madepublic. M. Pirard the traveller furniſhed the materials, which were digeſted , and methodiſedby feveral very able men in France. Many who have travelled after him mention much ofwhat he does, and yet he has fome curiofities which others have not touched upon ( Fourn. desScav. vol. VII. p. 85.)AMBASSADE de la compagnie des Indes orientales des Provinces unies vers les empereurs du Japon,An. 1641 , fol. It is a perfect account of all that happened to the faid embaſſadors, and fulldefeription of the country, towns, cities, &c. with variety of cuts (Journ. des Scav. vol. VIII.p. 130. and Biblioth. Univerf. vol . IV. p. 499. )VOL. I. Z Nouvelle178 LOCKE's EXPLANATORY CATALOGUEFrenchWriters.Nouvelle relation d'un voyage de Conflantinople, prefentée au roy par le SIEUR GRELOT, An. 1680,in 4to. A curious account not only of that city, but of all places to it, with cuts drawn bythe author upon the ſpot ( Fourn . des Scav. vol. VIII. P. 296. )Relation des miffions et des voyages des Eveques vicaries apoftoliques, et de leurs eccleſiaſtiques enannées 1676, et 1677, in Evo. This is a relation of what thofe preachers obferved in theirtravels in Afia.Les voyages de JEAN STRUYS en Mofcovie, &c. in 4to. In thefe travels through Mufcovy,Tartary, Perfia, India, the ifle of Madagaſcar, and other places, being a vaft extent of ground,and to be travelled many feveral ways, there are abundance of notable obſervations, not to befound in other books of this fort; the whole very inftructive and diverting (Journ. des Scav.vol. IX. p. 260. )Relation nouvelleparticulier du voyage des Peres de la mercy aux royaumes de Fez et de Moroc, enl'an 1681 , 12mo. Befides what theſe fathers did, as the peculiar buſineſs of their religiousprofeffion, this book contains many curiofities relating to the king of Morocco, and the cuftoms of the country (Fourn. des Scav. vol. X. p. 354-)Relation de la riviere des Amazons traduit par M. GOMBERVILLE,fur l'original Efpagnol du P.d'Acufiajefuite. This is a relation of the faid father's voyage down this vaft river; to whichthe tranflator has added a differtation, the principal matters treated of therein being the townsof Manoa, Dorado, and the lake of Parima (Journ. des Scav. vol. XI. p. 107.)Relation du voyages de Venife a Conftantinople de JAQUES GASSOT, 12mo. This author, thoughhe writ above an hundred years ago, is valuable for many curious obſervations not to be foundin later travellers (Journ. des Scav. vol. XII. p. 139. )Relation du voyage des Indes orientales , par M. DELLON, two volumes 12mo. The authoraffirms, he has inſerted nothing but what he faw; much of what he relates has been deliveredby other authors: but he is very particular, and out-does them all in his account of the coaftof Malabar; and concludes with a treatiſe of diſeaſes in thoſe parts, and their cures (Fourn.des Scav. vol. XIII. p. 121.)Hiftoire de la conqueste de la Floride par les Eſpagnols, traduit du Portugais, 12mo. This is avery exact account of that country, and all that happened in the conqueſt of it, writ by aPortugueſe gentleman, who ferved in that war, and was an eye-witnefs of all that paffed(Fourn. des Scav. vol. XIII. p. 394. )Voyages de l'empereur de la Chine dans la Tartarie, auſquels on ajoint une nouvelle decouverte auMexique, 12mo. It treats of two journies the emperor of China made into the eaſtern andthe weſtern Tartary. The other part fhews the fettlement made by the Spaniards in theiſland of California, An. 1683 (Journ. des Scav. vol. XIII. p. 446. )Relation de l'embaffade de Mr. LE CHEVALIER DE CHAUMONT a la cour du roy de Siam, 12m0.He writes not like a common traveller, but like an ambaſſador; and is therefore more political,and treats of higher matters than others, though often defcending to things of lefs moment,worth the general obfervation; as the defcription of the country, cuftoms and manners of theinhabitants, and other things of that nature (Journ. des Scavans, vol. XIV. p. 396. andBiblioth. Univerf. vol. III. p. 521. )Journal du voyage du CHEVALIER CHARDIN en Perfe, et aux Indes orientales par la mèrNoire, et par la Colchide, fol. Though fo many travellers as have vifited thofe parts before,ſeem to have left nothing new to write of; yet in him are found abundance of rarities notto be ſeen in any other, and remarks no where elſe to be found, and particularly the expoſition of feveral paffa*ges in fcripture, which the author makes out by cuſtoms preſerved in theI eaftOF VOYAGES. 179east from the time of Mofes till our day (Journ. des Scavans, vol. XIV. p. 535. and Biblioth. FrenchUniverf. vol. III. p. 520. )AMBASSADES de la compagnie Hollandoife d'orient vers l'empereur du Japon, 2 vol. 12mo. It isan abridgement of a volume in folio, printed in the year 1680, and is divided into three parts:the firft is the defcription of Japan; the fecond an account of the embaffy there; and thethird of five other embaffies. To which is added, a relation of the civil wars in Japan (Journ.des Scavans, vol. XV. p. 139. )Journal du voyage de Siam, fait par monfieur l'ABBE DE CHOISI , 4to. It is compofed of feveral letters writ by this gentleman, who was fent by the king of France with the characterof embaſſador in cafe the king of Siam had embraced Chriftianity, as was hoped; and doesnot only inform us as to all particulars of that great kingdom, but of many others about it asfar as Tonquin and Cochinchina, without neglecting in the way to treat very accurately ofthe Dutch colony at the Cape of Good Hope ( Fourn. des Scav. vol. XV. p. 301. )Hiftoire des Indes orientales, 4to. It is divided into two parts. The first treats of the voyage to, and obfervations at Cape Verde, of the iſle of Madagaſcar, and ſeveral paffa*ges whichhappened in Argier and Conftantinople; the fecond of two voyages into India ( Fourn. desScav. vol. XV. p. 436. and Hift. des ouvrages des Scavans, vol. II. p. 307. )Hiftoire naturelle et politique du royaume de SIAM, 4to. It is divided into four parts, whichtreat, 1. Of the fituation and nature of the country. 2. The laws and cuſtoms of the people.3. Their religion; and, 4. Of the king and court. Monfieur GERVAISE the author of it refided there four years, underſtood the language perfectly, read their books, and converfed withthe most intelligent perfons, and therefore got good information of what he writes, havingbeen careful to deliver as little as he could of what others had before made public (Journ. desScav. vol. XV. p. 612. )Relation nouvelle et exact d'un voyage de la Terre Sainte, 12mo. Contains an exact deſcription of all the places where the principal paffa*ges of our Saviour's paffion happened; and manyother things well worth obferving, being very fhort, and yet full enough (Journal des Scavans,vol. XVI. p. 204. and Hift. des ouvrages des Scavans, vol. III. p. 417.)Voyage en Mofcovie d'un ambaſſadeur de l'empereur Leopold, 12mo. An. 1661. He defcribesthe great rivers, the chief towns on the banks ofthem, the manners, government, and religionof the people (Fourn. des Scav. vol. XVI. p. 232. )It is divided into three books, the firſt- Defcription hiftorique du royaume de Macaçar, 12mo.the deſcription of the country, the fecond the manners and government of the people andkingdom, the third the religion ( Journ. des Scav. vol. XVI. p. 532. and Hift. des ouvrages desScavans, vol. V. p. 324.)Relation de la Nigritie, 12mo. It contains an exact defcription of the kingdoms of theBlacks, their government, religion, manners, rarities of the country; with the diſcovery ofriver Senegal, and a map of it; by four FRANCISCAN FRIARS, who went thither upon themiffion in the year 1689, from France (Journ. des Scav, vol. XVII. p. 311. )Voyage du PERE TACHARD et des JESUITES envoyez par la roy, au royaume de Siam, An. 1685,4to. This is an hiftorical, phyfical, geographical, and aftronomical account, being taken bylearned men, and great mathematicians. The first book is moſtly aftronomical obfervations in theFrançois Timoléon de Choiſi, was prior of S. Lo, Grand- doyen of the cathedral of Bayeaux, and one of the fortyof the Academie Françoife. He was born at Paris in 1644: in 1685 he was fent ambaſſador to the king ofSiam; and died at Paris in 1724.2 2 voyageWriters.180 LOCKE's EXPLANATORY CATALOGUEFrenchWriters.voyage to the Cape of Good Hope; the fecond, a relation ofthe Table-mountain, and manyother things about the aforefaid cape; the third, paffa*ges at Batavia and Macaffar; the fourth ,of affairs of Siam, and others; the fifth continues the fame matter; the fixth, much naturalhistory, concluding with the king of Siam's letters to the pope, king of France, and F. leChaife; the feventh, the father's return home; and the eighth, from thence to Rome (Fourn.des Scav. vol. XVII . p. 415. and Biblioth. Univerf. vol. IV. p. 472. )Second voyage du PERE TACHARD et des JESUITES envoyez par le roy, au royaume de Siam, 1689,8vo. This father returned from his firft voyage to carry more miffioners; and this fecondvoyage, which he divides into eight books, like the other contains many hiftorical, phyfical,geographical, and aftronomical remarks, befides abundance of other obfervations and curio.fitics omitted in the firſt voyage ( Biblioth. Univerf. vol . XIV. p. 445.)Hiftoire de l'Eglife du Japon, par Mr. l'Abbé de T. 2 vol. 4to. It was writ by F. SOLIER, aJefuit, and publifhed by l'Abbé, who refined the language. This, though an ecclefiafticalhiftory, contains all the diverting particulars to be found in books of travels, as being compofed by thofe fathers, who were all travellers in that country. It is an excellent work, intwenty books (Journ. des Scav. vol. XVII. p. 486. )P. 721. )Journal du voyage fait a la Mer du Sud avec les Flibufliers de l'Amerique, en 1684, et annéesfuivantes, par le SIEUR RAVENEAU DE LUSSAND, 12mo. It is a buccaneering expedition, containing very much of robbery, with an account of the Ifthmus of America, and countries about it,where the author with his gang travelled much by land ( Fourn. des Scav. vol. XVII.Hifloire de monfieur Conftance premier miniftre du roy de SIAM, et de la derniere revolution de cetflat. Par le P. d'ORLEANS , 12mo. It is a relation of that gentleman's wonderful adventuresin Siam, where he attained to be first minister to that great monarch in the year 1685; andthoſe that followed, with the revolution of that kingdom, and the perfecution that enfuedagainst the Chriftians ( Journ. des Scav. vol. XVIII . p. 373. )Du royaume de SIAM. Par Mr. DE LA LOUBERE, envoye extraordinaire du roy, aupres du годde Siam, en 1687, et 1688, 2 vol. 12mo. In this there are many particulars not to be found inother relations. The first volume divided into three parts; the firft geographical, the fecondof cuſtoms in general, and the third of manners in particular. The fecond volume begins withftrange fables and fuperftitions, proceeds to the practices of the religious men, and many otherparticulars extraordinary, curious, and remarkable ( Journ. des Scav. vol. XIX. p. 256, et 269. )Relation du voyage d'Espagne, 3 vol. 12mo. Treats of the country in general, of the fituation of its towns, of public and private ftructures, of palaces and churches, with their ornaments, &c . of the king's power, government, councils, employments, benefices, and their revenues; ofthe orders of knighthood, and the inquifition with many pleaſant adventures, inwhich there is much of the romantic ( Journ. des Scav. vol. XIX. p. 364. ) It is writ by theCountefs d'Aunoi, and has much of the woman.

Nouvelle relation de la Gafpefie. Par le P. CHRETIEN LE CLERCQ 12mo. This is a completeaccount of the manners and religion of the favages called Gafpefians, carrying croffes, and worſhipping the fun; and other nations of Canada in North America. It was taken in twelveyears, the author refiling there as miffioner, beginning An. 1675 (Journ. des Scav. vol. XIX.P. 395. and Biblioth. Univerf. vol. XXIII. p. 86. )Premier oftabliffement de la foi dans la Nouvelle France. Par le P. LE CLERCQ. miſſionaire, 2 vol.It is the complete hiſtory of Canada, or New France, from the firſt diſcovery of ittill this time; containing the diſcoveries, fettling of colonies, conquefts, and all other paffa*ges12mo.fromOF VOYAGES. 181from thofe northern parts down to the gulph of Mexico; with the battles with the English Frenchand Iroquois, An. 1690 ( Journ. des Scav. vol . XX. p. 131.)Voyages en divers eftats d'Europe, et d' Afie, pour decouvrir un nouveau Chemin a la Chine, 4'0.Thefe travels were writ and performed by F. AVRIL, a Jefuit, who ſpent five years traverſingTurky, Perfia, Mufcovy, Poland, Pruffia, Moldavia, and Tartary, and embarked in feveral feasto find out this way to China, to avoid the tedious voyage by the Cape of Good Hope andIndia. The relation is phyfical, geographical, hydrographical, and hiftorical ( Journ. des Ecav.vol. XX. p. 187.)Les avantures de JAQUES SADEUR dans la decouverte, et le voyage de la Terre Auftrale, 12mo.This is a very extraordinary account of Terra Auftralis incognita, infinitely exceeding all thathas been writ of it by others; the author being caft upon that country after the lofs of theſhip he was in, and living thirty years among thoſe favages. He therefore treats of theners of the people, their religion , employments, ftudies, wars; of the birds and beafts, andother rarities (Fourn. des Scav. vol. XX. p. 256.)manVoyages hiftoriques de l'Europe, 8 vol. 12mo. The firft of theſe volumes treats only ofFrance; the ſecond of Spain and Portugal; the third of Italy; the fourth of England, Scotland, and Ireland; the fifth of the Seven United Provinces; the fixth of the empire; thefeventh of Mufcovy; the eighth of Poland, Lithuania, Sweden, Denmark, Norway, and Iceland. Theſe volumes are travels into the most confiderable parts of Europe, and containabundance offingularities not obſerved by other travellers and writers ( Journ. des Scav. vol.XXI. p. 93. 95. 276. )Relation du voyage, et retour des Indes orientales, pendant les années 1690, 1691 , par UN GARDEDE LA MARINE fervantfur le bord de M. DUQUESNE commandant de l'Eſcadre, 12mo. It has manycurious obfervations during the voyage outward and homeward bound, and an account of allplaces the fquadron touched at ( Journ. des Scav. vol. XXI. p. 177. )Les voyages du SIEUR LE MAIRE aux ifles Canaries, Cap Verde, Senegal et Gambie, 12mo. Inthis are many particulars of thofe African countries, little known, and ſcarce to be found inother travellers (Journ. des Scav. vol. XXIII. p. 36+ )Nouvelle relation de la Chine, en l'année 1688, par le R. P. GABRIEL DE MAGAILLANS, de laCompagnie de Jefus, 8vo. This was originally writ in Portugueſe, and ought to have been amongthe travels in that language, had we any number of them. It was thought worth tranſlatinginto French firſt, and from that into Engliſh, but was never printed in its original language.It has the reputation of an exact and faithful account ( Hift. des ouvrages des Scav. vol. II .p. 203.)Relation univerfelle de l'Afrique ancienne et moderne, par le SIEUR DE LA CROIX, 12mo. 4 vols.Befides the chronology and geography, it has the cuſtoms, manners, religion, trade, plants ,and other particulars of the continent and iſlanda; and what the king of France has doneagainſt the Barbary Cɔrfairs, ( An. 1688, ALyon. )Le Bouclier de l'Europe, contenant des avis politiques et chretiens, &c. Avec une relation devoyages faits dans la Turquie, la Thebaide, et la Barbarie. Par le R. R. JEAN Coppin, 4to.This father was firſt a ſoldier, then conful for the French nation at Damietta in Egypt, and.• Jacques Sadeur, his real name was Gabriel Foigni, a Cordelier: his voyage was firſt publiſhed in 1676.This work has lately loſt conſiderably in point of credit. Foigni died at a convent in Savoy during the year169.2.Writers.Lastly,182 LOCKE's EXPLANATORY CATALOGUEFrenchWriters.laftly, a Religious man. The defign of his work is to ftir up Chriftian princes to make waron the Turk; and accordingly his firft, and fecond books, are taken up in fhewing ofhow greatconfequence that war is, the methods of managing it, the caufes of the rife and decay of theOttoman empire, and much more to that effect. In the following books he proceeds to histravels; firſt in Egypt, where he has many curious obfervations not to be found in other travellers, but more particularly, in that he took the pains to travel the great defart of Thebaida,where few beſides him have been in thefe latter times; and this is the ſubject of his third andfourth books. The fifth treats of Barbary, Phoenicia , and the Holy Land: and the workconcludes with an exact deſcription of the city Damietta, where he refided fome years. Hisrelation is faithful, and deferves all credit , efpecially in thofe things he delivers as an eye-witnefs. It was publiſhed at Paris in the year 1686 ( Biblioth. Univerf. vol. V. p. 103. )Journal, oufuite du voyage de SIAM, enforme de lettres familieres, fait en 1685 , et 1686, par monfieur l'ABBE DE CHOISI, 8vo. It is the third account of the French ambaffadors fent toSiam; monfieur de Chaumont and P. Tachard, both before mentioned, being the two others.It contains an exact journal of that Voyage, has all the fea-terms, much of the fame as F. Tachard, and ſeveral other remarks. He treats of the war at Bantam, of the iſland of Java, ofBatavia, the power of the Dutch in India, of Siam, Tonquin, Cochinchina, &c. ( Biblioth.Univerf. vol. VI. p. 274.)Hiftoire naturelle et politique du royaume de SIAM, par monfieur GERVAISE, 1688 , 4to. The author lived four years at the court of Siam, and affirms nothing but what he ſaw, or found inthe best books of that country, as alſo by difcourfe with the beſt people there. He fays littleor nothing of what has been mentioned by other travellers to Siam; and adds much, whichthey, as being only paffengers, could not obferve. The work is divided into four parts: thefirſt contains the defcription of the country; the ſecond the laws, cuſtoms , manners, and government of that nation; the third the religion; the fourth ſpeaks of the king, royal family,and court (Biblioth. Univerf. vol . X. p. 516. )Relation nouvelle et exacte d'un voyage de la TERRE SAINTE, ou defcription de l'etat prefent deslieux, oufe font paffées les principales actions de la vie de Jefu Chrift. Paris 1688, 8vo. This is apilgrimage to the Holy Land, and therefore writ in a religious ftile, and contains the accountof all the holy places in Paleſtine , and a deſcription of Malta; and is a good guide for fuch asdefire to travel into thofe parts.Voyages de M. de THEVENOT en Afie et en Afrique. Paris 1689 , 3 vols. 12mo. It is to beobſerved, that whereas before mention is made of Thevenot's travels, that is a collection ofother men as appears there; but theſe are M. Thevenot's own travels, divided into three parts:the first, of the eaſtern countries under the Turk; the fecond, continues other eaſtern parts,proceeding towards Perfia; and the third, the Eaſt Indies. It is one of the most curious andexact works of this nature hitherto publiſhed, and well deferving to be read by all that arecurious of travels ( Biblioth. Univerf. vol. XIII. p. 246. )Voyages d'Amerique, hiftoire des avanturieres quife fontfignalez dans les Indes, &c. Par ALEXANDER OLIVIER OEXMELIN. Paris 1688, 2 vols . 12mo. This was a furgeon fent over in thefervice of the French Weſt India company, and fold in America, where he lived feveral years..The author of the Biblioth. Univerf. gives a great character of this work; and ſays, no man hasyet given fo good an account ofthe manner of living in thoſe parts, befides very good defcriptions, and all that is requifite in fuch a work; of which fee more in the faid Biblioth. Univers(vol. XVIII. p. 129.)NouveauOF VOYAGES. 183Nouveau voyage d'Italie fait en l'année 1688, avec un memoire contenant des avis utiles a ceux Frenchqui voudront faire le meme voyage. A la Haye, 1691 , 2 vols. 12mo. Par monfieur MISSON. This Writers.author gives a general account of all things obfervable in Italy, and therefore is the more diverting. He begins his travels in Holland, of which he gives a fhort account; then croſſingGermany and Tirol, he runs down Italy by the Adriatic fhore, and returns on the other fidethrough Tufcany, Genoa, Piedmont, Swifferland.Voyage en divers etats d'Europe et d'Afie, entrepris pour decouvrir un nouveau chemin a la Chine.Par LE P. AVRIL. Paris 1693 , 12mo. The first book contains the author's travels from Marfeilles to Erivan in Perfia;, the fecond . from Erivan to Mofcow; in the third he gives anaccount of Tartary,, but it was fuch as he received from others, for he was not in that country; and in the fourth, of his return to Poland, thence to Conftantinople, and thence for.want of health to France ( Biblioth. Univerf. vol. XXIV. p. 203. )Hiftoire de la revolution de l'Empire du Mogol, parmonfieur F. BERNIER, 8vo. This hiſtory ofthe revolution of the Empire of the Mogul, contains the whole account of Aurenge Zeb dethroning his father, with all the intrigues and wars on that account; the deſcription of Agraand Delhi, capital cities of that empire, many particulars of that court, the doctrines, cuftoms,&c. of the Indians, the Mogul's journey to Cachemire, and other curious obſervations madeby the author in his travels in that country.·Relation d'un voyage en la Mauritanie, par le fieur ROLAND FREJUS, 8vo. The author of thisvoyage into Mauritania was ſent by the king of France's order in the year 1666, to ſettle' trade in the kingdom of Fez, and gives a very juft, though brief account of his voyage andnegotiation. There is added to it a letter of monfieur Charant, who lived twenty-five yearsin Suez and Morocco, giving an account of the religion, manners, trade, &c. of thoſe people.Voyages en Afie, Afrique, et l'Amerique. Par monfieur JEAN MOCQUET, 8vo. ( See thisamong the English. )Voyagepar monfieur du QUESNE aux Indes en 1691 , et 1692, &c. ( See more of this amongthe English, 8vo. )Voyages historiques et curieux en Allemagne, Boheme, Suiffe, Holland, &c. de monfieur CHARLESPATIN, 8vo. (See this among the English. ) "Voyage aux Indes, de DILLON, 2 vol. 12mo.Hiftore de la Chine fous la domination des Tartares; par le P. GRESLON de la Comp. de Jefus,8vo. Paris 1672. We have here a fuccinct hiftory of China from the year 1651 , till 1669, -delivered by a miffioner refident there many years; his principal fubject is the aftronomy ofChina, which gained the firſt admiffion to the miffioners; of which, and all its parts, and howuſed and practiſed there, he treats very ingeniouſly and learnedly ( Giorn. de Letter.).Voyage du Levant; par monfieur de Loir, 12mo. Avoyage to the Levant in ten letters,containing all things remarkable in the iſlands of the Archipelago; Epheſus, Smyrna, Conſtantinople, Scutari, Negropont, Greece, the Morea, and all the coafts to Venice; in which areall the ancient and modern names of places, and what authors have ſaid of them, comparedwith what was when the author travelled. A work no leſs learned than curious ( Giorn. deLetter. An. 1673.)·Voyage d'Angleterre, par monficur SORBIERE , 12mo. This account of England is not.methodical, but contains fome obfervations worth reading.Relation univerfelle de l'Afrique ancienne et moderne, par le fieur de la Croix, 4 vols. 12mo.Lyon 1688. This is the fulleſt, and moſt perfect account yet extant of that great part of theworld,184 LOCKE'S EXPLANATORY CATALOGUEFrenchWriters.world being a judicious and laborious collection of all the beſt that has been writ on the fubject (Giorn. de Letter. An. 1689. )Hiftoire de l'ile de Ceylon, par le capitain JEAN RIBEYRO, traduite du Portugais en François,12mo Paris 1701. This fhort hiftory of Ceylon, though writ originally in Portugueſe, andpubliſhed in the year 1685, is here inferted in the French tranflation, becauſe the tranſlatorMr. Le Grand has added to it ſeveral chapters, collected from the beſt authors that have writof that iſland. It is divided into three books: the firft is the defcription of the island, its go.vernment, religion, product, &c. the ſecond treats of the wars there between the Portugueſes,the natives, and the Dutch; and the third, of the errors the Portuguefes committed in theirconqueſt of India; and the power of the Dutch in thoſe parts ( Fourn. des Scav. vol. XXIX.P 389. )Nouveau memoires fur l'eflat prefent de la Chine, par le P. LOUIS LE COMTE, 2 vols. 12mo.Paris 1696. F. Le Comte's memoirs of China have appeared in English; they have abundance of very remarkable paffa*ges and fingular curiofities, and have been too much talked ofto require much to be faid of them ( Journ. des Scav. vol. XXV. p. 58. )Dernieres defcouvertes dans l'Ameriquefeptentrionale de monfieur DE LA SALE, mifes au jourparmonfieur le CHEVALIER TONTI, governeur dufort S. Louis aux Illinois , 12mo. Paris 1697. Thisis an account of a vaft difcovery in North America, being the whole length of the river Miffiffipi , from the French plantations in Canada down to the gulph of Mexico to the ſouthward;and from the fame plantation to the fource of the ſaid river northwards ( Journ, des Scav. vol.XXV. p. 311.)Relation d'un voyagefait en 1696, et 1697 , aux cofles de l'Afrique, detroit de Magellan, Brezil,Cayenne, et ifles Antilles, par le fieur FROGER. This is a relation of an expedition of fix Frenchfhips, fitted out during the war with Spain in thofe years; it is looked upon as very faithful,and adorned with a great number of maps and cuts of all forts ( Fourn. des Scav. vol. XXVI.P. 164.)J2mo.Memoires du Chevalier BEAUJEU, contenant divers voyages en Pologne, Allemagne, et en Hongries,Paris 1679. The author of thefe memoirs having travelled in Poland, Germany,and Hungary, undertakes to rectify many mistakes in the maps as to diſtances of places; hegives a particular account of thefe countries, and moſt eſpecially of Poland, and all things relating to it (Journ. des Scav. vol. XXVI. p. 284. )Relation du voyage du SIEUR DE MONTAUBAN capitain des Flibufliers en Guinée, dans l'année1695. This was a privateer voyage, which ended in the blowing up the fhip; but fo that thecaptain efcaped, and got afhore on the coaſt of Afric, of which he gives ſome account; thencehe got over to Barbadoes, and thence into France.Rel tion curieufe et nouvelle de Mofcovie, contenant l'etat de cet empire, 12mo. Paris 1698.This account of Mufcovy is compofed by Mr. DE NEUVILLE, envoy from the king of Poland tothe Czar, who during his refidence there collected the beſt account of a way through Muſcovyand Tartary to China, as convenient as any for travellers in Europe, which he fays he wastold by one that travelled it twice; but that the Czar at the requeſt of the Dutch has pro- hibited merchants trading that way.Journal du Voyage des grandes Indes, contenant tout ce qui s'y eftfait et paffepar l'efcadre defamajefte, envoye fous le commandement de M. de la HAYE, 12mo. Orleans 1697. This is a voyage of a French fleet to the Indies in the year 1670; it deſcribes Goa, and gives fome accountof thoſe coafts, of taking the city of S. Thomas or Meliapor, and the lofing it again to theDutch and infidels, with the return of the French.VoyageOF VOYAGES. 185Voyage d'Italie et de Grece, avec une differtation fur la bizarrerie des opinions des hommes, 12mo. FrenchParis 1698. This author ſet out from France in the year 1691 , and gives ſuch a deſcription Writers.of the countries he paffed through, and of the adventures that befel him, as renders it ex.tremely diverting; concluding with a reflection upon the extravagant humours of men, whoſebehaviour he condemns in many particulars, which are rather pleaſant and diverting thanfolid (Fourn. des Scav. vol. XXVI. p. 535. )SPANISH.Hifloria del Gran Tamorlan. Itinerario , y relacion de la embaxada que RuY GONZALES DE CLA- SpanishVIJO le hizo por mandado del fenor Rey D, Henrique tercero de Caftilla. Sevil 1582 , fol. This Writers.is the firſt Spaniſh book of travels, at leaſt of any reputation , now extant , and is of no leſsthan 300 years antiquity; for though the book was publiſhed as above, the embaffy was inthe year 1403 , in which the author ſpent three years, faw a confiderable part of Afia, following Tamerlan's camp, and befides what he ſaw during thoſe years, had an ample account of allthat mighty prince's wars: it is a book rare and of great value.Comentarios do grande ALPHONSO DE ALBUQUERQUE capitao general da India, collegidos porfeufilho das propias cartas, que elle efcrivio ao rey D. Manoel. Liſboa 1576, folio . This is a largerelation of the actions of that great man, who was one of the firſt Portugueſe conquerors ofthe Eaſt Indies; and a particular encomium of it is given by Anthonio Ferreira in his poems.Naufragios d'ALVAR NUNEZ Cabeca de Vaca, yComentarios d'ALVAR NUNEZ Adelantado y governador de la provincia del Rio de la Plata.Valladolid 1555, 4to. The firſt was writ by Alvar Nunez himſelf, wherein he gives an account of his fhipwreck, and unparalleled fufferings in Florida. The fecond was compofed byhis order by Pedro Fernandez his fecretary, and is an account of the province of the river ofPlate, where he was governor: both curious and ſcarce.Nuevo defcubrimiento delgran Catayo, o Reynos de Tibet en el anno de 1624. Madrid 1627. Itis writ by F. ANTHONIO D'ANDRADA, a Jeſuit, who in it gives an account of his travels in the moſt remote eaſtern countries.Verdadera defcription de la Tierra Santa como eftava el anno de 1530.Alcala 1531 , 8vo. Itis an exact account of the Holy Land at that time, writ by F. ANTHONIO D'ARANDA, whotravelled it all over as a pilgrim.Eldevoto peregrino viage de la Tierra Santa. Madrid 1654, 4to. The deſcription of theHoly Land in a pious ſtyle, for the help of pilgrims, by F. ANTONIO DEL CASTILLO, a Francifcan; who was fuperior of the monaftery at Bethlehem.Relacion de lo fucecido a los Padres de la compania de Jefus en la India, y Japon, en los anos de1630 y 1631. Valladolid, 4to. An account of the travels and actions of the Jefuits in Indiaand Japan, by F. ANTONIO COLLACO.Fornada do Arcebispo da Goa D. F. Aleino de Menefes, &c. as ferras de Malabar, et lugaresem que moram os antigos Chriflaos de S. Thome. Coimbra 1606, fol. It was writ by F. ANTONIODA GOUVEA of the order of S. Auguſtin, who treats very curiouſly of the inland parts ofMalabar, and Chriftians of S. Thomas there.Hiftoria general de los Hechos de los Caftellanos en las iflas, y Tierra Firma del mar oceano,efcrita por ANTONIO DE HERRERA. Madrid 1615 , 4 vols. folio . A moſt excellent and complete hiftory of the Difcovery and Conquest of America by the Spaniards, not omitting tomention the diſcoveries made at the fame time by other nations. It reaches from Columbus'sVOL. I. за firft186 LOCKE'S EXPLANATORY CATALOGUESpaniſh Writers.firft diſcovery an. 1492, till 1554, divided into four volumes, and thoſe into eight decads, witha very juft defcription of that vaft continent.Hifloria general de la India oriental, los defcubrimientos y conquista que hon becho los armos dePortugal en el Brafil, &c. hofta el ano de 1562. Valladolid 1603, folio. This though ancient,is the fullett account there was till that time of the actions of the Portugueſes in the EaſtIndies and Brafil, writ by F. ANTONIO DE S. ROMAN of the order of S. Benedict.Hifloria de la conquiſta eſpiritual de la provincia del Paraguay. Madrid 1639 , 4to. It is anaccount ofthe progrefs of the Preaching Jefuits in that province, and written by one of them,who was rector of fome colleges in that country.Itinerario da India a Portugal per terra ano 1520. Coimbra 1565 , 16mo. A journal ofANTONIO TENREIRO's travels from India by land into Portugal. It was more rare in thoſedays than now, yet there are good remarks to be found in it .Viage defde Manila a la China. This voyage was performed by F. AUGUSTIN DE TORDESILLAS, a Francifcan , but published by John Gonzales de Mendoza, an. 1585, being a voyage fromthe Philippine islands to China; which I have not ſeen, nor met with any further account of it .Hiftoria del defcubrimiento, y conquiſta del Peru, de AUGUSTIN DE ZARATE. Sevilla 1577,8vo. The author was an examiner or controler of accounts in the king's houfhold, and fentover to Peru to enquire into the king's revenue, during the rebellion in thoſe parts; where hegathered materials for his hiftory, which has always been in good eſteem where known, asappears by its having been twice tranflated into Italian.Hiftoria da Ethiopia alta, do P. BALTASAR TELLEZ, folio. He was a Portugueſe Jefuit,who collected this hiftory of Ethiopia from the writings of the Jeſuits, who refided there.He is highly commended by D. Franciſco Manoel in his epistles and his hiftory, and no leſsby Georgius Cordofus in Agiologio.Conquifa de las iflas Molucas, de BARTOLOME LEONARDO DE ARGENSOLA. Madrid 1609,fol. This author was hiſtoriographer of the kingdom of Arragon, and the moſt accomplishedmaſter of the Spanifh tongue in his time: fo that his hiftory is not only valuable for his excellent account of the Molucco iſlands, but for its language, wherein he has outdone moſtmen.4to.Manualy relacion de las cofas del Peru, de F. BERNARDINO DE CARDENAS. Madrid 1634The author was a native of Peru, and biſhop of Paraguay; ſo that his birth, education,and learning, qualified him to give a good account of that country.Navigacion de oriente y noticias de la China, 1577, 8vo. It is a fhort but ingenious treatiſeof the eaſtern Voyages, and fome affairs of China.Hiftoria de Yucatan, de BERNARDO DE LIZANA. The author was a miſſioner in the province of Yucatan, whoſe hiſtory he writes, but intermixed with much devotion.Hiftoria de las cofas antiguas que los Indios ufavan en fu infidelidad, por F. BERNARDINO DESAHAGUN. This hiſtory treats of the idolatry, rites, and ceremonies of the Indians, and oftheir government, laws, and politics. The fame author alfo writ La Conquista, or the Conqueft of Mexico.Hifloria verdadera de la Conquifla de la Nueva Efpana, por BERNAL DIAZ DEL CASTILLO,fol. The author of this hiftory of the conqueft of Mexico, ferved in it under Cortes, fromthe beginning till the laft; and therefore ſpeaks as an eye-witnefs, having been in all the expeditions of note, and received what he could not be preſent at from thofe that were. Hefays he finifhed his work in the year 1568, but it was not publifhed till fome years after..2 RelacionOF VOYAGES.Relacion de las gran.lezas de Peru, Mexico, y los Angelos de BERNARDO DE LA VEGA. Mexi- Spaniſhco 1601 , 8vo. This is only a collection of rarities in thoſe parts, as the title imports. The Writers.author was canon of the church of Tucuman in South America.Sitio naturaleza y propriedades de Mexico, de DIEGO DE CISNEROS, 1618. The author wasphyfician to the Marquis de Guadalcacar viceroy of Peru, and gives a very good account ofthat place.Decadas da Afia, de JOAD DE BARROS. He finished three decades, in as many volumes, ofthe hiſtory of India; of which the learned Nicholaus Antonius, in his Bibliotheca Hifpana, (pag.498, ) fays it is a moſt complete work, which will laſt for ever to the honour of the compiler. His fourth volume and decade, which he left imperfect, was finished by John BaptiftLabanha, hiftoriographer to K. Philip II. But after that, James de Couto undertook to continue the hiſtory from the third decade, where Barros ended, and writ nine more; ſo thatthe whole work confifts of twelve decades, but of theſe only ſeven have been printed at Liſbon.Relaciones del Pegu, de DUARTE FERNANDEZ. Of this relation I find no further account.Relacion de la provincia de Tucuman, de FERNANDO DE QUINTANA. This relation is of goodauthority, and the author was one of the first that went over to inhabit that country.Memorial y relacion las iflas Philippinas, de FERNANDO de los rios Coronel. The author wasa prieft in good repute, and gives an account of the wealth, not only of the Philippine, butof the Molucco iflands; reprefenting at the fame time what faults there are in the governmentof thoſe parts to be redreſſed.Verdadeira informazao do Preſſe Joao das Indias de FRANCISCO ALVAREZ. Lisboa 1540,folio. The author, a man of great probity, was ſent by king Emanuel of Portugal into Ethiopia, with his ambaſſador Edward Galvao, and refided there fix years, returning thence in theyear 1533; and during his ftay there had time to collect this hiſtorical account, in which hegives a deſcription of the country, of its trade, and all things that happened there during theftay of the Portugueſes.Relazão das provincias de Japao, Malabar, Cochinchina, &c. do P. FRANCISCO CORDIM.The author was a Portugueſe Jefuit, who had been in thoſe parts; and his work was fo wellapproved of, that it was thought worthy to be tranflated into French, and printed at Paris1645.Hifloria general de las Indias de FRANCISCO LOPEZ DE GOMARA. This author wrote in acommendable ſtile; but his hiftory is of no credit, being full of falſe relations, as is made outby all other authors that write of thofe parts, ſome of whom were eye- witneſſes of the thingshe miſreprefents, and others received them upon much better information.Conquista del Peru, por FRANCISCO DE XERES. Salamanca 1547, fol. The author was fecretary to Francis Pizarro the great diſcoverer and conqueror of Peru; and wrote this accountof the conqueft of that vaft kingdom, as an eye-witnefs, which he prefented to the emperorCharles the fifth,Commentarios de los reges Incas del Peru. Lisboa 1609. Folio.Hifloria general del Peru, 1617. Fol.Hifloria de la Florida, yjornada que hizo a ella el governador Hernando de Soto. 1695, 4to.Theſe three by GARCILASO DE LA VEGA, who calls himſelf Inca, as being the fon of a Spaniard, who was one of the conquerors of the kingdom of Peru, by an Indian woman of theimperial race of the Incas, from whom he took that name. The hiftory of the ancient Incasa a 2he187188 LOCKE' EXPLANATORY CATALOGUESpanish Writers.he received from the natives, that of the actions of the Spaniards from his father and others,who had a fhare in them.Trafado em quefe contam muitopor efenfo as cousas da China, e affi do regno de Ormuz, pelo P.GASPARDA CRUZ. Ebora 1569, 4to. The author, a Dominican friar, travelled as a miffioner in India, Perfia, and China, where he made his obſervations; and dedicated his workto king Sebaftian of Portugal: feveral authors of note make mention of him.Hiftoria general de las Indias. Salamanca 1547, fol.Hiftoria del Eftrecho de Magallones, 1552. fol.Navigacion del Rio Marannon. Theſe three by GONZALO FERNANDES D'OVIEDO, whoafter many honourable employments in Spain, was fent governor of the city of Santo Domingoin Hifpaniola, where he refided ten years; and compiled his hiſtory of the Indies mentioned inthe firft place, which he had divided into fifty books, whereof only nineteen are in the volumeabove mentioned; to which is added one called, OfShipwrecks. The reſt have not appeared,unless we allow his hiftory of the Straits of Magellan, the fecond here ſpoke of, to be histwentieth book, which is publiſhed by itſelf. His account of the river Marannon is in thethird volume of Ramufio's travels.Tratado de la Conquista de las iflas de Perfia y Arabia, de las muchas gentes, diverfas gentes, yeftranas y grandes batallas que vio, por JUAN ANGIER. Salamanca 1512 , 4to. The author,of whom we have no further account, affures he faw all he writes; which is all the characterwe can here give his work, but only that it treats of the conqueft of the iſlands on thecoafts of Arabia and Perfia, and of ſeveral nations where he travelled, and the battles hewas in.Hiftoria de las Cofas mas notables , ritos y coftumbres del gran regno de la China. Madrid 1586,8vo. This hiftory of the moft remarkable things, and the cuſtoms and manners of China,was writ by F. JUAN GONZALES DE MENDOZA, of the order of St. Auguftin; who in the year1580 was fent into China by K. Philip the fecond of Spain, where he gathered the materialsof his hiftory, and compofed it at his return.Virtudes del Indio, de D. JUAN DE PALAFOX Y MENDOZA, obispo de la Puebla de los Angelos,4to. This is a treatiſe writ in defence of the Indians by the good biſhop, and gives an account of their difpofition and manners, in oppofition to thoſe that repreſented them as brutal,and ſcarce endued with reaſon. This, though it ſeems not a book of travels, being the manners and cuſtoms of ſtrange nations, and by a traveller to thoſe parts, very well deferves admittance among them.Ethiopia Oriental, e varia hiftoria de coufas notaveis do oriente, do P. F. JOAO DOS SANTOS.Ebora 1609, fol . It treats of the eaſtern parts of Afric, where the author, who was a Dominican, refided eleven years as a miffioner, making his collections on the ſpot, which he aftermethodiſed in his own country.Hiftoria natural y moral de las Indias , por el P. JOSEPH D'ACOSTA. Madrid 1610, 4to.This hiftory is fo well known and generally eſteemed, that little needs be ſaid of it; the univerfal character of it being better than what it can here receive, being the Hiſtory Natural andMoral ofthe Weft Indies.Deſcription del nuevo orbe, y de los naturalez del, por el P. F. LUIS JERONYMO DE ORE.Lima 1598, fol. The author was an American by birth, a great traveller in thoſe parts, anable ſcholar, and of excellent natural parts; all which rendered him capable to write wellupon this fubject.DefcriptionOF VOYAGES. 189Defcription general de Africa, por LUIS DEL MARMOL CARAVAJAL. 3 vols. folio. This Spanishis the fulleft account extant of Afric, generally eſteemed in all parts, and has been tranflated Writers.into French. The author being a flave at Morocco, there read and heard thoſe recounts heafterwards publiſhed, of the interior parts of Afric which remain inacceffible to Chriftians.Thuanus, and Ambrofius Morales, in their histories commend this work.Hiftoria de Ethiopia, yHiftoria de la orden de predicadores en Ethiopia, por F. LUIS D'URRETA. 2 vols. 4to. Boththefe generally condemned as fabulous, and particularly by F. Nicholas Godinho in his bookde Abyffinorum rebus.Hiftoria de las iflas del Archipelago, China, Tartaria, Cochinchina, Malaca, Sian, Camboja, yJapon, por el P. MORCELLO DE RIBADENEIRA. Barcelona 1601 , 4to. This history of thofeeaftern counties was collected there by the author, who travelled the greateſt part of them asa miffioner.Relacion del Nombre, Sitio, Plantas, &c. de regno de Sardenha, por el Dr. MARTIN CAMILLO.Barcelona 1612 , 4to. This was a doctor of the civil law, who being fent by King Philip ofSpain into Sardinia, to inſpect all the courts there, travelled over the whole iſland of Sardinia,and took that opportunity to write this learned Treatife of its name, fituation, plants, conqueft, converfion, fertility, towns, cities, and government.Relacion del Govierno de los Quixos en Indias, 1608, 4to. An account of the province calledLos Quixos in South America, writ by D. PEDRO DE CASTRO Eorle of Lemos. What moretofay of it I do not find.Relacion de Philippinas, por el P. PEDRO CHIRINO. Roma 1604, 4to. The author of thisaccount ofthe Philippine islands, ſpent the greateft part of his life, and ended his days there,ſo that he was well acquainted with what he writ; but a great part of it confifts of the actionsof the Jefuits in thoſe parts, he being of that fociety.Primera parte de la Chronica de Peru, de PEDRO CIECA DE LEON. Antwerp 1554, 8vo. Ittreats of the limits and defcription of the provinces of Peru, the founding of cities, and thecuftoms and manners of the Indians. Only this first part is extant, the other four, which theauthor promiſes, and were hiftorical, having never been publiſhed; which is a great lofs, forby the value of this firſt we may judge of the reſt.Hifloria da provincia de Santa Cruz, a que vulgarmente chamamos Brafil. The hiftory of theprovince of Santa Cruz, vulgarly Brafil, by PEDRO DE MAGALHAENS GANDAVO. Libon1579, 4to. It is commended by Antonius Leo, in his Bibliotheca Indica.Relacion dos reges da Perfia y Ormuz, viage da India oriental a Italia por terra no anno de 1604.An account of the kings of Perfia and Ormuz, and travels from India to Italy by land, inthe year 1614, 4to. The author PEDRO TEXEIRA, a Portugueſe, who performed the journey..Itinerario de las miffiones orientales, con une fumaria relacion del imperio del gran Mogor. Anaccount of the eaſtern miffions, and of the empire of the Mogol. Rome 1649, 4to. Com.pofed by SEBASTIAN MANRIQUE, of which we have no other particulars.Cortas de D. HERNANDO CORTES Marques del Valle, de la conquista de Mexico, alemperador.The original letter writ by Cortes the famous conqueror of Mexico, giving the emperor

  • Louis Marmol was a native of Grenada. His defcription of Africa was firſt printed at Grenada in 3 vols.

folio, 1573. The French tranſlation was publiſhed at Paris in 3 vols. 4to, 1667. Marmol was prefent at thefiege of Tunis in 1536, and was for eight years prifoner in Africa. A great part of Marmol is taken fromthe Africa of John Leo. EDIT.Charles190 LOCKE's EXPLANATORY CATALOGUESpaniſh Writers.Charles the fifth an account of his expedition. There is no need to ſpeak of the value offuch papers, than which nothing can be more authentic, as being the relation of a commanderin chief to his fovereign.Corta do P. GONZALO RODRIGUES do fua embaixado a Ethiopia, e do que la fucedeo com ofeuRey Claudio. A letter giving an account of the einbaſſy of F. Gonzalo Rodriguez, ſent bythe king of Portugual to the emperor of Ethiopia. It is to be feen in F. Nicholas Godinho derebus Alyfinorum , ( lib . II. cap 58. )Relacion del viage que hizieron los capitones BARTOLOME GARCIA DE NODAL, Y GONSALO DENODAL hermanos al defcubrimento del Eftreco Nuevo de S. Vincente, y reconocimiento del de Magalbanes. This is an account of a voyage performed by the two captains above named to theStraits of St. Vincent, which we call Strait le Mayre, and to view that of Magellan, in theyears 1618, and 1619. Madrid 1621 , 4to. It is an exact journal of their voyage and ob .fervations whilft they were out, which was 11 months; and they were both able feamen, whohad ferved the king many years.Viage a laJanta ciudad de Jerufalem, deferipcion fuaya y de toda la tierra fanta, y peregrinacional monte Sinai, por el P. BERNARDO ITALIANO. Naples 1632 , 8vo. A journey to Jerufalem ,the deſcription of that holy city and country, and a pilgrimage to mount Sinai, performedby the author, a Francifcan friar.Relacion de los Sagrados lugares de Jerufalem, y toda la Tierrafanta. The author, F. BLAZEDE BUIZA, a Francifcan, and collector of the charity gathered to pay the Turks the tributefor the privilege of thofe holy places. It is a curious relation, printed at Salamanca 1624,8vo.Tratado de las Drogas, y medicinas de las Indias orientales. Burgos 1578, 4to.Tratado del viage de las Indias orientales y loque fe navega por aquellas partes. Both thefe byCHRISTOPHER DA COSTA, a native of Tangier; who ſpent many years in his travels in Africand Afia, and was a doctor of phyfic, which enabled him to write that moſt excellent treatiſefirst mentioned of theſe two, of the plants and drugs of the East Indies. The fecond is ofthe Eaft India voyage, and of thoſe ſeas.Relazao da navigazao de DUARTE LOPEZ a Africa, e Congo, no anno de 1578. Or Lopezhis voyage to Afric, and the kingdom of Congo, which is to be feen in Latin in Theodore deBry's collection.Viage de D. FRADRIQUE HENRIQUEZ DA RIBERA a Jerufalem. Lisboa 1580, 4to. Thisis a pilgrimage to Jerufalem performed by this nobleman, who was Marquis of Tarifa, andfpent two years in it, fetting out in November 1518, and returning in October 1520, whenhe left this monument of his piety and ingenuity.Peregrinacao de FERNAN MENDEZ PINTO. Liboa 1614, fol. Pinto's travels in India, fofabulous that the general confent of the world has exploded them, though fome few havetaken the pains to defend thofe chimeras.Viage que hizo a Jerufalem FRANCISCO GUERERO. Sevil 1645. This is another pilgrimageto Jerufalem, by a demi- canon ofthe cathedral of Sevil, and can only be a repetition of what we fee in the others above mentioned.Chorographia de alguns lugares que flam em hum caminho que Fez GASPOR BARREIRAS, o anode 1546, de Badajoz em Caffel la ate Milan en Italia. Coimbra 1561 , 4to. The author givesan account of the places he paffed through in his journey from Badajoz in Spain, to the cityof Milan: but Andrew de Refende complains that he ſtole notes which he friendly communicated to him, and inſerted them as his own.ItinerarioOF VOYAGES. 191Itinerario da India per terra ate Portugal, com a deſcripzao de Jerufalem. Lisboa 1611 , 4to. SpaniſhThis journey was performed and book writ by F. GASPAR DA SA, a Portugueſe Franciſcan, Writers.being a journal of his travels from India to Portugal by land, and a deſcription of Jerufalem;but of this fort there are ſeveral, and this I do not find has any thing more remarkable aboveothers.Viage de JERONIMO DE SANTISTEVAN de Genova por el Cairo a la India, y fa buelta a Portugal. A voyage by Jerome de Santiftevan from Genoa by the way of Grand Cairo to India,and his return to Portugal. It is to be feen in Italian in the firſt volume of Ramufio's col.lection.Itinerario d'Efparca a las Philippines , y de alli ala China, y buelta por la India oriental. Thisis a voyage round the world by F. MARTIN IGNATIUS DE LOYALA, a Franciſcan; who tookhis way from Spain to America, thence to the Philippine iſlands, thence to China, and foround home by the Eaft Indies. It is printed in F. John Gonzales de Mendoza's hiſtory ofChina, with the author's name to it , in the edition of the year 1585, but the name is left outin that of 1586.Jornada da terra Santa. Another holy land pilgrimage, by F. NICHOLAS DIAZ, of the order of St. Dominic.Itinerario da terra fanta, e todas as fuas particularidades. Another pilgrimage ſtill to theHoly Land, by F. PANTALEO D'AVEIRO. Lisbon 1593 , 4to.Relazao de PEDRO ALVAREZ CABRAL dafua navegazao a India oriental. This Cabral wasthe next after Gama ſent by Emanuel king of Portugal into India; and accidentally beingdrove thither by ftorms, diſcovered Brafil. This relation is to be ſeen in Italian in John Baptifta Ramufio's collection.Relazao de PEDRO DA CINTRA, dafua navegazao a cofta de Guinée, y a India. A voyage tothe coaft of Guinea and India, by Pedro da Cintra, of which I find no more, but that it wastranflated into Italian by Aloifius Cadamuftus.Relazao do viage de PEDRO COVILLAM de Lisboa a India per terra, e volta ao Cairo, 1587.This Covillam was one of the first fent from Portugal to diſcover India by land, before theway to it had been opened by fea; and this is the account of his travels thither, and back toGrand Cairo.Viage que hizo a Jerufalem el P. F. PEDRO de Santo Domingo, de la orden del mismo fanto.This was a Dominican lay-brother, who gave an account of his pilgrimage; but enough ofthem. It was in the year 1600, and printed at Naples in 1604, in 8vo.Viage de Jerufalem de PEDRO GONZALES GALLARDO. Another Holy Land voyage, printed.at Sevil 1605, 8vo.Naufragio y peregrinacion en la Cofia del Peru, de PEDRO GOVEO DA VICTORIA. This is anaccount of a ſhipwreck and travels in America by this Goveo in his youth, a book of no greatfame, and therefore hard to find any account of it. Printed in 1610, in 8vo.Viage del mundo, por PEDRO ORDONEZ DE ZEVALLOS, 4to. This, though the author callsit the voyage of the world, only fhews a piece ofvanity, for it reaches no further than America; a part whereof the author faw, and writes of.Relacion del voyage que hizo a la India THOMAS LOPEZ, el anno de 1502. This voyage toIndia by Lopez, is to be ſeen in Italian in Ramufio's collection.Nuevo defcubrimiento del gran Rio de las Amazonas. A new diſcovery of the great river ofthe Amazons, by CHRISTOPHER D'Acuna, a Jeſuit, who went upon that expedition byorder ofthe king of Spain. Madrid 1641 , 4to..Relacion192 LOCKE'S EXPLANATORY CATALOGUE1SpanishWriters.Relacion del voyage de los hermanos Nodales, de DIEGO RAMIREZ. This is a relation of thevoyage made by the two brothers Bartholomew and Garcia de Nodal to the ftraits of Le Mayre;their own journal of this voyage was mentioned before, yet this relation is much commendedby Antonio de Leon in his Biblioth. Ind. occident. ( p. 91. )Relacion del naufragio de la Nao Santiago, y Itinerario de la gente, que della fe falvo, el año de1585. This is an account of a Portugueſe ſhip caft away, and of the great fufferings of thoſethat were faved. It is a very remarkable relation , and printed An. 1602, in 8vo.Relacion del defcubrimiento de las fiete ciudades, de FERNANDO D'ALARCON. The diſcoveryof feven cities in the north America by Ferdinand d'Alarcon; it is to be found in Italian inRamufio's collection, ( vol. III. )Relacion del defcubrimiento de las fiete ciudades, de FRANCISCO VASQUEZ CORONADO. Thedifcovery of the feven cities laft mentioned by Coronado, and to be found in the fame volumeof Ramufio.Tratado de las guerras de los Chichimecas. An account of thoſe northern people in America, called Chichimecas, and the wars with them, by GONZALO DE LOS CASAS, a native ofMexico, and lord of the province of Zanguitan in that country.Relacion de lo fucedido a los PADRES DE LA COMPANIA DE JESUS en la India oriental y Japonen los anos 1600, 1601. 1607 , y 1608. This account was firft writ in Portugueſe, and tranſlated in Spanish, and has not very much but what relates to religious affairs.Hiftoria ecclefiaftica del Japon defde el ano 1602 , hofta el de 1621. This is an ecclefiafticalhiftory of Japan for thoſe years above mentioned, compofed by F. JACOBO COLLADO, andprinted at Madrid, An. 1623 , in 4to. It was continued to the year 1622, by F. JacintusOffanel of the order of S. Dominic, as was the other.Hifloria evangelica del regno de la China del P. F. JUAN BAPTISTA MORALES. This hiftory of China has been always in good repute; the author was a Dominican and miffioner firſtin Camboya, and then in China, where he fuffered much, being put to the rack, twicewhipped, and then banifhed. Coming to Rome he gave the pope a good account of theaffairs of that country, whither he returned and ſpent there the remainder of his life, dyingat 70 years of age in the province of Fokien. Thus much has been faid of him, to fhew thathe was well acquainted with what he writ, and well deferves the general approbation he hasmet with.Embaxada de D. GARCIA DA SILVA FIGUEROA a la Perfia. This embaſſador was a mancurious and knowing, and obferved many confiderable things which other authors have notſpoke of, and made learned reflections on what ancient hiftorians have writ of the eafterncountries. He gives an account of the manners and cuſtoms of the people, and defcriptionof all places in the way he went from Goa to Ifpahan, the capital of Perfia. The relation ofthe Perfians taking Ormuz from the Portugueſes; a deſcription of Chilminara the ancientpalace of Perfepolis, burnt by Alexander the Great when he was drunk. This is a book ofgreat value in the original Spaniſh, the French tranflation being vitiated by the tranflator, fothat there is no relying on it.Conquista y antiquedades de las iflas de la Gran Canaria, fu defcripcion, &c. por el licenciadoJUAN NUNEZ DE LA PENA, 4to. Madrid. The conqueft and antiquities of the Canaryiſlands, being perhaps the beſt relation we have of them, both as to their preſent ſtate andantiquities.ENGLISH.OF VOYAGES. 193ENGLISH.HACKLUYT, a minifter by profeffion, is the firſt Engliſhman that compiled any Collection Engliſhof travels now extant: he himſelf was no traveller, but only delivers what he could gather Collections.from others. His work was publiſhed in the year 1598, and reaches down to 1597; it isdivided into three parts, compofing one thick volume in folio. THE FIRST contains the following Voyages: 1. K. Arthur to Ifeland , An. 517.- 2. K. Malgo to Ifeland, Gotland, &c . An.580.-3. K. Edwin to Anglefey and Man, An. 624.-4. Bertus to Ireland, An. 684.-5. Other beyond Norway, An. 890. -6. Other into the Sound. -7 . Wolfian into the Sound.8. K. Edgar round his monarchy, An. 973. -9 . Edmund and Edward into Hungary, An.1017.-10. Harald into Ruffia, An. 1067. -11 . An Engliſhman into Tartary, Poland, andHungary, An. 1243. -12 . F. de Plano's wonderful Voyage, An. 1246. - 13 . F. de Rubricis'sjournal, An. 1253. —14. F. de Linna towards the North Pole, An. 1360. - 15. Hen. E. ofDerby into Pruffia , An. 1390. - 16. F. of Woodflock into Pruffia, An. 1391. -17. Sir H.Willoughby to Lapland, An. 1553.- 18. Chanceller's difcovery of Muſcovy by ſea, An. 1553.19. Burrough to the river Ob, An. 1556. -20. Johnfon to the Samoeds, An. 1556.21. Burrough to Wardhouſe, An. 1557. -22 . Jenkinſon to Ruffia, An. 1557.-23 . Jenkinſonfrom Moſcow into Bactria, An. 1558. -24. Jenkinſon through Ruffia into Perfia, An. 1561 .25. Alco*ck, &c. by land to Perfia, An. 1563. —26. Johnſon, &c. by land to Perfia, 1565.27. Southam and Spark to Novogrod, An. 1566. —28 . Jenkinſon to Ruffia, An. 1566. -29. Edwards, &c. by land to Perfia, An. 1568. —30. Banifler and Ducket by land to Perfia,An. 1569.-31 . Burrough to Livonia, An. 1570. -32 . Jenkinſon to Ruffia, An. 1571 .33. Burrough by land to Perfia, An. 1579. -34. Pet and Jackman to the north-eaft, An.1580. -35. Horfey by land from Moſcow to England, An. 1584. -36. Ruffians to the northeaſt.-37. Voyage to Siberia and the river Ob. -38. Vanquishing the Spanish armada, An.1588.-39. Voyage to Cadiz, An. 1596. Thus far the firft volume; the firft fixteen of whichVoyages are not of much moment or authority, and the two laſt are warlike expeditions,which were not properly placed among difcoveries; the reft of the volume is filled withtreaties, patents, and letters. Thus it appears all thefe, except the two laft, are northernVoyages. THE SECOND VOLUME contains Voyages to the ſtraits, coaſt of Afric, and the EaſtIndies. Of thefe the greateſt part are pilgrimages to Jerufalem, many of very little moment;expeditions for the Holy Land; common trading Voyages, that have little or nothing of curioſity, and ſea-fights; all which being a great number, and of no moment, are not worth inferting here the ſmall remaining part are Voyages to Guinea, and other coafts of Afric, andfome few to the Eaft Indies; of all which there is a much better account in Purchas, andothers, and therefore they are not inferted in this place. Befides, as in the firſt part, there areabundance of letters, diſcourſes, patents, and fuch Original Papers. THE THIRD VOLUME, notto mention many of no worth, has theſe confiderable Voyages: Sebaftian Cabot's to NorthAmerica-three of Sir Martin Forbisher to the North-Weſt paſſage -two of Davis's to thenorth- west-Hore and Gilbert to Newfoundland - Granpre, and others, to the iſle of Ramea—three of Jaques Cartier to Newfoundland, Canada, &c. - Roberval to Canada.- Amadas, Balow, Greenvil, and others to Virginia -Verazzano, Ribault, Laudonniere, and Gourges to Florida-Marco de Nica, Francis Vafquez Coronado, and Antony de Espejo to Cibola, Culiacon,and New Galicia -Ulloa, Alarcon, and Drake to California-Ovalle to the Philippine islands,Lequeos, China, and back to Acapulco -Tonfon, Bodenham, Chilton, Hawks, Philips, andHortop to New Spain, Peru, and Panuco-Pert and Cabot to Brafil - Tifon and Hawkins toVOL. I. b b the

194 LOCKE's EXPLANATORY CATALOGUEEnglishCollections.the West Indies -Harkins to Guinea, and the Weft Indies -Drake to Nombre de DiosOxnam, Barker, Drake, Micheljon to Mexico, &c. -Newport to Puerto Rico, &c. -Maytothe Straits of Magellan - Dudley, Prefton, Drake, Sherley, Parker, to feveral parts of the WeſtIndies-Raleigh to the iſland Trinidad, and to Guiana-Hawkins, Reniger, Hare, Lancafier toBrafil-two Englishmen and Drake up the river of Plate-Drake round the world-Silvathrough the Straits of Magellan - Winter into the South Sea-Fenton to Brafil -Withringtonto 44 deg. of fouth latitude-Candish round the world -Ship Delight to the Straits of Magellan - Candif his laft Voyage *. Thus have we briefly run over the Contents of Hackluyt'sCollection, precifely fetting down all in the first volume; to give the reader a taste of the author's method of heaping together all things good and bad; which has been abridged in relation to the fecond and third volumes, to avoid being tedious. The Collection is ſcarce andvaluable for the good there is to be picked out: but it might be wished the author had beenlefs voluminous, delivering what was really authentic and uſeful; and not ftuffing his workwith fo many ftories taken upon truft, fo many trading voyages that have nothing new inthem, fo many warlike exploits not at all pertinent to his undertaking, and fuch a multitudeof articles, charters, privileges, letters, relations, and other things little to the purpoſe oftravels and diſcoveries.PURCHAS was the next great English collector of travels after Hackluyt, whom he has imitated too much, fwelling his work into five volumes in folio. The whole Collection is veryvaluable, as having preferved many confiderable Voyages which might otherwife have perished .But to particularife with him, as has been done before with Hackluyt: his FIRST VOLUME is divided into five books. The firft contains the travels of the ancient patriarchs, the apostles,and philofophers, with the warlike expeditions of Alexander the Great, and other princes; towhich is added an enquiry into languages, and an account of the feveral forts of religions.Thefecond book treats of Navigation in general; the Diſcoveries made by Henry prince of Portugal, king John of Portugal; Columbus of the Weft, and Gama of the Eaft Indies: then follow Magellan, Drake, Candifh, Noort, and Spilbergen round the world, and le Maire's difcoveryof the new Strait of his name. The third book is filled with fome private Voyages to theEaft Indies, and the feven firft made by the Eaft India Company; with defcriptions, and anaccount of all thoſe parts, their product, trade, government, religion, &c. but all, as deliveredby the firſt that reforted there and made no long ftay, imperfect, and far ſhort of what wehave had fince. The fourth book contains the eighth Voyage of the Eaft India companyCapt. Saris to Japan-Finch to India-ninth, tenth, eleventh, and twelfth Voyages of theCompany Obfervations for Sailors - Steel to the Mogul's court-Milward to India -Peytonto India -An extract of Sir Thomas Roe, embaffador from king James to the Mogul, his journal-Coryat's travels. The fifth book ſtill continues upon accounts of the East Indies, of allparts thereof, and from many feveral hands; upon differences between the Dutch and Engliſh;wars of the natives; engagements of the English and Portugueſes; and many other paffa*ges andoccurrences tothe fame purpoſe. The fixth book, being the firft in the SECOND VOLUME, beginswith collections of John Leo's hiftory of Afric, and R. C.'s hiftory of Barbary: then followNicholay's defcription of Argier; an expedition to Argier under Sir Robert Manfel; and fomerelations of Afric. The feventh book begins Jolfon's Voyage to Guinea; Battle's accountof Angola is next, then Pigafetta's relation of Congo; Alvarez's Voyage to Ethiopia;The price of this Collection is increaſed through the infertion of the voyage to Cadiz, by the Earl ofEffex, in 1596: even without this a good copy fells for five guineas. EDIT.D. JohnOF VOYAGES. 195--D. John de Caflro from India to Suez; Bermudez the patriarch to Ethiopia, and Nunhes Barreto Englishof the fame country. The eighth contains feveral pilgrimages to Jerufalem, Chriftian expe- Collections.ditions to the Holy Land; Barton's ( Q. Elizabeth's embaſſador to the great Turk) accountof his Voyage, and the adventures of J. Smith. The ninth book confifts of Sherley's travelsinto Perfia-Benjamin the fon of Jonas his peregrination -Terrey's Voyage to the Mogul —Barthema's to Egypt, Syria, Arabia, Perfia, and India-Collections of Afia out of ArabicMenefes his account of India-Figueroa to Ifpahan-7. de Santos to Ethiopia-Jobfon onGambra river-account of the Grand Signior's feraglio -Sanderfon's voyages in the traitsTimberley from Cairo to Jerufalem-Newberry of the eastern parts of the world-Fran. Pyrardde la Vol to the Eaft Indies. The tenth book has a collection of Spaniſh and PortugueſeVoyages out of Galvan- Trigautius his Voyage to India-Letter touching Japan-Frederick'sIndian obfervations-Balbi to Pegu-Fitz to Goa, and other parts of India-Pimenta's obfervations of India-Linfchoten's Voyages to India-relation of Ormuz-Sir Rob. Sherley toPerfia-Coryate's travels -Lithgow Scot to the Holy Land, &c. -Intelligence out of Turky –Brown's Indian voyage-Dutch proceedings at Amboyna; and defcription of the bay ofTodos os Santos. THE THIRD VOLUME, book the first, contains as follows: W. de Rubricistravels into the eaſt-Relations of Bacon, and Balvacenfis -Wendover ofthe Tartars -M. PaulusVenetus his Voyages-S. J. Mandevile's travels-Extracts of an Arabic hiſtory of TamerlanTravels of Chaggi Memet, a Perfian- Treatife of China, of F. Gafpar da Cruz-Pereira ofChina. The fecond book has, Sir H. Willoughby, Chanceller, and Jenkinſon's Voyages to thenorth-eaft -Extracts of Fernan Mendez Pinto's travels -Difcovery and planting of the Philippine iſlands - Goe's travels from Lahor to China by land -Jefuits first entrance into Chinaand Japan-Pantoja's account of China-Difcourfe of China out of Riccius and Trigautius.The third book, Fletcher's treatife of Ruffia -Edge's Northern Voyages -Barent's into theNorth Sea-Gerart de Veer's Northern Voyages-Iver Boty of Iceland and Greenland -- Defcription of Siberia, Samoieda, and Tingoefia - Gourdon to Pecora- Logan to Pechora, and hiswintering there-Pufglove to Pechora, and wintering there- Gourdon wintering at PuftozraVoyages to Cherry ifland-Hudfon's Northern Voyages-Difcovery of Nicholas and AntonioZeni-Quirino's fhipwreck-Barclay's travels in Europe, Afia, Afric, and America- Broniovius embaffador to the Crim Tartar-Blefkin's Voyages and hiftory of Iceland and Greenland. -Angrim Jonas' hiftory of Iceland. The fourth book, Sir T. Smith to Cherry island.Poole to Greenland. -Baffin to Greenland. -Foflerby to Greenland. - Several NorthernVoyages -Revolutions in Ruffia -- Coffack's travels out of Siberia to Catay-Diſcovery ofthe river Ob- Cabot, Thorn, and Weymouth's Voyages to the fouth-weft-Hall to diſcoverGreenland-Knight to the North-West Paffa*ge. Other Northern Voyages. The fifthbook, Herrera's defcription of the Weft Indies--Acofta and Oviedo of the Weft IndiesMexican history in cuts- Conqueft of Mexico by Cortes - other particulars of America.THE FOURTH VOLUME begins with the fixth book, and in it as follows: The first book, Earlof Cumberland's Voyage-- Cabot, Pert, Hawkins, and Drake's Voyages and feafights.-Carder living among the favages in Brafil- Candifl's unfortunate Voyage to the Straitsof Magellan - Knivel's adventures with Candi -Turner in Brafil - Parker taking PuertoBello -Middleton and Geare to the Weſt Indies -Defcription of the iſland Trinidad, countryof Guiana, and river Oronoko, by F. Sparrey- Leigh's Voyages to Guiana- Maſſacre ofEnglish in Guiana-Wilfon's relation of Guiana-Harcourt to Guiana-Defcription of theriver of the Amazons The feventh book, a treatiſe of Brafil, written by a Portuguefe.Extracts of Leri's hiftory of Brafil- Schnirdel's twenty years travels - Hawkins to the Southbb zSea-196 LOCKE'SEXPLANATORYCATALOGUEEnglishCollections."Sea-Ellis of the fame voyage-Relation of an Engliſhman thirteen years priſoner in Peru.Urfino of the coaſt of the firm land, and fecrets of Peru and Chili -Notes of the Weſt Indiesout of Peter Ordonez de Cevallos - New difcovery in the South Sea by Peter Fernandez Quiros.Lope Vas of American affairs-Extracts of Benzo of the new world, and of Garcilaffo Incasof Peru -Pizarro's conqueft of Peru; Occurrences in Peru after the conqueft . The eighthbook, Alvar Nunez of Florida-Soto to Florida -Diſcoveries to the northward of Mexico byNuno de Guzman, Marco de Nica, D. Fr. Vafquez Coronada, and D. Ant. de Espejo -Cafasof the cruelties of the Spaniards -Veyages and plantations of French in North AmericaGofnol to Virginia- Other voyages to Virginia-Defcription of the Azores. The ninth book,Defcription of Virginia, and proceeding of the English colonies there-Wreck of Sir ThomasGate, and account of the Bermudas -Argol from Virginia to Bermudas-Affairs relating toVirginia-Fight of an English and two Spanish fhips - Voyages to the Summer Iſlands, andhiftory of them. The tenth book, Diſcovery and plantation of New England —Chalton'sVoyage for north Virginia-Extracts of Smith of New England's trials-Other accounts ofNew England-New Scotland the firſt planting of it-Newfoundland the firſt ſettlementsthere, and account of the iſland-Warlike fleets fent out by queen Elizabeth againſt the Spaniards -The duke of Medina's for invafion of England- Squadron of the galeons of Portugal.The expedition to Portugal by Sir John Norris and Sir Francis Drake, ſuppoſed to be writby colonel Antony Wingfield-Expedition to Cadiz, and the ſucceſs againſt the Spaniſh fhips,and in taking the town-The earl of Effex his fruitless expedition to the Azores, the conclufion of the work. * The fijih volume is a theological and geographical History of theworld, confifting of the defcription, and an account of the religions of all nations. Thisauthor like Hackluyt, as was obſerved at firſt , has thrown in all that came to hand to fill upfo many Volumes, and is exceffive full of his own notions, and of mean quibbling and playingupon words; yet for ſuch as can make choice of the beſt, the Collection is very valuable.AVoyage to Surat in the year 1689 , giving a large account of that city, its inhabitants,and factory of English; defcribing Madeira, Santiago, Annoboa, Cablanda, Malamba, S.Helena, Bombay, Mafcate, Mycate, the Cape of Good Hope, and ifland of Afcenfion, therevolution of Golconda, defcription of Arracan and Pegu, an account of the coins of Indiaand Perfia, and obfervations concerning filk-worms; by J. OVINGTON, 8vo. London 1696.This is the most modern English account of thofe parts, and by a perfon well qualified tomake fuch obfervations.cuts.Travels and Voyages into Afia, Afric, and America, performed by monf. JOHN MORQUET,keeper of the cabinet of rarities to the king of France in the Tuilleries, in fix books, withTranflated from the French by NATHANIEL PULLEN gent. 8vo. London, 1696.For fo many travels the relation is too fhort; however there are things in it worth obferving.A new Voyage to the Eaft Indies, in the years 1690 and 1691 , with a deſcription of ſeveraliflands, and of all the forts and garrifons in thofe parts, now in poffeffion of the French, thecuftoms, &c. of the Indians, by monf. DU QUISNE. It has alfo a defcription of the Canaries,and of Senaga and Gambia on the coaft of Afric, with feveral cuts and a map of the Indies,and another of the Canaries. Made Engliſh from the Paris edition , 12mo. London, 1696.Ofthe French factories in thoſe parts we have no fuch account; and few better for the bulkof all other places the author undertakes to ſpeak of.Purchas is very ſcarce: a good copy at the lowest price, which fluctuates and advances, is at prefent worthfifteen guineas. EDIT.TheOF VOYAGES.The Voyages and Travels of Sir JOHN MANDEVIL Knt. fhewing the way to the Holy Land Englishand Jerufalem, to the Great Cham, Prefter John, India, and other countries, 4to. London , Writers.1696. It is needleſs to ſay much of this book, as being fo univerfally allowed to be fabulous.Two journies to Jerufalem, the firft an account of the travels of two English pilgrims, andaccidents that befel them in their journey to Jerufalem, Grand Cairo, Alexandria, & c. Thefecond of fourteen Englishmen in 1669, with the antiquities, monuments, and memorableplaces mentioned in fcripture; there are alfo ancient and modern remarks of the Jewish nation, the deſcription of the Holy Land, captivities of the Jews, what became ofthe ten tribes,&c. Here is very much promiſed, but the performance ſcarce anfwers, the volume being toofmall, and looks more like a collection out of fome real travels, than any true pilgrimage performed.Travels through Germany, Bohemia, Swifferland, Holland, and other parts of Europe,defcribing the moſt confiderable cities and palaces of princes; with hiſtorical relations, andcritical obſervations upon ancient medals and infcriptions, by CHARLES PATIN M. D. of thefaculty of Paris, made Engliſh and illuftrated with copper cuts, 8vo. London, 1696-7 . Forthoſe who are curious in Medals this piece will be moſt acceptable; yet this does not leffenthe value of the defcriptions and other relations.A new Diſcovery of a vaft country in America, extending above 4000 miles between NewFrance and New Mexico, with a defcription of rivers, lakes, plants, and animals, manners,cuſtoms, and languages of the Indians, &c. by L. HENNEPIN; to which are added new Difcoveries in North America, and not publiſhed in the French edition , 8vo. The promiſe isvery great, but there is little, or rather no proof of ſuch a vaſt extent of land, which no manhas yet feen, and is all framed upon conjectures, or what is as groundleſs, idle relations ofIndians; the other parts have more in them, yet only what are collections out of betterauthors.A late voyage to St. Kilda, the remoteft of all the Hebrides or weſtern ifles of Scotland;with an history of the iſland natural, moral, and topographical, containing an account of thepeople's religion and cuftoms, of the fish, fowl, &c. As alfo of a late impoftor there, pretending to be fent by St. John Baptift. By M. MARTIN gent. 8vo. London, 1698. Wehave here the only hiſtory and account of this iſland, that ever perhaps appeared in any language; and being fuch, its reputation ought to hold good, till any better can appear toleffen it.The Hiftory of the Buccaniers of America, 8vo.Anew account of Eaſt India and Perfia in eight letters; being nine years Travels, containing Obfervations of the moral , natural, and artificial ſtate of thofe countries, as the government, religion, laws, cuſtoms, foil, feaſons , diſeaſes , animals, vegetables, manufactures, trade,weights and meaſures, in the principal places there. By JOHN FRYER, M. D. with mapsand tables, London 1698.A Voyage to the Eaft Indies, giving an account of the ifles of Madagaſcar and Mafcarenhas, of Surat, the coaft of Malabar, Goa, Gomron, Ormuz, and the coaft of Brafil, &c. andof the religion, cuftoms, trade, &c. of the inhabitants; alfo a treatiſe of distempers peculiar to

  • This curious, and valuable work, was written originally in Dutch, by John Efquemeling, one of the Bucaniers, who was prefent at thoſe tragedies; and thence tranflated into Spanish, by Alonſo de Bonne-maifon,

M. D. It was firſt tranflated into Engliſh, in 1684, and printed in a fmall quarto volume, with plates.EDIT.19713 the198 LOCKE's EXPLANATORY CATAALOGUEEnglish Writers.the Eaſtern countries. There is annexed an abſtract of Monf. Reneford's hiftory of the EaftIndies, with his propoſals for improvement of the Eaſt India Company; written originally inFrench, by Monf. DELLON, M. D. 8vo. London, 1698. This work has been well receivedboth in French and Engliſh.A new Voyage and defcription of the Ifthmus of America, giving an account of theauthor's abode there, the form of the country, coafts, hills, rivers, wood, foil, weather;trees, fruit, beafts, birds, and fifh; the Indian inhabitants, their features, complexion, manners, cuftoms, employments, marriages, feafts, hunting, computation, and language; withremarkable occurrences on the South Sea and other places, by LIONEL WAFER, with cuts,8vo. London, 1698. A work that has been well received by the public.Anew account of North America, as it was lately prefented to the French king; containing a more particular account of that vaft country, and of the manners and cuſtoms of theinhabitants, than has been hitherto published, 8vo. London, 1698. We have here a Frenchaccount of thofe countries, particularly what belongs to them, more exact than any otherhas delivered.THE NEW ATLAS; or Travels and Voyages in Europe, Aſia, Africa, and America, &c.8vo. London, 1699. Alittle volume, which feems rather fome collections out of books andtravels, than any real Voyage.An account of a Voyage from Archangel in Ruffia, in the year 1697 , of the ſhip and company wintering near the north Cape, in the latitude of 71 degrees: their manner of living,and what they fuffered by the extreme cold; alſo remarkable obſervations of the climate,country, and inhabitants: with a Chart defcribing the place where they lay, land in view,foundings, &c. BY THOMAS ALLISON, commander of the ſhip. This is the lateſt relationwe have of any ſuch northerly wintering, and well worth comparing with fuch others as writeof thofe northern parts.A relation of two feveral Voyages made into the East Indies, by CHRISTOPHER FRYKEfurgeon, and CHRISTOPHER SCWARTZER, particularly deſcribing thoſe countries that are under the Dutch, 8vo. London, 1699. There is nothing extraordinary in them.An account of a DUTCH EMBASSY TO THE EMPEROR OF CHINA, writ by one of the embafladors' retinue, fol. It is a tranflation from the Dutch original, and contains a deſcription ofthe country, and all places they paffed through, with 200 cuts drawn upon the ſpot: it treatsalſo of the government of China, and manners of the people.The Defcription of the iſland of Ceylon by captain Knox. He lived 19 years upon theifland, being taken, and kept there all this while by the Dutch, and had the opportunity offeeing the greatest part, and being informed of the reft by the natives. He gives a particular account of his manner of living, and accidents that befel him till he made his eſcape, andthen treats very fully of all things that relate to the iſland. The Dutch who are maſters ofCeylon, have thought this account worth tranſlating into their language, and it has found agood reception among them, which must add to its reputation.Travels to Dalmatia, Greece, and the Levant, by Mr. GEORGE WHEELER. He travelledwith Mr. Span, who publiſhed the fame travels in French; but Mr. Wheeler remaining therebehind him , has ſeveral curiofities that eſcaped the other, many medals and curious cuts ofantiquities; ſo that his work fecms the moſt compleat, or at leaſt both together confirm one another.TERRY'S Voyage to the East Indies, begun in the year 1615, 12mo. He was chaplain toSir Thomas Roe, embaſſador to the Mogol from K. James the firfl, and gives an account offomeOF VOYAGES.199fome things in that country omitted by Sir Thomas in his relation; but a great part of his Englishbook is filled up with difcourfes of his own, very little to the purpoſe.An account of feveral late Voyages and Diſcoveries to the fouth and north, containing SirJohn Narbrough's voyage through the Straits of Magellan, to the coaft of Chile, in the year1669.-Capt. Wood's voyage for the difcovery of the North- Eaft Paffa*ge, An. 1676. -Capt.Tafman's round Terra Auftralis, An. 1642; and Frederick Martens to Spitsberg and Greenland, An. 1671. With a fupplement, containing Obfervations and Navigations to other northern parts; and an introduction, giving a brief account of ſeveral voyages. This collectionhas generally a good reputation, and feems very well to deferve it.Collection of Original Voyages, publiſhed by Capt. HACK, 8vo. It contains Cowley's voyage round the world, which is the fame with Dampier's mentioned in the next place. -Capt.Sharp's voyage into the South Sea, both buccanier voyages. The third is Capt. Wood'svoyage through the Straits of Magellan, which is the fame as Sir John Narbrough's beforementioned: and the fourth Mr. Roberts's adventures among the Corfairs of the Levant; fothat there is little new in them, the three firſt being in other collections, and the latt a veryindifferent piece.DAMPIER'S Voyages in three volumes, Svo: the firſt a new voyage round the world, begun An. 1697. It defcribes the Ifthmus of America, and ſeveral of its coafts and iſlands, thepaffa*ge by Tierra del Fuego, the ifle of Guam, one of the Ladrones, the Philippines, Formofa,Luconia, Celebes, the Cape of Good Hope, and ifland of S. Helena.The fecond volume, he calls a fupplement to his voyage round the world, where he defcribes Tonquin, Achen, Malacca, &c: their product, inhabitants, manners, and trade; thecountries of Campeche, Yucatan, New Spain in America; and difcourfes of trade, winds,breezes, forms, feafons, tides, currents, of the torrid zone.The third volume, is his voyage to New Holland, which has no great matter of new difcovery, but gives an account of the Canary iſlands , fome of thofe of Cabo Verde, and thetown and port of Baya de Totos os Santos, in Brafil. All the three volumes have cuts andmaps.A Collection of Voyages by the DUTCH EAST INDIA COMPANY, being three to the northeaft, two to the Eaſt Indies, and one to the Straits of Magellan: little can be faid in behalf ofthis work, being no more than what is to be ſeen in feveral other collections . 8vo.Anhiftorical relation of the island of Ceylon in the Eaft Indies, &c. illuſtrated with cutsand a map of the iſland, fol. The author, who lived long in that country, gives a generaldeſcription of it, referring the reader to the map; and then the whole natural hiſtory.LASSEL'S travels through Italy, firſt printed in one volume, 12mo. then in two. He wasthere four times, and gives a particular and curious account of moſt things of note there.Relation of the difcovery of the island Madera, 4to. This is a difcovery before it waspeopled, and it continued loft again for feveral years, and has little of certainty.GAGE's furvey of the Weft Indies, 8vo. This book has gained fome reputation .The Diſcoveries of JOHN LEDERER, in three feveral marches from Virginia to the weſt ofCarolina, and other parts of the Continent, begun in March 1669, and ended in September1670, 4to. This is a fmall account of the author's, who was a German, and travelled furtherup the inland in that part, than any has yet done; it is contained in about four ſheets, publiſhed by Sir WILLIAM TALBOT, in which there is much worth obferving.Relation of the Travels and captivity of W. DAVIES, 4to. A fmall pamphlet of a fewfheets.Writers.Account200 LOCKE's EXPLANATORY CATALOGUEEnglish Writers.Account of the captivity of THOMAS PHELPS at Machaneſs in Barbary, and his eſcape;another finall 4to. pamphlet.THE GOLDEN COAST, or defcription of Guinea, in which are four English Voyages toGuinea; a 4to. pamphlet and has feveral good obfervations.HERBERT's Travels into divers parts of Africa, and Afia the Great, more particularly intoPerfia and Indoftan, fol. Theſe travels have always deſervedly had a great reputation, beingthe best account of thoſe parts, written by any Englishman, and not inferior to the beſt offoreigners. What is peculiar in them, is the excellent defcription of all antiquities, the curious remarks on them, and the extraordinary accidents which often occur; not to mentionother particulars common in the books of all other travellers, which would be too tedious forthis place.BROWN's Travels in divers parts of Europe, (fol. ) The author, a doctor of phyfic, hasfhewed himſelf excellently qualified for a traveller by this ingenious piece, in which he hasomitted nothing worthy the obfervation of fo curious a perfon; having ſpent much time in thediſcovery of European rarities, and that in thoſe parts which are not the common track oftravellers, who content themfelves with feeing France, and Italy, and the Low Countries;whereas his relation is of Hungary, Servia, Bulgaria, Macedonia, Theffaly, Auſtria, Styria,Carinthia, Carniola, and Friuli; adding to theſe Germany, the Low Countries, and a greatpart of Italy, of all which he has compofed a work of great uſe and benefit.The Voyages and Travels of J. ALBERT DE MANDELSLO, a gentleman belonging to theembaffy fent by the duke of Holſtein, to the duke of Muſcovy and king of Perſia, ( fol. ) Theſeare alfo known by the name of OLEARIUS's Travels; the first part, which is of Muſcovy andPerfia, being altogether his, who was fecretary to the aforefaid embaffy: but then the following part, which treats of all parts of the Eaſt Indies, is folely Mandelflo's, who left theembaſſadors and Olearius at Ifpahan, and proceeded to view thoſe remoter parts. It is needlefs to give any other character of this work, than to inform ſuch as are unacquainted withit, that it has generally the reputation of being one of the moſt accompliſhed books of travelsnow extant.BLUNT's Travels to the Levant, is a very ſhort account of a journey through Dalmatia,Sclavonia, Boſnia, Hungary, Macedonia, Theffaly, Thrace, Rhodes, and Egypt. The wholevery concife, and without any curious obfervations, or any notable defcriptions; his accountof the religions, and cuftoms of thoſe people, only a brief collection of fome other travellers,the language mean, and not all of it to be relied on, if we credit others who have writ better.A Deſcription of the prefent ſtate of Samos , Nacaria, Patmos, and mount Athos; by Jos.GEORGIRENES, archbishop of Samos, 8vo. This prelate refided long as archbishop at Samos,and faw Nicaria, as being a dependence of his dioceſe; but being weary of that function, heretired to Patmos, where he continued fome time, and after vifited mount Athos; ſo that allhe delivers of theſe places is as an eye-witneſs, and indeed the moſt particular account wehave of them. The defcription is very exact, and what he fays of the Greek religion may berelied on, as having ſo much reaſon to know it. All that can be excepted against, is whathe fays of the people in Nicaria, converfing at four or five miles diftance, which indeed is notvery credible. The preface, the reader muft obferve, is the tranflator's, not the author's,which is requifite to be known.AVoyageto Conftantinople, by Monf. GRELOT, 8vo. tranflated into Engliſh by J. PHILIPS.This, though perhaps in the relation it may not contain much more than what may be pickedoutOF VOYAGES. 201out of other travellers who have writ of thoſe parts, yet it exceeds them in fourteen curious Englishcuts, the exactneſs of which is atteſted by ſeveral travellers that have been at Conftantinople, Writers.and feen the places they reprefent; befides that all the ingenious people of Paris gave theirapprobation of the work, and upon their teftimony, the king himſelf having feen the draughts ,thought fit to order the author to print it. So that we need not make any feruple to reckonamong the beſt books of travels; for as far as it reaches, which is to Conftantinople, thePropontis, Hellefpont, and Dardanels, with the places adjoining, the remarks of the religion,worship, government, manners, &c. of the Turks, are fingular.itAdefcription ofthe iſlands and inhabitants ofFaroe, being feventeen iſlands, fubject to the kingof Denmark, in 62 deg. of north lat. written in Danif , and tranflated into English, 12mo.The defcription is very particular and curious, and indeed more than could well be expectedof thoſe miferable Northern Iflands; but the author was Provoft of the churches there, andhad time to gather fuch an account, which is fomewhat enlarged with philofophical obfervations on whirlpools and other fecrets of nature. His character of the people is very favourable, and favours more of affection than fincerity; but the worst part of this ſmall book, isfirſt a collection of fome romantic ftories of the ancient inhabitants of Færoe; and in the nextplace, what is yet worſe, a parcel of infignificant tales .JOSSELIN's two Voyages to New England, Svo. In the firft of thefe there is little befidesthe Sea - Journal and common obfervations, unleſs it be an account of defiderata for planters.The ſecond is a very particular defcription of all the Country, its beaſts, fowl, fiſh, plants , andtrees, the manners and cuſtoms of the Engliſh inhabitants, the time of their ſettling there,with many other matters well worth obferving. Of the Indians he has very little or nothing.The Relation is curious and faithful, but in many places where the author makes his own remarks, there are the oddeft uncouth expreffions imaginable, which look very conceited, butthat is only as to his ftile. He concludes with what he calls chronological obfervations ofAmerica, much whereof no way relates to that part of the world, and the reft is of no greatufe, efpecially for that there are feveral errors in it.JOSSELIN'S New England rarities , a very ſmall 8vo. is a more particular account of thefowl, beafts, fiſhes, ferpents, infects, plants, ftones , minerals, metals, and earth of that Country,than he has given in his Voyages.The Adventures of M. T. S. an English merchant, taken prifoner by the Turks of Argier,and carried into the inland country of Afric, 12mo. Containing a fhort account of Argierin the year 1648, of the country about it, and more particularly of the city Tremizen, wherethe author refided three years, going abroad with ſeveral parties which his mafter commanded. The relation is plain and without artifice. At the end are added directions how to turnout at the ftraits' mouth with a wefterly wind.WYCHE'S relation of the river Nile, its fource and current, a ſmall octavo. This is only atranflation of a Portugueſe Jefuit's account who lived in Ethiopia fome years; being the fame.that is given by F. Alvarez, and others of the fociety who lived there, and no doubt is veryauthentic, as delivered by an eye-witnefs, who was a perſon of probity. Other things relating to the unicorn, rhinoceros, bird of paradiſe, pelican, and phenix, he writes upon hearfay, which deſerve not the fame credit; particularly what he fays that the rhinoceros has twohorns, which we have feen in England to be otherwife; and of the great rarity of pelicans,which are alſo fufficiently known. But thefe are trifles: he difcourfes well of the reaſon ofcalling the Ethiopian emperor Prefter John, on the Red Sea, and of the palm or cocoa-tree.VOL. 1 . C C RAY'S202 LOCKE's EXPLANATORY CATALOGUE..English Writers.RAY's travels, or his obfervations topographical, moral, and phyfiological, made in ajourney through part of the Low Countries , Germany, Italy, and France. He throughout itgives a very brief, yet ingenious defcription of every town he faw, obferves fome particularsof the cuſtoms and difpofitions of the people; and curiouſly lays before us any thing that israre in itſelf, or not known to us: but in his account of mineral waters, and of foreign plants,as one fo underſtanding in thofe particulars, he outdoes any thing that could be expectedfrom other travellers. He makes an excufe for the language, which he need not, it beingwell enough for plain notes of a traveller. Venice he defcribes more particularly than anyother place; but of all univerfities , as being himſelf a ſcholar, he ſays more than of othertowns. Of France not much, as having made but a fhort ftay there. He cloſes his workwith a Latin catalogue of Plants he obſerved abroad, which either do not grow or are veryrare in England. He has inferted Willoughby's travels in Spain.Thus have we run through all the books of travels of any note now extant, Latin, Italian,Spanish, French, and English, placing each as near as we could in its own original language;and therefore thoſe who mifs any in the English, may look for them in the other languages,where they will certainly find them, if they were originally in that tongue. We have notmade any particular catalogue of Dutch, becauſe they are not very many, and all of them willbe found, as they were tranflated into other languages. As for the characters given of books,in fome places it is quoted where they were had; but if fuch authority be not quoted, it isbecauſe the books have been purpoſely peruſed and examined, where fuch account could notbe found of them. Laftly, the reader muft obferve, that in this Catalogue, there is no mention made of any of the travels contained in Churchill's collection, which would be a needlessrepetition, they being all mentioned and characteriſed in the general preface.

    • To the Latin writers mentioned by Mr. Locke ( page 171. ) , and the Italian writers

(page 173. ) , may be added the two following curious books:Novus Orbis Regionum ac infularum veteribus incognitarum una cum tabula cofmographica.Bafil, folio, 1537 , 600 pages. It contains among other articles, a Latin tranſlation of theVoyages of Cado Mofto, Columbus, Pedro Alonfo, Piazon, and Vefputius. The whole collected by SIMON GRYNÆUS.Saggio fulla Nautica Antica de' Veneziani; con una illuſtrazione d'alcune Carte idrografiche antiche della. Biblioteca di S. Marco, che dimoftrano Vifole Antille prima dellafcoperta di Cristoforo Colombo, di VINCENZIÓ FORMALEONI. In Venezia, 1783 , 8vo. 124pages.APPENDIX ( C.)OBSERVATIONSRELATIVE TO THEDISCOVERY OF THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE.BY THE LATEDR. ROBERTSON.THESE OBSERVATIONS, I TRUST, WILL SERVE TO ILLUSTRATE MANY PARTICULARS IN THE GENERAL HISTORY OF COMMERCE, AND TO POINT OUTEFFECTS OR CONSEQUENCES OF VARIOUS EVENTS, WHICH HAVE NOT BEENGENERALLY OBSERVED , OR CONSIDERED WITH THAT ATTENTION WHICHTHEY MERITED.I. AFTER(Difquifition concerning India, Se&. iv. p. 191.)FTER viewing the great and extenfive effects of finding a new courfe of Navigation to India by the CAPE OF GOOD HOPE, it may appear ſurpriſing to a modernobferver, that a Diſcovery of fuch importance was not made, or even attempted, byany ofthe Commercial ſtates of the ancient world. But in judging with respect tothe conduct of nations in remote times, we never err more widely, than when wedecide with regard to it, not according to the ideas and views of their age, but ofourown. This is not, perhaps, more confpicuous in any inftance, than in that underconfideration. It was by the Tyrians, and by the Greeks, who were maſters of Egypt,that the different people of Europe were firſt fupplied with the productions oftheEaft. From the account that has been given of the manner in which they procuredthefe, it is manifeſt that they had neither the ſame inducements with modern nations,to wish for any new communications with India, nor the fame means of accompliſhing it. All the Commercial tranſactions of the ancients with the Eaſt were confinedto the ports on the Malabar coaft, or extended at fartheft to the iſland of Ceylon. ToCC 2 thefe204 DR. ROBERTSON ON THEthefe Staples, the natives of all the different regions in the eaſtern parts of Afia broughtthe commodities which were the growth of their feveral Countries, or the product oftheir ingenuity, in their own veffels, and with them the fhips from Tyre and fromFgypt completed their investments. While the operations of their Indian trade werecarried on within a ſphere fo circumfcribed, the conveyance of a cargo by the ArabianGulf, notwithstanding the expence of land carriage, either from Elath to Rhinoculura,or across the defart to the Nile, was fo fafe and commodious, that the merchants ofTyre and Alexandria had little reafon to be folicitous for the difcovery of any other.The fituation of both thefe cities , as well as that of the other confiderable Commercial ftates of antiquity, was very different from that of the countries to which, in latertimes, mankind have been indebted for keeping up intercourfe with the remote partsof the globe. Portugal, Spain, England, Holland, which have been most active andfuccefsful in this line of Enterprife, all lie on the Atlantic Ocean (in which every European Voyage of Difcovery must commence), or have immediate acceſs to it. ButTyre was fituated at the eastern extremity of the Mediterranean, Alexandria not farfrom it; Rhodes, Athens, Corinth, which came afterwards to be ranked among themoft active trading cities of antiquity, lay confiderably advanced towards the famequarter in that fea. The Commerce of all thefe States was long confined within theprecincts of the Mediterranean, and in fome of them never extended beyond it. Thepillars of Hercules, or the Straits of Gibraltar, were long confidered as the utmoſtboundary of Navigation . To reach this was deemed a ſignal proof of Naval ſkill; andbefore any of the fe ftates could give a beginning to an attempt towards exploring thevaft unknown Ocean which lay beyond it, they had to accompliſh a Voyage (accordingto their ideas) of great extent and much danger. This was fufficient to deter themfrom engaging in an arduous undertaking, from which, even if attended with fuccefs,their fituation prevented their entertaining hopes of deriving great * advantage.But could we fuppofe the difcovery of a new paffa*ge to India to have become anobject of defire or purfuit to any of theſe States, their fcience as well as practice ofnavigation was fo defective, that it would have been hardly poffible for them to attainit. The veffels which the ancients employed in trade were fo fmall, as not to affordflowage for provifions fufficient to fubfift a crew during a long voyage. Their conſtruction was fuch that they could feldom venture to depart far from land, and theirmode of fteering along the coaft ( which I have been obliged to mention often) fo circuitous and flow, that from theſe as well as from other circumftances which I mightThe only voyage of Difcovery in the Atlantic Ocean towards the fouth, by any of the ancient commercialftates in the Mediterranean, is that of Hanno, undertaken by order of the Republic of Carthage. As thefituation of that city, fo much nearer the Straits than Tyre, Alexandria, and the other feats of ancient tradewhich have been mentioned , gave it more immediate accefs to the ocean; that circumftance, together withthe various fettlements which the Carthaginians had made in different provinces of Spain, naturally fuggeftedto them this Enterprife, and afforded them the proſpect of conſiderable advantages from its fuccefs. The Voyage of Hanno, inftead of invalidating, feems to confirm the juftnefs of the reafons which have been given,why no fimilar attempt was made by the other commercial ftates in the Mediterranean.>haveDISCOVERY OF THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. 205have ſpecified , we may pronounce a Voyage from the Mediterranean to India by theCape of Good Hope, to have been an undertaking beyond their power to accompliſh ,in ſuch a manner as to render it, in any degree, fubfervient to Commerce. To thisdecifion, the account preſerved by Herodotus, of a Voyage performed by fome Phenician fhips employed by a king of Egypt, which, taking their departure from theArabian Gulf, doubled the fouthern promontory of Africa, and arrived at the end ofthree years, by the Straits of Gades, or Gibraltar, at the mouth of the Nile †, canhardly be confidered as repugnant; for feveral writers of the greatest eminenceamong the ancients, and moſt diſtinguiſhed for their proficiency in the knowledge ofgeography, regarded this account rather as an amuſing Tale, than the hiſtory of a realtranſaction; and either entertained doubts concerning the poffibility of failing roundAfrica, or abfolutely denied it But if what Herodotus relates concerning thecourfe held by theſe Phenician fhips had ever been received by the ancients with general affent, we can hardly fuppofe, that any ftate could have been fo wildly adventurous as to imagine that a Voyage, which it required three years to complete, couldbe undertaken with a profpect of commercial benefit.II. The rapid progrefs of the Moderns in exploring INDIA, as well as the extenfivepower and valuable fettlements which they early acquired there, mark fuch a diftinction between their mode of conducting Naval Operations, and that of the Ancients,as merits to be confidered and explained with attention . From the reign of the firstPtolemy, to the conqueft of Egypt by the Mahomedans, Europe had been ſuppliedwith the productions of the Eaſt by the Greeks of Alexandria, by the Romans whilethey were maſters of Egypt, and by the fubjects of the Emperors of Conftantinople,when that kingdom became a province of their dominions. During this long period,extending almoft to a thouſand years, none of thofe people, the most enlightened ,undoubtedly, in the ancient world, ever advanced by fea farther towards the Eaftthan the Gulf of Siam, and had no regular eftablished trade but with the ports onthe coaft of Malabar, or thofe in the ifland of Ceylon. They attempted no conqueſtin any part of India, they made no fettlements, they erected no forts. Satisfied withan intercourſe merely commercial, they did not aim at acquiring any degree of poweror dominion in the countries where they traded; though it feems to be probable that

Goguet Orig. des Loix des Arts, &c. ii . 303. 329.+ Lib. iv. c. 42.Polyb. lib . iii . p. 193. edit . Cafaub. Plin . Nat. Hift. lib. ii . c. 6. Ptol. Geogr. lib. iv. c. 9. —Though theintelligent authors whom I have quoted confidered this Voyage of the Phenicians as fabulous, Herodotus mentions a circumftance concerning it, which feems to prove that it had really been performed. " The Phenicians," fays he, " affirmed that, in failing round Africa, they had the fun on their right hand, which to meappears not to be credible, though it may be deemed fo by others. " ( Lib . iv. c. 42. ) This, it is certain, mufthave happened, if they really accompliſhed fuch a Voyage. The fcience of aftronomy, however, was in that'early period fo imperfect, that it was by experience only that the Phenicians could come at the knowledge ofthis fact; they durft not, without this , have ventured to affert what would have appeared to be an improbablefiction. Even after what they related, Herodotus difbelieved it.they206 DR. ROBERTSON ON THEthey might have eſtabliſhed it without much oppofition from the natives, a gentleeffeminate people, with whom, at that time, no foreign and more warlike race wasmingled. But the enterprifing activity of the Portugueſe was not long confined withinthe fame limits; a few years after their arrival at Calecut, they advanced towards theEaft , into regions unknown to the ancients. The kingdoms of Cambodia, CochinChina, Tonquin, the vaft empire of China, and all the fertile Iſlands in the great IndianArchipelago, from Sumatra to the Philippines, were diſcovered; and the Portugueſe,though oppoſed in every quarter by the Mahomedans of Tartar or Arabian origin,fettled in many parts of India, enemies much more formidable than the natives, eftabliſhed there that extenfive influence and dominion which I have formerly deſcribed.Of this remarkable difference between the Progrefs and operations of the Ancientsand Moderns in India, the imperfect knowledge of the former, with reſpect both tothe theory and practice of Navigation, ſeems to have been the principal caufe. Fromthe coast of Malabar to the Philippines, was a Voyage of an extent far beyond any thatthe ancients were accustomed to undertake, and, according to their manner of failing,muſt have required a great length of time to perform it. The nature of their Tradewith India was fuch, that they had not ( as has been formerly obſerved ) the ſame inducements with the moderns, to profecute Diſcovery with ardour; and, accordingtothe defcription given of the veffels in which the merchants of Alexandria carried ontheir trade from the Arabian Gulf, they appear to have been very unfit for that purpoſe. On all theſe accounts, the ancients remained ſatisfied with a ſlender knowledgeof India; and influenced by reafons proceeding from the fame caufe, they attemptedneither conqueft nor fettlement there. In order to accomplish either of theſe, theymuſt have transported a confiderable number of men into India. But, from the defective structure of their fhips, as well as from the imperfection of their art in navigating them, the ancients feldom ventured to convey a body of troops to any diſtanceby fea. From Berenice to Mufiris, was to them, even after Hippalus had diſcoveredthe method of ſteering a direct courſe , and when their naval ſkill had attained to itshigheſt ſtate of improvement, a Voyage of no less than feventy days . By the ancientroute along the coaſt of Perſia, a Voyage from the Arabian Gulf to any part of Indiamuſt have been of greater length, and accomplished more flowly. As no hoftile attack was ever made upon India by fea, either by the Greek monarchs of Egypt, thoughthe two first of them were able and ambitious princes, or by the moft enterprising ofthe Roman emperors, it is evident that they must have deemed it an attempt beyondtheir power to execute. Alexander the Great, and in imitation of him, his fucceffors,the monarchs of Syria, were the only perfons in the ancient world who formed anidea of eſtabliſhing their dominion in any part of India; but it was with armies ledthither by land, that they hoped to atchieve this..III. The fudden effect of opening a direct communication with the Eaft, in lowering the price of Indian commodities, is a circumftance that merits obfervation.How compendious foever the ancient intercourſe with India may appear to have been ,3itDISCOVERY OF THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. 207it was attended with confiderable expence. The productions of the remote parts ofAfia, brought to Ceylon, or to the ports on the Malabar coaft, by the natives, were puton board the ſhips which arrived from the Arabian Gulf. At Berenice they werelanded, and carried by camels two hundred and fifty-eight miles to the banks of the Nile.There they were again embarked, and conveyed down the river to Alexandria, whencethey were diſpatched to different markets. The addition to the price of goods byfuch a multiplicity of operations muſt have been confiderable, eſpecially when the ratechargeable on each operation was fixed by monopolifts, ſubject to no controul. But,after the paffa*ge to India by the Cape of Good Hope was difcovered, its various commodities were purchaſed at first hand in the countries of which they were the growthor manufacture. In all theſe, particularly in Indoftan and in China, the ſubſiſtenceof man is more abundant than in any other part of the earth. The people live chieflyupon rice, the most prolific of all grains. Population , of confequence, is fo great,and labour fo extremely cheap, that every production of nature or of art is fold at avery low price. When theſe were ſhipped in different parts of India, they were conveyed directly to Lisbon, by a navigation, lóng indeed, but uninterrupted and fafe,and thence circulated through Europe. The carriage of mercantile goods by wateris fo much leſs expenſive than by any other mode of conveyance; that as ſoon as thePortugueſe could import the productions of India in fufficient quantities to ſupply thedemands of Europe, they were able to afford them at ſuch a reduced price, that thecompetition of the Venetians ceaſed almoſt entirely, and the full ſtream of Commerceflowed in its natural direction towards the cheapeſt market. In what proportion thePortugueſe lowered the price of Indian commodities, I cannot aſcertain with preciſion,as I have not found in contemporary writers fufficient information with respect tothat point. Some idea, however, of this, approaching perhaps near to accuracy, maybe formed, from the computations of Mr. Munn, an intelligent English merchant.He has publiſhed a table of the prices paid for various articles of goods in India,compared with the prices for which they were fold in Aleppo, from which the difference appears to be nearly as three to one; and he calculates, that, after a reaſonable allowance for the expence of the Voyage from India, the fame goods may be foldin England at half the price which they bear in Aleppo. The expence of conveyingthe productions of India up the Perfian Gulf to Baffora, and thence either throughthe Great or Little Defert to Aleppo, could not, I fhould imagine, differ cónfiderablyfrom that by the Red Sea to Alexandria. We may therefore fuppofe, that the Venetians might purchaſe them from the merchants of that city, at nearly the fame ratefor which they were fold in Aleppo; and when we add to this, what they muſt havecharged as their own profit in all the markets which they frequented, it is evidentthat the Portugueſe might afford to reduce the commodities of the Eaſt at a price below that which has been mentioned, and might fupply every part of Europe withthem more than one-half cheaper than formerly. The enterpriſing ſchemes of thePortugueſe monarchs were accomplished fooner, as well as more completely, than inthe hour of most fanguine hope they could have prefumed to expect; and early inthe208 DR. ROBERTSON ON THEthe fixteenth century, their fubjects became poffeffed of a monopoly of the trade withIndia, founded upon the only equitable title, that of furniſhing its productions ingreater abundance, and at a more moderate price.IV. We may obferve, that in confequence of a more plentiful ſupply of Indiangoods, and at a cheaper rate, the demand for them increafed rapidly in every partof Europe. To trace the progrefs of this in detail, would lead me far beyond theperiod which I have fixed as the limit of this Difquifition; but fome general remarksconcerning it will be found intimately connected with the ſubject of my inquiries.The chief articles of importation from India, while the Romans had the direction ofthe trade with that country, have been formerly ſpecified. But upon the fubverfionof their empire, and the fettlement of the fierce warriors of Scythia and Germany inthe various countries of Europe, the ftate of fociety, as well as the condition of individuals, became fo extremely different, that the wants and defires of men were nolonger the fame. Barbarians, many of them not far advanced in their progrefs beyond the rudeft ftate of focial life, had little relifh for thoſe accommodations, andthat elegance, which are fo alluring to polifhed nations. The curious manufacturesof filk, the precious ftones and pearls of the Eaſt, which had been the ornament andpride of the wealthy and luxurious citizens of Rome, were not objects of defire tomen, who, for a confiderable time after they took poffeffion of their new conquefts,retained the original fimplicity of their paſtoral manners. They advanced, however,from rudeness to refinement in the ufual courſe of progreffion which nations are deftined to hold; and an increaſe of wants and defires requiring new objects to gratifythem, they began to acquire a reliſh for ſome of the luxuries of India. Among thefethey had a ſingular predilection for the Spiceries and Aromatics which that countryyields in fuch variety and abundance. Whence their peculiar fondneſs for theſearoſe, it is not of importance to inquire. Whoever confults the writers of the middleages, will find many particulars which confirm this obfervation. In every enumeration of Indian commodities which they give, ſpices are always mentioned as the moſtconfiderable and precious article *. In their cookery, all diſhes were highly ſeaſonedwith them . In every entertainment of parade, a profufion of them was deemed effential to magnificence. In every medical prefcription they were principal ingredients +.But confiderable as the demand for Spices had become, the mode in which the nationsof Europe had hitherto been fupplied with them, was extremely diſadvantageous.The fhips employed by the merchants of Alexandria never ventured to vifit thofe remote regions which produce the moſt valuable ſpices; and before they could be circulated through Europe, they were loaded with the accumulated profits received byfour or five different hands through which they had paffed. But the Portugueſe, witha bolder ſpirit of Navigation, having penetrated into every part of Afia, took in theirJac. de Vitriac. Hifl. Hieros. ap. Bongars, i. p. 1099. Wilk. Tyr. lib. xii. c. 23.Du Cange, Gloffar. Verb. Aromata, Species. Henry's Hift. of G. Brit. vel. iv . p. 597, 598.cargoDISCOVERY OF THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. 209Gargo of fpices in the places where they grew, and could afford to diſpoſe of them atfuch a price, that, from being an expenfive luxury, they became an article of fuchgeneral ufe, as greatly augmented the demand for them. An effect fimilar to thismay be obferved, with respect to the demand for other commodities imported fromIndia, upon the reduction of their price by the Portuguefe. From that period a growing taſte for Afiatic luxuries may be traced in every country of Europe, and the number of fhips fitted out for that trade at Liſbon, continued to increaſe every year.

V. Lucrative as the trade with INDIA was, and had long been deemed, it is remarkable that the Portugueſe were fuffered to remain in the undisturbed and exclufivepoffefſion of it, during the courſe of almoſt a century. In the ancient world, thoughAlexandria, from the peculiar felicity of its fituation , could carry on an intercourſewith the Eaft by fea, and circulate its productions through Europe with fuch advantage, as gave it a decided fuperiority over every rival; yet various attempts (whichhave been deſcribed in their proper places) were made from time to time, to obtainſome ſhare in a Commerce fo apparently beneficial. From the growing activity ofthe Commercial ſpirit in the fixteenth century, as well as from the example of theeager folicitude with which the Venetians and Genocfe exerted themſelves alternatelyto fhut out each other from any fhare in the Indian trade, it might have been expected that fome competitor would have arifen to call in queſtion the claim of thePortuguese to an exclufive right of traffic with the Eaft, and to wreft from them fomeportion of it. There were, however, at that time, fome peculiar circumſtances inthe political ſtate of all thofe nations in Europe, whoſe intrufion , as rivals, the Portugueſe had any reaſon to dread, which fecured to them the quiet enjoyment of theirmonopoly of Indian commerce, during fuch a long period. From the acceffion ofCharles the fifth to the throne, SPAIN was either fo much occupied in a multiplicityof operations in which it was engaged by the ambition of that monarch, and of hisfon Philip the ſecond, or fo intent on profecuting its own diſcoveries and conqueſtsin the New World , that, although, by the fucceſsful enterpriſe of Magellan, its fleetswere unexpectedly conducted by a new courſe to that remote region of Alia whichNotwithſtanding this increaſing demand for the productions of India, it is remarkable that during thefixteenth century fome commodities, which are now the chief articles of importation from the Eaſt, were eitheraltogether unknown, or of little account. Tea, the importation of which, at preſent, far exceeds that of anyother production of the Eaft, has not been in general ufe, in any country of Europe, a full century; and yetduring that short period, from fome fingular caprice of taſte, or power of faſhion , the infufion of a leaf broughtfrom the fartheft extremity of the earth, of which it is perhaps the higheſt praiſe to ſay that it is innoxious,has become almoft a neceflary of life in feveral parts of Europe; and the paffion for it defcends from the moſtelevated to the loweſt orders in fociety. In 1785 it was computed that the whole quantity of Tea importedinto Europe from China was about nineteen millions ofpounds; of which it is conjectured that twelve millionswere confumed in Great Britain, and the dominions depending upon it . (Dodfley's Annual Regiſter for 1784,and 1785, p. 156.) In 1789 twenty-one millions of pounds were imported. The porcelain of China, nowas common in many parts of Europe as if it were of domeftic manufacture, was not known to the ancients.Marco Polo is the first among the moderns who mentions it. The Portugueſe began to import it not long after.their first voyage to China, A. D. 1517: but it was a confiderable time before the uſe of it became extenſive..VOL. I. dd wasDR. ROBERTSON ON THE 210was the feat of the moſt gainful and alluring branch of trade carried on by the Portuguese , it could make no confiderable effort to avail itfelf of the commercial advantages which it might have derived from that event. By the acquifition of the crownof Portugal, in the year one thouſand five hundred and eighty, the kings of Spain,inſtead of the rivals, became the protectors of the Portugueſe trade, and the guardiansof all its exclufive rights. Throughout the fixteenth century, the ftrength and refources of FRANCE were fo much wafted by the fruitless expeditions of their monarchsinto Italy, by their unequal conteft with the power and policy of Charles the fifth,and by the calamities of the civil wars which defolated the kingdom upwards of fortyyears, that it could neither beftow much attention upon objects of Commerce, norengage in any ſcheme of distant enterprife. The VENETIANS, howfenfibly foever theymight feel the mortifying reverſe of being excluded, almoſt entirely, from the Indiantrade , of which their capital had been formerly the chief feat, were ſo debilitated andhumbled by the league of Cambray, that they were no longer capable of engaging inany undertaking of magnitude. ENGLAND, weakened (as was formerly obſerved) bythe long contest between the houſes of York and Lancaſter, and just beginning torecover its proper vigour, was reſtrained from active exertion, during one part of thefixteenth century, by the cautious maxims of Henry the feventh, and wafted itsftrength, during another part of it, by engaging inconfiderately in the wars betweenMe princes on the continent. The Nation, though destined to acquire territories inIndia more extenfive and valuable than were ever poffeffed by any European power,had no ſuch preſentiment of its future eminence there, as to take an early part in thecommerce or tranfactions of that country, and a great part of the century elapfed before it began to turn its attention towards the Eaſt .While the moſt confiderable nations in Europe found it neceffary, from the circumſtances which I have mentioned, to remain inactive ſpectators of what pafled inthe Eaſt , the Seven United Provinces of the Low Countries, recently formed into afmall ſtate , ſtill ſtruggling for political exiſtence, and yet in the infancy of its power,ventured to appear in the Indian ocean as the rivals of the Portugueſe; and, deſpilingtheir pretenfions to an excluſive right of commerce with the extenfive countries tothe eastward of the Cape of Good Hope, invaded that monopoly which they hadhitherto guarded with fuch jealous attention. The English foon followed the exampleof the Dutch, and both nations, at first by the enterpriſing induſtry of private adventurers, and afterwards by the more powerful efforts of trading companies, under theprotection of public authority, advanced with aſtoniſhing ardour and fuccefs in thisnew career opened to them. The vaft fabric of power which the Portugueſe haderected in the Eaft (a fuperftructure much too large for the bafis on which it had toreft) , was almost entirely overturned, in as ſhort time, and with as much facility, asit had been raiſed . England and Holland, by driving them from their moſt valuablefettlements, and feizing the moſt lucrative branches of their trade, have attained tothat pre-eminence in Naval power and Commercial opulence, by which they are diftinguiſhed among the nations of Europe,VI. ThaDISCOVERY OF THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. 211VI. The Co-incidence, in point of time, of the Diſcoveries made by Columbus inthe west, and thofe of Gama in the caft, is a fingular circumftance, which merits obfervation, on account of the remarkable influence of thofe Events in forming orftrengthening the Commercial connection of the different quarters of the globe with.each other. In all ages , gold and filver, particularly the latter, have been the commodities exported with the greateft profit to India. In no part of the earth do thenatives depend fo little upon foreign countries, either for the neceffaries or luxuriesof life. The bleflings of a favourable climate and fertile foil, augmented by theirown ingenuity, afford them whatever they defire. In confequence of this, trade withthem has always been carried on in one uniform manner, and the precious metalshave been given in exchange for their peculiar productions, whether of nature or art.But when the communication with India was rendered fo much more eafy, that thedemand for its commodities began to increaſe far beyond what had been formerlyknown, if Europe had not been fupplied with the gold and filver which it was neceffary to carry to the markets of the Eaft from fources richer and more abundantthan her own barren and impoverished mines, fhe muft either have abandoned thetrade with India altogether, or have continued it with manifeft difadvantage. Byſuch a continual drain of gold and filver, as well as by the unavoidable waſte of bothin circulation and in manufactures, the quantity of thofe metals must have gone ondiminiſhing, and their value would have been ſo much enhanced, that they could nothave continued long to be of the fame utility in the Commercial tranſactions betweenthe two countries. But before the effects of this diminution could be very fenfiblyfelt, America opened her mines, and poured in treaſures upon Europe in the moſtcopious ſtream to which mankind ever had accefs. This treaſure, in fpite of innumerable anxious precautions to prevent it, flowed to the markets where the commodities neceffary for fupplying the wants, or gratifying the luxury of the Spaniards,were to be found; and from that time to the preſent, the English and Dutch havepurchaſed the productions of China and Indoftan, with filver brought from the minesof Mexico and Peru. The immenfe exportation of filver to the Eaft, during thecourſe of two centuries, has not only been replaced by the continual influx fromAmerica, but the quantity of it has been confiderably augmented, and at the fametime the proportional rate of its value in Europe and in India has varied fo little, thatit is chiefly with filver that many of the capital articles imported from the Eaft areftill purchaſed.While AMERICA contributed in this manner to facilitate and extend the intercourfeof Europe with Aſia, it gave rife to a traffic with Africa, which, from flender beginnings, has become fo confiderable, as to form the chief bond of Commercial connection with that continent. Soon after the Portuguese had extended their Difcoverieson the coaſt of Africa beyond the river Senegal, they endeavoured to derive fome benefit from their new fettlements there, by the fale of flaves. Various circumſtancescombined in favouring the revival of this odious traffic. In every part of America,of which the Spaniards took poffeffion, they found that the natives, from the feebledd 2 nefs212.DR. ROBERTSON ON THEnefs of their frame, from their indolence, or from the injudicious manner of treatingthem, were incapable of the exertions requifite either for working mines, or for cultivating the earth. Eager to find hands more induſtrious and efficient, the Spaniardshad recourſe to their neighbours the Portugueſe, and purchaſed from them negroeflaves. Experience foon diſcovered, that they were men of a more hardy race, andfo much better fitted for enduring fatigue, that the labour of one negroe was com-.puted to be equal to that of four Americans *; and from that time the number employed in the New World has gone on increaſing with rapid progreſs. In this praetice, no less repugnant to the feelings of humanity than to the principles of religion,the Spaniards have unhappily been imitated by all the nations of Europe, who haveacquired territories in the warmer climates of the New World. At preſent the number of negroe flaves in the fettlements of Great Britain and France in the Weft Indies, exceeds a million; and as the eſtabliſhment of fervitude has been found, both inancient and in modern times, extremely unfavourable to population, it requires anannual importation from Africa of at least fifty-eight thoufand, to keep up the ſtock tIf it were poffible to aſcertain, with equal exactneſs, the number of flaves in the Spanifh dominions, and in North America, the total number of negroe flaves might bewell reckoned at as many more.Thus the Commercial genius of Europe, which has given it a vifible afcendantover the three other divifions of the earth, by difcerning their refpective wants andrefources, and by rendering them reciprocally ſubſervient to one another, has eftabliſhed an Union among them, from which it has derived an immenfe increaſe ofopulence, of power, and of enjoyments.VII. Though the Diſcovery of a New World in the Weft, and the opening of amore eafy and direct communication with the remote regions of the Eaft, co-operated towards extending the Commerce, and adding to the enjoyments, of Europe, aremarkable difference may be obferved, with refpect both to the Time and the Manner in which they produced theſe effects. When the Portugueſe firſt viſited the different countries of Afta, ftretching from the coaft of Malabar to China, they foundthem poffeffed by nations highly civilized, which had made confiderable progrefs inelegant as well as ufeful arts, which were accustomed to intercourfe with ftrangers,and well acquainted with all the advantages of Commerce. But when the Spaniardsbegan to explore the New World which they diſcovered, the afpect which it prefented to them was very different. The Iflands were inhabited by naked favages, founacquainted with the fimpleft and most neceffary arts of life, that they fubfiftedchiefly on the fpontaneous productions of a fertile foil and genial climate. The Continent appeared to be a foreſt of immenfe extent, along the Coaſt of which were fcattered fome feeble tribes, not greatly fuperior to the iſlanders in induſtry or improvement. Even its two large Monarchies, which have been dignified with the appellaHift. ofAmerica, vol. i. p. 320. Report of Lords of the Privy Council, A. D. 1788.tionDISCOVERY OF THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. 213

tion of civilifed ftates, had not advanced fo far beyond their countrymen, as to beentitled to that name. The inhabitants, both of Mexico and Peru, unacquaintedwith the uſeful metals, and deflitute of the addrefs requifite for acquiring fuch command of the inferior animals as to derive any confiderable aid from their labour, hadmade fo little progrefs in Agriculture, the firſt of all arts, that one of the greateft difficulties with which the fmall number of Spaniards, who overturned thofe highlyextolled empires, had to ſtruggle, was how to procure in them what was fufficientfor their fubfiftence.It was of confequence, with a very different fpirit, that the intercourfe with twocountries, reſembling each other fo little in their degree of improvement, was begunand carried on . The Portugueſe, certain of finding in the Eaft, not only the productions with which the bountiful hand of Nature has enriched that part of the globe,but various manufactures which had long been known and admired in Europe, engaged in this alluring trade with the greatest eagernefs. The encouragement of ittheir monarchs confidered as a chief object of government, towards which they directed all the power of the kingdom, and rouſed their ſubjects to fuch vigorous exertions in the proſecution of it, as occafioned that aftonishing rapidity of progrefswhich I have deſcribed. The fanguine hopes with which the Spaniards entered upontheir career of Diſcovery, met not with the fame ſpeedy gratification . From the induftry of the rude inhabitants of the New World, they did not receive a fingle articleof Commerce. Even the natural productions of the foil and climate, when not cherifhed and multiplied by the foftering and active hand of man, were of little account.Hope, rather than fuccefs, incited them to perfift in extending their refearches andconqueſts; and as government derived little immediate benefit from thefe, it left theprofecution of them chiefly to private adventurers, by whofe enterprising activity,more than by any effort of the ſtate, the most valuable poffeflions of Spain in Americawere acquired. Instead of the inftantaneous and great advantages which the Portugueſe derived from their Diſcoveries, above half a century elapfed before the Spaniardsreaped any benefit of confequence from their conquefts, except the fmall quantitiesof gold which the iſlanders were compelled to collect , and the plunder of the goldand filver employed by the Mexicans and Peruvians as ornaments of their perfons andtemples, or as utenfils of facred or domeſtic uſe. It was not until the Diſcovery ofthe mines of Potofi in Peru, in the year one thouſand five hundred and forty-five, andof thofe of Sacotecas in Mexico, foon after, that the Spanish territories in the NewWorld brought a permanent and valuable addition of wealth and revenue to themother country.Nor did the trade with India differ more from that of America, in refpect of theparticular circumſtance which I have explained, than in respect to the manner ofcarrying it on, after it grew to be a confiderable object of political attention . Tradewith the Eaſt was a fimple mercantile tranfaction, confined to the purchaſe either ofthe natural productions of the country, fuch as fpices, precious ftones, pearls, &c..or of the manufactures which abounded among an induftrious race of men, fuch asfiik214 DR. ROBERTSON ON THEfilk and cotton ſtuffs, porcelane, &c. Nothing more was requifite in conducting thistrade, than to fettle a few ſkilful agents in proper places, to prepare a proper affortment of goods for completing the cargoes of fhips as foon as they arrived from Europe, or at the utmost to acquire the command of a few fortified ftations, whichmight fecure them admiffion into Ports where they might careen in fafety, and findprotection from the infults of any hoftile power. There was no neceffity of makingany attempt to eftablifh Colonies, either for the cultivation of the foil, or the conductof manufactures. Both thefe remained, as formerly, in the hands of the natives.But as foon as that wild fpirit of Enterprife, which animated the Spaniards whofirft explored and fubdued the New World, began to fubfide, and when, inſtead ofroving as adventurers from province to province in queft of gold and filver , they ferioufly turned their thoughts towards rendering their conquefts beneficial by cultivation and induſtry, they found it neceffary to establish Colonies in every country whichthey wished to improve. Other nations imitated their example in the fettlementswhich they afterwards made in fome of the islands, and on the continent of NorthAmerica. Europe, after having defolated the New World, began to repeople it, andunder a fyftem of colonization (the fpirit and regulations of which it is not the objectof this Difquifition to explain ) the European race has multiplied there amazingly.Every article of Commerce imported from the New World, if we except the fursand fkins purchafed from the independent tribes of hunters in North America,and from a few tribes in a fimilar ftate on the fouthern continent, is the produce of the induftry of Europeans fettled there. To their exertions, or to thofeof hands which they have taught or compelled to labour, we are indebted forfugar, rum, cotton , tobacco, indigo, rice, and even the gold and filver extractedfrom the bowels of the earth. Intent on thofe lucrative branches of industry, theinhabitants of the New World pay little attention to thoſe kinds of labour which occupy a confiderable part of the members of other focieties, and depend, in fome meafure, for their fubfiftence, and entirely for every article of elegance and luxury, uponthe ancient Continent. Thus the Europeans have become manufacturers for America, and their induſtry has been greatly augmented by the vaſt demands for ſupplying the wants of extenfive countries, the population of which is continually increafing. Nor is the influence of this demand confined folely to the nations which havea more immediate connection with the American colonies; it is felt in every part of'Europe that furnishes any article exported to them, and gives activity and vigour tothe hand of the artifan in the inland provinces of Germany, as well as to thofe inGreat Britain and other countries, which carry on a direct trade with the New World.But while the Diſcovery and Conqueft of America is allowed to be one principalcaufe of that rapid increaſe of induſtry and wealth, which is confpicuous in Europeduring the two laft centuries, fome timid Theorists have maintained, that throughoutthe fame period Europe has been gradually impoverished, by being drained of itstreafure, in order to carry on its trade with India. But this apprehenfion has arifenfrom inattention to the nature and ufe of the precious metals. They are to be con15 fideredDISCOVERY OF THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. 215fidered in two different lights; either as the figns which all civilized nations haveagreed to employ, in order to eftimate or reprefent the value both of labour and ofall commodities, and thus to facilitate the purchaſe of the former, and the conveyance of the latter from one proprietor to another; or gold and filver may be viewedas being themfelves commodities or articles of Commerce, for which fome equivalentmust be given by fuch as with to acquire them. In this light, the exportation of theprecious metals to the Eaſt ſhould be regarded; for, as the nation by which they areexported muſt purchaſe them with the produce of its own labour and ingenuity, thistrade must contribute, though not in the fame obvious and direct manner as thatwith America, towards augmenting the general induſtry and opulence of Europe.If England, as the price of Mexican and Peruvian dollars which are neceflary forcarrying on its trade with India, muſt give a certain quantity of its woollen or cottoncloth, or hard -ware, then the hands of an additional number of manufacturers arerendered active, and work to a certain amount must be executed, for which, withoutthis trade, there would not have been any demand. The Nation reaps all the benefitarifing from a new creation of industry. With the gold and filver which her manufactures have purchaſed in the Weft, he is enabled to trade in the markets of theEaft, and the exportation of treafure to India, which has been fo much dreaded, inftead of impoverishing, enriches the kingdom.VIII. It is to the Diſcovery of the paffa*ge to India by the Cape ofGood Hope, andto the vigour and fuccefs with which the PORTUGUESE profecuted their conqueſtsand established their dominion there, that Europe has been indebted for its prefervationfrom the most illiberal and humiliating Servitude that ever oppreſſed poliſhed nations.For this obfervation I am indebted to an author, whofe ingenuity has illuftrated, andwhofe eloquence has adorned the history of the Settlements and Commerce of modernnations in the Weſt Indies *; and it appears to me fo well founded as to merit moreample inveſtigation . A few years after the first appearance of the Portugueſe inIndia, the dominion of the Mameluks was overturned by the irrefiftible power of theTurkiſh arms, and Egypt and Syria were annexed as provinces to the Ottoman empire. If after this event the Commercial intercourfe with India had continued to becarried on in its ancient channels, the Turkifh fultans, by being mafters of Egyptand Syria, muſt have poffeffed the abfolute command of it, whether the productionsof the Eaſt were conveyed by the Red Sea to Alexandria, or were tranfported byland-carriage from the Perfian Gulf to Conftantinople, and the ports of the MediterThe monarchs who were then at the head of this great Empire, wereneither deftitute of abilities to perceive the pre-eminence to which this would haveelevated them, nor of ambition to afpire to it. Selim, the conqueror of the MameJuks, by confirming the ancient privileges of the Venetians in Egypt and Syria, andby his regulations concerning the duties on Indian goods, which I have already mentioned, early diſcovered his folicitude to fecure all the advantages of Commerce withthe Eaft to his own dominions. The attention of Solyman the Magnificent, his fuc-

  • M. L'Abbé Raynal,

ranean.cellor,216 DR. ROBERTSON ON MARITIME DISCOVERY.ceffor, feems to have been equally directed towards the fameobject. More enlightened than any monarch of the Ottoman race, he attended to all the tranſactionsof the European ftates, and had obferved the power as well as opulence to which therepublic of Venice had attained by engroffing the Commerce with the Eaft. He nowbeheld Portugal rifing towards the fame elevation, by the fame means. Eager toimitate and to fupplant them, he formed a ſcheme ſuitable to his character for political wiſdom and the appellation of Infiitutor ofRules, by which the Turkiſh hiſtorianshave diftinguiſhed him, and eſtabliſhed, early in his reign, a Syftem of commerciallaws in his dominions, by which he hoped to render Conftantinople the great ſtapleof Indian trade, as it had been in the profperous ages of the Greek empire * . Foraccomplishing this ſcheme, however, he did not rely on the operation of laws alone;he fitted out about the fame time a formidable fleet in the Red Sea, under the conduct of a confidential officer, with fuch a body of janizaries on board of it, as hedeemed fufficient not only to drive the Portugueſe out of all their new ſettlements inIndia, but to take poffeffion of fome commodious ſtation in that country, and to erecthis ftandard there. The Portuguefe, by efforts of valour and conftancy, entitled tothe fplendid fuccefs with which they were crowned, repulfed this powerful armamentin every enterpriſe it undertook, and compelled the ſhattered remains of the Turkiſhfleet and army to return with ignominy to the harbours from which they had takentheir departure, with the mott fanguine hopes of terminating the expedition in a verydifferent mannert. Solyman, though he never relinquished the deſign of expellingthe Portugueſe from India, and of acquiring fome eſtabliſhment there, was fo occupiedduring the remainder of his reign, by the multiplicity of arduous operations in whichan infatiable ambition involved him, that he never had leiſure to refume the profecution of it with vigour.If either the meaſures of Selim had produced the effect which he expected, or ifthe more adventurous and extenfive plan of Solyman had been carried into execution,the Command of the wealth of India, together with ſuch a Marine as the monopolyof trade with that country has, in every age, enabled the power which poffeffed it tocreate and maintain, muft have brought an acceffion of force to an empire alreadyformidable to mankind, that would have rendered it altogether irrefiftable. Europe,at that period, was not in a condition to have defended itſelf againſt the combinedexertions of fuch Naval and Military power, fupported by Commercial wealth, andunder the direction of a monarch whofe comprehenfive genius was able to derive fromeach its peculiar advantages, and to employ all with the greateſt effect. Happily forthe human race, the defpotic fyftem of Turkish government, founded on fuch illiberal fanaticism as has extinguished Science in Egypt, in Affyria, and in Greece, itsthree favourite manfions in ancient times, was prevented from extending its dominionover Europe, and from fuppreffing liberty, learning, and taſte, when beginning to makefuccefsful efforts to revive there, and again to blefs, to enlighten, and to poliſh mankind.Paruta Hift. Venet. lib. vii. p. 589. Sandi Stor. Civil. Venez. part ii. p. 90L.Afia de Barros, dec. iv. lib. x. c. 1. &c.APPENDIX (D. )THEWoyages of two MohammedansIN THEIndian Ocean,DURING THE NINTH CENTURY.TRANSLATED FROM THE ARABIC MANUSCRIPT BY THE ABBE RENAUDOT, WITH THEADDITIONAL REMARKS OF ROBERTSON AND CAMPBELL.

      • DR. ROBERTSON, in his Hiftorical Difquifition concerning ancient India, (p. 118, ) makes

fome remarks on the following Narrative, which he ftyles" The relation of a Voyage from the Perfian Gulph towards the eaft, written by an Arabian merchant in the year of the Chriftian æra eight hundred and fifty-one, about two centuriesafter Perfia was ſubjected to the Caliphs; and explained by the commentary of another Arabian, who had likewife vifited the eaſtern parts of Afia." This Voyage, together with the obſervations of Abu Zeid al Hafan of Siraf, was publifhed by M. Renaudot, A. D. 1718 , under the title of Anciennes Relations des Indes, et de laChine, de deux Voyageurs Mahometans, qui y allerent dans le Neuvieme Siecle, traduites de Arabe,avec des remarquesfur les principaux endroits de ces Relations. As M. Renaudot, in his remarks,repreſents the literature and police of the Chineſe, in colours very different from thoſe of thefplendid defcriptions which a blind admiration had prompted the Jefuits to publiſh , two zealousMiffionaries have called in queftion the authenticity of thefe relations, and have afferted thatthe authors of them had never been in China ( P. Premare, Lettr. edifiantes et curieuſes, tom.xix. p. 420, &c. P. Parennin, ibid . tom. xxi. p. 158 , &c. ). Some doubts concerning theirVOL authenticity . I. e e218 ROBERTSON ON RENAUDOT's MS.authenticity were entertained likewife by feveral learned men in England, on account ofM. Renaudot's having given no notice of the Manufcript which he tranflated, but that he foundit in the library of M. Le Comte de Seignelay. As no perfou had ſeen the Manuſcript fince thattime, the doubts increaſed, and M. Renaudot was charged with the crime of impofing uponthe public. But the Colbert Manufcripts having been depofited in the king's library, as ( fortunately for literature ) moft private collections are in France, M. de Guignes, after a longfearch, diſcovered the identical manufcript to which M. Renaudot refers. It appears to havebeen written in the twelfth century; (Journal des Sçavans, December 1764, p. 315, &c. )As I had not the French edition of M. Renaudot's book, my references are made to theEnglish tranflation . The relation of the two Arabian travellers is confirmed in many pointsby their countryman Maffoudi, who publiſhed his treatife on univerſal hiſtory, to which hegives the fantaſtical title of " Meadows of Gold, and Mines of Jewels," an hundred and fixyears after their time. From him , likewife, we receive fuch an account of India in the tenthcentury, as renders it evident that the Arabians had then acquired an extenſive knowledge ofthat country. According to his defcription, the peninfula of India was divided into fourkingdoms. The firſt was compofed of the provinces fituated on the Indus, and the riverswhich fall into it; the capital of which was Moultan. The capital of the ſecond Ringdom wasCanoge, which from the ruins of it ftill remaining, appears to have been a very large city;(Rennell's Memoirs, p. 54. ) . In order to give an idea of its populoufneſs, the Indian hiftorians affert, that it contained thirty thouſand fhops, in which betel-nut was fold, and fixtythouſand fets of mnficians and fingers, who paid a tax to government; ( Ferifhta, tranſlatedby Dow, vol. i. p. 32. ) . The third kingdom was Cachemire. Maffoudi, as far as I know, isthe firſt author who mentions this paradife of India, of which he gives a fhort but juft defcrip .tion. The fourth is the kingdom of Guzerate, which he repreſents as the greateſt and moſtpowerful; and he concurs with the two Arabian Travellers, in giving the fovereigns of it theappellation of Balhara. What Maffoudi relates concerning India is more worthy of notice,as he himſelf had vifited that country; ( Notices et Extraits des Manufcripts de la Bibliotheque du Roi, tom. i . p. 9, 10. ) Maffoudi confirms what the two Arabian travellers relate,concerning the extraordinary progrefs of the Indians in aftronomical fcience. According tohis account, a temple was built during the reign of Brahman, the firſt monarch of India, withtwelve towers, reprefenting the twelve figns of the Zodiac; and in which was delineated aview of all the ftars as they appear in the heavens. In the fame reign was compofed the fa.mous Sind-Hind, which feems to be the ſtandard treatiſe of Indian aftronomy; ( Notices, &c.tom i. p. 7. ) Another Arabian author, who wrote about the middle of the fourteenth cen.tury, divides India into three parts. The northern, comprehending all the provinces on theIndus. The middle, extending from Guzerate to the Ganges. Thefouthern, which he denominates Comar, from Cape Comorin; (Notices, &c. tom ii . p. 46. )"EXTRACTSVOYAGES DURING THE NINTH CENTURY. 219EXTRACTS FROM THE VOYAGES OF TWO MOHAMMEDANS IN THE INDIANOCEAN, DURING THE NINTH CENTURY.(Harris's Collection, Vol. I. p. 521. )THE most natural, eafy, and certain method of attaining a perfect knowledge ofthe Diſcoveries made in the East Indies, is unquestionably that of reading the beſtVoyages and Travels into thofe parts, in the order of time in which they were made;for by this means they illuftrate each other, and ferve as a kind of Commentaries;deliver the hiſtory of places and perfons with the leaft poffible confufion, and fhowus at once the different state of the countries mentioned in them at different periodsof time, and the advances that were made in perfecting the knowledge of thofe countries by fuch as undertook to go thither, and to report what they had feen and heard,for the information of others and of pofterity. Of all the travellers into theſe partsof the world, whofe writings are ftill preferved, thoſe which are contained in thisfection are beyond all doubt the moft ancient, and in that refpect, as well as inmany others, extremely curious. To render thefe as clear and as intelligible asis poffible to our readers, we fall firft infert fome memoirs of that eminent FrenchCritic who tranflated and made them public, and fhall next give a fuccinct accountfrom the materials he has afforded us of the authors themfelves, the nature of theirworks, the circumftances which peculiarly recommend them, the reaſons which induceus to believe they are genuine, and the credit which on that account is their due.It was EUSEBIUS RENAUDOT, who delivered theſe venerable remains of antiquity fromthe obfcurity in which they had been buried for ages, and fent them abroad in theFrench language, with fome very valuable notes and Differtations of his own, Hewas a perſon whofe family had been diftinguiſhed for their learning through feveraldefcents. His grandfather, Theophraftus Renaudot, eſtabliſhed the French Gazette inthe year 1631 , under the patronage of cardinal Richelieu. His father was first phyfician to the Dauphin, fon to Lervis XIV. This gentleman addicted himſelf chieflyto the ſtudy of divinity and the oriental languages, which might have raiſed him tofome eminent ſtation in the church , if, from his great modefty and unaffected loveof privacy, he had not ftudiouſly declined it. He was very early taken notice of atcourt, where the politenefs of his manners recommended him as ftrongly to the principal miniſters, as the ſeverity of his ftudies endeared him to moſt of the learned menof his time.In the year 1689 he was chofen a member of the French Academy, and in 1691became a member of that of Inferiptions, and of the Belles Lettres. He accompaniedCardinal Noailles to Rome in 1700, and was with him in the conclave in which Clement XI. was raiſed to the Papal throne; by whom the Abbé Renaudot was ſo muchesteemed, that he kept him at Rome feven or eight months after the cardinal's departure, and forced upon him a benefice, which he had the modeſty to refuſe, thoughhis circumſtances were not fuch as made it unneceffary to him.ee 2 InI220 VOYAGES DURING THE NINTH CENTURYIn his return to France, the Grand Duke of Tuscany kept him a whole month atFlorence, where he had an apartment in the palace; and during his ftay there, wasreceived into the famous academy of la Crufca; after which the Grand Duke loadedhim with prefents, and fent him to Marfeilles in his own veffels.He publiſhed, after his return to France, many learned works, and particularly inthe year 1713 , The Hiflory ofthe Patriarchs of Alexandria, from St. Mark to the clofe ofthe thirteenth century, with an Appendix, containing the hiftory of the Mahommedansin Egypt, from their own writers; which gained him great reputation . In 1716 hepubliſhed, in two volumes in quarto, the hiftory of the Oriental Liturgies, which wasalſo much efteeemd . And in the year 1718 he fent abroad thefe Voyages and Travels, which were likewife received with univerfal applaufe. Beſides thefe, he publifhed many other learned treatifes; and having for many years weakened his conftitution by an affiduous application to his ftudies, he died on the 1ft of September1720, in the 74th year of his age, with the reputation of being one of the moſtlearned men, and one of the exacteft critics of his time *.As to the first of thefe Voyages, we know not by whom it was written, the beginning of it being imperfect; but it appears clearly that it was written in the year ofthe Hegira 237 , A. D. 851. The latter, which is no more than a commentary ordifcourfe upon the former, appears to have been the work of Abu Zeid al Hafan ofSiraf, who penned it about the year of the Hegira 303, A. D. 915. It appearstherefore, that both of them are, at leaſt, two centuries older than any accounts thathad been publiſhed before. They were tranflated from an original manufcript in thelibrary of the Count de Seignelay, the age of which was aſcertained by the characterin which it was written. But there is ftill a plainer proof of its being penned in theyear of the Hegira 619, A. D. 1173, becauſe there are at the end of it fome obfervations in the fame hand, relating to the extent of the walls and fortifications of the cityof Damafcus, under the reign of the famous Sultan Noureddin, and of other cities underhis dominion; in which the writer fpeaks of him as ftill living: and therefore, asthat monarch died the fame year, this manufcript is clearly between five and fix hundred years old t.It is also very apparent, that there is nothing in either of thefe works, that cancreate the leaſt fufpicion that they are later than theſe dates ſpeak them; but, on thecontrary, all the facts mentioned in them, which are capable of being examined andcompared with other hiftories, afford the cleareſt teftimonies of their being genuineand authentic. The great value of theſe relations arifes from their giving us a largeaccount of China, above four hundred years earlier than the Travels of Marco Polo twho, till theſe accounts were publiſhed, was always eſteemed the firſt author we hadon that fubject .The first of them begins abruptly, on account of there being a page or two wanting in the original manufcript; which very probably contained the name and country

  • Hiftoire de l'Academie des Infcriptions, Tom. V. p. 384.

+ See M. Renaudot's Preface to thefe Relations. Marco Polo returned from his voyage A. D. 1295.ofIN THE INDIAN OCEAN. 221of its author, and the occafion of his Voyage; the lofs of which there is great reaſonto regret.Ofthe Sea ofHerkend, and ofthe Iſlands therein.I. " THE third of the Seas we have to mention, is that of Herkend * . Between thisſea and that of Delarowi, are many iſlands, to the number, as they fay, of nineteenhundred, which divide thofe two feas from each other †, and are governed by aqueen . Among theſe Iſlands they find ambergris in lumps of extraordinary bigneſs,as alſo in leffer pieces, which reſemble plants torn up. This Amber is produced atthe bottom of the ſea, as plants upon earth; and when the fea is tempestuous, theviolence of the waves tears it up from the bottom, and waſhes it to the fhore in theform of a muſhroom or truffle. Theſe Iſlands are full of that kind of palm-treewhich bears the cocoa-nut, and are from one to four leagues diſtant from each other,all inhabited. The wealth of the inhabitants confifts in fhells, of which even thequeen's treaſury is full. The fay there are no workmen more expert than theſeiflanders; and that of the fibres of the cocoa-nut they make ſhirts all of a piece, asalſo veſts or tunics. Ofthe fame tree they build ſhips and houſes, and they are ſkilful in all other workmanship. Their fhells they have from the fea at ſuch times whenthey rife up to the furface; when the inhabitants throw branches of the cocoa- nuttree into the fea, and the fhells ftick to them. They call them Kaptaje in their language." Beyond theſe iſlands, in the fea of Herkend, is Serendib §, or Ceylon, the chief of allthoſe iſlands, which are called Dobijat. It is all compaffed by the fea, and on itscoaſt

  • By the Sea of Herkend, in all probability, our author means the ſea about the Maldives; which, according

to the eaſtern geographers, divides that part of the Indian Ocean from the ſea of Delarowi, which is the gulphcalled by the ancients Sinus Magnus. The eaſtern writers frequently ſpeak of the Seven Seas, which feems tobe rather a proverbial phrafe, than a geographical definition. The feas, without comprehending the ocean,which they call Bah-Mahit, —are the fea of China, the fea of India, the ſea of Perſia, the ſea of Kolzuma, or theRed Sea, fo called from a town which is thought to be the Clyfma of the ancients; the ſea of Rum, or of Greece,which is the Mediterranean, the fea called Al- Chozar, or the Cafpian, and the fea of Pont, or the PontusEuxinus; but thefe are not all the names they give them, for the Sea of India is very often called the GreenSea; that of Perfia, the fea of Baffora , and other names they have for particular parts of theſe ſeas.It is no wonder that the Arabs had but a very imperfect knowledge of theſe Iſlands, ſince we are notvery well informed about them to this day. The reader may probably think that our author has multipliedthem , from the number he ſpeaks of; but the truth is, that he rather diminiſhes them; for the moſt accuratewriters we have, affure us that there are twelve thouſand of them; and this is faid to be the fignification oftheir name in the Malabar tongue, viz. Male Dive, i. e. a thouſand iſlands; that round number being put for the true number of them, let it be what it will.The fubfequent accounts we have had of the Maldives do not juſtify this particular, if the intent of theauthor was to inform us that theſe iflands were always governed by a woman. It might perhaps be fo in histime, where, by accident, one woman might have fucceeded another, as queen Elizabeth did queen Mary here.§ This is the Taprobana of the ancients; and I think ſcarce any iſland has been called by more namesthan thoſe which have been bestowed on this; but whereas in the ancient work of Cofmas Indopleuftes, it is called222 VOYAGES DURING THE NINTH CENTURYcoaft they fish for pearl. In this country there is a mountain called Rahun, to thetop of which it is thought Adam afcended, and there left the print of his foot in arock, which is feventy cubits in length; and they fay that Adam at the fame timeflood with his other foot in the fea. About this mountain are mines of rubies, opals,and amethyfts. This Ifland, which is of great extent, has two kings; and here arefound lignum, aloes, gold, precious ftones, and pearls, which are fished for on thecoaft; as alfo a kind of large fhells, which they ufe inftead of trumpets, and aremuch valued." In the fame Sea, towards the Serendib, there are other ifles, but not fo many innumber, though of vaſt extent, and unknown. One of theſe Iſlands, called Ramni *,is under feveral princes, in which there is great plenty of gold. The inhabitants herehave cocoa-nut trees, which fupply them with food, and therewith alfo they painttheir bodies, and oil themfelves."Thefe Iſlands ſeparate the Sea of Herkend from the Sea of Shelahet, and beyondthemare others called Najabalus, which are pretty well peopled. When ſhipping is amongtheſe iſlands, the inhabitants come off in embarkations, and bring with them ambergris and cocoa-nuts, which they truck for iron; for they want no clothing, beingfree from the inconveniences either of heat or cold. Beyond theſe two Iſlands, liesthe Sea ofAndaman: the people on this coaft eat human flesh quite raw. They haveno fort of barks or other veffels; if they had they would feize and devour all thepaffengers they could lay hands on. When ſhips have been kept back by contrarywinds, they are often in theſe ſeas obliged to drop anchor on this barbarous coaftfor the fake of water; and upon thefe occafions they commonly lofe fome of theirmen f."Beyond this there is a mountainous and yet inhabited Iſland, where, it is faid, thereare mines of filver; but as it does not lie in the ufual track of ſhipping, many havefought for it in vain, though remarkable for a very lofty mountain, which is calledKafbenai. It once fo happened, that a Ship failing in this latitude had fight of themountain, and ſhaped her courfe for it; and falling in with the land, fent a boat onſhore, with hands to cut wood: the men kindled a fire, and faw filver run from it,which plainly indicated there was a mine of this metal in that place; they ſhippedtherefore as much of the earth or ore as they thought fit; but as they were proceeding on their Voyage they met with ſuch a ſtorm, that to lighten their ſhip, they wereunder the neceffity of throwing all their ore overboard.called Sielendiba; it is very eafy to account for this, and to fhew that it is only a Greek termination givento the true name; for b is often put for u, and confequently Sielendiba is the fame with Sielendive; thatis, Sielen Ifland; whence the modern name, as we ufually write it, viz. the iſland of Ceylon.

  • In ſome of the Arabian geographers, theſe are called the Iſlands of Rami.

It is moſt certain, that, upon a ſtrict inquiry, moſt of theſe ſtories of Man-eaters have been found to befables void of all foundation; but the very lateſt accounts we have of the Indies, give thefe people the fame character.<<< SinceIN THE INDIAN OCEAN. 223" Since that time the Mountain has been carefully fought, but it has never fince beenfeen. To conclude; there are many fuch Islands in the fea, more in number thancan be fet down, fome inacceffible by feamen, and fome unknown to them. In thefeSeas it often happens, that a whitiſh cloud at once ſpreads over a Ship, and lets downa long thin tongue or fpout, quite to the furface of the water, which then is turnedround as by a whirlwind; and if a veffel happens to be in the way, fhe is immediatelyfwallowed up thereby: but at length this cloud mounts up again, and diſchargesitſelf in a prodigious rain. It is not known whether this water is f*cked up by theclouds, or how this comes to paſs. All theſe Seas are ſubject to great ſtorms, whichmakes them boil up like water over a fire: then it is that the ſurf daſhes ſhips againſtthe islands, and breaks them to pieces with unfpeakable violence, and then alſo it isthat fish of all ſizes are thrown dead afhore upon the rocks. The wind, which commonly blows upon the Sea of Herkend, is from another quarter, viz. from the N. W.but the Sea is alſo ſubject to as violent agitations as thoſe juſt mentioned, and thenambergris is torn up from the bottom, and particularly where it is very deep; andthe deeper it is, the more valuable the ambergris." It is likewiſe obſerved, with reſpect to that Sea, that when it is thus toffed by thetempeftuous winds, it fparkles like fire, and that it is infefted by a certain kind of fiſhcalled Lockham, which frequently preys upon men." This is probably no other thanthe fhark, which is common enough on all the coafts of the Indies. . Here there is apart of the Manufcript loft, wherein the author treated of the Trade to China, as itſtood in his time, and of the cauſes which had brought it into a declining condition.He then proceeds thus:---" Ofthe Trade to China,-Navigation and Tides.—Siraff, Calabar, Kaukam, &c.---II. " AMONGST others, the fires that frequently happen at Canfu are not the leaſt.Canfu is the Port of all the ſhips of the Arabs, who trade in China, and fires are therevery frequent, becauſe the houſes are built with nothing but wood, or elſe with ſplit cane;befides, Ships are often loft in going and coming, or they are plundered, or obliged tomake too long a ftay in harbours, or to fell their goods out of the country fubject tothe Arabs, and there make up their cargo. In short, Ships are under a neceffity ofwaſting a confiderable time in refitting, not to ſpeak of any other cauſes of delay." Soliman, the Merchant * , relates, that at Canfu, which is the principal refort ofmerchants, there is a Mabommedan appointed judge over thoſe of his religion, by theauthority of the Emperor of China; and that he is judge of all the Mahommedans whor*fort to thofe parts.Asto this Soliman the Merchant, it is very probable that ſome account was given of him in the page thatis loft; but as to the Mahommedan Conful , it is a very extraordinary fact, and deferves particular notice, becauſe it plainly fhews, that the Mahommedans had for fome time carried on a regular and fettled Trade to China,.which is what from other accounts we could never have fufpected,«As224 VOYAGES DURING THE NINTH CENTURY" As for the places whence Ships depart, and thoſe they touch at, many perfonsaffirm, that the Navigation is performed in the following order:—moſt of the Chineſefhips take in their cargo at Siraff *, where alſo they ſhip their goods which come fromBafra, or Bafora, Oman, and other ports; and this they do, becauſe in this Sea thereare frequent ftorms, and fhoal water in many places . From Bafra to Siraff is an hundred and twenty leagues; and when Ships have loaded at this laſt place, they therewater alfo; and from thence make fail for a place called Mafcat, which is in the extremity of the province of Oman, about two hundred leagues from Siraff. Ontheeaſt coaſt of this Sea, between Siraff and Mafcat, is a place called Nafis Bani al Safak,and an iſland called Ebn Kahoran; and in this Sea are rocks called Oman, and a narrow ſtrait called Dordur, between two rocks, where veſſels do venture, but the ChineſeShips dare not. There are alfo two rocks called Koffir and Howware, which ſcarce appear above the water's edge: After they are clear of theſe rocks, they ſteer for a placecalled sh*tu Oman, and at Mafcat take in water, which is drawn out of wells; andhere alſo they are fupplied with cattle of the province of Oman: From thence Shipstake their departure for the Indies, and first they touch at Kaukam-mali: and fromMafcat to this place it is a month's fail with a fair wind." This is a frontier place, and the chief arſenal in the province of the fame name.And here the Chineſe ſhips put in, and are in ſafety; freſh water is to be had here,and the Chineſe pay athouſand drams for duties, but others pay only from one dinarto ten dinars. From Mafcat to Kaukam-mali it is a month's fail; and then havingwatered at this place, they begin to enter the Sea of Herkend, and having failed throughit, touch at a place called Lajabalus, where the inhabitants underſtand not the Arabic,or any other language in ufe with merchants. They wear no cloaths, are white, andweak in their feet." From hence Ships fteer towards Calabar, the name of a kingdom on the coaft tothe right hand beyond the Indies. -Bar fignifies a Coaft in the language of the country;and this depends on the kingdom of Zapage. The inhabitants are dreffed in thoſe fortsof ftriped garments, which the Arabs call Fauta; and they commonly wear but oneat a time, which is equally obſerved by perſons of every degree. At this place theycommonly take in water, which is filled from wells fed by fprings, and which they like better than what is drawn out of cifterns and tanks. Calabar is about a month'sVoyage from a place called Kaukam, which is almoſt upon the ſkirts of the ſea ofHerkend. In ten days after this, Ships reach Betuma; from whence, in ten days more,they come up with Kadrange.It is a very difficult thing to diftinguish, at this diſtance of time, the route laid down by our author, chieflyby reafon of the changes of names, of which we have particularly an inftance in this great port of Siraff, notto be met with in any of our maps; however we have fome mention made of it in other Arabian writerswho ſay, that it lay fixty leagues from Shiray, that it ſtood in the gulph of Perfia, and that when it decayed,the trade thereof was tranfported to the island of Ormuz.14 " ItIN THE INDIAN OCEAN.225It is to be obſerved, that in all the Iſlands and Peninſulas of the Indies, they findwater when they dig for it. In this laſt mentioned place, there is a very lofty mountain, which is peopled by none but flaves and fugitives: from thence in ten days theyarrrive at Senif; here is freſh water, and hence comes the aromatic wood we callHud al Senefi. Here is a king; the inhabitants are black, and wear two ſtriped garments. Having watered at this place, it is ten days paffa*ge to Sanderfulat, an Iſlandwhere is freſh water; then they fteer through the Sea of Sanji, and fo to the gates ofChina; for fo they call certain rocks and fhoals in that Sea, forming a narrow ſtrait,through which Ships pafs. It requires a month to fail from Sanderfulat to China; andit takes up eight whole days to ſteer clear of theſe rocks."When a Ship has got through thefe gates, fhe, with the tide of flood, goes intoa freſh water gulph, and drops anchor in the chief Port of China, which is that ofCanfu; and here they have freſh water both from ſprings and rivers, as they have alſoin moſt of the other cities of China." In this Port it ebbs and flows twice in twenty-four hours; but with this difference, that whereas from Bafra to the iſland called Bani Kahouan, it flows when themoon is at full, and ebbs when the rifes, and when the fets; from near Bani Kabouanquite to the coaft of China, it is flood when the moon rifes, and when fhe is towardsher height it is at ebb: and fo, on the contrary, when the fets it is flowing water,and when she is quite hidden under the horizon, the tide falls. ” - - -" Our author feems here to interrupt his Narration, and to take occafion from whathe has before reported ( and which, in the main, is confirmed by later writers, ) to compare the cuſtoms of the Indians and Chineſe, intermixing his diſcourſe alſo with othermatters." The Indians and Chineſe agree, that there are four great or principal kings in theworld; they all allow the king of the Arabs to be the firſt, and to be, beyond diſpute,the most powerful of kings, the most wealthy, and the moſt excellent every way; becauſe he is the prince and head of a great religion, and becauſe no other furpaffeshim."The Emperor of China reckons himſelf next after the king of the Arabs, and afterhim the king of the Greeks, and laftly the Balhara, king of Moharmi al Adon, or oftheſe who have their ears bored t." This BALHARA is the moſt illuſtrious prince in all the Indies; and all the other kingsthere, though each is mafter and independant in his kingdom, acknowledge thus farIt is very probable, or rather certain, from the account given by our author , that this muſt be thePort of Canton; and the irregularity of the Tide is a circumftance that ftrongly confirms it; andwhich fhews at the fame time, that the Arabs were not fo ignorant in thoſe matters as they are generallyimagined.We may conjecture, that this Balhara, or monarch of the nations with their ears bored, which is plainly the Indians, was no other than the Samorin, or emperor of Calicut, who, according to the reports of the most ancient Portugueſe hiſtorians, was acknowledged as a kind of emperor in the Indies, fix hundred yearsbefore they difcovered the paffa*ge to them by the Cape of Good Hope.VOL. I. f f his1226 VOYAGES DURING THE NINTH CENTURYhis pre-eminence. When he fends ambaſſadors to them they are received with extraordinary honours, becauſe of the reſpect they bear him. This king makes magnificent preſents after the manner of the Arabs, and has horſes and elephants in greatnumbers, and great treaſures in money. He has of thoſe pieces of filver calledThartarian Drams, which weigh half a dram more than the Arabian Dram. Theyare coined with the dye of the prince, and bear the year of his reign from the laſt ofthe reign of his predeceffor."They compute not their years from the era of Mohammed, as the Arabs do, butonly by the years of their kings. Moſt of theſe princes live a long time, and many ofthem have reigned above fifty years; and thoſe of the country believe, that the lengthof their lives, and of their reigns, is granted them in recompence for their kindneſs tothe Arabs. In truth, there are no princes more heartily affectionate to the Arabs, andtheir fubjects profefs the fame friendſhip for us." BALHARA * is not a proper name, but an appellative common to all theſe kings,as was Cofroes and fome others. The Country under the dominion of this prince beginson the coaft of the province called Kamkam, and reaches by land to the confines ofChina. He is furrounded by the dominions of many kings, who are at war with him,and yet he never marches against them."After this Kingdom there is another, which is an inland State diſtant from the coaſt,and called Kafchbin, the inhabitants are white, and bore their ears; they have camels,and their country is for the most part defert, and full of mountains; farther upon theCoaſt there is a ſmall kingdom called Kitrange, which is very poor; but it has a bay,where the fea throws up great quantities of ambergris; they have alfo elephant'steeth and pepper; but the inhabitants eat it green, becaufe of the fmallnefs of thequantity they gather. Beyond thefe kingdoms here mentioned, there are others ofnumber unknown, and among the reft that of Mujet; the inhabitants are white, anddrefs after the Chineſe mode; their country is full of mountains, with white tops, andof very great extent; here are very great quantities of Mufk, eftemed the moſt exquifite in the world. They have war with all the neighbouring kingdoms." The kingdom of † Mabed is beyond that of Mujet; therein are many cities, andthe inhabitants have a great refemblance to the Chineſe, even more than thoſe ofMujet; for they have officers or eunuchs, like thoſe who govern the cities amongſtthe Chineſe; the country of Mabed is bordering upon China, and is at peace withthe emperor, but not fubject to him. The Mabed fend every year ambaffadors andprefents to the Emperor of China, who on his part fends ambaffadors and prefents to

  • This is another good reafon why the monarch here mentioned ſhould be taken for the emperor of Calicut,

fince he likewife was not called by his proper name, but by ſuch an appellative as this; and if we could obtainan etymology oftheſe words, that could be depended upon, it is very likely that Balbara and Sameria would be found to mean the fame.It would be an endleſs thing to fatigue the reader with conjectures about thefe countries, the names ofwhich are totally unknown to us; fo that all we can fay of them with certainty is, that they lie between CapeComorin and China.them.IN THE INDIAN OCEAN.. 227them. Their Country is of great extent; and when the ambaſſadors of Mabed enterChina, they are carefully watched, and never once allowed to furvey the country, forfear they should form defigns of conquering it; which would be no difficult task forthem, on account of their great numbers, and becauſe they are divided from Chinaonly by mountains and rocks." They fay that in the kingdom of China there are above two hundred cities , withjurifdiction over others, that have each a governor, and an eunuch, or lieutenant.Canfu is one of theſe cities, being the Port for all ſhipping, and prefiding over twentytowns.“ They coin a great deal of copper money, like what the Arabs call Falus: theyhave treaſures like other kings; but they have only this fort of fmall money, whichis current all over the country; for though they have gold, filver, pearls, filk, and.rich ſtuffs in great abundance, they confider them only as moveables and merchandize,and the copper-pieces are the only current coin: from foreign parts they have ivory,frankincenfe, copper in pigs, tortoife-fhells, and unicorns' horns, which we have mentioned, and with which they adorn their girdles. Of their own ftock, they haveabundance of beaſts of burden, horfes, affes, and dromedaries; but they have no Arabian horſes." They have an excellent kind of earth, wherewith they make a ware of equal finenefs with glaſs, and equally tranſparent. When merchants arrive here * , the Chineſefeize on their cargoes, and convey them to warehouſes, where they remain fix months,and till the laſt merchantman be arrived; then they take three in ten, or thirty per cent.of each commodity, and return the reft to the merchant. If the Emperor hath amind for any particular thing, his officers have a right to take it, preferably to anyother perfons whatſoever, paying for it to the utmost value. They diſpatch thisbufinefs immediately, and without the leaft injuftice; they commonly take Camphire,which they pay for after the rate of fifty Fakuges per man, and the Fakuge is worth athouſand Falus, or pieces of copper. When it happens that the emperor does nottake Camphire, it fells for half as much again." They have no duty impoſed upon their lands, but are fubject to a poll-tax, whichis levied upon men only, and that according to their condition and capacity. Whenany Arabs, or other ftrangers, are in this country, the Chineſe tax them according totheir fubftance. When any dearth makes neceffaries dear, then the king opens hisStore-Houfes, and fells all forts of provifions much cheaper than they are to be had atmarket and hence no dearth is of any long continuance among the Chineſe. Thefums that are gathered from this capitation-tax, are laid up in the public treaſury;and I believe, that from this tax fifty thouſand dinars are paid every day into thetreafury of Canfu alone, although this city is not one of the largest in China.

  • This account of the conduct of the Chineſe towards the merchants, correfponds both with ancient and modern relations,

ff 2The228 VOYAGES DURING THE NINTH CENTURY"The Emperor referves likewife to himſelf the revenues which arife from the SaltMines, and from a certain HERB which they drink with hot water, and of which greatquantities are fold in all the cities of China, to the amount of confiderable fams; theycall it Itcha, that is tea; and it is a fhrub, more bushy than the pomegranate-tree, and ofa more pleaſant ſmell, but has a kind of bitterneſs with it. Their way is to boil water, which they pour upon this leaf; and this Drink cures all forts of difeafes.-Whatever fums come into the treafury, arife from the poll-tax, the duties upon falt, andthe tax upon the Leaf * ." In each City there is a ſmall bell hung to the wall above the prince's or governor'shead; and this bell may be rung by a string, which reaches about three miles, andcroffes the highway, to the end that people may get at it; when the ftring is pulled,the bell ftrikes over the governor's head , and ſtrait he commands that the perfon whothus demands juftice, be brought before him: and accordingly the complainant fetsforth his cafe in perfon; and the fame practice is in uſe throughout all other provinces." If a man has a mind to travel from one place to another, he muſt take two paffeswith him, the one from the governor, the other from the eunuch or lieutenant. Thegovernor's Pafs permits him to fet out on his journey, and takes notice of the nameof the traveller, and of thofe alfo of his company, the age and family of the one andthe other; for every body in China whether a native, or an Arab, or any otherforeigner, is obliged to declare all he knows of himfelf, nor can he poffibly be excufed."The Eunuch, or lieutenant's Pafs, fpecifies the quantity of goods or money whichthe traveller and thofe with him take along with them; and this is done for the information of the frontier places, where theſe two paffes are examined; for whenevera traveller arrives at any of them, it is registered, that fuch an one, the ſon of ſuch anone, of fuch a family, paffed through this place on fuch a day, in ſuch a month, infuch a year, and in ſuch a company; and by this means they prevent any one fromcarrying off the money or effects of other perfons, or their being loft: ſo that if anything has been carried off unjustly, or the traveller dies on the road, they immediatelyknow what is become of it, and the article miffing is either restored to the claimantor to his heirs +.1" The Chineſe have a Stone which is ten cubits high, erected in the public fquares oftheir cities; and on this ftone are engraved the names of all forts of Medicines, withthe exact price of each; and when the poor ſtand in need of any relief from phyfic,they go to the treafury, where they receive the price each medicine is rated at. ThereIt appears from hence, that the cuſtom of drinking Tea in China, is much more ancient than we havegenerally imagined it; for it muſt have prevailed long before our traveller went into this country, otherwife a tax upon it would have been ineffectual.+ This was a fettled regulation among the ancient Indians; ſo that it is very probable the Chineſe derived agreat part of their policy from the Indians.isIN THE INDIAN OCEAN. 229is in China no tax upon land; they only levy fo much per head, according to thewealth and poffeffions of the fubject . When a male child is born, his name is immediately entered in the king's books; and when this child has attained his eighteenthyear, he begins to pay for his head; but they demand it not of the man who has ſeenhis eightieth year, on the contrary, he receives a gratification by way of penfion fromthe public treafury and in doing this, the Chineſe ſay, that they make this provifionfor him in his old days, in acknowledgment for what they received of him when hewas young." In the Indies, when a man accufes another of a crime punishable with death, thecuftom is to afk the accufed if he is willing to go through the Trial by fire; and if heanſwers in the affirmative, they heat a piece of iron till it is red-hot. This done,they bid him ftretch forth his hand, and upon it they put feven leaves of a certaintree, and upon thefe leaves they put the red-hot iron , and in this condition he walksbackward and forward for fome time, and then throws off the iron. Immediatelyafter this they put his hand into a leathern bag, which they feal with the Prince'sfignet; and if at the end of three days he appears, and declares he has fuffered nohurt, they order him to take out his hand; when, if no fign of fire is viſible, theydeclare him innocent, and delivered from the punishment which threatened him, andhis accufer is condemned to pay a Man of gold as a fine to the prince." Sometimes they boil water in a cauldron * , till it is fo hot that no one can touchit; then they throw an iron ring into it, and command the perfon accuſed to thrusthis hand down, and bring out the ring. I faw one who did this, and received nomanner of hurt. The accufer is in this cafe alfo to pay a Man of gold." It is an univerfal cuſtom all over the Indies to burn the bodies of the dead. Theifland of Sarandib is the laft of the islands of the Indies. When they burn a king, itis uſual for his wives to jump into the fire and to burn with him; but this they arenot conſtrained to do if they are not willing." In the Indies there are men who profefs to live in the woods and mountains, andto deſpiſe what other men moſt value. Theſe abstain from every thing but fuch wildherbs and fruits as ſpring in the woods. Some of them are quite naked, or have onlya leopard's fkin thrown over them, and in this plight keep itanding with their faces.towards the fun. I formerly faw one in the pofture I have deſcribed; and returningto the Indies, about fixteen years afterwards, I found him in the very fame attitude;This manner of finding out the truth by appealing to God in fo extraordinary a manner, was in uſe inmoſt countries. Sophocles mentions it as practifed by the ancients. The Caffres on the coaſt of Mofambique,if they are accused of any capital crime, lick iron to prove their innocence. The Indians of Calicut decide theirdifferences in the fame manner. If a man is accufed of theft, he and the accuſer are brought before the judge;a pint of oil is heated till it almoſt boils, and then the party accuſed dips in three of his fingers, which areimmediately bound up, and opened on the third day; when, if it appears he is fcalded, he fuffers death; andif not, the fame fentence falls upon the accufer. All this is the more probable, fince this was once the common law of our own country , as the reader will perceive by confulting any of our gloffographers on the wordOrdeal.and230 VOYAGES DURING THE NINTH CENTURYand was aſtoniſhed he had not loft his eye-fight by the heat of the fun * . In all theſekingdoms the fovereign power refides in the royal family, and never departs from it;and the next heirs of this family fucceed each other. In like manner there are families of learned men, of phyficians, and of all the artificers concerned in architecture, and none of thefe are mixed with a family of a profeffion different from theirown. The ſeveral ſtates of the Indies are not ſubject to one king, but each provincehas its own king. The Balbara is nevertheleſs in the Indies as king of kings. TheChineſe are fond of gaming, and all manner of diverfions; on the contrary, the Indianscondemn them, and have no pleaſure in them. They drink no wine, nor make anyufe of vinegar, becauſe it is made of wine; and yet they abſtain not therefrom as areligious duty, but for another reaſon. They ſay, that if a king is given to wine, heought not to be deemed a king: for, continue they, as there are frequent wars withthe neighbouring ſtates, how ſhould a drunkard manage the affairs of his kingdom?" The Chineſe have no Sciences; and their religion, and moſt of their laws are derivedfrom the Indians; nay, they are of opinion that the Indians taught them the worſhipof idols, and confider them as a very religious nation; both the one and the otherbelieve the Metempsychosis: but they differ in many points touching the precepts oftheir religions. Phyfick and philofophy are cultivated among the Indians, and the·Chineſe have ſome ſkill in medicine; but it almoſt wholly confifts in the art of applying hot irons or cauteries. They have alfo fome fmattering of Aftronomy, but thereinalfo the Indians furpafs the Chinefe. I know not that there is fo much as one ofeither nation that has embraced Mohammedifm, or ſpeaks Arabic." China is a pleaſant and fruitful country: moſt of the Indian provinces have nocities; whereas in China there are many in number, great in extent, and well fortified:the climate of China is more wholefome, and the country itſelf is lefs fenny. Theair there is alfo much better, and there is fcarce a blind perſon to be ſeen, or any onefubject to the diſeaſes of the eyes; and the fame advantages are enjoyed by ſeveralprovinces of the Indies. The Rivers of theſe two countries are large, and ſurpaſs ourgreatest rivers; much rain falls in both thefe countrics. In the Indies are many defert tracks, but China is inhabited and peopled throughout its whole extent." Beyond the Continent of China, there is a country called Tagazgaz, from the nameof a nation of the Turks, who there inhabit; and alfo the country of Kakhan, or Tibet,which is bordering on the country of the Turks †. The Islands of Sila are inhabitedby white people, who fend prefents to the emperor of China, and who are perſuaded,that if they did not fend him prefents, the rain of heaven would not fall upon theircountry. None of our people have been there to inform us concerning them. "

  • Thefe Penances among the Indians, as furprising or as incredible as they feem to be, are confirmed by all the travellers that have written of thofe countries, whether ancient or modern.

The Nations here mentioned are to be confidered as dwelling in their native region , before they becamefamous by their irruption is to Perfia, which is the country every where meant by the name of Irak, and beforethey became Alahomn.edars; which is the more neceflary, becauſe from the prefent ſtate of things it is verynatural to connect the ideas which we have of the modern Turks, with theſe accounts of their anceſtors.7 ASIN THE INDIAN OCEAN. 231AS WE ARE NOW ARRIVED TO THE END OF THIS WORK, it may not be amifs to offerhere fome Remarks that may tend to enlighten the foregoing Diſcourſe, and prepare usat the fame time for that which is to come.-We are informed that the date of thisNarration was of the Hegira 237. ( A. D. 851. ) which circumftance, though preſervedto us in the enfuing Difcourfe, was very probably contained in the first leaf of this,which is wanting in the manufcript. But though it was written then, yet it ſeemshighly probable, that our Author's firft journey to the Indies was, at leaft, twentyyears before; becauſe he obferves, that he made a fecond journey there fixteen yearsafterwards; and we may very well allow four years for the time spent in the firſtjourney, and the ſpace that might intervene between his return, and his compofingthis Treatife. According to this calculation, his firſt Voyage to the Indies was in theyear of the Hegira 217. ( A. D. 833 , ) and his fecond An. Heg. 235. ( A. D. 849. )As to the occafion of his Voyages, there is nothing occurs in this account that cangive us the leaft light into it; however, it ſeems most probable, that he underwentthefe fatigues on the fcore of Commerce; for it can hardly be ſuppoſed, that a manwould have made fo long a journey, a fecond time, purely out of curioſity, and tofatisfy the defire of being better acquainted with thefe people, which had been excitedby his former intercourfe with them. There is not much to be obſerved with reſpectto the form of this Treatife, or the ftile in which it is written; and yet fomethingthere is worth mentioning with respect to each of them. We cannot, indeed , boaſtmuch of the regularity of his method; and yet it would be unjuſt to condemn it entirely; becauſe, for want of having the introduction to it, we cannot determine exactly what was his plan, and confequently cannot fay how far he came up to or fell.fhort of it. One thing I think is manifeft, which is, that the ſcope of his undertaking is a Comparison between the Indians and the Chineſe; at least he falls into thisimmediately after he has deſcribed the ufual Navigation from Siraf to China; andconfidered in this light, his Treatife appears regular enough. As to his ſtile, it isextremely fimple and plain, and has nothing of that fwelling, hyperbolical eloquencewhich is generally obſerved in oriental writers: upon which, I beg leave to remark,,that with regard to the Arabs, as well as other nations, this was a vice that prevailedin later times, after poetry and rhetoric had been more cultivated than they were inthe first ages of their empire, which has been the cafe in most other nations.One cannot poffibly doubt, that this piece was extremely well received when it.first came abroad; and that it had maintained its reputation for a confiderable ſpaceof time, appears from the Second Treatife which we are about to give our readers.It feems, that when the affairs of China were better known, fome prince, or otherperfon of diſtinction, defired the author of the following pages to look over that Diſcourfe; and to inform him, how far the facts contained therein had been confirmedor contradicted, by fucceeding relations. What time this happened, we cannot withany certainty fay, from the compariſon of the two pieces, or from the lights given usby the learned and accurate Critic who published them. The Manufcript which theAbbé232 VOYAGES DURING THE NINTH CENTURYAbbé RENAUDOr made uſe of, was apparently older than the year of the Hegira 569,which anſwers to the year of Christ 1173; but the Diſcourſe muſt certainly havebeen written long before that time.-In our Notes we have fhewn that Eben Wahabtravelled into China A. H. 285 , A. D. 898; and the author of this laft Treatife informs us, that he had converfed with this man after his return , and had from himthe facts which he has inferted in his Difcourfe: fo that the book itfelf must havebeen two centuries older than the Manufcript from which the Abbé RENAUDOT pub-.lifhed it, and might probably be written fixty or feventy years after the foregoingTreatife. Theſe are all the lights which, from an affiduous ftudy of thefe valuablefragments of antiquity, we have been able to give the reader; and therefore we ſhalldetain him no longer from the piece itſelf, which in the Original bears the followingtitle:(Preface of the fecond Author in confirmation ofwhat the former had delivered.)THE DISCOURSE OF ABU ZEID AL HASAN OF SIRAF, CONCERNING THE VOYAGETO THE INDIES AND CHINA.Having very carefully examined the book I was directed to peruſe, that I mightconfirm what the author relates, when he agrees with what I have heard concerningthe affairs of the Sea, the Kingdoms on the coaft, and the State of the countries; andthat I might add upon this head, what I have elſewhere collected concerning them,which is not to be found in this book-I find it was written in the year of the Hegira257, and that the accounts the author gives in regard to things at Sea, were in histime very true, and agreeable to what I have underſtood from merchants, who fromIrak failed through thofe Seas. I find alſo, that all the author writes is agreeable totruth except fome few paffa*ges." He told us, that fince thofe days the affairs of China wear quite another face; andfince much is related to fhew the reafon why the Voyages to China are interrupted ,and how the Country has been ruined, many customs aboliſhed, and the empire divided, I will here declare the caufes I know of this Revolution * ." The great Troubles which have embroiled the affairs of this Empire; which haveput a flop to the juftice and righteoufnefs there formerly practiſed; and which havein fine interrupted the ordinary Navigation from Siraf to China, flowed from thisfource: an officer who was confiderable for his employment, though not ofthe royal

  • The account here given by our anthor, very plainly proves, that the Trade to China was confidered in his

time as very ancient , and of very great confequence; infomuch that whatever affected the peace of that country,was locked upon as a thing of common concern to all the nations of the East. But till thefe travels werepublished, who could have imagined this? Who would have fufpected that the affairs of China were ſo wellknown to the Arabs? And therefore when theſe things are maturely weighed, who can doubt that we hadreafon to advance it as a thing highly probable, that long before this, the empires of China and the Indies werethe moſt flourishing condition, as well in point offoreign Commerce, as of domeftic Economy.family,IN THE INDIAN OCEAN. 233family, revolted fome time ago; this man's name was Baichu, and he began withcommitting hoftilities in the country, marching his armies into many places, to thegreat lofs of the Inhabitants; till, winning a party over to him by his liberalities , hegot together a multitude of vagabonds and abandoned people, whom he formed intoa confiderable body of troops." His army thus ftrengthened, and himſelf in a condition to undertake any thing, hediſcovered his defign of ſubduing the Empire; and marched ſtraight to Canfu, one ofthe most noted cities in China, and at that time the Port for all the Arabian merchants.This city ftands upon a great River fome days diftance from the entrance, fo that thewater there is fresh but the citizens fhutting their gates against him, he refolvedto befiege the place, and the fiege lafted a great while. This was tranfacted in theyear of the Hegira 264, and of Chrift 877." At laft he became mafter of the City, and put all the inhabitants to the ſword.There are perfons fully acquainted with the affairs of China, who affure us, that befides the Chineſe who were maffacred upon this occafion, there perished one hundredand twenty thoufand Mohammedans, Jers, Chriflians, and Parfees, who were thereon account of traffic. The number of the profeffors of theſe four religions, who thusperished, is exactly known, becauſe the Chineſe are exceedingly nice in the accountsthey keep of them." He alſo cut down the mulberry trees, and almoſt all the trees of other kinds: butwe ſpeak of the Mulberry in particular, becauſe the Chineſe cultivate it carefully forthe fake of its leaf, on which their Silkworms fubfift. This devaftation is the cauſewhy Silk has failed , and that the Trade which uſed to be driven therein through allthe countries under the Arabs, is quite at a ftand. Having facked and deſtroyedCanfu , he poffeffed himfelf of many other cities, which he attacked one after another;the emperor of China not having it in his power to ftop his progrefs. He advancedthen to the capital city, called Cumdan; and the Emperor left this, his royal feat,making a precipitate retreat to the city of Hamdu, on the frontiers, towards the province of Tibet." The Rebel, puffed up by theſe great fucceffes, and perceiving himſelf maſter of thecountries, fell upon the other cities, which he demolished; having firft flain moſt ofthe inhabitants, with a view, in this general butchery, to involve all the feveralbranches of the royal blood, that none might furvive to diſpute the Empire with him,We had the news of thefe Revolutions, and of the total ruin of China, which ſtillcontinues.Thus were affairs fituated, and the Rebel ſtood uncontroled by any difadvantagethat might abaſe his authority *." AtIt is a very difficult thing to pretend to fettle the Chronology of the Chinese Empire; and the very learnededitor of theſe travels confeffes that he is not able to give any ſatisfactory account of this revolution. It fofalls out, however, that Father du Halde, in his hiftory of China, lately published, has enabled us to fet thismatter right, or at leaſt very nearly right. He informs us, that in the reign of the Emperor Hi Tong, whoVOL. I. g g was&234 VOYAGES DURING THE NINTH CENTURYAt laft the Emperor of China wrote to the king of Tagazgaz in Turkeftan, withwhom, befides the nearness of his dominions, he was, in fome degree, allied by marriage; and, at the fame time, ſent an embaſſy to him, to implore his affillance forreducing this rebel. Upon this, the king of Tagazgaz diſpatched his fon, at the headof a very numerous army, to fight this oppreffor; and, after many battles, and almoſtcontinual ſkirmishes, he utterly defeated him. It was never known what became ofthe rebel: fome believe he fell in battle, while others thought he ended his days inanother manner."The Emperor of China returned then to Cumdan, and although he was extremelyweakened, and much difpirited becauſe of the embezzlement of his treafures, and thelofs of his captains and beft troops, and becauſe of all the late calamities; he nevertheleſs made himſelf maſter of all the provinces which had been conquered from him.However, he never laid hands on the goods of his fubjects, but fatisfied himſelf withwhat was yet left in his coffers, and the ſmall remainders of public money; his condition indifpenfably obliged him to take up with what his fubjects would give him,and to require nothing from them but obedience to his mandates; forbearing toſqueeze money from them, becauſe the King's governors had exhauſted them already." Thus China became almoft like the Empire of Alexander after the defeat and deathof Darius *, when he divided the provinces he took from the Perfians amongst fomany chiefs, who erected themſelves into fo many kings; for now each of theſeChinese princes joined with fome other to wage war against a third, without confulting the Emperor; and when the ftrongeſt had ſubdued the weakest, and was becomemafter of his province, all was waſted and unmercifully plundered, and the ſubjectsof the vanquished prince were unnaturally devoured; a Cruelty allowed by the laws oftheir religion, which even permit Human Fleſh to be expoſed to fale in the publicmarkets.was the eighteenth of the dynaſty of Tang, the affairs of China fell into very great diforder; from the heavytaxes laid upon the people, and a great famine, caufed by the inundation of rivers, and infinite numbers ofgrafs-hoppers that deſtroyed their harveſts. While things were in this ſituation, there happened ſeveral re- volts in the provinces, which encouraged a certain Rebel, whoſe name was Hoan Tfia, to put himself at thehead of the malecontents; and that with fuch fuccefs, as to drive the Emperor from the imperial city, of whichhe made himſelf mafter; but he was afterwards defeated, and the Emperor reftored. It must be owned, 'thatthere is about twenty years difference between the time mentioned by our author, and the date of this revolution, affigned by Father du Halde; I fhall not take upon me to decide where the miftake lies; but I conceivathat the reader will be of the fame opinion with me, in concluding this to be the Revolution mentioned in the text.All the Oriental writers agree in giving a different account of the divifion of the Empire of Alexander theGreat, from that which is given us by the Greeks; and that this notion of theirs was ancient, appears fromwhat we are told by the author of the firſt book of Maccabees, who having related the conquest of the PerfianEmpire by Alexander the Great, adds the following remarkable words: ( 1 Maccab. i. 5,6 ) “ And after thefe" things, he fell fick and perceived he ſhould die. Wherefore he called his fervants, fuch as were honourable," and had been brought up with him from his youth, and parted his kindgdom among them, while he was“ yet alive."" ThenIN THE INDIAN OCEAN.235" Then arofe, as was natural from thefe confufions, many unjust dealings with theMerchants who traded thither, which having gathered the force of a precedent; therewas no grievance, no treatment ſo bad, but they exercifed upon the Arabs, and themafters of fhips: they extorted from the Merchants what was uncuftomary, theyfeized upon their effects, and behaved towards them in a manner directly oppofite toancient ufa*ges, and for thefe things has God punished them, by withdrawing hisblefling from them in every refpect; and particularly by caufing the Navigation tobe forfaken, and the Merchants to return in crouds to Siraf and Oinan; agreeable tothe all-ruling will of the Almighty Mafter, whofe name be bleſſed!" The eunuch, or Lieutenant, and the principal officers, wear very magnificent dreffesof filk, fo fine, that none of this fort is brought into the country fubject to the Arabs;the Chineſe keep it up at fo high a rate. One of the chief merchants, whoſe wordscannot be called in queſtion , relates- that he waited on an eunuch, whom the Emperor had fent to Canfu, in order to purchaſe fome things he wanted out of the goodscarried thither from the country of the Arabs; and that upon his breaft he perceiveda fhort veft, which was under another filk veft , and which ſeemed to be under twoother vests of the fame kind; that the eunuch obferving him to look fteadfastly uponhis breaſt, ſaid, " I ſee you keep your eyes fixed upon my ſtomach, what may be themeaning of it?" The Merchant immediately cried out, I amſurpriſed at the beauty ofthat little veft , which appears under your other garments. The eunuch Jaughed, andheld out his fhirt-fleeve to him; " Count," fays he, " how many Veſts I have aboveit:" he did fo, and counted five, one on another; and the waiſtcoat, or fhort veſtwas underneath . Thefe garments are wove with raw Silk, which has never beenwaſhed or fullied; and what is worn by the Princes or Governors, is ftill more rich,and more exquifitely wrought." There was formerly a man of the tribe of Korkiſh, whofe name was EEN WAHAB,defcended of Hebar the fon of Al Afud, and he dwelt at Bafra; this man left Bafrawhen that city was facked, and came to Siraf, where he faw a Ship ready to fail forChina. The humour took him to go on board of this Ship, and in her he went toChina, where in the fequel he had the curiofity to travel to the Emperor's court; andleaving Canfu, he reached Cumdan, after a journey of two months: he ſtaid a longtime at the Emperor's court, and prefented ſeveral petitions; wherein he fignified thathe was of the family of the prophet of the Arabs. Having waited a confiderablewhile, the Emperor at laft ordered him to be lodged in a houſe appointed for him,and to be fupplied with every thing he wanted. This done, the Emperor wrote tothe governor of Canfu, commanding him carefully to inform himſelf among the Merchants concerning the relation this man pretended to bear to the prophet of theArabs; and the governor by his anfwers, confirming the truth of what he had faid,touching his extraction, the Emperor gave him audience, and made him rich preſents,wherewith he returned to Irak ." This

  • It feems a little frange, that the learned Abbé Renaudot did not endeavour to ſettle the time when this

Arabian traveller went to China, especially when there is a circumſtance which feems to fix it, viz. the plungg 2dering236 VOYAGES DURING THE NINTH CENTURY" This man, when we faw him, was much advanced in years, but had his fenfes perfectly; and told us, that when he had his audience, the Emperor asked him manyquestions about the Arabs, and particularly how they had deftroyed the kingdom ofthe Perfians. Ebn Wahab made anfwer, that they did it by the affiftance of God;and becauſe the Perfians were immerſed in idolatry, adoring the ſtars, the fun andmoon, inſtead of worshipping the true God." To this the Emperor replied, that the Arabs had conquered the moſt illuftriouskingdom of the whole earth; the beſt cultivated, the moſt opulent, the moſt pregnantof fine wits, and of the most extenfive fame. Then faid he, What account do thepeoplein your parts make of the other Kings of the earth? To which the Arab replied, that heknew them not. Then faid the Emperor to the interpreter, " Tell him we eſteem" but five kings; that he whofe kingdom is of wideft extent, is the maſter of Irak," for he is in the midst of the world, and furrounded by the territories of other kings;" and we find he is called the King of Kings. After him we reckon our Emperor" here prefent, and we find that he is ftiled the King of mankind; for no king is in-" veſted with a more abfolute authority over his ſubjects, nor is there a people under" the fun more dutiful and fubmiffive to their Sovereign, than the people of this" country. We therefore, in this refpect, are the Kings of the human race; after" us the king of the Turks, whofe kingdom borders upon us, and him we call the" King of lions. Next is the King of the elephants, who is the king of the Indies;" whom we alfo call the king of wiſdom, becauſe he derives his origin from the In-" dians. And last of all the king of Greece, whom we ftile the King of men; for66 upon the face of the earth, there are no men of better manners, nor of comlier" prefence, than his fubjects. Thefe, added he, are the moft illuftrious of all Kings," nor are others to compare with them.""Then faid Ebn Wahab, he ordered the interpreter to ask me, " If I knew my mafter" and my lord, meaning the prophet ( Mohammed) , and if I had ſeen him?" I madeanfwer, " How ſhould I have ſeen him who is with God?" He replied, " That is" not what I mean; I aſk you, what fort of a man he was in his perfon?" I replied," That he was very handfome. " Then he called for a great box, and opening it, hetook out another contained therein, which he fet before him, and faid to the interpre-" Shew him his maſter and his lord; " and I faw in the box the image of theprophets; whereat I moved my lips, praying to myſelf in honour of their memory." The Emperor did not imagine I fhould know them again, and faid to the interpreter, " Afk him why he moves his lips?" I answered, " I was praying in memory ofter,dering of Baſſora, upon which it is ſaid he took a reſolution of going to Siraff. In order to fupply this defect,I have confulted Abul Pharajus, who informs us, that A. H. 285. which anfwers to A. D. 898. there was oneAbu Said, who revolted againſt the Khaliff, and ruined Baffora, which occafioned the walling and fortifyingthat city, which coft fourteen thousand pieces of gold. The Khaliff then reigning was Al Mohated in whofetime Elmacinus informs us, things were in great confuſion; and he likewife takes notice of this rebellion. Thedate agrees very well with the reſt of this hiſtory, and particularly with the account given by this man, of thereaſons which induced him to quit his country in his conference with the emperor of China." theIN THE INDIAN OCEAN.237" the prophets;" How do you know them, faid the Emperor? I replied, that I knew thembythe reprefentation of their hiftories; " There," faid I, " is Noah in the ark, who was" faved with thofe that were with him at the fame time." Then the Emperor faid," Thou art not miſtaken in the name of Noah, and thou haſt named him right; but" as forthe Univerfal Deluge, it is what we knew not. Itis true indeed, that a Flood" covered part of the earth; but it reached not our country, nor even the Indies."I made my answer to this, and endeavoured to remove his objections the best I could;and then faid again to him, " There is Mofes with his rod, and the children of Ifrael."He agreed with me as to the ſmall extent of their country, and the manner how theancient inhabitants were deftroyed by Mofes. I then ſaid to him; " He there, is" Jeſus, upon an aſs, and here are his apoſtles with him. " " He," ſaid the Emperor," was not long upon earth, feeing that all he did was tranfacted within thespace offomewhat"better than thirty months .”" After this, he ſaid, " What is your opinion concerning the age of the world? "I made anfwer, that opinions varied upon that head; that fome were for fix thouſandyears, and others would not allow fo many; and that others reckoned it at a ſtillhigher rate; but that it was, at leaft, as old as I had faid. At this the Emperor andhis first minifter, who was near him, broke out into laughter, and the Emperor mademany objections to what I had advanced. At laft, faid he, " What does your pro-" phet teach upon this fubject; does he fay as you do?" My memory failed me, andI affured him that he did." Tothis he fubjoined many other things, which through length of time have eſcapedmy remembrance. At lastf he aſkeds me; " How is it that thou haft forfaken thy" king, to whom thou art nearer, not only by the place of thy abode, but by blood" alfo, than thou art to us?" In return to which, I informed him of the Revolutionswhich had happened at Baffora, and how I came to Siraf, where I faw a fhip readyto fail for China; and that having heard of the glory of his Empire, and its abundancein all neceffaries, curiofity excited me to a defire of coming into his country, that Imight behold it with mine own eyes: that I fhould foon depart for my own Country,and the kingdom of my coufin, and that I would make a faithful report of what I hadfeen of the magnificence of the empire of China, and the vaft extent of the provincesit contains and that I would make a grateful acknowledgment of the kind uſage Ithere met with, which fecmed to pleaſe him very much." We aſked Ebn Wahab many questions concerning the City of Cumdan, where theEmperor keeps his Court; he told us that the city was very large, and extremely populous; that it was divided into two parts by a very long and very broad ſtreet; thatthe Emperor, his chief ministers, the foldiery, the fupreme judge, the eunuchs, and allbelonging to the imperial household, lived in that part of the city which is on the righthand eastward; that the people had no manner of communication with them; andthat they were not admitted into the places watered by canals from different rivers,the borders of which were planted with trees, and adorned with magnificent palaces.The part on the left- hand westward, is inhabited by the ordinary people and the merchants,238 VOYAGESDURINGTHE NINTH CENTURYchants, where are alfo great fquares, and markets for all the neceffaries of life. Atbreak of day, the officers of the King's houfehold, with the inferior fervants, thepurveyors, and the domeftics of the grandees of the court, come fome on foot, otherson horfeback, into that divifion of the city, where are the public markets, and thehabitations of fuch as deal in all forts of goods; where they buy whatever theywant, and return not again to the fame place till their bufinefs calls them thithernext morning. It is by the fame Traveller related, that this city has a very pleaſantfituation in the midſt of a moſt fertile foil, watered by feveral rivers, and hardly deficient in any thing except palm-trees, which grow not there." In our times Diſcovery has been made of a thing quite new and unknown to thoſewho lived before us. Nobody imagined that the Great Sea which extends from theIndies to China, had any communication with the Sea of Syria, nor could any oneapprehend the poſſibility of any ſuch thing. Now behold what has come to país inour days, according to what we have heard. In the Sea of Rum, or the Mediterranean, they found the wreck of an Arabian ſhip which had been ſhattered by tempefts;for all her men periſhing, and ſhe being daſhed to pieces by the waves, the remainsof her were driven by wind and weather into the Sea of Chozars, and from thence tothe Canal of the Mediterranean ſea, and at laſt were thrown on the ſhore of Syria * ."This renders it evident, that the Sea furrounds all the country of China and Cila,or Sila, the uttermoft parts of Turkeflan, and the country of the Chozars; and thatthen it enters at the freight till it waſhes the ſhore of Syria. The proof of this is deduced from the construction of the Ship we are fpeaking of; for none but theſhips of Sirafare fo put together, that the planks are not nailed or bolted, but joinedtogether in an extraordinary manner, as if they were fewn. Whereas the plankingof all Ships of the Mediterranean ſea, and of the coaſt of Syria, are nailed, and notjoined together in that way f"We have alſo heard it reported, that Ambergris has been found in the ſea of Syria,which feems hard to believe, and was unknown to former times. Ifthis be as isThis is one ofthe most curious paffa*ges in this Treatiſe , inasmuch as it plainly proves, that the Arabianghad the fame notions in Geography with the Greeks, or, to ſpeak with greater propriety, had their notions ofGeography from them. Our author fays plainly, that, according to his judgment, the Indian Ocean washedthe coaſt of Great Tartary, and fo fell into the Cafpian Sea, by which paffa*ge he ſuppoſes that this Ship wasdriven from the Indian Sea into the Mediterranean. The Conjecture was wrong; but there is ſtill ſomethingin it very bold, and well imagined, and at the bottom fomething of truth too; for though it was impoffiblethat this Ship ſhould come into the Mediterranean in the manner our author imagines, yet it is not impoſſiblebut it might have come through the North-Eaſt Paſſage, agreeable to the firſt part of his ſuppoſition; and ifby the Sea of Chozars we underſtand that of Muſcovy, he would be quite right.† I very much doubt, whether the construction of this Veſſel, as our author deſcribes it, be fufficient evidence of its coming from the Indies. It is very poffible that it might have been a boat belonging to the inhabitants of Greenland, or of fome other country bordering upon Hudſon's Bay; fince it is very certain thatthere are ſuch Veſſels in theſe parts, and it is not at all impoſſible that this might have come from thence. Ido not pretend, however, abfolutely to contradict him, but only to fhew that the argument he uſes is not conclufive, though I think, as things then ſtood, he had ſufficient grounds to believe it was concluſive.15 faid,IN THE INDIAN OCEAN. 239faid, it is impoffible that amber fhould have been thrown up in the fea of Syria, butby the fea of Aden, and of Kolaum, which has communication with the Seas whereamber is found: And becaufe God has put a feparation between theſe Seas, if thisftory be true, it muſt neceffarily have been, that this Amber was driven first from theIndian Sea into the others, and fo from the one to the other, till it at laft came intothe fea of Syria * ."We will now begin to ſpeak of the Province of Zapage, which is oppoſite to China,and diftant from thence a full month's fail by fea, or leſs, if the wind be fair." The King of this country is ftiled Mehrage, and they ſay his dominions are ninehundred leagues in circumference, and that this king is maſter of many Iflands whichlie round about. Thus altogether this kingdom is above a thouſand leagues in extent; among thofe Iflands there is one called Serbeza, which is faid to be four hundred leagues in circuit; and another called Rahmi, which is eight hundred leagues incompafs, and produces redwood, camphire, and many other commodities. In thisfame kingdom is the Iſland of Cala, which is the mid paffa*ge between China and thecountry ofthe Arabs." This Ifland, they fay, is fourfcore leagues in circumference; and hither they bringall forts of merchandize; wood-aloes of feveral forts, camphire, fandal-wood, ivory,the wood called cabahi, ebony, red wood, all forts of ſpice, and many other things tootedious to enumerate. At prefent the Commerce is carried on between this Iſland andthat of Oman. The Mehrage is the fovereign over all thefe Iflands; and that inwhich he makes his abode is extremely fertile, and fo very populous, that the townsalmoſt croud one upon another." Yet what follows from the teſtimony of feveral perfons, is the moſt remarkableparticular we have heard concerning the Iſland of Zapage. There was formerly aKing, or, as he is there called, Mebrage. His palace is ftill to be feen on a river asbroad as the Tygris at Bagdat, or at Beffora. The Sea intercepts the courſe of itswaters, and drives them back again with the flood; and during the ebb, it ſtreamsout fresh water a good way into the fea. This River is let into a ſmall pond cloſe tothe king's palace; and every morning the officer, who has charge of his houſehold,brings an Ingot of gold wrought in a particular manner, which is thrown into thepond in the preſence ofthe king. The tide rifing, covers it with the reft, and quiteconceals them from fight: but low water difcovers them, and they appear plain bythe beams of the fun. The King comes to view them as often as he repairs to anapartment of ftate, which looks upon this pond. This cuftom is very fcrupulouſly

  • It is moſt evident, from our author's way of reafoning, that he had no notion of any paffa*ge by the Capt

of Good Hope; for if he had, he would moſt certainly have taken this opportunity of infinuating it. At thefame time, however, I leave it to the reader's confideration, whether this Veſſel, ſuppoſing it to have beenbuilt in the East Indies, might not have come this way into the Mediterranean, more probably than by theNorth-Eaft Paffa*ge. It is likewiſe clear from what our author has delivered, that the Arabians knew no moreof Japan, which they called Sila, than they learned from the Chinese, fince by the teftimony of the oldeft ofour authors, no Arab had yet ſet foot there in the year of the Hegira 230, (A. D. 844 )obſerved;1.240 VOYAGES DURING THE NINTH CENTURYobferved; and thus they every day throw an Ingot of gold into this pond as long asthe king lives; not touching them upon any account, but regarding this as a facredtreaſure."Whenthe King dies, his fucceffor caufes them all to be taken out, and not one ofthem is ever milling. They count them, and melt them down; and this done, thefums arising out of this great quantity of Gold are diftributed to thofe of the royalhouſehold, men, women, and children, to the fuperior and inferior officers, each inproportion to the rank he bears; and the furplus is given away to the poor and infirm . Then they reckon up the number of Ingots, and what they weigh; and fay,fuch a Mehrage reigned fo many years, for he left fo many Ingots of gold in thePond of the Kings, and they were diftributed after his death to the people. It is accounted a felicity with them to have reigned a long while, and to have thus multiplied the number of thofe Ingots given away at their death." Their ancient hiſtory relates , that one of the Kings of Komar would have wagedwar with him in this ifland. This country of Komar is the fame from whence theybring the wood- aloes called Hud al Komari, nor is there any kingdom more populousin proportion than that of Komar. This kingdom was at peace with that of Zapage,where reigned the Mehrage. They are divided from each other by a paffa*ge of ten ortwenty days' fail, with a very eafy gale. They ſay, that in former days there was avery young and high-fpirited prince in this Ifland of Komar: this king was one dayin his palace, which looks upon a river much like the Euphrates at the entrance, andbut a day's journey from the fea; his prime minifters were with him, and in the diſcourſe they had together, notice was taken of the kingdom ofthe Mehrage, and itsglory, how well it was peopled and cultivated, and the croud of Iſlands which depended thereupon."C" Then faid the king of Komar to his minifter, I am ſeized with a defire which I earneftly wish to fee accomplished. The minifter, who was a wife and a prudent man,and no stranger to the levity of his mafter, anſwered, my lord, what is your defire?I could with, replied the King, to ſee in a diſh the head of the Mehrage of Zapage.The minifter, well aware it was jealouſy that infpired him with this impetuous fury,`rejoined, " my lord, I wish you would not disturb your mind with fuch thoughts, fince"nothing ever fell out between thofe people and us, to furnish matter of complaint;they never offended us by word or deed , or ever did us the leaſt injury; befides,"they are divided from us, and have no manner of communication with our country," nor do they difcover any inclination of making a conqueft of this kingdom. No one" therefore ought to hearken to fuch difcourfe, or make a word of anſwer upon this" head." The King was enraged at this reply, and ſaid not a word thereto; but without any regard had to the good advice of his firſt minifter, he opened the fame thingto the principal officers of ftate, and to fuch of his courtiers as he thought proper." This matter being rumoured about, at length reached the ears of the Mehrage.He, who then reigned, was a wife and an active prince, of confummate experience,and in the flower of his age.•He called for his firſt miniſter, and having acquaintedhimIN THE INDIAN OCEAN. 241him with what he had heard, faid to him; it is by no means proper to publiſh the behaviour of this giddy prince, or to betray how little we efteem him, becauſe of hisyouth and flender experience; nor is it expedient to divulge what he ſaid againſtme; for fuch ſpeeches cannot but be prejudicial to the dignity of a King. Havingthus enjoined his minifter to conceal what had paffed between them, he commandedhim to prepare a thouſand Ships of no extraordinary fize, and to equip them with allthings neceffary, arms and ammunition, and to man them with as many of his beſtforces as they could tranfport. Then he gave out, that he would make a Voyagethrough the neighbouring Iflands under his dominion, to divert himfelf. He wrotealfo to all the tributary princes of thofe iflands , to acquaint them, that he defigned.them a viſit: and this being a public talk, each of thofe kings prepared for the reception of the Mehrage."Whenevery thing was in readiness as he had ordered, he went on board his Ships,and with a powerful army failed over to the Kingdom of Komar. The king, and thoſebelonging to his court, were effeminate creatures, who all the day long did nothingbut view their faces and rub their teeth, with mirrors and toothpicks in their hands;or if they moved, had them carried after them by flaves. So the King of Komar difcovered nothing of the Mehrage's purpofe, till he appeared in the mouth of the river,on which ſtood the palace of the king of Komar, and till he had landed his troops,who immediately inveſted the capital, and there took him. The King was taken inhis palace, and all that belonged to him fled without fighting." Then the MEHRAGE caufed proclamation to be made, that he granted entire ſecurityof life and effects to all the inhabitants of the Country; and feating himſelf on thethrone of the king of Komar, now a captive, he ordered him to be brought into hispreſence, together with his first minifter. Then addreffing himſelf to the King ofKomar, he faid—" Who was it filled your head with a project unequal to your ſtrength," and abfolutely impoffible for you to compaſs? What would you have done had you" gained your point?" This prince, who had nothing to ſay for himſelf, made no anfwer. Then, continued the Mehrage, if you had enjoyed the pleaſure you" wifhed, of ſeeing my head in a diſh, you would have ſpoiled my kingdom, and" retained it after you had committed all forts of violence. I will not fo behave with" regard to you; but yet I will execute upon you what you wifhed concerning me, .and" then will I return into my kingdom, without touching any thing in your dominions," and without carrying away ought of great value or fmall: defirous only that you may"be recorded an Example, for the inftruction of thoſe who ſhall come after you, that" none may exceed the bounds of his power, that each may be contented with his own," and that thoſe you have diſturbed may be reſtored to perfect fecurity " *.

  • This is a very pleaſant ſtory, and well related; but with reſpect to the country in which it happened, I

think it very difficult to fay any thing with certainty, and yet this does not leffen the credibility of thefact . It is not impoffible, however, that this hiſtory might relate to fome of the Iſlands which are now calledPhilippines; or perhaps fome of the Iſlands in the Straits of Sonda. I pretend to determine nothing in fuchdoubtful points, but leave the reader to decide for himſelf, according to the lights given him by the author,who appears to have written with great caution and fidelity.VOL. I. hh " This242 VOYAGES DURING THE NINTH CENTURY" This faid, he ordered them to ftrike off his head; and then turning to the ministerhe added, " You have done all a good minifter could do; I know you offered good ad-" vice to your maſter, and that he hearkened not unto you. Confider who may beſt" fucceed this fool for the good of the Kingdom, and ſet him immediately upon the" throne." This done, the Mehrage departed for his own territories, and neither did.he or any of his, lay hands on the leaſt thing in the Kingdom of Komar. When hearrived in his own Kingdom, he fat down upon the throne; and being in the palacewhich looked upon the pond before mentioned, he caufed the head of the king ofRomar to be put into a bafon and fet before him: and calling in the Chiefs of hiskingdom, he acquainted them with all he had done, and with the reaſons which hadinduced him to the Expedition we have related; and they approved the deed withacclamations and prayers for his proſperity. Then he ordered the head of the kingof Komar to be washed and embalmed, and put it into a coffer, and fent it back tothe King of Komar, who had been elected in the room of him he had put to death;at the fame time writing a Letter to this new Prince in the following terms: Whatinclined us to act as we did to your predeceffor, and your Lord, was, his known malevolence towards us; and that we might fet an example to his equals, we have beenſo happy as to treat him as he would have treated us. But we think it convenient to fend his headback to you, having had no defign of detaining it, or of arrogating any glory to ourſelves,from the advantage we obtained over him. The news of this action being reported tothe Kings of the Indies and of China, it added to the refpect they before had for theMehrage, and from that time it has been a custom with the kings of Komar, everymorning they rife, to turn towards the Country of Zapage, to proftrate themſelves onthe ground, and to make the moſt profound inclinations in honour of the Mehrage.The Province of Choraffan."THE Province of CHORASSAN is almoft on the borders of China. From China to Segd,it is of about two months journey through almoſt impaffable deferts, and through acountry all covered with land, where no water is to be found. It is not refreſhed byany rivers, nor is there any habitation in this province; and for this reafon it is thatthe Choraffadians can make no irruptions into China. That part of this empire whichlies fartheft weftward, is the Province of Medu, which borders upon Tibet, ſo that onthis fide the two nations are at war with each other." Among thofe of our time who have travelled into China, we were acquainted withone, who told us, he had feen a man that had a veffel with Muſk in it on his back,and had travelled on foot from Samare, and to Canfu, the Port for all merchants fromSiraf. He had by land travelled through all the cities of China one after another;which he might eafily do, becauſe the provinces of China and Tibet, where the creaturethat affords mufk is met with, are contiguous. The Chineſe carry off as many of theſecreatures as they can; and thofe of Tibet, on their part, do the fame * ." But

  • This country of Tibet, makes at this day a part only of the great kingdom of Tangut, which, according

to the best accounts that I have met with, is thus fituated. It has the empire of China on the caft: the king- domIN THE INDIAN OCEAN. 243" But the Mufk of Tibet is far preferable to that of China for two reafons; firft, inTibet this creature feeds on aromatic paſtures , while in China he has nothing to ſubfilt him but what is common; fecondly, the inhabitants of Tibet preferve their bladders of mufk in the pure natural ftate, while the Chineſe adulterate all that come intotheir hands. They dip them alfo into the fea, or elfe expofe them to the dew; andhaving kept them fome time, they take off the outward membrane, and then clofethem up; and this mufk paffes in the country of the Arabs for mufk of Tibet, becauſeof its excellence. "Here our author makes, as it were, another break in his work, in order to pafsonce more to the Indians, and their cuftoms. In fpeaking of the method purſued bythe first author, we obferved, that the main defign of his work was, by comparingthe manners of the Indians with thofe of the Chineſe, to render them both betterknown to, and more fully understood by his countrymen . His Commentator therefore,with great propriety, follows the fame track; and as he had confulted both booksand travellers to illuftrate what had been faid of China, we fhall find him as diligentin what regards India.1Account of the Ile of Sarandib, or Ceylon." It is a cuſtomary thing alfo for men and women of the Indian blood, to defirethoſe of their family to throw them into the fire, or drown them when they are grownold, or perceive themfelves fink under the weight of their years; firmly believing thatthey are to return in other bodies. They burn their dead . It has oftentimes happened in the ISLE OF SARANDIB, where there is a mine of precious ftones in a mountain,a pearl fishery, and other rare and extraordinary things, that an Indian would comeinto the Buzar, or market- place, with his Kris, as they call a kind of Cangiar theywear, made after a very particular manner, and feize on the most wealthy merchantthere prefent, and holding his Kris to his throat, lead him by the veft out of thecity in the midſt of a throng of people, while not a foul of them dared attempt hisrefcue; for if any attempt of this kind was made, the Indian was fure to kill themerchant, and make away with himſelf: when he had got him out of the city, heobliged him to redeem himſelf with a fum of money. This outrage continuing, theKings ordained that ſuch Indians fhould be feized; but when they came to executethis order, the Indian killed the Merchant first, and then himſelf: the fame misfortune befel many other Merchants; and after this manner a number both of Arabs and"dom of Ava, or of Brama, on the fouth: the dominions of the Great Mogul on the weft; and thofe of theContaifch, or Great Khan of the Calmuc Tartars, on the north. This kingdom is divided into two parts;that which lies to the north is the kingdom of Tangut properly fo called; and the fouth part is the country ofTibet. Both taken together, make the patrimony of that famous ecclefiaftical prince the Grand Lama, whois the Pope or Sovereign Pontiff of the Tartars that are not Mohammedans; but whether they or he ought tobe eſteemed Pagans, or Chriftians, is a point that admits of much diſpute.hh 2Indians244 VOYAGES DURING THE NINTH CENTURYIndians perished: the merchants therefore fought after other means to fecure themfelves, and the Indians were no longer apprehended." In the mountain of Sarandib they find Precious Stones of various colours, red,green, and yellow, most of which are at certain times forced out of caverns and otherreceffes by rains and torrents. In thefe places the king has his officers to keep aneye over thofe who pick them up: many times alſo they are dug out of mines in thefame manner as metals; and they fometimes find precious ftones in the ore, whichmust be broken to get at them." The king of this ifland makes Laws, which are the fundamentals of the religion.and government of the country; here are doctors and affemblies of learned men, likethofe of the Hadithis among the Arabs. The Indians repair to theſe affemblies, andwrite down what they hear of the lives of their prophets, and the various expofitionsof their laws. Here is a very great Idol of the finest gold, but concerning the weightthereof travellers are not agreed. Here are alfo temples, where great fums of moneyare expended in incenſe *." In this fame Ifland there is a very great multitude of Jews, as well as of manyother fects, even Tanouis, or Manichees, the king permitting the free exerciſe of everyreligion. At the end of this Ifland are vallies of great length and breadth, which extend quite to the fea. Here travellers ftay two months and more in that called GabSarandib, allured by the beauty of the country, chequered with groves and plains,water and meads, and bleffed with a wholeſome air. This valley opens upon the feacalled Harkend, and is tranfcendantly pleaſant. You there buy fheep for half a dram;and for the fame you purchaſe as much of their drink as may fuffice many perfons.This drink is made of palm-honey, boiled and prepared with Tari (Toddi) or juice,which runs from the tree." Gaming is the ufual diverfion of the inhabitants here; they play at draughts,and their other principal paftime is fighting of co*cks, which are very large in thiscountry, and better provided with ſpurs than co*cks commonly are; and , beſides this,the Indians arm them with blades of iron in the form of cangiars. Upon thefe combats they bet gold, filver, lands, and farms, which are won by the owner of the co*ckthat beats. They play alfo at draughts, and venture great fums upon this game, butwith fuch fury, that thoſe who have not wherewithal, debauchees and deſperatepeople, often play away the ends of their fingers."While they are at play, they have a fire by them, and thereon a pot of walnutor feafame oil (they have no oil of olives ) and they place a little, but very ſharphatchet between them; when one of them has won a game, the other lays his hand

  • It appears, that this Iſland, which is that of Ceylon, has been in all ages, famous for its immense wealth

and riches. As to the idol that our author mentions, it is not impoffible that the prieſts of this country mightpractiſe the fame art , which has been uſed at Siam; where they have a monstrous idol of clay and bricks, veryartificially gilt, which was for many ages fuppofed to be pure gold; though it muſt be allowed that there arefew countries where fuch a golden image might be looked for, with greater probability, than in this Island,the people having been always equally remarkable for their wealth and ſuperſtition.13 uponIN THE INDIAN OCEAN. 245upon a ſtone, and the winner cuts off the end of the lofer's finger with the hatchett;and the patient dips the injured part into the boiling oil to caterife the wound , andyet they cannot ſhake off this evil habit of gaming: on the contrary, they fometimesperfift in it fo obftinately and fo long, that before they part, they have all their fingersthus mutilated. Some of them will take a wick, and foaking it in oil, apply it tofome member, fet fire to it, and let it burn; fo that the ſcent of the burnt fleſh is ſmeltby those who play with them, while the parties themſelves betray not the leaſt ſenſeof pain." In the Indies there are heavy Rains, which the people of the country call Jafara;they last three whole months during fummer, inceffantly, night and day, and fearcedoes the winter ftop them. The Indians to the beft of their abilities, prepare themfelves againſt theſe rains fome time before they fall; and no fooner do they come on ,than they fhut themfelves up in their houſes, made of wood and cane, interwoven ,and thatched with leaves; they ftir not out during all this time, and no foul is feenabroad, no, not even the artificers, who do their work at home; and during this feafon, they are ſubject to ſeveral forts of ulcers in the foles of their feet, cauſed by thedamps. The rains are the life of the Indians; were they to fail, they would be reduced to the utmoſt want, for their fields, fown with rice, are watered only by rains,and are rendered fruitful thereby; for if great store of water lie upon the ricegrounds, they need no other help either from induftry or art; but when the rains areplentifully poured down, the rice flouriſhes abundantly, and even becomes muchbetter in kind. It never rains in this country in the winter." The Indians have devout men, or doctors, known by the name of Bramins.They have poets alfo, who compoſe verſes, ſtuffed with flattery, in praiſe of theirkings. They have alſo aſtrologers, philofophers, foothfayers, and men who obfervethe flight of birds; and others who pretend to the calculation of nativities, particularly at Kanuge, a great city in the Kingdom of Gozar *." There are likewife among the Indians certain men who make profeſſion of piety,and whofe devotion confifts in feeking after unknown iſlands, or ſuch as are newlydiſcovered, there to plant Cocoa-nut trees, and to fink Wells of water for the uſe ofShips that fail to thofe parts. There are people at Oman, who cross over to the Iſlandsthat produce cocoa-nuts, carrying with them carpenters' tools; and having felled asmuch wood as they want, they let it dry, and then ftrip off the leaves, and with thebark of the tree they fpin a yarn, wherewith they few the planks together, and fobuild a Ship; of the fame wood they cut and round away a Maſt; of the leaves theyweave their Sails, and the bark they work into Cordage. Having thus compleatedtheir Veffel, they load her with cocoa-nuts, which they bring and fell at Oman. ThusSome of the Arabian geographers affure us, that this city of the Kanuge lies between two branches of theriver Ganges in the latitude of 27°, and in the longitude of 131 °. Other eaftern writers inform us, thatKanuge is alfo a royal city, the king of which is ftiled the Kanuge, according to the common cuftom of theIndies. It is very difficult to ſay when or how this kingdom and univerſity was ruined; but at preſent it isvery clear, that there is no fuch eſtabliſhment as in the text is mentioned.it246VOYAGESDURINGTHE NINTHCENTURYit is, that from this tree alone fo many articles are derived, as fuffice not only tobuild and rigg out the Veffel, but to load her alfo when ſhe is compleated, and in atrim fit to fail *." The Country of the Zinges or Negroes is of vaft extent; they there commonlyfow millet, which is the chief food of the negroes. Sugar canes alfo they have,and other forts of trees, but their fugar is very black. Theſe people have a numberof kings, who are always at war with each other. About their kings they havecertain men called Mohafamin, becauſe each of them bore their nofe, and weartherein a ring. They have chains alfo faftened about their necks, and when they areat war and going to fight, they each take one end of his companion's chain, and paſsit through the ring that hangs under his noſe: two men hold this chain, and ſo prevent the reft from advancing towards the enemy, till deputies have been from fide tofide to negotiate a peace; which if it is concluded, they take their chains about theirnecks again, and retire without fighting. But when they once begin to unfheath thefword, not one foul of them quits his poft, but remains there till he is flain.66 They have all of them a profound veneration for the Arabs, and when theychance to ſee any of them, fall down before him, and cry, " this man comes from the" kingdom where flourishes the date-bearing palm, " for they are very fond of dates.Among thefe people there are preachers who harangue them in their own tongue, normay the catebs or orators of any other nation whatfoever be compared with them.Some of thefe profeſs a religious life , and are covered with the ſkin of a leopard orape. One of thefe men with a ſtaff in his hand fhall preſent himſelf before them,and having gathered a multitude of people about him, preach all the day long tothem. He fpeaks of God, and recites the actions of their countrymen, who aregone before them. From this country they bring the leopard fkins called zinqiet,fpotted with red and black, very great and broad." In this fame Sea is the ISLAND OF SOCOTRA, whence comes the Socotrin aloes.This Ile lies near the land of Zinges, and near alfo to the country of the Arabs,and most of its inhabitants are Chriftians, which is thus accounted for. WhenAlexander fubdued the kingdom of the Perfians, his preceptor Ariftotle, to whom hehad by letters communicated his conquefts, wrote back to him to defire, that by allmeans he would feek after the ifland of Socotra, which afforded aloes, an excellentdrug; and without which they could not make up the famous medicament calledHiera: That the best way would be to remove the inhabitants thence, and inſtead ofThis Paſſage is very fingular, but the facts contained therein are inconteſtably true; the Cocoa-tree furnishes every thing neceffary for building and rigging fuch Ships as are uſed in the Indies, and for a cargo ofconfiderable value when built. The Body of the tree furnishes plank, mafts, anchors, and oars. That Subftance like thread, which covers the nut, and which may be drawn out and ſpun, makes the moſt excellentcordage in the world, inafmuch as it never decays in the water. The anchors are not to be boaſted of, butthey ſerve well enough for fuch veffels. The liquor in the nut when fermented, becomes a kind of wine;when four it is an excellent vinegar; and diſtilled , it affords a foft , pleaſant brandy. It is certain, that the inhabitants of the Maldives, fubfift chiefly on their trade in cocoa-nuts , cocoa planks, and the cordage, madefrom this tree; the manufacture of which, they are better ſkilled in than any other people in the Indies.themIN THE INDIAN OCEAN. 247them plant a colony of Greeks, that they might ſend aloes into Syria, Greece, andEgypt. Accordingly Alexander gave the neceffary orders to difpoffefs the inhabitants,and to fettle a colony of Greeks in their ftead. Then he commanded the kings of thenations, who divided his empire after he had flain the great Darius, to execute theorders he had iffued out for the preſervation of theſe Greeks: They remained then asa garrifon upon this iſland , till God fent Jefus Chrift into the world. When theGreeks of this fame ifle being informed thereof, embraced the Chriſtian faith as theother Greeks had done before them, and in the profeffion of this faith have they perfevered to this day, as well as all the inhabitants of the other Iſles ." In the Former Book, no mention is made of the Sea which ftretches away tothe right, as Ships part from Oman and the coaft of Arabia, to launch into the GreatSea; but the author defcribes only the Sea on the left, and in which is comprehended the Seas of India and China, which he feems to have particularly had in hiseye. In this Sea, which is as it were on the right of the Indies as you leave Oman,is the country of Sibar or Shihr, where frankincenfe grows, and the other countriespoffeffed by the nations of Cedd, Hamyer, Joſham, and Theoteba. The people in thiscountry have the Sonna in Arabic of very antient date, but in many things differentfrom what is in the hands of the Arabs, and containing many traditions to us unknown. They have no villages, and they lead a hard and a very miferable life *." The Country they inhabit extends almoſt as far as Aden and Judda, upon thecoaft of Yaman, or Arabia the Happy; from Judda it ftretches up into the continentas far as the coaſt of Syria, and ends at Kolyum. The Seas in this part divide by a.flip of land, which God has fixed as a line of feparation between theſe two feas, as.it is written in the Koran: From Kolyum the Sea ftretches along the coaſt of the Barbarians to the weft coafts, which is oppofite to Yaman, and then along the coaft ofEthiopia; from whence you have the leopard ſkins of Barbary, which are the beſt ofall, and moſt ſkilfully dreffed; and lastly, along the coaft of Zeilah, whence youhave amber and tortoife-fhell ."When the Siraffhips arrive in this Sea, which is to the right of the Sea of Indiathey put into Judda, where they remain; for their cargo is thence tranfported toKehira (or Cairo), by ſhips of Kolyum, who are acquainted with the Navigation of theRed Sea; which thofe of Siraf dare not attempt, becauſe of the extreme danger, andbecauſe this Sea is full of rocks at the water's edge; becauſe alfo, upon the wholecoaft there are no kings, or fcarce any inhabited place; and, in fine, becauſe Shipsare every night obliged to put into fome place of fafety , for fear of ſtriking upon theThe Arabs, beſides the Koran, have many traditions relating to the Mahommedan religion , which they received from the companions of their prophet and his difciples; from thefe traditions and ftories, they formthe body of their Sonna, which therefore is very different in different places; fo that not only the Sonna ofthe Perfians differs from that of the Arabians, but that of the Africans varies from that of Mecca, and the Arabians of the Defert: in a word, the Sonna with respect to the Mahommedans, is pretty near the fame thingwith the Talmud among the Jews; and it is owing to both that there are fo many different fects, and fucha variety of fabulous notions amongst the people of both religions.rocks.248VOYAGESDURINGTHE NINTHCENTURYto1rocks. They fail in the day- time only, and all the night ride faft at anchor. ThisSea moreover is ſubject to very thick fogs, and to violent gales of wind, and ſo has nothing to recommend it either within or without." It is not like the Sea of India or of China, whofe bottom is rich with pearls andamber-gris; whofe mountains of the coaft are ſtored with gold and precious ftones;whofe gulphs breed creatures that yield ivory; and among the plants of whofe fhoresare ebony, red-wood, and the wood of Hairzan, aloes, camphire, nutmegs, cloves,fandal-wood, and all other fpices and aromatics; where parrots and peaco*cks arebirds of the foreft, and musk and civet are collected upon the lands: In fhort, foproductive are thefe fhores of inestimable things, that it is impoffible to reckon them up" AMBER-GRIS which is thrown upon the coaft of this fame Sea, is washed tofhore bythe fwell. It begins to be found in the Indian Sea, but whence it comes isunknown. We only know that the belt of it is thrown upon the Barbary coaſt, orupon the confines of the land of Negroes, towards Sihar, and places thereabouts: Itis of a bluish-white, in round lumps. The Inhabitants of this country have camelstrained up to the bufinefs, which they mount, and go in fearch of it by moon-thine,and ride for that purpoſe along fhore. Theſe camels are broke to this, and as ſoonas they perceive a piece of Amber- gris, they bend their knees, and their rider picksit up t" There is another fort, which ſwims in great lumps upon the furface of the Sea,almoſt like the body of an ox, or a little lefs, and weighs a great deal. When a certain fish of the whale kind, called Tal, fees theſe floating lumps, he fwallows thefame, and is killed thereby . Then they fee the Whale floating on the furface, andinſtantly the men who are accustomed to this kind of fifhery, and know when theſeWhales have fwallowed amber, go out to him in their boats; and darting him withiron harpoons, they tow him to fhore, where they ſplit him down the back, and takeout the amber what they find about the belly of the Creature is commonly ſpoiledwith the wet, and contracts an unpleaſant ſcent ."YouThis is at once a very magnificent and a very juſt account of the wealth of the Indies, and it proves veryplainly that ſcarce any part of its riches were concealed from the Arabs at this time; fo that what fomewriters report of the deſigns formed by the Khaliffs and Sultans of Egypt, for making themſelves maſters ofthe coaſts of India, and even of its Iſlands, hath nothing in it abſurd or incredible.† Amber-gris, or as it ought to be wrote amber-grife, is a very rich perfume, and it is certain that thereis more of it, and in greater perfection, in the Indian Sea, than in any other of the whole world. How it isformed, or from whence it comes, is as great a fecret to us as it was to the Arabs. It is of different colours,viz. dark-grey, light-grey, black, and red; but the firſt is the moſt eſteemed , as having by far the richeſt ſcent.What our author reports of its being found in this manner by camels, is not very improbable; for the beſtambergris in the world is driven on the fhore ofthe Iſland of Prince Maurice; and the Dutch affure us, thattheir hogs ſmell it out at a great diſtance, and run furiouſly to the fhore in order to devour it.The Abbé Renaudot, in his Notes upon this Treatiſe, ſpeaks very flightly of this ſtory, and feems to think it fabulous. There is however no fort of caufe for this fufpicion; fince this fort of whale is very often foundin the West Indian feas, and eſpecially on the coaſt of Bermudas, and vaſt quantities of ambergris are taken outofIN THE INDIAN OCEAN. 249"You may buy the bones of this fish of the druggifts of Bagdat and Baffora. Theamber which has not been infected by the ordure in the belly of the whale, is perfectly good. It is an ufual thing to make ftools of the Vertebrae of the back- bone ofthis whale, called Tal. They fay, that in a village ten leagues from Siraf, calledTain, there are old houſes neatly enough built, the lintels of whofe doors are of therib of this whale. I have heard a perfon declare, that formerly one was thrown uponthe Coaft not very far from Siraf, and that going to view him, he faw people gettingupon the back of this creature with ladders; and that the fiſhermen expofed him tothe fun, fliced away his flefh, and having dug a pit, gathered up the greaſe whichwas melted by the fun; and that having drained off all the oil, they fold it to themafters of Ships. This Oil, mixed up with another kind of ſtuff, in uſe with ſeamen,ferves for calking of Ships to fecure the feams of the planking, and to stop up leaks.This whale- oil is a valuable commodity, and produces great fums of money."Our AUTHOR propofing next to ſpeak of Pearls, breaks out first, according to thecustom of the Arabs, into the following pious foliloquy, which I would not omit, becaufe it is a kind of characteristic in their manner of writing, and may enable thereader to account for fuch apoftrophes in other pieces of this nature. " Let us, before we fpeak of Pearls, and the manner of their formation, magnify the great God,who in wiſdom has created all things out of earth, and ſo faſhioned living creatures,as that they produce their like. Wherefore for theſe things which we know, and formany more which we know not, all glory be unto the Almighty, and all reverencepaid unto his moſt holy and tremendous name. 1" Pearls begin to be formed of a Subftance at first fomewhat like the plant calledanjedana; being in fize the fame, in colour and figure pretty much alike, fmall, thin,and tender, just like the leaves of this plant: at firſt it ſwims feebly on the ſurface,and fticks to the fides of fhips under water, where in time it hardens, grows, andgets covered with a fhell. When thefe Oysters become heavy, they fall down to thebottom of the fea, where they fubfiſt after a manner to us unknown: they appearno other than a piece of red flesh, like the tongue towards the root, without bones,finews, or veins." But there are various opinions touching the production of Pearls; for fome faywhen it rains, the oysters rife up to the furface, and that gaping, the drops of waterthey catch turn to pearls. Others hold, they are generated in the oysters themselves,which is most likely, and is confirmed by experience; for moft that are found inoyfiers are fixed, and move not: when they are loofe, the merchants call them feedpearl. God alone knoweth how this matter is." Nowthis is the most wonderful thing we have heard concerning the fubfiftenceof Oysters. A certain Arab came formerly to Baffore, and brought with him a Pearlof its inteftines. It is alfo very certain, that though the best of this perfume is found in the Indian Seas, yetAmbergris has been frequently found on the fhore even of our own Iſlands, as well as in fome other parts ofEurope; and in America it is very common.VOL. I. i i worth250 VOYAGES DURING THE NINTH CENTURYworth a great fum of money; he fhewed it to a druggift of his acquaintance, and, ignorant ofthe value thereof, afked him what he thought of it? The merchant tellinghim it was a Pearl, the Arab afked him what he thought it might be worth? and hevalued it at an hundred pieces of filver. The Arab much aftonished at his words,aſked if any perſon would be willing to give him what he had ſaid it was worth?Upon which the merchant counted him out an hundred drams, and with this moneythe Arab purchafed corn to carry back into his own country. The merchant on theother hand brought the Pearl to Bagdat, and fold it at a very high rate, which enabledhim afterwards to deal very confiderably. This fame merchant declared that he hadexamined the Arab touching the origin of pearls, and that he delivered himſelf tothe following effect: " I was going along," faid he, " by Saman in the diſtrict of" Bahrein, not very far diftant from the ſea, and upon the fand I ſaw a dead fox," with ſomething at his muzzle that held him faſt. I drew near, and faw a white" glittering fhell, in which I found the Pearl I took. Hence he gathered, that the" oyfter was upon the fhore, driven thither by tempeft, which very often happens." The fox paffing by, and leering at the meat of the oyster, as the ſhell ſtood open," jumped thereon, and thruſt in his fnout to feize the fiſh, which in its defence" clofing, locked him faft, as has been faid; for it is a property of theirs never to" let go their hold of any thing, except forcibly opened by an iron inſtrument at" their edges."" This is the oyster that breeds Pearls, which it as carefully keeps as a motherher child; when therefore it was fenfible of the fox, it withdrew, as to avoid anenemy, and the fox feeling himſelf ſqueezed, beat the ground on each hand till itwas ftifled, and fo died. The Arab found the pearl, and God would have it that hefhould apply himſelf to the merchant; a very happy thing for him *." The Kings of the Indies wear ear-rings of ſtones fet in precious gold. Theywear alfo Collars of great price, adorned with precious ſtones of different colours, buteſpecially green and red; yet Pearls are what they moſt eſteem, and their value furpaffes that of all other jewels; they at prefent hoard them up in their treaſures withtheir most precious things. The grandees of their court, the great officers and captains wear the like jewels in their collars: they drefs in an half veſt, and carry anumbrella

  • What ſeems moſt probable is, that pearls are not the natural produce of any oyſters; by which I mean,

that they are an irregular and accidental production, occafioned by fome infirmity or diſeaſe in the fish. Iam led to this notion from two reafons: the firſt is, that when animal ſubſtances. begin to corrupt, theycommonly fhine, which perhaps may be the effect of ſome inteſtine motion; the other, that Pearl Oyſters arenot catable, but tough, taſteleſs, and very unwholeſome.The Princes, and the chief inhabitants of theſe countries, were by this time better acquainted with thenature and value of all forts of precious ftones than formerly they had been, and of theſe they had of all kindsfrom the minesin the land of Ceylon. It is remarkable that the Arabs have but one word to fignify colouredftones, which is racut, or Jacut, which ſtrictly ſpeaking fignifies a Jacinth; but to vary this, and to render itexpreffive of rubies, emeralds, and ſaphires, they add the name of the colour to the ſtone. It will be propertoIN THE INDIAN OCEAN.251•umbrella of peaco*cks' feathers to ſhade them from the fun, and are furrounded byTo the Indies they formerly carried the dinars, calledof the Sind and the Dinar, which there paffed for three ofThither alſo are carried´emeralds from Egypt, which are ſetthoſe of their train.Sindiat, or gold piecesours, and even more.for rings."THESE TWO AUTHENTIC PIECES are of very great uſe in filling up this period of Indian hiſtory, of which, till they appeared, we had no Memoirs at all. It is plain enoughfrom the account given us by the firſt author, that Voyages from Siraf to China werenot very frequent till about his time, for otherwiſe he would not have deſcribed thatNavigation fo particularly. But it appears no lefs clearly from the Second Treatife, thatthefe long Voyages were grown into much greater uſe, between the time the first Voyage was made, and this commentary upon it was drawn up for otherwiſe the ſecondwriter would have been but indifferently furniſhed with materials, whereas we findthat he ſtood in no fort of want of them; but was able to mention the Voyages andtravels of four or five different perſons into China and the Indies, excluſive of the au--thor, whofe Voyages gave occafion to this diſcourſe.The moſt remarkable of theſe was Eben Wahab, whofe adventures are equally fingular and inftructive; fince from them it is very evident that the Chineſe Emperor, towhoſe preſence he was admitted, had, as we obſerved, very perfect intelligence asto the Jewish, Chriftian, and Mohammedan religions, and as to the hiſtory of theirfounders and propagators. We might indeed ſuſpect the truth of this, if there werenot fome other circumſtances in this diſcourſe which render them not only probable,but certain. I mean the deſtruction of the capital of China at that time, which ourauthor calls the city of Cumdan; and which without doubt was no other than Nankin,and Canfu or Canton, in which fo many thouſand Jews, Chriftians, and Mahommedans were flain; a clear demonftration that multitudes of all theſe religionshad been long before ſettled in that Empire, and confequently the Chineſe monarchhad it fully in his power to be well acquainted with all the particulars before mentioned.Neither does this Fact ftand entirely upon the credit of this Treatife; fince an ancient Monument has been difcovered in China, which plainly proves that Chriftiansfrom Syria were ſettled there in ancient times *, though none were to be found whentheto make two remarks upon this fubject before we leave it: the firſt is, that our author is perfectly in the rightin his obfervation, that Pearls are more eſteemed in India than many other parts of the world, and that theyare more valued there in proportion , than any other kind of jewels. Our fecond obfervation is, as to the carrying emeralds thither from Egypt; which is a very, plain proof that theſe ſtones are not fſtrictly ſpeaking oriental, though they may, and indeed do, very often come to us from the East.

  • This Ancient Monument was firft mentioned by the famous Jefuit Kircher, who made many mistakes

about it, and from thence there grew fome queſtions as to the matter of fact; which however upon enquiryhas been fince clearly made out, and thence it is evident, that the Chriſtian religion was fettled in Chinain A. D. 636, that is, upwards of two hundred years before the maſſacre at Canton, mentioned by the laſt ofsur Authors. We have no certain accounts of the Chriftians in China beyond the tenth century, and when ii 2 the252 VOYAGES DURING THE NINTH CENTURYthe first travellers from Europe went thither; which is as ftrong a confirmation of thetruth of what our author relates, as in the nature of things can poffibly be expected.The Millionaries alfo that were firft fent to China found there vifible marks of Chriftianity, though they found no Chriftians. The Jerus have been fettled in that Empire for time immemorial, and many of them for the fake of riches and prefermenthave abjured their own religion, and embraced the opinions of the Chineſe; which isalfo an unquestionable argument of the truth of thefe relations.We may add to this, the Conformity between the accounts given by our travellersand the beft Chinefe hiftories, which never could have happened, if the former had .not been in every refpect agreeable to truth. All this is not only fupported by ourknowledge of many of the customs of thefe people, which remain to this day thefame with thoſe reported in theſe relations; but they are ſtill more plainly verified byfuch as are now no longer in uſe, becauſe many Chineſe writers, and Chriftian miffionaries from them, take notice of fuch obfolete cuftoms, and inform us when theywere laid aſide or began to grow into difufe. On the whole therefore we may fafelyaffirm , that theſe Treatiſes are free from all juſt grounds of fufpicion , and ought tobe regarded as the earlieſt and beſt Accounts we have of this Empire and its Inhabitants.--- I am perfuaded that an entire credit is due to the matters of fact afferted by bothof our Authors, and that confequently we may abfolutely depend upon what theyhave delivered as to the ſtate of China and the Indies, within this period of time;that is to fay, from A. D. 833 , to 950, or thereabouts. This being clearly eſtabliſhed , let us fee what will follow from it. In the first place, it is moſt evident thatthefe Eaſtern countries were in a very happy and flouriſhing condition, were governedby their own princes, and knew not, generally ſpeaking, what it was to ſuffer by ſuchſudden and violent revolutions as have fince happened in thoſe parts. It muſt, however, be at the fame time obſerved, that though their ſtate was far better than it isnow; yet both our Authors agree that it was beginning to decline, that the dignityof their princes began to fink, the feverity of their diſcipline to relax, and the manners of their people to become much more corrupt than they had been.In the next place, it is very evident, that in China, a country ſtill more remote thanthe Indies, the people were in this period very well acquainted with the condition oftheir neighbours, to whom they muſt alſo have been tolerably well known; and yetwithin the ſpace of two hundred years, the face of things was fo entirely changed,that the Chineſe loft almoſt all knowledge of us in Europe, and we of them.Lastly, we ought to conclude from the confideration of theſe Facts, from the ſtateof things in China and the Indies, and efpecially from the fuperiority of their manufactures; that this Empire was in every refpect in a much better fituation than in fucceeding times; that is to fay, was better governed, more populous, the induſtry ofthe Portugueſe came firſt to Canton under Don Fernand Perez d'Andrada, which was A. D. 1517, there was no fort of remembrance of Chriſtianity preferved in that empire; ſo that it is impoffible to diſcover how thisreligion was exterminated there, otherwife than for want of paſtors.theIN THE INDIAN OCEAN. 253the people better conducted, and their foreign Commerce far more extenfive than inthe ages immediately preceding the Diſcovery of the paffa*ge thither from Europe, bythe Cape ofGood Hope..The Reader, I perſuade myſelf, is by this time of the fame opinion with myſelf asto the value of theſe ancient writers.---It is plain from what theſe authors tell us, thatthe Indies in their time were not much altered from what they were in the days ofthe Greeks and Romans; whereas when the Portugueze came thither, they were quitein another condition; we must therefore learn how this came to paſs.---It deferves alfo to be confidered, that the firft Voyagers into any remote countrymuft lie under great difadvantages, becauſe they report things abfolutely unknownbefore, and which, for that reafon, appear monftrous and incredible; whereas, inproceſs of time, and after various perfons have vifited the fame place, the public begins to grow familiar with their relations; and having received repeated testimoniesas to the truth of ſtrange facts, renounce the prejudices that were conceived againſtthem at the beginning. It is for this reaſon that many learned men abroad, but particularly Ramufio in Italy, and Bergeron in France, have taken fo much pains to examine, correct, and ſet forth in a moſt perfect manner, many of theſe old writers;which after the care they have taken about them, appear to fo great advantage, that theyſcarce feem to be the fame that were known to us formerly in fo wretched a condition.But if fuch Treatifes are liable to a bad reception at their firft appearance, theircredit increaſes with poſterity; and there is very good reaſon for recurring to the firſtVoyages, as we do to the first Editions of books, to fee how things ftood at the beginning. Such writers are, generally fpeaking, the most curious and the most exact;for being extremely ftruck with every thing they ſee and hear, they are more vigilant intheir fearches, and more particular in their relations, than thofe that follow them;fuch taking it for granted, that what is common in remote Countries has been alreadyreported by others, and will not give themſelves the trouble of fetting down any thingthat is not marvellous or extraordinary. We ought not, likewiſe, to forget that ſuchtravellers as are ſent to vifit diſtant Countries, or who go thither purely out of curiosity,and from a defire of feeing what others have not feen before; are much more likely torecord exactly whatever they meet with, than fuch as go afterwards into thefe Countries.purely on the ſcore of trade; and on their return, perhaps, are perfuaded to oblige theworld with an account of what they have met with, compiled at a confiderable diſtanceof time, and confequently very liable to miſtakes and other imperfections .

    • Mr. Maurice in his Modern Hiftory ofHindsflan (v. i . n. 1. p. 223. ) notices the

above Voyages. " That account, from what we now know of the political ſituation,the manners, cuſtoms and commerce of India, bears every mark of authenticity; andthough fome obfcurity hangs over it, in confequence of the different denomination ,at that time, of many of the places and Cities defcribed, from thofe by which they arenow known; yet on the whole, it appears to exhibit the true picture of India, as itthen flouriſhed. . . . . It is an Arab's report, at the period of 'the higheſt glory of theMoflem empire."VOL. I. 113CORRESPONDENCE.CORRESPONDENCE.I.SIR,THE Obfervations made by Mr. William Chapple in the year 1761 , refpecting theeffect which Tallow has on the Compass, are certainly important, and worthy the noticeof fcientific men. I have examined, and can atteft their accuracy. Theſe Obfervations were originally printed in the Gentleman's Magazine for 1761. ( vol. xxxi.p. 358. ) whence, with little alteration, I have felected the following communication.Mr. Chapple's letter was anſwered by a correfpondent Indagator ( Ibid. p. 397.) whoattempted to ridicule the diſcovery: this occafioned a fecond letter from Mr. Chapple(page 459. ), which was again anſwered by Indagator. To this alſo Mr. Chapple replied (page 569.) , when he owns it had fometimes failed; and that this gave himfomefufpicion, that the attraction, obferved before, might be owing, either to a different compofitionin the Candles, or tofome Magnetic property in the Mould, or what the melting veſſel communicated to the Tallow . To remove theſe doubts he had a Mould Candle made of puremuttonfat, with which the experiment was tried, and fucceeded in all respects as at firft,only the attraction ſeemed * ftronger,I FIXED a Pivot on a point of the Meridian line, which point was made the centreof a graduated circle; and poifing the Needle thereon, I could eafily obferve what degree of the quadrant, between the north and weft fide, the Needle would point at;but this Obfervation was retarded by an unexpected accident.As it was almoft dark when the Needle was fitted for obferving the Variation, Icould not fee its exact pofition until candles were brought: the Needle being then atreft, I approached it, with a candle, to obferve exactly at what degree it stood; butbefore I could afcertain this, the Needle became fo difturbed, as to shift itſelf four orfive degrees on each fide; and was not ſteadily fixed, until the candles were removed,when it was again at reft. The like attempt being repeated, the fame diſturbancereturned, fo that I could not yet afcertain the exact Variation; though I obfervedthat the middle point, between the Needle's vibrations, was not much short of 21degrees. I now began to fufpect it was disturbed by the Lapis Calaminaris, in thebrafs of the candleſtick, which is known to have a confiderable effect on the Magnetic Needle; and for which reafon the Compafs fhould always be hung in a boxmade ofpure copper. On confidering this, I removed the candlestick to fome diftance,and obferved with the candle alone; but with no better fuccefs, for the Needle wouldnot remain fteady, but ftill vibrated, and moftly towards the candle. I then took twocandles, and held one on each fide of the Needle, nearly at an equal diſtance fromit; and then it became more fteady, though not quite at reft: which enabled me todifcern

  • I am rather inclined to Scepticiſm on this fubject. Mr. Chapple, in his laſt letter, adds—I was poſſibly too

hafty in attributing that property to THE TALLOW, which perhaps might be only adventitious to it, and owing to freother caufe; what that caufe may be, I will not now take upon me tofuy, but ifthe experimentfacceeds withjone Candles,andfails in others ofthefame compofition, 'tis plain it muſt befought for clſewhere, and perhaps may be difcuvered byproperexperiments. The above communication is however interefting, as it records a curious Fact, or memorable DesJulion in the hiſtory of the Mariner's Compaſs. I have therefore yielded to the opinion of this Correſpondest,with whofe Scientific Reſearches I am well acquainted. - EDITOR .Effects of Tallow on the Compass.255difcern that the Variation wanted very little of 21 degrees. Having been amufed for CORRESPONan hour or two, by thefe trials, and ftill doubting whether it was the Tallow , or the DENCE,flame of the candle, that thus influenced the Needle, I deferred all further experimentstill the next day; when I found the Needle reſted at about 20% or rather nearer 21degrees from north towards the weft. I then took an unlighted candle and held itnear the Needle, and I found the candle attract it four or five degrees, out of itsplace of reft, on either fide; and the fame, if the candle was placed near either poleof the Needle. I then laid down the candle by the fide of, and nearly parallel to theNeedle, which now continued vibrating towards it, till it ſtuck to it; and this onbeing repeated, was found to fucceed in ſuch various poſitions of the candle, as toconvince me that this adheſion was owing to attraction only: from which I concludedthat Tallow will attract the Magnetic Needle, which I ſhould not have known but fromthis accident; and I queſtion whether it has been obferved before. I remember aninſtance at fea, of the Compaffes being equally affected, when the Binnacle was muchfoiled by tallow running from the candle; fo that the two binnacles differed fromeach other at least ten degrees, or near an whole point. On cleanfing the binnaclefrom the waſte tallow, both Compaffes were found to agree in the medium betweenthe points, at which the Needle had before ftood; fo that the tallow which was between them feemed here to have attracted one of the Needles, about five degreeseaſterly, and that on the other fide thereof as many degrees wefterly. This is a fufficient confirmation of the attractive quality of Tallow, and its influence on the Magnetic Needle. I am, SIR,Your obedient humble fervant,ROBERT MASON, Lieut. ofMarines.-H. M. S. Fortitude, Porchefter Lake, Feb. 5. 1801.II.DEAR SIR,Ir is greatly to be lamented that the quality of Charcoal to deftroy PUTREFACTION,.is not more generally known among Naval Men. During laft war, fome few Captainsfound the beneficial effects of charring their Water Cafks: but fuch confiderablelight has been thrown on the ſubject, in the third volume of Crell's Chemical Journal,by Mr. Kels, that I beg of you to give the following Tranflation from the German,which appeared in Rivington s Annual Regiſter for 1792, an early place in your valuable Work.Spithead, July 5. 1801.S. S. S..ONMr. Kels' Method ofPurifying Water.CORRESPON--DENCE.ON THE POWER WHICH CHARCOAL POSSESSES OF CORRECTING AND DESTROYINGTHE FETOR PRODUCED BY PUTREFACTION, BY MR. KELS."ONE ofthe most remarkable properties of CHARCOAL, which was first made knownby Mr. Lorvitz, is its deſtroying the stench which arifes from Putrid Flesh; for onkneading the fame with Charcoal Powder, the Fetor is entirely taken off, and nothingbut a pure fmell of volatile alkali remains. This Fact has been fince confirmed byMr. Brugnatelli, and alfo by Mr. Kels.

But Charcoal by no means checks the putrefactive procefs which the flesh is undergoing; for in fpite of admixture therewith, the flesh becomes at length completely refolved or destroyed . It is not therefore an antiseptic in the ftrict fenfe of the word,fince it only acts upon the fetid effluvia from the putrifying fubftances.This property of Charcoal fuggefted to Mr. Kels the correction offoul andflinkingwater by the fame means. His first experiments on this fubject, which he made inJanuary 1789 (the refults of which he communicated to Profeffors Gmelin, Blumenbach, and Feder, of Gottingen) , fucceeded agreeably to his expectations and wiſhes.It was not, we are told, till after his experiments had been made known, that Mr.Lorvitz published his method of purifying foul water by the fame means, only withthe addition of vitriolic acid.The correction or reſtoration of Putrid Water by means of Charcoal, is ſo eaſy, ſofimple, and fo cheap a procefs, that Mr. Kels ftrongly recommends it to be adopted,in preference to all other * Methods hitherto propofed in Sea Voyages. In all hisexperiments he has found Charcoal Powder, added in a greater or leſs proportion,according to the degree of putrefaction , and the quantity of putrid particles, to renderfoul waterfweet by agitation therewithfor afew minutes: the fubfequent feparation ofthe Charcoal Powder from the water is effected with little difficulty.The purifying operation of Quicklime in conjunction with Charcoal, is moſt ſtriking inthe cafe of water, in which Flax has been fuffered to putrefy; fuch water has a peculiar, and highly offenfive fmell. That which was uſed in theſe experiments was as black

  • The Culinary Experience of our good mothers, and grandmothers, may be adduced as an additional corroboration of this ufeful property of Charcoal. It has long been an eſtabliſhed practice in the chemistry of the

kitchen to take off the offenfive fmell of meat, a little tainted, by throwing into the pot, when boiling, a redhot wood coal; an expedient which is found always to fucceed, unless the putrefaction of the flesh be too faradvanced+ Namely, 1. Ventilation, recommended by Fofter; 2. Shaking the water in the cafks, after opening them ,recommended by Afkow, and Lind, who further recommends boiling the Putrid Water brifkly but for a ſhort time, and alfo the addition of Alum; 3. the Addition of quicklime, recommended by Fofter ( Mr. Kels has found that this laft, as is noticed in our text, may be uſefully employed in conjunction with Charcoal); 4. Nitratedfilver: this, which has been recommended as a powerful antifeptic by Dr. Hahneman, was tried by Mr. Kels without effect. It is, befides, an unfafe article; 5. and lastly, Argilaceous earth, or clay , recommended by Mr. Beckman,9asMr. Kels' Method ofPurifying Water. 37as ink; by addition of Quicklime it was foon rendered quite clear and limpid, the CORRESPONlime carrying down with it black flakes to the bottom ofthe veffel; but the bad fmell DENCE.was fo far from being deſtroyed or removed, that it was on the contrary made worſe;and could only be gotten rid of by the addition of Charcoal Powder. Water, in whichcabbage had been fteeped, and which was of a yellowish brown colour, was in likemanner rendered fine and clear by Quicklime, but did not part with its ſtinking ſmell,till Charcoal was mixed with it.For the feparation or precipitation of the portion of Lime which in this mode ofpurification remains diffolved in the water, Mr. K. propoſes ( in preference to fixedair) the employment either of acid of Tartar, or of Vitriolic acid.•Water that has undergone Putrefaction, is deprived of its freſh and briſk taſte,which Charcoal is not capable of reſtoring; hence the water that has been thus purified, taftes foft and vapid. For the refloration of its pleaſant refreshing tafle, Mr. K.recommends the employment of * Fixed air.The diſagreeable Mouldy Taſte, which fome water has in its natural ſtate, may becorrected by fimple filtration through Charcoal Powder, which has this further advantage, that it ſeparates at the ſame time the extraneous matter that is mechanicallymixed with the water, and thereby renders it pure and clear.Mr. K. is induced to think that Charcoal is even capable of Preferving water frombecoming putrid for a long ſpace of time; for he could not perceive the leaſt putridſmell in water that had been kept, mixed with Charcoal, for a whole year. He accounts for this effect by fuppofing that the Charcoal does not, like a true Antiſeptic,keep off the putrefactive proceſs, but only abſorbs the putrid particles immediately asthey are formed, and fo prevents them from acting as a ferment to the reft of thewater. He therefore thinks it worth while that this Experiment be tried on largequantities of water in Sea Voyages.As Charcoal has been found to take off the fetor from putrid fleſh, Mr. K. thinksit may be advantageouſly employed on Ship-board, for fweetening flinking meat. Forthis purpoſe, the meat needs only to be rubbed in, and remain covered over withCharcoal Powder, for fome time, and afterwards waſhed clean. He further thinksthat it might be uſeful to add ſome Charcoal Powder at the time the Meat is ſalted.The Bilge Water, which fo much contaminates the whole air in Ships, might alſobe corrected by means of Charcoal Powder.

  • As Dr. Gregory obferves in his Economy of Nature, (vol. i. p. 387. ) Fixed Air, carbonic acid gas, may be

easily obtained, by mixing together equal parts of brown fugar and good yeaft of beer, and adding about twicethe quantity ofwater. This Mixture being put into a phial, to which a bent tube with a cork or ſtopple maybe adapted, will immediately ferment, and yield a conſiderable quantity of fixed air, which may be receivedinto a phial filled with quickfilver or water. Among the moſt uſeful properties of fixed air, water impregnated with it becomes a powerful antiſeptic. — Nicholſon, in his Chemical Dictionary, ſays that the acid commonlyknown bythe name of Fixed Air, confifts of the inflammable matter of Charcoal, united to Vital Air; andthat manythence infer the preſence of Charcoal in all cafes where fixed air is extricated or produced. EDIT.VOL. I. k k258Obfervationsfrom Madeira to the Cape..III.DENCE.CORRESPON The following NAUTICAL REMARKS connected with the subject of the preſent Volume,were fent from the Cape of Good Hope, by a Naval Officer, offuperior talents; whoſeinestimable Friendship long valued and approved, now affifts my anxious labours. ThisGentlemanfailedfrom England in the Squadron under the command ofSir Home Popham.MY DEAR SIR,FROM Croffing the Line well to the westward, in longitude 27° 30', we avoidedthe long Calms which are generally met with upon the Equator, by thofe who crossit further to the eastward, which perhaps was the cafe with DE GAMA. -When wehad croffed the Line one thing ftruck me very forcibly; which is, that Navigatorsafter getting into the fouth-eaft Trades, which prevail from 1 , 2, or 3 degrees offouth latitude, as far as 24, 25, 26, or 27 degrees, fhould not think of running downtheir longitude, though bound to the eastward, but ſhould endeavour to get as faſtas poffible to the fouthward; and unleſs the wind is very ſcant, they fhould neverkeep nearer the wind, than a fore- topmaft ftudding Sail will ftand. For in the firftplace, when well to the fouthward, the degrees of longitude are much ſhorter; andyou are befides fure of Variable Winds, after lofing the Trade, and moſt likely ſtrongnorth-weſters: fo that all you have to guard againtt , while in the courfe of theTrade Winds, is, if poffible, to avoid making the coaſt of Brafil..It is always found, that by croffing the Line, in from 24° to 27° weſt longitude,you meet with fewer Calms, and get fooner acroſs, than a fhip would do, by makingthe attempt further to the Eaſtward: we had never more of them, than twenty-fourhours at a time; though we experienced a great deal of very heavy rain, with fometremendous thunder and lightning. This however generally brought on a stiff breeze,to which we carried all fail, with all hands upon deck; and by thefe means we werefoon acrofs.OBSERVATIONS.1. In Latitude 36° 02′, N. Longitude 12 ° 00', W. we found a ſtrong Current ſetting about S. E. by E.2. In Latitude 34° 52′, N. Longitude 12° 30', W. found a Current ſetting aboutS. E. or S. E. by E.3. In Latitude, from 4° 56′, to 3° 30' N., and Longitude 27° W., we met with aftrong Current ſetting to the fouthward , for the whole diſtance on the Log forforty-eight hours would not give the difference of Latitude, fuppofing it to be all aSoutherly courſe, which was not the cafe.4. In Latitude, from 2° 24′ to 00° 13′ N., and Longitude 27° 30′ W., found theCurrent fet to the fouthward, and weftward.5.InVariationfrom Madeira to the Cape. 2595. In Latitude 1 ° 40' S., Longitude 29° 05′ W., found a Current ſetting to the CORRESPON- weftward.. * N'6. After leaving Madeira, when in the Latitude of 28° N. feamen expect to meetthe N. E. Trade Wind, and carry it fometimes as far as 6°, 5°, 4°, or even 3° * N.and ſometimes even nearer the Line: but it was a general remark that we had thisWind very far foutherly; for until the Latitude of 17°, N. we feldom had it betterthan E. S. E. and not often fo good: thence, to 4° N. Lat. from E. to N. E. andeven to the N. of the Line, we got hold of the S. E. Trade.7. In the S. E. Trade, the Wind generally fell light, a little before noon, and continued fo until the evening, when it freshened. It alfo came further to the fouthward, after eight A. M. and came round again to the eastward in the evening.8. We carried the S. E. Trade as far as Lat. 29° S. , when we got hold of theVariable Winds.VARIATION OF THE COMPASS FROM MADEIRA, TO THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE.-From December 14. 1800, to February 12. 1801.Latitude Obferved.Longitude by Obfervation.VARIATION.DENCE.Day of the LatitudeObferved.Longitude by Obfervation.Day of VARIATION. theMonth.Month.1800. North.Dec. Deg. Min.Weft.Deg. Min.Wefterly.Deg. Min.1801.Jan.South.Deg. Min.Weft.Deg. Min.Wefterly.Deg. Min.14. 36 02 12 1027. 23 38 22 2418 2614 0819. 20 45 31 31 I 0420. 122 10 130 50 о 1828. 21 27 24 15 1529.20 42 24 55 II1212.30.19 02 26 II II21. 24 3422. 26 4223. 28 4929 40 O 24 28 27 O 54 27 19 12SI. 17 37 26 4510 40 24. 30 16. 26 16 I 051801 .Jan.25. 30 3126. 30 562604124 02O 45not taken.I.2.15 49 13 02264526543. 9 59 27 4. 7 об 26 585. 4 56 26 21 M6.7.8. 2 24 N.4 28 D. R. 263 30 obf. 26 172798 77.^~9 40 27. 324 028 3028. 32 20 20 527 37 29. 33 06 18 1814 30. 33 13 ·31 33 5315 15 14 083859do.20not taken.5 407 54 Feb.7I.2 .34 32134 05ΙΟ 248 179.O 13South.27 45Weft.5 30 3. 35 06 80420not taken.do.10 054. 35 29 6 441110. t 40 29 05II. 3 24 30 1312. 5 0613. 7 0731 3232 2514. 9II 33 1015.TI 30 33 3216.17. 1618. 18466 14 10 33 17 28 32 573342 10003 54 35 42 3 56 1254 35 534 134632Eaft.14 00I 22 7. 35 538. 34 45 D.R.39 9. 35 17 obf.2 18 17 266 25 D.R. 219 57 obf. not taken.22 132 3025 10. 34 5845 II. 34 2412. .15 5122 0022Arrived at the Cape.

  • From that Latitude to 3° or 4° S. Variable Winds are expected.

132130

  • kk 2

260 Arnold's Chronometer, No. 66.CORRESPONDENCE.In reply to your Queries relative to the Voyage of Vafco da Gama, I have to add,that his Squadron continued, during an whole monfoon, at anchor on the coaſt ofMalabar he lay near Calicut; and when the Engliſh obtained poffeffions on thatcoaft, a Veffel fitted out in India, with the beft of ground tackling, and every precaution taken that was poffible, was fent to the fame place, on the approach of themonfoons; but, notwithstanding the fuperior fkill of our feamen, the attempt wasfound impracticable, and the Veffel was driven afhore.F. M.IV.Every well authenticated communication relative to CHRONOMETERS must be acceptable tothe Navigator. I therefore am happy in being able to infert the following account of thegoing of No. 66. made by ARNOLD, belonging to Rear-Admiral Payne, during the timeit was lent to Captain Durham of the Anfon." DEAR SIR,Sept. 22. 1800." You will perceive by the inclofed, how uncommonly well your Time-piece went.It was by much the beſt of four we had on board. I am, &c." Rear-Amiral Payne, &c. &c. &c.J. P. DURHAM. "REPORT OF LIEUTENANT KING." It should be previouſly obferved that this Chronometer had not been wound upfor I believe a year, previous to this trial; fo that it would not have been extraordinary, if the Chronometer had in fome meaſure failed.First Period oftwenty- eight days.May 31. 1800. Received the above Chronometer from the Obfervatory at Portſmouth, when ſhe was faft of mean time at GreenwichSailed to the westward, to Gibraltar, in Long. 50° 21 ′ 00″ W. =300′ 43″ 3021′ 24″Should be faft, if it did not gain or loſe 22′ 7″ 30Obferved at Gibraltar, June 28. and found it faft of mean time 3242 , 47Rate in twenty-eight days gained, which makes its gaining at 22″70 per day, which I give as its rate 10′ 35″ , 17SecondArnold's Chronometer, No. 66. 261Second Period ofthirty-one days.June 28. The Chronometer was faft of GreenwichIts Rate at 22″ 70, for thirty-one days gainingShould be faft on July 29. being thirty- one daysObferved July 29. and found it faſtError gained in thirty-one days, which makes its Rate to beGaining 24″ 34 per day to 12′ 42″ of Longitude Weſt, PlusThird Period offorty-eight days.July 29. At Gibraltar, the Chronometer was faſt of GreenwichSailed to the Weftward of Greenwich, 1 ° 6' 15" the Longitudeof Portſmouth ObſervatoryIts Rate at 24" 34 per day gainingShould be faft, if it went exact, and kept its RateObferved it faft, by compariſon with Mr. Bailey's aftronomicalclock at Portſmouth, September 15. 1800Error inforty-eight days = to nearly 3′ ofLongitude11′ 18″ 47II 43,7023′ 2″ , 17235350″ ,8323′ 53″4 2528 1819 28,3247 46,3247 5800′ 11″ , 68This Chronometer of Arnold's has gone extremely well, as may be feen fromthe above account: for even the largeſt Error it has made, is no more than 12′ 42″of Longitude in thirty-one days, which is in the ſecond period; and is ſo ſmall anerror, as to have little effect upon making any Land.WILLIAM KING, First Lieutenant ofthe Anfon."SIR,V.It would I think be of ſervice to Navigators if you would give the following valuable pieces of information a place in your Work. I have extracted both articles fromEaton's Survey of the Turkish Empire, printed in the year 1798, and now out of print.Yours, &c.March 13 , 1801.AN OLD SEAMAN.I. " The preſervation of YEAST having been a fubject of much reſearch in thiscountry, the following particulars may perhaps deſerve attention: On the Coaſt ofCORRESPONDENCE.Perfia262DENCE.Eafy Preparation of Yeaft.-Water filtered by Afcenfion.CORRESPON Perfia my bread was made in the English manner, of good wheat flour, and with theYeaft generally uſed there. It is thus prepared: Take a fmall tea- cup, or wine-glafs ,full of ſplit or bruiſed peaſe, pour on it a pint of boiling water, and fet the whole ina veffel all night on the hearth, or any other warm place; the water will have a frothon its top next morning, and will be good Yeaft. In this cold climate, eſpecially ata cold feafon, it ſhould ftand longer to ferment, perhaps twenty-four or forty- eighthours. The above quantity made me as much Bread as two fixpenny loaves, thequality of which was very good and very light."New Mode of Filtering Water.II. " I have feen practifed a method of Filtering water by afcenfion, which ismuch fuperior to our filtering Stones, or other methods by defcent, in which in time,particles of the ſtone, or the finer fand, make a paffa*ge along with the water." They make two Wells from five to ten feet, or any depth, at a ſmall diſtance,which have a communication at bottom. The feparation muſt be of clay well, beaten,or of other fubftances impervious to water. The two Wells are then filled withfand and gravel. The opening of that into which the water to be filtered is to run,muft be fomewhat higher than that into which the water is to afcend; and this muſtnot have fand quite up to its brim, that there may be room for the filtered water; orit may by a fpout, run into a veffel placed for that purpoſe. The greater the difference is between the height of the two wells, the fafter the water will filter; but thelefs it is the better, provided a fufficient quantity of water be ſupplied by † it." This may be practiſed in a cafk, tub, jar, or other veffel. The water may beconveyed to the bottom by a pipe, the lower end having a Sponge in it, or the Pipemay be filled with coarfe fand." It is evident that all fuch Particles, which by their gravity are carried down byfiltration, by defcent, will not rife with the water in filtration by afcenfion. Thismight be practifed on board ſhips at little expence. "ا.For the lateſt Eſſays on the fubject of purifying, or preſerving water during long Voyages, the readeris referred, 1. to La Peroufe's Voyage (vol. 1. p. 267. Johnſon's Tranſlation) for a Sketch ofExperiments to be madefor preferving the water on hip-board from corruption, communicated to M. De La Perouſe, by M. L'Abbe Teſſier, of the Academy of Sciences, and ofthe Society of Medicine. 2. To the Voyage in fearch of Perouſe, by D'Entrecafteaux(vol. i. p. 60. Debrett's Tranſlation. ) " To reſtore water to its primitive purity, it is fufficient to agitate it fora quarter of an hour. We had on board a machine which perfectly anſwered this end: it was a large tub,of the ſize of a double hectoliter: when it was three-fourths filled with water, there were turned round in itsmiddle, by means of a winch and a catch-wheel, four large iron plates diſpoſed in the form of a croſs; thewater then received a ſtrong agitation, which by difengaging the inflammable Gas with which it was impregnated, reftored to it, at the fame time, the pure air of which it had been partly deprived; and however tainted it was before , it did not, in a very little while, differ from the beſt water."-This machine howeverdoes not appear ſo effectual, as the Tin Pump Ventilator, uſed on board our fhips. EDIT.+ This mode of filtering water might be practifed, if only for the fick; when ſhips on a foreign ſtation, orArange coaft, are obliged to procure a freſh ſupply, and cannot obtain it good.VI.Scarce Treatifes relative to Navigation, 263VI.As it will not be in my power entirely to follow the friendly advice of a learned Correfpon- CORRESPONdent, for whofe hints, and alfo for the knowledge of a most valuable Treatife on Naviga- DENCE.tion, I am indebted to the polite attention ofWILLIAM SELWYN Efq.; Ifeel it incumbent on me to infert the former gentleman's notice of Scarce Works, connected with thefubject ofthe prefent Volume.DEAR SIR,I have read Mr. Clarke's Profpectus of his intended Work. He feems in hisletter to you to have a defiga of republiſhing fome of the moſt uſeful Treatifes onNavigation. If he ſhould refolve to do fo, I think that the works of Pedro Nunez, orNonius, the learned Portugueſe; of our countryman Edward Wright; and of ourother countryman Robert Hues; and The Seaman's Practice ofRichard Norwood; withlikewife perhaps Simon Stevin's Hypomnemata Mathematica, will be the books moftworthy of that attention.M.On concluding the prefent Volume, I take this opportunity to request the Remarks,Obfervations, and Communications, of nautical and ſcientific men more particularly, for thispart of my Work. Since this is the only fure method to procure a general mass of Information and Investigation, on fubjects fo interefting and fo extenfive; and also to prefervefrom oblivion many detached hints, and neglected MSS. It may be neceffary here to obferve, that fuch articles ofAppendix as have been referred to in the preceding pages, andare not yet inferted, will appear in the fecond Volume.Printed by A. Strahan,Printers-Street,TILE END OF THE FIRST VOLUME.RYdCO1819201716232.1ས21 127 26. Denni CABO BOJADOR Black MountainsᏞΊANTHAN19 Sandy Ground9C.das BarbPedrade égaleSt Anns Fav 47 C.CorveereLebes IdeCABO BRANCBlack MountainsGreatPadrerasHILIL ARABS ARARPenha Grade High PeakAngra dor Ruins or Guru Bay MedenPThe Capes SevnAngra dos Cavala Cape Inguedo er C.Vlerade del Cavelles Rio de Ouro or Gold River HernMeadowe 15LUDAJAS 15 HarbourAngrade Gonçalesda Cintr Cintra Hills Cyprians Bay and RiverHAGI3030 TRisi ITideCabo Rescalilhasde ArguimChuiren MensareI. High LandsSarnSt JohnBay Tanit17 Mettesde Angel17 6 1823018101016Port d'Addi or10Portandic9Tian Gum ForestsR152682510) 492091212 SLouis 1020483531530CABO VERDE19SanbartAA NFR.CanagaorgalSouthernLimitsthe ofSaard512 MacavePaps Little Embaul The mountainsof Kong Yof Almadieseemtobutt onCapeVerdRTropic of CancerCOASTOF AFRICAfrom theSTRAITSof GIBRALTARto CABO VERDE.drawn from Various Geographical M.S.Sby A.Arrowsmith.Rutiqu18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 Longitude West10 dem Green9? 815161718202122232425263637.135333433327282930313219 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10The8 StonesMADEIRASP Parge ILHAda MADEIRAFunchalPorto Sancto.PS! LaugenceThe DesertasThe SalvagesE AN)ILHAS GaratiaTazacortePPuencatiente+CANAREAStornsPalmaGomeiraValverde FerroOrotava,SebastianCruz Santa TenerifePideTao20Gorda PuntClara Graciosa AlegransaEast Rock Lancerotadel Ti LLobes Papigavo[P!de Cabras Fuertaventura eneuriaGRAOPahnas CANAREA!Pde[ MaspalomasEde JucemarMorraJable Nas MatiBoca delRMatasdeS20120 San Cabo VicenteLagos812Tavira Palos 6312 FaroL.S.Marie6GuadalquivirR.37C.Sibione30205Cadiz Real Port30C.Trafalgar4020MarinalGibraltar VGülerStraits of Gibraltar C. Spartel10925TangierForestof Clow Aralla18 falArraish35 Old MahimeraR15SebooNew MahimeraSaleor RabatACruta343545 45Rabat50 C.Cantin 201020 LFedaleronsorSidi JunceAmore Mazagan C.Blanco rid30404018ValadiaSaffia North Point South Point1612ToroccoRSidi Abdalah Sidi BuseroctonLMogadoreMogadoreCulechat TesegdellR.MarbeaOC.TeilnehCape Geer 10Santa Cruz BayRound hillTamara Santa CruzJUSTus MessaCAguion20Σно28Sand Bank24 Cabode NamB.Nunor Doradus BENI AMIRPortBENICansadoSABI Northern limit of the Saaraor Great DesartIF)A27282930313233

Calabar TowPondThe Corea Nute Here the English Bury their DeadJewJewFeineBillaCreekBran Fan CreakNew TownFogee TownSambra Riverالـતેપાપનુંવૃ[

)&WESTERN COAST of AFRICA. Ilustrative Chart. 1.CALABAR and BONNYRIVERS.from an Original Survey by Cap William Newton,Late of the Port of Bristol, communicatedby M. Poco*ck.-3.Scale of three LeaguesBonnyCreekFish TownThisLandis coveredwithWeeds& mest part Marshy6feet at High WaterSaltCountryBreakers6fottheme 23th hole 2 Maddy Grend 222009Fogee PointWESTERN BREAKERS6663fathom holerthBreakerHea1212 20 2010In8 IngerBar 3 fathe34354EASTERNThesearecontinuedOutward Bar them343444The Place to Anchor.Bring FogeePoint to bear NbE.about 6Leagues distance.Magnetic North8 8BREAKERSBreakersfromoneEndtotheC12Bonny RiverDry athalfEbb182818BonnyPoint12Jew JewTownBonnyRough CornerYam TownSandyIsta Breakers55ཏེས་Land full of Wood4543%3%3%Middle Patch33-333333PublishedJan.1803 by Cadell& Davies Strand.4AndongRiver3½SJ.Neele Sculp:352 Strand

+14 1070 ნა 60CABOVERDElittle PapsYou Bay of Yof8080 COASKINGDthe WellsомBirdsI Dakar Ben 10 C.EmanuelGoree &uC.Bernard12 15 20 14 10 5 Yenneof KAYORCanneAmboRufisque the Residence of anAlcady.CABO VEdrawnfromb20 2014CABO VERDE Gore Cabo dosMastus 8 Portudale 527 3JoaleFettiLeC.StMary7.4R.Joale RiodiBarbaciniCahoneBARRA 45River5 Berted 464OysterR.CasamansaCabo Rosso 8871210610 85KelarGambeaJamesI.FELOOPSAnohichor BANYANSaranCambraT.JaimesR.Sanm Ann Cacheo Mio S.DominicolattsMarshIslands/alsof714BALANTES tharinesBBassis LPointI14 Bissago 8 48RioBreakersBJAFARASGrande107loo8TLBulam&Suga Combat E NALOOS 24 randeCanabae Mare [Jamber HonerI 15 10 PoisonI 440Aloitras upo VeroVAGRESRig PongNALOOS CaboSagresBAGOS Temli R.Dania R.15 5. Red Cape 225MarineLeagues.515 20 15 8 730 78Ilha dos Idolar 11.9 10654Mambong12 863Parat RiverMitomba or SerraLiong 15 1056 1014 False cSOOZEESBurri R. Berre &. MANDINGOS Tanna R. TapeTagrinPortago R. TIMMANEYS Rekelle R. Bank .Bunch R. BOOLAMS SerraLienaerLieds15 12 15C.Chilling 107321310% 1319 15%23 9 8AungShoals12Kattes E. orR.di Santa M.della NeueCamaranca R. BOLM Tasen Por C.di S.Anna SherbroPonta de Saneta and RSherbroR.GuaryKIT TAM BoomB23R.Gallinas459RhebarT7016 14Head of the GambraACOHead ofthe SenegalC.Mount20 Half C. Melint 50 30 10 CMisurado RS-PaRed JunkJunk 25040 25 Young SestersGRAIN10wB.TimbeCOAS3Sangwin Rock SestersBattonTassonBarbarranowtillnorymoEFHeadtheNiAC8AndreIVORYAT4413 CKreu Settra Wappen Baddou 7.20GrandSestersCYTown7Co Cabo Palmas20 3540PodiBerebyLahowabbouButtrouTatouGrowaTabouPeut12 10PublishedJan. 2.R.T OF AFRICA,fromDE to CABO FORMOSA MOSA,,Various GeographicalM.S.S.1.Arrowsmith.SDAST26RioNuno or di BesegueVAGRES4Chart 2.14 1018 10 8 CaboVerga14 6NALOOS20 520Cabo Sagres RioPongo612 BAGOS 1416 718 12 1097Ilha45 20SOOSEESdos IdolosMarine Leagues.R I C ATA DFrisBNegrosCLukouJack Lathou12820DromeraKotrouAndrewsBay6Fadell & Davies Strand.141220N E8UAGPiccaninyBassam2080R.CostaOGrand19Mbance60GoldTabeF14 7C.Apolonia20 AgannAHUNTAAximBrandenburghCasteFANLEECROBO20S TAMBOONing6ARD RA HIToree WHYDAH GuoligouPoureyFrampreamAccra9BarracceWhinebahCormantineCapeCoastontheMiñasS.GeorgedelMinaChamaBoutronSeconderDixcove1320 AcqueduhC.Three PointsWemeyAndraBadagryJuokingAppe7Griwhatwhydah10GrandPepeLittlePopey10 8 9Quita LidwayC.StPaulsBIGHTJAB OOBENINCradocம10 78 Oddy620 25 Engos tr Town 18 Gato 8BadancyRoadLagosNoveGR.Formosa NewTown Warre 12 Ldos Fercados 7of BENIN 7 18 R.Lames R.Bode25 8Sengma C.FormosaJackTahouCapeLohouGUL F O F GUINEAUILongitude West from Green! Longitude Eastfrem Green!14


510AN523 C.FormosaNunBIGHTNewCalebar Calebar Swamp ParrotBenny373 44Poo Fernando3R.Calebar M 1FlamesRey Dl6BurtoneryBIAFRA ofIBut1610BIAFRAR.Cameroons OldR.Cameroons Mulimba R. Bored RPGarajamR.CampoBenito -17RCALBONGOSI.PrincesThree Brothers2Angra C.S.Johns89 Coriser Ig 1010Angra Bio daCorisceGabon R. South R. 12Idits Rolat FandesRound Cerr R.Nazareth3Cabo deLopo Gonçalves " Mentong3 Pont ofring Water GOBBEELine EquinoctialS.Thome denha10EITAnnobon I. 11Catherina Cabo deSnta615 20 25247252018t14610179CabodeLopoGonçalves8CATHERINA Santa deCABOFMexias R& SR.de Ferman Var83Comma &21 41SelleСАММАRed Wood CountryPedrasoint YUMBAMayumba Bay19 Kilongo LOANGO0Loango8Peint Black Leanghill 192544 17 Kinghele Gabenda 2CPadrong37Bay FuntaWaterFreshKINGD also Called Rivr Congo Zayreor Rio Padron Salvador Ranza orSanSONGOBelundaCousa153B.Doct Ambriz Bay 6R.Ambriz OnaStrong Tide CongrMazutaLeanda IsTolmerin+Chate10318 Ide Longor B20 Pullet10 10747 193BAMBAB.PanteBCONGOMAZULAR.Bengo SPaul LondaR.CataculaLoanzaLonge Bio3.CubaANGOLARedondo Novo R.TongaR.Merambe Point GreenEliwe SEPhilips Benne Philip Benguela de&Victoria RFrancisco RS MRS!Theres Rocca Bea Mary By RuberereNicholas StNicholas's Table Land Village Bidor RamosKurpe 18 FrecepePayFishVodilleBENGUELAJAGA CCONDANEGROES WILDCONGO1912891410two Rivers BghtR.Mexias2020830 1248Paradia B.Vid R.PernanCapetherine FalseCamma Right624 16 2010 20 6R.CammaCatherina Santa deCabo12 24 23 86R10299 2029. Leagues 10 of Scaledr ह12883RiverSesteorSetteNorthernLoangooflimit101015201253035NTropic ofCapricornA

 R.Bembarooqhe

" N.W.Fot Feninanta Tiger Fish BayHBaus dus L.

Live C.Kuy

CIMBEBASG.FrieUTAFRICA OFCOASTfromFORMOSA CABOtheoCABO deBOA ESPERAÇA .M.S.S. Geographical ofVariety afrom drawn.A.rrowsmith byR.FraAndraNo Fresh Neves das PravaSPedras day FrivaAntonio S.AngraSerra Prayafeet hre 9rises Tide Village C.ServaFarilheensonthisCoastfromTheo- AngraBeach and Sandy ClinsWheePide Whee StripBird 1. Parda Sierra Rocky Easter Cutis Theme Gde SClendo Francisco PravaBankItheos AngradesPequena Angra R.PoissonsJuntas AngrasROrange5 10?Green from East Longitude 15C.VoltasSTELE NAVessela Fishing Foreign here vPearl BayMartinFishBaytoStElenaRiverGreenR.KoussieGroene R.Pliniume RBayElena S:B Martins St1Saldanna BayDatin LL.VerloreRobben Cable BayBAYthe ofAnchorage Star in1796 +Scale orOne LeagueTown Cape Camps Bay Cabo deboa EsperaçaFalsARiver202.5303520 25.

113334S19 20 21 227RobbenITable RocksTABLE BAY148510Lione Cape Town RumpLione HeadScale of OneLeague0DC HBreedeSalt RTableBayRobben 1.Green PTELGreatEuropeCamps B CapeTownChapmana B.avanbergScal.1.Simons B. CabodeboaEsperGordonsteenbrasenR.FalmierLNB DrakensteenHotR.OnrustneKleine RFalse BayButtalas Bey the Anvil the Bellows 5480 GoCFalse6970 22337860PTS S DuyvenboksTCountryRIDroogRuggengdryhillCountryorKleinebergMosselBayFishBayAngraBaya deS.Briz, orCorn and PastureStSebastianOF StCatharin'sBay40DriftHyleKraalofSandGood Pasture GroundiwernswithSoetendalsValleyPalectiteStruvs Bay 25Cabo dasAgulhasR.Flange44 42-43 42 454547Sa44 33303549 52 45484745 26 50 553560 47 92 45 4555 8 4450 46 4862 5880 755235 30110 95 32 56 35925375125 60 80 95 888704x3. по36 190373932 47 45 32 80 73 60769080 83S6522570 7570 7270 7575 801101575 95100724460 3272 7515070120५.२31 086543013073R 170 203 4542OUTH23PublishedJawSimons Bay 4+ 12САРЕHOPEofGOODHOPENZ.19 Seal1.37 20 Shoal 1720 22 246 8 Statute Miles 124 20 Triden Rock24FALSE BAY 3612321822 32 Colbrook Rock 20 38 ได้ Anvil RockZBellows Rock 15 W E "$E NDALong Black WaterGreenLaymansgat SwatRKeurboomsfFinanfreieBosch KinanaGoukemmaNurhiRKrokusPlettenberg'sBayLandingPlaceRobbenberg90123143.130450 140 ·27 28Chart 4.22CapeFalseRAAFFVanStundeKugaR.ZwartkopsRKrakakammaREYNETKleinePondayR.Drift ar Sand33erRioGreatFishRiverEnfanteoftheoftheChartsZuureveldhowwnKasokaKareckaBogjermansR.BauknaChouansZwartkops Bay orAlgoaBay LandingPt. 40466040CountryPeakFormosa45Chantous RMGalausRLeadmineCamtoos Bay hivomeorCrooked KroutineRiversBayZatzikamGrenadiere Ca70 40 50 30 60 60 100.73 70 70 9580 75 "BePLR100 120200 13045 36 RockyPoint Do70 9014573 34E A NCSOUTHERN COASTOFAFRICCA.drawnfrom a Variety of Geographical M.S.S.by A. Arrowsmith.24 Longitude East from Green? 25 26 27 28Wadell & Davies Strand.3536137S.Nerie Scule***» Stand


3SEP1937

[edit]

See also

  • Maritime

{{GFDL}}

Retrieved from "http://artandpopularculture.com/The_Progress_of_Maritime_Discovery_%28part_2%29"

The Progress of Maritime Discovery (part 2) (2024)
Top Articles
5etools repository taken down after DMCA request by Wizards of the Coast - ~games.tabletop
WJMS Back to School 2024
It may surround a charged particle Crossword Clue
Pnct Terminal Camera
Ret Paladin Phase 2 Bis Wotlk
Paris 2024: Kellie Harrington has 'no more mountains' as double Olympic champion retires
Jasmine
Chase Claypool Pfr
Free Robux Without Downloading Apps
City Of Spokane Code Enforcement
Swimgs Yung Wong Travels Sophie Koch Hits 3 Tabs Winnie The Pooh Halloween Bob The Builder Christmas Springs Cow Dog Pig Hollywood Studios Beach House Flying Fun Hot Air Balloons, Riding Lessons And Bikes Pack Both Up Away The Alpha Baa Baa Twinkle
Rapv Springfield Ma
Hssn Broadcasts
今月のSpotify Japanese Hip Hopベスト作品 -2024/08-|K.EG
Washington Poe en Tilly Bradshaw 1 - Brandoffer, M.W. Craven | 9789024594917 | Boeken | bol
Busted Newspaper S Randolph County Dirt The Press As Pawns
ᐅ Bosch Aero Twin A 863 S Scheibenwischer
Khiara Keating: Manchester City and England goalkeeper convinced WSL silverware is on the horizon
How Much Is Tay Ks Bail
Days Until Oct 8
Www Craigslist Com Bakersfield
Nearest Walgreens Or Cvs Near Me
How many days until 12 December - Calendarr
Sef2 Lewis Structure
Little Rock Skipthegames
Getmnapp
Urban Dictionary Fov
§ 855 BGB - Besitzdiener - Gesetze
Arlington Museum of Art to show shining, shimmering, splendid costumes from Disney Archives
Harrison 911 Cad Log
Trinket Of Advanced Weaponry
Jesus Calling Feb 13
Login.castlebranch.com
24 Hour Drive Thru Car Wash Near Me
Gncc Live Timing And Scoring
Hannah Jewell
Earthy Fuel Crossword
Advance Auto Parts Stock Price | AAP Stock Quote, News, and History | Markets Insider
Bursar.okstate.edu
Salons Open Near Me Today
Amici Pizza Los Alamitos
Aliciabibs
Merge Dragons Totem Grid
Maxpreps Field Hockey
Ukraine-Krieg - Militärexperte: "Momentum bei den Russen"
How Big Is 776 000 Acres On A Map
Jammiah Broomfield Ig
Theater X Orange Heights Florida
Craigslist Free Cats Near Me
Bluebird Valuation Appraiser Login
Immobiliare di Felice| Appartamento | Appartamento in vendita Porto San
Competitive Comparison
Latest Posts
Article information

Author: Twana Towne Ret

Last Updated:

Views: 6215

Rating: 4.3 / 5 (44 voted)

Reviews: 91% of readers found this page helpful

Author information

Name: Twana Towne Ret

Birthday: 1994-03-19

Address: Apt. 990 97439 Corwin Motorway, Port Eliseoburgh, NM 99144-2618

Phone: +5958753152963

Job: National Specialist

Hobby: Kayaking, Photography, Skydiving, Embroidery, Leather crafting, Orienteering, Cooking

Introduction: My name is Twana Towne Ret, I am a famous, talented, joyous, perfect, powerful, inquisitive, lovely person who loves writing and wants to share my knowledge and understanding with you.